detached 28ec147

Gen: Re-run script

commit
28ec1479c381ffbfdde0fc8c3ff040739113c2c4
author
Jeroen Wijenbergh · · 2025-12-01 16:17 UTC
parent
8316da1
signature
SSH UnverifiedSHA256:8N5EoON8reSTMm461SyWlzRhib6IymBjUHb1p62kwyw The key is unknown
532 files · +33778 -3998
Unified
UnifiedSplit
M v4/adw/adw-about-dialog.go +678 -1
@@ -995,6 +995,683 @@ func (c *AboutDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
995995 c.Ptr = ptr
996996 }
997997
998+// SetPropertyApplicationIcon sets the "application-icon" property.
999+// The name of the application icon.
1000+//
1001+// The icon is displayed at the top of the main page.
1002+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyApplicationIcon(value string) {
1003+ var v gobject.Value
1004+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1005+ v.SetString(value)
1006+ x.SetProperty("application-icon", &v)
1007+}
1008+
1009+// GetPropertyApplicationIcon gets the "application-icon" property.
1010+// The name of the application icon.
1011+//
1012+// The icon is displayed at the top of the main page.
1013+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyApplicationIcon() string {
1014+ var v gobject.Value
1015+ x.GetProperty("application-icon", &v)
1016+ return v.GetString()
1017+}
1018+
1019+// SetPropertyApplicationName sets the "application-name" property.
1020+// The name of the application.
1021+//
1022+// The name is displayed at the top of the main page.
1023+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyApplicationName(value string) {
1024+ var v gobject.Value
1025+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1026+ v.SetString(value)
1027+ x.SetProperty("application-name", &v)
1028+}
1029+
1030+// GetPropertyApplicationName gets the "application-name" property.
1031+// The name of the application.
1032+//
1033+// The name is displayed at the top of the main page.
1034+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyApplicationName() string {
1035+ var v gobject.Value
1036+ x.GetProperty("application-name", &v)
1037+ return v.GetString()
1038+}
1039+
1040+// SetPropertyArtists sets the "artists" property.
1041+// The list of artists of the application.
1042+//
1043+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1044+//
1045+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1046+// more details.
1047+//
1048+// See also:
1049+//
1050+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
1051+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
1052+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
1053+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
1054+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1055+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1056+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyArtists(value []string) {
1057+ var v gobject.Value
1058+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
1059+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
1060+ x.SetProperty("artists", &v)
1061+}
1062+
1063+// GetPropertyArtists gets the "artists" property.
1064+// The list of artists of the application.
1065+//
1066+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1067+//
1068+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1069+// more details.
1070+//
1071+// See also:
1072+//
1073+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
1074+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
1075+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
1076+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
1077+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1078+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1079+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyArtists() []string {
1080+ var v gobject.Value
1081+ x.GetProperty("artists", &v)
1082+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
1083+}
1084+
1085+// SetPropertyComments sets the "comments" property.
1086+// The comments about the application.
1087+//
1088+// Comments will be shown on the Details page, above links.
1089+//
1090+// Unlike [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:comments], this string can be long and
1091+// detailed. It can also contain links and Pango markup.
1092+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyComments(value string) {
1093+ var v gobject.Value
1094+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1095+ v.SetString(value)
1096+ x.SetProperty("comments", &v)
1097+}
1098+
1099+// GetPropertyComments gets the "comments" property.
1100+// The comments about the application.
1101+//
1102+// Comments will be shown on the Details page, above links.
1103+//
1104+// Unlike [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:comments], this string can be long and
1105+// detailed. It can also contain links and Pango markup.
1106+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyComments() string {
1107+ var v gobject.Value
1108+ x.GetProperty("comments", &v)
1109+ return v.GetString()
1110+}
1111+
1112+// SetPropertyCopyright sets the "copyright" property.
1113+// The copyright information.
1114+//
1115+// This should be a short string of one or two lines, for example:
1116+// `© 2022 Example`.
1117+//
1118+// The copyright information will be displayed on the Legal page, above the
1119+// application license.
1120+//
1121+// [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section] can be used to add copyright
1122+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
1123+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyCopyright(value string) {
1124+ var v gobject.Value
1125+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1126+ v.SetString(value)
1127+ x.SetProperty("copyright", &v)
1128+}
1129+
1130+// GetPropertyCopyright gets the "copyright" property.
1131+// The copyright information.
1132+//
1133+// This should be a short string of one or two lines, for example:
1134+// `© 2022 Example`.
1135+//
1136+// The copyright information will be displayed on the Legal page, above the
1137+// application license.
1138+//
1139+// [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section] can be used to add copyright
1140+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
1141+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyCopyright() string {
1142+ var v gobject.Value
1143+ x.GetProperty("copyright", &v)
1144+ return v.GetString()
1145+}
1146+
1147+// SetPropertyDebugInfo sets the "debug-info" property.
1148+// The debug information.
1149+//
1150+// Debug information will be shown on the Troubleshooting page. It's intended
1151+// to be attached to issue reports when reporting issues against the
1152+// application.
1153+//
1154+// `AdwAboutDialog` provides a quick way to save debug information to a file.
1155+// When saving, [property@AboutDialog:debug-info-filename] would be used as
1156+// the suggested filename.
1157+//
1158+// Debug information cannot contain markup or links.
1159+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyDebugInfo(value string) {
1160+ var v gobject.Value
1161+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1162+ v.SetString(value)
1163+ x.SetProperty("debug-info", &v)
1164+}
1165+
1166+// GetPropertyDebugInfo gets the "debug-info" property.
1167+// The debug information.
1168+//
1169+// Debug information will be shown on the Troubleshooting page. It's intended
1170+// to be attached to issue reports when reporting issues against the
1171+// application.
1172+//
1173+// `AdwAboutDialog` provides a quick way to save debug information to a file.
1174+// When saving, [property@AboutDialog:debug-info-filename] would be used as
1175+// the suggested filename.
1176+//
1177+// Debug information cannot contain markup or links.
1178+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyDebugInfo() string {
1179+ var v gobject.Value
1180+ x.GetProperty("debug-info", &v)
1181+ return v.GetString()
1182+}
1183+
1184+// SetPropertyDebugInfoFilename sets the "debug-info-filename" property.
1185+// The debug information filename.
1186+//
1187+// It will be used as the suggested filename when saving debug information to
1188+// a file.
1189+//
1190+// See [property@AboutDialog:debug-info].
1191+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyDebugInfoFilename(value string) {
1192+ var v gobject.Value
1193+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1194+ v.SetString(value)
1195+ x.SetProperty("debug-info-filename", &v)
1196+}
1197+
1198+// GetPropertyDebugInfoFilename gets the "debug-info-filename" property.
1199+// The debug information filename.
1200+//
1201+// It will be used as the suggested filename when saving debug information to
1202+// a file.
1203+//
1204+// See [property@AboutDialog:debug-info].
1205+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyDebugInfoFilename() string {
1206+ var v gobject.Value
1207+ x.GetProperty("debug-info-filename", &v)
1208+ return v.GetString()
1209+}
1210+
1211+// SetPropertyDesigners sets the "designers" property.
1212+// The list of designers of the application.
1213+//
1214+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1215+//
1216+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1217+// more details.
1218+//
1219+// See also:
1220+//
1221+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
1222+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
1223+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
1224+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
1225+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1226+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1227+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyDesigners(value []string) {
1228+ var v gobject.Value
1229+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
1230+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
1231+ x.SetProperty("designers", &v)
1232+}
1233+
1234+// GetPropertyDesigners gets the "designers" property.
1235+// The list of designers of the application.
1236+//
1237+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1238+//
1239+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1240+// more details.
1241+//
1242+// See also:
1243+//
1244+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
1245+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
1246+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
1247+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
1248+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1249+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1250+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyDesigners() []string {
1251+ var v gobject.Value
1252+ x.GetProperty("designers", &v)
1253+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
1254+}
1255+
1256+// SetPropertyDeveloperName sets the "developer-name" property.
1257+// The developer name.
1258+//
1259+// The developer name is displayed on the main page, under the application
1260+// name.
1261+//
1262+// If the application is developed by multiple people, the developer name can
1263+// be set to values like "AppName team", "AppName developers" or
1264+// "The AppName project", and the individual contributors can be listed on the
1265+// Credits page, with [property@AboutDialog:developers] and related
1266+// properties.
1267+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyDeveloperName(value string) {
1268+ var v gobject.Value
1269+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1270+ v.SetString(value)
1271+ x.SetProperty("developer-name", &v)
1272+}
1273+
1274+// GetPropertyDeveloperName gets the "developer-name" property.
1275+// The developer name.
1276+//
1277+// The developer name is displayed on the main page, under the application
1278+// name.
1279+//
1280+// If the application is developed by multiple people, the developer name can
1281+// be set to values like "AppName team", "AppName developers" or
1282+// "The AppName project", and the individual contributors can be listed on the
1283+// Credits page, with [property@AboutDialog:developers] and related
1284+// properties.
1285+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyDeveloperName() string {
1286+ var v gobject.Value
1287+ x.GetProperty("developer-name", &v)
1288+ return v.GetString()
1289+}
1290+
1291+// SetPropertyDevelopers sets the "developers" property.
1292+// The list of developers of the application.
1293+//
1294+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1295+//
1296+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1297+// more details.
1298+//
1299+// See also:
1300+//
1301+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
1302+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
1303+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
1304+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
1305+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1306+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1307+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyDevelopers(value []string) {
1308+ var v gobject.Value
1309+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
1310+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
1311+ x.SetProperty("developers", &v)
1312+}
1313+
1314+// GetPropertyDevelopers gets the "developers" property.
1315+// The list of developers of the application.
1316+//
1317+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1318+//
1319+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1320+// more details.
1321+//
1322+// See also:
1323+//
1324+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
1325+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
1326+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
1327+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
1328+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1329+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1330+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyDevelopers() []string {
1331+ var v gobject.Value
1332+ x.GetProperty("developers", &v)
1333+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
1334+}
1335+
1336+// SetPropertyDocumenters sets the "documenters" property.
1337+// The list of documenters of the application.
1338+//
1339+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1340+//
1341+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1342+// more details.
1343+//
1344+// See also:
1345+//
1346+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
1347+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
1348+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
1349+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
1350+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1351+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1352+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyDocumenters(value []string) {
1353+ var v gobject.Value
1354+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
1355+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
1356+ x.SetProperty("documenters", &v)
1357+}
1358+
1359+// GetPropertyDocumenters gets the "documenters" property.
1360+// The list of documenters of the application.
1361+//
1362+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1363+//
1364+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1365+// more details.
1366+//
1367+// See also:
1368+//
1369+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
1370+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
1371+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
1372+// * [property@AboutDialog:translator-credits]
1373+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1374+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1375+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyDocumenters() []string {
1376+ var v gobject.Value
1377+ x.GetProperty("documenters", &v)
1378+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
1379+}
1380+
1381+// SetPropertyIssueUrl sets the "issue-url" property.
1382+// The URL for the application's issue tracker.
1383+//
1384+// The issue tracker link is displayed on the main page.
1385+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyIssueUrl(value string) {
1386+ var v gobject.Value
1387+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1388+ v.SetString(value)
1389+ x.SetProperty("issue-url", &v)
1390+}
1391+
1392+// GetPropertyIssueUrl gets the "issue-url" property.
1393+// The URL for the application's issue tracker.
1394+//
1395+// The issue tracker link is displayed on the main page.
1396+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyIssueUrl() string {
1397+ var v gobject.Value
1398+ x.GetProperty("issue-url", &v)
1399+ return v.GetString()
1400+}
1401+
1402+// SetPropertyLicense sets the "license" property.
1403+// The license text.
1404+//
1405+// This can be used to set a custom text for the license if it can't be set
1406+// via [property@AboutDialog:license-type].
1407+//
1408+// When set, [property@AboutDialog:license-type] will be set to
1409+// `GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM`.
1410+//
1411+// The license text will be displayed on the Legal page, below the copyright
1412+// information.
1413+//
1414+// License text can contain Pango markup and links.
1415+//
1416+// [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section] can be used to add license
1417+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
1418+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyLicense(value string) {
1419+ var v gobject.Value
1420+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1421+ v.SetString(value)
1422+ x.SetProperty("license", &v)
1423+}
1424+
1425+// GetPropertyLicense gets the "license" property.
1426+// The license text.
1427+//
1428+// This can be used to set a custom text for the license if it can't be set
1429+// via [property@AboutDialog:license-type].
1430+//
1431+// When set, [property@AboutDialog:license-type] will be set to
1432+// `GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM`.
1433+//
1434+// The license text will be displayed on the Legal page, below the copyright
1435+// information.
1436+//
1437+// License text can contain Pango markup and links.
1438+//
1439+// [method@AboutDialog.add_legal_section] can be used to add license
1440+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
1441+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyLicense() string {
1442+ var v gobject.Value
1443+ x.GetProperty("license", &v)
1444+ return v.GetString()
1445+}
1446+
1447+// SetPropertyReleaseNotes sets the "release-notes" property.
1448+// The release notes of the application.
1449+//
1450+// Release notes are displayed on the the What's New page.
1451+//
1452+// Release notes are formatted the same way as
1453+// [AppStream descriptions](https://freedesktop.org/software/appstream/docs/chap-Metadata.html#tag-description).
1454+//
1455+// The supported formatting options are:
1456+//
1457+// * Paragraph (`<p>`)
1458+// * Ordered list (`<ol>`), with list items (`<li>`)
1459+// * Unordered list (`<ul>`), with list items (`<li>`)
1460+//
1461+// Within paragraphs and list items, emphasis (`<em>`) and inline code
1462+// (`<code>`) text styles are supported. The emphasis is rendered in italic,
1463+// while inline code is shown in a monospaced font.
1464+//
1465+// Any text outside paragraphs or list items is ignored.
1466+//
1467+// Nested lists are not supported.
1468+//
1469+// `AdwAboutDialog` displays the version above the release notes. If set, the
1470+// [property@AboutDialog:release-notes-version] of the property will be used
1471+// as the version; otherwise, [property@AboutDialog:version] is used.
1472+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyReleaseNotes(value string) {
1473+ var v gobject.Value
1474+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1475+ v.SetString(value)
1476+ x.SetProperty("release-notes", &v)
1477+}
1478+
1479+// GetPropertyReleaseNotes gets the "release-notes" property.
1480+// The release notes of the application.
1481+//
1482+// Release notes are displayed on the the What's New page.
1483+//
1484+// Release notes are formatted the same way as
1485+// [AppStream descriptions](https://freedesktop.org/software/appstream/docs/chap-Metadata.html#tag-description).
1486+//
1487+// The supported formatting options are:
1488+//
1489+// * Paragraph (`<p>`)
1490+// * Ordered list (`<ol>`), with list items (`<li>`)
1491+// * Unordered list (`<ul>`), with list items (`<li>`)
1492+//
1493+// Within paragraphs and list items, emphasis (`<em>`) and inline code
1494+// (`<code>`) text styles are supported. The emphasis is rendered in italic,
1495+// while inline code is shown in a monospaced font.
1496+//
1497+// Any text outside paragraphs or list items is ignored.
1498+//
1499+// Nested lists are not supported.
1500+//
1501+// `AdwAboutDialog` displays the version above the release notes. If set, the
1502+// [property@AboutDialog:release-notes-version] of the property will be used
1503+// as the version; otherwise, [property@AboutDialog:version] is used.
1504+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyReleaseNotes() string {
1505+ var v gobject.Value
1506+ x.GetProperty("release-notes", &v)
1507+ return v.GetString()
1508+}
1509+
1510+// SetPropertyReleaseNotesVersion sets the "release-notes-version" property.
1511+// The version described by the application's release notes.
1512+//
1513+// The release notes version is displayed on the What's New page, above the
1514+// release notes.
1515+//
1516+// If not set, [property@AboutDialog:version] will be used instead.
1517+//
1518+// For example, an application with the current version 2.0.2 might want to
1519+// keep the release notes from 2.0.0, and set the release notes version
1520+// accordingly.
1521+//
1522+// See [property@AboutDialog:release-notes].
1523+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyReleaseNotesVersion(value string) {
1524+ var v gobject.Value
1525+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1526+ v.SetString(value)
1527+ x.SetProperty("release-notes-version", &v)
1528+}
1529+
1530+// GetPropertyReleaseNotesVersion gets the "release-notes-version" property.
1531+// The version described by the application's release notes.
1532+//
1533+// The release notes version is displayed on the What's New page, above the
1534+// release notes.
1535+//
1536+// If not set, [property@AboutDialog:version] will be used instead.
1537+//
1538+// For example, an application with the current version 2.0.2 might want to
1539+// keep the release notes from 2.0.0, and set the release notes version
1540+// accordingly.
1541+//
1542+// See [property@AboutDialog:release-notes].
1543+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyReleaseNotesVersion() string {
1544+ var v gobject.Value
1545+ x.GetProperty("release-notes-version", &v)
1546+ return v.GetString()
1547+}
1548+
1549+// SetPropertySupportUrl sets the "support-url" property.
1550+// The URL of the application's support page.
1551+//
1552+// The support page link is displayed on the main page.
1553+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertySupportUrl(value string) {
1554+ var v gobject.Value
1555+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1556+ v.SetString(value)
1557+ x.SetProperty("support-url", &v)
1558+}
1559+
1560+// GetPropertySupportUrl gets the "support-url" property.
1561+// The URL of the application's support page.
1562+//
1563+// The support page link is displayed on the main page.
1564+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertySupportUrl() string {
1565+ var v gobject.Value
1566+ x.GetProperty("support-url", &v)
1567+ return v.GetString()
1568+}
1569+
1570+// SetPropertyTranslatorCredits sets the "translator-credits" property.
1571+// The translator credits string.
1572+//
1573+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1574+//
1575+// This string should be `"translator-credits"` or `"translator_credits"` and
1576+// should be marked as translatable.
1577+//
1578+// The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1579+// more details.
1580+//
1581+// See also:
1582+//
1583+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
1584+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
1585+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
1586+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
1587+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1588+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1589+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyTranslatorCredits(value string) {
1590+ var v gobject.Value
1591+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1592+ v.SetString(value)
1593+ x.SetProperty("translator-credits", &v)
1594+}
1595+
1596+// GetPropertyTranslatorCredits gets the "translator-credits" property.
1597+// The translator credits string.
1598+//
1599+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1600+//
1601+// This string should be `"translator-credits"` or `"translator_credits"` and
1602+// should be marked as translatable.
1603+//
1604+// The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1605+// more details.
1606+//
1607+// See also:
1608+//
1609+// * [property@AboutDialog:developers]
1610+// * [property@AboutDialog:designers]
1611+// * [property@AboutDialog:artists]
1612+// * [property@AboutDialog:documenters]
1613+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_credit_section]
1614+// * [method@AboutDialog.add_acknowledgement_section]
1615+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyTranslatorCredits() string {
1616+ var v gobject.Value
1617+ x.GetProperty("translator-credits", &v)
1618+ return v.GetString()
1619+}
1620+
1621+// SetPropertyVersion sets the "version" property.
1622+// The version of the application.
1623+//
1624+// The version is displayed on the main page.
1625+//
1626+// If [property@AboutDialog:release-notes-version] is not set, the version
1627+// will also be displayed above the release notes on the What's New page.
1628+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyVersion(value string) {
1629+ var v gobject.Value
1630+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1631+ v.SetString(value)
1632+ x.SetProperty("version", &v)
1633+}
1634+
1635+// GetPropertyVersion gets the "version" property.
1636+// The version of the application.
1637+//
1638+// The version is displayed on the main page.
1639+//
1640+// If [property@AboutDialog:release-notes-version] is not set, the version
1641+// will also be displayed above the release notes on the What's New page.
1642+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyVersion() string {
1643+ var v gobject.Value
1644+ x.GetProperty("version", &v)
1645+ return v.GetString()
1646+}
1647+
1648+// SetPropertyWebsite sets the "website" property.
1649+// The URL of the application's website.
1650+//
1651+// Website is displayed on the Details page, below comments, or on the main
1652+// page if the Details page doesn't have any other content.
1653+//
1654+// Applications can add other links below, see [method@AboutDialog.add_link].
1655+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyWebsite(value string) {
1656+ var v gobject.Value
1657+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1658+ v.SetString(value)
1659+ x.SetProperty("website", &v)
1660+}
1661+
1662+// GetPropertyWebsite gets the "website" property.
1663+// The URL of the application's website.
1664+//
1665+// Website is displayed on the Details page, below comments, or on the main
1666+// page if the Details page doesn't have any other content.
1667+//
1668+// Applications can add other links below, see [method@AboutDialog.add_link].
1669+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyWebsite() string {
1670+ var v gobject.Value
1671+ x.GetProperty("website", &v)
1672+ return v.GetString()
1673+}
1674+
9981675 // Emitted when a URL is activated.
9991676 //
10001677 // Applications may connect to it to override the default behavior, which is
@@ -1075,7 +1752,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
10751752 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
10761753 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
10771754 // child widget.
1078-func (x *AboutDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1755+func (x *AboutDialog) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
10791756
10801757 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
10811758 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-about-window.go +679 -2
@@ -965,6 +965,683 @@ func (c *AboutWindow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
965965 c.Ptr = ptr
966966 }
967967
968+// SetPropertyApplicationIcon sets the "application-icon" property.
969+// The name of the application icon.
970+//
971+// The icon is displayed at the top of the main page.
972+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyApplicationIcon(value string) {
973+ var v gobject.Value
974+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
975+ v.SetString(value)
976+ x.SetProperty("application-icon", &v)
977+}
978+
979+// GetPropertyApplicationIcon gets the "application-icon" property.
980+// The name of the application icon.
981+//
982+// The icon is displayed at the top of the main page.
983+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyApplicationIcon() string {
984+ var v gobject.Value
985+ x.GetProperty("application-icon", &v)
986+ return v.GetString()
987+}
988+
989+// SetPropertyApplicationName sets the "application-name" property.
990+// The name of the application.
991+//
992+// The name is displayed at the top of the main page.
993+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyApplicationName(value string) {
994+ var v gobject.Value
995+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
996+ v.SetString(value)
997+ x.SetProperty("application-name", &v)
998+}
999+
1000+// GetPropertyApplicationName gets the "application-name" property.
1001+// The name of the application.
1002+//
1003+// The name is displayed at the top of the main page.
1004+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyApplicationName() string {
1005+ var v gobject.Value
1006+ x.GetProperty("application-name", &v)
1007+ return v.GetString()
1008+}
1009+
1010+// SetPropertyArtists sets the "artists" property.
1011+// The list of artists of the application.
1012+//
1013+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1014+//
1015+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1016+// more details.
1017+//
1018+// See also:
1019+//
1020+// * [property@AboutWindow:developers]
1021+// * [property@AboutWindow:designers]
1022+// * [property@AboutWindow:documenters]
1023+// * [property@AboutWindow:translator-credits]
1024+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1025+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1026+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyArtists(value []string) {
1027+ var v gobject.Value
1028+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
1029+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
1030+ x.SetProperty("artists", &v)
1031+}
1032+
1033+// GetPropertyArtists gets the "artists" property.
1034+// The list of artists of the application.
1035+//
1036+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1037+//
1038+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1039+// more details.
1040+//
1041+// See also:
1042+//
1043+// * [property@AboutWindow:developers]
1044+// * [property@AboutWindow:designers]
1045+// * [property@AboutWindow:documenters]
1046+// * [property@AboutWindow:translator-credits]
1047+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1048+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1049+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyArtists() []string {
1050+ var v gobject.Value
1051+ x.GetProperty("artists", &v)
1052+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
1053+}
1054+
1055+// SetPropertyComments sets the "comments" property.
1056+// The comments about the application.
1057+//
1058+// Comments will be shown on the Details page, above links.
1059+//
1060+// Unlike [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:comments], this string can be long and
1061+// detailed. It can also contain links and Pango markup.
1062+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyComments(value string) {
1063+ var v gobject.Value
1064+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1065+ v.SetString(value)
1066+ x.SetProperty("comments", &v)
1067+}
1068+
1069+// GetPropertyComments gets the "comments" property.
1070+// The comments about the application.
1071+//
1072+// Comments will be shown on the Details page, above links.
1073+//
1074+// Unlike [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:comments], this string can be long and
1075+// detailed. It can also contain links and Pango markup.
1076+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyComments() string {
1077+ var v gobject.Value
1078+ x.GetProperty("comments", &v)
1079+ return v.GetString()
1080+}
1081+
1082+// SetPropertyCopyright sets the "copyright" property.
1083+// The copyright information.
1084+//
1085+// This should be a short string of one or two lines, for example:
1086+// `© 2022 Example`.
1087+//
1088+// The copyright information will be displayed on the Legal page, above the
1089+// application license.
1090+//
1091+// [method@AboutWindow.add_legal_section] can be used to add copyright
1092+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
1093+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyCopyright(value string) {
1094+ var v gobject.Value
1095+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1096+ v.SetString(value)
1097+ x.SetProperty("copyright", &v)
1098+}
1099+
1100+// GetPropertyCopyright gets the "copyright" property.
1101+// The copyright information.
1102+//
1103+// This should be a short string of one or two lines, for example:
1104+// `© 2022 Example`.
1105+//
1106+// The copyright information will be displayed on the Legal page, above the
1107+// application license.
1108+//
1109+// [method@AboutWindow.add_legal_section] can be used to add copyright
1110+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
1111+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyCopyright() string {
1112+ var v gobject.Value
1113+ x.GetProperty("copyright", &v)
1114+ return v.GetString()
1115+}
1116+
1117+// SetPropertyDebugInfo sets the "debug-info" property.
1118+// The debug information.
1119+//
1120+// Debug information will be shown on the Troubleshooting page. It's intended
1121+// to be attached to issue reports when reporting issues against the
1122+// application.
1123+//
1124+// `AdwAboutWindow` provides a quick way to save debug information to a file.
1125+// When saving, [property@AboutWindow:debug-info-filename] would be used as
1126+// the suggested filename.
1127+//
1128+// Debug information cannot contain markup or links.
1129+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyDebugInfo(value string) {
1130+ var v gobject.Value
1131+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1132+ v.SetString(value)
1133+ x.SetProperty("debug-info", &v)
1134+}
1135+
1136+// GetPropertyDebugInfo gets the "debug-info" property.
1137+// The debug information.
1138+//
1139+// Debug information will be shown on the Troubleshooting page. It's intended
1140+// to be attached to issue reports when reporting issues against the
1141+// application.
1142+//
1143+// `AdwAboutWindow` provides a quick way to save debug information to a file.
1144+// When saving, [property@AboutWindow:debug-info-filename] would be used as
1145+// the suggested filename.
1146+//
1147+// Debug information cannot contain markup or links.
1148+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyDebugInfo() string {
1149+ var v gobject.Value
1150+ x.GetProperty("debug-info", &v)
1151+ return v.GetString()
1152+}
1153+
1154+// SetPropertyDebugInfoFilename sets the "debug-info-filename" property.
1155+// The debug information filename.
1156+//
1157+// It will be used as the suggested filename when saving debug information to
1158+// a file.
1159+//
1160+// See [property@AboutWindow:debug-info].
1161+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyDebugInfoFilename(value string) {
1162+ var v gobject.Value
1163+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1164+ v.SetString(value)
1165+ x.SetProperty("debug-info-filename", &v)
1166+}
1167+
1168+// GetPropertyDebugInfoFilename gets the "debug-info-filename" property.
1169+// The debug information filename.
1170+//
1171+// It will be used as the suggested filename when saving debug information to
1172+// a file.
1173+//
1174+// See [property@AboutWindow:debug-info].
1175+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyDebugInfoFilename() string {
1176+ var v gobject.Value
1177+ x.GetProperty("debug-info-filename", &v)
1178+ return v.GetString()
1179+}
1180+
1181+// SetPropertyDesigners sets the "designers" property.
1182+// The list of designers of the application.
1183+//
1184+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1185+//
1186+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1187+// more details.
1188+//
1189+// See also:
1190+//
1191+// * [property@AboutWindow:developers]
1192+// * [property@AboutWindow:artists]
1193+// * [property@AboutWindow:documenters]
1194+// * [property@AboutWindow:translator-credits]
1195+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1196+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1197+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyDesigners(value []string) {
1198+ var v gobject.Value
1199+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
1200+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
1201+ x.SetProperty("designers", &v)
1202+}
1203+
1204+// GetPropertyDesigners gets the "designers" property.
1205+// The list of designers of the application.
1206+//
1207+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1208+//
1209+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1210+// more details.
1211+//
1212+// See also:
1213+//
1214+// * [property@AboutWindow:developers]
1215+// * [property@AboutWindow:artists]
1216+// * [property@AboutWindow:documenters]
1217+// * [property@AboutWindow:translator-credits]
1218+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1219+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1220+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyDesigners() []string {
1221+ var v gobject.Value
1222+ x.GetProperty("designers", &v)
1223+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
1224+}
1225+
1226+// SetPropertyDeveloperName sets the "developer-name" property.
1227+// The developer name.
1228+//
1229+// The developer name is displayed on the main page, under the application
1230+// name.
1231+//
1232+// If the application is developed by multiple people, the developer name can
1233+// be set to values like "AppName team", "AppName developers" or
1234+// "The AppName project", and the individual contributors can be listed on the
1235+// Credits page, with [property@AboutWindow:developers] and related
1236+// properties.
1237+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyDeveloperName(value string) {
1238+ var v gobject.Value
1239+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1240+ v.SetString(value)
1241+ x.SetProperty("developer-name", &v)
1242+}
1243+
1244+// GetPropertyDeveloperName gets the "developer-name" property.
1245+// The developer name.
1246+//
1247+// The developer name is displayed on the main page, under the application
1248+// name.
1249+//
1250+// If the application is developed by multiple people, the developer name can
1251+// be set to values like "AppName team", "AppName developers" or
1252+// "The AppName project", and the individual contributors can be listed on the
1253+// Credits page, with [property@AboutWindow:developers] and related
1254+// properties.
1255+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyDeveloperName() string {
1256+ var v gobject.Value
1257+ x.GetProperty("developer-name", &v)
1258+ return v.GetString()
1259+}
1260+
1261+// SetPropertyDevelopers sets the "developers" property.
1262+// The list of developers of the application.
1263+//
1264+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1265+//
1266+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1267+// more details.
1268+//
1269+// See also:
1270+//
1271+// * [property@AboutWindow:designers]
1272+// * [property@AboutWindow:artists]
1273+// * [property@AboutWindow:documenters]
1274+// * [property@AboutWindow:translator-credits]
1275+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1276+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1277+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyDevelopers(value []string) {
1278+ var v gobject.Value
1279+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
1280+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
1281+ x.SetProperty("developers", &v)
1282+}
1283+
1284+// GetPropertyDevelopers gets the "developers" property.
1285+// The list of developers of the application.
1286+//
1287+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1288+//
1289+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1290+// more details.
1291+//
1292+// See also:
1293+//
1294+// * [property@AboutWindow:designers]
1295+// * [property@AboutWindow:artists]
1296+// * [property@AboutWindow:documenters]
1297+// * [property@AboutWindow:translator-credits]
1298+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1299+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1300+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyDevelopers() []string {
1301+ var v gobject.Value
1302+ x.GetProperty("developers", &v)
1303+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
1304+}
1305+
1306+// SetPropertyDocumenters sets the "documenters" property.
1307+// The list of documenters of the application.
1308+//
1309+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1310+//
1311+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1312+// more details.
1313+//
1314+// See also:
1315+//
1316+// * [property@AboutWindow:developers]
1317+// * [property@AboutWindow:designers]
1318+// * [property@AboutWindow:artists]
1319+// * [property@AboutWindow:translator-credits]
1320+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1321+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1322+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyDocumenters(value []string) {
1323+ var v gobject.Value
1324+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
1325+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
1326+ x.SetProperty("documenters", &v)
1327+}
1328+
1329+// GetPropertyDocumenters gets the "documenters" property.
1330+// The list of documenters of the application.
1331+//
1332+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1333+//
1334+// Each name may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1335+// more details.
1336+//
1337+// See also:
1338+//
1339+// * [property@AboutWindow:developers]
1340+// * [property@AboutWindow:designers]
1341+// * [property@AboutWindow:artists]
1342+// * [property@AboutWindow:translator-credits]
1343+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1344+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1345+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyDocumenters() []string {
1346+ var v gobject.Value
1347+ x.GetProperty("documenters", &v)
1348+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
1349+}
1350+
1351+// SetPropertyIssueUrl sets the "issue-url" property.
1352+// The URL for the application's issue tracker.
1353+//
1354+// The issue tracker link is displayed on the main page.
1355+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyIssueUrl(value string) {
1356+ var v gobject.Value
1357+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1358+ v.SetString(value)
1359+ x.SetProperty("issue-url", &v)
1360+}
1361+
1362+// GetPropertyIssueUrl gets the "issue-url" property.
1363+// The URL for the application's issue tracker.
1364+//
1365+// The issue tracker link is displayed on the main page.
1366+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyIssueUrl() string {
1367+ var v gobject.Value
1368+ x.GetProperty("issue-url", &v)
1369+ return v.GetString()
1370+}
1371+
1372+// SetPropertyLicense sets the "license" property.
1373+// The license text.
1374+//
1375+// This can be used to set a custom text for the license if it can't be set
1376+// via [property@AboutWindow:license-type].
1377+//
1378+// When set, [property@AboutWindow:license-type] will be set to
1379+// `GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM`.
1380+//
1381+// The license text will be displayed on the Legal page, below the copyright
1382+// information.
1383+//
1384+// License text can contain Pango markup and links.
1385+//
1386+// [method@AboutWindow.add_legal_section] can be used to add license
1387+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
1388+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyLicense(value string) {
1389+ var v gobject.Value
1390+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1391+ v.SetString(value)
1392+ x.SetProperty("license", &v)
1393+}
1394+
1395+// GetPropertyLicense gets the "license" property.
1396+// The license text.
1397+//
1398+// This can be used to set a custom text for the license if it can't be set
1399+// via [property@AboutWindow:license-type].
1400+//
1401+// When set, [property@AboutWindow:license-type] will be set to
1402+// `GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM`.
1403+//
1404+// The license text will be displayed on the Legal page, below the copyright
1405+// information.
1406+//
1407+// License text can contain Pango markup and links.
1408+//
1409+// [method@AboutWindow.add_legal_section] can be used to add license
1410+// information for the application dependencies or other components.
1411+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyLicense() string {
1412+ var v gobject.Value
1413+ x.GetProperty("license", &v)
1414+ return v.GetString()
1415+}
1416+
1417+// SetPropertyReleaseNotes sets the "release-notes" property.
1418+// The release notes of the application.
1419+//
1420+// Release notes are displayed on the the What's New page.
1421+//
1422+// Release notes are formatted the same way as
1423+// [AppStream descriptions](https://freedesktop.org/software/appstream/docs/chap-Metadata.html#tag-description).
1424+//
1425+// The supported formatting options are:
1426+//
1427+// * Paragraph (`<p>`)
1428+// * Ordered list (`<ol>`), with list items (`<li>`)
1429+// * Unordered list (`<ul>`), with list items (`<li>`)
1430+//
1431+// Within paragraphs and list items, emphasis (`<em>`) and inline code
1432+// (`<code>`) text styles are supported. The emphasis is rendered in italic,
1433+// while inline code is shown in a monospaced font.
1434+//
1435+// Any text outside paragraphs or list items is ignored.
1436+//
1437+// Nested lists are not supported.
1438+//
1439+// `AdwAboutWindow` displays the version above the release notes. If set, the
1440+// [property@AboutWindow:release-notes-version] of the property will be used
1441+// as the version; otherwise, [property@AboutWindow:version] is used.
1442+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyReleaseNotes(value string) {
1443+ var v gobject.Value
1444+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1445+ v.SetString(value)
1446+ x.SetProperty("release-notes", &v)
1447+}
1448+
1449+// GetPropertyReleaseNotes gets the "release-notes" property.
1450+// The release notes of the application.
1451+//
1452+// Release notes are displayed on the the What's New page.
1453+//
1454+// Release notes are formatted the same way as
1455+// [AppStream descriptions](https://freedesktop.org/software/appstream/docs/chap-Metadata.html#tag-description).
1456+//
1457+// The supported formatting options are:
1458+//
1459+// * Paragraph (`<p>`)
1460+// * Ordered list (`<ol>`), with list items (`<li>`)
1461+// * Unordered list (`<ul>`), with list items (`<li>`)
1462+//
1463+// Within paragraphs and list items, emphasis (`<em>`) and inline code
1464+// (`<code>`) text styles are supported. The emphasis is rendered in italic,
1465+// while inline code is shown in a monospaced font.
1466+//
1467+// Any text outside paragraphs or list items is ignored.
1468+//
1469+// Nested lists are not supported.
1470+//
1471+// `AdwAboutWindow` displays the version above the release notes. If set, the
1472+// [property@AboutWindow:release-notes-version] of the property will be used
1473+// as the version; otherwise, [property@AboutWindow:version] is used.
1474+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyReleaseNotes() string {
1475+ var v gobject.Value
1476+ x.GetProperty("release-notes", &v)
1477+ return v.GetString()
1478+}
1479+
1480+// SetPropertyReleaseNotesVersion sets the "release-notes-version" property.
1481+// The version described by the application's release notes.
1482+//
1483+// The release notes version is displayed on the What's New page, above the
1484+// release notes.
1485+//
1486+// If not set, [property@AboutWindow:version] will be used instead.
1487+//
1488+// For example, an application with the current version 2.0.2 might want to
1489+// keep the release notes from 2.0.0, and set the release notes version
1490+// accordingly.
1491+//
1492+// See [property@AboutWindow:release-notes].
1493+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyReleaseNotesVersion(value string) {
1494+ var v gobject.Value
1495+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1496+ v.SetString(value)
1497+ x.SetProperty("release-notes-version", &v)
1498+}
1499+
1500+// GetPropertyReleaseNotesVersion gets the "release-notes-version" property.
1501+// The version described by the application's release notes.
1502+//
1503+// The release notes version is displayed on the What's New page, above the
1504+// release notes.
1505+//
1506+// If not set, [property@AboutWindow:version] will be used instead.
1507+//
1508+// For example, an application with the current version 2.0.2 might want to
1509+// keep the release notes from 2.0.0, and set the release notes version
1510+// accordingly.
1511+//
1512+// See [property@AboutWindow:release-notes].
1513+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyReleaseNotesVersion() string {
1514+ var v gobject.Value
1515+ x.GetProperty("release-notes-version", &v)
1516+ return v.GetString()
1517+}
1518+
1519+// SetPropertySupportUrl sets the "support-url" property.
1520+// The URL of the application's support page.
1521+//
1522+// The support page link is displayed on the main page.
1523+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertySupportUrl(value string) {
1524+ var v gobject.Value
1525+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1526+ v.SetString(value)
1527+ x.SetProperty("support-url", &v)
1528+}
1529+
1530+// GetPropertySupportUrl gets the "support-url" property.
1531+// The URL of the application's support page.
1532+//
1533+// The support page link is displayed on the main page.
1534+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertySupportUrl() string {
1535+ var v gobject.Value
1536+ x.GetProperty("support-url", &v)
1537+ return v.GetString()
1538+}
1539+
1540+// SetPropertyTranslatorCredits sets the "translator-credits" property.
1541+// The translator credits string.
1542+//
1543+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1544+//
1545+// This string should be `"translator-credits"` or `"translator_credits"` and
1546+// should be marked as translatable.
1547+//
1548+// The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1549+// more details.
1550+//
1551+// See also:
1552+//
1553+// * [property@AboutWindow:developers]
1554+// * [property@AboutWindow:designers]
1555+// * [property@AboutWindow:artists]
1556+// * [property@AboutWindow:documenters]
1557+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1558+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1559+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyTranslatorCredits(value string) {
1560+ var v gobject.Value
1561+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1562+ v.SetString(value)
1563+ x.SetProperty("translator-credits", &v)
1564+}
1565+
1566+// GetPropertyTranslatorCredits gets the "translator-credits" property.
1567+// The translator credits string.
1568+//
1569+// It will be displayed on the Credits page.
1570+//
1571+// This string should be `"translator-credits"` or `"translator_credits"` and
1572+// should be marked as translatable.
1573+//
1574+// The string may contain email addresses and URLs, see the introduction for
1575+// more details.
1576+//
1577+// See also:
1578+//
1579+// * [property@AboutWindow:developers]
1580+// * [property@AboutWindow:designers]
1581+// * [property@AboutWindow:artists]
1582+// * [property@AboutWindow:documenters]
1583+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_credit_section]
1584+// * [method@AboutWindow.add_acknowledgement_section]
1585+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyTranslatorCredits() string {
1586+ var v gobject.Value
1587+ x.GetProperty("translator-credits", &v)
1588+ return v.GetString()
1589+}
1590+
1591+// SetPropertyVersion sets the "version" property.
1592+// The version of the application.
1593+//
1594+// The version is displayed on the main page.
1595+//
1596+// If [property@AboutWindow:release-notes-version] is not set, the version
1597+// will also be displayed above the release notes on the What's New page.
1598+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyVersion(value string) {
1599+ var v gobject.Value
1600+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1601+ v.SetString(value)
1602+ x.SetProperty("version", &v)
1603+}
1604+
1605+// GetPropertyVersion gets the "version" property.
1606+// The version of the application.
1607+//
1608+// The version is displayed on the main page.
1609+//
1610+// If [property@AboutWindow:release-notes-version] is not set, the version
1611+// will also be displayed above the release notes on the What's New page.
1612+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyVersion() string {
1613+ var v gobject.Value
1614+ x.GetProperty("version", &v)
1615+ return v.GetString()
1616+}
1617+
1618+// SetPropertyWebsite sets the "website" property.
1619+// The URL of the application's website.
1620+//
1621+// Website is displayed on the Details page, below comments, or on the main
1622+// page if the Details page doesn't have any other content.
1623+//
1624+// Applications can add other links below, see [method@AboutWindow.add_link].
1625+func (x *AboutWindow) SetPropertyWebsite(value string) {
1626+ var v gobject.Value
1627+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1628+ v.SetString(value)
1629+ x.SetProperty("website", &v)
1630+}
1631+
1632+// GetPropertyWebsite gets the "website" property.
1633+// The URL of the application's website.
1634+//
1635+// Website is displayed on the Details page, below comments, or on the main
1636+// page if the Details page doesn't have any other content.
1637+//
1638+// Applications can add other links below, see [method@AboutWindow.add_link].
1639+func (x *AboutWindow) GetPropertyWebsite() string {
1640+ var v gobject.Value
1641+ x.GetProperty("website", &v)
1642+ return v.GetString()
1643+}
1644+
9681645 // Emitted when a URL is activated.
9691646 //
9701647 // Applications may connect to it to override the default behavior, which is
@@ -1045,7 +1722,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
10451722 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
10461723 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
10471724 // child widget.
1048-func (x *AboutWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1725+func (x *AboutWindow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
10491726
10501727 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
10511728 return cret
@@ -1300,7 +1977,7 @@ func (x *AboutWindow) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
13001977 //
13011978 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
13021979 // @self's widget coordinates.
1303-func (x *AboutWindow) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
1980+func (x *AboutWindow) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
13041981
13051982 gtk.XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
13061983
M v4/adw/adw-action-row.go +108 -3
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ func (x *ActionRowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2727 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2828 }
2929
30-// OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
30+// OverrideActivate sets the "activate" callback function.
3131 // Activates the row to trigger its main action.
3232 func (x *ActionRowClass) OverrideActivate(cb func(*ActionRow)) {
3333 if cb == nil {
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ func (x *ActionRowClass) OverrideActivate(cb func(*ActionRow)) {
3939 }
4040 }
4141
42-// GetActivate gets the callback function.
42+// GetActivate gets the "activate" callback function.
4343 // Activates the row to trigger its main action.
4444 func (x *ActionRowClass) GetActivate() func(*ActionRow) {
4545 if x.xActivate == 0 {
@@ -320,6 +320,111 @@ func (c *ActionRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
320320 c.Ptr = ptr
321321 }
322322
323+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
324+// The icon name for this row.
325+func (x *ActionRow) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
326+ var v gobject.Value
327+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
328+ v.SetString(value)
329+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
330+}
331+
332+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
333+// The icon name for this row.
334+func (x *ActionRow) GetPropertyIconName() string {
335+ var v gobject.Value
336+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
337+ return v.GetString()
338+}
339+
340+// SetPropertySubtitle sets the "subtitle" property.
341+// The subtitle for this row.
342+//
343+// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
344+// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
345+func (x *ActionRow) SetPropertySubtitle(value string) {
346+ var v gobject.Value
347+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
348+ v.SetString(value)
349+ x.SetProperty("subtitle", &v)
350+}
351+
352+// GetPropertySubtitle gets the "subtitle" property.
353+// The subtitle for this row.
354+//
355+// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
356+// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
357+func (x *ActionRow) GetPropertySubtitle() string {
358+ var v gobject.Value
359+ x.GetProperty("subtitle", &v)
360+ return v.GetString()
361+}
362+
363+// SetPropertySubtitleLines sets the "subtitle-lines" property.
364+// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
365+// ellipsized.
366+//
367+// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
368+func (x *ActionRow) SetPropertySubtitleLines(value int) {
369+ var v gobject.Value
370+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
371+ v.SetInt(value)
372+ x.SetProperty("subtitle-lines", &v)
373+}
374+
375+// GetPropertySubtitleLines gets the "subtitle-lines" property.
376+// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
377+// ellipsized.
378+//
379+// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
380+func (x *ActionRow) GetPropertySubtitleLines() int {
381+ var v gobject.Value
382+ x.GetProperty("subtitle-lines", &v)
383+ return v.GetInt()
384+}
385+
386+// SetPropertySubtitleSelectable sets the "subtitle-selectable" property.
387+// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
388+//
389+// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
390+func (x *ActionRow) SetPropertySubtitleSelectable(value bool) {
391+ var v gobject.Value
392+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
393+ v.SetBoolean(value)
394+ x.SetProperty("subtitle-selectable", &v)
395+}
396+
397+// GetPropertySubtitleSelectable gets the "subtitle-selectable" property.
398+// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
399+//
400+// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
401+func (x *ActionRow) GetPropertySubtitleSelectable() bool {
402+ var v gobject.Value
403+ x.GetProperty("subtitle-selectable", &v)
404+ return v.GetBoolean()
405+}
406+
407+// SetPropertyTitleLines sets the "title-lines" property.
408+// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
409+//
410+// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
411+func (x *ActionRow) SetPropertyTitleLines(value int) {
412+ var v gobject.Value
413+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
414+ v.SetInt(value)
415+ x.SetProperty("title-lines", &v)
416+}
417+
418+// GetPropertyTitleLines gets the "title-lines" property.
419+// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
420+//
421+// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
422+func (x *ActionRow) GetPropertyTitleLines() int {
423+ var v gobject.Value
424+ x.GetProperty("title-lines", &v)
425+ return v.GetInt()
426+}
427+
323428 // This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
324429 func (x *ActionRow) ConnectActivated(cb *func(ActionRow)) uint32 {
325430 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
@@ -397,7 +502,7 @@ func (x *ActionRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
397502 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
398503 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
399504 // child widget.
400-func (x *ActionRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
505+func (x *ActionRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
401506
402507 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
403508 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-alert-dialog.go +166 -3
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ func (x *AlertDialogClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2929 }
3030
31-// OverrideResponse sets the callback function.
31+// OverrideResponse sets the "response" callback function.
3232 func (x *AlertDialogClass) OverrideResponse(cb func(*AlertDialog, string)) {
3333 if cb == nil {
3434 x.xResponse = 0
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ func (x *AlertDialogClass) OverrideResponse(cb func(*AlertDialog, string)) {
3939 }
4040 }
4141
42-// GetResponse gets the callback function.
42+// GetResponse gets the "response" callback function.
4343 func (x *AlertDialogClass) GetResponse() func(*AlertDialog, string) {
4444 if x.xResponse == 0 {
4545 return nil
@@ -685,6 +685,169 @@ func (c *AlertDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
685685 c.Ptr = ptr
686686 }
687687
688+// SetPropertyBody sets the "body" property.
689+// The body text of the dialog.
690+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyBody(value string) {
691+ var v gobject.Value
692+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
693+ v.SetString(value)
694+ x.SetProperty("body", &v)
695+}
696+
697+// GetPropertyBody gets the "body" property.
698+// The body text of the dialog.
699+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyBody() string {
700+ var v gobject.Value
701+ x.GetProperty("body", &v)
702+ return v.GetString()
703+}
704+
705+// SetPropertyBodyUseMarkup sets the "body-use-markup" property.
706+// Whether the body text includes Pango markup.
707+//
708+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
709+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyBodyUseMarkup(value bool) {
710+ var v gobject.Value
711+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
712+ v.SetBoolean(value)
713+ x.SetProperty("body-use-markup", &v)
714+}
715+
716+// GetPropertyBodyUseMarkup gets the "body-use-markup" property.
717+// Whether the body text includes Pango markup.
718+//
719+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
720+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyBodyUseMarkup() bool {
721+ var v gobject.Value
722+ x.GetProperty("body-use-markup", &v)
723+ return v.GetBoolean()
724+}
725+
726+// SetPropertyCloseResponse sets the "close-response" property.
727+// The ID of the close response.
728+//
729+// It will be passed to [signal@AlertDialog::response] if the dialog is
730+// closed by pressing <kbd>Escape</kbd> or with a system action.
731+//
732+// It doesn't have to correspond to any of the responses in the dialog.
733+//
734+// The default close response is `close`.
735+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyCloseResponse(value string) {
736+ var v gobject.Value
737+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
738+ v.SetString(value)
739+ x.SetProperty("close-response", &v)
740+}
741+
742+// GetPropertyCloseResponse gets the "close-response" property.
743+// The ID of the close response.
744+//
745+// It will be passed to [signal@AlertDialog::response] if the dialog is
746+// closed by pressing <kbd>Escape</kbd> or with a system action.
747+//
748+// It doesn't have to correspond to any of the responses in the dialog.
749+//
750+// The default close response is `close`.
751+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyCloseResponse() string {
752+ var v gobject.Value
753+ x.GetProperty("close-response", &v)
754+ return v.GetString()
755+}
756+
757+// SetPropertyDefaultResponse sets the "default-response" property.
758+// The response ID of the default response.
759+//
760+// The button corresponding to this response will be set as the default widget
761+// of the dialog.
762+//
763+// If not set, the default widget will not be set, and the last added response
764+// will be focused by default.
765+//
766+// See [property@Dialog:default-widget].
767+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyDefaultResponse(value string) {
768+ var v gobject.Value
769+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
770+ v.SetString(value)
771+ x.SetProperty("default-response", &v)
772+}
773+
774+// GetPropertyDefaultResponse gets the "default-response" property.
775+// The response ID of the default response.
776+//
777+// The button corresponding to this response will be set as the default widget
778+// of the dialog.
779+//
780+// If not set, the default widget will not be set, and the last added response
781+// will be focused by default.
782+//
783+// See [property@Dialog:default-widget].
784+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyDefaultResponse() string {
785+ var v gobject.Value
786+ x.GetProperty("default-response", &v)
787+ return v.GetString()
788+}
789+
790+// SetPropertyHeading sets the "heading" property.
791+// The heading of the dialog.
792+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyHeading(value string) {
793+ var v gobject.Value
794+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
795+ v.SetString(value)
796+ x.SetProperty("heading", &v)
797+}
798+
799+// GetPropertyHeading gets the "heading" property.
800+// The heading of the dialog.
801+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyHeading() string {
802+ var v gobject.Value
803+ x.GetProperty("heading", &v)
804+ return v.GetString()
805+}
806+
807+// SetPropertyHeadingUseMarkup sets the "heading-use-markup" property.
808+// Whether the heading includes Pango markup.
809+//
810+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
811+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyHeadingUseMarkup(value bool) {
812+ var v gobject.Value
813+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
814+ v.SetBoolean(value)
815+ x.SetProperty("heading-use-markup", &v)
816+}
817+
818+// GetPropertyHeadingUseMarkup gets the "heading-use-markup" property.
819+// Whether the heading includes Pango markup.
820+//
821+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
822+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyHeadingUseMarkup() bool {
823+ var v gobject.Value
824+ x.GetProperty("heading-use-markup", &v)
825+ return v.GetBoolean()
826+}
827+
828+// SetPropertyPreferWideLayout sets the "prefer-wide-layout" property.
829+// Whether to prefer wide layout.
830+//
831+// Prefer horizontal button layout when possible, and wider dialog width
832+// otherwise.
833+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyPreferWideLayout(value bool) {
834+ var v gobject.Value
835+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
836+ v.SetBoolean(value)
837+ x.SetProperty("prefer-wide-layout", &v)
838+}
839+
840+// GetPropertyPreferWideLayout gets the "prefer-wide-layout" property.
841+// Whether to prefer wide layout.
842+//
843+// Prefer horizontal button layout when possible, and wider dialog width
844+// otherwise.
845+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyPreferWideLayout() bool {
846+ var v gobject.Value
847+ x.GetProperty("prefer-wide-layout", &v)
848+ return v.GetBoolean()
849+}
850+
688851 // This signal is emitted when the dialog is closed.
689852 //
690853 // @response will be set to the response ID of the button that had been
@@ -769,7 +932,7 @@ func (x *AlertDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
769932 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
770933 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
771934 // child widget.
772-func (x *AlertDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
935+func (x *AlertDialog) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
773936
774937 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
775938 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-animation.go +41 -0
@@ -302,6 +302,47 @@ func (c *Animation) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
302302 c.Ptr = ptr
303303 }
304304
305+// SetPropertyFollowEnableAnimationsSetting sets the "follow-enable-animations-setting" property.
306+// Whether to skip the animation when animations are globally disabled.
307+//
308+// The default behavior is to skip the animation. Set to `FALSE` to disable
309+// this behavior.
310+//
311+// This can be useful for cases where animation is essential, like spinners,
312+// or in demo applications. Most other animations should keep it enabled.
313+//
314+// See [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-enable-animations].
315+func (x *Animation) SetPropertyFollowEnableAnimationsSetting(value bool) {
316+ var v gobject.Value
317+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
318+ v.SetBoolean(value)
319+ x.SetProperty("follow-enable-animations-setting", &v)
320+}
321+
322+// GetPropertyFollowEnableAnimationsSetting gets the "follow-enable-animations-setting" property.
323+// Whether to skip the animation when animations are globally disabled.
324+//
325+// The default behavior is to skip the animation. Set to `FALSE` to disable
326+// this behavior.
327+//
328+// This can be useful for cases where animation is essential, like spinners,
329+// or in demo applications. Most other animations should keep it enabled.
330+//
331+// See [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-enable-animations].
332+func (x *Animation) GetPropertyFollowEnableAnimationsSetting() bool {
333+ var v gobject.Value
334+ x.GetProperty("follow-enable-animations-setting", &v)
335+ return v.GetBoolean()
336+}
337+
338+// GetPropertyValue gets the "value" property.
339+// The current value of the animation.
340+func (x *Animation) GetPropertyValue() float64 {
341+ var v gobject.Value
342+ x.GetProperty("value", &v)
343+ return v.GetDouble()
344+}
345+
305346 // This signal is emitted when the animation has been completed, either on its
306347 // own or via calling [method@Animation.skip].
307348 func (x *Animation) ConnectDone(cb *func(Animation)) uint32 {
M v4/adw/adw-application-window.go +36 -3
@@ -224,6 +224,39 @@ func (c *ApplicationWindow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
224224 c.Ptr = ptr
225225 }
226226
227+// SetPropertyAdaptivePreview sets the "adaptive-preview" property.
228+// Whether adaptive preview is currently open.
229+//
230+// Adaptive preview is a debugging tool used for testing the window
231+// contents at specific screen sizes, simulating mobile environment.
232+//
233+// Adaptive preview can always be accessed from inspector. This function
234+// allows applications to open it manually.
235+//
236+// Most applications should not use this property.
237+func (x *ApplicationWindow) SetPropertyAdaptivePreview(value bool) {
238+ var v gobject.Value
239+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
240+ v.SetBoolean(value)
241+ x.SetProperty("adaptive-preview", &v)
242+}
243+
244+// GetPropertyAdaptivePreview gets the "adaptive-preview" property.
245+// Whether adaptive preview is currently open.
246+//
247+// Adaptive preview is a debugging tool used for testing the window
248+// contents at specific screen sizes, simulating mobile environment.
249+//
250+// Adaptive preview can always be accessed from inspector. This function
251+// allows applications to open it manually.
252+//
253+// Most applications should not use this property.
254+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetPropertyAdaptivePreview() bool {
255+ var v gobject.Value
256+ x.GetProperty("adaptive-preview", &v)
257+ return v.GetBoolean()
258+}
259+
227260 // Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
228261 //
229262 // This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
@@ -449,7 +482,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ListActions() []string {
449482 // fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
450483 // filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
451484 // fields may or may not have been modified.
452-func (x *ApplicationWindow) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
485+func (x *ApplicationWindow) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
453486
454487 cret := gio.XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
455488 return cret
@@ -630,7 +663,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
630663 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
631664 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
632665 // child widget.
633-func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
666+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
634667
635668 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
636669 return cret
@@ -885,7 +918,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
885918 //
886919 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
887920 // @self's widget coordinates.
888-func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
921+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
889922
890923 gtk.XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
891924
M v4/adw/adw-application.go +1 -1
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
364364 // fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
365365 // filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
366366 // fields may or may not have been modified.
367-func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
367+func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
368368
369369 cret := gio.XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
370370 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-avatar.go +83 -1
@@ -221,6 +221,88 @@ func (c *Avatar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
221221 c.Ptr = ptr
222222 }
223223
224+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
225+// The name of an icon to use as a fallback.
226+//
227+// If no name is set, `avatar-default-symbolic` will be used.
228+func (x *Avatar) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
229+ var v gobject.Value
230+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
231+ v.SetString(value)
232+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
233+}
234+
235+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
236+// The name of an icon to use as a fallback.
237+//
238+// If no name is set, `avatar-default-symbolic` will be used.
239+func (x *Avatar) GetPropertyIconName() string {
240+ var v gobject.Value
241+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
242+ return v.GetString()
243+}
244+
245+// SetPropertyShowInitials sets the "show-initials" property.
246+// Whether initials are used instead of an icon on the fallback avatar.
247+//
248+// See [property@Avatar:icon-name] for how to change the fallback icon.
249+func (x *Avatar) SetPropertyShowInitials(value bool) {
250+ var v gobject.Value
251+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
252+ v.SetBoolean(value)
253+ x.SetProperty("show-initials", &v)
254+}
255+
256+// GetPropertyShowInitials gets the "show-initials" property.
257+// Whether initials are used instead of an icon on the fallback avatar.
258+//
259+// See [property@Avatar:icon-name] for how to change the fallback icon.
260+func (x *Avatar) GetPropertyShowInitials() bool {
261+ var v gobject.Value
262+ x.GetProperty("show-initials", &v)
263+ return v.GetBoolean()
264+}
265+
266+// SetPropertySize sets the "size" property.
267+// The size of the avatar.
268+func (x *Avatar) SetPropertySize(value int) {
269+ var v gobject.Value
270+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
271+ v.SetInt(value)
272+ x.SetProperty("size", &v)
273+}
274+
275+// GetPropertySize gets the "size" property.
276+// The size of the avatar.
277+func (x *Avatar) GetPropertySize() int {
278+ var v gobject.Value
279+ x.GetProperty("size", &v)
280+ return v.GetInt()
281+}
282+
283+// SetPropertyText sets the "text" property.
284+// Sets the text used to generate the fallback initials and color.
285+//
286+// It's only used to generate the color if [property@Avatar:show-initials] is
287+// `FALSE`.
288+func (x *Avatar) SetPropertyText(value string) {
289+ var v gobject.Value
290+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
291+ v.SetString(value)
292+ x.SetProperty("text", &v)
293+}
294+
295+// GetPropertyText gets the "text" property.
296+// Sets the text used to generate the fallback initials and color.
297+//
298+// It's only used to generate the color if [property@Avatar:show-initials] is
299+// `FALSE`.
300+func (x *Avatar) GetPropertyText() string {
301+ var v gobject.Value
302+ x.GetProperty("text", &v)
303+ return v.GetString()
304+}
305+
224306 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
225307 //
226308 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -278,7 +360,7 @@ func (x *Avatar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
278360 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
279361 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
280362 // child widget.
281-func (x *Avatar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
363+func (x *Avatar) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
282364
283365 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
284366 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-banner.go +87 -1
@@ -229,6 +229,92 @@ func (c *Banner) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
229229 c.Ptr = ptr
230230 }
231231
232+// SetPropertyButtonLabel sets the "button-label" property.
233+// The label to show on the button.
234+//
235+// If set to `""` or `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
236+//
237+// The button can be used with a `GAction`, or with the
238+// [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
239+func (x *Banner) SetPropertyButtonLabel(value string) {
240+ var v gobject.Value
241+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
242+ v.SetString(value)
243+ x.SetProperty("button-label", &v)
244+}
245+
246+// GetPropertyButtonLabel gets the "button-label" property.
247+// The label to show on the button.
248+//
249+// If set to `""` or `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
250+//
251+// The button can be used with a `GAction`, or with the
252+// [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
253+func (x *Banner) GetPropertyButtonLabel() string {
254+ var v gobject.Value
255+ x.GetProperty("button-label", &v)
256+ return v.GetString()
257+}
258+
259+// SetPropertyRevealed sets the "revealed" property.
260+// Whether the banner is currently revealed.
261+func (x *Banner) SetPropertyRevealed(value bool) {
262+ var v gobject.Value
263+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
264+ v.SetBoolean(value)
265+ x.SetProperty("revealed", &v)
266+}
267+
268+// GetPropertyRevealed gets the "revealed" property.
269+// Whether the banner is currently revealed.
270+func (x *Banner) GetPropertyRevealed() bool {
271+ var v gobject.Value
272+ x.GetProperty("revealed", &v)
273+ return v.GetBoolean()
274+}
275+
276+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
277+// The title for this banner.
278+//
279+// See also: [property@Banner:use-markup].
280+func (x *Banner) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
281+ var v gobject.Value
282+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
283+ v.SetString(value)
284+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
285+}
286+
287+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
288+// The title for this banner.
289+//
290+// See also: [property@Banner:use-markup].
291+func (x *Banner) GetPropertyTitle() string {
292+ var v gobject.Value
293+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
294+ return v.GetString()
295+}
296+
297+// SetPropertyUseMarkup sets the "use-markup" property.
298+// Whether to use Pango markup for the banner title.
299+//
300+// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
301+func (x *Banner) SetPropertyUseMarkup(value bool) {
302+ var v gobject.Value
303+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
304+ v.SetBoolean(value)
305+ x.SetProperty("use-markup", &v)
306+}
307+
308+// GetPropertyUseMarkup gets the "use-markup" property.
309+// Whether to use Pango markup for the banner title.
310+//
311+// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
312+func (x *Banner) GetPropertyUseMarkup() bool {
313+ var v gobject.Value
314+ x.GetProperty("use-markup", &v)
315+ return v.GetBoolean()
316+}
317+
232318 // This signal is emitted after the action button has been clicked.
233319 //
234320 // It can be used as an alternative to setting an action.
@@ -308,7 +394,7 @@ func (x *Banner) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
308394 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
309395 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
310396 // child widget.
311-func (x *Banner) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
397+func (x *Banner) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
312398
313399 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
314400 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-bin.go +1 -1
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ func (x *Bin) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
163163 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
164164 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
165165 // child widget.
166-func (x *Bin) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
166+func (x *Bin) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
167167
168168 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
169169 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-bottom-sheet.go +233 -2
@@ -434,6 +434,237 @@ func (c *BottomSheet) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
434434 c.Ptr = ptr
435435 }
436436
437+// SetPropertyAlign sets the "align" property.
438+// Horizontal alignment of the bottom sheet.
439+//
440+// 0 means the bottom sheet is flush with the start edge, 1 means it's flush
441+// with the end edge. 0.5 means it's centered.
442+//
443+// Only used when [property@BottomSheet:full-width] is set to `FALSE`.
444+func (x *BottomSheet) SetPropertyAlign(value float32) {
445+ var v gobject.Value
446+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
447+ v.SetFloat(value)
448+ x.SetProperty("align", &v)
449+}
450+
451+// GetPropertyAlign gets the "align" property.
452+// Horizontal alignment of the bottom sheet.
453+//
454+// 0 means the bottom sheet is flush with the start edge, 1 means it's flush
455+// with the end edge. 0.5 means it's centered.
456+//
457+// Only used when [property@BottomSheet:full-width] is set to `FALSE`.
458+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyAlign() float32 {
459+ var v gobject.Value
460+ x.GetProperty("align", &v)
461+ return v.GetFloat()
462+}
463+
464+// GetPropertyBottomBarHeight gets the "bottom-bar-height" property.
465+// The current bottom bar height.
466+//
467+// It can be used to shift the content upwards permanently to accommodate for
468+// the bottom bar.
469+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyBottomBarHeight() int {
470+ var v gobject.Value
471+ x.GetProperty("bottom-bar-height", &v)
472+ return v.GetInt()
473+}
474+
475+// SetPropertyCanClose sets the "can-close" property.
476+// Whether the bottom sheet can be closed by user.
477+//
478+// It can be closed via the close button, swiping down, pressing
479+// <kbd>Escape</kbd> or clicking the content dimming (when modal).
480+//
481+// Bottom sheet can still be closed using [property@BottomSheet:open].
482+func (x *BottomSheet) SetPropertyCanClose(value bool) {
483+ var v gobject.Value
484+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
485+ v.SetBoolean(value)
486+ x.SetProperty("can-close", &v)
487+}
488+
489+// GetPropertyCanClose gets the "can-close" property.
490+// Whether the bottom sheet can be closed by user.
491+//
492+// It can be closed via the close button, swiping down, pressing
493+// <kbd>Escape</kbd> or clicking the content dimming (when modal).
494+//
495+// Bottom sheet can still be closed using [property@BottomSheet:open].
496+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyCanClose() bool {
497+ var v gobject.Value
498+ x.GetProperty("can-close", &v)
499+ return v.GetBoolean()
500+}
501+
502+// SetPropertyCanOpen sets the "can-open" property.
503+// Whether the bottom sheet can be opened by user.
504+//
505+// It can be opened via clicking or swiping up from the bottom bar.
506+//
507+// Does nothing if [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar] is not set.
508+//
509+// Bottom sheet can still be opened using [property@BottomSheet:open].
510+func (x *BottomSheet) SetPropertyCanOpen(value bool) {
511+ var v gobject.Value
512+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
513+ v.SetBoolean(value)
514+ x.SetProperty("can-open", &v)
515+}
516+
517+// GetPropertyCanOpen gets the "can-open" property.
518+// Whether the bottom sheet can be opened by user.
519+//
520+// It can be opened via clicking or swiping up from the bottom bar.
521+//
522+// Does nothing if [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar] is not set.
523+//
524+// Bottom sheet can still be opened using [property@BottomSheet:open].
525+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyCanOpen() bool {
526+ var v gobject.Value
527+ x.GetProperty("can-open", &v)
528+ return v.GetBoolean()
529+}
530+
531+// SetPropertyFullWidth sets the "full-width" property.
532+// Whether the bottom sheet takes the full width.
533+//
534+// When full width, [property@BottomSheet:align] is ignored.
535+func (x *BottomSheet) SetPropertyFullWidth(value bool) {
536+ var v gobject.Value
537+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
538+ v.SetBoolean(value)
539+ x.SetProperty("full-width", &v)
540+}
541+
542+// GetPropertyFullWidth gets the "full-width" property.
543+// Whether the bottom sheet takes the full width.
544+//
545+// When full width, [property@BottomSheet:align] is ignored.
546+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyFullWidth() bool {
547+ var v gobject.Value
548+ x.GetProperty("full-width", &v)
549+ return v.GetBoolean()
550+}
551+
552+// SetPropertyModal sets the "modal" property.
553+// Whether the bottom sheet is modal.
554+//
555+// When modal, [property@BottomSheet:content] will be dimmed when the bottom
556+// sheet is open, and clicking it will close the bottom sheet. It also cannot
557+// be focused with keyboard.
558+//
559+// Otherwise, the content is accessible even when the bottom sheet is open.
560+func (x *BottomSheet) SetPropertyModal(value bool) {
561+ var v gobject.Value
562+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
563+ v.SetBoolean(value)
564+ x.SetProperty("modal", &v)
565+}
566+
567+// GetPropertyModal gets the "modal" property.
568+// Whether the bottom sheet is modal.
569+//
570+// When modal, [property@BottomSheet:content] will be dimmed when the bottom
571+// sheet is open, and clicking it will close the bottom sheet. It also cannot
572+// be focused with keyboard.
573+//
574+// Otherwise, the content is accessible even when the bottom sheet is open.
575+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyModal() bool {
576+ var v gobject.Value
577+ x.GetProperty("modal", &v)
578+ return v.GetBoolean()
579+}
580+
581+// SetPropertyOpen sets the "open" property.
582+// Whether the bottom sheet is open.
583+func (x *BottomSheet) SetPropertyOpen(value bool) {
584+ var v gobject.Value
585+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
586+ v.SetBoolean(value)
587+ x.SetProperty("open", &v)
588+}
589+
590+// GetPropertyOpen gets the "open" property.
591+// Whether the bottom sheet is open.
592+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyOpen() bool {
593+ var v gobject.Value
594+ x.GetProperty("open", &v)
595+ return v.GetBoolean()
596+}
597+
598+// SetPropertyRevealBottomBar sets the "reveal-bottom-bar" property.
599+// Whether to reveal the bottom bar.
600+//
601+// The transition will be animated.
602+//
603+// See [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar] and
604+// [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar-height].
605+func (x *BottomSheet) SetPropertyRevealBottomBar(value bool) {
606+ var v gobject.Value
607+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
608+ v.SetBoolean(value)
609+ x.SetProperty("reveal-bottom-bar", &v)
610+}
611+
612+// GetPropertyRevealBottomBar gets the "reveal-bottom-bar" property.
613+// Whether to reveal the bottom bar.
614+//
615+// The transition will be animated.
616+//
617+// See [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar] and
618+// [property@BottomSheet:bottom-bar-height].
619+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyRevealBottomBar() bool {
620+ var v gobject.Value
621+ x.GetProperty("reveal-bottom-bar", &v)
622+ return v.GetBoolean()
623+}
624+
625+// GetPropertySheetHeight gets the "sheet-height" property.
626+// The current bottom sheet height.
627+//
628+// It can be used to shift the content upwards when the bottom sheet is open.
629+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertySheetHeight() int {
630+ var v gobject.Value
631+ x.GetProperty("sheet-height", &v)
632+ return v.GetInt()
633+}
634+
635+// SetPropertyShowDragHandle sets the "show-drag-handle" property.
636+// Whether to overlay a drag handle in the bottom sheet.
637+//
638+// The handle will be overlaid over [property@BottomSheet:sheet].
639+//
640+// When the handle is shown, [class@HeaderBar] will hide its default title,
641+// and [class@ToolbarView] will reserve space if there are no top bars.
642+//
643+// Showing drag handle also allows to swipe the bottom sheet down (and to
644+// swipe the bottom bar up) with a pointer, instead of just touchscreen.
645+func (x *BottomSheet) SetPropertyShowDragHandle(value bool) {
646+ var v gobject.Value
647+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
648+ v.SetBoolean(value)
649+ x.SetProperty("show-drag-handle", &v)
650+}
651+
652+// GetPropertyShowDragHandle gets the "show-drag-handle" property.
653+// Whether to overlay a drag handle in the bottom sheet.
654+//
655+// The handle will be overlaid over [property@BottomSheet:sheet].
656+//
657+// When the handle is shown, [class@HeaderBar] will hide its default title,
658+// and [class@ToolbarView] will reserve space if there are no top bars.
659+//
660+// Showing drag handle also allows to swipe the bottom sheet down (and to
661+// swipe the bottom bar up) with a pointer, instead of just touchscreen.
662+func (x *BottomSheet) GetPropertyShowDragHandle() bool {
663+ var v gobject.Value
664+ x.GetProperty("show-drag-handle", &v)
665+ return v.GetBoolean()
666+}
667+
437668 // Emitted when the close button or shortcut is used while
438669 // [property@Dialog:can-close] is set to `FALSE`.
439670 func (x *BottomSheet) ConnectCloseAttempt(cb *func(BottomSheet)) uint32 {
@@ -482,7 +713,7 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) GetProgress() float64 {
482713 //
483714 // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
484715 // end the swipe on.
485-func (x *BottomSheet) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr {
716+func (x *BottomSheet) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr {
486717
487718 cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
488719 return cret
@@ -560,7 +791,7 @@ func (x *BottomSheet) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
560791 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
561792 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
562793 // child widget.
563-func (x *BottomSheet) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
794+func (x *BottomSheet) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
564795
565796 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
566797 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-breakpoint-bin.go +1 -1
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func (x *BreakpointBin) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
303303 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
304304 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
305305 // child widget.
306-func (x *BreakpointBin) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
306+func (x *BreakpointBin) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
307307
308308 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
309309 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-breakpoint.go +17 -0
@@ -431,6 +431,23 @@ func (c *Breakpoint) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
431431 c.Ptr = ptr
432432 }
433433
434+// SetPropertyCondition sets the "condition" property.
435+// The breakpoint's condition.
436+func (x *Breakpoint) SetPropertyCondition(value uintptr) {
437+ var v gobject.Value
438+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
439+ v.SetPointer(value)
440+ x.SetProperty("condition", &v)
441+}
442+
443+// GetPropertyCondition gets the "condition" property.
444+// The breakpoint's condition.
445+func (x *Breakpoint) GetPropertyCondition() uintptr {
446+ var v gobject.Value
447+ x.GetProperty("condition", &v)
448+ return v.GetPointer()
449+}
450+
434451 // Emitted when the breakpoint is applied.
435452 //
436453 // This signal is emitted after the setters have been applied.
M v4/adw/adw-button-content.go +89 -1
@@ -201,6 +201,94 @@ func (c *ButtonContent) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
201201 c.Ptr = ptr
202202 }
203203
204+// SetPropertyCanShrink sets the "can-shrink" property.
205+// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
206+//
207+// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
208+//
209+// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
210+func (x *ButtonContent) SetPropertyCanShrink(value bool) {
211+ var v gobject.Value
212+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
213+ v.SetBoolean(value)
214+ x.SetProperty("can-shrink", &v)
215+}
216+
217+// GetPropertyCanShrink gets the "can-shrink" property.
218+// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
219+//
220+// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
221+//
222+// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
223+func (x *ButtonContent) GetPropertyCanShrink() bool {
224+ var v gobject.Value
225+ x.GetProperty("can-shrink", &v)
226+ return v.GetBoolean()
227+}
228+
229+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
230+// The name of the displayed icon.
231+//
232+// If empty, the icon is not shown.
233+func (x *ButtonContent) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
234+ var v gobject.Value
235+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
236+ v.SetString(value)
237+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
238+}
239+
240+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
241+// The name of the displayed icon.
242+//
243+// If empty, the icon is not shown.
244+func (x *ButtonContent) GetPropertyIconName() string {
245+ var v gobject.Value
246+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
247+ return v.GetString()
248+}
249+
250+// SetPropertyLabel sets the "label" property.
251+// The displayed label.
252+func (x *ButtonContent) SetPropertyLabel(value string) {
253+ var v gobject.Value
254+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
255+ v.SetString(value)
256+ x.SetProperty("label", &v)
257+}
258+
259+// GetPropertyLabel gets the "label" property.
260+// The displayed label.
261+func (x *ButtonContent) GetPropertyLabel() string {
262+ var v gobject.Value
263+ x.GetProperty("label", &v)
264+ return v.GetString()
265+}
266+
267+// SetPropertyUseUnderline sets the "use-underline" property.
268+// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
269+//
270+// The mnemonic can be used to activate the parent button.
271+//
272+// See [property@ButtonContent:label].
273+func (x *ButtonContent) SetPropertyUseUnderline(value bool) {
274+ var v gobject.Value
275+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
276+ v.SetBoolean(value)
277+ x.SetProperty("use-underline", &v)
278+}
279+
280+// GetPropertyUseUnderline gets the "use-underline" property.
281+// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
282+//
283+// The mnemonic can be used to activate the parent button.
284+//
285+// See [property@ButtonContent:label].
286+func (x *ButtonContent) GetPropertyUseUnderline() bool {
287+ var v gobject.Value
288+ x.GetProperty("use-underline", &v)
289+ return v.GetBoolean()
290+}
291+
204292 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
205293 //
206294 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -258,7 +346,7 @@ func (x *ButtonContent) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
258346 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
259347 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
260348 // child widget.
261-func (x *ButtonContent) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
349+func (x *ButtonContent) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
262350
263351 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
264352 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-button-row.go +35 -1
@@ -153,6 +153,40 @@ func (c *ButtonRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
153153 c.Ptr = ptr
154154 }
155155
156+// SetPropertyEndIconName sets the "end-icon-name" property.
157+// The icon name to show after the title.
158+func (x *ButtonRow) SetPropertyEndIconName(value string) {
159+ var v gobject.Value
160+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
161+ v.SetString(value)
162+ x.SetProperty("end-icon-name", &v)
163+}
164+
165+// GetPropertyEndIconName gets the "end-icon-name" property.
166+// The icon name to show after the title.
167+func (x *ButtonRow) GetPropertyEndIconName() string {
168+ var v gobject.Value
169+ x.GetProperty("end-icon-name", &v)
170+ return v.GetString()
171+}
172+
173+// SetPropertyStartIconName sets the "start-icon-name" property.
174+// The icon name to show before the title.
175+func (x *ButtonRow) SetPropertyStartIconName(value string) {
176+ var v gobject.Value
177+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
178+ v.SetString(value)
179+ x.SetProperty("start-icon-name", &v)
180+}
181+
182+// GetPropertyStartIconName gets the "start-icon-name" property.
183+// The icon name to show before the title.
184+func (x *ButtonRow) GetPropertyStartIconName() string {
185+ var v gobject.Value
186+ x.GetProperty("start-icon-name", &v)
187+ return v.GetString()
188+}
189+
156190 // This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
157191 func (x *ButtonRow) ConnectActivated(cb *func(ButtonRow)) uint32 {
158192 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
@@ -230,7 +264,7 @@ func (x *ButtonRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
230264 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
231265 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
232266 // child widget.
233-func (x *ButtonRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
267+func (x *ButtonRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
234268
235269 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
236270 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-carousel-indicator-dots.go +1 -1
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
169169 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
170170 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
171171 // child widget.
172-func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
172+func (x *CarouselIndicatorDots) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
173173
174174 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
175175 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-carousel-indicator-lines.go +1 -1
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
168168 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
169169 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
170170 // child widget.
171-func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
171+func (x *CarouselIndicatorLines) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
172172
173173 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
174174 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-carousel.go +173 -2
@@ -329,6 +329,177 @@ func (c *Carousel) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
329329 c.Ptr = ptr
330330 }
331331
332+// SetPropertyAllowLongSwipes sets the "allow-long-swipes" property.
333+// Whether to allow swiping for more than one page at a time.
334+//
335+// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
336+func (x *Carousel) SetPropertyAllowLongSwipes(value bool) {
337+ var v gobject.Value
338+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
339+ v.SetBoolean(value)
340+ x.SetProperty("allow-long-swipes", &v)
341+}
342+
343+// GetPropertyAllowLongSwipes gets the "allow-long-swipes" property.
344+// Whether to allow swiping for more than one page at a time.
345+//
346+// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
347+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertyAllowLongSwipes() bool {
348+ var v gobject.Value
349+ x.GetProperty("allow-long-swipes", &v)
350+ return v.GetBoolean()
351+}
352+
353+// SetPropertyAllowMouseDrag sets the "allow-mouse-drag" property.
354+// Sets whether the `AdwCarousel` can be dragged with mouse pointer.
355+//
356+// If the value is `FALSE`, dragging is only available on touch.
357+func (x *Carousel) SetPropertyAllowMouseDrag(value bool) {
358+ var v gobject.Value
359+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
360+ v.SetBoolean(value)
361+ x.SetProperty("allow-mouse-drag", &v)
362+}
363+
364+// GetPropertyAllowMouseDrag gets the "allow-mouse-drag" property.
365+// Sets whether the `AdwCarousel` can be dragged with mouse pointer.
366+//
367+// If the value is `FALSE`, dragging is only available on touch.
368+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertyAllowMouseDrag() bool {
369+ var v gobject.Value
370+ x.GetProperty("allow-mouse-drag", &v)
371+ return v.GetBoolean()
372+}
373+
374+// SetPropertyAllowScrollWheel sets the "allow-scroll-wheel" property.
375+// Whether the widget will respond to scroll wheel events.
376+//
377+// If the value is `FALSE`, wheel events will be ignored.
378+func (x *Carousel) SetPropertyAllowScrollWheel(value bool) {
379+ var v gobject.Value
380+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
381+ v.SetBoolean(value)
382+ x.SetProperty("allow-scroll-wheel", &v)
383+}
384+
385+// GetPropertyAllowScrollWheel gets the "allow-scroll-wheel" property.
386+// Whether the widget will respond to scroll wheel events.
387+//
388+// If the value is `FALSE`, wheel events will be ignored.
389+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertyAllowScrollWheel() bool {
390+ var v gobject.Value
391+ x.GetProperty("allow-scroll-wheel", &v)
392+ return v.GetBoolean()
393+}
394+
395+// SetPropertyInteractive sets the "interactive" property.
396+// Whether the carousel can be navigated.
397+//
398+// This can be used to temporarily disable the carousel to only allow
399+// navigating it in a certain state.
400+func (x *Carousel) SetPropertyInteractive(value bool) {
401+ var v gobject.Value
402+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
403+ v.SetBoolean(value)
404+ x.SetProperty("interactive", &v)
405+}
406+
407+// GetPropertyInteractive gets the "interactive" property.
408+// Whether the carousel can be navigated.
409+//
410+// This can be used to temporarily disable the carousel to only allow
411+// navigating it in a certain state.
412+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertyInteractive() bool {
413+ var v gobject.Value
414+ x.GetProperty("interactive", &v)
415+ return v.GetBoolean()
416+}
417+
418+// GetPropertyNPages gets the "n-pages" property.
419+// The number of pages in a `AdwCarousel`.
420+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertyNPages() uint {
421+ var v gobject.Value
422+ x.GetProperty("n-pages", &v)
423+ return v.GetUint()
424+}
425+
426+// GetPropertyPosition gets the "position" property.
427+// Current scrolling position, unitless.
428+//
429+// 1 matches 1 page. Use [method@Carousel.scroll_to] for changing it.
430+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertyPosition() float64 {
431+ var v gobject.Value
432+ x.GetProperty("position", &v)
433+ return v.GetDouble()
434+}
435+
436+// SetPropertyRevealDuration sets the "reveal-duration" property.
437+// Page reveal duration, in milliseconds.
438+//
439+// Reveal duration is used when animating adding or removing pages.
440+func (x *Carousel) SetPropertyRevealDuration(value uint) {
441+ var v gobject.Value
442+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
443+ v.SetUint(value)
444+ x.SetProperty("reveal-duration", &v)
445+}
446+
447+// GetPropertyRevealDuration gets the "reveal-duration" property.
448+// Page reveal duration, in milliseconds.
449+//
450+// Reveal duration is used when animating adding or removing pages.
451+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertyRevealDuration() uint {
452+ var v gobject.Value
453+ x.GetProperty("reveal-duration", &v)
454+ return v.GetUint()
455+}
456+
457+// SetPropertyScrollParams sets the "scroll-params" property.
458+// Scroll animation spring parameters.
459+//
460+// The default value is equivalent to:
461+//
462+// ```c
463+// adw_spring_params_new (1, 0.5, 500)
464+// ```
465+func (x *Carousel) SetPropertyScrollParams(value uintptr) {
466+ var v gobject.Value
467+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
468+ v.SetPointer(value)
469+ x.SetProperty("scroll-params", &v)
470+}
471+
472+// GetPropertyScrollParams gets the "scroll-params" property.
473+// Scroll animation spring parameters.
474+//
475+// The default value is equivalent to:
476+//
477+// ```c
478+// adw_spring_params_new (1, 0.5, 500)
479+// ```
480+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertyScrollParams() uintptr {
481+ var v gobject.Value
482+ x.GetProperty("scroll-params", &v)
483+ return v.GetPointer()
484+}
485+
486+// SetPropertySpacing sets the "spacing" property.
487+// Spacing between pages in pixels.
488+func (x *Carousel) SetPropertySpacing(value uint) {
489+ var v gobject.Value
490+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
491+ v.SetUint(value)
492+ x.SetProperty("spacing", &v)
493+}
494+
495+// GetPropertySpacing gets the "spacing" property.
496+// Spacing between pages in pixels.
497+func (x *Carousel) GetPropertySpacing() uint {
498+ var v gobject.Value
499+ x.GetProperty("spacing", &v)
500+ return v.GetUint()
501+}
502+
332503 // This signal is emitted after a page has been changed.
333504 //
334505 // It can be used to implement "infinite scrolling" by amending the pages
@@ -383,7 +554,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) GetProgress() float64 {
383554 //
384555 // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
385556 // end the swipe on.
386-func (x *Carousel) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr {
557+func (x *Carousel) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr {
387558
388559 cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
389560 return cret
@@ -461,7 +632,7 @@ func (x *Carousel) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
461632 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
462633 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
463634 // child widget.
464-func (x *Carousel) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
635+func (x *Carousel) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
465636
466637 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
467638 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-clamp-layout.go +67 -0
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
1213 )
@@ -162,6 +163,72 @@ func (c *ClampLayout) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
162163 c.Ptr = ptr
163164 }
164165
166+// SetPropertyMaximumSize sets the "maximum-size" property.
167+// The maximum size to allocate to the children.
168+//
169+// It is the width if the layout is horizontal, or the height if it is
170+// vertical.
171+func (x *ClampLayout) SetPropertyMaximumSize(value int) {
172+ var v gobject.Value
173+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
174+ v.SetInt(value)
175+ x.SetProperty("maximum-size", &v)
176+}
177+
178+// GetPropertyMaximumSize gets the "maximum-size" property.
179+// The maximum size to allocate to the children.
180+//
181+// It is the width if the layout is horizontal, or the height if it is
182+// vertical.
183+func (x *ClampLayout) GetPropertyMaximumSize() int {
184+ var v gobject.Value
185+ x.GetProperty("maximum-size", &v)
186+ return v.GetInt()
187+}
188+
189+// SetPropertyTighteningThreshold sets the "tightening-threshold" property.
190+// The size above which the children are clamped.
191+//
192+// Starting from this size, the layout will tighten its grip on the children,
193+// slowly allocating less and less of the available size up to the maximum
194+// allocated size. Below that threshold and below the maximum size, the
195+// children will be allocated all the available size.
196+//
197+// If the threshold is greater than the maximum size to allocate to the
198+// children, they will be allocated the whole size up to the maximum. If the
199+// threshold is lower than the minimum size to allocate to the children, that
200+// size will be used as the tightening threshold.
201+//
202+// Effectively, tightening the grip on a child before it reaches its maximum
203+// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
204+func (x *ClampLayout) SetPropertyTighteningThreshold(value int) {
205+ var v gobject.Value
206+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
207+ v.SetInt(value)
208+ x.SetProperty("tightening-threshold", &v)
209+}
210+
211+// GetPropertyTighteningThreshold gets the "tightening-threshold" property.
212+// The size above which the children are clamped.
213+//
214+// Starting from this size, the layout will tighten its grip on the children,
215+// slowly allocating less and less of the available size up to the maximum
216+// allocated size. Below that threshold and below the maximum size, the
217+// children will be allocated all the available size.
218+//
219+// If the threshold is greater than the maximum size to allocate to the
220+// children, they will be allocated the whole size up to the maximum. If the
221+// threshold is lower than the minimum size to allocate to the children, that
222+// size will be used as the tightening threshold.
223+//
224+// Effectively, tightening the grip on a child before it reaches its maximum
225+// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
226+func (x *ClampLayout) GetPropertyTighteningThreshold() int {
227+ var v gobject.Value
228+ x.GetProperty("tightening-threshold", &v)
229+ return v.GetInt()
230+}
231+
165232 // Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
166233 func (x *ClampLayout) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
167234
M v4/adw/adw-clamp-scrollable.go +65 -1
@@ -172,6 +172,70 @@ func (c *ClampScrollable) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
172172 c.Ptr = ptr
173173 }
174174
175+// SetPropertyMaximumSize sets the "maximum-size" property.
176+// The maximum size allocated to the child.
177+//
178+// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
179+func (x *ClampScrollable) SetPropertyMaximumSize(value int) {
180+ var v gobject.Value
181+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
182+ v.SetInt(value)
183+ x.SetProperty("maximum-size", &v)
184+}
185+
186+// GetPropertyMaximumSize gets the "maximum-size" property.
187+// The maximum size allocated to the child.
188+//
189+// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
190+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetPropertyMaximumSize() int {
191+ var v gobject.Value
192+ x.GetProperty("maximum-size", &v)
193+ return v.GetInt()
194+}
195+
196+// SetPropertyTighteningThreshold sets the "tightening-threshold" property.
197+// The size above which the child is clamped.
198+//
199+// Starting from this size, the clamp will tighten its grip on the child,
200+// slowly allocating less and less of the available size up to the maximum
201+// allocated size. Below that threshold and below the maximum width, the child
202+// will be allocated all the available size.
203+//
204+// If the threshold is greater than the maximum size to allocate to the child,
205+// the child will be allocated all the width up to the maximum.
206+// If the threshold is lower than the minimum size to allocate to the child,
207+// that size will be used as the tightening threshold.
208+//
209+// Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum
210+// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
211+func (x *ClampScrollable) SetPropertyTighteningThreshold(value int) {
212+ var v gobject.Value
213+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
214+ v.SetInt(value)
215+ x.SetProperty("tightening-threshold", &v)
216+}
217+
218+// GetPropertyTighteningThreshold gets the "tightening-threshold" property.
219+// The size above which the child is clamped.
220+//
221+// Starting from this size, the clamp will tighten its grip on the child,
222+// slowly allocating less and less of the available size up to the maximum
223+// allocated size. Below that threshold and below the maximum width, the child
224+// will be allocated all the available size.
225+//
226+// If the threshold is greater than the maximum size to allocate to the child,
227+// the child will be allocated all the width up to the maximum.
228+// If the threshold is lower than the minimum size to allocate to the child,
229+// that size will be used as the tightening threshold.
230+//
231+// Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum
232+// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
233+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetPropertyTighteningThreshold() int {
234+ var v gobject.Value
235+ x.GetProperty("tightening-threshold", &v)
236+ return v.GetInt()
237+}
238+
175239 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
176240 //
177241 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -229,7 +293,7 @@ func (x *ClampScrollable) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
229293 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
230294 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
231295 // child widget.
232-func (x *ClampScrollable) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
296+func (x *ClampScrollable) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
233297
234298 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
235299 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-clamp.go +65 -1
@@ -194,6 +194,70 @@ func (c *Clamp) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
194194 c.Ptr = ptr
195195 }
196196
197+// SetPropertyMaximumSize sets the "maximum-size" property.
198+// The maximum size allocated to the child.
199+//
200+// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
201+func (x *Clamp) SetPropertyMaximumSize(value int) {
202+ var v gobject.Value
203+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
204+ v.SetInt(value)
205+ x.SetProperty("maximum-size", &v)
206+}
207+
208+// GetPropertyMaximumSize gets the "maximum-size" property.
209+// The maximum size allocated to the child.
210+//
211+// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
212+func (x *Clamp) GetPropertyMaximumSize() int {
213+ var v gobject.Value
214+ x.GetProperty("maximum-size", &v)
215+ return v.GetInt()
216+}
217+
218+// SetPropertyTighteningThreshold sets the "tightening-threshold" property.
219+// The size above which the child is clamped.
220+//
221+// Starting from this size, the clamp will tighten its grip on the child,
222+// slowly allocating less and less of the available size up to the maximum
223+// allocated size. Below that threshold and below the maximum size, the child
224+// will be allocated all the available size.
225+//
226+// If the threshold is greater than the maximum size to allocate to the child,
227+// the child will be allocated all the size up to the maximum.
228+// If the threshold is lower than the minimum size to allocate to the child,
229+// that size will be used as the tightening threshold.
230+//
231+// Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum
232+// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
233+func (x *Clamp) SetPropertyTighteningThreshold(value int) {
234+ var v gobject.Value
235+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
236+ v.SetInt(value)
237+ x.SetProperty("tightening-threshold", &v)
238+}
239+
240+// GetPropertyTighteningThreshold gets the "tightening-threshold" property.
241+// The size above which the child is clamped.
242+//
243+// Starting from this size, the clamp will tighten its grip on the child,
244+// slowly allocating less and less of the available size up to the maximum
245+// allocated size. Below that threshold and below the maximum size, the child
246+// will be allocated all the available size.
247+//
248+// If the threshold is greater than the maximum size to allocate to the child,
249+// the child will be allocated all the size up to the maximum.
250+// If the threshold is lower than the minimum size to allocate to the child,
251+// that size will be used as the tightening threshold.
252+//
253+// Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum
254+// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
255+func (x *Clamp) GetPropertyTighteningThreshold() int {
256+ var v gobject.Value
257+ x.GetProperty("tightening-threshold", &v)
258+ return v.GetInt()
259+}
260+
197261 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
198262 //
199263 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -251,7 +315,7 @@ func (x *Clamp) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
251315 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
252316 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
253317 // child widget.
254-func (x *Clamp) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
318+func (x *Clamp) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
255319
256320 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
257321 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-combo-row.go +84 -1
@@ -369,6 +369,89 @@ func (c *ComboRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
369369 c.Ptr = ptr
370370 }
371371
372+// SetPropertyEnableSearch sets the "enable-search" property.
373+// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
374+//
375+// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
376+// allows to search for items in the list.
377+//
378+// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
379+func (x *ComboRow) SetPropertyEnableSearch(value bool) {
380+ var v gobject.Value
381+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
382+ v.SetBoolean(value)
383+ x.SetProperty("enable-search", &v)
384+}
385+
386+// GetPropertyEnableSearch gets the "enable-search" property.
387+// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
388+//
389+// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
390+// allows to search for items in the list.
391+//
392+// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
393+func (x *ComboRow) GetPropertyEnableSearch() bool {
394+ var v gobject.Value
395+ x.GetProperty("enable-search", &v)
396+ return v.GetBoolean()
397+}
398+
399+// SetPropertySelected sets the "selected" property.
400+// The position of the selected item.
401+//
402+// If no item is selected, the property has the value
403+// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION]
404+func (x *ComboRow) SetPropertySelected(value uint) {
405+ var v gobject.Value
406+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
407+ v.SetUint(value)
408+ x.SetProperty("selected", &v)
409+}
410+
411+// GetPropertySelected gets the "selected" property.
412+// The position of the selected item.
413+//
414+// If no item is selected, the property has the value
415+// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION]
416+func (x *ComboRow) GetPropertySelected() uint {
417+ var v gobject.Value
418+ x.GetProperty("selected", &v)
419+ return v.GetUint()
420+}
421+
422+// SetPropertyUseSubtitle sets the "use-subtitle" property.
423+// Whether to use the current value as the subtitle.
424+//
425+// If you use a custom list item factory, you will need to give the row a
426+// name conversion expression with [property@ComboRow:expression].
427+//
428+// If set to `TRUE`, you should not access [property@ActionRow:subtitle].
429+//
430+// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup if
431+// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `TRUE`.
432+func (x *ComboRow) SetPropertyUseSubtitle(value bool) {
433+ var v gobject.Value
434+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
435+ v.SetBoolean(value)
436+ x.SetProperty("use-subtitle", &v)
437+}
438+
439+// GetPropertyUseSubtitle gets the "use-subtitle" property.
440+// Whether to use the current value as the subtitle.
441+//
442+// If you use a custom list item factory, you will need to give the row a
443+// name conversion expression with [property@ComboRow:expression].
444+//
445+// If set to `TRUE`, you should not access [property@ActionRow:subtitle].
446+//
447+// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup if
448+// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `TRUE`.
449+func (x *ComboRow) GetPropertyUseSubtitle() bool {
450+ var v gobject.Value
451+ x.GetProperty("use-subtitle", &v)
452+ return v.GetBoolean()
453+}
454+
372455 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
373456 //
374457 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -426,7 +509,7 @@ func (x *ComboRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
426509 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
427510 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
428511 // child widget.
429-func (x *ComboRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
512+func (x *ComboRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
430513
431514 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
432515 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-dialog.go +128 -5
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (x *DialogClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3030 }
3131
32-// OverrideCloseAttempt sets the callback function.
32+// OverrideCloseAttempt sets the "close_attempt" callback function.
3333 func (x *DialogClass) OverrideCloseAttempt(cb func(*Dialog)) {
3434 if cb == nil {
3535 x.xCloseAttempt = 0
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ func (x *DialogClass) OverrideCloseAttempt(cb func(*Dialog)) {
4040 }
4141 }
4242
43-// GetCloseAttempt gets the callback function.
43+// GetCloseAttempt gets the "close_attempt" callback function.
4444 func (x *DialogClass) GetCloseAttempt() func(*Dialog) {
4545 if x.xCloseAttempt == 0 {
4646 return nil
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (x *DialogClass) GetCloseAttempt() func(*Dialog) {
5252 }
5353 }
5454
55-// OverrideClosed sets the callback function.
55+// OverrideClosed sets the "closed" callback function.
5656 func (x *DialogClass) OverrideClosed(cb func(*Dialog)) {
5757 if cb == nil {
5858 x.xClosed = 0
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (x *DialogClass) OverrideClosed(cb func(*Dialog)) {
6363 }
6464 }
6565
66-// GetClosed gets the callback function.
66+// GetClosed gets the "closed" callback function.
6767 func (x *DialogClass) GetClosed() func(*Dialog) {
6868 if x.xClosed == 0 {
6969 return nil
@@ -494,6 +494,129 @@ func (c *Dialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
494494 c.Ptr = ptr
495495 }
496496
497+// SetPropertyCanClose sets the "can-close" property.
498+// Whether the dialog can be closed.
499+//
500+// If set to `FALSE`, the close button, shortcuts and
501+// [method@Dialog.close] will result in [signal@Dialog::close-attempt] being
502+// emitted instead, and bottom sheet close swipe will be disabled.
503+// [method@Dialog.force_close] still works.
504+func (x *Dialog) SetPropertyCanClose(value bool) {
505+ var v gobject.Value
506+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
507+ v.SetBoolean(value)
508+ x.SetProperty("can-close", &v)
509+}
510+
511+// GetPropertyCanClose gets the "can-close" property.
512+// Whether the dialog can be closed.
513+//
514+// If set to `FALSE`, the close button, shortcuts and
515+// [method@Dialog.close] will result in [signal@Dialog::close-attempt] being
516+// emitted instead, and bottom sheet close swipe will be disabled.
517+// [method@Dialog.force_close] still works.
518+func (x *Dialog) GetPropertyCanClose() bool {
519+ var v gobject.Value
520+ x.GetProperty("can-close", &v)
521+ return v.GetBoolean()
522+}
523+
524+// SetPropertyContentHeight sets the "content-height" property.
525+// The height of the dialog's contents.
526+//
527+// Set it to -1 to reset it to the content's natural height.
528+//
529+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:default-height]
530+func (x *Dialog) SetPropertyContentHeight(value int) {
531+ var v gobject.Value
532+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
533+ v.SetInt(value)
534+ x.SetProperty("content-height", &v)
535+}
536+
537+// GetPropertyContentHeight gets the "content-height" property.
538+// The height of the dialog's contents.
539+//
540+// Set it to -1 to reset it to the content's natural height.
541+//
542+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:default-height]
543+func (x *Dialog) GetPropertyContentHeight() int {
544+ var v gobject.Value
545+ x.GetProperty("content-height", &v)
546+ return v.GetInt()
547+}
548+
549+// SetPropertyContentWidth sets the "content-width" property.
550+// The width of the dialog's contents.
551+//
552+// Set it to -1 to reset it to the content's natural width.
553+//
554+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:default-width]
555+func (x *Dialog) SetPropertyContentWidth(value int) {
556+ var v gobject.Value
557+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
558+ v.SetInt(value)
559+ x.SetProperty("content-width", &v)
560+}
561+
562+// GetPropertyContentWidth gets the "content-width" property.
563+// The width of the dialog's contents.
564+//
565+// Set it to -1 to reset it to the content's natural width.
566+//
567+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:default-width]
568+func (x *Dialog) GetPropertyContentWidth() int {
569+ var v gobject.Value
570+ x.GetProperty("content-width", &v)
571+ return v.GetInt()
572+}
573+
574+// SetPropertyFollowsContentSize sets the "follows-content-size" property.
575+// Whether to size content automatically.
576+//
577+// If set to `TRUE`, always use the content's natural size instead of
578+// [property@Dialog:content-width] and [property@Dialog:content-height]. If
579+// the content resizes, the dialog will immediately resize as well.
580+//
581+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:resizable]
582+func (x *Dialog) SetPropertyFollowsContentSize(value bool) {
583+ var v gobject.Value
584+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
585+ v.SetBoolean(value)
586+ x.SetProperty("follows-content-size", &v)
587+}
588+
589+// GetPropertyFollowsContentSize gets the "follows-content-size" property.
590+// Whether to size content automatically.
591+//
592+// If set to `TRUE`, always use the content's natural size instead of
593+// [property@Dialog:content-width] and [property@Dialog:content-height]. If
594+// the content resizes, the dialog will immediately resize as well.
595+//
596+// See also: [property@Gtk.Window:resizable]
597+func (x *Dialog) GetPropertyFollowsContentSize() bool {
598+ var v gobject.Value
599+ x.GetProperty("follows-content-size", &v)
600+ return v.GetBoolean()
601+}
602+
603+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
604+// The title of the dialog.
605+func (x *Dialog) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
606+ var v gobject.Value
607+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
608+ v.SetString(value)
609+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
610+}
611+
612+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
613+// The title of the dialog.
614+func (x *Dialog) GetPropertyTitle() string {
615+ var v gobject.Value
616+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
617+ return v.GetString()
618+}
619+
497620 // Emitted when the close button or shortcut is used, or
498621 // [method@Dialog.close] is called while [property@Dialog:can-close] is set to
499622 // `FALSE`.
@@ -593,7 +716,7 @@ func (x *Dialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
593716 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
594717 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
595718 // child widget.
596-func (x *Dialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
719+func (x *Dialog) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
597720
598721 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
599722 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-entry-row.go +121 -2
@@ -296,6 +296,125 @@ func (c *EntryRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
296296 c.Ptr = ptr
297297 }
298298
299+// SetPropertyActivatesDefault sets the "activates-default" property.
300+// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
301+func (x *EntryRow) SetPropertyActivatesDefault(value bool) {
302+ var v gobject.Value
303+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
304+ v.SetBoolean(value)
305+ x.SetProperty("activates-default", &v)
306+}
307+
308+// GetPropertyActivatesDefault gets the "activates-default" property.
309+// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
310+func (x *EntryRow) GetPropertyActivatesDefault() bool {
311+ var v gobject.Value
312+ x.GetProperty("activates-default", &v)
313+ return v.GetBoolean()
314+}
315+
316+// SetPropertyAttributes sets the "attributes" property.
317+// A list of Pango attributes to apply to the text of the embedded entry.
318+//
319+// The [struct@Pango.Attribute]'s `start_index` and `end_index` must refer to
320+// the [class@Gtk.EntryBuffer] text, i.e. without the preedit string.
321+func (x *EntryRow) SetPropertyAttributes(value uintptr) {
322+ var v gobject.Value
323+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
324+ v.SetPointer(value)
325+ x.SetProperty("attributes", &v)
326+}
327+
328+// GetPropertyAttributes gets the "attributes" property.
329+// A list of Pango attributes to apply to the text of the embedded entry.
330+//
331+// The [struct@Pango.Attribute]'s `start_index` and `end_index` must refer to
332+// the [class@Gtk.EntryBuffer] text, i.e. without the preedit string.
333+func (x *EntryRow) GetPropertyAttributes() uintptr {
334+ var v gobject.Value
335+ x.GetProperty("attributes", &v)
336+ return v.GetPointer()
337+}
338+
339+// SetPropertyEnableEmojiCompletion sets the "enable-emoji-completion" property.
340+// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
341+//
342+// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
343+func (x *EntryRow) SetPropertyEnableEmojiCompletion(value bool) {
344+ var v gobject.Value
345+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
346+ v.SetBoolean(value)
347+ x.SetProperty("enable-emoji-completion", &v)
348+}
349+
350+// GetPropertyEnableEmojiCompletion gets the "enable-emoji-completion" property.
351+// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
352+//
353+// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
354+func (x *EntryRow) GetPropertyEnableEmojiCompletion() bool {
355+ var v gobject.Value
356+ x.GetProperty("enable-emoji-completion", &v)
357+ return v.GetBoolean()
358+}
359+
360+// SetPropertyMaxLength sets the "max-length" property.
361+// Maximum number of characters for the entry.
362+func (x *EntryRow) SetPropertyMaxLength(value int) {
363+ var v gobject.Value
364+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
365+ v.SetInt(value)
366+ x.SetProperty("max-length", &v)
367+}
368+
369+// GetPropertyMaxLength gets the "max-length" property.
370+// Maximum number of characters for the entry.
371+func (x *EntryRow) GetPropertyMaxLength() int {
372+ var v gobject.Value
373+ x.GetProperty("max-length", &v)
374+ return v.GetInt()
375+}
376+
377+// SetPropertyShowApplyButton sets the "show-apply-button" property.
378+// Whether to show the apply button.
379+//
380+// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
381+// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
382+// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
383+//
384+// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
385+// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
386+// character.
387+func (x *EntryRow) SetPropertyShowApplyButton(value bool) {
388+ var v gobject.Value
389+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
390+ v.SetBoolean(value)
391+ x.SetProperty("show-apply-button", &v)
392+}
393+
394+// GetPropertyShowApplyButton gets the "show-apply-button" property.
395+// Whether to show the apply button.
396+//
397+// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
398+// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
399+// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
400+//
401+// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
402+// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
403+// character.
404+func (x *EntryRow) GetPropertyShowApplyButton() bool {
405+ var v gobject.Value
406+ x.GetProperty("show-apply-button", &v)
407+ return v.GetBoolean()
408+}
409+
410+// GetPropertyTextLength gets the "text-length" property.
411+// The length of the text in the entry row.
412+func (x *EntryRow) GetPropertyTextLength() uint {
413+ var v gobject.Value
414+ x.GetProperty("text-length", &v)
415+ return v.GetUint()
416+}
417+
299418 // Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
300419 //
301420 // See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
@@ -395,7 +514,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
395514 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
396515 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
397516 // child widget.
398-func (x *EntryRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
517+func (x *EntryRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
399518
400519 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
401520 return cret
@@ -851,7 +970,7 @@ func (x *EntryRow) GetPosition() int {
851970 // and %FALSE will be returned.
852971 //
853972 // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
854-func (x *EntryRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool {
973+func (x *EntryRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar *int, EndPosVar *int) bool {
855974
856975 cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
857976 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-enum-list-model.go +24 -0
@@ -87,6 +87,30 @@ func (c *EnumListItem) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
8787 c.Ptr = ptr
8888 }
8989
90+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
91+// The enum value name.
92+func (x *EnumListItem) GetPropertyName() string {
93+ var v gobject.Value
94+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
95+ return v.GetString()
96+}
97+
98+// GetPropertyNick gets the "nick" property.
99+// The enum value nick.
100+func (x *EnumListItem) GetPropertyNick() string {
101+ var v gobject.Value
102+ x.GetProperty("nick", &v)
103+ return v.GetString()
104+}
105+
106+// GetPropertyValue gets the "value" property.
107+// The enum value.
108+func (x *EnumListItem) GetPropertyValue() int {
109+ var v gobject.Value
110+ x.GetProperty("value", &v)
111+ return v.GetInt()
112+}
113+
90114 // A [iface@Gio.ListModel] representing values of a given enum.
91115 //
92116 // `AdwEnumListModel` contains objects of type [class@EnumListItem].
M v4/adw/adw-expander-row.go +136 -1
@@ -292,6 +292,141 @@ func (c *ExpanderRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
292292 c.Ptr = ptr
293293 }
294294
295+// SetPropertyEnableExpansion sets the "enable-expansion" property.
296+// Whether expansion is enabled.
297+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetPropertyEnableExpansion(value bool) {
298+ var v gobject.Value
299+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
300+ v.SetBoolean(value)
301+ x.SetProperty("enable-expansion", &v)
302+}
303+
304+// GetPropertyEnableExpansion gets the "enable-expansion" property.
305+// Whether expansion is enabled.
306+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPropertyEnableExpansion() bool {
307+ var v gobject.Value
308+ x.GetProperty("enable-expansion", &v)
309+ return v.GetBoolean()
310+}
311+
312+// SetPropertyExpanded sets the "expanded" property.
313+// Whether the row is expanded.
314+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetPropertyExpanded(value bool) {
315+ var v gobject.Value
316+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
317+ v.SetBoolean(value)
318+ x.SetProperty("expanded", &v)
319+}
320+
321+// GetPropertyExpanded gets the "expanded" property.
322+// Whether the row is expanded.
323+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPropertyExpanded() bool {
324+ var v gobject.Value
325+ x.GetProperty("expanded", &v)
326+ return v.GetBoolean()
327+}
328+
329+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
330+// The icon name for this row.
331+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
332+ var v gobject.Value
333+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
334+ v.SetString(value)
335+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
336+}
337+
338+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
339+// The icon name for this row.
340+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPropertyIconName() string {
341+ var v gobject.Value
342+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
343+ return v.GetString()
344+}
345+
346+// SetPropertyShowEnableSwitch sets the "show-enable-switch" property.
347+// Whether the switch enabling the expansion is visible.
348+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetPropertyShowEnableSwitch(value bool) {
349+ var v gobject.Value
350+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
351+ v.SetBoolean(value)
352+ x.SetProperty("show-enable-switch", &v)
353+}
354+
355+// GetPropertyShowEnableSwitch gets the "show-enable-switch" property.
356+// Whether the switch enabling the expansion is visible.
357+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPropertyShowEnableSwitch() bool {
358+ var v gobject.Value
359+ x.GetProperty("show-enable-switch", &v)
360+ return v.GetBoolean()
361+}
362+
363+// SetPropertySubtitle sets the "subtitle" property.
364+// The subtitle for this row.
365+//
366+// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
367+// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
368+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetPropertySubtitle(value string) {
369+ var v gobject.Value
370+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
371+ v.SetString(value)
372+ x.SetProperty("subtitle", &v)
373+}
374+
375+// GetPropertySubtitle gets the "subtitle" property.
376+// The subtitle for this row.
377+//
378+// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
379+// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
380+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPropertySubtitle() string {
381+ var v gobject.Value
382+ x.GetProperty("subtitle", &v)
383+ return v.GetString()
384+}
385+
386+// SetPropertySubtitleLines sets the "subtitle-lines" property.
387+// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
388+// ellipsized.
389+//
390+// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
391+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetPropertySubtitleLines(value int) {
392+ var v gobject.Value
393+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
394+ v.SetInt(value)
395+ x.SetProperty("subtitle-lines", &v)
396+}
397+
398+// GetPropertySubtitleLines gets the "subtitle-lines" property.
399+// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
400+// ellipsized.
401+//
402+// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
403+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPropertySubtitleLines() int {
404+ var v gobject.Value
405+ x.GetProperty("subtitle-lines", &v)
406+ return v.GetInt()
407+}
408+
409+// SetPropertyTitleLines sets the "title-lines" property.
410+// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
411+//
412+// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
413+func (x *ExpanderRow) SetPropertyTitleLines(value int) {
414+ var v gobject.Value
415+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
416+ v.SetInt(value)
417+ x.SetProperty("title-lines", &v)
418+}
419+
420+// GetPropertyTitleLines gets the "title-lines" property.
421+// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
422+//
423+// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
424+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetPropertyTitleLines() int {
425+ var v gobject.Value
426+ x.GetProperty("title-lines", &v)
427+ return v.GetInt()
428+}
429+
295430 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
296431 //
297432 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -349,7 +484,7 @@ func (x *ExpanderRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
349484 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
350485 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
351486 // child widget.
352-func (x *ExpanderRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
487+func (x *ExpanderRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
353488
354489 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
355490 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-flap.go +183 -2
@@ -519,6 +519,187 @@ func (c *Flap) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
519519 c.Ptr = ptr
520520 }
521521
522+// SetPropertyFoldDuration sets the "fold-duration" property.
523+// The fold transition animation duration, in milliseconds.
524+func (x *Flap) SetPropertyFoldDuration(value uint) {
525+ var v gobject.Value
526+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
527+ v.SetUint(value)
528+ x.SetProperty("fold-duration", &v)
529+}
530+
531+// GetPropertyFoldDuration gets the "fold-duration" property.
532+// The fold transition animation duration, in milliseconds.
533+func (x *Flap) GetPropertyFoldDuration() uint {
534+ var v gobject.Value
535+ x.GetProperty("fold-duration", &v)
536+ return v.GetUint()
537+}
538+
539+// GetPropertyFolded gets the "folded" property.
540+// Whether the flap is currently folded.
541+//
542+// See [property@Flap:fold-policy].
543+func (x *Flap) GetPropertyFolded() bool {
544+ var v gobject.Value
545+ x.GetProperty("folded", &v)
546+ return v.GetBoolean()
547+}
548+
549+// SetPropertyLocked sets the "locked" property.
550+// Whether the flap is locked.
551+//
552+// If `FALSE`, folding when the flap is revealed automatically closes it, and
553+// unfolding it when the flap is not revealed opens it. If `TRUE`,
554+// [property@Flap:reveal-flap] value never changes on its own.
555+func (x *Flap) SetPropertyLocked(value bool) {
556+ var v gobject.Value
557+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
558+ v.SetBoolean(value)
559+ x.SetProperty("locked", &v)
560+}
561+
562+// GetPropertyLocked gets the "locked" property.
563+// Whether the flap is locked.
564+//
565+// If `FALSE`, folding when the flap is revealed automatically closes it, and
566+// unfolding it when the flap is not revealed opens it. If `TRUE`,
567+// [property@Flap:reveal-flap] value never changes on its own.
568+func (x *Flap) GetPropertyLocked() bool {
569+ var v gobject.Value
570+ x.GetProperty("locked", &v)
571+ return v.GetBoolean()
572+}
573+
574+// SetPropertyModal sets the "modal" property.
575+// Whether the flap is modal.
576+//
577+// If `TRUE`, clicking the content widget while flap is revealed, as well as
578+// pressing the <kbd>Esc</kbd> key, will close the flap. If `FALSE`, clicks
579+// are passed through to the content widget.
580+func (x *Flap) SetPropertyModal(value bool) {
581+ var v gobject.Value
582+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
583+ v.SetBoolean(value)
584+ x.SetProperty("modal", &v)
585+}
586+
587+// GetPropertyModal gets the "modal" property.
588+// Whether the flap is modal.
589+//
590+// If `TRUE`, clicking the content widget while flap is revealed, as well as
591+// pressing the <kbd>Esc</kbd> key, will close the flap. If `FALSE`, clicks
592+// are passed through to the content widget.
593+func (x *Flap) GetPropertyModal() bool {
594+ var v gobject.Value
595+ x.GetProperty("modal", &v)
596+ return v.GetBoolean()
597+}
598+
599+// SetPropertyRevealFlap sets the "reveal-flap" property.
600+// Whether the flap widget is revealed.
601+func (x *Flap) SetPropertyRevealFlap(value bool) {
602+ var v gobject.Value
603+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
604+ v.SetBoolean(value)
605+ x.SetProperty("reveal-flap", &v)
606+}
607+
608+// GetPropertyRevealFlap gets the "reveal-flap" property.
609+// Whether the flap widget is revealed.
610+func (x *Flap) GetPropertyRevealFlap() bool {
611+ var v gobject.Value
612+ x.GetProperty("reveal-flap", &v)
613+ return v.GetBoolean()
614+}
615+
616+// SetPropertyRevealParams sets the "reveal-params" property.
617+// The reveal animation spring parameters.
618+//
619+// The default value is equivalent to:
620+//
621+// ```c
622+// adw_spring_params_new (1, 0.5, 500)
623+// ```
624+func (x *Flap) SetPropertyRevealParams(value uintptr) {
625+ var v gobject.Value
626+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
627+ v.SetPointer(value)
628+ x.SetProperty("reveal-params", &v)
629+}
630+
631+// GetPropertyRevealParams gets the "reveal-params" property.
632+// The reveal animation spring parameters.
633+//
634+// The default value is equivalent to:
635+//
636+// ```c
637+// adw_spring_params_new (1, 0.5, 500)
638+// ```
639+func (x *Flap) GetPropertyRevealParams() uintptr {
640+ var v gobject.Value
641+ x.GetProperty("reveal-params", &v)
642+ return v.GetPointer()
643+}
644+
645+// GetPropertyRevealProgress gets the "reveal-progress" property.
646+// The current reveal transition progress.
647+//
648+// 0 means fully hidden, 1 means fully revealed.
649+//
650+// See [property@Flap:reveal-flap].
651+func (x *Flap) GetPropertyRevealProgress() float64 {
652+ var v gobject.Value
653+ x.GetProperty("reveal-progress", &v)
654+ return v.GetDouble()
655+}
656+
657+// SetPropertySwipeToClose sets the "swipe-to-close" property.
658+// Whether the flap can be closed with a swipe gesture.
659+//
660+// The area that can be swiped depends on the [property@Flap:transition-type]
661+// value.
662+func (x *Flap) SetPropertySwipeToClose(value bool) {
663+ var v gobject.Value
664+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
665+ v.SetBoolean(value)
666+ x.SetProperty("swipe-to-close", &v)
667+}
668+
669+// GetPropertySwipeToClose gets the "swipe-to-close" property.
670+// Whether the flap can be closed with a swipe gesture.
671+//
672+// The area that can be swiped depends on the [property@Flap:transition-type]
673+// value.
674+func (x *Flap) GetPropertySwipeToClose() bool {
675+ var v gobject.Value
676+ x.GetProperty("swipe-to-close", &v)
677+ return v.GetBoolean()
678+}
679+
680+// SetPropertySwipeToOpen sets the "swipe-to-open" property.
681+// Whether the flap can be opened with a swipe gesture.
682+//
683+// The area that can be swiped depends on the [property@Flap:transition-type]
684+// value.
685+func (x *Flap) SetPropertySwipeToOpen(value bool) {
686+ var v gobject.Value
687+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
688+ v.SetBoolean(value)
689+ x.SetProperty("swipe-to-open", &v)
690+}
691+
692+// GetPropertySwipeToOpen gets the "swipe-to-open" property.
693+// Whether the flap can be opened with a swipe gesture.
694+//
695+// The area that can be swiped depends on the [property@Flap:transition-type]
696+// value.
697+func (x *Flap) GetPropertySwipeToOpen() bool {
698+ var v gobject.Value
699+ x.GetProperty("swipe-to-open", &v)
700+ return v.GetBoolean()
701+}
702+
522703 // Gets the progress @self will snap back to after the gesture is canceled.
523704 func (x *Flap) GetCancelProgress() float64 {
524705
@@ -546,7 +727,7 @@ func (x *Flap) GetProgress() float64 {
546727 //
547728 // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
548729 // end the swipe on.
549-func (x *Flap) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr {
730+func (x *Flap) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr {
550731
551732 cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
552733 return cret
@@ -624,7 +805,7 @@ func (x *Flap) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
624805 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
625806 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
626807 // child widget.
627-func (x *Flap) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
808+func (x *Flap) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
628809
629810 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
630811 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-header-bar.go +142 -1
@@ -388,6 +388,147 @@ func (c *HeaderBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
388388 c.Ptr = ptr
389389 }
390390
391+// SetPropertyDecorationLayout sets the "decoration-layout" property.
392+// The decoration layout for buttons.
393+//
394+// If this property is not set, the
395+// [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used.
396+//
397+// The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
398+// separates the buttons that should appear at the start from those at the
399+// end. Recognized button names are minimize, maximize, close and icon (the
400+// window icon).
401+//
402+// For example, “icon:minimize,maximize,close” specifies an icon at the start,
403+// and minimize, maximize and close buttons at the end.
404+func (x *HeaderBar) SetPropertyDecorationLayout(value string) {
405+ var v gobject.Value
406+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
407+ v.SetString(value)
408+ x.SetProperty("decoration-layout", &v)
409+}
410+
411+// GetPropertyDecorationLayout gets the "decoration-layout" property.
412+// The decoration layout for buttons.
413+//
414+// If this property is not set, the
415+// [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used.
416+//
417+// The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
418+// separates the buttons that should appear at the start from those at the
419+// end. Recognized button names are minimize, maximize, close and icon (the
420+// window icon).
421+//
422+// For example, “icon:minimize,maximize,close” specifies an icon at the start,
423+// and minimize, maximize and close buttons at the end.
424+func (x *HeaderBar) GetPropertyDecorationLayout() string {
425+ var v gobject.Value
426+ x.GetProperty("decoration-layout", &v)
427+ return v.GetString()
428+}
429+
430+// SetPropertyShowBackButton sets the "show-back-button" property.
431+// Whether the header bar can show the back button.
432+//
433+// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
434+// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `FALSE`.
435+func (x *HeaderBar) SetPropertyShowBackButton(value bool) {
436+ var v gobject.Value
437+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
438+ v.SetBoolean(value)
439+ x.SetProperty("show-back-button", &v)
440+}
441+
442+// GetPropertyShowBackButton gets the "show-back-button" property.
443+// Whether the header bar can show the back button.
444+//
445+// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
446+// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `FALSE`.
447+func (x *HeaderBar) GetPropertyShowBackButton() bool {
448+ var v gobject.Value
449+ x.GetProperty("show-back-button", &v)
450+ return v.GetBoolean()
451+}
452+
453+// SetPropertyShowEndTitleButtons sets the "show-end-title-buttons" property.
454+// Whether to show title buttons at the end of the header bar.
455+//
456+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
457+//
458+// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
459+// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
460+// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
461+// closed).
462+func (x *HeaderBar) SetPropertyShowEndTitleButtons(value bool) {
463+ var v gobject.Value
464+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
465+ v.SetBoolean(value)
466+ x.SetProperty("show-end-title-buttons", &v)
467+}
468+
469+// GetPropertyShowEndTitleButtons gets the "show-end-title-buttons" property.
470+// Whether to show title buttons at the end of the header bar.
471+//
472+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
473+//
474+// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
475+// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
476+// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
477+// closed).
478+func (x *HeaderBar) GetPropertyShowEndTitleButtons() bool {
479+ var v gobject.Value
480+ x.GetProperty("show-end-title-buttons", &v)
481+ return v.GetBoolean()
482+}
483+
484+// SetPropertyShowStartTitleButtons sets the "show-start-title-buttons" property.
485+// Whether to show title buttons at the start of the header bar.
486+//
487+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
488+//
489+// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
490+// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
491+// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
492+// closed).
493+func (x *HeaderBar) SetPropertyShowStartTitleButtons(value bool) {
494+ var v gobject.Value
495+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
496+ v.SetBoolean(value)
497+ x.SetProperty("show-start-title-buttons", &v)
498+}
499+
500+// GetPropertyShowStartTitleButtons gets the "show-start-title-buttons" property.
501+// Whether to show title buttons at the start of the header bar.
502+//
503+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
504+//
505+// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
506+// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
507+// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
508+// closed).
509+func (x *HeaderBar) GetPropertyShowStartTitleButtons() bool {
510+ var v gobject.Value
511+ x.GetProperty("show-start-title-buttons", &v)
512+ return v.GetBoolean()
513+}
514+
515+// SetPropertyShowTitle sets the "show-title" property.
516+// Whether the title widget should be shown.
517+func (x *HeaderBar) SetPropertyShowTitle(value bool) {
518+ var v gobject.Value
519+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
520+ v.SetBoolean(value)
521+ x.SetProperty("show-title", &v)
522+}
523+
524+// GetPropertyShowTitle gets the "show-title" property.
525+// Whether the title widget should be shown.
526+func (x *HeaderBar) GetPropertyShowTitle() bool {
527+ var v gobject.Value
528+ x.GetProperty("show-title", &v)
529+ return v.GetBoolean()
530+}
531+
391532 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
392533 //
393534 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -445,7 +586,7 @@ func (x *HeaderBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
445586 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
446587 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
447588 // child widget.
448-func (x *HeaderBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
589+func (x *HeaderBar) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
449590
450591 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
451592 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-inline-view-switcher.go +43 -1
@@ -230,6 +230,48 @@ func (c *InlineViewSwitcher) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
230230 c.Ptr = ptr
231231 }
232232
233+// SetPropertyCanShrink sets the "can-shrink" property.
234+// Whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their contents.
235+//
236+// If set to `TRUE`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
237+//
238+// See [property@ToggleGroup:can-shrink].
239+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetPropertyCanShrink(value bool) {
240+ var v gobject.Value
241+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
242+ v.SetBoolean(value)
243+ x.SetProperty("can-shrink", &v)
244+}
245+
246+// GetPropertyCanShrink gets the "can-shrink" property.
247+// Whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their contents.
248+//
249+// If set to `TRUE`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
250+//
251+// See [property@ToggleGroup:can-shrink].
252+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetPropertyCanShrink() bool {
253+ var v gobject.Value
254+ x.GetProperty("can-shrink", &v)
255+ return v.GetBoolean()
256+}
257+
258+// SetPropertyHomogeneous sets the "homogeneous" property.
259+// Whether all toggles take the same size.
260+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) SetPropertyHomogeneous(value bool) {
261+ var v gobject.Value
262+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
263+ v.SetBoolean(value)
264+ x.SetProperty("homogeneous", &v)
265+}
266+
267+// GetPropertyHomogeneous gets the "homogeneous" property.
268+// Whether all toggles take the same size.
269+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetPropertyHomogeneous() bool {
270+ var v gobject.Value
271+ x.GetProperty("homogeneous", &v)
272+ return v.GetBoolean()
273+}
274+
233275 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
234276 //
235277 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -287,7 +329,7 @@ func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
287329 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
288330 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
289331 // child widget.
290-func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
332+func (x *InlineViewSwitcher) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
291333
292334 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
293335 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-layout-slot.go +22 -1
@@ -81,6 +81,27 @@ func (c *LayoutSlot) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
8181 c.Ptr = ptr
8282 }
8383
84+// SetPropertyId sets the "id" property.
85+// The slot ID.
86+//
87+// See [method@MultiLayoutView.set_child].
88+func (x *LayoutSlot) SetPropertyId(value string) {
89+ var v gobject.Value
90+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
91+ v.SetString(value)
92+ x.SetProperty("id", &v)
93+}
94+
95+// GetPropertyId gets the "id" property.
96+// The slot ID.
97+//
98+// See [method@MultiLayoutView.set_child].
99+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetPropertyId() string {
100+ var v gobject.Value
101+ x.GetProperty("id", &v)
102+ return v.GetString()
103+}
104+
84105 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
85106 //
86107 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -138,7 +159,7 @@ func (x *LayoutSlot) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
138159 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
139160 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
140161 // child widget.
141-func (x *LayoutSlot) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
162+func (x *LayoutSlot) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
142163
143164 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
144165 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-layout.go +17 -0
@@ -101,6 +101,23 @@ func (c *Layout) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
101101 c.Ptr = ptr
102102 }
103103
104+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
105+// The name of the layout.
106+func (x *Layout) SetPropertyName(value string) {
107+ var v gobject.Value
108+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
109+ v.SetString(value)
110+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
111+}
112+
113+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
114+// The name of the layout.
115+func (x *Layout) GetPropertyName() string {
116+ var v gobject.Value
117+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
118+ return v.GetString()
119+}
120+
104121 // Gets the ID of the @buildable object.
105122 //
106123 // `GtkBuilder` sets the name based on the ID attribute
M v4/adw/adw-leaflet.go +273 -2
@@ -572,6 +572,231 @@ func (c *Leaflet) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
572572 c.Ptr = ptr
573573 }
574574
575+// SetPropertyCanNavigateBack sets the "can-navigate-back" property.
576+// Whether gestures and shortcuts for navigating backward are enabled.
577+//
578+// The supported gestures are:
579+//
580+// - One-finger swipe on touchscreens
581+// - Horizontal scrolling on touchpads (usually two-finger swipe)
582+// - Back/forward mouse buttons
583+//
584+// The keyboard back/forward keys are also supported, as well as the
585+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>←</kbd> shortcut for horizontal orientation, or
586+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>↑</kbd> for vertical orientation.
587+//
588+// If the orientation is horizontal, for right-to-left locales, gestures and
589+// shortcuts are reversed.
590+//
591+// Only children that have [property@LeafletPage:navigatable] set to `TRUE`
592+// can be navigated to.
593+func (x *Leaflet) SetPropertyCanNavigateBack(value bool) {
594+ var v gobject.Value
595+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
596+ v.SetBoolean(value)
597+ x.SetProperty("can-navigate-back", &v)
598+}
599+
600+// GetPropertyCanNavigateBack gets the "can-navigate-back" property.
601+// Whether gestures and shortcuts for navigating backward are enabled.
602+//
603+// The supported gestures are:
604+//
605+// - One-finger swipe on touchscreens
606+// - Horizontal scrolling on touchpads (usually two-finger swipe)
607+// - Back/forward mouse buttons
608+//
609+// The keyboard back/forward keys are also supported, as well as the
610+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>←</kbd> shortcut for horizontal orientation, or
611+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>↑</kbd> for vertical orientation.
612+//
613+// If the orientation is horizontal, for right-to-left locales, gestures and
614+// shortcuts are reversed.
615+//
616+// Only children that have [property@LeafletPage:navigatable] set to `TRUE`
617+// can be navigated to.
618+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyCanNavigateBack() bool {
619+ var v gobject.Value
620+ x.GetProperty("can-navigate-back", &v)
621+ return v.GetBoolean()
622+}
623+
624+// SetPropertyCanNavigateForward sets the "can-navigate-forward" property.
625+// Whether gestures and shortcuts for navigating forward are enabled.
626+//
627+// The supported gestures are:
628+//
629+// - One-finger swipe on touchscreens
630+// - Horizontal scrolling on touchpads (usually two-finger swipe)
631+// - Back/forward mouse buttons
632+//
633+// The keyboard back/forward keys are also supported, as well as the
634+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>→</kbd> shortcut for horizontal orientation, or
635+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>↓</kbd> for vertical orientation.
636+//
637+// If the orientation is horizontal, for right-to-left locales, gestures and
638+// shortcuts are reversed.
639+//
640+// Only children that have [property@LeafletPage:navigatable] set to `TRUE`
641+// can be navigated to.
642+func (x *Leaflet) SetPropertyCanNavigateForward(value bool) {
643+ var v gobject.Value
644+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
645+ v.SetBoolean(value)
646+ x.SetProperty("can-navigate-forward", &v)
647+}
648+
649+// GetPropertyCanNavigateForward gets the "can-navigate-forward" property.
650+// Whether gestures and shortcuts for navigating forward are enabled.
651+//
652+// The supported gestures are:
653+//
654+// - One-finger swipe on touchscreens
655+// - Horizontal scrolling on touchpads (usually two-finger swipe)
656+// - Back/forward mouse buttons
657+//
658+// The keyboard back/forward keys are also supported, as well as the
659+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>→</kbd> shortcut for horizontal orientation, or
660+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>↓</kbd> for vertical orientation.
661+//
662+// If the orientation is horizontal, for right-to-left locales, gestures and
663+// shortcuts are reversed.
664+//
665+// Only children that have [property@LeafletPage:navigatable] set to `TRUE`
666+// can be navigated to.
667+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyCanNavigateForward() bool {
668+ var v gobject.Value
669+ x.GetProperty("can-navigate-forward", &v)
670+ return v.GetBoolean()
671+}
672+
673+// SetPropertyCanUnfold sets the "can-unfold" property.
674+// Whether or not the leaflet can unfold.
675+func (x *Leaflet) SetPropertyCanUnfold(value bool) {
676+ var v gobject.Value
677+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
678+ v.SetBoolean(value)
679+ x.SetProperty("can-unfold", &v)
680+}
681+
682+// GetPropertyCanUnfold gets the "can-unfold" property.
683+// Whether or not the leaflet can unfold.
684+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyCanUnfold() bool {
685+ var v gobject.Value
686+ x.GetProperty("can-unfold", &v)
687+ return v.GetBoolean()
688+}
689+
690+// SetPropertyChildTransitionParams sets the "child-transition-params" property.
691+// The child transition spring parameters.
692+//
693+// The default value is equivalent to:
694+//
695+// ```c
696+// adw_spring_params_new (1, 0.5, 500)
697+// ```
698+func (x *Leaflet) SetPropertyChildTransitionParams(value uintptr) {
699+ var v gobject.Value
700+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
701+ v.SetPointer(value)
702+ x.SetProperty("child-transition-params", &v)
703+}
704+
705+// GetPropertyChildTransitionParams gets the "child-transition-params" property.
706+// The child transition spring parameters.
707+//
708+// The default value is equivalent to:
709+//
710+// ```c
711+// adw_spring_params_new (1, 0.5, 500)
712+// ```
713+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyChildTransitionParams() uintptr {
714+ var v gobject.Value
715+ x.GetProperty("child-transition-params", &v)
716+ return v.GetPointer()
717+}
718+
719+// GetPropertyChildTransitionRunning gets the "child-transition-running" property.
720+// Whether a child transition is currently running.
721+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyChildTransitionRunning() bool {
722+ var v gobject.Value
723+ x.GetProperty("child-transition-running", &v)
724+ return v.GetBoolean()
725+}
726+
727+// GetPropertyFolded gets the "folded" property.
728+// Whether the leaflet is folded.
729+//
730+// The leaflet will be folded if the size allocated to it is smaller than the
731+// sum of the minimum or natural sizes of the children (see
732+// [property@Leaflet:fold-threshold-policy]), it will be unfolded otherwise.
733+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyFolded() bool {
734+ var v gobject.Value
735+ x.GetProperty("folded", &v)
736+ return v.GetBoolean()
737+}
738+
739+// SetPropertyHomogeneous sets the "homogeneous" property.
740+// Whether the leaflet allocates the same size for all children when folded.
741+//
742+// If set to `FALSE`, different children can have different size along the
743+// opposite orientation.
744+func (x *Leaflet) SetPropertyHomogeneous(value bool) {
745+ var v gobject.Value
746+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
747+ v.SetBoolean(value)
748+ x.SetProperty("homogeneous", &v)
749+}
750+
751+// GetPropertyHomogeneous gets the "homogeneous" property.
752+// Whether the leaflet allocates the same size for all children when folded.
753+//
754+// If set to `FALSE`, different children can have different size along the
755+// opposite orientation.
756+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyHomogeneous() bool {
757+ var v gobject.Value
758+ x.GetProperty("homogeneous", &v)
759+ return v.GetBoolean()
760+}
761+
762+// SetPropertyModeTransitionDuration sets the "mode-transition-duration" property.
763+// The mode transition animation duration, in milliseconds.
764+func (x *Leaflet) SetPropertyModeTransitionDuration(value uint) {
765+ var v gobject.Value
766+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
767+ v.SetUint(value)
768+ x.SetProperty("mode-transition-duration", &v)
769+}
770+
771+// GetPropertyModeTransitionDuration gets the "mode-transition-duration" property.
772+// The mode transition animation duration, in milliseconds.
773+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyModeTransitionDuration() uint {
774+ var v gobject.Value
775+ x.GetProperty("mode-transition-duration", &v)
776+ return v.GetUint()
777+}
778+
779+// SetPropertyVisibleChildName sets the "visible-child-name" property.
780+// The name of the widget currently visible when the leaflet is folded.
781+//
782+// See [property@Leaflet:visible-child].
783+func (x *Leaflet) SetPropertyVisibleChildName(value string) {
784+ var v gobject.Value
785+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
786+ v.SetString(value)
787+ x.SetProperty("visible-child-name", &v)
788+}
789+
790+// GetPropertyVisibleChildName gets the "visible-child-name" property.
791+// The name of the widget currently visible when the leaflet is folded.
792+//
793+// See [property@Leaflet:visible-child].
794+func (x *Leaflet) GetPropertyVisibleChildName() string {
795+ var v gobject.Value
796+ x.GetProperty("visible-child-name", &v)
797+ return v.GetString()
798+}
799+
575800 // Gets the progress @self will snap back to after the gesture is canceled.
576801 func (x *Leaflet) GetCancelProgress() float64 {
577802
@@ -599,7 +824,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) GetProgress() float64 {
599824 //
600825 // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
601826 // end the swipe on.
602-func (x *Leaflet) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr {
827+func (x *Leaflet) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr {
603828
604829 cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
605830 return cret
@@ -677,7 +902,7 @@ func (x *Leaflet) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
677902 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
678903 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
679904 // child widget.
680-func (x *Leaflet) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
905+func (x *Leaflet) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
681906
682907 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
683908 return cret
@@ -998,6 +1223,52 @@ func (c *LeafletPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
9981223 c.Ptr = ptr
9991224 }
10001225
1226+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
1227+// The name of the child page.
1228+func (x *LeafletPage) SetPropertyName(value string) {
1229+ var v gobject.Value
1230+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1231+ v.SetString(value)
1232+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
1233+}
1234+
1235+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
1236+// The name of the child page.
1237+func (x *LeafletPage) GetPropertyName() string {
1238+ var v gobject.Value
1239+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
1240+ return v.GetString()
1241+}
1242+
1243+// SetPropertyNavigatable sets the "navigatable" property.
1244+// Whether the child can be navigated to when folded.
1245+//
1246+// If `FALSE`, the child will be ignored by
1247+// [method@Leaflet.get_adjacent_child], [method@Leaflet.navigate], and swipe
1248+// gestures.
1249+//
1250+// This can be used used to prevent switching to widgets like separators.
1251+func (x *LeafletPage) SetPropertyNavigatable(value bool) {
1252+ var v gobject.Value
1253+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1254+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1255+ x.SetProperty("navigatable", &v)
1256+}
1257+
1258+// GetPropertyNavigatable gets the "navigatable" property.
1259+// Whether the child can be navigated to when folded.
1260+//
1261+// If `FALSE`, the child will be ignored by
1262+// [method@Leaflet.get_adjacent_child], [method@Leaflet.navigate], and swipe
1263+// gestures.
1264+//
1265+// This can be used used to prevent switching to widgets like separators.
1266+func (x *LeafletPage) GetPropertyNavigatable() bool {
1267+ var v gobject.Value
1268+ x.GetProperty("navigatable", &v)
1269+ return v.GetBoolean()
1270+}
1271+
10011272 func init() {
10021273 core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
10031274 core.SetSharedLibraries("ADW", []string{"libadwaita-1.so.0"})
M v4/adw/adw-message-dialog.go +144 -4
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialogClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3131 }
3232
33-// OverrideResponse sets the callback function.
33+// OverrideResponse sets the "response" callback function.
3434 func (x *MessageDialogClass) OverrideResponse(cb func(*MessageDialog, string)) {
3535 if cb == nil {
3636 x.xResponse = 0
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialogClass) OverrideResponse(cb func(*MessageDialog, string)) {
4141 }
4242 }
4343
44-// GetResponse gets the callback function.
44+// GetResponse gets the "response" callback function.
4545 func (x *MessageDialogClass) GetResponse() func(*MessageDialog, string) {
4646 if x.xResponse == 0 {
4747 return nil
@@ -648,6 +648,146 @@ func (c *MessageDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
648648 c.Ptr = ptr
649649 }
650650
651+// SetPropertyBody sets the "body" property.
652+// The body text of the dialog.
653+func (x *MessageDialog) SetPropertyBody(value string) {
654+ var v gobject.Value
655+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
656+ v.SetString(value)
657+ x.SetProperty("body", &v)
658+}
659+
660+// GetPropertyBody gets the "body" property.
661+// The body text of the dialog.
662+func (x *MessageDialog) GetPropertyBody() string {
663+ var v gobject.Value
664+ x.GetProperty("body", &v)
665+ return v.GetString()
666+}
667+
668+// SetPropertyBodyUseMarkup sets the "body-use-markup" property.
669+// Whether the body text includes Pango markup.
670+//
671+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
672+func (x *MessageDialog) SetPropertyBodyUseMarkup(value bool) {
673+ var v gobject.Value
674+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
675+ v.SetBoolean(value)
676+ x.SetProperty("body-use-markup", &v)
677+}
678+
679+// GetPropertyBodyUseMarkup gets the "body-use-markup" property.
680+// Whether the body text includes Pango markup.
681+//
682+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
683+func (x *MessageDialog) GetPropertyBodyUseMarkup() bool {
684+ var v gobject.Value
685+ x.GetProperty("body-use-markup", &v)
686+ return v.GetBoolean()
687+}
688+
689+// SetPropertyCloseResponse sets the "close-response" property.
690+// The ID of the close response.
691+//
692+// It will be passed to [signal@MessageDialog::response] if the window is
693+// closed by pressing <kbd>Escape</kbd> or with a system action.
694+//
695+// It doesn't have to correspond to any of the responses in the dialog.
696+//
697+// The default close response is `close`.
698+func (x *MessageDialog) SetPropertyCloseResponse(value string) {
699+ var v gobject.Value
700+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
701+ v.SetString(value)
702+ x.SetProperty("close-response", &v)
703+}
704+
705+// GetPropertyCloseResponse gets the "close-response" property.
706+// The ID of the close response.
707+//
708+// It will be passed to [signal@MessageDialog::response] if the window is
709+// closed by pressing <kbd>Escape</kbd> or with a system action.
710+//
711+// It doesn't have to correspond to any of the responses in the dialog.
712+//
713+// The default close response is `close`.
714+func (x *MessageDialog) GetPropertyCloseResponse() string {
715+ var v gobject.Value
716+ x.GetProperty("close-response", &v)
717+ return v.GetString()
718+}
719+
720+// SetPropertyDefaultResponse sets the "default-response" property.
721+// The response ID of the default response.
722+//
723+// The button corresponding to this response will be set as the default widget
724+// of the dialog.
725+//
726+// If not set, the default widget will not be set, and the last added response
727+// will be focused by default.
728+//
729+// See [property@Gtk.Window:default-widget].
730+func (x *MessageDialog) SetPropertyDefaultResponse(value string) {
731+ var v gobject.Value
732+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
733+ v.SetString(value)
734+ x.SetProperty("default-response", &v)
735+}
736+
737+// GetPropertyDefaultResponse gets the "default-response" property.
738+// The response ID of the default response.
739+//
740+// The button corresponding to this response will be set as the default widget
741+// of the dialog.
742+//
743+// If not set, the default widget will not be set, and the last added response
744+// will be focused by default.
745+//
746+// See [property@Gtk.Window:default-widget].
747+func (x *MessageDialog) GetPropertyDefaultResponse() string {
748+ var v gobject.Value
749+ x.GetProperty("default-response", &v)
750+ return v.GetString()
751+}
752+
753+// SetPropertyHeading sets the "heading" property.
754+// The heading of the dialog.
755+func (x *MessageDialog) SetPropertyHeading(value string) {
756+ var v gobject.Value
757+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
758+ v.SetString(value)
759+ x.SetProperty("heading", &v)
760+}
761+
762+// GetPropertyHeading gets the "heading" property.
763+// The heading of the dialog.
764+func (x *MessageDialog) GetPropertyHeading() string {
765+ var v gobject.Value
766+ x.GetProperty("heading", &v)
767+ return v.GetString()
768+}
769+
770+// SetPropertyHeadingUseMarkup sets the "heading-use-markup" property.
771+// Whether the heading includes Pango markup.
772+//
773+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
774+func (x *MessageDialog) SetPropertyHeadingUseMarkup(value bool) {
775+ var v gobject.Value
776+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
777+ v.SetBoolean(value)
778+ x.SetProperty("heading-use-markup", &v)
779+}
780+
781+// GetPropertyHeadingUseMarkup gets the "heading-use-markup" property.
782+// Whether the heading includes Pango markup.
783+//
784+// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
785+func (x *MessageDialog) GetPropertyHeadingUseMarkup() bool {
786+ var v gobject.Value
787+ x.GetProperty("heading-use-markup", &v)
788+ return v.GetBoolean()
789+}
790+
651791 // This signal is emitted when the dialog is closed.
652792 //
653793 // @response will be set to the response ID of the button that had been
@@ -732,7 +872,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
732872 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
733873 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
734874 // child widget.
735-func (x *MessageDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
875+func (x *MessageDialog) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
736876
737877 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
738878 return cret
@@ -987,7 +1127,7 @@ func (x *MessageDialog) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
9871127 //
9881128 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
9891129 // @self's widget coordinates.
990-func (x *MessageDialog) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
1130+func (x *MessageDialog) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
9911131
9921132 gtk.XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
9931133
M v4/adw/adw-multi-layout-view.go +22 -1
@@ -259,6 +259,27 @@ func (c *MultiLayoutView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
259259 c.Ptr = ptr
260260 }
261261
262+// SetPropertyLayoutName sets the "layout-name" property.
263+// The name of the currently used layout.
264+//
265+// See [property@Layout:name].
266+func (x *MultiLayoutView) SetPropertyLayoutName(value string) {
267+ var v gobject.Value
268+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
269+ v.SetString(value)
270+ x.SetProperty("layout-name", &v)
271+}
272+
273+// GetPropertyLayoutName gets the "layout-name" property.
274+// The name of the currently used layout.
275+//
276+// See [property@Layout:name].
277+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetPropertyLayoutName() string {
278+ var v gobject.Value
279+ x.GetProperty("layout-name", &v)
280+ return v.GetString()
281+}
282+
262283 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
263284 //
264285 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -316,7 +337,7 @@ func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
316337 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
317338 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
318339 // child widget.
319-func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
340+func (x *MultiLayoutView) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
320341
321342 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
322343 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-navigation-split-view.go +150 -1
@@ -428,6 +428,155 @@ func (c *NavigationSplitView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
428428 c.Ptr = ptr
429429 }
430430
431+// SetPropertyCollapsed sets the "collapsed" property.
432+// Whether the split view is collapsed.
433+//
434+// When collapsed, the children are put inside an [class@NavigationView],
435+// otherwise they are displayed side by side.
436+//
437+// The [property@NavigationSplitView:show-content] controls which child is
438+// visible while collapsed.
439+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetPropertyCollapsed(value bool) {
440+ var v gobject.Value
441+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
442+ v.SetBoolean(value)
443+ x.SetProperty("collapsed", &v)
444+}
445+
446+// GetPropertyCollapsed gets the "collapsed" property.
447+// Whether the split view is collapsed.
448+//
449+// When collapsed, the children are put inside an [class@NavigationView],
450+// otherwise they are displayed side by side.
451+//
452+// The [property@NavigationSplitView:show-content] controls which child is
453+// visible while collapsed.
454+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetPropertyCollapsed() bool {
455+ var v gobject.Value
456+ x.GetProperty("collapsed", &v)
457+ return v.GetBoolean()
458+}
459+
460+// SetPropertyMaxSidebarWidth sets the "max-sidebar-width" property.
461+// The maximum sidebar width.
462+//
463+// Maximum width is affected by
464+// [property@NavigationSplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
465+//
466+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
467+// minimum width exceeds it.
468+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetPropertyMaxSidebarWidth(value float64) {
469+ var v gobject.Value
470+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
471+ v.SetDouble(value)
472+ x.SetProperty("max-sidebar-width", &v)
473+}
474+
475+// GetPropertyMaxSidebarWidth gets the "max-sidebar-width" property.
476+// The maximum sidebar width.
477+//
478+// Maximum width is affected by
479+// [property@NavigationSplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
480+//
481+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
482+// minimum width exceeds it.
483+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetPropertyMaxSidebarWidth() float64 {
484+ var v gobject.Value
485+ x.GetProperty("max-sidebar-width", &v)
486+ return v.GetDouble()
487+}
488+
489+// SetPropertyMinSidebarWidth sets the "min-sidebar-width" property.
490+// The minimum sidebar width.
491+//
492+// Minimum width is affected by
493+// [property@NavigationSplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
494+//
495+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
496+// minimum width exceeds it.
497+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetPropertyMinSidebarWidth(value float64) {
498+ var v gobject.Value
499+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
500+ v.SetDouble(value)
501+ x.SetProperty("min-sidebar-width", &v)
502+}
503+
504+// GetPropertyMinSidebarWidth gets the "min-sidebar-width" property.
505+// The minimum sidebar width.
506+//
507+// Minimum width is affected by
508+// [property@NavigationSplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
509+//
510+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
511+// minimum width exceeds it.
512+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetPropertyMinSidebarWidth() float64 {
513+ var v gobject.Value
514+ x.GetProperty("min-sidebar-width", &v)
515+ return v.GetDouble()
516+}
517+
518+// SetPropertyShowContent sets the "show-content" property.
519+// Determines the visible page when collapsed.
520+//
521+// If set to `TRUE`, the content widget will be the visible page when
522+// [property@NavigationSplitView:collapsed] is `TRUE`; otherwise the sidebar
523+// widget will be visible.
524+//
525+// If the split view is already collapsed, the visible page changes
526+// immediately.
527+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetPropertyShowContent(value bool) {
528+ var v gobject.Value
529+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
530+ v.SetBoolean(value)
531+ x.SetProperty("show-content", &v)
532+}
533+
534+// GetPropertyShowContent gets the "show-content" property.
535+// Determines the visible page when collapsed.
536+//
537+// If set to `TRUE`, the content widget will be the visible page when
538+// [property@NavigationSplitView:collapsed] is `TRUE`; otherwise the sidebar
539+// widget will be visible.
540+//
541+// If the split view is already collapsed, the visible page changes
542+// immediately.
543+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetPropertyShowContent() bool {
544+ var v gobject.Value
545+ x.GetProperty("show-content", &v)
546+ return v.GetBoolean()
547+}
548+
549+// SetPropertySidebarWidthFraction sets the "sidebar-width-fraction" property.
550+// The preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width.
551+//
552+// The preferred width is additionally limited by
553+// [property@NavigationSplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
554+// [property@NavigationSplitView:max-sidebar-width].
555+//
556+// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
557+// width exceeds the preferred width.
558+func (x *NavigationSplitView) SetPropertySidebarWidthFraction(value float64) {
559+ var v gobject.Value
560+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
561+ v.SetDouble(value)
562+ x.SetProperty("sidebar-width-fraction", &v)
563+}
564+
565+// GetPropertySidebarWidthFraction gets the "sidebar-width-fraction" property.
566+// The preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width.
567+//
568+// The preferred width is additionally limited by
569+// [property@NavigationSplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
570+// [property@NavigationSplitView:max-sidebar-width].
571+//
572+// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
573+// width exceeds the preferred width.
574+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetPropertySidebarWidthFraction() float64 {
575+ var v gobject.Value
576+ x.GetProperty("sidebar-width-fraction", &v)
577+ return v.GetDouble()
578+}
579+
431580 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
432581 //
433582 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -485,7 +634,7 @@ func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
485634 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
486635 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
487636 // child widget.
488-func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
637+func (x *NavigationSplitView) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
489638
490639 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
491640 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-navigation-view.go +214 -11
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPageClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3535 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3636 }
3737
38-// OverrideShowing sets the callback function.
38+// OverrideShowing sets the "showing" callback function.
3939 func (x *NavigationPageClass) OverrideShowing(cb func(*NavigationPage)) {
4040 if cb == nil {
4141 x.xShowing = 0
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPageClass) OverrideShowing(cb func(*NavigationPage)) {
4646 }
4747 }
4848
49-// GetShowing gets the callback function.
49+// GetShowing gets the "showing" callback function.
5050 func (x *NavigationPageClass) GetShowing() func(*NavigationPage) {
5151 if x.xShowing == 0 {
5252 return nil
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPageClass) GetShowing() func(*NavigationPage) {
5858 }
5959 }
6060
61-// OverrideShown sets the callback function.
61+// OverrideShown sets the "shown" callback function.
6262 func (x *NavigationPageClass) OverrideShown(cb func(*NavigationPage)) {
6363 if cb == nil {
6464 x.xShown = 0
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPageClass) OverrideShown(cb func(*NavigationPage)) {
6969 }
7070 }
7171
72-// GetShown gets the callback function.
72+// GetShown gets the "shown" callback function.
7373 func (x *NavigationPageClass) GetShown() func(*NavigationPage) {
7474 if x.xShown == 0 {
7575 return nil
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPageClass) GetShown() func(*NavigationPage) {
8181 }
8282 }
8383
84-// OverrideHiding sets the callback function.
84+// OverrideHiding sets the "hiding" callback function.
8585 func (x *NavigationPageClass) OverrideHiding(cb func(*NavigationPage)) {
8686 if cb == nil {
8787 x.xHiding = 0
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPageClass) OverrideHiding(cb func(*NavigationPage)) {
9292 }
9393 }
9494
95-// GetHiding gets the callback function.
95+// GetHiding gets the "hiding" callback function.
9696 func (x *NavigationPageClass) GetHiding() func(*NavigationPage) {
9797 if x.xHiding == 0 {
9898 return nil
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPageClass) GetHiding() func(*NavigationPage) {
104104 }
105105 }
106106
107-// OverrideHidden sets the callback function.
107+// OverrideHidden sets the "hidden" callback function.
108108 func (x *NavigationPageClass) OverrideHidden(cb func(*NavigationPage)) {
109109 if cb == nil {
110110 x.xHidden = 0
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPageClass) OverrideHidden(cb func(*NavigationPage)) {
115115 }
116116 }
117117
118-// GetHidden gets the callback function.
118+// GetHidden gets the "hidden" callback function.
119119 func (x *NavigationPageClass) GetHidden() func(*NavigationPage) {
120120 if x.xHidden == 0 {
121121 return nil
@@ -325,6 +325,99 @@ func (c *NavigationPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
325325 c.Ptr = ptr
326326 }
327327
328+// SetPropertyCanPop sets the "can-pop" property.
329+// Whether the page can be popped from navigation stack.
330+//
331+// Set it to `FALSE` to disable shortcuts and gestures, as well as remove the
332+// back button from [class@HeaderBar].
333+//
334+// Manually calling [method@NavigationView.pop] or using the `navigation.pop`
335+// action will still work.
336+//
337+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] for removing only the back
338+// button, but not shortcuts.
339+func (x *NavigationPage) SetPropertyCanPop(value bool) {
340+ var v gobject.Value
341+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
342+ v.SetBoolean(value)
343+ x.SetProperty("can-pop", &v)
344+}
345+
346+// GetPropertyCanPop gets the "can-pop" property.
347+// Whether the page can be popped from navigation stack.
348+//
349+// Set it to `FALSE` to disable shortcuts and gestures, as well as remove the
350+// back button from [class@HeaderBar].
351+//
352+// Manually calling [method@NavigationView.pop] or using the `navigation.pop`
353+// action will still work.
354+//
355+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] for removing only the back
356+// button, but not shortcuts.
357+func (x *NavigationPage) GetPropertyCanPop() bool {
358+ var v gobject.Value
359+ x.GetProperty("can-pop", &v)
360+ return v.GetBoolean()
361+}
362+
363+// SetPropertyTag sets the "tag" property.
364+// The page tag.
365+//
366+// The tag can be used to retrieve the page with
367+// [method@NavigationView.find_page], as well as with
368+// [method@NavigationView.push_by_tag], [method@NavigationView.pop_to_tag] or
369+// [method@NavigationView.replace_with_tags].
370+//
371+// Tags must be unique within each [class@NavigationView].
372+//
373+// The tag also must be set to use the `navigation.push` action.
374+func (x *NavigationPage) SetPropertyTag(value string) {
375+ var v gobject.Value
376+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
377+ v.SetString(value)
378+ x.SetProperty("tag", &v)
379+}
380+
381+// GetPropertyTag gets the "tag" property.
382+// The page tag.
383+//
384+// The tag can be used to retrieve the page with
385+// [method@NavigationView.find_page], as well as with
386+// [method@NavigationView.push_by_tag], [method@NavigationView.pop_to_tag] or
387+// [method@NavigationView.replace_with_tags].
388+//
389+// Tags must be unique within each [class@NavigationView].
390+//
391+// The tag also must be set to use the `navigation.push` action.
392+func (x *NavigationPage) GetPropertyTag() string {
393+ var v gobject.Value
394+ x.GetProperty("tag", &v)
395+ return v.GetString()
396+}
397+
398+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
399+// The page title.
400+//
401+// It's displayed in [class@HeaderBar] instead of the window title, and used
402+// as the tooltip on the next page's back button, as well as by screen reader.
403+func (x *NavigationPage) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
404+ var v gobject.Value
405+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
406+ v.SetString(value)
407+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
408+}
409+
410+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
411+// The page title.
412+//
413+// It's displayed in [class@HeaderBar] instead of the window title, and used
414+// as the tooltip on the next page's back button, as well as by screen reader.
415+func (x *NavigationPage) GetPropertyTitle() string {
416+ var v gobject.Value
417+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
418+ return v.GetString()
419+}
420+
328421 // Emitted when the navigation view transition has been completed and the page
329422 // is fully hidden.
330423 //
@@ -478,7 +571,7 @@ func (x *NavigationPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
478571 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
479572 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
480573 // child widget.
481-func (x *NavigationPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
574+func (x *NavigationPage) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
482575
483576 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
484577 return cret
@@ -1246,6 +1339,116 @@ func (c *NavigationView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
12461339 c.Ptr = ptr
12471340 }
12481341
1342+// SetPropertyAnimateTransitions sets the "animate-transitions" property.
1343+// Whether to animate page transitions.
1344+//
1345+// Gesture-based transitions are always animated.
1346+func (x *NavigationView) SetPropertyAnimateTransitions(value bool) {
1347+ var v gobject.Value
1348+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1349+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1350+ x.SetProperty("animate-transitions", &v)
1351+}
1352+
1353+// GetPropertyAnimateTransitions gets the "animate-transitions" property.
1354+// Whether to animate page transitions.
1355+//
1356+// Gesture-based transitions are always animated.
1357+func (x *NavigationView) GetPropertyAnimateTransitions() bool {
1358+ var v gobject.Value
1359+ x.GetProperty("animate-transitions", &v)
1360+ return v.GetBoolean()
1361+}
1362+
1363+// SetPropertyHhomogeneous sets the "hhomogeneous" property.
1364+// Whether the view is horizontally homogeneous.
1365+//
1366+// If the view is horizontally homogeneous, it allocates the same width for
1367+// all pages.
1368+//
1369+// If it's not, the page may change width when a different page becomes
1370+// visible.
1371+func (x *NavigationView) SetPropertyHhomogeneous(value bool) {
1372+ var v gobject.Value
1373+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1374+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1375+ x.SetProperty("hhomogeneous", &v)
1376+}
1377+
1378+// GetPropertyHhomogeneous gets the "hhomogeneous" property.
1379+// Whether the view is horizontally homogeneous.
1380+//
1381+// If the view is horizontally homogeneous, it allocates the same width for
1382+// all pages.
1383+//
1384+// If it's not, the page may change width when a different page becomes
1385+// visible.
1386+func (x *NavigationView) GetPropertyHhomogeneous() bool {
1387+ var v gobject.Value
1388+ x.GetProperty("hhomogeneous", &v)
1389+ return v.GetBoolean()
1390+}
1391+
1392+// SetPropertyPopOnEscape sets the "pop-on-escape" property.
1393+// Whether pressing Escape pops the current page.
1394+//
1395+// Applications using `AdwNavigationView` to implement a browser may want to
1396+// disable it.
1397+func (x *NavigationView) SetPropertyPopOnEscape(value bool) {
1398+ var v gobject.Value
1399+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1400+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1401+ x.SetProperty("pop-on-escape", &v)
1402+}
1403+
1404+// GetPropertyPopOnEscape gets the "pop-on-escape" property.
1405+// Whether pressing Escape pops the current page.
1406+//
1407+// Applications using `AdwNavigationView` to implement a browser may want to
1408+// disable it.
1409+func (x *NavigationView) GetPropertyPopOnEscape() bool {
1410+ var v gobject.Value
1411+ x.GetProperty("pop-on-escape", &v)
1412+ return v.GetBoolean()
1413+}
1414+
1415+// SetPropertyVhomogeneous sets the "vhomogeneous" property.
1416+// Whether the view is vertically homogeneous.
1417+//
1418+// If the view is vertically homogeneous, it allocates the same height for
1419+// all pages.
1420+//
1421+// If it's not, the view may change height when a different page becomes
1422+// visible.
1423+func (x *NavigationView) SetPropertyVhomogeneous(value bool) {
1424+ var v gobject.Value
1425+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1426+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1427+ x.SetProperty("vhomogeneous", &v)
1428+}
1429+
1430+// GetPropertyVhomogeneous gets the "vhomogeneous" property.
1431+// Whether the view is vertically homogeneous.
1432+//
1433+// If the view is vertically homogeneous, it allocates the same height for
1434+// all pages.
1435+//
1436+// If it's not, the view may change height when a different page becomes
1437+// visible.
1438+func (x *NavigationView) GetPropertyVhomogeneous() bool {
1439+ var v gobject.Value
1440+ x.GetProperty("vhomogeneous", &v)
1441+ return v.GetBoolean()
1442+}
1443+
1444+// GetPropertyVisiblePageTag gets the "visible-page-tag" property.
1445+// The tag of the currently visible page.
1446+func (x *NavigationView) GetPropertyVisiblePageTag() string {
1447+ var v gobject.Value
1448+ x.GetProperty("visible-page-tag", &v)
1449+ return v.GetString()
1450+}
1451+
12491452 // Emitted when a push shortcut or a gesture is triggered.
12501453 //
12511454 // To support the push shortcuts and gestures, the application is expected to
@@ -1374,7 +1577,7 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetProgress() float64 {
13741577 //
13751578 // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
13761579 // end the swipe on.
1377-func (x *NavigationView) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr {
1580+func (x *NavigationView) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr {
13781581
13791582 cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
13801583 return cret
@@ -1452,7 +1655,7 @@ func (x *NavigationView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
14521655 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
14531656 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
14541657 // child widget.
1455-func (x *NavigationView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1658+func (x *NavigationView) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
14561659
14571660 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
14581661 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-overlay-split-view.go +198 -2
@@ -474,6 +474,202 @@ func (c *OverlaySplitView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
474474 c.Ptr = ptr
475475 }
476476
477+// SetPropertyCollapsed sets the "collapsed" property.
478+// Whether the split view is collapsed.
479+//
480+// When collapsed, the sidebar widget is presented as an overlay above the
481+// content widget, otherwise they are displayed side by side.
482+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPropertyCollapsed(value bool) {
483+ var v gobject.Value
484+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
485+ v.SetBoolean(value)
486+ x.SetProperty("collapsed", &v)
487+}
488+
489+// GetPropertyCollapsed gets the "collapsed" property.
490+// Whether the split view is collapsed.
491+//
492+// When collapsed, the sidebar widget is presented as an overlay above the
493+// content widget, otherwise they are displayed side by side.
494+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPropertyCollapsed() bool {
495+ var v gobject.Value
496+ x.GetProperty("collapsed", &v)
497+ return v.GetBoolean()
498+}
499+
500+// SetPropertyEnableHideGesture sets the "enable-hide-gesture" property.
501+// Whether the sidebar can be closed with a swipe gesture.
502+//
503+// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
504+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPropertyEnableHideGesture(value bool) {
505+ var v gobject.Value
506+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
507+ v.SetBoolean(value)
508+ x.SetProperty("enable-hide-gesture", &v)
509+}
510+
511+// GetPropertyEnableHideGesture gets the "enable-hide-gesture" property.
512+// Whether the sidebar can be closed with a swipe gesture.
513+//
514+// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
515+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPropertyEnableHideGesture() bool {
516+ var v gobject.Value
517+ x.GetProperty("enable-hide-gesture", &v)
518+ return v.GetBoolean()
519+}
520+
521+// SetPropertyEnableShowGesture sets the "enable-show-gesture" property.
522+// Whether the sidebar can be opened with an edge swipe gesture.
523+//
524+// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
525+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPropertyEnableShowGesture(value bool) {
526+ var v gobject.Value
527+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
528+ v.SetBoolean(value)
529+ x.SetProperty("enable-show-gesture", &v)
530+}
531+
532+// GetPropertyEnableShowGesture gets the "enable-show-gesture" property.
533+// Whether the sidebar can be opened with an edge swipe gesture.
534+//
535+// Only touchscreen swipes are supported.
536+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPropertyEnableShowGesture() bool {
537+ var v gobject.Value
538+ x.GetProperty("enable-show-gesture", &v)
539+ return v.GetBoolean()
540+}
541+
542+// SetPropertyMaxSidebarWidth sets the "max-sidebar-width" property.
543+// The maximum sidebar width.
544+//
545+// Maximum width is affected by
546+// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
547+//
548+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
549+// minimum width exceeds it.
550+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPropertyMaxSidebarWidth(value float64) {
551+ var v gobject.Value
552+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
553+ v.SetDouble(value)
554+ x.SetProperty("max-sidebar-width", &v)
555+}
556+
557+// GetPropertyMaxSidebarWidth gets the "max-sidebar-width" property.
558+// The maximum sidebar width.
559+//
560+// Maximum width is affected by
561+// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
562+//
563+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
564+// minimum width exceeds it.
565+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPropertyMaxSidebarWidth() float64 {
566+ var v gobject.Value
567+ x.GetProperty("max-sidebar-width", &v)
568+ return v.GetDouble()
569+}
570+
571+// SetPropertyMinSidebarWidth sets the "min-sidebar-width" property.
572+// The minimum sidebar width.
573+//
574+// Minimum width is affected by
575+// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
576+//
577+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
578+// minimum width exceeds it.
579+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPropertyMinSidebarWidth(value float64) {
580+ var v gobject.Value
581+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
582+ v.SetDouble(value)
583+ x.SetProperty("min-sidebar-width", &v)
584+}
585+
586+// GetPropertyMinSidebarWidth gets the "min-sidebar-width" property.
587+// The minimum sidebar width.
588+//
589+// Minimum width is affected by
590+// [property@OverlaySplitView:sidebar-width-unit].
591+//
592+// The sidebar widget can still be allocated with larger width if its own
593+// minimum width exceeds it.
594+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPropertyMinSidebarWidth() float64 {
595+ var v gobject.Value
596+ x.GetProperty("min-sidebar-width", &v)
597+ return v.GetDouble()
598+}
599+
600+// SetPropertyPinSidebar sets the "pin-sidebar" property.
601+// Whether the sidebar widget is pinned.
602+//
603+// By default, collapsing @self automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
604+// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `TRUE`, sidebar visibility
605+// never changes on its own.
606+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPropertyPinSidebar(value bool) {
607+ var v gobject.Value
608+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
609+ v.SetBoolean(value)
610+ x.SetProperty("pin-sidebar", &v)
611+}
612+
613+// GetPropertyPinSidebar gets the "pin-sidebar" property.
614+// Whether the sidebar widget is pinned.
615+//
616+// By default, collapsing @self automatically hides the sidebar widget, and
617+// uncollapsing it shows the sidebar. If set to `TRUE`, sidebar visibility
618+// never changes on its own.
619+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPropertyPinSidebar() bool {
620+ var v gobject.Value
621+ x.GetProperty("pin-sidebar", &v)
622+ return v.GetBoolean()
623+}
624+
625+// SetPropertyShowSidebar sets the "show-sidebar" property.
626+// Whether the sidebar widget is shown.
627+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPropertyShowSidebar(value bool) {
628+ var v gobject.Value
629+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
630+ v.SetBoolean(value)
631+ x.SetProperty("show-sidebar", &v)
632+}
633+
634+// GetPropertyShowSidebar gets the "show-sidebar" property.
635+// Whether the sidebar widget is shown.
636+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPropertyShowSidebar() bool {
637+ var v gobject.Value
638+ x.GetProperty("show-sidebar", &v)
639+ return v.GetBoolean()
640+}
641+
642+// SetPropertySidebarWidthFraction sets the "sidebar-width-fraction" property.
643+// The preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width.
644+//
645+// The preferred width is additionally limited by
646+// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
647+// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width].
648+//
649+// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
650+// width exceeds the preferred width.
651+func (x *OverlaySplitView) SetPropertySidebarWidthFraction(value float64) {
652+ var v gobject.Value
653+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
654+ v.SetDouble(value)
655+ x.SetProperty("sidebar-width-fraction", &v)
656+}
657+
658+// GetPropertySidebarWidthFraction gets the "sidebar-width-fraction" property.
659+// The preferred sidebar width as a fraction of the total width.
660+//
661+// The preferred width is additionally limited by
662+// [property@OverlaySplitView:min-sidebar-width] and
663+// [property@OverlaySplitView:max-sidebar-width].
664+//
665+// The sidebar widget can be allocated with larger width if its own minimum
666+// width exceeds the preferred width.
667+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetPropertySidebarWidthFraction() float64 {
668+ var v gobject.Value
669+ x.GetProperty("sidebar-width-fraction", &v)
670+ return v.GetDouble()
671+}
672+
477673 // Gets the progress @self will snap back to after the gesture is canceled.
478674 func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetCancelProgress() float64 {
479675
@@ -501,7 +697,7 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetProgress() float64 {
501697 //
502698 // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
503699 // end the swipe on.
504-func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr {
700+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr {
505701
506702 cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
507703 return cret
@@ -579,7 +775,7 @@ func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
579775 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
580776 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
581777 // child widget.
582-func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
778+func (x *OverlaySplitView) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
583779
584780 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
585781 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-password-entry-row.go +2 -2
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
145145 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
146146 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
147147 // child widget.
148-func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
148+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
149149
150150 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
151151 return cret
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetPosition() int {
601601 // and %FALSE will be returned.
602602 //
603603 // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
604-func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool {
604+func (x *PasswordEntryRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar *int, EndPosVar *int) bool {
605605
606606 cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
607607 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-dialog.go +39 -1
@@ -203,6 +203,44 @@ func (c *PreferencesDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
203203 c.Ptr = ptr
204204 }
205205
206+// SetPropertySearchEnabled sets the "search-enabled" property.
207+// Whether search is enabled.
208+func (x *PreferencesDialog) SetPropertySearchEnabled(value bool) {
209+ var v gobject.Value
210+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
211+ v.SetBoolean(value)
212+ x.SetProperty("search-enabled", &v)
213+}
214+
215+// GetPropertySearchEnabled gets the "search-enabled" property.
216+// Whether search is enabled.
217+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetPropertySearchEnabled() bool {
218+ var v gobject.Value
219+ x.GetProperty("search-enabled", &v)
220+ return v.GetBoolean()
221+}
222+
223+// SetPropertyVisiblePageName sets the "visible-page-name" property.
224+// The name of the currently visible page.
225+//
226+// See [property@AdwPreferencesDialog:visible-page].
227+func (x *PreferencesDialog) SetPropertyVisiblePageName(value string) {
228+ var v gobject.Value
229+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
230+ v.SetString(value)
231+ x.SetProperty("visible-page-name", &v)
232+}
233+
234+// GetPropertyVisiblePageName gets the "visible-page-name" property.
235+// The name of the currently visible page.
236+//
237+// See [property@AdwPreferencesDialog:visible-page].
238+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetPropertyVisiblePageName() string {
239+ var v gobject.Value
240+ x.GetProperty("visible-page-name", &v)
241+ return v.GetString()
242+}
243+
206244 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
207245 //
208246 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -260,7 +298,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
260298 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
261299 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
262300 // child widget.
263-func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
301+func (x *PreferencesDialog) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
264302
265303 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
266304 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-group.go +60 -1
@@ -244,6 +244,65 @@ func (c *PreferencesGroup) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
244244 c.Ptr = ptr
245245 }
246246
247+// SetPropertyDescription sets the "description" property.
248+// The description for this group of preferences.
249+func (x *PreferencesGroup) SetPropertyDescription(value string) {
250+ var v gobject.Value
251+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
252+ v.SetString(value)
253+ x.SetProperty("description", &v)
254+}
255+
256+// GetPropertyDescription gets the "description" property.
257+// The description for this group of preferences.
258+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetPropertyDescription() string {
259+ var v gobject.Value
260+ x.GetProperty("description", &v)
261+ return v.GetString()
262+}
263+
264+// SetPropertySeparateRows sets the "separate-rows" property.
265+// Whether to separate rows.
266+//
267+// Equivalent to using the
268+// [`.boxed-list-separate`](style-classes.html#boxed-lists-cards) style class
269+// on a [class@Gtk.ListBox] instead of `.boxed-list`.
270+func (x *PreferencesGroup) SetPropertySeparateRows(value bool) {
271+ var v gobject.Value
272+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
273+ v.SetBoolean(value)
274+ x.SetProperty("separate-rows", &v)
275+}
276+
277+// GetPropertySeparateRows gets the "separate-rows" property.
278+// Whether to separate rows.
279+//
280+// Equivalent to using the
281+// [`.boxed-list-separate`](style-classes.html#boxed-lists-cards) style class
282+// on a [class@Gtk.ListBox] instead of `.boxed-list`.
283+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetPropertySeparateRows() bool {
284+ var v gobject.Value
285+ x.GetProperty("separate-rows", &v)
286+ return v.GetBoolean()
287+}
288+
289+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
290+// The title for this group of preferences.
291+func (x *PreferencesGroup) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
292+ var v gobject.Value
293+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
294+ v.SetString(value)
295+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
296+}
297+
298+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
299+// The title for this group of preferences.
300+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetPropertyTitle() string {
301+ var v gobject.Value
302+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
303+ return v.GetString()
304+}
305+
247306 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
248307 //
249308 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -301,7 +360,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
301360 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
302361 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
303362 // child widget.
304-func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
363+func (x *PreferencesGroup) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
305364
306365 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
307366 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-page.go +103 -1
@@ -281,6 +281,108 @@ func (c *PreferencesPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
281281 c.Ptr = ptr
282282 }
283283
284+// SetPropertyDescription sets the "description" property.
285+// The description to be displayed at the top of the page.
286+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetPropertyDescription(value string) {
287+ var v gobject.Value
288+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
289+ v.SetString(value)
290+ x.SetProperty("description", &v)
291+}
292+
293+// GetPropertyDescription gets the "description" property.
294+// The description to be displayed at the top of the page.
295+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetPropertyDescription() string {
296+ var v gobject.Value
297+ x.GetProperty("description", &v)
298+ return v.GetString()
299+}
300+
301+// SetPropertyDescriptionCentered sets the "description-centered" property.
302+// Whether the description should be centered.
303+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetPropertyDescriptionCentered(value bool) {
304+ var v gobject.Value
305+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
306+ v.SetBoolean(value)
307+ x.SetProperty("description-centered", &v)
308+}
309+
310+// GetPropertyDescriptionCentered gets the "description-centered" property.
311+// Whether the description should be centered.
312+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetPropertyDescriptionCentered() bool {
313+ var v gobject.Value
314+ x.GetProperty("description-centered", &v)
315+ return v.GetBoolean()
316+}
317+
318+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
319+// The icon name for this page.
320+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
321+ var v gobject.Value
322+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
323+ v.SetString(value)
324+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
325+}
326+
327+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
328+// The icon name for this page.
329+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetPropertyIconName() string {
330+ var v gobject.Value
331+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
332+ return v.GetString()
333+}
334+
335+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
336+// The name of this page.
337+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetPropertyName(value string) {
338+ var v gobject.Value
339+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
340+ v.SetString(value)
341+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
342+}
343+
344+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
345+// The name of this page.
346+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetPropertyName() string {
347+ var v gobject.Value
348+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
349+ return v.GetString()
350+}
351+
352+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
353+// The title for this page.
354+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
355+ var v gobject.Value
356+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
357+ v.SetString(value)
358+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
359+}
360+
361+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
362+// The title for this page.
363+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetPropertyTitle() string {
364+ var v gobject.Value
365+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
366+ return v.GetString()
367+}
368+
369+// SetPropertyUseUnderline sets the "use-underline" property.
370+// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
371+func (x *PreferencesPage) SetPropertyUseUnderline(value bool) {
372+ var v gobject.Value
373+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
374+ v.SetBoolean(value)
375+ x.SetProperty("use-underline", &v)
376+}
377+
378+// GetPropertyUseUnderline gets the "use-underline" property.
379+// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
380+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetPropertyUseUnderline() bool {
381+ var v gobject.Value
382+ x.GetProperty("use-underline", &v)
383+ return v.GetBoolean()
384+}
385+
284386 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
285387 //
286388 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -338,7 +440,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
338440 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
339441 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
340442 // child widget.
341-func (x *PreferencesPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
443+func (x *PreferencesPage) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
342444
343445 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
344446 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-row.go +87 -1
@@ -159,6 +159,92 @@ func (c *PreferencesRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
159159 c.Ptr = ptr
160160 }
161161
162+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
163+// The title of the preference represented by this row.
164+//
165+// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
166+// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
167+func (x *PreferencesRow) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
168+ var v gobject.Value
169+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
170+ v.SetString(value)
171+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
172+}
173+
174+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
175+// The title of the preference represented by this row.
176+//
177+// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
178+// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
179+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetPropertyTitle() string {
180+ var v gobject.Value
181+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
182+ return v.GetString()
183+}
184+
185+// SetPropertyTitleSelectable sets the "title-selectable" property.
186+// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
187+//
188+// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
189+func (x *PreferencesRow) SetPropertyTitleSelectable(value bool) {
190+ var v gobject.Value
191+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
192+ v.SetBoolean(value)
193+ x.SetProperty("title-selectable", &v)
194+}
195+
196+// GetPropertyTitleSelectable gets the "title-selectable" property.
197+// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
198+//
199+// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
200+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetPropertyTitleSelectable() bool {
201+ var v gobject.Value
202+ x.GetProperty("title-selectable", &v)
203+ return v.GetBoolean()
204+}
205+
206+// SetPropertyUseMarkup sets the "use-markup" property.
207+// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
208+//
209+// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
210+//
211+// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
212+func (x *PreferencesRow) SetPropertyUseMarkup(value bool) {
213+ var v gobject.Value
214+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
215+ v.SetBoolean(value)
216+ x.SetProperty("use-markup", &v)
217+}
218+
219+// GetPropertyUseMarkup gets the "use-markup" property.
220+// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
221+//
222+// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
223+//
224+// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
225+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetPropertyUseMarkup() bool {
226+ var v gobject.Value
227+ x.GetProperty("use-markup", &v)
228+ return v.GetBoolean()
229+}
230+
231+// SetPropertyUseUnderline sets the "use-underline" property.
232+// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
233+func (x *PreferencesRow) SetPropertyUseUnderline(value bool) {
234+ var v gobject.Value
235+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
236+ v.SetBoolean(value)
237+ x.SetProperty("use-underline", &v)
238+}
239+
240+// GetPropertyUseUnderline gets the "use-underline" property.
241+// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
242+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetPropertyUseUnderline() bool {
243+ var v gobject.Value
244+ x.GetProperty("use-underline", &v)
245+ return v.GetBoolean()
246+}
247+
162248 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
163249 //
164250 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -216,7 +302,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
216302 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
217303 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
218304 // child widget.
219-func (x *PreferencesRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
305+func (x *PreferencesRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
220306
221307 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
222308 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-preferences-window.go +85 -2
@@ -253,6 +253,89 @@ func (c *PreferencesWindow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
253253 c.Ptr = ptr
254254 }
255255
256+// SetPropertyCanNavigateBack sets the "can-navigate-back" property.
257+// Whether gestures and shortcuts for closing subpages are enabled.
258+//
259+// The supported gestures are:
260+//
261+// - One-finger swipe on touchscreens
262+// - Horizontal scrolling on touchpads (usually two-finger swipe)
263+// - Back mouse button
264+//
265+// The keyboard back key is also supported, as well as the
266+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>←</kbd> shortcut.
267+//
268+// For right-to-left locales, gestures and shortcuts are reversed.
269+//
270+// Has no effect for subpages added with
271+// [method@PreferencesWindow.push_subpage].
272+func (x *PreferencesWindow) SetPropertyCanNavigateBack(value bool) {
273+ var v gobject.Value
274+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
275+ v.SetBoolean(value)
276+ x.SetProperty("can-navigate-back", &v)
277+}
278+
279+// GetPropertyCanNavigateBack gets the "can-navigate-back" property.
280+// Whether gestures and shortcuts for closing subpages are enabled.
281+//
282+// The supported gestures are:
283+//
284+// - One-finger swipe on touchscreens
285+// - Horizontal scrolling on touchpads (usually two-finger swipe)
286+// - Back mouse button
287+//
288+// The keyboard back key is also supported, as well as the
289+// <kbd>Alt</kbd>+<kbd>←</kbd> shortcut.
290+//
291+// For right-to-left locales, gestures and shortcuts are reversed.
292+//
293+// Has no effect for subpages added with
294+// [method@PreferencesWindow.push_subpage].
295+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetPropertyCanNavigateBack() bool {
296+ var v gobject.Value
297+ x.GetProperty("can-navigate-back", &v)
298+ return v.GetBoolean()
299+}
300+
301+// SetPropertySearchEnabled sets the "search-enabled" property.
302+// Whether search is enabled.
303+func (x *PreferencesWindow) SetPropertySearchEnabled(value bool) {
304+ var v gobject.Value
305+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
306+ v.SetBoolean(value)
307+ x.SetProperty("search-enabled", &v)
308+}
309+
310+// GetPropertySearchEnabled gets the "search-enabled" property.
311+// Whether search is enabled.
312+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetPropertySearchEnabled() bool {
313+ var v gobject.Value
314+ x.GetProperty("search-enabled", &v)
315+ return v.GetBoolean()
316+}
317+
318+// SetPropertyVisiblePageName sets the "visible-page-name" property.
319+// The name of the currently visible page.
320+//
321+// See [property@PreferencesWindow:visible-page].
322+func (x *PreferencesWindow) SetPropertyVisiblePageName(value string) {
323+ var v gobject.Value
324+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
325+ v.SetString(value)
326+ x.SetProperty("visible-page-name", &v)
327+}
328+
329+// GetPropertyVisiblePageName gets the "visible-page-name" property.
330+// The name of the currently visible page.
331+//
332+// See [property@PreferencesWindow:visible-page].
333+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetPropertyVisiblePageName() string {
334+ var v gobject.Value
335+ x.GetProperty("visible-page-name", &v)
336+ return v.GetString()
337+}
338+
256339 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
257340 //
258341 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -310,7 +393,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
310393 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
311394 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
312395 // child widget.
313-func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
396+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
314397
315398 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
316399 return cret
@@ -565,7 +648,7 @@ func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
565648 //
566649 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
567650 // @self's widget coordinates.
568-func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
651+func (x *PreferencesWindow) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
569652
570653 gtk.XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
571654
M v4/adw/adw-shortcut-label.go +35 -1
@@ -169,6 +169,40 @@ func (c *ShortcutLabel) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
169169 c.Ptr = ptr
170170 }
171171
172+// SetPropertyAccelerator sets the "accelerator" property.
173+// The displayed accelerator.
174+func (x *ShortcutLabel) SetPropertyAccelerator(value string) {
175+ var v gobject.Value
176+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
177+ v.SetString(value)
178+ x.SetProperty("accelerator", &v)
179+}
180+
181+// GetPropertyAccelerator gets the "accelerator" property.
182+// The displayed accelerator.
183+func (x *ShortcutLabel) GetPropertyAccelerator() string {
184+ var v gobject.Value
185+ x.GetProperty("accelerator", &v)
186+ return v.GetString()
187+}
188+
189+// SetPropertyDisabledText sets the "disabled-text" property.
190+// The text displayed when no accelerator is set.
191+func (x *ShortcutLabel) SetPropertyDisabledText(value string) {
192+ var v gobject.Value
193+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
194+ v.SetString(value)
195+ x.SetProperty("disabled-text", &v)
196+}
197+
198+// GetPropertyDisabledText gets the "disabled-text" property.
199+// The text displayed when no accelerator is set.
200+func (x *ShortcutLabel) GetPropertyDisabledText() string {
201+ var v gobject.Value
202+ x.GetProperty("disabled-text", &v)
203+ return v.GetString()
204+}
205+
172206 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
173207 //
174208 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -226,7 +260,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutLabel) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
226260 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
227261 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
228262 // child widget.
229-func (x *ShortcutLabel) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
263+func (x *ShortcutLabel) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
230264
231265 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
232266 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-shortcuts-dialog.go +1 -1
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ func (x *ShortcutsDialog) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
223223 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
224224 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
225225 // child widget.
226-func (x *ShortcutsDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
226+func (x *ShortcutsDialog) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
227227
228228 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
229229 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-shortcuts-item.go +72 -0
@@ -192,6 +192,78 @@ func (c *ShortcutsItem) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
192192 c.Ptr = ptr
193193 }
194194
195+// SetPropertyAccelerator sets the "accelerator" property.
196+// The shortcut accelerator.
197+//
198+// Accelerator must be in the format [class@ShortcutLabel] accepts.
199+func (x *ShortcutsItem) SetPropertyAccelerator(value string) {
200+ var v gobject.Value
201+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
202+ v.SetString(value)
203+ x.SetProperty("accelerator", &v)
204+}
205+
206+// GetPropertyAccelerator gets the "accelerator" property.
207+// The shortcut accelerator.
208+//
209+// Accelerator must be in the format [class@ShortcutLabel] accepts.
210+func (x *ShortcutsItem) GetPropertyAccelerator() string {
211+ var v gobject.Value
212+ x.GetProperty("accelerator", &v)
213+ return v.GetString()
214+}
215+
216+// SetPropertyActionName sets the "action-name" property.
217+// Fully qualified action name to get the accelerator from.
218+func (x *ShortcutsItem) SetPropertyActionName(value string) {
219+ var v gobject.Value
220+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
221+ v.SetString(value)
222+ x.SetProperty("action-name", &v)
223+}
224+
225+// GetPropertyActionName gets the "action-name" property.
226+// Fully qualified action name to get the accelerator from.
227+func (x *ShortcutsItem) GetPropertyActionName() string {
228+ var v gobject.Value
229+ x.GetProperty("action-name", &v)
230+ return v.GetString()
231+}
232+
233+// SetPropertySubtitle sets the "subtitle" property.
234+// The subtitle of the shortcut.
235+func (x *ShortcutsItem) SetPropertySubtitle(value string) {
236+ var v gobject.Value
237+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
238+ v.SetString(value)
239+ x.SetProperty("subtitle", &v)
240+}
241+
242+// GetPropertySubtitle gets the "subtitle" property.
243+// The subtitle of the shortcut.
244+func (x *ShortcutsItem) GetPropertySubtitle() string {
245+ var v gobject.Value
246+ x.GetProperty("subtitle", &v)
247+ return v.GetString()
248+}
249+
250+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
251+// The title of the shortcut.
252+func (x *ShortcutsItem) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
253+ var v gobject.Value
254+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
255+ v.SetString(value)
256+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
257+}
258+
259+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
260+// The title of the shortcut.
261+func (x *ShortcutsItem) GetPropertyTitle() string {
262+ var v gobject.Value
263+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
264+ return v.GetString()
265+}
266+
195267 func init() {
196268 core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
197269 core.SetSharedLibraries("ADW", []string{"libadwaita-1.so.0"})
M v4/adw/adw-shortcuts-section.go +17 -0
@@ -104,6 +104,23 @@ func (c *ShortcutsSection) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
104104 c.Ptr = ptr
105105 }
106106
107+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
108+// The title of the section, can be `NULL`.
109+func (x *ShortcutsSection) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
110+ var v gobject.Value
111+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
112+ v.SetString(value)
113+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
114+}
115+
116+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
117+// The title of the section, can be `NULL`.
118+func (x *ShortcutsSection) GetPropertyTitle() string {
119+ var v gobject.Value
120+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
121+ return v.GetString()
122+}
123+
107124 // Get the item at @position.
108125 //
109126 // If @position is greater than the number of items in @list, %NULL is
M v4/adw/adw-spin-row.go +106 -4
@@ -321,6 +321,108 @@ func (c *SpinRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
321321 c.Ptr = ptr
322322 }
323323
324+// SetPropertyClimbRate sets the "climb-rate" property.
325+// The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key.
326+func (x *SpinRow) SetPropertyClimbRate(value float64) {
327+ var v gobject.Value
328+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
329+ v.SetDouble(value)
330+ x.SetProperty("climb-rate", &v)
331+}
332+
333+// GetPropertyClimbRate gets the "climb-rate" property.
334+// The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key.
335+func (x *SpinRow) GetPropertyClimbRate() float64 {
336+ var v gobject.Value
337+ x.GetProperty("climb-rate", &v)
338+ return v.GetDouble()
339+}
340+
341+// SetPropertyDigits sets the "digits" property.
342+// The number of decimal places to display.
343+func (x *SpinRow) SetPropertyDigits(value uint) {
344+ var v gobject.Value
345+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
346+ v.SetUint(value)
347+ x.SetProperty("digits", &v)
348+}
349+
350+// GetPropertyDigits gets the "digits" property.
351+// The number of decimal places to display.
352+func (x *SpinRow) GetPropertyDigits() uint {
353+ var v gobject.Value
354+ x.GetProperty("digits", &v)
355+ return v.GetUint()
356+}
357+
358+// SetPropertyNumeric sets the "numeric" property.
359+// Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored.
360+func (x *SpinRow) SetPropertyNumeric(value bool) {
361+ var v gobject.Value
362+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
363+ v.SetBoolean(value)
364+ x.SetProperty("numeric", &v)
365+}
366+
367+// GetPropertyNumeric gets the "numeric" property.
368+// Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored.
369+func (x *SpinRow) GetPropertyNumeric() bool {
370+ var v gobject.Value
371+ x.GetProperty("numeric", &v)
372+ return v.GetBoolean()
373+}
374+
375+// SetPropertySnapToTicks sets the "snap-to-ticks" property.
376+// Whether invalid values are snapped to the nearest step increment.
377+func (x *SpinRow) SetPropertySnapToTicks(value bool) {
378+ var v gobject.Value
379+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
380+ v.SetBoolean(value)
381+ x.SetProperty("snap-to-ticks", &v)
382+}
383+
384+// GetPropertySnapToTicks gets the "snap-to-ticks" property.
385+// Whether invalid values are snapped to the nearest step increment.
386+func (x *SpinRow) GetPropertySnapToTicks() bool {
387+ var v gobject.Value
388+ x.GetProperty("snap-to-ticks", &v)
389+ return v.GetBoolean()
390+}
391+
392+// SetPropertyValue sets the "value" property.
393+// The current value.
394+func (x *SpinRow) SetPropertyValue(value float64) {
395+ var v gobject.Value
396+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
397+ v.SetDouble(value)
398+ x.SetProperty("value", &v)
399+}
400+
401+// GetPropertyValue gets the "value" property.
402+// The current value.
403+func (x *SpinRow) GetPropertyValue() float64 {
404+ var v gobject.Value
405+ x.GetProperty("value", &v)
406+ return v.GetDouble()
407+}
408+
409+// SetPropertyWrap sets the "wrap" property.
410+// Whether the spin row should wrap upon reaching its limits.
411+func (x *SpinRow) SetPropertyWrap(value bool) {
412+ var v gobject.Value
413+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
414+ v.SetBoolean(value)
415+ x.SetProperty("wrap", &v)
416+}
417+
418+// GetPropertyWrap gets the "wrap" property.
419+// Whether the spin row should wrap upon reaching its limits.
420+func (x *SpinRow) GetPropertyWrap() bool {
421+ var v gobject.Value
422+ x.GetProperty("wrap", &v)
423+ return v.GetBoolean()
424+}
425+
324426 // Emitted to convert the user's input into a double value.
325427 //
326428 // The signal handler is expected to use [method@Gtk.Editable.get_text] to
@@ -329,13 +431,13 @@ func (c *SpinRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
329431 // The default conversion uses [func@GLib.strtod].
330432 //
331433 // See [signal@Gtk.SpinButton::input].
332-func (x *SpinRow) ConnectInput(cb *func(SpinRow, float64) int) uint32 {
434+func (x *SpinRow) ConnectInput(cb *func(SpinRow, *float64) int) uint32 {
333435 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
334436 if cbRefPtr, ok := glib.GetCallback(cbPtr); ok {
335437 return gobject.SignalConnect(x.GoPointer(), "input", cbRefPtr)
336438 }
337439
338- fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NewValueVarp float64) int {
440+ fcb := func(clsPtr uintptr, NewValueVarp *float64) int {
339441 fa := SpinRow{}
340442 fa.Ptr = clsPtr
341443 cbFn := *cb
@@ -449,7 +551,7 @@ func (x *SpinRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
449551 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
450552 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
451553 // child widget.
452-func (x *SpinRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
554+func (x *SpinRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
453555
454556 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
455557 return cret
@@ -905,7 +1007,7 @@ func (x *SpinRow) GetPosition() int {
9051007 // and %FALSE will be returned.
9061008 //
9071009 // Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
908-func (x *SpinRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool {
1010+func (x *SpinRow) GetSelectionBounds(StartPosVar *int, EndPosVar *int) bool {
9091011
9101012 cret := gtk.XGtkEditableGetSelectionBounds(x.GoPointer(), StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
9111013 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-spinner-paintable.go +1 -1
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (c *SpinnerPaintable) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
135135 // and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
136136 // function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
137137 // other dimension when only one dimension is given.
138-func (x *SpinnerPaintable) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
138+func (x *SpinnerPaintable) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar *float64, ConcreteHeightVar *float64) {
139139
140140 gdk.XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
141141
M v4/adw/adw-spinner.go +1 -1
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ func (x *Spinner) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
163163 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
164164 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
165165 // child widget.
166-func (x *Spinner) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
166+func (x *Spinner) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
167167
168168 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
169169 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-split-button.go +116 -1
@@ -362,6 +362,121 @@ func (c *SplitButton) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
362362 c.Ptr = ptr
363363 }
364364
365+// SetPropertyCanShrink sets the "can-shrink" property.
366+// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
367+//
368+// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
369+//
370+// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink] and
371+// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:can-shrink].
372+func (x *SplitButton) SetPropertyCanShrink(value bool) {
373+ var v gobject.Value
374+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
375+ v.SetBoolean(value)
376+ x.SetProperty("can-shrink", &v)
377+}
378+
379+// GetPropertyCanShrink gets the "can-shrink" property.
380+// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
381+//
382+// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
383+//
384+// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink] and
385+// [property@Gtk.MenuButton:can-shrink].
386+func (x *SplitButton) GetPropertyCanShrink() bool {
387+ var v gobject.Value
388+ x.GetProperty("can-shrink", &v)
389+ return v.GetBoolean()
390+}
391+
392+// SetPropertyDropdownTooltip sets the "dropdown-tooltip" property.
393+// The tooltip of the dropdown button.
394+//
395+// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
396+func (x *SplitButton) SetPropertyDropdownTooltip(value string) {
397+ var v gobject.Value
398+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
399+ v.SetString(value)
400+ x.SetProperty("dropdown-tooltip", &v)
401+}
402+
403+// GetPropertyDropdownTooltip gets the "dropdown-tooltip" property.
404+// The tooltip of the dropdown button.
405+//
406+// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
407+func (x *SplitButton) GetPropertyDropdownTooltip() string {
408+ var v gobject.Value
409+ x.GetProperty("dropdown-tooltip", &v)
410+ return v.GetString()
411+}
412+
413+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
414+// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
415+//
416+// Setting the icon name will set [property@SplitButton:label] and
417+// [property@SplitButton:child] to `NULL`.
418+func (x *SplitButton) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
419+ var v gobject.Value
420+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
421+ v.SetString(value)
422+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
423+}
424+
425+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
426+// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
427+//
428+// Setting the icon name will set [property@SplitButton:label] and
429+// [property@SplitButton:child] to `NULL`.
430+func (x *SplitButton) GetPropertyIconName() string {
431+ var v gobject.Value
432+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
433+ return v.GetString()
434+}
435+
436+// SetPropertyLabel sets the "label" property.
437+// The label for the button.
438+//
439+// Setting the label will set [property@SplitButton:icon-name] and
440+// [property@SplitButton:child] to `NULL`.
441+func (x *SplitButton) SetPropertyLabel(value string) {
442+ var v gobject.Value
443+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
444+ v.SetString(value)
445+ x.SetProperty("label", &v)
446+}
447+
448+// GetPropertyLabel gets the "label" property.
449+// The label for the button.
450+//
451+// Setting the label will set [property@SplitButton:icon-name] and
452+// [property@SplitButton:child] to `NULL`.
453+func (x *SplitButton) GetPropertyLabel() string {
454+ var v gobject.Value
455+ x.GetProperty("label", &v)
456+ return v.GetString()
457+}
458+
459+// SetPropertyUseUnderline sets the "use-underline" property.
460+// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
461+//
462+// See [property@SplitButton:label].
463+func (x *SplitButton) SetPropertyUseUnderline(value bool) {
464+ var v gobject.Value
465+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
466+ v.SetBoolean(value)
467+ x.SetProperty("use-underline", &v)
468+}
469+
470+// GetPropertyUseUnderline gets the "use-underline" property.
471+// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
472+//
473+// See [property@SplitButton:label].
474+func (x *SplitButton) GetPropertyUseUnderline() bool {
475+ var v gobject.Value
476+ x.GetProperty("use-underline", &v)
477+ return v.GetBoolean()
478+}
479+
365480 // Emitted to animate press then release.
366481 //
367482 // This is an action signal. Applications should never connect to this signal,
@@ -462,7 +577,7 @@ func (x *SplitButton) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
462577 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
463578 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
464579 // child widget.
465-func (x *SplitButton) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
580+func (x *SplitButton) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
466581
467582 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
468583 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-spring-animation.go +170 -0
@@ -279,6 +279,176 @@ func (c *SpringAnimation) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
279279 c.Ptr = ptr
280280 }
281281
282+// SetPropertyClamp sets the "clamp" property.
283+// Whether the animation should be clamped.
284+//
285+// If set to `TRUE`, the animation will abruptly end as soon as it reaches the
286+// final value, preventing overshooting.
287+//
288+// It won't prevent overshooting [property@SpringAnimation:value-from] if a
289+// relative negative [property@SpringAnimation:initial-velocity] is set.
290+func (x *SpringAnimation) SetPropertyClamp(value bool) {
291+ var v gobject.Value
292+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
293+ v.SetBoolean(value)
294+ x.SetProperty("clamp", &v)
295+}
296+
297+// GetPropertyClamp gets the "clamp" property.
298+// Whether the animation should be clamped.
299+//
300+// If set to `TRUE`, the animation will abruptly end as soon as it reaches the
301+// final value, preventing overshooting.
302+//
303+// It won't prevent overshooting [property@SpringAnimation:value-from] if a
304+// relative negative [property@SpringAnimation:initial-velocity] is set.
305+func (x *SpringAnimation) GetPropertyClamp() bool {
306+ var v gobject.Value
307+ x.GetProperty("clamp", &v)
308+ return v.GetBoolean()
309+}
310+
311+// SetPropertyEpsilon sets the "epsilon" property.
312+// Precision of the spring.
313+//
314+// The level of precision used to determine when the animation has come to a
315+// rest, that is, when the amplitude of the oscillations becomes smaller than
316+// this value.
317+//
318+// If the epsilon value is too small, the animation will take a long time to
319+// stop after the animated value has stopped visibly changing.
320+//
321+// If the epsilon value is too large, the animation will end prematurely.
322+//
323+// The default value is 0.001.
324+func (x *SpringAnimation) SetPropertyEpsilon(value float64) {
325+ var v gobject.Value
326+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
327+ v.SetDouble(value)
328+ x.SetProperty("epsilon", &v)
329+}
330+
331+// GetPropertyEpsilon gets the "epsilon" property.
332+// Precision of the spring.
333+//
334+// The level of precision used to determine when the animation has come to a
335+// rest, that is, when the amplitude of the oscillations becomes smaller than
336+// this value.
337+//
338+// If the epsilon value is too small, the animation will take a long time to
339+// stop after the animated value has stopped visibly changing.
340+//
341+// If the epsilon value is too large, the animation will end prematurely.
342+//
343+// The default value is 0.001.
344+func (x *SpringAnimation) GetPropertyEpsilon() float64 {
345+ var v gobject.Value
346+ x.GetProperty("epsilon", &v)
347+ return v.GetDouble()
348+}
349+
350+// GetPropertyEstimatedDuration gets the "estimated-duration" property.
351+// Estimated duration of the animation, in milliseconds.
352+//
353+// Can be [const@DURATION_INFINITE] if the spring damping is set to 0.
354+func (x *SpringAnimation) GetPropertyEstimatedDuration() uint {
355+ var v gobject.Value
356+ x.GetProperty("estimated-duration", &v)
357+ return v.GetUint()
358+}
359+
360+// SetPropertyInitialVelocity sets the "initial-velocity" property.
361+// The initial velocity to start the animation with.
362+//
363+// Initial velocity affects only the animation curve, but not its duration.
364+func (x *SpringAnimation) SetPropertyInitialVelocity(value float64) {
365+ var v gobject.Value
366+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
367+ v.SetDouble(value)
368+ x.SetProperty("initial-velocity", &v)
369+}
370+
371+// GetPropertyInitialVelocity gets the "initial-velocity" property.
372+// The initial velocity to start the animation with.
373+//
374+// Initial velocity affects only the animation curve, but not its duration.
375+func (x *SpringAnimation) GetPropertyInitialVelocity() float64 {
376+ var v gobject.Value
377+ x.GetProperty("initial-velocity", &v)
378+ return v.GetDouble()
379+}
380+
381+// SetPropertySpringParams sets the "spring-params" property.
382+// Physical parameters describing the spring.
383+func (x *SpringAnimation) SetPropertySpringParams(value uintptr) {
384+ var v gobject.Value
385+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
386+ v.SetPointer(value)
387+ x.SetProperty("spring-params", &v)
388+}
389+
390+// GetPropertySpringParams gets the "spring-params" property.
391+// Physical parameters describing the spring.
392+func (x *SpringAnimation) GetPropertySpringParams() uintptr {
393+ var v gobject.Value
394+ x.GetProperty("spring-params", &v)
395+ return v.GetPointer()
396+}
397+
398+// SetPropertyValueFrom sets the "value-from" property.
399+// The value to animate from.
400+//
401+// The animation will start at this value and end at
402+// [property@SpringAnimation:value-to].
403+func (x *SpringAnimation) SetPropertyValueFrom(value float64) {
404+ var v gobject.Value
405+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
406+ v.SetDouble(value)
407+ x.SetProperty("value-from", &v)
408+}
409+
410+// GetPropertyValueFrom gets the "value-from" property.
411+// The value to animate from.
412+//
413+// The animation will start at this value and end at
414+// [property@SpringAnimation:value-to].
415+func (x *SpringAnimation) GetPropertyValueFrom() float64 {
416+ var v gobject.Value
417+ x.GetProperty("value-from", &v)
418+ return v.GetDouble()
419+}
420+
421+// SetPropertyValueTo sets the "value-to" property.
422+// The value to animate to.
423+//
424+// The animation will start at [property@SpringAnimation:value-from] and end
425+// at this value.
426+func (x *SpringAnimation) SetPropertyValueTo(value float64) {
427+ var v gobject.Value
428+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
429+ v.SetDouble(value)
430+ x.SetProperty("value-to", &v)
431+}
432+
433+// GetPropertyValueTo gets the "value-to" property.
434+// The value to animate to.
435+//
436+// The animation will start at [property@SpringAnimation:value-from] and end
437+// at this value.
438+func (x *SpringAnimation) GetPropertyValueTo() float64 {
439+ var v gobject.Value
440+ x.GetProperty("value-to", &v)
441+ return v.GetDouble()
442+}
443+
444+// GetPropertyVelocity gets the "velocity" property.
445+// Current velocity of the animation.
446+func (x *SpringAnimation) GetPropertyVelocity() float64 {
447+ var v gobject.Value
448+ x.GetProperty("velocity", &v)
449+ return v.GetDouble()
450+}
451+
282452 func init() {
283453 core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
284454 core.SetSharedLibraries("ADW", []string{"libadwaita-1.so.0"})
M v4/adw/adw-squeezer.go +200 -1
@@ -389,6 +389,170 @@ func (c *Squeezer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
389389 c.Ptr = ptr
390390 }
391391
392+// SetPropertyAllowNone sets the "allow-none" property.
393+// Whether to allow squeezing beyond the last child's minimum size.
394+//
395+// If set to `TRUE`, the squeezer can shrink to the point where no child can
396+// be shown. This is functionally equivalent to appending a widget with 0×0
397+// minimum size.
398+func (x *Squeezer) SetPropertyAllowNone(value bool) {
399+ var v gobject.Value
400+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
401+ v.SetBoolean(value)
402+ x.SetProperty("allow-none", &v)
403+}
404+
405+// GetPropertyAllowNone gets the "allow-none" property.
406+// Whether to allow squeezing beyond the last child's minimum size.
407+//
408+// If set to `TRUE`, the squeezer can shrink to the point where no child can
409+// be shown. This is functionally equivalent to appending a widget with 0×0
410+// minimum size.
411+func (x *Squeezer) GetPropertyAllowNone() bool {
412+ var v gobject.Value
413+ x.GetProperty("allow-none", &v)
414+ return v.GetBoolean()
415+}
416+
417+// SetPropertyHomogeneous sets the "homogeneous" property.
418+// Whether all children have the same size for the opposite orientation.
419+//
420+// For example, if a squeezer is horizontal and is homogeneous, it will
421+// request the same height for all its children. If it isn't, the squeezer may
422+// change size when a different child becomes visible.
423+func (x *Squeezer) SetPropertyHomogeneous(value bool) {
424+ var v gobject.Value
425+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
426+ v.SetBoolean(value)
427+ x.SetProperty("homogeneous", &v)
428+}
429+
430+// GetPropertyHomogeneous gets the "homogeneous" property.
431+// Whether all children have the same size for the opposite orientation.
432+//
433+// For example, if a squeezer is horizontal and is homogeneous, it will
434+// request the same height for all its children. If it isn't, the squeezer may
435+// change size when a different child becomes visible.
436+func (x *Squeezer) GetPropertyHomogeneous() bool {
437+ var v gobject.Value
438+ x.GetProperty("homogeneous", &v)
439+ return v.GetBoolean()
440+}
441+
442+// SetPropertyInterpolateSize sets the "interpolate-size" property.
443+// Whether the squeezer interpolates its size when changing the visible child.
444+//
445+// If `TRUE`, the squeezer will interpolate its size between the one of the
446+// previous visible child and the one of the new visible child, according to
447+// the set transition duration and the orientation, e.g. if the squeezer is
448+// horizontal, it will interpolate the its height.
449+func (x *Squeezer) SetPropertyInterpolateSize(value bool) {
450+ var v gobject.Value
451+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
452+ v.SetBoolean(value)
453+ x.SetProperty("interpolate-size", &v)
454+}
455+
456+// GetPropertyInterpolateSize gets the "interpolate-size" property.
457+// Whether the squeezer interpolates its size when changing the visible child.
458+//
459+// If `TRUE`, the squeezer will interpolate its size between the one of the
460+// previous visible child and the one of the new visible child, according to
461+// the set transition duration and the orientation, e.g. if the squeezer is
462+// horizontal, it will interpolate the its height.
463+func (x *Squeezer) GetPropertyInterpolateSize() bool {
464+ var v gobject.Value
465+ x.GetProperty("interpolate-size", &v)
466+ return v.GetBoolean()
467+}
468+
469+// SetPropertyTransitionDuration sets the "transition-duration" property.
470+// The transition animation duration, in milliseconds.
471+func (x *Squeezer) SetPropertyTransitionDuration(value uint) {
472+ var v gobject.Value
473+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
474+ v.SetUint(value)
475+ x.SetProperty("transition-duration", &v)
476+}
477+
478+// GetPropertyTransitionDuration gets the "transition-duration" property.
479+// The transition animation duration, in milliseconds.
480+func (x *Squeezer) GetPropertyTransitionDuration() uint {
481+ var v gobject.Value
482+ x.GetProperty("transition-duration", &v)
483+ return v.GetUint()
484+}
485+
486+// GetPropertyTransitionRunning gets the "transition-running" property.
487+// Whether a transition is currently running.
488+//
489+// If a transition is impossible, the property value will be set to `TRUE` and
490+// then immediately to `FALSE`, so it's possible to rely on its notifications
491+// to know that a transition has happened.
492+func (x *Squeezer) GetPropertyTransitionRunning() bool {
493+ var v gobject.Value
494+ x.GetProperty("transition-running", &v)
495+ return v.GetBoolean()
496+}
497+
498+// SetPropertyXalign sets the "xalign" property.
499+// The horizontal alignment, from 0 (start) to 1 (end).
500+//
501+// This affects the children allocation during transitions, when they exceed
502+// the size of the squeezer.
503+//
504+// For example, 0.5 means the child will be centered, 0 means it will keep the
505+// start side aligned and overflow the end side, and 1 means the opposite.
506+func (x *Squeezer) SetPropertyXalign(value float32) {
507+ var v gobject.Value
508+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
509+ v.SetFloat(value)
510+ x.SetProperty("xalign", &v)
511+}
512+
513+// GetPropertyXalign gets the "xalign" property.
514+// The horizontal alignment, from 0 (start) to 1 (end).
515+//
516+// This affects the children allocation during transitions, when they exceed
517+// the size of the squeezer.
518+//
519+// For example, 0.5 means the child will be centered, 0 means it will keep the
520+// start side aligned and overflow the end side, and 1 means the opposite.
521+func (x *Squeezer) GetPropertyXalign() float32 {
522+ var v gobject.Value
523+ x.GetProperty("xalign", &v)
524+ return v.GetFloat()
525+}
526+
527+// SetPropertyYalign sets the "yalign" property.
528+// The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom).
529+//
530+// This affects the children allocation during transitions, when they exceed
531+// the size of the squeezer.
532+//
533+// For example, 0.5 means the child will be centered, 0 means it will keep the
534+// top side aligned and overflow the bottom side, and 1 means the opposite.
535+func (x *Squeezer) SetPropertyYalign(value float32) {
536+ var v gobject.Value
537+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
538+ v.SetFloat(value)
539+ x.SetProperty("yalign", &v)
540+}
541+
542+// GetPropertyYalign gets the "yalign" property.
543+// The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom).
544+//
545+// This affects the children allocation during transitions, when they exceed
546+// the size of the squeezer.
547+//
548+// For example, 0.5 means the child will be centered, 0 means it will keep the
549+// top side aligned and overflow the bottom side, and 1 means the opposite.
550+func (x *Squeezer) GetPropertyYalign() float32 {
551+ var v gobject.Value
552+ x.GetProperty("yalign", &v)
553+ return v.GetFloat()
554+}
555+
392556 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
393557 //
394558 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -446,7 +610,7 @@ func (x *Squeezer) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
446610 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
447611 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
448612 // child widget.
449-func (x *Squeezer) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
613+func (x *Squeezer) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
450614
451615 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
452616 return cret
@@ -753,6 +917,41 @@ func (c *SqueezerPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
753917 c.Ptr = ptr
754918 }
755919
920+// SetPropertyEnabled sets the "enabled" property.
921+// Whether the child is enabled.
922+//
923+// If a child is disabled, it will be ignored when looking for the child
924+// fitting the available size best.
925+//
926+// This allows to programmatically and prematurely hide a child even if it
927+// fits in the available space.
928+//
929+// This can be used e.g. to ensure a certain child is hidden below a certain
930+// window width, or any other constraint you find suitable.
931+func (x *SqueezerPage) SetPropertyEnabled(value bool) {
932+ var v gobject.Value
933+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
934+ v.SetBoolean(value)
935+ x.SetProperty("enabled", &v)
936+}
937+
938+// GetPropertyEnabled gets the "enabled" property.
939+// Whether the child is enabled.
940+//
941+// If a child is disabled, it will be ignored when looking for the child
942+// fitting the available size best.
943+//
944+// This allows to programmatically and prematurely hide a child even if it
945+// fits in the available space.
946+//
947+// This can be used e.g. to ensure a certain child is hidden below a certain
948+// window width, or any other constraint you find suitable.
949+func (x *SqueezerPage) GetPropertyEnabled() bool {
950+ var v gobject.Value
951+ x.GetProperty("enabled", &v)
952+ return v.GetBoolean()
953+}
954+
756955 func init() {
757956 core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
758957 core.SetSharedLibraries("ADW", []string{"libadwaita-1.so.0"})
M v4/adw/adw-status-page.go +60 -1
@@ -214,6 +214,65 @@ func (c *StatusPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
214214 c.Ptr = ptr
215215 }
216216
217+// SetPropertyDescription sets the "description" property.
218+// The description markup to be displayed below the title.
219+func (x *StatusPage) SetPropertyDescription(value string) {
220+ var v gobject.Value
221+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
222+ v.SetString(value)
223+ x.SetProperty("description", &v)
224+}
225+
226+// GetPropertyDescription gets the "description" property.
227+// The description markup to be displayed below the title.
228+func (x *StatusPage) GetPropertyDescription() string {
229+ var v gobject.Value
230+ x.GetProperty("description", &v)
231+ return v.GetString()
232+}
233+
234+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
235+// The name of the icon to be used.
236+//
237+// Changing this will set [property@StatusPage:paintable] to `NULL`.
238+func (x *StatusPage) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
239+ var v gobject.Value
240+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
241+ v.SetString(value)
242+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
243+}
244+
245+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
246+// The name of the icon to be used.
247+//
248+// Changing this will set [property@StatusPage:paintable] to `NULL`.
249+func (x *StatusPage) GetPropertyIconName() string {
250+ var v gobject.Value
251+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
252+ return v.GetString()
253+}
254+
255+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
256+// The title to be displayed below the icon.
257+//
258+// It is not parsed as Pango markup.
259+func (x *StatusPage) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
260+ var v gobject.Value
261+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
262+ v.SetString(value)
263+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
264+}
265+
266+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
267+// The title to be displayed below the icon.
268+//
269+// It is not parsed as Pango markup.
270+func (x *StatusPage) GetPropertyTitle() string {
271+ var v gobject.Value
272+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
273+ return v.GetString()
274+}
275+
217276 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
218277 //
219278 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -271,7 +330,7 @@ func (x *StatusPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
271330 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
272331 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
273332 // child widget.
274-func (x *StatusPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
333+func (x *StatusPage) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
275334
276335 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
277336 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-style-manager.go +88 -0
@@ -258,6 +258,94 @@ func (c *StyleManager) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
258258 c.Ptr = ptr
259259 }
260260
261+// GetPropertyAccentColorRgba gets the "accent-color-rgba" property.
262+// The current system accent color as a `GdkRGBA`.
263+//
264+// Equivalent to calling [func@AccentColor.to_rgba] on the value of
265+// [property@StyleManager:accent-color].
266+//
267+// This is a background color. The matching foreground color is white.
268+func (x *StyleManager) GetPropertyAccentColorRgba() uintptr {
269+ var v gobject.Value
270+ x.GetProperty("accent-color-rgba", &v)
271+ return v.GetPointer()
272+}
273+
274+// GetPropertyDark gets the "dark" property.
275+// Whether the application is using dark appearance.
276+//
277+// This property can be used to query the current appearance, as requested via
278+// [property@StyleManager:color-scheme].
279+func (x *StyleManager) GetPropertyDark() bool {
280+ var v gobject.Value
281+ x.GetProperty("dark", &v)
282+ return v.GetBoolean()
283+}
284+
285+// GetPropertyDocumentFontName gets the "document-font-name" property.
286+// The system document font.
287+//
288+// The font is in the same format as [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-font-name],
289+// e.g. "Adwaita Sans 12".
290+//
291+// Use [func@Pango.FontDescription.from_string] to parse it.
292+func (x *StyleManager) GetPropertyDocumentFontName() string {
293+ var v gobject.Value
294+ x.GetProperty("document-font-name", &v)
295+ return v.GetString()
296+}
297+
298+// GetPropertyHighContrast gets the "high-contrast" property.
299+// Whether the application is using high contrast appearance.
300+//
301+// This cannot be overridden by applications.
302+func (x *StyleManager) GetPropertyHighContrast() bool {
303+ var v gobject.Value
304+ x.GetProperty("high-contrast", &v)
305+ return v.GetBoolean()
306+}
307+
308+// GetPropertyMonospaceFontName gets the "monospace-font-name" property.
309+// The system monospace font.
310+//
311+// The font is in the same format as [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-font-name],
312+// e.g. "Adwaita Mono 11".
313+//
314+// Use [func@Pango.FontDescription.from_string] to parse it.
315+func (x *StyleManager) GetPropertyMonospaceFontName() string {
316+ var v gobject.Value
317+ x.GetProperty("monospace-font-name", &v)
318+ return v.GetString()
319+}
320+
321+// GetPropertySystemSupportsAccentColors gets the "system-supports-accent-colors" property.
322+// Whether the system supports accent colors.
323+//
324+// This property can be used to check if the current environment provides an
325+// accent color preference. For example, applications might want to show a
326+// preference for choosing accent color if it's set to `FALSE`.
327+//
328+// See [property@StyleManager:accent-color].
329+func (x *StyleManager) GetPropertySystemSupportsAccentColors() bool {
330+ var v gobject.Value
331+ x.GetProperty("system-supports-accent-colors", &v)
332+ return v.GetBoolean()
333+}
334+
335+// GetPropertySystemSupportsColorSchemes gets the "system-supports-color-schemes" property.
336+// Whether the system supports color schemes.
337+//
338+// This property can be used to check if the current environment provides a
339+// color scheme preference. For example, applications might want to show a
340+// separate appearance switcher if it's set to `FALSE`.
341+//
342+// See [property@StyleManager:color-scheme].
343+func (x *StyleManager) GetPropertySystemSupportsColorSchemes() bool {
344+ var v gobject.Value
345+ x.GetProperty("system-supports-color-schemes", &v)
346+ return v.GetBoolean()
347+}
348+
261349 var xStyleManagerGetDefault func() uintptr
262350
263351 // Gets the default `AdwStyleManager` instance.
M v4/adw/adw-swipe-tracker.go +141 -0
@@ -243,6 +243,147 @@ func (c *SwipeTracker) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
243243 c.Ptr = ptr
244244 }
245245
246+// SetPropertyAllowLongSwipes sets the "allow-long-swipes" property.
247+// Whether to allow swiping for more than one snap point at a time.
248+//
249+// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent snap
250+// points.
251+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetPropertyAllowLongSwipes(value bool) {
252+ var v gobject.Value
253+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
254+ v.SetBoolean(value)
255+ x.SetProperty("allow-long-swipes", &v)
256+}
257+
258+// GetPropertyAllowLongSwipes gets the "allow-long-swipes" property.
259+// Whether to allow swiping for more than one snap point at a time.
260+//
261+// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent snap
262+// points.
263+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetPropertyAllowLongSwipes() bool {
264+ var v gobject.Value
265+ x.GetProperty("allow-long-swipes", &v)
266+ return v.GetBoolean()
267+}
268+
269+// SetPropertyAllowMouseDrag sets the "allow-mouse-drag" property.
270+// Whether to allow dragging with mouse pointer.
271+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetPropertyAllowMouseDrag(value bool) {
272+ var v gobject.Value
273+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
274+ v.SetBoolean(value)
275+ x.SetProperty("allow-mouse-drag", &v)
276+}
277+
278+// GetPropertyAllowMouseDrag gets the "allow-mouse-drag" property.
279+// Whether to allow dragging with mouse pointer.
280+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetPropertyAllowMouseDrag() bool {
281+ var v gobject.Value
282+ x.GetProperty("allow-mouse-drag", &v)
283+ return v.GetBoolean()
284+}
285+
286+// SetPropertyAllowWindowHandle sets the "allow-window-handle" property.
287+// Whether to allow touchscreen swiping from `GtkWindowHandle`.
288+//
289+// This will make dragging the window impossible.
290+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetPropertyAllowWindowHandle(value bool) {
291+ var v gobject.Value
292+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
293+ v.SetBoolean(value)
294+ x.SetProperty("allow-window-handle", &v)
295+}
296+
297+// GetPropertyAllowWindowHandle gets the "allow-window-handle" property.
298+// Whether to allow touchscreen swiping from `GtkWindowHandle`.
299+//
300+// This will make dragging the window impossible.
301+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetPropertyAllowWindowHandle() bool {
302+ var v gobject.Value
303+ x.GetProperty("allow-window-handle", &v)
304+ return v.GetBoolean()
305+}
306+
307+// SetPropertyEnabled sets the "enabled" property.
308+// Whether the swipe tracker is enabled.
309+//
310+// When it's not enabled, no events will be processed. Usually widgets will
311+// want to expose this via a property.
312+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetPropertyEnabled(value bool) {
313+ var v gobject.Value
314+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
315+ v.SetBoolean(value)
316+ x.SetProperty("enabled", &v)
317+}
318+
319+// GetPropertyEnabled gets the "enabled" property.
320+// Whether the swipe tracker is enabled.
321+//
322+// When it's not enabled, no events will be processed. Usually widgets will
323+// want to expose this via a property.
324+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetPropertyEnabled() bool {
325+ var v gobject.Value
326+ x.GetProperty("enabled", &v)
327+ return v.GetBoolean()
328+}
329+
330+// SetPropertyLowerOvershoot sets the "lower-overshoot" property.
331+// Whether to allow swiping past the first available snap point.
332+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetPropertyLowerOvershoot(value bool) {
333+ var v gobject.Value
334+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
335+ v.SetBoolean(value)
336+ x.SetProperty("lower-overshoot", &v)
337+}
338+
339+// GetPropertyLowerOvershoot gets the "lower-overshoot" property.
340+// Whether to allow swiping past the first available snap point.
341+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetPropertyLowerOvershoot() bool {
342+ var v gobject.Value
343+ x.GetProperty("lower-overshoot", &v)
344+ return v.GetBoolean()
345+}
346+
347+// SetPropertyReversed sets the "reversed" property.
348+// Whether to reverse the swipe direction.
349+//
350+// If the swipe tracker is horizontal, it can be used for supporting RTL text
351+// direction.
352+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetPropertyReversed(value bool) {
353+ var v gobject.Value
354+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
355+ v.SetBoolean(value)
356+ x.SetProperty("reversed", &v)
357+}
358+
359+// GetPropertyReversed gets the "reversed" property.
360+// Whether to reverse the swipe direction.
361+//
362+// If the swipe tracker is horizontal, it can be used for supporting RTL text
363+// direction.
364+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetPropertyReversed() bool {
365+ var v gobject.Value
366+ x.GetProperty("reversed", &v)
367+ return v.GetBoolean()
368+}
369+
370+// SetPropertyUpperOvershoot sets the "upper-overshoot" property.
371+// Whether to allow swiping past the last available snap point.
372+func (x *SwipeTracker) SetPropertyUpperOvershoot(value bool) {
373+ var v gobject.Value
374+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
375+ v.SetBoolean(value)
376+ x.SetProperty("upper-overshoot", &v)
377+}
378+
379+// GetPropertyUpperOvershoot gets the "upper-overshoot" property.
380+// Whether to allow swiping past the last available snap point.
381+func (x *SwipeTracker) GetPropertyUpperOvershoot() bool {
382+ var v gobject.Value
383+ x.GetProperty("upper-overshoot", &v)
384+ return v.GetBoolean()
385+}
386+
246387 // This signal is emitted right before a swipe will be started, after the
247388 // drag threshold has been passed.
248389 func (x *SwipeTracker) ConnectBeginSwipe(cb *func(SwipeTracker)) uint32 {
M v4/adw/adw-swipeable.go +18 -18
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideGetDistance sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideGetDistance sets the "get_distance" callback function.
3838 // Gets the swipe distance.
3939 func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetDistance(cb func(Swipeable) float64) {
4040 if cb == nil {
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetDistance(cb func(Swipeable) float64) {
4646 }
4747 }
4848
49-// GetGetDistance gets the callback function.
49+// GetGetDistance gets the "get_distance" callback function.
5050 // Gets the swipe distance.
5151 func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetDistance() func(Swipeable) float64 {
5252 if x.xGetDistance == 0 {
@@ -59,32 +59,32 @@ func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetDistance() func(Swipeable) float64 {
5959 }
6060 }
6161
62-// OverrideGetSnapPoints sets the callback function.
62+// OverrideGetSnapPoints sets the "get_snap_points" callback function.
6363 // Gets the snap points.
64-func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetSnapPoints(cb func(Swipeable, int) uintptr) {
64+func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetSnapPoints(cb func(Swipeable, *int) uintptr) {
6565 if cb == nil {
6666 x.xGetSnapPoints = 0
6767 } else {
68- x.xGetSnapPoints = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, NSnapPointsVarp int) uintptr {
68+ x.xGetSnapPoints = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, NSnapPointsVarp *int) uintptr {
6969 return cb(&SwipeableBase{Ptr: SelfVarp}, NSnapPointsVarp)
7070 })
7171 }
7272 }
7373
74-// GetGetSnapPoints gets the callback function.
74+// GetGetSnapPoints gets the "get_snap_points" callback function.
7575 // Gets the snap points.
76-func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetSnapPoints() func(Swipeable, int) uintptr {
76+func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetSnapPoints() func(Swipeable, *int) uintptr {
7777 if x.xGetSnapPoints == 0 {
7878 return nil
7979 }
80- var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, NSnapPointsVarp int) uintptr
80+ var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, NSnapPointsVarp *int) uintptr
8181 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetSnapPoints)
82- return func(SelfVar Swipeable, NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr {
82+ return func(SelfVar Swipeable, NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr {
8383 return rawCallback(SelfVar.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
8484 }
8585 }
8686
87-// OverrideGetProgress sets the callback function.
87+// OverrideGetProgress sets the "get_progress" callback function.
8888 // Gets the current progress.
8989 func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetProgress(cb func(Swipeable) float64) {
9090 if cb == nil {
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetProgress(cb func(Swipeable) float64) {
9696 }
9797 }
9898
99-// GetGetProgress gets the callback function.
99+// GetGetProgress gets the "get_progress" callback function.
100100 // Gets the current progress.
101101 func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetProgress() func(Swipeable) float64 {
102102 if x.xGetProgress == 0 {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetProgress() func(Swipeable) float64 {
109109 }
110110 }
111111
112-// OverrideGetCancelProgress sets the callback function.
112+// OverrideGetCancelProgress sets the "get_cancel_progress" callback function.
113113 // Gets the cancel progress.
114114 func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetCancelProgress(cb func(Swipeable) float64) {
115115 if cb == nil {
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetCancelProgress(cb func(Swipeable) float6
121121 }
122122 }
123123
124-// GetGetCancelProgress gets the callback function.
124+// GetGetCancelProgress gets the "get_cancel_progress" callback function.
125125 // Gets the cancel progress.
126126 func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetCancelProgress() func(Swipeable) float64 {
127127 if x.xGetCancelProgress == 0 {
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetCancelProgress() func(Swipeable) float64 {
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// OverrideGetSwipeArea sets the callback function.
137+// OverrideGetSwipeArea sets the "get_swipe_area" callback function.
138138 // Gets the swipeable rectangle.
139139 func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetSwipeArea(cb func(Swipeable, NavigationDirection, bool, *gdk.Rectangle)) {
140140 if cb == nil {
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableInterface) OverrideGetSwipeArea(cb func(Swipeable, NavigationD
146146 }
147147 }
148148
149-// GetGetSwipeArea gets the callback function.
149+// GetGetSwipeArea gets the "get_swipe_area" callback function.
150150 // Gets the swipeable rectangle.
151151 func (x *SwipeableInterface) GetGetSwipeArea() func(Swipeable, NavigationDirection, bool, *gdk.Rectangle) {
152152 if x.xGetSwipeArea == 0 {
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ type Swipeable interface {
170170 GetCancelProgress() float64
171171 GetDistance() float64
172172 GetProgress() float64
173- GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr
173+ GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr
174174 GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection, IsDragVar bool, RectVar *gdk.Rectangle)
175175 }
176176
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableBase) GetProgress() float64 {
222222 //
223223 // Each snap point represents a progress value that is considered acceptable to
224224 // end the swipe on.
225-func (x *SwipeableBase) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar int) uintptr {
225+func (x *SwipeableBase) GetSnapPoints(NSnapPointsVar *int) uintptr {
226226
227227 cret := XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints(x.GoPointer(), NSnapPointsVar)
228228 return cret
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ func (x *SwipeableBase) GetSwipeArea(NavigationDirectionVar NavigationDirection,
246246 var XAdwSwipeableGetCancelProgress func(uintptr) float64
247247 var XAdwSwipeableGetDistance func(uintptr) float64
248248 var XAdwSwipeableGetProgress func(uintptr) float64
249-var XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints func(uintptr, int) uintptr
249+var XAdwSwipeableGetSnapPoints func(uintptr, *int) uintptr
250250 var XAdwSwipeableGetSwipeArea func(uintptr, NavigationDirection, bool, *gdk.Rectangle)
251251
252252 func init() {
M v4/adw/adw-switch-row.go +18 -1
@@ -119,6 +119,23 @@ func (c *SwitchRow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
119119 c.Ptr = ptr
120120 }
121121
122+// SetPropertyActive sets the "active" property.
123+// Whether the switch row is in the "on" or "off" position.
124+func (x *SwitchRow) SetPropertyActive(value bool) {
125+ var v gobject.Value
126+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
127+ v.SetBoolean(value)
128+ x.SetProperty("active", &v)
129+}
130+
131+// GetPropertyActive gets the "active" property.
132+// Whether the switch row is in the "on" or "off" position.
133+func (x *SwitchRow) GetPropertyActive() bool {
134+ var v gobject.Value
135+ x.GetProperty("active", &v)
136+ return v.GetBoolean()
137+}
138+
122139 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
123140 //
124141 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -176,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *SwitchRow) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
176193 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
177194 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
178195 // child widget.
179-func (x *SwitchRow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
196+func (x *SwitchRow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
180197
181198 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
182199 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-tab-bar.go +115 -1
@@ -317,6 +317,120 @@ func (c *TabBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
317317 c.Ptr = ptr
318318 }
319319
320+// SetPropertyAutohide sets the "autohide" property.
321+// Whether the tabs automatically hide.
322+//
323+// If set to `TRUE`, the tab bar disappears when [property@TabBar:view] has 0
324+// or 1 tab, no pinned tabs, and no tab is being transferred.
325+//
326+// See [property@TabBar:tabs-revealed].
327+func (x *TabBar) SetPropertyAutohide(value bool) {
328+ var v gobject.Value
329+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
330+ v.SetBoolean(value)
331+ x.SetProperty("autohide", &v)
332+}
333+
334+// GetPropertyAutohide gets the "autohide" property.
335+// Whether the tabs automatically hide.
336+//
337+// If set to `TRUE`, the tab bar disappears when [property@TabBar:view] has 0
338+// or 1 tab, no pinned tabs, and no tab is being transferred.
339+//
340+// See [property@TabBar:tabs-revealed].
341+func (x *TabBar) GetPropertyAutohide() bool {
342+ var v gobject.Value
343+ x.GetProperty("autohide", &v)
344+ return v.GetBoolean()
345+}
346+
347+// SetPropertyExpandTabs sets the "expand-tabs" property.
348+// Whether tabs expand to full width.
349+//
350+// If set to `TRUE`, the tabs will always vary width filling the whole width
351+// when possible, otherwise tabs will always have the minimum possible size.
352+func (x *TabBar) SetPropertyExpandTabs(value bool) {
353+ var v gobject.Value
354+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
355+ v.SetBoolean(value)
356+ x.SetProperty("expand-tabs", &v)
357+}
358+
359+// GetPropertyExpandTabs gets the "expand-tabs" property.
360+// Whether tabs expand to full width.
361+//
362+// If set to `TRUE`, the tabs will always vary width filling the whole width
363+// when possible, otherwise tabs will always have the minimum possible size.
364+func (x *TabBar) GetPropertyExpandTabs() bool {
365+ var v gobject.Value
366+ x.GetProperty("expand-tabs", &v)
367+ return v.GetBoolean()
368+}
369+
370+// SetPropertyExtraDragPreload sets the "extra-drag-preload" property.
371+// Whether the drop data should be preloaded on hover.
372+//
373+// See [property@Gtk.DropTarget:preload].
374+func (x *TabBar) SetPropertyExtraDragPreload(value bool) {
375+ var v gobject.Value
376+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
377+ v.SetBoolean(value)
378+ x.SetProperty("extra-drag-preload", &v)
379+}
380+
381+// GetPropertyExtraDragPreload gets the "extra-drag-preload" property.
382+// Whether the drop data should be preloaded on hover.
383+//
384+// See [property@Gtk.DropTarget:preload].
385+func (x *TabBar) GetPropertyExtraDragPreload() bool {
386+ var v gobject.Value
387+ x.GetProperty("extra-drag-preload", &v)
388+ return v.GetBoolean()
389+}
390+
391+// SetPropertyInverted sets the "inverted" property.
392+// Whether tabs use inverted layout.
393+//
394+// If set to `TRUE`, non-pinned tabs will have the close button at the
395+// beginning and the indicator at the end rather than the opposite.
396+func (x *TabBar) SetPropertyInverted(value bool) {
397+ var v gobject.Value
398+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
399+ v.SetBoolean(value)
400+ x.SetProperty("inverted", &v)
401+}
402+
403+// GetPropertyInverted gets the "inverted" property.
404+// Whether tabs use inverted layout.
405+//
406+// If set to `TRUE`, non-pinned tabs will have the close button at the
407+// beginning and the indicator at the end rather than the opposite.
408+func (x *TabBar) GetPropertyInverted() bool {
409+ var v gobject.Value
410+ x.GetProperty("inverted", &v)
411+ return v.GetBoolean()
412+}
413+
414+// GetPropertyIsOverflowing gets the "is-overflowing" property.
415+// Whether the tab bar is overflowing.
416+//
417+// If `TRUE`, all tabs cannot be displayed at once and require scrolling.
418+func (x *TabBar) GetPropertyIsOverflowing() bool {
419+ var v gobject.Value
420+ x.GetProperty("is-overflowing", &v)
421+ return v.GetBoolean()
422+}
423+
424+// GetPropertyTabsRevealed gets the "tabs-revealed" property.
425+// Whether the tabs are currently revealed.
426+//
427+// See [property@TabBar:autohide].
428+func (x *TabBar) GetPropertyTabsRevealed() bool {
429+ var v gobject.Value
430+ x.GetProperty("tabs-revealed", &v)
431+ return v.GetBoolean()
432+}
433+
320434 // This signal is emitted when content is dropped onto a tab.
321435 //
322436 // The content must be of one of the types set up via
@@ -427,7 +541,7 @@ func (x *TabBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
427541 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
428542 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
429543 // child widget.
430-func (x *TabBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
544+func (x *TabBar) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
431545
432546 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
433547 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-tab-button.go +1 -1
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ func (x *TabButton) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
225225 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
226226 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
227227 // child widget.
228-func (x *TabButton) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
228+func (x *TabButton) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
229229
230230 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
231231 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-tab-overview.go +170 -1
@@ -395,6 +395,175 @@ func (c *TabOverview) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
395395 c.Ptr = ptr
396396 }
397397
398+// SetPropertyEnableNewTab sets the "enable-new-tab" property.
399+// Whether to enable new tab button.
400+//
401+// Connect to the [signal@TabOverview::create-tab] signal to use it.
402+func (x *TabOverview) SetPropertyEnableNewTab(value bool) {
403+ var v gobject.Value
404+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
405+ v.SetBoolean(value)
406+ x.SetProperty("enable-new-tab", &v)
407+}
408+
409+// GetPropertyEnableNewTab gets the "enable-new-tab" property.
410+// Whether to enable new tab button.
411+//
412+// Connect to the [signal@TabOverview::create-tab] signal to use it.
413+func (x *TabOverview) GetPropertyEnableNewTab() bool {
414+ var v gobject.Value
415+ x.GetProperty("enable-new-tab", &v)
416+ return v.GetBoolean()
417+}
418+
419+// SetPropertyEnableSearch sets the "enable-search" property.
420+// Whether to enable search in tabs.
421+//
422+// Search matches tab titles and tooltips, as well as keywords, set via
423+// [property@TabPage:keyword]. Use keywords to search in e.g. page URLs in a
424+// web browser.
425+//
426+// During search, tab reordering and drag-n-drop are disabled.
427+//
428+// Use [property@TabOverview:search-active] to check out if search is
429+// currently active.
430+func (x *TabOverview) SetPropertyEnableSearch(value bool) {
431+ var v gobject.Value
432+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
433+ v.SetBoolean(value)
434+ x.SetProperty("enable-search", &v)
435+}
436+
437+// GetPropertyEnableSearch gets the "enable-search" property.
438+// Whether to enable search in tabs.
439+//
440+// Search matches tab titles and tooltips, as well as keywords, set via
441+// [property@TabPage:keyword]. Use keywords to search in e.g. page URLs in a
442+// web browser.
443+//
444+// During search, tab reordering and drag-n-drop are disabled.
445+//
446+// Use [property@TabOverview:search-active] to check out if search is
447+// currently active.
448+func (x *TabOverview) GetPropertyEnableSearch() bool {
449+ var v gobject.Value
450+ x.GetProperty("enable-search", &v)
451+ return v.GetBoolean()
452+}
453+
454+// SetPropertyExtraDragPreload sets the "extra-drag-preload" property.
455+// Whether the drop data should be preloaded on hover.
456+//
457+// See [property@Gtk.DropTarget:preload].
458+func (x *TabOverview) SetPropertyExtraDragPreload(value bool) {
459+ var v gobject.Value
460+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
461+ v.SetBoolean(value)
462+ x.SetProperty("extra-drag-preload", &v)
463+}
464+
465+// GetPropertyExtraDragPreload gets the "extra-drag-preload" property.
466+// Whether the drop data should be preloaded on hover.
467+//
468+// See [property@Gtk.DropTarget:preload].
469+func (x *TabOverview) GetPropertyExtraDragPreload() bool {
470+ var v gobject.Value
471+ x.GetProperty("extra-drag-preload", &v)
472+ return v.GetBoolean()
473+}
474+
475+// SetPropertyInverted sets the "inverted" property.
476+// Whether thumbnails use inverted layout.
477+//
478+// If set to `TRUE`, thumbnails will have the close or unpin buttons at the
479+// beginning and the indicator at the end rather than the other way around.
480+func (x *TabOverview) SetPropertyInverted(value bool) {
481+ var v gobject.Value
482+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
483+ v.SetBoolean(value)
484+ x.SetProperty("inverted", &v)
485+}
486+
487+// GetPropertyInverted gets the "inverted" property.
488+// Whether thumbnails use inverted layout.
489+//
490+// If set to `TRUE`, thumbnails will have the close or unpin buttons at the
491+// beginning and the indicator at the end rather than the other way around.
492+func (x *TabOverview) GetPropertyInverted() bool {
493+ var v gobject.Value
494+ x.GetProperty("inverted", &v)
495+ return v.GetBoolean()
496+}
497+
498+// SetPropertyOpen sets the "open" property.
499+// Whether the overview is open.
500+func (x *TabOverview) SetPropertyOpen(value bool) {
501+ var v gobject.Value
502+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
503+ v.SetBoolean(value)
504+ x.SetProperty("open", &v)
505+}
506+
507+// GetPropertyOpen gets the "open" property.
508+// Whether the overview is open.
509+func (x *TabOverview) GetPropertyOpen() bool {
510+ var v gobject.Value
511+ x.GetProperty("open", &v)
512+ return v.GetBoolean()
513+}
514+
515+// GetPropertySearchActive gets the "search-active" property.
516+// Whether search is currently active.
517+//
518+// See [property@TabOverview:enable-search].
519+func (x *TabOverview) GetPropertySearchActive() bool {
520+ var v gobject.Value
521+ x.GetProperty("search-active", &v)
522+ return v.GetBoolean()
523+}
524+
525+// SetPropertyShowEndTitleButtons sets the "show-end-title-buttons" property.
526+// Whether to show end title buttons in the overview's header bar.
527+//
528+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
529+func (x *TabOverview) SetPropertyShowEndTitleButtons(value bool) {
530+ var v gobject.Value
531+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
532+ v.SetBoolean(value)
533+ x.SetProperty("show-end-title-buttons", &v)
534+}
535+
536+// GetPropertyShowEndTitleButtons gets the "show-end-title-buttons" property.
537+// Whether to show end title buttons in the overview's header bar.
538+//
539+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
540+func (x *TabOverview) GetPropertyShowEndTitleButtons() bool {
541+ var v gobject.Value
542+ x.GetProperty("show-end-title-buttons", &v)
543+ return v.GetBoolean()
544+}
545+
546+// SetPropertyShowStartTitleButtons sets the "show-start-title-buttons" property.
547+// Whether to show start title buttons in the overview's header bar.
548+//
549+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
550+func (x *TabOverview) SetPropertyShowStartTitleButtons(value bool) {
551+ var v gobject.Value
552+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
553+ v.SetBoolean(value)
554+ x.SetProperty("show-start-title-buttons", &v)
555+}
556+
557+// GetPropertyShowStartTitleButtons gets the "show-start-title-buttons" property.
558+// Whether to show start title buttons in the overview's header bar.
559+//
560+// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
561+func (x *TabOverview) GetPropertyShowStartTitleButtons() bool {
562+ var v gobject.Value
563+ x.GetProperty("show-start-title-buttons", &v)
564+ return v.GetBoolean()
565+}
566+
398567 // Emitted when a tab needs to be created.
399568 //
400569 // This can happen after the new tab button has been pressed, see
@@ -532,7 +701,7 @@ func (x *TabOverview) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
532701 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
533702 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
534703 // child widget.
535-func (x *TabOverview) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
704+func (x *TabOverview) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
536705
537706 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
538707 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-tab-view.go +358 -2
@@ -508,6 +508,330 @@ func (c *TabPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
508508 c.Ptr = ptr
509509 }
510510
511+// SetPropertyIndicatorActivatable sets the "indicator-activatable" property.
512+// Whether the indicator icon is activatable.
513+//
514+// If set to `TRUE`, [signal@TabView::indicator-activated] will be emitted
515+// when the indicator icon is clicked.
516+//
517+// If [property@TabPage:indicator-icon] is not set, does nothing.
518+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyIndicatorActivatable(value bool) {
519+ var v gobject.Value
520+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
521+ v.SetBoolean(value)
522+ x.SetProperty("indicator-activatable", &v)
523+}
524+
525+// GetPropertyIndicatorActivatable gets the "indicator-activatable" property.
526+// Whether the indicator icon is activatable.
527+//
528+// If set to `TRUE`, [signal@TabView::indicator-activated] will be emitted
529+// when the indicator icon is clicked.
530+//
531+// If [property@TabPage:indicator-icon] is not set, does nothing.
532+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyIndicatorActivatable() bool {
533+ var v gobject.Value
534+ x.GetProperty("indicator-activatable", &v)
535+ return v.GetBoolean()
536+}
537+
538+// SetPropertyIndicatorTooltip sets the "indicator-tooltip" property.
539+// The tooltip of the indicator icon.
540+//
541+// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
542+//
543+// See [property@TabPage:indicator-icon].
544+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyIndicatorTooltip(value string) {
545+ var v gobject.Value
546+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
547+ v.SetString(value)
548+ x.SetProperty("indicator-tooltip", &v)
549+}
550+
551+// GetPropertyIndicatorTooltip gets the "indicator-tooltip" property.
552+// The tooltip of the indicator icon.
553+//
554+// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
555+//
556+// See [property@TabPage:indicator-icon].
557+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyIndicatorTooltip() string {
558+ var v gobject.Value
559+ x.GetProperty("indicator-tooltip", &v)
560+ return v.GetString()
561+}
562+
563+// SetPropertyKeyword sets the "keyword" property.
564+// The search keyboard of the page.
565+//
566+// [class@TabOverview] can search pages by their keywords in addition to their
567+// titles and tooltips.
568+//
569+// Keywords allow to include e.g. page URLs into tab search in a web browser.
570+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyKeyword(value string) {
571+ var v gobject.Value
572+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
573+ v.SetString(value)
574+ x.SetProperty("keyword", &v)
575+}
576+
577+// GetPropertyKeyword gets the "keyword" property.
578+// The search keyboard of the page.
579+//
580+// [class@TabOverview] can search pages by their keywords in addition to their
581+// titles and tooltips.
582+//
583+// Keywords allow to include e.g. page URLs into tab search in a web browser.
584+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyKeyword() string {
585+ var v gobject.Value
586+ x.GetProperty("keyword", &v)
587+ return v.GetString()
588+}
589+
590+// SetPropertyLiveThumbnail sets the "live-thumbnail" property.
591+// Whether to enable live thumbnail for this page.
592+//
593+// When set to `TRUE`, the page's thumbnail in [class@TabOverview] will update
594+// immediately when the page is redrawn or resized.
595+//
596+// If it's set to `FALSE`, the thumbnail will only be live when the page is
597+// selected, and otherwise it will be static and will only update when
598+// [method@TabPage.invalidate_thumbnail] or
599+// [method@TabView.invalidate_thumbnails] is called.
600+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyLiveThumbnail(value bool) {
601+ var v gobject.Value
602+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
603+ v.SetBoolean(value)
604+ x.SetProperty("live-thumbnail", &v)
605+}
606+
607+// GetPropertyLiveThumbnail gets the "live-thumbnail" property.
608+// Whether to enable live thumbnail for this page.
609+//
610+// When set to `TRUE`, the page's thumbnail in [class@TabOverview] will update
611+// immediately when the page is redrawn or resized.
612+//
613+// If it's set to `FALSE`, the thumbnail will only be live when the page is
614+// selected, and otherwise it will be static and will only update when
615+// [method@TabPage.invalidate_thumbnail] or
616+// [method@TabView.invalidate_thumbnails] is called.
617+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyLiveThumbnail() bool {
618+ var v gobject.Value
619+ x.GetProperty("live-thumbnail", &v)
620+ return v.GetBoolean()
621+}
622+
623+// SetPropertyLoading sets the "loading" property.
624+// Whether the page is loading.
625+//
626+// If set to `TRUE`, [class@TabBar] and [class@TabOverview] will display a
627+// spinner in place of icon.
628+//
629+// If the page is pinned and [property@TabPage:indicator-icon] is set,
630+// loading status will not be visible with `AdwTabBar`.
631+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyLoading(value bool) {
632+ var v gobject.Value
633+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
634+ v.SetBoolean(value)
635+ x.SetProperty("loading", &v)
636+}
637+
638+// GetPropertyLoading gets the "loading" property.
639+// Whether the page is loading.
640+//
641+// If set to `TRUE`, [class@TabBar] and [class@TabOverview] will display a
642+// spinner in place of icon.
643+//
644+// If the page is pinned and [property@TabPage:indicator-icon] is set,
645+// loading status will not be visible with `AdwTabBar`.
646+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyLoading() bool {
647+ var v gobject.Value
648+ x.GetProperty("loading", &v)
649+ return v.GetBoolean()
650+}
651+
652+// SetPropertyNeedsAttention sets the "needs-attention" property.
653+// Whether the page needs attention.
654+//
655+// [class@TabBar] will display a line under the tab representing the page if
656+// set to `TRUE`. If the tab is not visible, the corresponding edge of the tab
657+// bar will be highlighted.
658+//
659+// [class@TabOverview] will display a dot in the corner of the thumbnail if set
660+// to `TRUE`.
661+//
662+// [class@TabButton] will display a dot if any of the pages that aren't
663+// selected have this property set to `TRUE`.
664+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyNeedsAttention(value bool) {
665+ var v gobject.Value
666+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
667+ v.SetBoolean(value)
668+ x.SetProperty("needs-attention", &v)
669+}
670+
671+// GetPropertyNeedsAttention gets the "needs-attention" property.
672+// Whether the page needs attention.
673+//
674+// [class@TabBar] will display a line under the tab representing the page if
675+// set to `TRUE`. If the tab is not visible, the corresponding edge of the tab
676+// bar will be highlighted.
677+//
678+// [class@TabOverview] will display a dot in the corner of the thumbnail if set
679+// to `TRUE`.
680+//
681+// [class@TabButton] will display a dot if any of the pages that aren't
682+// selected have this property set to `TRUE`.
683+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyNeedsAttention() bool {
684+ var v gobject.Value
685+ x.GetProperty("needs-attention", &v)
686+ return v.GetBoolean()
687+}
688+
689+// GetPropertyPinned gets the "pinned" property.
690+// Whether the page is pinned.
691+//
692+// See [method@TabView.set_page_pinned].
693+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyPinned() bool {
694+ var v gobject.Value
695+ x.GetProperty("pinned", &v)
696+ return v.GetBoolean()
697+}
698+
699+// GetPropertySelected gets the "selected" property.
700+// Whether the page is selected.
701+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertySelected() bool {
702+ var v gobject.Value
703+ x.GetProperty("selected", &v)
704+ return v.GetBoolean()
705+}
706+
707+// SetPropertyThumbnailXalign sets the "thumbnail-xalign" property.
708+// The horizontal alignment of the page thumbnail.
709+//
710+// If the page is so wide that [class@TabOverview] can't display it completely
711+// and has to crop it, horizontal alignment will determine which part of the
712+// page will be visible.
713+//
714+// For example, 0.5 means the center of the page will be visible, 0 means the
715+// start edge will be visible and 1 means the end edge will be visible.
716+//
717+// The default horizontal alignment is 0.
718+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyThumbnailXalign(value float32) {
719+ var v gobject.Value
720+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
721+ v.SetFloat(value)
722+ x.SetProperty("thumbnail-xalign", &v)
723+}
724+
725+// GetPropertyThumbnailXalign gets the "thumbnail-xalign" property.
726+// The horizontal alignment of the page thumbnail.
727+//
728+// If the page is so wide that [class@TabOverview] can't display it completely
729+// and has to crop it, horizontal alignment will determine which part of the
730+// page will be visible.
731+//
732+// For example, 0.5 means the center of the page will be visible, 0 means the
733+// start edge will be visible and 1 means the end edge will be visible.
734+//
735+// The default horizontal alignment is 0.
736+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyThumbnailXalign() float32 {
737+ var v gobject.Value
738+ x.GetProperty("thumbnail-xalign", &v)
739+ return v.GetFloat()
740+}
741+
742+// SetPropertyThumbnailYalign sets the "thumbnail-yalign" property.
743+// The vertical alignment of the page thumbnail.
744+//
745+// If the page is so tall that [class@TabOverview] can't display it completely
746+// and has to crop it, vertical alignment will determine which part of the
747+// page will be visible.
748+//
749+// For example, 0.5 means the center of the page will be visible, 0 means the
750+// top edge will be visible and 1 means the bottom edge will be visible.
751+//
752+// The default vertical alignment is 0.
753+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyThumbnailYalign(value float32) {
754+ var v gobject.Value
755+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
756+ v.SetFloat(value)
757+ x.SetProperty("thumbnail-yalign", &v)
758+}
759+
760+// GetPropertyThumbnailYalign gets the "thumbnail-yalign" property.
761+// The vertical alignment of the page thumbnail.
762+//
763+// If the page is so tall that [class@TabOverview] can't display it completely
764+// and has to crop it, vertical alignment will determine which part of the
765+// page will be visible.
766+//
767+// For example, 0.5 means the center of the page will be visible, 0 means the
768+// top edge will be visible and 1 means the bottom edge will be visible.
769+//
770+// The default vertical alignment is 0.
771+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyThumbnailYalign() float32 {
772+ var v gobject.Value
773+ x.GetProperty("thumbnail-yalign", &v)
774+ return v.GetFloat()
775+}
776+
777+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
778+// The title of the page.
779+//
780+// [class@TabBar] will display it in the center of the tab unless it's pinned,
781+// and will use it as a tooltip unless [property@TabPage:tooltip] is set.
782+//
783+// [class@TabOverview] will display it below the thumbnail unless it's pinned,
784+// or inside the card otherwise, and will use it as a tooltip unless
785+// [property@TabPage:tooltip] is set.
786+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
787+ var v gobject.Value
788+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
789+ v.SetString(value)
790+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
791+}
792+
793+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
794+// The title of the page.
795+//
796+// [class@TabBar] will display it in the center of the tab unless it's pinned,
797+// and will use it as a tooltip unless [property@TabPage:tooltip] is set.
798+//
799+// [class@TabOverview] will display it below the thumbnail unless it's pinned,
800+// or inside the card otherwise, and will use it as a tooltip unless
801+// [property@TabPage:tooltip] is set.
802+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyTitle() string {
803+ var v gobject.Value
804+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
805+ return v.GetString()
806+}
807+
808+// SetPropertyTooltip sets the "tooltip" property.
809+// The tooltip of the page.
810+//
811+// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
812+//
813+// If not set, [class@TabBar] and [class@TabOverview] will use
814+// [property@TabPage:title] as a tooltip instead.
815+func (x *TabPage) SetPropertyTooltip(value string) {
816+ var v gobject.Value
817+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
818+ v.SetString(value)
819+ x.SetProperty("tooltip", &v)
820+}
821+
822+// GetPropertyTooltip gets the "tooltip" property.
823+// The tooltip of the page.
824+//
825+// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
826+//
827+// If not set, [class@TabBar] and [class@TabOverview] will use
828+// [property@TabPage:title] as a tooltip instead.
829+func (x *TabPage) GetPropertyTooltip() string {
830+ var v gobject.Value
831+ x.GetProperty("tooltip", &v)
832+ return v.GetString()
833+}
834+
511835 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
512836 //
513837 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -565,7 +889,7 @@ func (x *TabPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
565889 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
566890 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
567891 // child widget.
568-func (x *TabPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
892+func (x *TabPage) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
569893
570894 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
571895 return cret
@@ -1437,6 +1761,38 @@ func (c *TabView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
14371761 c.Ptr = ptr
14381762 }
14391763
1764+// GetPropertyIsTransferringPage gets the "is-transferring-page" property.
1765+// Whether a page is being transferred.
1766+//
1767+// This property will be set to `TRUE` when a drag-n-drop tab transfer starts
1768+// on any `AdwTabView`, and to `FALSE` after it ends.
1769+//
1770+// During the transfer, children cannot receive pointer input and a tab can
1771+// be safely dropped on the tab view.
1772+func (x *TabView) GetPropertyIsTransferringPage() bool {
1773+ var v gobject.Value
1774+ x.GetProperty("is-transferring-page", &v)
1775+ return v.GetBoolean()
1776+}
1777+
1778+// GetPropertyNPages gets the "n-pages" property.
1779+// The number of pages in the tab view.
1780+func (x *TabView) GetPropertyNPages() int {
1781+ var v gobject.Value
1782+ x.GetProperty("n-pages", &v)
1783+ return v.GetInt()
1784+}
1785+
1786+// GetPropertyNPinnedPages gets the "n-pinned-pages" property.
1787+// The number of pinned pages in the tab view.
1788+//
1789+// See [method@TabView.set_page_pinned].
1790+func (x *TabView) GetPropertyNPinnedPages() int {
1791+ var v gobject.Value
1792+ x.GetProperty("n-pinned-pages", &v)
1793+ return v.GetInt()
1794+}
1795+
14401796 // Emitted after [method@TabView.close_page] has been called for @page.
14411797 //
14421798 // The handler is expected to call [method@TabView.close_page_finish] to
@@ -1690,7 +2046,7 @@ func (x *TabView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
16902046 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
16912047 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
16922048 // child widget.
1693-func (x *TabView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
2049+func (x *TabView) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
16942050
16952051 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
16962052 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-timed-animation.go +140 -0
@@ -225,6 +225,146 @@ func (c *TimedAnimation) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
225225 c.Ptr = ptr
226226 }
227227
228+// SetPropertyAlternate sets the "alternate" property.
229+// Whether the animation changes direction on every iteration.
230+func (x *TimedAnimation) SetPropertyAlternate(value bool) {
231+ var v gobject.Value
232+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
233+ v.SetBoolean(value)
234+ x.SetProperty("alternate", &v)
235+}
236+
237+// GetPropertyAlternate gets the "alternate" property.
238+// Whether the animation changes direction on every iteration.
239+func (x *TimedAnimation) GetPropertyAlternate() bool {
240+ var v gobject.Value
241+ x.GetProperty("alternate", &v)
242+ return v.GetBoolean()
243+}
244+
245+// SetPropertyDuration sets the "duration" property.
246+// Duration of the animation, in milliseconds.
247+//
248+// Describes how much time the animation will take.
249+//
250+// If the animation repeats more than once, describes the duration of one
251+// iteration.
252+func (x *TimedAnimation) SetPropertyDuration(value uint) {
253+ var v gobject.Value
254+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
255+ v.SetUint(value)
256+ x.SetProperty("duration", &v)
257+}
258+
259+// GetPropertyDuration gets the "duration" property.
260+// Duration of the animation, in milliseconds.
261+//
262+// Describes how much time the animation will take.
263+//
264+// If the animation repeats more than once, describes the duration of one
265+// iteration.
266+func (x *TimedAnimation) GetPropertyDuration() uint {
267+ var v gobject.Value
268+ x.GetProperty("duration", &v)
269+ return v.GetUint()
270+}
271+
272+// SetPropertyRepeatCount sets the "repeat-count" property.
273+// Number of times the animation will play.
274+//
275+// If set to 0, the animation will repeat endlessly.
276+func (x *TimedAnimation) SetPropertyRepeatCount(value uint) {
277+ var v gobject.Value
278+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
279+ v.SetUint(value)
280+ x.SetProperty("repeat-count", &v)
281+}
282+
283+// GetPropertyRepeatCount gets the "repeat-count" property.
284+// Number of times the animation will play.
285+//
286+// If set to 0, the animation will repeat endlessly.
287+func (x *TimedAnimation) GetPropertyRepeatCount() uint {
288+ var v gobject.Value
289+ x.GetProperty("repeat-count", &v)
290+ return v.GetUint()
291+}
292+
293+// SetPropertyReverse sets the "reverse" property.
294+// Whether the animation plays backwards.
295+func (x *TimedAnimation) SetPropertyReverse(value bool) {
296+ var v gobject.Value
297+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
298+ v.SetBoolean(value)
299+ x.SetProperty("reverse", &v)
300+}
301+
302+// GetPropertyReverse gets the "reverse" property.
303+// Whether the animation plays backwards.
304+func (x *TimedAnimation) GetPropertyReverse() bool {
305+ var v gobject.Value
306+ x.GetProperty("reverse", &v)
307+ return v.GetBoolean()
308+}
309+
310+// SetPropertyValueFrom sets the "value-from" property.
311+// The value to animate from.
312+//
313+// The animation will start at this value and end at
314+// [property@TimedAnimation:value-to].
315+//
316+// If [property@TimedAnimation:reverse] is `TRUE`, the animation will end at
317+// this value instead.
318+func (x *TimedAnimation) SetPropertyValueFrom(value float64) {
319+ var v gobject.Value
320+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
321+ v.SetDouble(value)
322+ x.SetProperty("value-from", &v)
323+}
324+
325+// GetPropertyValueFrom gets the "value-from" property.
326+// The value to animate from.
327+//
328+// The animation will start at this value and end at
329+// [property@TimedAnimation:value-to].
330+//
331+// If [property@TimedAnimation:reverse] is `TRUE`, the animation will end at
332+// this value instead.
333+func (x *TimedAnimation) GetPropertyValueFrom() float64 {
334+ var v gobject.Value
335+ x.GetProperty("value-from", &v)
336+ return v.GetDouble()
337+}
338+
339+// SetPropertyValueTo sets the "value-to" property.
340+// The value to animate to.
341+//
342+// The animation will start at [property@TimedAnimation:value-from] and end at
343+// this value.
344+//
345+// If [property@TimedAnimation:reverse] is `TRUE`, the animation will start
346+// at this value instead.
347+func (x *TimedAnimation) SetPropertyValueTo(value float64) {
348+ var v gobject.Value
349+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
350+ v.SetDouble(value)
351+ x.SetProperty("value-to", &v)
352+}
353+
354+// GetPropertyValueTo gets the "value-to" property.
355+// The value to animate to.
356+//
357+// The animation will start at [property@TimedAnimation:value-from] and end at
358+// this value.
359+//
360+// If [property@TimedAnimation:reverse] is `TRUE`, the animation will start
361+// at this value instead.
362+func (x *TimedAnimation) GetPropertyValueTo() float64 {
363+ var v gobject.Value
364+ x.GetProperty("value-to", &v)
365+ return v.GetDouble()
366+}
367+
228368 func init() {
229369 core.SetPackageName("ADW", "libadwaita-1")
230370 core.SetSharedLibraries("ADW", []string{"libadwaita-1.so.0"})
M v4/adw/adw-toast-overlay.go +1 -1
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ func (x *ToastOverlay) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
224224 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
225225 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
226226 // child widget.
227-func (x *ToastOverlay) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
227+func (x *ToastOverlay) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
228228
229229 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
230230 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-toast.go +150 -0
@@ -479,6 +479,156 @@ func (c *Toast) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
479479 c.Ptr = ptr
480480 }
481481
482+// SetPropertyActionName sets the "action-name" property.
483+// The name of the associated action.
484+//
485+// It will be activated when clicking the button.
486+//
487+// See [property@Toast:action-target].
488+func (x *Toast) SetPropertyActionName(value string) {
489+ var v gobject.Value
490+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
491+ v.SetString(value)
492+ x.SetProperty("action-name", &v)
493+}
494+
495+// GetPropertyActionName gets the "action-name" property.
496+// The name of the associated action.
497+//
498+// It will be activated when clicking the button.
499+//
500+// See [property@Toast:action-target].
501+func (x *Toast) GetPropertyActionName() string {
502+ var v gobject.Value
503+ x.GetProperty("action-name", &v)
504+ return v.GetString()
505+}
506+
507+// SetPropertyActionTarget sets the "action-target" property.
508+// The parameter for action invocations.
509+func (x *Toast) SetPropertyActionTarget(value uintptr) {
510+ var v gobject.Value
511+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
512+ v.SetPointer(value)
513+ x.SetProperty("action-target", &v)
514+}
515+
516+// GetPropertyActionTarget gets the "action-target" property.
517+// The parameter for action invocations.
518+func (x *Toast) GetPropertyActionTarget() uintptr {
519+ var v gobject.Value
520+ x.GetProperty("action-target", &v)
521+ return v.GetPointer()
522+}
523+
524+// SetPropertyButtonLabel sets the "button-label" property.
525+// The label to show on the button.
526+//
527+// Underlines in the button text can be used to indicate a mnemonic.
528+//
529+// If set to `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
530+//
531+// See [property@Toast:action-name].
532+func (x *Toast) SetPropertyButtonLabel(value string) {
533+ var v gobject.Value
534+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
535+ v.SetString(value)
536+ x.SetProperty("button-label", &v)
537+}
538+
539+// GetPropertyButtonLabel gets the "button-label" property.
540+// The label to show on the button.
541+//
542+// Underlines in the button text can be used to indicate a mnemonic.
543+//
544+// If set to `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
545+//
546+// See [property@Toast:action-name].
547+func (x *Toast) GetPropertyButtonLabel() string {
548+ var v gobject.Value
549+ x.GetProperty("button-label", &v)
550+ return v.GetString()
551+}
552+
553+// SetPropertyTimeout sets the "timeout" property.
554+// The timeout of the toast, in seconds.
555+//
556+// If timeout is 0, the toast is displayed indefinitely until manually
557+// dismissed.
558+//
559+// Toasts cannot disappear while being hovered, pressed (on touchscreen), or
560+// have keyboard focus inside them.
561+func (x *Toast) SetPropertyTimeout(value uint) {
562+ var v gobject.Value
563+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
564+ v.SetUint(value)
565+ x.SetProperty("timeout", &v)
566+}
567+
568+// GetPropertyTimeout gets the "timeout" property.
569+// The timeout of the toast, in seconds.
570+//
571+// If timeout is 0, the toast is displayed indefinitely until manually
572+// dismissed.
573+//
574+// Toasts cannot disappear while being hovered, pressed (on touchscreen), or
575+// have keyboard focus inside them.
576+func (x *Toast) GetPropertyTimeout() uint {
577+ var v gobject.Value
578+ x.GetProperty("timeout", &v)
579+ return v.GetUint()
580+}
581+
582+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
583+// The title of the toast.
584+//
585+// The title can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
586+//
587+// Setting a title will unset [property@Toast:custom-title].
588+//
589+// If [property@Toast:custom-title] is set, it will be used instead.
590+func (x *Toast) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
591+ var v gobject.Value
592+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
593+ v.SetString(value)
594+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
595+}
596+
597+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
598+// The title of the toast.
599+//
600+// The title can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
601+//
602+// Setting a title will unset [property@Toast:custom-title].
603+//
604+// If [property@Toast:custom-title] is set, it will be used instead.
605+func (x *Toast) GetPropertyTitle() string {
606+ var v gobject.Value
607+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
608+ return v.GetString()
609+}
610+
611+// SetPropertyUseMarkup sets the "use-markup" property.
612+// Whether to use Pango markup for the toast title.
613+//
614+// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
615+func (x *Toast) SetPropertyUseMarkup(value bool) {
616+ var v gobject.Value
617+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
618+ v.SetBoolean(value)
619+ x.SetProperty("use-markup", &v)
620+}
621+
622+// GetPropertyUseMarkup gets the "use-markup" property.
623+// Whether to use Pango markup for the toast title.
624+//
625+// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
626+func (x *Toast) GetPropertyUseMarkup() bool {
627+ var v gobject.Value
628+ x.GetProperty("use-markup", &v)
629+ return v.GetBoolean()
630+}
631+
482632 // Emitted after the button has been clicked.
483633 //
484634 // It can be used as an alternative to setting an action.
M v4/adw/adw-toggle-group.go +239 -1
@@ -243,6 +243,138 @@ func (c *Toggle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
243243 c.Ptr = ptr
244244 }
245245
246+// SetPropertyEnabled sets the "enabled" property.
247+// Whether this toggle is enabled.
248+func (x *Toggle) SetPropertyEnabled(value bool) {
249+ var v gobject.Value
250+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
251+ v.SetBoolean(value)
252+ x.SetProperty("enabled", &v)
253+}
254+
255+// GetPropertyEnabled gets the "enabled" property.
256+// Whether this toggle is enabled.
257+func (x *Toggle) GetPropertyEnabled() bool {
258+ var v gobject.Value
259+ x.GetProperty("enabled", &v)
260+ return v.GetBoolean()
261+}
262+
263+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
264+// The toggle icon name.
265+//
266+// The icon will be displayed alone or next to the label, unless
267+// [property@Toggle:child] is set.
268+func (x *Toggle) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
269+ var v gobject.Value
270+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
271+ v.SetString(value)
272+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
273+}
274+
275+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
276+// The toggle icon name.
277+//
278+// The icon will be displayed alone or next to the label, unless
279+// [property@Toggle:child] is set.
280+func (x *Toggle) GetPropertyIconName() string {
281+ var v gobject.Value
282+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
283+ return v.GetString()
284+}
285+
286+// SetPropertyLabel sets the "label" property.
287+// The toggle label.
288+//
289+// The label will be displayed alone or next to the icon, unless
290+// [property@Toggle:child] is set, but will still be read out by the screen
291+// reader.
292+func (x *Toggle) SetPropertyLabel(value string) {
293+ var v gobject.Value
294+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
295+ v.SetString(value)
296+ x.SetProperty("label", &v)
297+}
298+
299+// GetPropertyLabel gets the "label" property.
300+// The toggle label.
301+//
302+// The label will be displayed alone or next to the icon, unless
303+// [property@Toggle:child] is set, but will still be read out by the screen
304+// reader.
305+func (x *Toggle) GetPropertyLabel() string {
306+ var v gobject.Value
307+ x.GetProperty("label", &v)
308+ return v.GetString()
309+}
310+
311+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
312+// The toggle name.
313+//
314+// Allows accessing the toggle by its name instead of index.
315+//
316+// See [property@ToggleGroup:active-name].
317+func (x *Toggle) SetPropertyName(value string) {
318+ var v gobject.Value
319+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
320+ v.SetString(value)
321+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
322+}
323+
324+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
325+// The toggle name.
326+//
327+// Allows accessing the toggle by its name instead of index.
328+//
329+// See [property@ToggleGroup:active-name].
330+func (x *Toggle) GetPropertyName() string {
331+ var v gobject.Value
332+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
333+ return v.GetString()
334+}
335+
336+// SetPropertyTooltip sets the "tooltip" property.
337+// The tooltip of the toggle.
338+//
339+// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
340+func (x *Toggle) SetPropertyTooltip(value string) {
341+ var v gobject.Value
342+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
343+ v.SetString(value)
344+ x.SetProperty("tooltip", &v)
345+}
346+
347+// GetPropertyTooltip gets the "tooltip" property.
348+// The tooltip of the toggle.
349+//
350+// The tooltip can be marked up with the Pango text markup language.
351+func (x *Toggle) GetPropertyTooltip() string {
352+ var v gobject.Value
353+ x.GetProperty("tooltip", &v)
354+ return v.GetString()
355+}
356+
357+// SetPropertyUseUnderline sets the "use-underline" property.
358+// Whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a mnemonic.
359+//
360+// See [property@Toggle:label].
361+func (x *Toggle) SetPropertyUseUnderline(value bool) {
362+ var v gobject.Value
363+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
364+ v.SetBoolean(value)
365+ x.SetProperty("use-underline", &v)
366+}
367+
368+// GetPropertyUseUnderline gets the "use-underline" property.
369+// Whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a mnemonic.
370+//
371+// See [property@Toggle:label].
372+func (x *Toggle) GetPropertyUseUnderline() bool {
373+ var v gobject.Value
374+ x.GetProperty("use-underline", &v)
375+ return v.GetBoolean()
376+}
377+
246378 // A group of exclusive toggles.
247379 //
248380 // <picture>
@@ -574,6 +706,112 @@ func (c *ToggleGroup) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
574706 c.Ptr = ptr
575707 }
576708
709+// SetPropertyActive sets the "active" property.
710+// The index of the active toggle.
711+//
712+// Setting the index to a larger value than the number of toggles in the group
713+// unsets the current active toggle.
714+//
715+// If no toggle is active, the property will be set to
716+// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION].
717+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetPropertyActive(value uint) {
718+ var v gobject.Value
719+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
720+ v.SetUint(value)
721+ x.SetProperty("active", &v)
722+}
723+
724+// GetPropertyActive gets the "active" property.
725+// The index of the active toggle.
726+//
727+// Setting the index to a larger value than the number of toggles in the group
728+// unsets the current active toggle.
729+//
730+// If no toggle is active, the property will be set to
731+// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION].
732+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetPropertyActive() uint {
733+ var v gobject.Value
734+ x.GetProperty("active", &v)
735+ return v.GetUint()
736+}
737+
738+// SetPropertyActiveName sets the "active-name" property.
739+// The name of the active toggle.
740+//
741+// The name can be set via [property@Toggle:name]. If the currently active
742+// toggle doesn't have a name, the property will be set to `NULL`.
743+//
744+// Set it to `NULL` to unset the current active toggle.
745+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetPropertyActiveName(value string) {
746+ var v gobject.Value
747+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
748+ v.SetString(value)
749+ x.SetProperty("active-name", &v)
750+}
751+
752+// GetPropertyActiveName gets the "active-name" property.
753+// The name of the active toggle.
754+//
755+// The name can be set via [property@Toggle:name]. If the currently active
756+// toggle doesn't have a name, the property will be set to `NULL`.
757+//
758+// Set it to `NULL` to unset the current active toggle.
759+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetPropertyActiveName() string {
760+ var v gobject.Value
761+ x.GetProperty("active-name", &v)
762+ return v.GetString()
763+}
764+
765+// SetPropertyCanShrink sets the "can-shrink" property.
766+// Whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their contents.
767+//
768+// If set to `TRUE`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
769+//
770+// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
771+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetPropertyCanShrink(value bool) {
772+ var v gobject.Value
773+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
774+ v.SetBoolean(value)
775+ x.SetProperty("can-shrink", &v)
776+}
777+
778+// GetPropertyCanShrink gets the "can-shrink" property.
779+// Whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their contents.
780+//
781+// If set to `TRUE`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
782+//
783+// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
784+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetPropertyCanShrink() bool {
785+ var v gobject.Value
786+ x.GetProperty("can-shrink", &v)
787+ return v.GetBoolean()
788+}
789+
790+// SetPropertyHomogeneous sets the "homogeneous" property.
791+// Whether all toggles take the same size.
792+func (x *ToggleGroup) SetPropertyHomogeneous(value bool) {
793+ var v gobject.Value
794+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
795+ v.SetBoolean(value)
796+ x.SetProperty("homogeneous", &v)
797+}
798+
799+// GetPropertyHomogeneous gets the "homogeneous" property.
800+// Whether all toggles take the same size.
801+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetPropertyHomogeneous() bool {
802+ var v gobject.Value
803+ x.GetProperty("homogeneous", &v)
804+ return v.GetBoolean()
805+}
806+
807+// GetPropertyNToggles gets the "n-toggles" property.
808+// The number of toggles within the group.
809+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetPropertyNToggles() uint {
810+ var v gobject.Value
811+ x.GetProperty("n-toggles", &v)
812+ return v.GetUint()
813+}
814+
577815 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
578816 //
579817 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -631,7 +869,7 @@ func (x *ToggleGroup) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
631869 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
632870 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
633871 // child widget.
634-func (x *ToggleGroup) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
872+func (x *ToggleGroup) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
635873
636874 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
637875 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-toolbar-view.go +149 -1
@@ -505,6 +505,154 @@ func (c *ToolbarView) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
505505 c.Ptr = ptr
506506 }
507507
508+// GetPropertyBottomBarHeight gets the "bottom-bar-height" property.
509+// The current bottom bar height.
510+//
511+// Bottom bar height does change depending on
512+// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars], including during the transition.
513+//
514+// See [property@ToolbarView:top-bar-height].
515+func (x *ToolbarView) GetPropertyBottomBarHeight() int {
516+ var v gobject.Value
517+ x.GetProperty("bottom-bar-height", &v)
518+ return v.GetInt()
519+}
520+
521+// SetPropertyExtendContentToBottomEdge sets the "extend-content-to-bottom-edge" property.
522+// Whether the content widget can extend behind bottom bars.
523+//
524+// This can be used in combination with
525+// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars] to show and hide toolbars in
526+// fullscreen.
527+//
528+// See [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge].
529+func (x *ToolbarView) SetPropertyExtendContentToBottomEdge(value bool) {
530+ var v gobject.Value
531+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
532+ v.SetBoolean(value)
533+ x.SetProperty("extend-content-to-bottom-edge", &v)
534+}
535+
536+// GetPropertyExtendContentToBottomEdge gets the "extend-content-to-bottom-edge" property.
537+// Whether the content widget can extend behind bottom bars.
538+//
539+// This can be used in combination with
540+// [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars] to show and hide toolbars in
541+// fullscreen.
542+//
543+// See [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge].
544+func (x *ToolbarView) GetPropertyExtendContentToBottomEdge() bool {
545+ var v gobject.Value
546+ x.GetProperty("extend-content-to-bottom-edge", &v)
547+ return v.GetBoolean()
548+}
549+
550+// SetPropertyExtendContentToTopEdge sets the "extend-content-to-top-edge" property.
551+// Whether the content widget can extend behind top bars.
552+//
553+// This can be used in combination with [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars]
554+// to show and hide toolbars in fullscreen.
555+//
556+// See [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge].
557+func (x *ToolbarView) SetPropertyExtendContentToTopEdge(value bool) {
558+ var v gobject.Value
559+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
560+ v.SetBoolean(value)
561+ x.SetProperty("extend-content-to-top-edge", &v)
562+}
563+
564+// GetPropertyExtendContentToTopEdge gets the "extend-content-to-top-edge" property.
565+// Whether the content widget can extend behind top bars.
566+//
567+// This can be used in combination with [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars]
568+// to show and hide toolbars in fullscreen.
569+//
570+// See [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge].
571+func (x *ToolbarView) GetPropertyExtendContentToTopEdge() bool {
572+ var v gobject.Value
573+ x.GetProperty("extend-content-to-top-edge", &v)
574+ return v.GetBoolean()
575+}
576+
577+// SetPropertyRevealBottomBars sets the "reveal-bottom-bars" property.
578+// Whether bottom bars are visible.
579+//
580+// The transition will be animated.
581+//
582+// This can be used in combination with
583+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge] to show and hide
584+// toolbars in fullscreen.
585+//
586+// See [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars].
587+func (x *ToolbarView) SetPropertyRevealBottomBars(value bool) {
588+ var v gobject.Value
589+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
590+ v.SetBoolean(value)
591+ x.SetProperty("reveal-bottom-bars", &v)
592+}
593+
594+// GetPropertyRevealBottomBars gets the "reveal-bottom-bars" property.
595+// Whether bottom bars are visible.
596+//
597+// The transition will be animated.
598+//
599+// This can be used in combination with
600+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-bottom-edge] to show and hide
601+// toolbars in fullscreen.
602+//
603+// See [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars].
604+func (x *ToolbarView) GetPropertyRevealBottomBars() bool {
605+ var v gobject.Value
606+ x.GetProperty("reveal-bottom-bars", &v)
607+ return v.GetBoolean()
608+}
609+
610+// SetPropertyRevealTopBars sets the "reveal-top-bars" property.
611+// Whether top bars are revealed.
612+//
613+// The transition will be animated.
614+//
615+// This can be used in combination with
616+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge] to show and hide toolbars
617+// in fullscreen.
618+//
619+// See [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars].
620+func (x *ToolbarView) SetPropertyRevealTopBars(value bool) {
621+ var v gobject.Value
622+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
623+ v.SetBoolean(value)
624+ x.SetProperty("reveal-top-bars", &v)
625+}
626+
627+// GetPropertyRevealTopBars gets the "reveal-top-bars" property.
628+// Whether top bars are revealed.
629+//
630+// The transition will be animated.
631+//
632+// This can be used in combination with
633+// [property@ToolbarView:extend-content-to-top-edge] to show and hide toolbars
634+// in fullscreen.
635+//
636+// See [property@ToolbarView:reveal-bottom-bars].
637+func (x *ToolbarView) GetPropertyRevealTopBars() bool {
638+ var v gobject.Value
639+ x.GetProperty("reveal-top-bars", &v)
640+ return v.GetBoolean()
641+}
642+
643+// GetPropertyTopBarHeight gets the "top-bar-height" property.
644+// The current top bar height.
645+//
646+// Top bar height does change depending [property@ToolbarView:reveal-top-bars],
647+// including during the transition.
648+//
649+// See [property@ToolbarView:bottom-bar-height].
650+func (x *ToolbarView) GetPropertyTopBarHeight() int {
651+ var v gobject.Value
652+ x.GetProperty("top-bar-height", &v)
653+ return v.GetInt()
654+}
655+
508656 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
509657 //
510658 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -562,7 +710,7 @@ func (x *ToolbarView) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
562710 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
563711 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
564712 // child widget.
565-func (x *ToolbarView) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
713+func (x *ToolbarView) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
566714
567715 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
568716 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-view-stack.go +278 -2
@@ -433,6 +433,143 @@ func (c *ViewStack) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
433433 c.Ptr = ptr
434434 }
435435
436+// SetPropertyEnableTransitions sets the "enable-transitions" property.
437+// Whether the stack uses a crossfade transition between pages.
438+//
439+// Use [property@ViewStack:transition-duration] to control the duration, and
440+// [property@ViewStack:transition-running] to know when the transition is
441+// running.
442+func (x *ViewStack) SetPropertyEnableTransitions(value bool) {
443+ var v gobject.Value
444+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
445+ v.SetBoolean(value)
446+ x.SetProperty("enable-transitions", &v)
447+}
448+
449+// GetPropertyEnableTransitions gets the "enable-transitions" property.
450+// Whether the stack uses a crossfade transition between pages.
451+//
452+// Use [property@ViewStack:transition-duration] to control the duration, and
453+// [property@ViewStack:transition-running] to know when the transition is
454+// running.
455+func (x *ViewStack) GetPropertyEnableTransitions() bool {
456+ var v gobject.Value
457+ x.GetProperty("enable-transitions", &v)
458+ return v.GetBoolean()
459+}
460+
461+// SetPropertyHhomogeneous sets the "hhomogeneous" property.
462+// Whether the stack is horizontally homogeneous.
463+//
464+// If the stack is horizontally homogeneous, it allocates the same width for
465+// all children.
466+//
467+// If it's `FALSE`, the stack may change width when a different child becomes
468+// visible.
469+func (x *ViewStack) SetPropertyHhomogeneous(value bool) {
470+ var v gobject.Value
471+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
472+ v.SetBoolean(value)
473+ x.SetProperty("hhomogeneous", &v)
474+}
475+
476+// GetPropertyHhomogeneous gets the "hhomogeneous" property.
477+// Whether the stack is horizontally homogeneous.
478+//
479+// If the stack is horizontally homogeneous, it allocates the same width for
480+// all children.
481+//
482+// If it's `FALSE`, the stack may change width when a different child becomes
483+// visible.
484+func (x *ViewStack) GetPropertyHhomogeneous() bool {
485+ var v gobject.Value
486+ x.GetProperty("hhomogeneous", &v)
487+ return v.GetBoolean()
488+}
489+
490+// SetPropertyTransitionDuration sets the "transition-duration" property.
491+// The transition animation duration, in milliseconds.
492+//
493+// Only used when [property@ViewStack:enable-transitions] is set to `TRUE`.
494+func (x *ViewStack) SetPropertyTransitionDuration(value uint) {
495+ var v gobject.Value
496+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
497+ v.SetUint(value)
498+ x.SetProperty("transition-duration", &v)
499+}
500+
501+// GetPropertyTransitionDuration gets the "transition-duration" property.
502+// The transition animation duration, in milliseconds.
503+//
504+// Only used when [property@ViewStack:enable-transitions] is set to `TRUE`.
505+func (x *ViewStack) GetPropertyTransitionDuration() uint {
506+ var v gobject.Value
507+ x.GetProperty("transition-duration", &v)
508+ return v.GetUint()
509+}
510+
511+// GetPropertyTransitionRunning gets the "transition-running" property.
512+// Whether a transition is currently running.
513+//
514+// If a transition is impossible, the property value will be set to `TRUE` and
515+// then immediately to `FALSE`, so it's possible to rely on its notifications
516+// to know that a transition has happened.
517+func (x *ViewStack) GetPropertyTransitionRunning() bool {
518+ var v gobject.Value
519+ x.GetProperty("transition-running", &v)
520+ return v.GetBoolean()
521+}
522+
523+// SetPropertyVhomogeneous sets the "vhomogeneous" property.
524+// Whether the stack is vertically homogeneous.
525+//
526+// If the stack is vertically homogeneous, it allocates the same height for
527+// all children.
528+//
529+// If it's `FALSE`, the stack may change height when a different child becomes
530+// visible.
531+func (x *ViewStack) SetPropertyVhomogeneous(value bool) {
532+ var v gobject.Value
533+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
534+ v.SetBoolean(value)
535+ x.SetProperty("vhomogeneous", &v)
536+}
537+
538+// GetPropertyVhomogeneous gets the "vhomogeneous" property.
539+// Whether the stack is vertically homogeneous.
540+//
541+// If the stack is vertically homogeneous, it allocates the same height for
542+// all children.
543+//
544+// If it's `FALSE`, the stack may change height when a different child becomes
545+// visible.
546+func (x *ViewStack) GetPropertyVhomogeneous() bool {
547+ var v gobject.Value
548+ x.GetProperty("vhomogeneous", &v)
549+ return v.GetBoolean()
550+}
551+
552+// SetPropertyVisibleChildName sets the "visible-child-name" property.
553+// The name of the widget currently visible in the stack.
554+//
555+// See [property@ViewStack:visible-child].
556+func (x *ViewStack) SetPropertyVisibleChildName(value string) {
557+ var v gobject.Value
558+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
559+ v.SetString(value)
560+ x.SetProperty("visible-child-name", &v)
561+}
562+
563+// GetPropertyVisibleChildName gets the "visible-child-name" property.
564+// The name of the widget currently visible in the stack.
565+//
566+// See [property@ViewStack:visible-child].
567+func (x *ViewStack) GetPropertyVisibleChildName() string {
568+ var v gobject.Value
569+ x.GetProperty("visible-child-name", &v)
570+ return v.GetString()
571+}
572+
436573 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
437574 //
438575 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -490,7 +627,7 @@ func (x *ViewStack) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
490627 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
491628 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
492629 // child widget.
493-func (x *ViewStack) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
630+func (x *ViewStack) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
494631
495632 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
496633 return cret
@@ -895,6 +1032,145 @@ func (c *ViewStackPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
8951032 c.Ptr = ptr
8961033 }
8971034
1035+// SetPropertyBadgeNumber sets the "badge-number" property.
1036+// The badge number for this page.
1037+//
1038+// [class@ViewSwitcher] can display it as a badge next to the page icon. It is
1039+// commonly used to display a number of unread items within the page.
1040+//
1041+// It can be used together with [property@ViewStack{age}:needs-attention].
1042+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetPropertyBadgeNumber(value uint) {
1043+ var v gobject.Value
1044+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
1045+ v.SetUint(value)
1046+ x.SetProperty("badge-number", &v)
1047+}
1048+
1049+// GetPropertyBadgeNumber gets the "badge-number" property.
1050+// The badge number for this page.
1051+//
1052+// [class@ViewSwitcher] can display it as a badge next to the page icon. It is
1053+// commonly used to display a number of unread items within the page.
1054+//
1055+// It can be used together with [property@ViewStack{age}:needs-attention].
1056+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPropertyBadgeNumber() uint {
1057+ var v gobject.Value
1058+ x.GetProperty("badge-number", &v)
1059+ return v.GetUint()
1060+}
1061+
1062+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
1063+// The icon name of the child page.
1064+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
1065+ var v gobject.Value
1066+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1067+ v.SetString(value)
1068+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
1069+}
1070+
1071+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
1072+// The icon name of the child page.
1073+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPropertyIconName() string {
1074+ var v gobject.Value
1075+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
1076+ return v.GetString()
1077+}
1078+
1079+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
1080+// The name of the child page.
1081+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetPropertyName(value string) {
1082+ var v gobject.Value
1083+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1084+ v.SetString(value)
1085+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
1086+}
1087+
1088+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
1089+// The name of the child page.
1090+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPropertyName() string {
1091+ var v gobject.Value
1092+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
1093+ return v.GetString()
1094+}
1095+
1096+// SetPropertyNeedsAttention sets the "needs-attention" property.
1097+// Whether the page requires the user attention.
1098+//
1099+// [class@ViewSwitcher] will display it as a dot next to the page icon.
1100+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetPropertyNeedsAttention(value bool) {
1101+ var v gobject.Value
1102+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1103+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1104+ x.SetProperty("needs-attention", &v)
1105+}
1106+
1107+// GetPropertyNeedsAttention gets the "needs-attention" property.
1108+// Whether the page requires the user attention.
1109+//
1110+// [class@ViewSwitcher] will display it as a dot next to the page icon.
1111+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPropertyNeedsAttention() bool {
1112+ var v gobject.Value
1113+ x.GetProperty("needs-attention", &v)
1114+ return v.GetBoolean()
1115+}
1116+
1117+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
1118+// The title of the child page.
1119+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
1120+ var v gobject.Value
1121+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1122+ v.SetString(value)
1123+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
1124+}
1125+
1126+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
1127+// The title of the child page.
1128+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPropertyTitle() string {
1129+ var v gobject.Value
1130+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
1131+ return v.GetString()
1132+}
1133+
1134+// SetPropertyUseUnderline sets the "use-underline" property.
1135+// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
1136+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetPropertyUseUnderline(value bool) {
1137+ var v gobject.Value
1138+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1139+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1140+ x.SetProperty("use-underline", &v)
1141+}
1142+
1143+// GetPropertyUseUnderline gets the "use-underline" property.
1144+// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
1145+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPropertyUseUnderline() bool {
1146+ var v gobject.Value
1147+ x.GetProperty("use-underline", &v)
1148+ return v.GetBoolean()
1149+}
1150+
1151+// SetPropertyVisible sets the "visible" property.
1152+// Whether this page is visible.
1153+//
1154+// This is independent from the [property@Gtk.Widget:visible] property of
1155+// [property@ViewStackPage:child].
1156+func (x *ViewStackPage) SetPropertyVisible(value bool) {
1157+ var v gobject.Value
1158+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1159+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1160+ x.SetProperty("visible", &v)
1161+}
1162+
1163+// GetPropertyVisible gets the "visible" property.
1164+// Whether this page is visible.
1165+//
1166+// This is independent from the [property@Gtk.Widget:visible] property of
1167+// [property@ViewStackPage:child].
1168+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetPropertyVisible() bool {
1169+ var v gobject.Value
1170+ x.GetProperty("visible", &v)
1171+ return v.GetBoolean()
1172+}
1173+
8981174 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
8991175 //
9001176 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -952,7 +1228,7 @@ func (x *ViewStackPage) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
9521228 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
9531229 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
9541230 // child widget.
955-func (x *ViewStackPage) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1231+func (x *ViewStackPage) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
9561232
9571233 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
9581234 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-bar.go +18 -1
@@ -173,6 +173,23 @@ func (c *ViewSwitcherBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
173173 c.Ptr = ptr
174174 }
175175
176+// SetPropertyReveal sets the "reveal" property.
177+// Whether the bar should be revealed or hidden.
178+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) SetPropertyReveal(value bool) {
179+ var v gobject.Value
180+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
181+ v.SetBoolean(value)
182+ x.SetProperty("reveal", &v)
183+}
184+
185+// GetPropertyReveal gets the "reveal" property.
186+// Whether the bar should be revealed or hidden.
187+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetPropertyReveal() bool {
188+ var v gobject.Value
189+ x.GetProperty("reveal", &v)
190+ return v.GetBoolean()
191+}
192+
176193 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
177194 //
178195 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -230,7 +247,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
230247 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
231248 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
232249 // child widget.
233-func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
250+func (x *ViewSwitcherBar) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
234251
235252 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
236253 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher-title.go +87 -1
@@ -233,6 +233,92 @@ func (c *ViewSwitcherTitle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
233233 c.Ptr = ptr
234234 }
235235
236+// SetPropertySubtitle sets the "subtitle" property.
237+// The subtitle to display.
238+//
239+// The subtitle should give the user additional details.
240+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) SetPropertySubtitle(value string) {
241+ var v gobject.Value
242+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
243+ v.SetString(value)
244+ x.SetProperty("subtitle", &v)
245+}
246+
247+// GetPropertySubtitle gets the "subtitle" property.
248+// The subtitle to display.
249+//
250+// The subtitle should give the user additional details.
251+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetPropertySubtitle() string {
252+ var v gobject.Value
253+ x.GetProperty("subtitle", &v)
254+ return v.GetString()
255+}
256+
257+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
258+// The title to display.
259+//
260+// The title typically identifies the current view or content item, and
261+// generally does not use the application name.
262+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
263+ var v gobject.Value
264+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
265+ v.SetString(value)
266+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
267+}
268+
269+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
270+// The title to display.
271+//
272+// The title typically identifies the current view or content item, and
273+// generally does not use the application name.
274+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetPropertyTitle() string {
275+ var v gobject.Value
276+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
277+ return v.GetString()
278+}
279+
280+// GetPropertyTitleVisible gets the "title-visible" property.
281+// Whether the title is currently visible.
282+//
283+// If the title is visible, it means the view switcher is hidden an it may be
284+// wanted to show an alternative switcher, e.g. a [class@ViewSwitcherBar].
285+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetPropertyTitleVisible() bool {
286+ var v gobject.Value
287+ x.GetProperty("title-visible", &v)
288+ return v.GetBoolean()
289+}
290+
291+// SetPropertyViewSwitcherEnabled sets the "view-switcher-enabled" property.
292+// Whether the view switcher is enabled.
293+//
294+// If it is disabled, the title will be displayed instead. This allows to
295+// programmatically hide the view switcher even if it fits in the available
296+// space.
297+//
298+// This can be used e.g. to ensure the view switcher is hidden below a certain
299+// window width, or any other constraint you find suitable.
300+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) SetPropertyViewSwitcherEnabled(value bool) {
301+ var v gobject.Value
302+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
303+ v.SetBoolean(value)
304+ x.SetProperty("view-switcher-enabled", &v)
305+}
306+
307+// GetPropertyViewSwitcherEnabled gets the "view-switcher-enabled" property.
308+// Whether the view switcher is enabled.
309+//
310+// If it is disabled, the title will be displayed instead. This allows to
311+// programmatically hide the view switcher even if it fits in the available
312+// space.
313+//
314+// This can be used e.g. to ensure the view switcher is hidden below a certain
315+// window width, or any other constraint you find suitable.
316+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetPropertyViewSwitcherEnabled() bool {
317+ var v gobject.Value
318+ x.GetProperty("view-switcher-enabled", &v)
319+ return v.GetBoolean()
320+}
321+
236322 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
237323 //
238324 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -290,7 +376,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
290376 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
291377 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
292378 // child widget.
293-func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
379+func (x *ViewSwitcherTitle) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
294380
295381 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
296382 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-view-switcher.go +1 -1
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
256256 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
257257 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
258258 // child widget.
259-func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
259+func (x *ViewSwitcher) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
260260
261261 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
262262 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-window-title.go +45 -1
@@ -122,6 +122,50 @@ func (c *WindowTitle) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
122122 c.Ptr = ptr
123123 }
124124
125+// SetPropertySubtitle sets the "subtitle" property.
126+// The subtitle to display.
127+//
128+// The subtitle should give the user additional details.
129+func (x *WindowTitle) SetPropertySubtitle(value string) {
130+ var v gobject.Value
131+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
132+ v.SetString(value)
133+ x.SetProperty("subtitle", &v)
134+}
135+
136+// GetPropertySubtitle gets the "subtitle" property.
137+// The subtitle to display.
138+//
139+// The subtitle should give the user additional details.
140+func (x *WindowTitle) GetPropertySubtitle() string {
141+ var v gobject.Value
142+ x.GetProperty("subtitle", &v)
143+ return v.GetString()
144+}
145+
146+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
147+// The title to display.
148+//
149+// The title typically identifies the current view or content item, and
150+// generally does not use the application name.
151+func (x *WindowTitle) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
152+ var v gobject.Value
153+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
154+ v.SetString(value)
155+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
156+}
157+
158+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
159+// The title to display.
160+//
161+// The title typically identifies the current view or content item, and
162+// generally does not use the application name.
163+func (x *WindowTitle) GetPropertyTitle() string {
164+ var v gobject.Value
165+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
166+ return v.GetString()
167+}
168+
125169 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
126170 //
127171 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -179,7 +223,7 @@ func (x *WindowTitle) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
179223 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
180224 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
181225 // child widget.
182-func (x *WindowTitle) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
226+func (x *WindowTitle) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
183227
184228 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
185229 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-window.go +35 -2
@@ -273,6 +273,39 @@ func (c *Window) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
273273 c.Ptr = ptr
274274 }
275275
276+// SetPropertyAdaptivePreview sets the "adaptive-preview" property.
277+// Whether adaptive preview is currently open.
278+//
279+// Adaptive preview is a debugging tool used for testing the window
280+// contents at specific screen sizes, simulating mobile environment.
281+//
282+// Adaptive preview can always be accessed from inspector. This function
283+// allows applications to open it manually.
284+//
285+// Most applications should not use this property.
286+func (x *Window) SetPropertyAdaptivePreview(value bool) {
287+ var v gobject.Value
288+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
289+ v.SetBoolean(value)
290+ x.SetProperty("adaptive-preview", &v)
291+}
292+
293+// GetPropertyAdaptivePreview gets the "adaptive-preview" property.
294+// Whether adaptive preview is currently open.
295+//
296+// Adaptive preview is a debugging tool used for testing the window
297+// contents at specific screen sizes, simulating mobile environment.
298+//
299+// Adaptive preview can always be accessed from inspector. This function
300+// allows applications to open it manually.
301+//
302+// Most applications should not use this property.
303+func (x *Window) GetPropertyAdaptivePreview() bool {
304+ var v gobject.Value
305+ x.GetProperty("adaptive-preview", &v)
306+ return v.GetBoolean()
307+}
308+
276309 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
277310 //
278311 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -330,7 +363,7 @@ func (x *Window) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
330363 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
331364 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
332365 // child widget.
333-func (x *Window) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
366+func (x *Window) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
334367
335368 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
336369 return cret
@@ -585,7 +618,7 @@ func (x *Window) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
585618 //
586619 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
587620 // @self's widget coordinates.
588-func (x *Window) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
621+func (x *Window) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
589622
590623 gtk.XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
591624
M v4/adw/adw-wrap-box.go +166 -1
@@ -480,6 +480,171 @@ func (c *WrapBox) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
480480 c.Ptr = ptr
481481 }
482482
483+// SetPropertyAlign sets the "align" property.
484+// The alignment of the children within each line.
485+//
486+// 0 means the children are placed at the start of the line, 1 means they are
487+// placed at the end of the line. 0.5 means they are placed in the middle of
488+// the line.
489+//
490+// Alignment is only used when [property@WrapBox:justify] is set to
491+// `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, or on the last line when the
492+// [property@WrapBox:justify-last-line] is `FALSE`.
493+func (x *WrapBox) SetPropertyAlign(value float32) {
494+ var v gobject.Value
495+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
496+ v.SetFloat(value)
497+ x.SetProperty("align", &v)
498+}
499+
500+// GetPropertyAlign gets the "align" property.
501+// The alignment of the children within each line.
502+//
503+// 0 means the children are placed at the start of the line, 1 means they are
504+// placed at the end of the line. 0.5 means they are placed in the middle of
505+// the line.
506+//
507+// Alignment is only used when [property@WrapBox:justify] is set to
508+// `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, or on the last line when the
509+// [property@WrapBox:justify-last-line] is `FALSE`.
510+func (x *WrapBox) GetPropertyAlign() float32 {
511+ var v gobject.Value
512+ x.GetProperty("align", &v)
513+ return v.GetFloat()
514+}
515+
516+// SetPropertyChildSpacing sets the "child-spacing" property.
517+// The spacing between widgets on the same line.
518+//
519+// See [property@WrapBox:child-spacing-unit].
520+func (x *WrapBox) SetPropertyChildSpacing(value int) {
521+ var v gobject.Value
522+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
523+ v.SetInt(value)
524+ x.SetProperty("child-spacing", &v)
525+}
526+
527+// GetPropertyChildSpacing gets the "child-spacing" property.
528+// The spacing between widgets on the same line.
529+//
530+// See [property@WrapBox:child-spacing-unit].
531+func (x *WrapBox) GetPropertyChildSpacing() int {
532+ var v gobject.Value
533+ x.GetProperty("child-spacing", &v)
534+ return v.GetInt()
535+}
536+
537+// SetPropertyJustifyLastLine sets the "justify-last-line" property.
538+// Whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
539+//
540+// See [property@WrapBox:justify].
541+func (x *WrapBox) SetPropertyJustifyLastLine(value bool) {
542+ var v gobject.Value
543+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
544+ v.SetBoolean(value)
545+ x.SetProperty("justify-last-line", &v)
546+}
547+
548+// GetPropertyJustifyLastLine gets the "justify-last-line" property.
549+// Whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
550+//
551+// See [property@WrapBox:justify].
552+func (x *WrapBox) GetPropertyJustifyLastLine() bool {
553+ var v gobject.Value
554+ x.GetProperty("justify-last-line", &v)
555+ return v.GetBoolean()
556+}
557+
558+// SetPropertyLineHomogeneous sets the "line-homogeneous" property.
559+// Whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
560+func (x *WrapBox) SetPropertyLineHomogeneous(value bool) {
561+ var v gobject.Value
562+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
563+ v.SetBoolean(value)
564+ x.SetProperty("line-homogeneous", &v)
565+}
566+
567+// GetPropertyLineHomogeneous gets the "line-homogeneous" property.
568+// Whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
569+func (x *WrapBox) GetPropertyLineHomogeneous() bool {
570+ var v gobject.Value
571+ x.GetProperty("line-homogeneous", &v)
572+ return v.GetBoolean()
573+}
574+
575+// SetPropertyLineSpacing sets the "line-spacing" property.
576+// The spacing between lines.
577+//
578+// See [property@WrapBox:line-spacing-unit].
579+func (x *WrapBox) SetPropertyLineSpacing(value int) {
580+ var v gobject.Value
581+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
582+ v.SetInt(value)
583+ x.SetProperty("line-spacing", &v)
584+}
585+
586+// GetPropertyLineSpacing gets the "line-spacing" property.
587+// The spacing between lines.
588+//
589+// See [property@WrapBox:line-spacing-unit].
590+func (x *WrapBox) GetPropertyLineSpacing() int {
591+ var v gobject.Value
592+ x.GetProperty("line-spacing", &v)
593+ return v.GetInt()
594+}
595+
596+// SetPropertyNaturalLineLength sets the "natural-line-length" property.
597+// Determines the natural size for each line.
598+//
599+// It should be used to limit the line lengths, for example when used in
600+// popovers.
601+//
602+// See [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length-unit].
603+func (x *WrapBox) SetPropertyNaturalLineLength(value int) {
604+ var v gobject.Value
605+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
606+ v.SetInt(value)
607+ x.SetProperty("natural-line-length", &v)
608+}
609+
610+// GetPropertyNaturalLineLength gets the "natural-line-length" property.
611+// Determines the natural size for each line.
612+//
613+// It should be used to limit the line lengths, for example when used in
614+// popovers.
615+//
616+// See [property@WrapBox:natural-line-length-unit].
617+func (x *WrapBox) GetPropertyNaturalLineLength() int {
618+ var v gobject.Value
619+ x.GetProperty("natural-line-length", &v)
620+ return v.GetInt()
621+}
622+
623+// SetPropertyWrapReverse sets the "wrap-reverse" property.
624+// Whether wrap direction should be reversed.
625+//
626+// By default, lines wrap downwards in a horizontal box, and towards the end
627+// in a vertical box. If set to `TRUE`, they wrap upwards or towards the start
628+// respectively.
629+func (x *WrapBox) SetPropertyWrapReverse(value bool) {
630+ var v gobject.Value
631+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
632+ v.SetBoolean(value)
633+ x.SetProperty("wrap-reverse", &v)
634+}
635+
636+// GetPropertyWrapReverse gets the "wrap-reverse" property.
637+// Whether wrap direction should be reversed.
638+//
639+// By default, lines wrap downwards in a horizontal box, and towards the end
640+// in a vertical box. If set to `TRUE`, they wrap upwards or towards the start
641+// respectively.
642+func (x *WrapBox) GetPropertyWrapReverse() bool {
643+ var v gobject.Value
644+ x.GetProperty("wrap-reverse", &v)
645+ return v.GetBoolean()
646+}
647+
483648 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
484649 //
485650 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -537,7 +702,7 @@ func (x *WrapBox) GetAtContext() *gtk.ATContext {
537702 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
538703 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
539704 // child widget.
540-func (x *WrapBox) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
705+func (x *WrapBox) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
541706
542707 cret := gtk.XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
543708 return cret
M v4/adw/adw-wrap-layout.go +166 -0
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gtk"
1213 )
@@ -478,6 +479,171 @@ func (c *WrapLayout) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
478479 c.Ptr = ptr
479480 }
480481
482+// SetPropertyAlign sets the "align" property.
483+// The alignment of the children within each line.
484+//
485+// 0 means the children are placed at the start of the line, 1 means they are
486+// placed at the end of the line. 0.5 means they are placed in the middle of
487+// the line.
488+//
489+// Alignment is only used when [property@WrapLayout:justify] is set to
490+// `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, or on the last line when the
491+// [property@WrapLayout:justify-last-line] is `FALSE`.
492+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPropertyAlign(value float32) {
493+ var v gobject.Value
494+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
495+ v.SetFloat(value)
496+ x.SetProperty("align", &v)
497+}
498+
499+// GetPropertyAlign gets the "align" property.
500+// The alignment of the children within each line.
501+//
502+// 0 means the children are placed at the start of the line, 1 means they are
503+// placed at the end of the line. 0.5 means they are placed in the middle of
504+// the line.
505+//
506+// Alignment is only used when [property@WrapLayout:justify] is set to
507+// `ADW_JUSTIFY_NONE`, or on the last line when the
508+// [property@WrapLayout:justify-last-line] is `FALSE`.
509+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPropertyAlign() float32 {
510+ var v gobject.Value
511+ x.GetProperty("align", &v)
512+ return v.GetFloat()
513+}
514+
515+// SetPropertyChildSpacing sets the "child-spacing" property.
516+// The spacing between widgets on the same line.
517+//
518+// See [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing-unit].
519+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPropertyChildSpacing(value int) {
520+ var v gobject.Value
521+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
522+ v.SetInt(value)
523+ x.SetProperty("child-spacing", &v)
524+}
525+
526+// GetPropertyChildSpacing gets the "child-spacing" property.
527+// The spacing between widgets on the same line.
528+//
529+// See [property@WrapLayout:child-spacing-unit].
530+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPropertyChildSpacing() int {
531+ var v gobject.Value
532+ x.GetProperty("child-spacing", &v)
533+ return v.GetInt()
534+}
535+
536+// SetPropertyJustifyLastLine sets the "justify-last-line" property.
537+// Whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
538+//
539+// See [property@WrapLayout:justify].
540+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPropertyJustifyLastLine(value bool) {
541+ var v gobject.Value
542+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
543+ v.SetBoolean(value)
544+ x.SetProperty("justify-last-line", &v)
545+}
546+
547+// GetPropertyJustifyLastLine gets the "justify-last-line" property.
548+// Whether the last line should be stretched to fill the entire widget.
549+//
550+// See [property@WrapLayout:justify].
551+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPropertyJustifyLastLine() bool {
552+ var v gobject.Value
553+ x.GetProperty("justify-last-line", &v)
554+ return v.GetBoolean()
555+}
556+
557+// SetPropertyLineHomogeneous sets the "line-homogeneous" property.
558+// Whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
559+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPropertyLineHomogeneous(value bool) {
560+ var v gobject.Value
561+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
562+ v.SetBoolean(value)
563+ x.SetProperty("line-homogeneous", &v)
564+}
565+
566+// GetPropertyLineHomogeneous gets the "line-homogeneous" property.
567+// Whether all lines should take the same amount of space.
568+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPropertyLineHomogeneous() bool {
569+ var v gobject.Value
570+ x.GetProperty("line-homogeneous", &v)
571+ return v.GetBoolean()
572+}
573+
574+// SetPropertyLineSpacing sets the "line-spacing" property.
575+// The spacing between lines.
576+//
577+// See [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing-unit].
578+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPropertyLineSpacing(value int) {
579+ var v gobject.Value
580+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
581+ v.SetInt(value)
582+ x.SetProperty("line-spacing", &v)
583+}
584+
585+// GetPropertyLineSpacing gets the "line-spacing" property.
586+// The spacing between lines.
587+//
588+// See [property@WrapLayout:line-spacing-unit].
589+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPropertyLineSpacing() int {
590+ var v gobject.Value
591+ x.GetProperty("line-spacing", &v)
592+ return v.GetInt()
593+}
594+
595+// SetPropertyNaturalLineLength sets the "natural-line-length" property.
596+// Determines the natural size for each line.
597+//
598+// It should be used to limit the line lengths, for example when used in
599+// popovers.
600+//
601+// See [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length-unit].
602+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPropertyNaturalLineLength(value int) {
603+ var v gobject.Value
604+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
605+ v.SetInt(value)
606+ x.SetProperty("natural-line-length", &v)
607+}
608+
609+// GetPropertyNaturalLineLength gets the "natural-line-length" property.
610+// Determines the natural size for each line.
611+//
612+// It should be used to limit the line lengths, for example when used in
613+// popovers.
614+//
615+// See [property@WrapLayout:natural-line-length-unit].
616+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPropertyNaturalLineLength() int {
617+ var v gobject.Value
618+ x.GetProperty("natural-line-length", &v)
619+ return v.GetInt()
620+}
621+
622+// SetPropertyWrapReverse sets the "wrap-reverse" property.
623+// Whether wrap direction should be reversed.
624+//
625+// By default, lines wrap downwards in a horizontal box, and towards the end
626+// in a vertical box. If set to `TRUE`, they wrap upwards or towards the start
627+// respectively.
628+func (x *WrapLayout) SetPropertyWrapReverse(value bool) {
629+ var v gobject.Value
630+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
631+ v.SetBoolean(value)
632+ x.SetProperty("wrap-reverse", &v)
633+}
634+
635+// GetPropertyWrapReverse gets the "wrap-reverse" property.
636+// Whether wrap direction should be reversed.
637+//
638+// By default, lines wrap downwards in a horizontal box, and towards the end
639+// in a vertical box. If set to `TRUE`, they wrap upwards or towards the start
640+// respectively.
641+func (x *WrapLayout) GetPropertyWrapReverse() bool {
642+ var v gobject.Value
643+ x.GetProperty("wrap-reverse", &v)
644+ return v.GetBoolean()
645+}
646+
481647 // Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
482648 func (x *WrapLayout) GetOrientation() gtk.Orientation {
483649
M v4/gdk/gdkcicpparams.go +107 -0
@@ -199,6 +199,113 @@ func (c *CicpParams) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
199199 c.Ptr = ptr
200200 }
201201
202+// SetPropertyColorPrimaries sets the "color-primaries" property.
203+// The color primaries to use.
204+//
205+// Supported values:
206+//
207+// - 1: BT.709 / sRGB
208+// - 2: unspecified
209+// - 5: PAL
210+// - 6,7: BT.601 / NTSC
211+// - 9: BT.2020
212+// - 12: Display P3
213+func (x *CicpParams) SetPropertyColorPrimaries(value uint) {
214+ var v gobject.Value
215+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
216+ v.SetUint(value)
217+ x.SetProperty("color-primaries", &v)
218+}
219+
220+// GetPropertyColorPrimaries gets the "color-primaries" property.
221+// The color primaries to use.
222+//
223+// Supported values:
224+//
225+// - 1: BT.709 / sRGB
226+// - 2: unspecified
227+// - 5: PAL
228+// - 6,7: BT.601 / NTSC
229+// - 9: BT.2020
230+// - 12: Display P3
231+func (x *CicpParams) GetPropertyColorPrimaries() uint {
232+ var v gobject.Value
233+ x.GetProperty("color-primaries", &v)
234+ return v.GetUint()
235+}
236+
237+// SetPropertyMatrixCoefficients sets the "matrix-coefficients" property.
238+// The matrix coefficients (for YUV to RGB conversion).
239+//
240+// Supported values:
241+//
242+// - 0: RGB
243+// - 1: BT.709
244+// - 2: unspecified
245+// - 5,6: BT.601
246+// - 9: BT.2020
247+func (x *CicpParams) SetPropertyMatrixCoefficients(value uint) {
248+ var v gobject.Value
249+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
250+ v.SetUint(value)
251+ x.SetProperty("matrix-coefficients", &v)
252+}
253+
254+// GetPropertyMatrixCoefficients gets the "matrix-coefficients" property.
255+// The matrix coefficients (for YUV to RGB conversion).
256+//
257+// Supported values:
258+//
259+// - 0: RGB
260+// - 1: BT.709
261+// - 2: unspecified
262+// - 5,6: BT.601
263+// - 9: BT.2020
264+func (x *CicpParams) GetPropertyMatrixCoefficients() uint {
265+ var v gobject.Value
266+ x.GetProperty("matrix-coefficients", &v)
267+ return v.GetUint()
268+}
269+
270+// SetPropertyTransferFunction sets the "transfer-function" property.
271+// The transfer function to use.
272+//
273+// Supported values:
274+//
275+// - 1,6,14,15: BT.709, BT.601, BT.2020
276+// - 2: unspecified
277+// - 4: gamma 2.2
278+// - 5: gamma 2.8
279+// - 8: linear
280+// - 13: sRGB
281+// - 16: BT.2100 PQ
282+// - 18: BT.2100 HLG
283+func (x *CicpParams) SetPropertyTransferFunction(value uint) {
284+ var v gobject.Value
285+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
286+ v.SetUint(value)
287+ x.SetProperty("transfer-function", &v)
288+}
289+
290+// GetPropertyTransferFunction gets the "transfer-function" property.
291+// The transfer function to use.
292+//
293+// Supported values:
294+//
295+// - 1,6,14,15: BT.709, BT.601, BT.2020
296+// - 2: unspecified
297+// - 4: gamma 2.2
298+// - 5: gamma 2.8
299+// - 8: linear
300+// - 13: sRGB
301+// - 16: BT.2100 PQ
302+// - 18: BT.2100 HLG
303+func (x *CicpParams) GetPropertyTransferFunction() uint {
304+ var v gobject.Value
305+ x.GetProperty("transfer-function", &v)
306+ return v.GetUint()
307+}
308+
202309 func init() {
203310 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
204311 core.SetSharedLibraries("GDK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gdk/gdkclipboard.go +18 -2
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ func (x *Clipboard) ReadAsync(MimeTypesVar []string, IoPriorityVar int, Cancella
118118
119119 }
120120
121-var xClipboardReadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, string, **glib.Error) uintptr
121+var xClipboardReadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *string, **glib.Error) uintptr
122122
123123 // Finishes an asynchronous clipboard read.
124124 //
125125 // See [method@Gdk.Clipboard.read_async].
126-func (x *Clipboard) ReadFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult, OutMimeTypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
126+func (x *Clipboard) ReadFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult, OutMimeTypeVar *string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
127127 var cls *gio.InputStream
128128 var cerr *glib.Error
129129
@@ -358,6 +358,22 @@ func (c *Clipboard) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
358358 c.Ptr = ptr
359359 }
360360
361+// GetPropertyFormats gets the "formats" property.
362+// The possible formats that the clipboard can provide its data in.
363+func (x *Clipboard) GetPropertyFormats() uintptr {
364+ var v gobject.Value
365+ x.GetProperty("formats", &v)
366+ return v.GetPointer()
367+}
368+
369+// GetPropertyLocal gets the "local" property.
370+// %TRUE if the contents of the clipboard are owned by this process.
371+func (x *Clipboard) GetPropertyLocal() bool {
372+ var v gobject.Value
373+ x.GetProperty("local", &v)
374+ return v.GetBoolean()
375+}
376+
361377 // Emitted when the clipboard changes ownership.
362378 func (x *Clipboard) ConnectChanged(cb *func(Clipboard)) uint32 {
363379 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
M v4/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.go +32 -16
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4242 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4343 }
4444
45-// OverrideContentChanged sets the callback function.
45+// OverrideContentChanged sets the "content_changed" callback function.
4646 // Signal class closure for `GdkContentProvider::content-changed`
4747 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideContentChanged(cb func(*ContentProvider)) {
4848 if cb == nil {
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideContentChanged(cb func(*ContentProvider))
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// GetContentChanged gets the callback function.
57+// GetContentChanged gets the "content_changed" callback function.
5858 // Signal class closure for `GdkContentProvider::content-changed`
5959 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetContentChanged() func(*ContentProvider) {
6060 if x.xContentChanged == 0 {
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetContentChanged() func(*ContentProvider) {
6767 }
6868 }
6969
70-// OverrideAttachClipboard sets the callback function.
70+// OverrideAttachClipboard sets the "attach_clipboard" callback function.
7171 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideAttachClipboard(cb func(*ContentProvider, *Clipboard)) {
7272 if cb == nil {
7373 x.xAttachClipboard = 0
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideAttachClipboard(cb func(*ContentProvider,
7878 }
7979 }
8080
81-// GetAttachClipboard gets the callback function.
81+// GetAttachClipboard gets the "attach_clipboard" callback function.
8282 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetAttachClipboard() func(*ContentProvider, *Clipboard) {
8383 if x.xAttachClipboard == 0 {
8484 return nil
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetAttachClipboard() func(*ContentProvider, *Clip
9090 }
9191 }
9292
93-// OverrideDetachClipboard sets the callback function.
93+// OverrideDetachClipboard sets the "detach_clipboard" callback function.
9494 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideDetachClipboard(cb func(*ContentProvider, *Clipboard)) {
9595 if cb == nil {
9696 x.xDetachClipboard = 0
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideDetachClipboard(cb func(*ContentProvider,
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// GetDetachClipboard gets the callback function.
104+// GetDetachClipboard gets the "detach_clipboard" callback function.
105105 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetDetachClipboard() func(*ContentProvider, *Clipboard) {
106106 if x.xDetachClipboard == 0 {
107107 return nil
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetDetachClipboard() func(*ContentProvider, *Clip
113113 }
114114 }
115115
116-// OverrideRefFormats sets the callback function.
116+// OverrideRefFormats sets the "ref_formats" callback function.
117117 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideRefFormats(cb func(*ContentProvider) *ContentFormats) {
118118 if cb == nil {
119119 x.xRefFormats = 0
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideRefFormats(cb func(*ContentProvider) *Con
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// GetRefFormats gets the callback function.
127+// GetRefFormats gets the "ref_formats" callback function.
128128 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetRefFormats() func(*ContentProvider) *ContentFormats {
129129 if x.xRefFormats == 0 {
130130 return nil
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetRefFormats() func(*ContentProvider) *ContentFo
136136 }
137137 }
138138
139-// OverrideRefStorableFormats sets the callback function.
139+// OverrideRefStorableFormats sets the "ref_storable_formats" callback function.
140140 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideRefStorableFormats(cb func(*ContentProvider) *ContentFormats) {
141141 if cb == nil {
142142 x.xRefStorableFormats = 0
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideRefStorableFormats(cb func(*ContentProvid
147147 }
148148 }
149149
150-// GetRefStorableFormats gets the callback function.
150+// GetRefStorableFormats gets the "ref_storable_formats" callback function.
151151 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetRefStorableFormats() func(*ContentProvider) *ContentFormats {
152152 if x.xRefStorableFormats == 0 {
153153 return nil
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetRefStorableFormats() func(*ContentProvider) *C
159159 }
160160 }
161161
162-// OverrideWriteMimeTypeAsync sets the callback function.
162+// OverrideWriteMimeTypeAsync sets the "write_mime_type_async" callback function.
163163 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideWriteMimeTypeAsync(cb func(*ContentProvider, string, *gio.OutputStream, int, *gio.Cancellable, *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
164164 if cb == nil {
165165 x.xWriteMimeTypeAsync = 0
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideWriteMimeTypeAsync(cb func(*ContentProvid
170170 }
171171 }
172172
173-// GetWriteMimeTypeAsync gets the callback function.
173+// GetWriteMimeTypeAsync gets the "write_mime_type_async" callback function.
174174 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetWriteMimeTypeAsync() func(*ContentProvider, string, *gio.OutputStream, int, *gio.Cancellable, *gio.AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
175175 if x.xWriteMimeTypeAsync == 0 {
176176 return nil
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetWriteMimeTypeAsync() func(*ContentProvider, st
182182 }
183183 }
184184
185-// OverrideWriteMimeTypeFinish sets the callback function.
185+// OverrideWriteMimeTypeFinish sets the "write_mime_type_finish" callback function.
186186 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideWriteMimeTypeFinish(cb func(*ContentProvider, gio.AsyncResult) bool) {
187187 if cb == nil {
188188 x.xWriteMimeTypeFinish = 0
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideWriteMimeTypeFinish(cb func(*ContentProvi
193193 }
194194 }
195195
196-// GetWriteMimeTypeFinish gets the callback function.
196+// GetWriteMimeTypeFinish gets the "write_mime_type_finish" callback function.
197197 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetWriteMimeTypeFinish() func(*ContentProvider, gio.AsyncResult) bool {
198198 if x.xWriteMimeTypeFinish == 0 {
199199 return nil
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetWriteMimeTypeFinish() func(*ContentProvider, g
205205 }
206206 }
207207
208-// OverrideGetValue sets the callback function.
208+// OverrideGetValue sets the "get_value" callback function.
209209 func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideGetValue(cb func(*ContentProvider, *gobject.Value) bool) {
210210 if cb == nil {
211211 x.xGetValue = 0
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ func (x *ContentProviderClass) OverrideGetValue(cb func(*ContentProvider, *gobje
216216 }
217217 }
218218
219-// GetGetValue gets the callback function.
219+// GetGetValue gets the "get_value" callback function.
220220 func (x *ContentProviderClass) GetGetValue() func(*ContentProvider, *gobject.Value) bool {
221221 if x.xGetValue == 0 {
222222 return nil
@@ -433,6 +433,22 @@ func (c *ContentProvider) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
433433 c.Ptr = ptr
434434 }
435435
436+// GetPropertyFormats gets the "formats" property.
437+// The possible formats that the provider can provide its data in.
438+func (x *ContentProvider) GetPropertyFormats() uintptr {
439+ var v gobject.Value
440+ x.GetProperty("formats", &v)
441+ return v.GetPointer()
442+}
443+
444+// GetPropertyStorableFormats gets the "storable-formats" property.
445+// The subset of formats that clipboard managers should store this provider's data in.
446+func (x *ContentProvider) GetPropertyStorableFormats() uintptr {
447+ var v gobject.Value
448+ x.GetProperty("storable-formats", &v)
449+ return v.GetPointer()
450+}
451+
436452 // Emitted whenever the content provided by this provider has changed.
437453 func (x *ContentProvider) ConnectContentChanged(cb *func(ContentProvider)) uint32 {
438454 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
M v4/gdk/gdkcursor.go +56 -1
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ import (
2121 //
2222 // This function may fail and return `NULL`, in which case
2323 // the fallback cursor will be used.
24-type CursorGetTextureCallback func(uintptr, int, float64, int, int, int, int, uintptr) uintptr
24+type CursorGetTextureCallback func(uintptr, int, float64, *int, *int, *int, *int, uintptr) uintptr
2525
2626 // Used to create and destroy cursors.
2727 //
@@ -262,6 +262,61 @@ func (c *Cursor) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
262262 c.Ptr = ptr
263263 }
264264
265+// SetPropertyHotspotX sets the "hotspot-x" property.
266+// X position of the cursor hotspot in the cursor image.
267+func (x *Cursor) SetPropertyHotspotX(value int) {
268+ var v gobject.Value
269+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
270+ v.SetInt(value)
271+ x.SetProperty("hotspot-x", &v)
272+}
273+
274+// GetPropertyHotspotX gets the "hotspot-x" property.
275+// X position of the cursor hotspot in the cursor image.
276+func (x *Cursor) GetPropertyHotspotX() int {
277+ var v gobject.Value
278+ x.GetProperty("hotspot-x", &v)
279+ return v.GetInt()
280+}
281+
282+// SetPropertyHotspotY sets the "hotspot-y" property.
283+// Y position of the cursor hotspot in the cursor image.
284+func (x *Cursor) SetPropertyHotspotY(value int) {
285+ var v gobject.Value
286+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
287+ v.SetInt(value)
288+ x.SetProperty("hotspot-y", &v)
289+}
290+
291+// GetPropertyHotspotY gets the "hotspot-y" property.
292+// Y position of the cursor hotspot in the cursor image.
293+func (x *Cursor) GetPropertyHotspotY() int {
294+ var v gobject.Value
295+ x.GetProperty("hotspot-y", &v)
296+ return v.GetInt()
297+}
298+
299+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
300+// Name of this this cursor.
301+//
302+// The name will be %NULL if the cursor was created from a texture.
303+func (x *Cursor) SetPropertyName(value string) {
304+ var v gobject.Value
305+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
306+ v.SetString(value)
307+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
308+}
309+
310+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
311+// Name of this this cursor.
312+//
313+// The name will be %NULL if the cursor was created from a texture.
314+func (x *Cursor) GetPropertyName() string {
315+ var v gobject.Value
316+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
317+ return v.GetString()
318+}
319+
265320 func init() {
266321 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
267322 core.SetSharedLibraries("GDK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gdk/gdkdevice.go +171 -2
@@ -269,14 +269,14 @@ func (x *Device) GetSource() InputSource {
269269 return cret
270270 }
271271
272-var xDeviceGetSurfaceAtPosition func(uintptr, float64, float64) uintptr
272+var xDeviceGetSurfaceAtPosition func(uintptr, *float64, *float64) uintptr
273273
274274 // Obtains the surface underneath @device, returning the location of the
275275 // device in @win_x and @win_y.
276276 //
277277 // Returns %NULL if the surface tree under @device is not known to GDK
278278 // (for example, belongs to another application).
279-func (x *Device) GetSurfaceAtPosition(WinXVar float64, WinYVar float64) *Surface {
279+func (x *Device) GetSurfaceAtPosition(WinXVar *float64, WinYVar *float64) *Surface {
280280 var cls *Surface
281281
282282 cret := xDeviceGetSurfaceAtPosition(x.GoPointer(), WinXVar, WinYVar)
@@ -364,6 +364,175 @@ func (c *Device) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
364364 c.Ptr = ptr
365365 }
366366
367+// GetPropertyActiveLayoutIndex gets the "active-layout-index" property.
368+// The index of the keyboard active layout of a `GdkDevice`.
369+//
370+// Will be -1 if there is no valid active layout.
371+//
372+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
373+func (x *Device) GetPropertyActiveLayoutIndex() int {
374+ var v gobject.Value
375+ x.GetProperty("active-layout-index", &v)
376+ return v.GetInt()
377+}
378+
379+// GetPropertyCapsLockState gets the "caps-lock-state" property.
380+// Whether Caps Lock is on.
381+//
382+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
383+func (x *Device) GetPropertyCapsLockState() bool {
384+ var v gobject.Value
385+ x.GetProperty("caps-lock-state", &v)
386+ return v.GetBoolean()
387+}
388+
389+// GetPropertyHasBidiLayouts gets the "has-bidi-layouts" property.
390+// Whether the device has both right-to-left and left-to-right layouts.
391+//
392+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
393+func (x *Device) GetPropertyHasBidiLayouts() bool {
394+ var v gobject.Value
395+ x.GetProperty("has-bidi-layouts", &v)
396+ return v.GetBoolean()
397+}
398+
399+// SetPropertyHasCursor sets the "has-cursor" property.
400+// Whether the device is represented by a cursor on the screen.
401+func (x *Device) SetPropertyHasCursor(value bool) {
402+ var v gobject.Value
403+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
404+ v.SetBoolean(value)
405+ x.SetProperty("has-cursor", &v)
406+}
407+
408+// GetPropertyHasCursor gets the "has-cursor" property.
409+// Whether the device is represented by a cursor on the screen.
410+func (x *Device) GetPropertyHasCursor() bool {
411+ var v gobject.Value
412+ x.GetProperty("has-cursor", &v)
413+ return v.GetBoolean()
414+}
415+
416+// GetPropertyLayoutNames gets the "layout-names" property.
417+// The names of the keyboard layouts of a `GdkDevice`.
418+//
419+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
420+func (x *Device) GetPropertyLayoutNames() []string {
421+ var v gobject.Value
422+ x.GetProperty("layout-names", &v)
423+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
424+}
425+
426+// GetPropertyNAxes gets the "n-axes" property.
427+// Number of axes in the device.
428+func (x *Device) GetPropertyNAxes() uint {
429+ var v gobject.Value
430+ x.GetProperty("n-axes", &v)
431+ return v.GetUint()
432+}
433+
434+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
435+// The device name.
436+func (x *Device) SetPropertyName(value string) {
437+ var v gobject.Value
438+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
439+ v.SetString(value)
440+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
441+}
442+
443+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
444+// The device name.
445+func (x *Device) GetPropertyName() string {
446+ var v gobject.Value
447+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
448+ return v.GetString()
449+}
450+
451+// GetPropertyNumLockState gets the "num-lock-state" property.
452+// Whether Num Lock is on.
453+//
454+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
455+func (x *Device) GetPropertyNumLockState() bool {
456+ var v gobject.Value
457+ x.GetProperty("num-lock-state", &v)
458+ return v.GetBoolean()
459+}
460+
461+// SetPropertyNumTouches sets the "num-touches" property.
462+// The maximal number of concurrent touches on a touch device.
463+//
464+// Will be 0 if the device is not a touch device or if the number
465+// of touches is unknown.
466+func (x *Device) SetPropertyNumTouches(value uint) {
467+ var v gobject.Value
468+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
469+ v.SetUint(value)
470+ x.SetProperty("num-touches", &v)
471+}
472+
473+// GetPropertyNumTouches gets the "num-touches" property.
474+// The maximal number of concurrent touches on a touch device.
475+//
476+// Will be 0 if the device is not a touch device or if the number
477+// of touches is unknown.
478+func (x *Device) GetPropertyNumTouches() uint {
479+ var v gobject.Value
480+ x.GetProperty("num-touches", &v)
481+ return v.GetUint()
482+}
483+
484+// SetPropertyProductId sets the "product-id" property.
485+// Product ID of this device.
486+//
487+// See [method@Gdk.Device.get_product_id].
488+func (x *Device) SetPropertyProductId(value string) {
489+ var v gobject.Value
490+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
491+ v.SetString(value)
492+ x.SetProperty("product-id", &v)
493+}
494+
495+// GetPropertyProductId gets the "product-id" property.
496+// Product ID of this device.
497+//
498+// See [method@Gdk.Device.get_product_id].
499+func (x *Device) GetPropertyProductId() string {
500+ var v gobject.Value
501+ x.GetProperty("product-id", &v)
502+ return v.GetString()
503+}
504+
505+// GetPropertyScrollLockState gets the "scroll-lock-state" property.
506+// Whether Scroll Lock is on.
507+//
508+// This is only relevant for keyboard devices.
509+func (x *Device) GetPropertyScrollLockState() bool {
510+ var v gobject.Value
511+ x.GetProperty("scroll-lock-state", &v)
512+ return v.GetBoolean()
513+}
514+
515+// SetPropertyVendorId sets the "vendor-id" property.
516+// Vendor ID of this device.
517+//
518+// See [method@Gdk.Device.get_vendor_id].
519+func (x *Device) SetPropertyVendorId(value string) {
520+ var v gobject.Value
521+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
522+ v.SetString(value)
523+ x.SetProperty("vendor-id", &v)
524+}
525+
526+// GetPropertyVendorId gets the "vendor-id" property.
527+// Vendor ID of this device.
528+//
529+// See [method@Gdk.Device.get_vendor_id].
530+func (x *Device) GetPropertyVendorId() string {
531+ var v gobject.Value
532+ x.GetProperty("vendor-id", &v)
533+ return v.GetString()
534+}
535+
367536 // Emitted either when the number of either axes or keys changes.
368537 //
369538 // On X11 this will normally happen when the physical device
M v4/gdk/gdkdevicetool.go +34 -0
@@ -115,6 +115,40 @@ func (c *DeviceTool) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
115115 c.Ptr = ptr
116116 }
117117
118+// SetPropertyHardwareId sets the "hardware-id" property.
119+// The hardware ID of the tool.
120+func (x *DeviceTool) SetPropertyHardwareId(value uint64) {
121+ var v gobject.Value
122+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUint64Val)
123+ v.SetUint64(value)
124+ x.SetProperty("hardware-id", &v)
125+}
126+
127+// GetPropertyHardwareId gets the "hardware-id" property.
128+// The hardware ID of the tool.
129+func (x *DeviceTool) GetPropertyHardwareId() uint64 {
130+ var v gobject.Value
131+ x.GetProperty("hardware-id", &v)
132+ return v.GetUint64()
133+}
134+
135+// SetPropertySerial sets the "serial" property.
136+// The serial number of the tool.
137+func (x *DeviceTool) SetPropertySerial(value uint64) {
138+ var v gobject.Value
139+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUint64Val)
140+ v.SetUint64(value)
141+ x.SetProperty("serial", &v)
142+}
143+
144+// GetPropertySerial gets the "serial" property.
145+// The serial number of the tool.
146+func (x *DeviceTool) GetPropertySerial() uint64 {
147+ var v gobject.Value
148+ x.GetProperty("serial", &v)
149+ return v.GetUint64()
150+}
151+
118152 func init() {
119153 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
120154 core.SetSharedLibraries("GDK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gdk/gdkdisplay.go +46 -6
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ func (x *Display) ListSeats() *glib.List {
336336 return cret
337337 }
338338
339-var xDisplayMapKeycode func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, []uint, int) bool
339+var xDisplayMapKeycode func(uintptr, uint, *uintptr, *[]uint, *int) bool
340340
341341 // Returns the keyvals bound to @keycode.
342342 //
@@ -347,13 +347,13 @@ var xDisplayMapKeycode func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, []uint, int) bool
347347 // keyboard group and level.
348348 //
349349 // Free the returned arrays with g_free().
350-func (x *Display) MapKeycode(KeycodeVar uint, KeysVar uintptr, KeyvalsVar []uint, NEntriesVar int) bool {
350+func (x *Display) MapKeycode(KeycodeVar uint, KeysVar *uintptr, KeyvalsVar *[]uint, NEntriesVar *int) bool {
351351
352352 cret := xDisplayMapKeycode(x.GoPointer(), KeycodeVar, KeysVar, KeyvalsVar, NEntriesVar)
353353 return cret
354354 }
355355
356-var xDisplayMapKeyval func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, int) bool
356+var xDisplayMapKeyval func(uintptr, uint, *uintptr, *int) bool
357357
358358 // Obtains a list of keycode/group/level combinations that will
359359 // generate @keyval.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ var xDisplayMapKeyval func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, int) bool
370370 // keyboard group. The level is computed from the modifier mask.
371371 //
372372 // The returned array should be freed with g_free().
373-func (x *Display) MapKeyval(KeyvalVar uint, KeysVar uintptr, NKeysVar int) bool {
373+func (x *Display) MapKeyval(KeyvalVar uint, KeysVar *uintptr, NKeysVar *int) bool {
374374
375375 cret := xDisplayMapKeyval(x.GoPointer(), KeyvalVar, KeysVar, NKeysVar)
376376 return cret
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ func (x *Display) Sync() {
471471
472472 }
473473
474-var xDisplayTranslateKey func(uintptr, uint, ModifierType, int, uint, int, int, *ModifierType) bool
474+var xDisplayTranslateKey func(uintptr, uint, ModifierType, int, *uint, *int, *int, *ModifierType) bool
475475
476476 // Translates the contents of a `GdkEventKey` into a keyval, effective group,
477477 // and level.
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ var xDisplayTranslateKey func(uintptr, uint, ModifierType, int, uint, int, int,
492492 // This function should rarely be needed, since `GdkEventKey` already
493493 // contains the translated keyval. It is exported for the benefit of
494494 // virtualized test environments.
495-func (x *Display) TranslateKey(KeycodeVar uint, StateVar ModifierType, GroupVar int, KeyvalVar uint, EffectiveGroupVar int, LevelVar int, ConsumedVar *ModifierType) bool {
495+func (x *Display) TranslateKey(KeycodeVar uint, StateVar ModifierType, GroupVar int, KeyvalVar *uint, EffectiveGroupVar *int, LevelVar *int, ConsumedVar *ModifierType) bool {
496496
497497 cret := xDisplayTranslateKey(x.GoPointer(), KeycodeVar, StateVar, GroupVar, KeyvalVar, EffectiveGroupVar, LevelVar, ConsumedVar)
498498 return cret
@@ -509,6 +509,46 @@ func (c *Display) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
509509 c.Ptr = ptr
510510 }
511511
512+// GetPropertyComposited gets the "composited" property.
513+// %TRUE if the display properly composites the alpha channel.
514+func (x *Display) GetPropertyComposited() bool {
515+ var v gobject.Value
516+ x.GetProperty("composited", &v)
517+ return v.GetBoolean()
518+}
519+
520+// GetPropertyDmabufFormats gets the "dmabuf-formats" property.
521+// The dma-buf formats that are supported on this display
522+func (x *Display) GetPropertyDmabufFormats() uintptr {
523+ var v gobject.Value
524+ x.GetProperty("dmabuf-formats", &v)
525+ return v.GetPointer()
526+}
527+
528+// GetPropertyInputShapes gets the "input-shapes" property.
529+// %TRUE if the display supports input shapes.
530+func (x *Display) GetPropertyInputShapes() bool {
531+ var v gobject.Value
532+ x.GetProperty("input-shapes", &v)
533+ return v.GetBoolean()
534+}
535+
536+// GetPropertyRgba gets the "rgba" property.
537+// %TRUE if the display supports an alpha channel.
538+func (x *Display) GetPropertyRgba() bool {
539+ var v gobject.Value
540+ x.GetProperty("rgba", &v)
541+ return v.GetBoolean()
542+}
543+
544+// GetPropertyShadowWidth gets the "shadow-width" property.
545+// %TRUE if the display supports extensible frames.
546+func (x *Display) GetPropertyShadowWidth() bool {
547+ var v gobject.Value
548+ x.GetProperty("shadow-width", &v)
549+ return v.GetBoolean()
550+}
551+
512552 // Emitted when the connection to the windowing system for @display is closed.
513553 func (x *Display) ConnectClosed(cb *func(Display, bool)) uint32 {
514554 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
M v4/gdk/gdkdmabuftexture.go +3 -3
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ func (c *DmabufTexture) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
7272 // and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
7373 // function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
7474 // other dimension when only one dimension is given.
75-func (x *DmabufTexture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
75+func (x *DmabufTexture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar *float64, ConcreteHeightVar *float64) {
7676
7777 XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
7878
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ func (x *DmabufTexture) ToString() string {
255255
256256 // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
257257 // see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
258-func (x *DmabufTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
258+func (x *DmabufTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
259259 var cls *gio.InputStream
260260 var cerr *glib.Error
261261
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ func (x *DmabufTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable,
283283 }
284284
285285 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
286-func (x *DmabufTexture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
286+func (x *DmabufTexture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
287287 var cls *gio.InputStream
288288 var cerr *glib.Error
289289
M v4/gdk/gdkdmabuftexturebuilder.go +146 -0
@@ -445,6 +445,152 @@ func (c *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
445445 c.Ptr = ptr
446446 }
447447
448+// SetPropertyColorState sets the "color-state" property.
449+// The color state of the texture.
450+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPropertyColorState(value uintptr) {
451+ var v gobject.Value
452+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
453+ v.SetPointer(value)
454+ x.SetProperty("color-state", &v)
455+}
456+
457+// GetPropertyColorState gets the "color-state" property.
458+// The color state of the texture.
459+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPropertyColorState() uintptr {
460+ var v gobject.Value
461+ x.GetProperty("color-state", &v)
462+ return v.GetPointer()
463+}
464+
465+// SetPropertyFourcc sets the "fourcc" property.
466+// The format of the texture, as a fourcc value.
467+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPropertyFourcc(value uint) {
468+ var v gobject.Value
469+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
470+ v.SetUint(value)
471+ x.SetProperty("fourcc", &v)
472+}
473+
474+// GetPropertyFourcc gets the "fourcc" property.
475+// The format of the texture, as a fourcc value.
476+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPropertyFourcc() uint {
477+ var v gobject.Value
478+ x.GetProperty("fourcc", &v)
479+ return v.GetUint()
480+}
481+
482+// SetPropertyHeight sets the "height" property.
483+// The height of the texture.
484+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPropertyHeight(value uint) {
485+ var v gobject.Value
486+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
487+ v.SetUint(value)
488+ x.SetProperty("height", &v)
489+}
490+
491+// GetPropertyHeight gets the "height" property.
492+// The height of the texture.
493+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPropertyHeight() uint {
494+ var v gobject.Value
495+ x.GetProperty("height", &v)
496+ return v.GetUint()
497+}
498+
499+// SetPropertyModifier sets the "modifier" property.
500+// The modifier.
501+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPropertyModifier(value uint64) {
502+ var v gobject.Value
503+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUint64Val)
504+ v.SetUint64(value)
505+ x.SetProperty("modifier", &v)
506+}
507+
508+// GetPropertyModifier gets the "modifier" property.
509+// The modifier.
510+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPropertyModifier() uint64 {
511+ var v gobject.Value
512+ x.GetProperty("modifier", &v)
513+ return v.GetUint64()
514+}
515+
516+// SetPropertyNPlanes sets the "n-planes" property.
517+// The number of planes of the texture.
518+//
519+// Note that you can set properties for other planes,
520+// but they will be ignored when constructing the texture.
521+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPropertyNPlanes(value uint) {
522+ var v gobject.Value
523+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
524+ v.SetUint(value)
525+ x.SetProperty("n-planes", &v)
526+}
527+
528+// GetPropertyNPlanes gets the "n-planes" property.
529+// The number of planes of the texture.
530+//
531+// Note that you can set properties for other planes,
532+// but they will be ignored when constructing the texture.
533+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPropertyNPlanes() uint {
534+ var v gobject.Value
535+ x.GetProperty("n-planes", &v)
536+ return v.GetUint()
537+}
538+
539+// SetPropertyPremultiplied sets the "premultiplied" property.
540+// Whether the alpha channel is premultiplied into the others.
541+//
542+// Only relevant if the format has alpha.
543+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPropertyPremultiplied(value bool) {
544+ var v gobject.Value
545+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
546+ v.SetBoolean(value)
547+ x.SetProperty("premultiplied", &v)
548+}
549+
550+// GetPropertyPremultiplied gets the "premultiplied" property.
551+// Whether the alpha channel is premultiplied into the others.
552+//
553+// Only relevant if the format has alpha.
554+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPropertyPremultiplied() bool {
555+ var v gobject.Value
556+ x.GetProperty("premultiplied", &v)
557+ return v.GetBoolean()
558+}
559+
560+// SetPropertyUpdateRegion sets the "update-region" property.
561+// The update region for [property@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder:update-texture].
562+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPropertyUpdateRegion(value uintptr) {
563+ var v gobject.Value
564+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
565+ v.SetPointer(value)
566+ x.SetProperty("update-region", &v)
567+}
568+
569+// GetPropertyUpdateRegion gets the "update-region" property.
570+// The update region for [property@Gdk.DmabufTextureBuilder:update-texture].
571+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPropertyUpdateRegion() uintptr {
572+ var v gobject.Value
573+ x.GetProperty("update-region", &v)
574+ return v.GetPointer()
575+}
576+
577+// SetPropertyWidth sets the "width" property.
578+// The width of the texture.
579+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) SetPropertyWidth(value uint) {
580+ var v gobject.Value
581+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
582+ v.SetUint(value)
583+ x.SetProperty("width", &v)
584+}
585+
586+// GetPropertyWidth gets the "width" property.
587+// The width of the texture.
588+func (x *DmabufTextureBuilder) GetPropertyWidth() uint {
589+ var v gobject.Value
590+ x.GetProperty("width", &v)
591+ return v.GetUint()
592+}
593+
448594 func init() {
449595 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
450596 core.SetSharedLibraries("GDK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gdk/gdkdrag.go +17 -0
@@ -229,6 +229,23 @@ func (c *Drag) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
229229 c.Ptr = ptr
230230 }
231231
232+// SetPropertyFormats sets the "formats" property.
233+// The possible formats that the drag can provide its data in.
234+func (x *Drag) SetPropertyFormats(value uintptr) {
235+ var v gobject.Value
236+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
237+ v.SetPointer(value)
238+ x.SetProperty("formats", &v)
239+}
240+
241+// GetPropertyFormats gets the "formats" property.
242+// The possible formats that the drag can provide its data in.
243+func (x *Drag) GetPropertyFormats() uintptr {
244+ var v gobject.Value
245+ x.GetProperty("formats", &v)
246+ return v.GetPointer()
247+}
248+
232249 // Emitted when the drag operation is cancelled.
233250 func (x *Drag) ConnectCancel(cb *func(Drag, DragCancelReason)) uint32 {
234251 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
M v4/gdk/gdkdrop.go +19 -2
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *Drop) ReadAsync(MimeTypesVar []string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVa
165165
166166 }
167167
168-var xDropReadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, string, **glib.Error) uintptr
168+var xDropReadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *string, **glib.Error) uintptr
169169
170170 // Finishes an async drop read operation.
171171 //
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ var xDropReadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, string, **glib.Error) uintptr
175175 // g_input_stream_read_bytes_async().
176176 //
177177 // See [method@Gdk.Drop.read_async].
178-func (x *Drop) ReadFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult, OutMimeTypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
178+func (x *Drop) ReadFinish(ResultVar gio.AsyncResult, OutMimeTypeVar *string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
179179 var cls *gio.InputStream
180180 var cerr *glib.Error
181181
@@ -255,6 +255,23 @@ func (c *Drop) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
255255 c.Ptr = ptr
256256 }
257257
258+// SetPropertyFormats sets the "formats" property.
259+// The possible formats that the drop can provide its data in.
260+func (x *Drop) SetPropertyFormats(value uintptr) {
261+ var v gobject.Value
262+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
263+ v.SetPointer(value)
264+ x.SetProperty("formats", &v)
265+}
266+
267+// GetPropertyFormats gets the "formats" property.
268+// The possible formats that the drop can provide its data in.
269+func (x *Drop) GetPropertyFormats() uintptr {
270+ var v gobject.Value
271+ x.GetProperty("formats", &v)
272+ return v.GetPointer()
273+}
274+
258275 func init() {
259276 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
260277 core.SetSharedLibraries("GDK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gdk/gdkevents.go +30 -30
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ const (
319319 TouchpadGesturePhaseCancelValue TouchpadGesturePhase = 3
320320 )
321321
322-var xEventsGetAngle func(uintptr, uintptr, float64) bool
322+var xEventsGetAngle func(uintptr, uintptr, *float64) bool
323323
324324 // Returns the relative angle from @event1 to @event2.
325325 //
@@ -329,31 +329,31 @@ var xEventsGetAngle func(uintptr, uintptr, float64) bool
329329 //
330330 // This assumes that both events have X/Y information.
331331 // If not, this function returns %FALSE.
332-func EventsGetAngle(Event1Var *Event, Event2Var *Event, AngleVar float64) bool {
332+func EventsGetAngle(Event1Var *Event, Event2Var *Event, AngleVar *float64) bool {
333333
334334 cret := xEventsGetAngle(Event1Var.GoPointer(), Event2Var.GoPointer(), AngleVar)
335335 return cret
336336 }
337337
338-var xEventsGetCenter func(uintptr, uintptr, float64, float64) bool
338+var xEventsGetCenter func(uintptr, uintptr, *float64, *float64) bool
339339
340340 // Returns the point halfway between the events' positions.
341341 //
342342 // This assumes that both events have X/Y information.
343343 // If not, this function returns %FALSE.
344-func EventsGetCenter(Event1Var *Event, Event2Var *Event, XVar float64, YVar float64) bool {
344+func EventsGetCenter(Event1Var *Event, Event2Var *Event, XVar *float64, YVar *float64) bool {
345345
346346 cret := xEventsGetCenter(Event1Var.GoPointer(), Event2Var.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
347347 return cret
348348 }
349349
350-var xEventsGetDistance func(uintptr, uintptr, float64) bool
350+var xEventsGetDistance func(uintptr, uintptr, *float64) bool
351351
352352 // Returns the distance between the event locations.
353353 //
354354 // This assumes that both events have X/Y information.
355355 // If not, this function returns %FALSE.
356-func EventsGetDistance(Event1Var *Event, Event2Var *Event, DistanceVar float64) bool {
356+func EventsGetDistance(Event1Var *Event, Event2Var *Event, DistanceVar *float64) bool {
357357
358358 cret := xEventsGetDistance(Event1Var.GoPointer(), Event2Var.GoPointer(), DistanceVar)
359359 return cret
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ func EventNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *Event {
547547 return cls
548548 }
549549
550-var xEventGetAngle func(uintptr, uintptr, float64) bool
550+var xEventGetAngle func(uintptr, uintptr, *float64) bool
551551
552552 // Returns the relative angle from @event1 to @event2.
553553 //
@@ -557,56 +557,56 @@ var xEventGetAngle func(uintptr, uintptr, float64) bool
557557 //
558558 // This assumes that both events have X/Y information.
559559 // If not, this function returns %FALSE.
560-func (x *Event) GetAngle(Event2Var *Event, AngleVar float64) bool {
560+func (x *Event) GetAngle(Event2Var *Event, AngleVar *float64) bool {
561561
562562 cret := xEventGetAngle(x.GoPointer(), Event2Var.GoPointer(), AngleVar)
563563 return cret
564564 }
565565
566-var xEventGetCenter func(uintptr, uintptr, float64, float64) bool
566+var xEventGetCenter func(uintptr, uintptr, *float64, *float64) bool
567567
568568 // Returns the point halfway between the events' positions.
569569 //
570570 // This assumes that both events have X/Y information.
571571 // If not, this function returns %FALSE.
572-func (x *Event) GetCenter(Event2Var *Event, XVar float64, YVar float64) bool {
572+func (x *Event) GetCenter(Event2Var *Event, XVar *float64, YVar *float64) bool {
573573
574574 cret := xEventGetCenter(x.GoPointer(), Event2Var.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
575575 return cret
576576 }
577577
578-var xEventGetDistance func(uintptr, uintptr, float64) bool
578+var xEventGetDistance func(uintptr, uintptr, *float64) bool
579579
580580 // Returns the distance between the event locations.
581581 //
582582 // This assumes that both events have X/Y information.
583583 // If not, this function returns %FALSE.
584-func (x *Event) GetDistance(Event2Var *Event, DistanceVar float64) bool {
584+func (x *Event) GetDistance(Event2Var *Event, DistanceVar *float64) bool {
585585
586586 cret := xEventGetDistance(x.GoPointer(), Event2Var.GoPointer(), DistanceVar)
587587 return cret
588588 }
589589
590-var xEventGetAxes func(uintptr, []float64, uint) bool
590+var xEventGetAxes func(uintptr, *[]float64, *uint) bool
591591
592592 // Extracts all axis values from an event.
593593 //
594594 // To find out which axes are used, use [method@Gdk.DeviceTool.get_axes]
595595 // on the device tool returned by [method@Gdk.Event.get_device_tool].
596-func (x *Event) GetAxes(AxesVar []float64, NAxesVar uint) bool {
596+func (x *Event) GetAxes(AxesVar *[]float64, NAxesVar *uint) bool {
597597
598598 cret := xEventGetAxes(x.GoPointer(), AxesVar, NAxesVar)
599599 return cret
600600 }
601601
602-var xEventGetAxis func(uintptr, AxisUse, float64) bool
602+var xEventGetAxis func(uintptr, AxisUse, *float64) bool
603603
604604 // Extract the axis value for a particular axis use from
605605 // an event structure.
606606 //
607607 // To find out which axes are used, use [method@Gdk.DeviceTool.get_axes]
608608 // on the device tool returned by [method@Gdk.Event.get_device_tool].
609-func (x *Event) GetAxis(AxisUseVar AxisUse, ValueVar float64) bool {
609+func (x *Event) GetAxis(AxisUseVar AxisUse, ValueVar *float64) bool {
610610
611611 cret := xEventGetAxis(x.GoPointer(), AxisUseVar, ValueVar)
612612 return cret
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ func (x *Event) GetEventType() EventType {
693693 return cret
694694 }
695695
696-var xEventGetHistory func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
696+var xEventGetHistory func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
697697
698698 // Retrieves the history of the device that @event is for, as a list of
699699 // time and coordinates.
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ var xEventGetHistory func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
704704 // Note that only motion and scroll events record history, and motion
705705 // events do it only if one of the mouse buttons is down, or the device
706706 // has a tool.
707-func (x *Event) GetHistory(OutNCoordsVar uint) uintptr {
707+func (x *Event) GetHistory(OutNCoordsVar *uint) uintptr {
708708
709709 cret := xEventGetHistory(x.GoPointer(), OutNCoordsVar)
710710 return cret
@@ -730,12 +730,12 @@ func (x *Event) GetPointerEmulated() bool {
730730 return cret
731731 }
732732
733-var xEventGetPosition func(uintptr, float64, float64) bool
733+var xEventGetPosition func(uintptr, *float64, *float64) bool
734734
735735 // Extract the event surface relative x/y coordinates from an event.
736736 //
737737 // This position is in [surface coordinates](coordinates.html).
738-func (x *Event) GetPosition(XVar float64, YVar float64) bool {
738+func (x *Event) GetPosition(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) bool {
739739
740740 cret := xEventGetPosition(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
741741 return cret
@@ -998,13 +998,13 @@ func (x *KeyEvent) GetLevel() uint {
998998 return cret
999999 }
10001000
1001-var xKeyEventGetMatch func(uintptr, uint, *ModifierType) bool
1001+var xKeyEventGetMatch func(uintptr, *uint, *ModifierType) bool
10021002
10031003 // Gets a keyval and modifier combination that will match
10041004 // the event.
10051005 //
10061006 // See [method@Gdk.KeyEvent.matches].
1007-func (x *KeyEvent) GetMatch(KeyvalVar uint, ModifiersVar *ModifierType) bool {
1007+func (x *KeyEvent) GetMatch(KeyvalVar *uint, ModifiersVar *ModifierType) bool {
10081008
10091009 cret := xKeyEventGetMatch(x.GoPointer(), KeyvalVar, ModifiersVar)
10101010 return cret
@@ -1091,10 +1091,10 @@ func PadEventNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *PadEvent {
10911091 return cls
10921092 }
10931093
1094-var xPadEventGetAxisValue func(uintptr, uint, float64)
1094+var xPadEventGetAxisValue func(uintptr, *uint, *float64)
10951095
10961096 // Extracts the information from a pad strip or ring event.
1097-func (x *PadEvent) GetAxisValue(IndexVar uint, ValueVar float64) {
1097+func (x *PadEvent) GetAxisValue(IndexVar *uint, ValueVar *float64) {
10981098
10991099 xPadEventGetAxisValue(x.GoPointer(), IndexVar, ValueVar)
11001100
@@ -1110,10 +1110,10 @@ func (x *PadEvent) GetButton() uint {
11101110 return cret
11111111 }
11121112
1113-var xPadEventGetGroupMode func(uintptr, uint, uint)
1113+var xPadEventGetGroupMode func(uintptr, *uint, *uint)
11141114
11151115 // Extracts group and mode information from a pad event.
1116-func (x *PadEvent) GetGroupMode(GroupVar uint, ModeVar uint) {
1116+func (x *PadEvent) GetGroupMode(GroupVar *uint, ModeVar *uint) {
11171117
11181118 xPadEventGetGroupMode(x.GoPointer(), GroupVar, ModeVar)
11191119
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ func ScrollEventNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *ScrollEvent {
11751175 return cls
11761176 }
11771177
1178-var xScrollEventGetDeltas func(uintptr, float64, float64)
1178+var xScrollEventGetDeltas func(uintptr, *float64, *float64)
11791179
11801180 // Extracts the scroll deltas of a scroll event.
11811181 //
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ var xScrollEventGetDeltas func(uintptr, float64, float64)
11841184 //
11851185 // For the representation unit of these deltas, see
11861186 // [method@Gdk.ScrollEvent.get_unit].
1187-func (x *ScrollEvent) GetDeltas(DeltaXVar float64, DeltaYVar float64) {
1187+func (x *ScrollEvent) GetDeltas(DeltaXVar *float64, DeltaYVar *float64) {
11881188
11891189 xScrollEventGetDeltas(x.GoPointer(), DeltaXVar, DeltaYVar)
11901190
@@ -1306,10 +1306,10 @@ func TouchpadEventNewFromInternalPtr(ptr uintptr) *TouchpadEvent {
13061306 return cls
13071307 }
13081308
1309-var xTouchpadEventGetDeltas func(uintptr, float64, float64)
1309+var xTouchpadEventGetDeltas func(uintptr, *float64, *float64)
13101310
13111311 // Extracts delta information from a touchpad event.
1312-func (x *TouchpadEvent) GetDeltas(DxVar float64, DyVar float64) {
1312+func (x *TouchpadEvent) GetDeltas(DxVar *float64, DyVar *float64) {
13131313
13141314 xTouchpadEventGetDeltas(x.GoPointer(), DxVar, DyVar)
13151315
M v4/gdk/gdkframeclock.go +2 -2
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *FrameClock) GetHistoryStart() int64 {
193193 return cret
194194 }
195195
196-var xFrameClockGetRefreshInfo func(uintptr, int64, int64, int64)
196+var xFrameClockGetRefreshInfo func(uintptr, int64, *int64, *int64)
197197
198198 // Predicts a presentation time, based on history.
199199 //
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ var xFrameClockGetRefreshInfo func(uintptr, int64, int64, int64)
202202 // presentation times are separated by the refresh interval,
203203 // predicts a presentation time that is a multiple of the refresh
204204 // interval after the last presentation time, and later than @base_time.
205-func (x *FrameClock) GetRefreshInfo(BaseTimeVar int64, RefreshIntervalReturnVar int64, PresentationTimeReturnVar int64) {
205+func (x *FrameClock) GetRefreshInfo(BaseTimeVar int64, RefreshIntervalReturnVar *int64, PresentationTimeReturnVar *int64) {
206206
207207 xFrameClockGetRefreshInfo(x.GoPointer(), BaseTimeVar, RefreshIntervalReturnVar, PresentationTimeReturnVar)
208208
M v4/gdk/gdkglcontext.go +4 -4
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *GLContext) GetForwardCompatible() bool {
141141 return cret
142142 }
143143
144-var xGLContextGetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int, int)
144+var xGLContextGetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, *int, *int)
145145
146146 // Retrieves required OpenGL version set as a requirement for the @context
147147 // realization. It will not change even if a greater OpenGL version is supported
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ var xGLContextGetRequiredVersion func(uintptr, int, int)
149149 // [method@Gdk.GLContext.get_version] for the real version in use.
150150 //
151151 // See [method@Gdk.GLContext.set_required_version].
152-func (x *GLContext) GetRequiredVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) {
152+func (x *GLContext) GetRequiredVersion(MajorVar *int, MinorVar *int) {
153153
154154 xGLContextGetRequiredVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar)
155155
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@ func (x *GLContext) GetUseEs() bool {
201201 return cret
202202 }
203203
204-var xGLContextGetVersion func(uintptr, int, int)
204+var xGLContextGetVersion func(uintptr, *int, *int)
205205
206206 // Retrieves the OpenGL version of the @context.
207207 //
208208 // The @context must be realized prior to calling this function.
209-func (x *GLContext) GetVersion(MajorVar int, MinorVar int) {
209+func (x *GLContext) GetVersion(MajorVar *int, MinorVar *int) {
210210
211211 xGLContextGetVersion(x.GoPointer(), MajorVar, MinorVar)
212212
M v4/gdk/gdkgltexture.go +3 -3
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ func (c *GLTexture) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
9191 // and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
9292 // function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
9393 // other dimension when only one dimension is given.
94-func (x *GLTexture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
94+func (x *GLTexture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar *float64, ConcreteHeightVar *float64) {
9595
9696 XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
9797
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ func (x *GLTexture) ToString() string {
274274
275275 // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
276276 // see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
277-func (x *GLTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
277+func (x *GLTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
278278 var cls *gio.InputStream
279279 var cerr *glib.Error
280280
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ func (x *GLTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, Call
302302 }
303303
304304 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
305-func (x *GLTexture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
305+func (x *GLTexture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
306306 var cls *gio.InputStream
307307 var cerr *glib.Error
308308
M v4/gdk/gdkgltexturebuilder.go +123 -0
@@ -353,6 +353,129 @@ func (c *GLTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
353353 c.Ptr = ptr
354354 }
355355
356+// SetPropertyColorState sets the "color-state" property.
357+// The color state of the texture.
358+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetPropertyColorState(value uintptr) {
359+ var v gobject.Value
360+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
361+ v.SetPointer(value)
362+ x.SetProperty("color-state", &v)
363+}
364+
365+// GetPropertyColorState gets the "color-state" property.
366+// The color state of the texture.
367+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetPropertyColorState() uintptr {
368+ var v gobject.Value
369+ x.GetProperty("color-state", &v)
370+ return v.GetPointer()
371+}
372+
373+// SetPropertyHasMipmap sets the "has-mipmap" property.
374+// If the texture has a mipmap.
375+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetPropertyHasMipmap(value bool) {
376+ var v gobject.Value
377+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
378+ v.SetBoolean(value)
379+ x.SetProperty("has-mipmap", &v)
380+}
381+
382+// GetPropertyHasMipmap gets the "has-mipmap" property.
383+// If the texture has a mipmap.
384+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetPropertyHasMipmap() bool {
385+ var v gobject.Value
386+ x.GetProperty("has-mipmap", &v)
387+ return v.GetBoolean()
388+}
389+
390+// SetPropertyHeight sets the "height" property.
391+// The height of the texture.
392+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetPropertyHeight(value int) {
393+ var v gobject.Value
394+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
395+ v.SetInt(value)
396+ x.SetProperty("height", &v)
397+}
398+
399+// GetPropertyHeight gets the "height" property.
400+// The height of the texture.
401+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetPropertyHeight() int {
402+ var v gobject.Value
403+ x.GetProperty("height", &v)
404+ return v.GetInt()
405+}
406+
407+// SetPropertyId sets the "id" property.
408+// The texture ID to use.
409+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetPropertyId(value uint) {
410+ var v gobject.Value
411+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
412+ v.SetUint(value)
413+ x.SetProperty("id", &v)
414+}
415+
416+// GetPropertyId gets the "id" property.
417+// The texture ID to use.
418+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetPropertyId() uint {
419+ var v gobject.Value
420+ x.GetProperty("id", &v)
421+ return v.GetUint()
422+}
423+
424+// SetPropertySync sets the "sync" property.
425+// An optional `GLSync` object.
426+//
427+// If this is set, GTK will wait on it before using the texture.
428+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetPropertySync(value uintptr) {
429+ var v gobject.Value
430+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
431+ v.SetPointer(value)
432+ x.SetProperty("sync", &v)
433+}
434+
435+// GetPropertySync gets the "sync" property.
436+// An optional `GLSync` object.
437+//
438+// If this is set, GTK will wait on it before using the texture.
439+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetPropertySync() uintptr {
440+ var v gobject.Value
441+ x.GetProperty("sync", &v)
442+ return v.GetPointer()
443+}
444+
445+// SetPropertyUpdateRegion sets the "update-region" property.
446+// The update region for [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:update-texture].
447+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetPropertyUpdateRegion(value uintptr) {
448+ var v gobject.Value
449+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
450+ v.SetPointer(value)
451+ x.SetProperty("update-region", &v)
452+}
453+
454+// GetPropertyUpdateRegion gets the "update-region" property.
455+// The update region for [property@Gdk.GLTextureBuilder:update-texture].
456+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetPropertyUpdateRegion() uintptr {
457+ var v gobject.Value
458+ x.GetProperty("update-region", &v)
459+ return v.GetPointer()
460+}
461+
462+// SetPropertyWidth sets the "width" property.
463+// The width of the texture.
464+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) SetPropertyWidth(value int) {
465+ var v gobject.Value
466+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
467+ v.SetInt(value)
468+ x.SetProperty("width", &v)
469+}
470+
471+// GetPropertyWidth gets the "width" property.
472+// The width of the texture.
473+func (x *GLTextureBuilder) GetPropertyWidth() int {
474+ var v gobject.Value
475+ x.GetProperty("width", &v)
476+ return v.GetInt()
477+}
478+
356479 func init() {
357480 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
358481 core.SetSharedLibraries("GDK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gdk/gdkkeys.go +2 -2
@@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ import (
66 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
77 )
88
9-var xKeyvalConvertCase func(uint, uint, uint)
9+var xKeyvalConvertCase func(uint, *uint, *uint)
1010
1111 // Obtains the upper- and lower-case versions of the keyval @symbol.
1212 //
1313 // Examples of keyvals are `GDK_KEY_a`, `GDK_KEY_Enter`, `GDK_KEY_F1`, etc.
14-func KeyvalConvertCase(SymbolVar uint, LowerVar uint, UpperVar uint) {
14+func KeyvalConvertCase(SymbolVar uint, LowerVar *uint, UpperVar *uint) {
1515
1616 xKeyvalConvertCase(SymbolVar, LowerVar, UpperVar)
1717
M v4/gdk/gdkmemorytexture.go +3 -3
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (c *MemoryTexture) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
7777 // and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
7878 // function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
7979 // other dimension when only one dimension is given.
80-func (x *MemoryTexture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
80+func (x *MemoryTexture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar *float64, ConcreteHeightVar *float64) {
8181
8282 XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
8383
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ func (x *MemoryTexture) ToString() string {
260260
261261 // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
262262 // see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
263-func (x *MemoryTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
263+func (x *MemoryTexture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
264264 var cls *gio.InputStream
265265 var cerr *glib.Error
266266
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ func (x *MemoryTexture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable,
288288 }
289289
290290 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
291-func (x *MemoryTexture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
291+func (x *MemoryTexture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
292292 var cls *gio.InputStream
293293 var cerr *glib.Error
294294
M v4/gdk/gdkmemorytexturebuilder.go +108 -0
@@ -317,6 +317,114 @@ func (c *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
317317 c.Ptr = ptr
318318 }
319319
320+// SetPropertyBytes sets the "bytes" property.
321+// The bytes holding the data.
322+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetPropertyBytes(value uintptr) {
323+ var v gobject.Value
324+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
325+ v.SetPointer(value)
326+ x.SetProperty("bytes", &v)
327+}
328+
329+// GetPropertyBytes gets the "bytes" property.
330+// The bytes holding the data.
331+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetPropertyBytes() uintptr {
332+ var v gobject.Value
333+ x.GetProperty("bytes", &v)
334+ return v.GetPointer()
335+}
336+
337+// SetPropertyColorState sets the "color-state" property.
338+// The colorstate describing the data.
339+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetPropertyColorState(value uintptr) {
340+ var v gobject.Value
341+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
342+ v.SetPointer(value)
343+ x.SetProperty("color-state", &v)
344+}
345+
346+// GetPropertyColorState gets the "color-state" property.
347+// The colorstate describing the data.
348+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetPropertyColorState() uintptr {
349+ var v gobject.Value
350+ x.GetProperty("color-state", &v)
351+ return v.GetPointer()
352+}
353+
354+// SetPropertyHeight sets the "height" property.
355+// The height of the texture.
356+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetPropertyHeight(value int) {
357+ var v gobject.Value
358+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
359+ v.SetInt(value)
360+ x.SetProperty("height", &v)
361+}
362+
363+// GetPropertyHeight gets the "height" property.
364+// The height of the texture.
365+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetPropertyHeight() int {
366+ var v gobject.Value
367+ x.GetProperty("height", &v)
368+ return v.GetInt()
369+}
370+
371+// SetPropertyStride sets the "stride" property.
372+// The rowstride of the texture.
373+//
374+// The rowstride is the number of bytes between the first pixel
375+// in a row of image data, and the first pixel in the next row.
376+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetPropertyStride(value uint64) {
377+ var v gobject.Value
378+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUint64Val)
379+ v.SetUint64(value)
380+ x.SetProperty("stride", &v)
381+}
382+
383+// GetPropertyStride gets the "stride" property.
384+// The rowstride of the texture.
385+//
386+// The rowstride is the number of bytes between the first pixel
387+// in a row of image data, and the first pixel in the next row.
388+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetPropertyStride() uint64 {
389+ var v gobject.Value
390+ x.GetProperty("stride", &v)
391+ return v.GetUint64()
392+}
393+
394+// SetPropertyUpdateRegion sets the "update-region" property.
395+// The update region for [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:update-texture].
396+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetPropertyUpdateRegion(value uintptr) {
397+ var v gobject.Value
398+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
399+ v.SetPointer(value)
400+ x.SetProperty("update-region", &v)
401+}
402+
403+// GetPropertyUpdateRegion gets the "update-region" property.
404+// The update region for [property@Gdk.MemoryTextureBuilder:update-texture].
405+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetPropertyUpdateRegion() uintptr {
406+ var v gobject.Value
407+ x.GetProperty("update-region", &v)
408+ return v.GetPointer()
409+}
410+
411+// SetPropertyWidth sets the "width" property.
412+// The width of the texture.
413+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) SetPropertyWidth(value int) {
414+ var v gobject.Value
415+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
416+ v.SetInt(value)
417+ x.SetProperty("width", &v)
418+}
419+
420+// GetPropertyWidth gets the "width" property.
421+// The width of the texture.
422+func (x *MemoryTextureBuilder) GetPropertyWidth() int {
423+ var v gobject.Value
424+ x.GetProperty("width", &v)
425+ return v.GetInt()
426+}
427+
320428 func init() {
321429 core.SetPackageName("GDK", "gtk4")
322430 core.SetSharedLibraries("GDK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gdk/gdkmonitor.go +91 -0
@@ -241,6 +241,97 @@ func (c *Monitor) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
241241 c.Ptr = ptr
242242 }
243243
244+// GetPropertyConnector gets the "connector" property.
245+// The connector name.
246+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyConnector() string {
247+ var v gobject.Value
248+ x.GetProperty("connector", &v)
249+ return v.GetString()
250+}
251+
252+// GetPropertyDescription gets the "description" property.
253+// A short description of the monitor, meant for display to the user.
254+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyDescription() string {
255+ var v gobject.Value
256+ x.GetProperty("description", &v)
257+ return v.GetString()
258+}
259+
260+// GetPropertyGeometry gets the "geometry" property.
261+// The geometry of the monitor.
262+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyGeometry() uintptr {
263+ var v gobject.Value
264+ x.GetProperty("geometry", &v)
265+ return v.GetPointer()
266+}
267+
268+// GetPropertyHeightMm gets the "height-mm" property.
269+// The height of the monitor, in millimeters.
270+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyHeightMm() int {
271+ var v gobject.Value
272+ x.GetProperty("height-mm", &v)
273+ return v.GetInt()
274+}
275+
276+// GetPropertyManufacturer gets the "manufacturer" property.
277+// The manufacturer name.
278+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyManufacturer() string {
279+ var v gobject.Value
280+ x.GetProperty("manufacturer", &v)
281+ return v.GetString()
282+}
283+
284+// GetPropertyModel gets the "model" property.
285+// The model name.
286+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyModel() string {
287+ var v gobject.Value
288+ x.GetProperty("model", &v)
289+ return v.GetString()
290+}
291+
292+// GetPropertyRefreshRate gets the "refresh-rate" property.
293+// The refresh rate, in milli-Hertz.
294+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyRefreshRate() int {
295+ var v gobject.Value
296+ x.GetProperty("refresh-rate", &v)
297+ return v.GetInt()
298+}
299+
300+// GetPropertyScale gets the "scale" property.
301+// The scale of the monitor.
302+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyScale() float64 {
303+ var v gobject.Value
304+ x.GetProperty("scale", &v)
305+ return v.GetDouble()
306+}
307+
308+// GetPropertyScaleFactor gets the "scale-factor" property.
309+// The scale factor.
310+//
311+// The scale factor is the next larger integer,
312+// compared to [property@Gdk.Surface:scale].
313+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyScaleFactor() int {
314+ var v gobject.Value
315+ x.GetProperty("scale-factor", &v)
316+ return v.GetInt()
317+}
318+
319+// GetPropertyValid gets the "valid" property.
320+// Whether the object is still valid.
321+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyValid() bool {
322+ var v gobject.Value
323+ x.GetProperty("valid", &v)
324+ return v.GetBoolean()
325+}
326+
327+// GetPropertyWidthMm gets the "width-mm" property.
328+// The width of the monitor, in millimeters.
329+func (x *Monitor) GetPropertyWidthMm() int {
330+ var v gobject.Value
331+ x.GetProperty("width-mm", &v)
332+ return v.GetInt()
333+}
334+
244335 // Emitted when the output represented by @monitor gets disconnected.
245336 func (x *Monitor) ConnectInvalidate(cb *func(Monitor)) uint32 {
246337 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
M v4/gdk/gdkpaintable.go +15 -15
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
4141 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4242 }
4343
44-// OverrideSnapshot sets the callback function.
44+// OverrideSnapshot sets the "snapshot" callback function.
4545 // Snapshot the paintable. The given @width and @height are
4646 //
4747 // guaranteed to be larger than 0.0. The resulting snapshot must modify
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideSnapshot(cb func(Paintable, *Snapshot, floa
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// GetSnapshot gets the callback function.
60+// GetSnapshot gets the "snapshot" callback function.
6161 // Snapshot the paintable. The given @width and @height are
6262 //
6363 // guaranteed to be larger than 0.0. The resulting snapshot must modify
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetSnapshot() func(Paintable, *Snapshot, float64, f
7474 }
7575 }
7676
77-// OverrideGetCurrentImage sets the callback function.
77+// OverrideGetCurrentImage sets the "get_current_image" callback function.
7878 // return a `GdkPaintable` that does not change over
7979 //
8080 // time. This means the `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE` and
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetCurrentImage(cb func(Paintable) *Paintab
9393 }
9494 }
9595
96-// GetGetCurrentImage gets the callback function.
96+// GetGetCurrentImage gets the "get_current_image" callback function.
9797 // return a `GdkPaintable` that does not change over
9898 //
9999 // time. This means the `GDK_PAINTABLE_STATIC_SIZE` and
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetCurrentImage() func(Paintable) *PaintableBase
115115 }
116116 }
117117
118-// OverrideGetFlags sets the callback function.
118+// OverrideGetFlags sets the "get_flags" callback function.
119119 // Get the flags for this instance. See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags]
120120 //
121121 // for details.
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetFlags(cb func(Paintable) PaintableFlags)
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// GetGetFlags gets the callback function.
132+// GetGetFlags gets the "get_flags" callback function.
133133 // Get the flags for this instance. See [flags@Gdk.PaintableFlags]
134134 //
135135 // for details.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetFlags() func(Paintable) PaintableFlags {
144144 }
145145 }
146146
147-// OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth sets the callback function.
147+// OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth sets the "get_intrinsic_width" callback function.
148148 // The preferred width for this object to be
149149 //
150150 // snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicWidth(cb func(Paintable) int) {
159159 }
160160 }
161161
162-// GetGetIntrinsicWidth gets the callback function.
162+// GetGetIntrinsicWidth gets the "get_intrinsic_width" callback function.
163163 // The preferred width for this object to be
164164 //
165165 // snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicWidth() func(Paintable) int {
175175 }
176176 }
177177
178-// OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight sets the callback function.
178+// OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight sets the "get_intrinsic_height" callback function.
179179 // The preferred height for this object to be
180180 //
181181 // snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicHeight(cb func(Paintable) int)
190190 }
191191 }
192192
193-// GetGetIntrinsicHeight gets the callback function.
193+// GetGetIntrinsicHeight gets the "get_intrinsic_height" callback function.
194194 // The preferred height for this object to be
195195 //
196196 // snapshot at or 0 if none. This is purely a hint. The object must still
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicHeight() func(Paintable) int {
206206 }
207207 }
208208
209-// OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio sets the callback function.
209+// OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio sets the "get_intrinsic_aspect_ratio" callback function.
210210 // The preferred aspect ratio for this object
211211 //
212212 // or 0 if none. If both [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width]
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) OverrideGetIntrinsicAspectRatio(cb func(Paintable)
222222 }
223223 }
224224
225-// GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio gets the callback function.
225+// GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio gets the "get_intrinsic_aspect_ratio" callback function.
226226 // The preferred aspect ratio for this object
227227 //
228228 // or 0 if none. If both [vfunc@Gdk.Paintable.get_intrinsic_width]
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ func (x *PaintableInterface) GetGetIntrinsicAspectRatio() func(Paintable) float6
286286 type Paintable interface {
287287 GoPointer() uintptr
288288 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
289- ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64)
289+ ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar *float64, ConcreteHeightVar *float64)
290290 GetCurrentImage() *PaintableBase
291291 GetFlags() PaintableFlags
292292 GetIntrinsicAspectRatio() float64
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ func (x *PaintableBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
328328 // and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
329329 // function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
330330 // other dimension when only one dimension is given.
331-func (x *PaintableBase) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
331+func (x *PaintableBase) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar *float64, ConcreteHeightVar *float64) {
332332
333333 XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
334334
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ func (x *PaintableBase) Snapshot(SnapshotVar *Snapshot, WidthVar float64, Height
462462
463463 }
464464
465-var XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize func(uintptr, float64, float64, float64, float64, float64, float64)
465+var XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize func(uintptr, float64, float64, float64, float64, *float64, *float64)
466466 var XGdkPaintableGetCurrentImage func(uintptr) uintptr
467467 var XGdkPaintableGetFlags func(uintptr) PaintableFlags
468468 var XGdkPaintableGetIntrinsicAspectRatio func(uintptr) float64
M v4/gdk/gdkpopup.go +21 -0
@@ -136,6 +136,27 @@ func (x *PopupBase) Present(WidthVar int, HeightVar int, LayoutVar *PopupLayout)
136136 return cret
137137 }
138138
139+// SetPropertyAutohide sets the "autohide" property.
140+// Whether to hide on outside clicks.
141+func (x *PopupBase) SetPropertyAutohide(value bool) {
142+ obj := gobject.Object{}
143+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
144+ var v gobject.Value
145+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
146+ v.SetBoolean(value)
147+ obj.SetProperty("autohide", &v)
148+}
149+
150+// GetPropertyAutohide gets the "autohide" property.
151+// Whether to hide on outside clicks.
152+func (x *PopupBase) GetPropertyAutohide() bool {
153+ obj := gobject.Object{}
154+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
155+ var v gobject.Value
156+ obj.GetProperty("autohide", &v)
157+ return v.GetBoolean()
158+}
159+
139160 var XGdkPopupGetAutohide func(uintptr) bool
140161 var XGdkPopupGetParent func(uintptr) uintptr
141162 var XGdkPopupGetPositionX func(uintptr) int
M v4/gdk/gdkpopuplayout.go +4 -4
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ func (x *PopupLayout) GetAnchorRect() *Rectangle {
113113 return cret
114114 }
115115
116-var xPopupLayoutGetOffset func(uintptr, int, int)
116+var xPopupLayoutGetOffset func(uintptr, *int, *int)
117117
118118 // Retrieves the offset for the anchor rectangle.
119-func (x *PopupLayout) GetOffset(DxVar int, DyVar int) {
119+func (x *PopupLayout) GetOffset(DxVar *int, DyVar *int) {
120120
121121 xPopupLayoutGetOffset(x.GoPointer(), DxVar, DyVar)
122122
@@ -131,10 +131,10 @@ func (x *PopupLayout) GetRectAnchor() Gravity {
131131 return cret
132132 }
133133
134-var xPopupLayoutGetShadowWidth func(uintptr, int, int, int, int)
134+var xPopupLayoutGetShadowWidth func(uintptr, *int, *int, *int, *int)
135135
136136 // Obtains the shadow widths of this layout.
137-func (x *PopupLayout) GetShadowWidth(LeftVar int, RightVar int, TopVar int, BottomVar int) {
137+func (x *PopupLayout) GetShadowWidth(LeftVar *int, RightVar *int, TopVar *int, BottomVar *int) {
138138
139139 xPopupLayoutGetShadowWidth(x.GoPointer(), LeftVar, RightVar, TopVar, BottomVar)
140140
M v4/gdk/gdksurface.go +45 -2
@@ -242,13 +242,13 @@ func (x *Surface) GetDeviceCursor(DeviceVar *Device) *Cursor {
242242 return cls
243243 }
244244
245-var xSurfaceGetDevicePosition func(uintptr, uintptr, float64, float64, *ModifierType) bool
245+var xSurfaceGetDevicePosition func(uintptr, uintptr, *float64, *float64, *ModifierType) bool
246246
247247 // Obtains the current device position and modifier state.
248248 //
249249 // The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper
250250 // left corner of @surface.
251-func (x *Surface) GetDevicePosition(DeviceVar *Device, XVar float64, YVar float64, MaskVar *ModifierType) bool {
251+func (x *Surface) GetDevicePosition(DeviceVar *Device, XVar *float64, YVar *float64, MaskVar *ModifierType) bool {
252252
253253 cret := xSurfaceGetDevicePosition(x.GoPointer(), DeviceVar.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, MaskVar)
254254 return cret
@@ -511,6 +511,49 @@ func (c *Surface) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
511511 c.Ptr = ptr
512512 }
513513
514+// GetPropertyHeight gets the "height" property.
515+// The height of the surface, in pixels.
516+func (x *Surface) GetPropertyHeight() int {
517+ var v gobject.Value
518+ x.GetProperty("height", &v)
519+ return v.GetInt()
520+}
521+
522+// GetPropertyMapped gets the "mapped" property.
523+// Whether the surface is mapped.
524+func (x *Surface) GetPropertyMapped() bool {
525+ var v gobject.Value
526+ x.GetProperty("mapped", &v)
527+ return v.GetBoolean()
528+}
529+
530+// GetPropertyScale gets the "scale" property.
531+// The scale of the surface.
532+func (x *Surface) GetPropertyScale() float64 {
533+ var v gobject.Value
534+ x.GetProperty("scale", &v)
535+ return v.GetDouble()
536+}
537+
538+// GetPropertyScaleFactor gets the "scale-factor" property.
539+// The scale factor of the surface.
540+//
541+// The scale factor is the next larger integer,
542+// compared to [property@Gdk.Surface:scale].
543+func (x *Surface) GetPropertyScaleFactor() int {
544+ var v gobject.Value
545+ x.GetProperty("scale-factor", &v)
546+ return v.GetInt()
547+}
548+
549+// GetPropertyWidth gets the "width" property.
550+// The width of the surface in pixels.
551+func (x *Surface) GetPropertyWidth() int {
552+ var v gobject.Value
553+ x.GetProperty("width", &v)
554+ return v.GetInt()
555+}
556+
514557 // Emitted when @surface starts being present on the monitor.
515558 func (x *Surface) ConnectEnterMonitor(cb *func(Surface, uintptr)) uint32 {
516559 cbPtr := uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(cb))
M v4/gdk/gdktexture.go +54 -3
@@ -408,6 +408,57 @@ func (c *Texture) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
408408 c.Ptr = ptr
409409 }
410410
411+// SetPropertyColorState sets the "color-state" property.
412+// The color state of the texture.
413+func (x *Texture) SetPropertyColorState(value uintptr) {
414+ var v gobject.Value
415+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
416+ v.SetPointer(value)
417+ x.SetProperty("color-state", &v)
418+}
419+
420+// GetPropertyColorState gets the "color-state" property.
421+// The color state of the texture.
422+func (x *Texture) GetPropertyColorState() uintptr {
423+ var v gobject.Value
424+ x.GetProperty("color-state", &v)
425+ return v.GetPointer()
426+}
427+
428+// SetPropertyHeight sets the "height" property.
429+// The height of the texture, in pixels.
430+func (x *Texture) SetPropertyHeight(value int) {
431+ var v gobject.Value
432+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
433+ v.SetInt(value)
434+ x.SetProperty("height", &v)
435+}
436+
437+// GetPropertyHeight gets the "height" property.
438+// The height of the texture, in pixels.
439+func (x *Texture) GetPropertyHeight() int {
440+ var v gobject.Value
441+ x.GetProperty("height", &v)
442+ return v.GetInt()
443+}
444+
445+// SetPropertyWidth sets the "width" property.
446+// The width of the texture, in pixels.
447+func (x *Texture) SetPropertyWidth(value int) {
448+ var v gobject.Value
449+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
450+ v.SetInt(value)
451+ x.SetProperty("width", &v)
452+}
453+
454+// GetPropertyWidth gets the "width" property.
455+// The width of the texture, in pixels.
456+func (x *Texture) GetPropertyWidth() int {
457+ var v gobject.Value
458+ x.GetProperty("width", &v)
459+ return v.GetInt()
460+}
461+
411462 // Compute a concrete size for the `GdkPaintable`.
412463 //
413464 // Applies the sizing algorithm outlined in the
@@ -418,7 +469,7 @@ func (c *Texture) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
418469 // and @specified_height are known, but it is useful to call this
419470 // function in GtkWidget:measure implementations to compute the
420471 // other dimension when only one dimension is given.
421-func (x *Texture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar float64, ConcreteHeightVar float64) {
472+func (x *Texture) ComputeConcreteSize(SpecifiedWidthVar float64, SpecifiedHeightVar float64, DefaultWidthVar float64, DefaultHeightVar float64, ConcreteWidthVar *float64, ConcreteHeightVar *float64) {
422473
423474 XGdkPaintableComputeConcreteSize(x.GoPointer(), SpecifiedWidthVar, SpecifiedHeightVar, DefaultWidthVar, DefaultHeightVar, ConcreteWidthVar, ConcreteHeightVar)
424475
@@ -601,7 +652,7 @@ func (x *Texture) ToString() string {
601652
602653 // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
603654 // see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
604-func (x *Texture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
655+func (x *Texture) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
605656 var cls *gio.InputStream
606657 var cerr *glib.Error
607658
@@ -629,7 +680,7 @@ func (x *Texture) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, Callba
629680 }
630681
631682 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
632-func (x *Texture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
683+func (x *Texture) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
633684 var cls *gio.InputStream
634685 var cerr *glib.Error
635686
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevel.go +143 -0
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
@@ -318,6 +319,148 @@ func (x *ToplevelBase) TitlebarGesture(GestureVar TitlebarGesture) bool {
318319 return cret
319320 }
320321
322+// SetPropertyDecorated sets the "decorated" property.
323+// Whether the window manager should add decorations.
324+func (x *ToplevelBase) SetPropertyDecorated(value bool) {
325+ obj := gobject.Object{}
326+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
327+ var v gobject.Value
328+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
329+ v.SetBoolean(value)
330+ obj.SetProperty("decorated", &v)
331+}
332+
333+// GetPropertyDecorated gets the "decorated" property.
334+// Whether the window manager should add decorations.
335+func (x *ToplevelBase) GetPropertyDecorated() bool {
336+ obj := gobject.Object{}
337+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
338+ var v gobject.Value
339+ obj.GetProperty("decorated", &v)
340+ return v.GetBoolean()
341+}
342+
343+// SetPropertyDeletable sets the "deletable" property.
344+// Whether the window manager should allow to close the surface.
345+func (x *ToplevelBase) SetPropertyDeletable(value bool) {
346+ obj := gobject.Object{}
347+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
348+ var v gobject.Value
349+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
350+ v.SetBoolean(value)
351+ obj.SetProperty("deletable", &v)
352+}
353+
354+// GetPropertyDeletable gets the "deletable" property.
355+// Whether the window manager should allow to close the surface.
356+func (x *ToplevelBase) GetPropertyDeletable() bool {
357+ obj := gobject.Object{}
358+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
359+ var v gobject.Value
360+ obj.GetProperty("deletable", &v)
361+ return v.GetBoolean()
362+}
363+
364+// SetPropertyIconList sets the "icon-list" property.
365+// A list of textures to use as icon.
366+func (x *ToplevelBase) SetPropertyIconList(value uintptr) {
367+ obj := gobject.Object{}
368+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
369+ var v gobject.Value
370+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
371+ v.SetPointer(value)
372+ obj.SetProperty("icon-list", &v)
373+}
374+
375+// GetPropertyIconList gets the "icon-list" property.
376+// A list of textures to use as icon.
377+func (x *ToplevelBase) GetPropertyIconList() uintptr {
378+ obj := gobject.Object{}
379+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
380+ var v gobject.Value
381+ obj.GetProperty("icon-list", &v)
382+ return v.GetPointer()
383+}
384+
385+// SetPropertyModal sets the "modal" property.
386+// Whether the surface is modal.
387+func (x *ToplevelBase) SetPropertyModal(value bool) {
388+ obj := gobject.Object{}
389+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
390+ var v gobject.Value
391+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
392+ v.SetBoolean(value)
393+ obj.SetProperty("modal", &v)
394+}
395+
396+// GetPropertyModal gets the "modal" property.
397+// Whether the surface is modal.
398+func (x *ToplevelBase) GetPropertyModal() bool {
399+ obj := gobject.Object{}
400+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
401+ var v gobject.Value
402+ obj.GetProperty("modal", &v)
403+ return v.GetBoolean()
404+}
405+
406+// GetPropertyShortcutsInhibited gets the "shortcuts-inhibited" property.
407+// Whether the surface should inhibit keyboard shortcuts.
408+func (x *ToplevelBase) GetPropertyShortcutsInhibited() bool {
409+ obj := gobject.Object{}
410+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
411+ var v gobject.Value
412+ obj.GetProperty("shortcuts-inhibited", &v)
413+ return v.GetBoolean()
414+}
415+
416+// SetPropertyStartupId sets the "startup-id" property.
417+// The startup ID of the surface.
418+//
419+// See [class@Gdk.AppLaunchContext] for more information about
420+// startup feedback.
421+func (x *ToplevelBase) SetPropertyStartupId(value string) {
422+ obj := gobject.Object{}
423+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
424+ var v gobject.Value
425+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
426+ v.SetString(value)
427+ obj.SetProperty("startup-id", &v)
428+}
429+
430+// GetPropertyStartupId gets the "startup-id" property.
431+// The startup ID of the surface.
432+//
433+// See [class@Gdk.AppLaunchContext] for more information about
434+// startup feedback.
435+func (x *ToplevelBase) GetPropertyStartupId() string {
436+ obj := gobject.Object{}
437+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
438+ var v gobject.Value
439+ obj.GetProperty("startup-id", &v)
440+ return v.GetString()
441+}
442+
443+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
444+// The title of the surface.
445+func (x *ToplevelBase) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
446+ obj := gobject.Object{}
447+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
448+ var v gobject.Value
449+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
450+ v.SetString(value)
451+ obj.SetProperty("title", &v)
452+}
453+
454+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
455+// The title of the surface.
456+func (x *ToplevelBase) GetPropertyTitle() string {
457+ obj := gobject.Object{}
458+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
459+ var v gobject.Value
460+ obj.GetProperty("title", &v)
461+ return v.GetString()
462+}
463+
321464 var XGdkToplevelBeginMove func(uintptr, uintptr, int, float64, float64, uint32)
322465 var XGdkToplevelBeginResize func(uintptr, SurfaceEdge, uintptr, int, float64, float64, uint32)
323466 var XGdkToplevelFocus func(uintptr, uint32)
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevellayout.go +4 -4
@@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ func (x *ToplevelLayout) Equal(OtherVar *ToplevelLayout) bool {
6767 return cret
6868 }
6969
70-var xToplevelLayoutGetFullscreen func(uintptr, bool) bool
70+var xToplevelLayoutGetFullscreen func(uintptr, *bool) bool
7171
7272 // If the layout specifies whether to the toplevel should go fullscreen,
7373 // the value pointed to by @fullscreen is set to true if it should go
7474 // fullscreen, or false, if it should go unfullscreen.
75-func (x *ToplevelLayout) GetFullscreen(FullscreenVar bool) bool {
75+func (x *ToplevelLayout) GetFullscreen(FullscreenVar *bool) bool {
7676
7777 cret := xToplevelLayoutGetFullscreen(x.GoPointer(), FullscreenVar)
7878 return cret
@@ -96,12 +96,12 @@ func (x *ToplevelLayout) GetFullscreenMonitor() *Monitor {
9696 return cls
9797 }
9898
99-var xToplevelLayoutGetMaximized func(uintptr, bool) bool
99+var xToplevelLayoutGetMaximized func(uintptr, *bool) bool
100100
101101 // If the layout specifies whether to the toplevel should go maximized,
102102 // the value pointed to by @maximized is set to true if it should go
103103 // maximized, or false, if it should go unmaximized.
104-func (x *ToplevelLayout) GetMaximized(MaximizedVar bool) bool {
104+func (x *ToplevelLayout) GetMaximized(MaximizedVar *bool) bool {
105105
106106 cret := xToplevelLayoutGetMaximized(x.GoPointer(), MaximizedVar)
107107 return cret
M v4/gdk/gdktoplevelsize.go +2 -2
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ func (x *ToplevelSize) GoPointer() uintptr {
2525 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2626 }
2727
28-var xToplevelSizeGetBounds func(uintptr, int, int)
28+var xToplevelSizeGetBounds func(uintptr, *int, *int)
2929
3030 // Retrieves the bounds the toplevel is placed within.
3131 //
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ var xToplevelSizeGetBounds func(uintptr, int, int)
3434 // be equivalent to the dimensions of the work area or the monitor on which the
3535 // window is being presented on, or something else that limits the way a
3636 // toplevel can be presented.
37-func (x *ToplevelSize) GetBounds(BoundsWidthVar int, BoundsHeightVar int) {
37+func (x *ToplevelSize) GetBounds(BoundsWidthVar *int, BoundsHeightVar *int) {
3838
3939 xToplevelSizeGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), BoundsWidthVar, BoundsHeightVar)
4040
M v4/gdk/gdktypes.go +10 -10
@@ -186,25 +186,25 @@ func (x *ContentFormats) ContainMimeType(MimeTypeVar string) bool {
186186 return cret
187187 }
188188
189-var xContentFormatsGetGtypes func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
189+var xContentFormatsGetGtypes func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
190190
191191 // Gets the `GType`s included in @formats.
192192 //
193193 // Note that @formats may not contain any `GType`s, in particular when
194194 // they are empty. In that case %NULL will be returned.
195-func (x *ContentFormats) GetGtypes(NGtypesVar uint) uintptr {
195+func (x *ContentFormats) GetGtypes(NGtypesVar *uint) uintptr {
196196
197197 cret := xContentFormatsGetGtypes(x.GoPointer(), NGtypesVar)
198198 return cret
199199 }
200200
201-var xContentFormatsGetMimeTypes func(uintptr, uint) []string
201+var xContentFormatsGetMimeTypes func(uintptr, *uint) []string
202202
203203 // Gets the mime types included in @formats.
204204 //
205205 // Note that @formats may not contain any mime types, in particular
206206 // when they are empty. In that case %NULL will be returned.
207-func (x *ContentFormats) GetMimeTypes(NMimeTypesVar uint) []string {
207+func (x *ContentFormats) GetMimeTypes(NMimeTypesVar *uint) []string {
208208
209209 cret := xContentFormatsGetMimeTypes(x.GoPointer(), NMimeTypesVar)
210210 return cret
@@ -400,11 +400,11 @@ func (x *DmabufFormats) Equal(Formats2Var *DmabufFormats) bool {
400400 return cret
401401 }
402402
403-var xDmabufFormatsGetFormat func(uintptr, uint, uint32, uint64)
403+var xDmabufFormatsGetFormat func(uintptr, uint, *uint32, *uint64)
404404
405405 // Gets the fourcc code and modifier for a format
406406 // that is contained in @formats.
407-func (x *DmabufFormats) GetFormat(IdxVar uint, FourccVar uint32, ModifierVar uint64) {
407+func (x *DmabufFormats) GetFormat(IdxVar uint, FourccVar *uint32, ModifierVar *uint64) {
408408
409409 xDmabufFormatsGetFormat(x.GoPointer(), IdxVar, FourccVar, ModifierVar)
410410
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ func (x *TextureDownloader) Copy() *TextureDownloader {
592592 return cret
593593 }
594594
595-var xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes func(uintptr, uint) *glib.Bytes
595+var xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes func(uintptr, *uint) *glib.Bytes
596596
597597 // Downloads the given texture pixels into a `GBytes`. The rowstride will
598598 // be stored in the stride value.
@@ -604,20 +604,20 @@ var xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes func(uintptr, uint) *glib.Bytes
604604 //
605605 // This function cannot be used with a multiplanar format. Use
606606 // [method@Gdk.TextureDownloader.download_bytes_with_planes] for that purpose.
607-func (x *TextureDownloader) DownloadBytes(OutStrideVar uint) *glib.Bytes {
607+func (x *TextureDownloader) DownloadBytes(OutStrideVar *uint) *glib.Bytes {
608608
609609 cret := xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytes(x.GoPointer(), OutStrideVar)
610610 return cret
611611 }
612612
613-var xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytesWithPlanes func(uintptr, [4]uint, [4]uint) *glib.Bytes
613+var xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytesWithPlanes func(uintptr, *[4]uint, *[4]uint) *glib.Bytes
614614
615615 // Downloads the given texture pixels into a `GBytes`. The offsets and
616616 // strides of the resulting buffer will be stored in the respective values.
617617 //
618618 // If the format does have less than 4 planes, the remaining offsets and strides will be
619619 // set to `0`.
620-func (x *TextureDownloader) DownloadBytesWithPlanes(OutOffsetsVar [4]uint, OutStridesVar [4]uint) *glib.Bytes {
620+func (x *TextureDownloader) DownloadBytesWithPlanes(OutOffsetsVar *[4]uint, OutStridesVar *[4]uint) *glib.Bytes {
621621
622622 cret := xTextureDownloaderDownloadBytesWithPlanes(x.GoPointer(), OutOffsetsVar, OutStridesVar)
623623 return cret
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-animation.go +16 -16
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideIsStaticImage sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideIsStaticImage sets the "is_static_image" callback function.
3838 // returns whether the given animation is just a static image.
3939 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideIsStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) bool) {
4040 if cb == nil {
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideIsStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) b
4646 }
4747 }
4848
49-// GetIsStaticImage gets the callback function.
49+// GetIsStaticImage gets the "is_static_image" callback function.
5050 // returns whether the given animation is just a static image.
5151 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetIsStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) bool {
5252 if x.xIsStaticImage == 0 {
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetIsStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) bool {
5959 }
6060 }
6161
62-// OverrideGetStaticImage sets the callback function.
62+// OverrideGetStaticImage sets the "get_static_image" callback function.
6363 // returns a static image representing the given animation.
6464 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbuf) {
6565 if cb == nil {
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetStaticImage(cb func(*PixbufAnimation)
7575 }
7676 }
7777
78-// GetGetStaticImage gets the callback function.
78+// GetGetStaticImage gets the "get_static_image" callback function.
7979 // returns a static image representing the given animation.
8080 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbuf {
8181 if x.xGetStaticImage == 0 {
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetStaticImage() func(*PixbufAnimation) *Pixbu
9494 }
9595 }
9696
97-// OverrideGetSize sets the callback function.
97+// OverrideGetSize sets the "get_size" callback function.
9898 // fills @width and @height with the frame size of the animation.
9999 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetSize(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int)) {
100100 if cb == nil {
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetSize(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, int, in
106106 }
107107 }
108108
109-// GetGetSize gets the callback function.
109+// GetGetSize gets the "get_size" callback function.
110110 // fills @width and @height with the frame size of the animation.
111111 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetSize() func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int) {
112112 if x.xGetSize == 0 {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetSize() func(*PixbufAnimation, int, int) {
119119 }
120120 }
121121
122-// OverrideGetIter sets the callback function.
122+// OverrideGetIter sets the "get_iter" callback function.
123123 // returns an iterator for the given animation.
124124 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetIter(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.TimeVal) *PixbufAnimationIter) {
125125 if cb == nil {
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) OverrideGetIter(cb func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.T
135135 }
136136 }
137137
138-// GetGetIter gets the callback function.
138+// GetGetIter gets the "get_iter" callback function.
139139 // returns an iterator for the given animation.
140140 func (x *PixbufAnimationClass) GetGetIter() func(*PixbufAnimation, *glib.TimeVal) *PixbufAnimationIter {
141141 if x.xGetIter == 0 {
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
175175 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
176176 }
177177
178-// OverrideGetDelayTime sets the callback function.
178+// OverrideGetDelayTime sets the "get_delay_time" callback function.
179179 // returns the time in milliseconds that the current frame
180180 //
181181 // should be shown.
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetDelayTime(cb func(*PixbufAnimation
189189 }
190190 }
191191
192-// GetGetDelayTime gets the callback function.
192+// GetGetDelayTime gets the "get_delay_time" callback function.
193193 // returns the time in milliseconds that the current frame
194194 //
195195 // should be shown.
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetDelayTime() func(*PixbufAnimationIter)
204204 }
205205 }
206206
207-// OverrideGetPixbuf sets the callback function.
207+// OverrideGetPixbuf sets the "get_pixbuf" callback function.
208208 // returns the current frame.
209209 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetPixbuf(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pixbuf) {
210210 if cb == nil {
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideGetPixbuf(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIte
220220 }
221221 }
222222
223-// GetGetPixbuf gets the callback function.
223+// GetGetPixbuf gets the "get_pixbuf" callback function.
224224 // returns the current frame.
225225 func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetPixbuf() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pixbuf {
226226 if x.xGetPixbuf == 0 {
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetGetPixbuf() func(*PixbufAnimationIter) *Pi
239239 }
240240 }
241241
242-// OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame sets the callback function.
242+// OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame sets the "on_currently_loading_frame" callback function.
243243 // returns whether the current frame of @iter is
244244 //
245245 // being loaded.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame(cb func(*Pixb
253253 }
254254 }
255255
256-// GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame gets the callback function.
256+// GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame gets the "on_currently_loading_frame" callback function.
257257 // returns whether the current frame of @iter is
258258 //
259259 // being loaded.
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) GetOnCurrentlyLoadingFrame() func(*PixbufAnim
268268 }
269269 }
270270
271-// OverrideAdvance sets the callback function.
271+// OverrideAdvance sets the "advance" callback function.
272272 // advances the iterator to @current_time, possibly changing the
273273 //
274274 // current frame.
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ func (x *PixbufAnimationIterClass) OverrideAdvance(cb func(*PixbufAnimationIter,
282282 }
283283 }
284284
285-// GetAdvance gets the callback function.
285+// GetAdvance gets the "advance" callback function.
286286 // advances the iterator to @current_time, possibly changing the
287287 //
288288 // current frame.
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.go +8 -8
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ func (x *PixbufModule) GoPointer() uintptr {
352352 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
353353 }
354354
355-// OverrideReserved1 sets the callback function.
355+// OverrideReserved1 sets the "_reserved1" callback function.
356356 func (x *PixbufModule) OverrideReserved1(cb func()) {
357357 if cb == nil {
358358 x.xReserved1 = 0
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ func (x *PixbufModule) OverrideReserved1(cb func()) {
363363 }
364364 }
365365
366-// GetReserved1 gets the callback function.
366+// GetReserved1 gets the "_reserved1" callback function.
367367 func (x *PixbufModule) GetReserved1() func() {
368368 if x.xReserved1 == 0 {
369369 return nil
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ func (x *PixbufModule) GetReserved1() func() {
375375 }
376376 }
377377
378-// OverrideReserved2 sets the callback function.
378+// OverrideReserved2 sets the "_reserved2" callback function.
379379 func (x *PixbufModule) OverrideReserved2(cb func()) {
380380 if cb == nil {
381381 x.xReserved2 = 0
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ func (x *PixbufModule) OverrideReserved2(cb func()) {
386386 }
387387 }
388388
389-// GetReserved2 gets the callback function.
389+// GetReserved2 gets the "_reserved2" callback function.
390390 func (x *PixbufModule) GetReserved2() func() {
391391 if x.xReserved2 == 0 {
392392 return nil
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ func (x *PixbufModule) GetReserved2() func() {
398398 }
399399 }
400400
401-// OverrideReserved3 sets the callback function.
401+// OverrideReserved3 sets the "_reserved3" callback function.
402402 func (x *PixbufModule) OverrideReserved3(cb func()) {
403403 if cb == nil {
404404 x.xReserved3 = 0
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ func (x *PixbufModule) OverrideReserved3(cb func()) {
409409 }
410410 }
411411
412-// GetReserved3 gets the callback function.
412+// GetReserved3 gets the "_reserved3" callback function.
413413 func (x *PixbufModule) GetReserved3() func() {
414414 if x.xReserved3 == 0 {
415415 return nil
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ func (x *PixbufModule) GetReserved3() func() {
421421 }
422422 }
423423
424-// OverrideReserved4 sets the callback function.
424+// OverrideReserved4 sets the "_reserved4" callback function.
425425 func (x *PixbufModule) OverrideReserved4(cb func()) {
426426 if cb == nil {
427427 x.xReserved4 = 0
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ func (x *PixbufModule) OverrideReserved4(cb func()) {
432432 }
433433 }
434434
435-// GetReserved4 gets the callback function.
435+// GetReserved4 gets the "_reserved4" callback function.
436436 func (x *PixbufModule) GetReserved4() func() {
437437 if x.xReserved4 == 0 {
438438 return nil
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-loader.go +8 -8
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3131 }
3232
33-// OverrideSizePrepared sets the callback function.
33+// OverrideSizePrepared sets the "size_prepared" callback function.
3434 func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) OverrideSizePrepared(cb func(*PixbufLoader, int, int)) {
3535 if cb == nil {
3636 x.xSizePrepared = 0
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) OverrideSizePrepared(cb func(*PixbufLoader, int, int
4141 }
4242 }
4343
44-// GetSizePrepared gets the callback function.
44+// GetSizePrepared gets the "size_prepared" callback function.
4545 func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) GetSizePrepared() func(*PixbufLoader, int, int) {
4646 if x.xSizePrepared == 0 {
4747 return nil
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) GetSizePrepared() func(*PixbufLoader, int, int) {
5353 }
5454 }
5555
56-// OverrideAreaPrepared sets the callback function.
56+// OverrideAreaPrepared sets the "area_prepared" callback function.
5757 func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) OverrideAreaPrepared(cb func(*PixbufLoader)) {
5858 if cb == nil {
5959 x.xAreaPrepared = 0
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) OverrideAreaPrepared(cb func(*PixbufLoader)) {
6464 }
6565 }
6666
67-// GetAreaPrepared gets the callback function.
67+// GetAreaPrepared gets the "area_prepared" callback function.
6868 func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) GetAreaPrepared() func(*PixbufLoader) {
6969 if x.xAreaPrepared == 0 {
7070 return nil
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) GetAreaPrepared() func(*PixbufLoader) {
7676 }
7777 }
7878
79-// OverrideAreaUpdated sets the callback function.
79+// OverrideAreaUpdated sets the "area_updated" callback function.
8080 func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) OverrideAreaUpdated(cb func(*PixbufLoader, int, int, int, int)) {
8181 if cb == nil {
8282 x.xAreaUpdated = 0
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) OverrideAreaUpdated(cb func(*PixbufLoader, int, int,
8787 }
8888 }
8989
90-// GetAreaUpdated gets the callback function.
90+// GetAreaUpdated gets the "area_updated" callback function.
9191 func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) GetAreaUpdated() func(*PixbufLoader, int, int, int, int) {
9292 if x.xAreaUpdated == 0 {
9393 return nil
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) GetAreaUpdated() func(*PixbufLoader, int, int, int,
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// OverrideClosed sets the callback function.
102+// OverrideClosed sets the "closed" callback function.
103103 func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) OverrideClosed(cb func(*PixbufLoader)) {
104104 if cb == nil {
105105 x.xClosed = 0
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) OverrideClosed(cb func(*PixbufLoader)) {
110110 }
111111 }
112112
113-// GetClosed gets the callback function.
113+// GetClosed gets the "closed" callback function.
114114 func (x *PixbufLoaderClass) GetClosed() func(*PixbufLoader) {
115115 if x.xClosed == 0 {
116116 return nil
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.go +18 -0
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1112 )
1213
@@ -91,6 +92,23 @@ func (c *PixbufSimpleAnim) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
9192 c.Ptr = ptr
9293 }
9394
95+// SetPropertyLoop sets the "loop" property.
96+// Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end.
97+func (x *PixbufSimpleAnim) SetPropertyLoop(value bool) {
98+ var v gobject.Value
99+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
100+ v.SetBoolean(value)
101+ x.SetProperty("loop", &v)
102+}
103+
104+// GetPropertyLoop gets the "loop" property.
105+// Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end.
106+func (x *PixbufSimpleAnim) GetPropertyLoop() bool {
107+ var v gobject.Value
108+ x.GetProperty("loop", &v)
109+ return v.GetBoolean()
110+}
111+
94112 func init() {
95113 core.SetPackageName("GDKPIXBUF", "gdk-pixbuf-2.0")
96114 core.SetSharedLibraries("GDKPIXBUF", []string{"libgdk_pixbuf-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gdkpixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.go +162 -12
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) GetPixels() uintptr {
859859 return cret
860860 }
861861
862-var xPixbufGetPixelsWithLength func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
862+var xPixbufGetPixelsWithLength func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
863863
864864 // Queries a pointer to the pixel data of a pixbuf.
865865 //
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ var xPixbufGetPixelsWithLength func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
868868 //
869869 // Please see the section on [image data](class.Pixbuf.html#image-data) for information
870870 // about how the pixel data is stored in memory.
871-func (x *Pixbuf) GetPixelsWithLength(LengthVar uint) uintptr {
871+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPixelsWithLength(LengthVar *uint) uintptr {
872872
873873 cret := xPixbufGetPixelsWithLength(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
874874 return cret
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) Save(FilenameVar string, TypeVar string, ErrorVar **glib.Error,
10881088 return cret
10891089 }
10901090
1091-var xPixbufSaveToBuffer func(uintptr, []byte, uint, string, **glib.Error, ...interface{}) bool
1091+var xPixbufSaveToBuffer func(uintptr, *[]byte, *uint, string, **glib.Error, ...interface{}) bool
10921092
10931093 // Saves pixbuf to a new buffer in format `type`, which is currently "jpeg",
10941094 // "png", "tiff", "ico" or "bmp".
@@ -1104,13 +1104,13 @@ var xPixbufSaveToBuffer func(uintptr, []byte, uint, string, **glib.Error, ...int
11041104 // domain.
11051105 //
11061106 // See `gdk_pixbuf_save()` for more details.
1107-func (x *Pixbuf) SaveToBuffer(BufferVar []byte, BufferSizeVar uint, TypeVar string, ErrorVar **glib.Error, varArgs ...interface{}) bool {
1107+func (x *Pixbuf) SaveToBuffer(BufferVar *[]byte, BufferSizeVar *uint, TypeVar string, ErrorVar **glib.Error, varArgs ...interface{}) bool {
11081108
11091109 cret := xPixbufSaveToBuffer(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, BufferSizeVar, TypeVar, ErrorVar, varArgs...)
11101110 return cret
11111111 }
11121112
1113-var xPixbufSaveToBufferv func(uintptr, []byte, uint, string, []string, []string, **glib.Error) bool
1113+var xPixbufSaveToBufferv func(uintptr, *[]byte, *uint, string, []string, []string, **glib.Error) bool
11141114
11151115 // Vector version of `gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer()`.
11161116 //
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ var xPixbufSaveToBufferv func(uintptr, []byte, uint, string, []string, []string,
11181118 // "tiff", "png", "ico" or "bmp".
11191119 //
11201120 // See [method@GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf.save_to_buffer] for more details.
1121-func (x *Pixbuf) SaveToBufferv(BufferVar []byte, BufferSizeVar uint, TypeVar string, OptionKeysVar []string, OptionValuesVar []string) (bool, error) {
1121+func (x *Pixbuf) SaveToBufferv(BufferVar *[]byte, BufferSizeVar *uint, TypeVar string, OptionKeysVar []string, OptionValuesVar []string) (bool, error) {
11221122 var cerr *glib.Error
11231123
11241124 cret := xPixbufSaveToBufferv(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, BufferSizeVar, TypeVar, OptionKeysVar, OptionValuesVar, &cerr)
@@ -1347,6 +1347,156 @@ func (c *Pixbuf) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
13471347 c.Ptr = ptr
13481348 }
13491349
1350+// SetPropertyBitsPerSample sets the "bits-per-sample" property.
1351+// The number of bits per sample.
1352+//
1353+// Currently only 8 bit per sample are supported.
1354+func (x *Pixbuf) SetPropertyBitsPerSample(value int) {
1355+ var v gobject.Value
1356+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1357+ v.SetInt(value)
1358+ x.SetProperty("bits-per-sample", &v)
1359+}
1360+
1361+// GetPropertyBitsPerSample gets the "bits-per-sample" property.
1362+// The number of bits per sample.
1363+//
1364+// Currently only 8 bit per sample are supported.
1365+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPropertyBitsPerSample() int {
1366+ var v gobject.Value
1367+ x.GetProperty("bits-per-sample", &v)
1368+ return v.GetInt()
1369+}
1370+
1371+// SetPropertyHasAlpha sets the "has-alpha" property.
1372+// Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel.
1373+func (x *Pixbuf) SetPropertyHasAlpha(value bool) {
1374+ var v gobject.Value
1375+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1376+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1377+ x.SetProperty("has-alpha", &v)
1378+}
1379+
1380+// GetPropertyHasAlpha gets the "has-alpha" property.
1381+// Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel.
1382+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPropertyHasAlpha() bool {
1383+ var v gobject.Value
1384+ x.GetProperty("has-alpha", &v)
1385+ return v.GetBoolean()
1386+}
1387+
1388+// SetPropertyHeight sets the "height" property.
1389+// The number of rows of the pixbuf.
1390+func (x *Pixbuf) SetPropertyHeight(value int) {
1391+ var v gobject.Value
1392+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1393+ v.SetInt(value)
1394+ x.SetProperty("height", &v)
1395+}
1396+
1397+// GetPropertyHeight gets the "height" property.
1398+// The number of rows of the pixbuf.
1399+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPropertyHeight() int {
1400+ var v gobject.Value
1401+ x.GetProperty("height", &v)
1402+ return v.GetInt()
1403+}
1404+
1405+// SetPropertyNChannels sets the "n-channels" property.
1406+// The number of samples per pixel.
1407+//
1408+// Currently, only 3 or 4 samples per pixel are supported.
1409+func (x *Pixbuf) SetPropertyNChannels(value int) {
1410+ var v gobject.Value
1411+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1412+ v.SetInt(value)
1413+ x.SetProperty("n-channels", &v)
1414+}
1415+
1416+// GetPropertyNChannels gets the "n-channels" property.
1417+// The number of samples per pixel.
1418+//
1419+// Currently, only 3 or 4 samples per pixel are supported.
1420+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPropertyNChannels() int {
1421+ var v gobject.Value
1422+ x.GetProperty("n-channels", &v)
1423+ return v.GetInt()
1424+}
1425+
1426+// SetPropertyPixelBytes sets the "pixel-bytes" property.
1427+func (x *Pixbuf) SetPropertyPixelBytes(value uintptr) {
1428+ var v gobject.Value
1429+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
1430+ v.SetPointer(value)
1431+ x.SetProperty("pixel-bytes", &v)
1432+}
1433+
1434+// GetPropertyPixelBytes gets the "pixel-bytes" property.
1435+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPropertyPixelBytes() uintptr {
1436+ var v gobject.Value
1437+ x.GetProperty("pixel-bytes", &v)
1438+ return v.GetPointer()
1439+}
1440+
1441+// SetPropertyPixels sets the "pixels" property.
1442+// A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf.
1443+func (x *Pixbuf) SetPropertyPixels(value uintptr) {
1444+ var v gobject.Value
1445+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
1446+ v.SetPointer(value)
1447+ x.SetProperty("pixels", &v)
1448+}
1449+
1450+// GetPropertyPixels gets the "pixels" property.
1451+// A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf.
1452+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPropertyPixels() uintptr {
1453+ var v gobject.Value
1454+ x.GetProperty("pixels", &v)
1455+ return v.GetPointer()
1456+}
1457+
1458+// SetPropertyRowstride sets the "rowstride" property.
1459+// The number of bytes between the start of a row and
1460+// the start of the next row.
1461+//
1462+// This number must (obviously) be at least as large as the
1463+// width of the pixbuf.
1464+func (x *Pixbuf) SetPropertyRowstride(value int) {
1465+ var v gobject.Value
1466+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1467+ v.SetInt(value)
1468+ x.SetProperty("rowstride", &v)
1469+}
1470+
1471+// GetPropertyRowstride gets the "rowstride" property.
1472+// The number of bytes between the start of a row and
1473+// the start of the next row.
1474+//
1475+// This number must (obviously) be at least as large as the
1476+// width of the pixbuf.
1477+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPropertyRowstride() int {
1478+ var v gobject.Value
1479+ x.GetProperty("rowstride", &v)
1480+ return v.GetInt()
1481+}
1482+
1483+// SetPropertyWidth sets the "width" property.
1484+// The number of columns of the pixbuf.
1485+func (x *Pixbuf) SetPropertyWidth(value int) {
1486+ var v gobject.Value
1487+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1488+ v.SetInt(value)
1489+ x.SetProperty("width", &v)
1490+}
1491+
1492+// GetPropertyWidth gets the "width" property.
1493+// The number of columns of the pixbuf.
1494+func (x *Pixbuf) GetPropertyWidth() int {
1495+ var v gobject.Value
1496+ x.GetProperty("width", &v)
1497+ return v.GetInt()
1498+}
1499+
13501500 // Checks if two icons are equal.
13511501 func (x *Pixbuf) Equal(Icon2Var gio.Icon) bool {
13521502
@@ -1396,7 +1546,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) ToString() string {
13961546
13971547 // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
13981548 // see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
1399-func (x *Pixbuf) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
1549+func (x *Pixbuf) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
14001550 var cls *gio.InputStream
14011551 var cerr *glib.Error
14021552
@@ -1424,7 +1574,7 @@ func (x *Pixbuf) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable, Callbac
14241574 }
14251575
14261576 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
1427-func (x *Pixbuf) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
1577+func (x *Pixbuf) LoadFinish(ResVar gio.AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*gio.InputStream, error) {
14281578 var cls *gio.InputStream
14291579 var cerr *glib.Error
14301580
@@ -1455,10 +1605,10 @@ func PixbufCalculateRowstride(ColorspaceVar Colorspace, HasAlphaVar bool, BitsPe
14551605 return cret
14561606 }
14571607
1458-var xPixbufGetFileInfo func(string, int, int) *PixbufFormat
1608+var xPixbufGetFileInfo func(string, *int, *int) *PixbufFormat
14591609
14601610 // Parses an image file far enough to determine its format and size.
1461-func PixbufGetFileInfo(FilenameVar string, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) *PixbufFormat {
1611+func PixbufGetFileInfo(FilenameVar string, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) *PixbufFormat {
14621612
14631613 cret := xPixbufGetFileInfo(FilenameVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
14641614 return cret
@@ -1481,11 +1631,11 @@ func PixbufGetFileInfoAsync(FilenameVar string, CancellableVar *gio.Cancellable,
14811631
14821632 }
14831633
1484-var xPixbufGetFileInfoFinish func(uintptr, int, int, **glib.Error) *PixbufFormat
1634+var xPixbufGetFileInfoFinish func(uintptr, *int, *int, **glib.Error) *PixbufFormat
14851635
14861636 // Finishes an asynchronous pixbuf parsing operation started with
14871637 // gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info_async().
1488-func PixbufGetFileInfoFinish(AsyncResultVar gio.AsyncResult, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) (*PixbufFormat, error) {
1638+func PixbufGetFileInfoFinish(AsyncResultVar gio.AsyncResult, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) (*PixbufFormat, error) {
14891639 var cerr *glib.Error
14901640
14911641 cret := xPixbufGetFileInfoFinish(AsyncResultVar.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gaction.go +76 -18
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
@@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3839 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3940 }
4041
41-// OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
42+// OverrideGetName sets the "get_name" callback function.
4243 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_name]
4344 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Action) string) {
4445 if cb == nil {
@@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Action) string) {
5051 }
5152 }
5253
53-// GetGetName gets the callback function.
54+// GetGetName gets the "get_name" callback function.
5455 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_name]
5556 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetName() func(Action) string {
5657 if x.xGetName == 0 {
@@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetName() func(Action) string {
6364 }
6465 }
6566
66-// OverrideGetParameterType sets the callback function.
67+// OverrideGetParameterType sets the "get_parameter_type" callback function.
6768 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_parameter_type]
6869 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetParameterType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType) {
6970 if cb == nil {
@@ -75,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetParameterType(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant
7576 }
7677 }
7778
78-// GetGetParameterType gets the callback function.
79+// GetGetParameterType gets the "get_parameter_type" callback function.
7980 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_parameter_type]
8081 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetParameterType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
8182 if x.xGetParameterType == 0 {
@@ -88,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetParameterType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
8889 }
8990 }
9091
91-// OverrideGetStateType sets the callback function.
92+// OverrideGetStateType sets the "get_state_type" callback function.
9293 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type]
9394 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType) {
9495 if cb == nil {
@@ -100,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateType(cb func(Action) *glib.VariantType
100101 }
101102 }
102103
103-// GetGetStateType gets the callback function.
104+// GetGetStateType gets the "get_state_type" callback function.
104105 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_type]
105106 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
106107 if x.xGetStateType == 0 {
@@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateType() func(Action) *glib.VariantType {
113114 }
114115 }
115116
116-// OverrideGetStateHint sets the callback function.
117+// OverrideGetStateHint sets the "get_state_hint" callback function.
117118 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_hint]
118119 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateHint(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
119120 if cb == nil {
@@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetStateHint(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
125126 }
126127 }
127128
128-// GetGetStateHint gets the callback function.
129+// GetGetStateHint gets the "get_state_hint" callback function.
129130 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state_hint]
130131 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateHint() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
131132 if x.xGetStateHint == 0 {
@@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetStateHint() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
138139 }
139140 }
140141
141-// OverrideGetEnabled sets the callback function.
142+// OverrideGetEnabled sets the "get_enabled" callback function.
142143 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_enabled]
143144 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetEnabled(cb func(Action) bool) {
144145 if cb == nil {
@@ -150,7 +151,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetEnabled(cb func(Action) bool) {
150151 }
151152 }
152153
153-// GetGetEnabled gets the callback function.
154+// GetGetEnabled gets the "get_enabled" callback function.
154155 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_enabled]
155156 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetEnabled() func(Action) bool {
156157 if x.xGetEnabled == 0 {
@@ -163,7 +164,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetEnabled() func(Action) bool {
163164 }
164165 }
165166
166-// OverrideGetState sets the callback function.
167+// OverrideGetState sets the "get_state" callback function.
167168 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state]
168169 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetState(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
169170 if cb == nil {
@@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideGetState(cb func(Action) *glib.Variant) {
175176 }
176177 }
177178
178-// GetGetState gets the callback function.
179+// GetGetState gets the "get_state" callback function.
179180 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.get_state]
180181 func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetState() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
181182 if x.xGetState == 0 {
@@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetGetState() func(Action) *glib.Variant {
188189 }
189190 }
190191
191-// OverrideChangeState sets the callback function.
192+// OverrideChangeState sets the "change_state" callback function.
192193 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.change_state]
193194 func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideChangeState(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
194195 if cb == nil {
@@ -200,7 +201,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideChangeState(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
200201 }
201202 }
202203
203-// GetChangeState gets the callback function.
204+// GetChangeState gets the "change_state" callback function.
204205 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.change_state]
205206 func (x *ActionInterface) GetChangeState() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
206207 if x.xChangeState == 0 {
@@ -213,7 +214,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) GetChangeState() func(Action, *glib.Variant) {
213214 }
214215 }
215216
216-// OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
217+// OverrideActivate sets the "activate" callback function.
217218 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.activate]. Note that [type@Gio.Action] does not have an
218219 //
219220 // 'activate' signal but that implementations of it may have one.
@@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ func (x *ActionInterface) OverrideActivate(cb func(Action, *glib.Variant)) {
227228 }
228229 }
229230
230-// GetActivate gets the callback function.
231+// GetActivate gets the "activate" callback function.
231232 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.Action.activate]. Note that [type@Gio.Action] does not have an
232233 //
233234 // 'activate' signal but that implementations of it may have one.
@@ -422,6 +423,63 @@ func (x *ActionBase) GetStateType() *glib.VariantType {
422423 return cret
423424 }
424425
426+// GetPropertyEnabled gets the "enabled" property.
427+// If @action is currently enabled.
428+//
429+// If the action is disabled then calls to [method@Gio.Action.activate] and
430+// [method@Gio.Action.change_state] have no effect.
431+func (x *ActionBase) GetPropertyEnabled() bool {
432+ obj := gobject.Object{}
433+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
434+ var v gobject.Value
435+ obj.GetProperty("enabled", &v)
436+ return v.GetBoolean()
437+}
438+
439+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
440+// The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying
441+// the action once it has been added to a [type@Gio.ActionGroup]. It is immutable.
442+func (x *ActionBase) GetPropertyName() string {
443+ obj := gobject.Object{}
444+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
445+ var v gobject.Value
446+ obj.GetProperty("name", &v)
447+ return v.GetString()
448+}
449+
450+// GetPropertyParameterType gets the "parameter-type" property.
451+// The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the
452+// action. This is immutable, and may be `NULL` if no parameter is needed when
453+// activating the action.
454+func (x *ActionBase) GetPropertyParameterType() uintptr {
455+ obj := gobject.Object{}
456+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
457+ var v gobject.Value
458+ obj.GetProperty("parameter-type", &v)
459+ return v.GetPointer()
460+}
461+
462+// GetPropertyState gets the "state" property.
463+// The state of the action, or `NULL` if the action is stateless.
464+func (x *ActionBase) GetPropertyState() uintptr {
465+ obj := gobject.Object{}
466+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
467+ var v gobject.Value
468+ obj.GetProperty("state", &v)
469+ return v.GetPointer()
470+}
471+
472+// GetPropertyStateType gets the "state-type" property.
473+// The [type@GLib.VariantType] of the state that the action has, or `NULL` if the
474+// action is stateless. This is immutable.
475+func (x *ActionBase) GetPropertyStateType() uintptr {
476+ obj := gobject.Object{}
477+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
478+ var v gobject.Value
479+ obj.GetProperty("state-type", &v)
480+ return v.GetPointer()
481+}
482+
425483 var XGActionActivate func(uintptr, *glib.Variant)
426484 var XGActionChangeState func(uintptr, *glib.Variant)
427485 var XGActionGetEnabled func(uintptr) bool
@@ -446,7 +504,7 @@ func ActionNameIsValid(ActionNameVar string) bool {
446504 return cret
447505 }
448506
449-var xActionParseDetailedName func(string, string, **glib.Variant, **glib.Error) bool
507+var xActionParseDetailedName func(string, *string, **glib.Variant, **glib.Error) bool
450508
451509 // Parses a detailed action name into its separate name and target
452510 // components.
@@ -478,7 +536,7 @@ var xActionParseDetailedName func(string, string, **glib.Variant, **glib.Error)
478536 // returned in @target_value, as the @detailed_name may not contain a target.
479537 //
480538 // If returned, the [type@GLib.Variant] in @target_value is guaranteed to not be floating.
481-func ActionParseDetailedName(DetailedNameVar string, ActionNameVar string, TargetValueVar **glib.Variant) (bool, error) {
539+func ActionParseDetailedName(DetailedNameVar string, ActionNameVar *string, TargetValueVar **glib.Variant) (bool, error) {
482540 var cerr *glib.Error
483541
484542 cret := xActionParseDetailedName(DetailedNameVar, ActionNameVar, TargetValueVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gactiongroup.go +36 -36
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
5050 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5151 }
5252
53-// OverrideHasAction sets the callback function.
53+// OverrideHasAction sets the "has_action" callback function.
5454 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action]
5555 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideHasAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bool) {
5656 if cb == nil {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideHasAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bo
6262 }
6363 }
6464
65-// GetHasAction gets the callback function.
65+// GetHasAction gets the "has_action" callback function.
6666 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.has_action]
6767 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetHasAction() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
6868 if x.xHasAction == 0 {
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetHasAction() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
7575 }
7676 }
7777
78-// OverrideListActions sets the callback function.
78+// OverrideListActions sets the "list_actions" callback function.
7979 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions]
8080 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideListActions(cb func(ActionGroup) []string) {
8181 if cb == nil {
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideListActions(cb func(ActionGroup) []string
8787 }
8888 }
8989
90-// GetListActions gets the callback function.
90+// GetListActions gets the "list_actions" callback function.
9191 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.list_actions]
9292 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetListActions() func(ActionGroup) []string {
9393 if x.xListActions == 0 {
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetListActions() func(ActionGroup) []string {
100100 }
101101 }
102102
103-// OverrideGetActionEnabled sets the callback function.
103+// OverrideGetActionEnabled sets the "get_action_enabled" callback function.
104104 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled]
105105 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionEnabled(cb func(ActionGroup, string) bool) {
106106 if cb == nil {
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionEnabled(cb func(ActionGroup, str
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// GetGetActionEnabled gets the callback function.
115+// GetGetActionEnabled gets the "get_action_enabled" callback function.
116116 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_enabled]
117117 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionEnabled() func(ActionGroup, string) bool {
118118 if x.xGetActionEnabled == 0 {
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionEnabled() func(ActionGroup, string) b
125125 }
126126 }
127127
128-// OverrideGetActionParameterType sets the callback function.
128+// OverrideGetActionParameterType sets the "get_action_parameter_type" callback function.
129129 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type]
130130 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionParameterType(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType) {
131131 if cb == nil {
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionParameterType(cb func(ActionGrou
137137 }
138138 }
139139
140-// GetGetActionParameterType gets the callback function.
140+// GetGetActionParameterType gets the "get_action_parameter_type" callback function.
141141 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_parameter_type]
142142 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionParameterType() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType {
143143 if x.xGetActionParameterType == 0 {
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionParameterType() func(ActionGroup, str
150150 }
151151 }
152152
153-// OverrideGetActionStateType sets the callback function.
153+// OverrideGetActionStateType sets the "get_action_state_type" callback function.
154154 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type]
155155 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateType(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType) {
156156 if cb == nil {
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateType(cb func(ActionGroup, s
162162 }
163163 }
164164
165-// GetGetActionStateType gets the callback function.
165+// GetGetActionStateType gets the "get_action_state_type" callback function.
166166 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_type]
167167 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateType() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.VariantType {
168168 if x.xGetActionStateType == 0 {
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateType() func(ActionGroup, string)
175175 }
176176 }
177177
178-// OverrideGetActionStateHint sets the callback function.
178+// OverrideGetActionStateHint sets the "get_action_state_hint" callback function.
179179 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint]
180180 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateHint(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant) {
181181 if cb == nil {
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionStateHint(cb func(ActionGroup, s
187187 }
188188 }
189189
190-// GetGetActionStateHint gets the callback function.
190+// GetGetActionStateHint gets the "get_action_state_hint" callback function.
191191 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state_hint]
192192 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateHint() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant {
193193 if x.xGetActionStateHint == 0 {
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionStateHint() func(ActionGroup, string)
200200 }
201201 }
202202
203-// OverrideGetActionState sets the callback function.
203+// OverrideGetActionState sets the "get_action_state" callback function.
204204 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state]
205205 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant) {
206206 if cb == nil {
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideGetActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, strin
212212 }
213213 }
214214
215-// GetGetActionState gets the callback function.
215+// GetGetActionState gets the "get_action_state" callback function.
216216 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.get_action_state]
217217 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionState() func(ActionGroup, string) *glib.Variant {
218218 if x.xGetActionState == 0 {
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetGetActionState() func(ActionGroup, string) *gl
225225 }
226226 }
227227
228-// OverrideChangeActionState sets the callback function.
228+// OverrideChangeActionState sets the "change_action_state" callback function.
229229 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state]
230230 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideChangeActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
231231 if cb == nil {
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideChangeActionState(cb func(ActionGroup, st
237237 }
238238 }
239239
240-// GetChangeActionState gets the callback function.
240+// GetChangeActionState gets the "change_action_state" callback function.
241241 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.change_action_state]
242242 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetChangeActionState() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
243243 if x.xChangeActionState == 0 {
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetChangeActionState() func(ActionGroup, string,
250250 }
251251 }
252252
253-// OverrideActivateAction sets the callback function.
253+// OverrideActivateAction sets the "activate_action" callback function.
254254 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action]
255255 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActivateAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
256256 if cb == nil {
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActivateAction(cb func(ActionGroup, strin
262262 }
263263 }
264264
265-// GetActivateAction gets the callback function.
265+// GetActivateAction gets the "activate_action" callback function.
266266 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.activate_action]
267267 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActivateAction() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
268268 if x.xActivateAction == 0 {
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActivateAction() func(ActionGroup, string, *gl
275275 }
276276 }
277277
278-// OverrideActionAdded sets the callback function.
278+// OverrideActionAdded sets the "action_added" callback function.
279279 // the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal
280280 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionAdded(cb func(ActionGroup, string)) {
281281 if cb == nil {
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionAdded(cb func(ActionGroup, string))
287287 }
288288 }
289289
290-// GetActionAdded gets the callback function.
290+// GetActionAdded gets the "action_added" callback function.
291291 // the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal
292292 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionAdded() func(ActionGroup, string) {
293293 if x.xActionAdded == 0 {
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionAdded() func(ActionGroup, string) {
300300 }
301301 }
302302
303-// OverrideActionRemoved sets the callback function.
303+// OverrideActionRemoved sets the "action_removed" callback function.
304304 // the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal
305305 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionRemoved(cb func(ActionGroup, string)) {
306306 if cb == nil {
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionRemoved(cb func(ActionGroup, string
312312 }
313313 }
314314
315-// GetActionRemoved gets the callback function.
315+// GetActionRemoved gets the "action_removed" callback function.
316316 // the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-removed] signal
317317 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionRemoved() func(ActionGroup, string) {
318318 if x.xActionRemoved == 0 {
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionRemoved() func(ActionGroup, string) {
325325 }
326326 }
327327
328-// OverrideActionEnabledChanged sets the callback function.
328+// OverrideActionEnabledChanged sets the "action_enabled_changed" callback function.
329329 // the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
330330 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionEnabledChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, string, bool)) {
331331 if cb == nil {
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionEnabledChanged(cb func(ActionGroup,
337337 }
338338 }
339339
340-// GetActionEnabledChanged gets the callback function.
340+// GetActionEnabledChanged gets the "action_enabled_changed" callback function.
341341 // the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
342342 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionEnabledChanged() func(ActionGroup, string, bool) {
343343 if x.xActionEnabledChanged == 0 {
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionEnabledChanged() func(ActionGroup, strin
350350 }
351351 }
352352
353-// OverrideActionStateChanged sets the callback function.
353+// OverrideActionStateChanged sets the "action_state_changed" callback function.
354354 // the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
355355 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionStateChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant)) {
356356 if cb == nil {
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideActionStateChanged(cb func(ActionGroup, s
362362 }
363363 }
364364
365-// GetActionStateChanged gets the callback function.
365+// GetActionStateChanged gets the "action_state_changed" callback function.
366366 // the class closure for the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-enabled-changed] signal
367367 func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionStateChanged() func(ActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant) {
368368 if x.xActionStateChanged == 0 {
@@ -375,27 +375,27 @@ func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetActionStateChanged() func(ActionGroup, string,
375375 }
376376 }
377377
378-// OverrideQueryAction sets the callback function.
378+// OverrideQueryAction sets the "query_action" callback function.
379379 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action]
380-func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideQueryAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string, bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool) {
380+func (x *ActionGroupInterface) OverrideQueryAction(cb func(ActionGroup, string, *bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool) {
381381 if cb == nil {
382382 x.xQueryAction = 0
383383 } else {
384- x.xQueryAction = purego.NewCallback(func(ActionGroupVarp uintptr, ActionNameVarp string, EnabledVarp bool, ParameterTypeVarp **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVarp **glib.VariantType, StateHintVarp **glib.Variant, StateVarp **glib.Variant) bool {
384+ x.xQueryAction = purego.NewCallback(func(ActionGroupVarp uintptr, ActionNameVarp string, EnabledVarp *bool, ParameterTypeVarp **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVarp **glib.VariantType, StateHintVarp **glib.Variant, StateVarp **glib.Variant) bool {
385385 return cb(&ActionGroupBase{Ptr: ActionGroupVarp}, ActionNameVarp, EnabledVarp, ParameterTypeVarp, StateTypeVarp, StateHintVarp, StateVarp)
386386 })
387387 }
388388 }
389389
390-// GetQueryAction gets the callback function.
390+// GetQueryAction gets the "query_action" callback function.
391391 // the virtual function pointer for [method@Gio.ActionGroup.query_action]
392-func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetQueryAction() func(ActionGroup, string, bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool {
392+func (x *ActionGroupInterface) GetQueryAction() func(ActionGroup, string, *bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool {
393393 if x.xQueryAction == 0 {
394394 return nil
395395 }
396- var rawCallback func(ActionGroupVarp uintptr, ActionNameVarp string, EnabledVarp bool, ParameterTypeVarp **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVarp **glib.VariantType, StateHintVarp **glib.Variant, StateVarp **glib.Variant) bool
396+ var rawCallback func(ActionGroupVarp uintptr, ActionNameVarp string, EnabledVarp *bool, ParameterTypeVarp **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVarp **glib.VariantType, StateHintVarp **glib.Variant, StateVarp **glib.Variant) bool
397397 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xQueryAction)
398- return func(ActionGroupVar ActionGroup, ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
398+ return func(ActionGroupVar ActionGroup, ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
399399 return rawCallback(ActionGroupVar.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
400400 }
401401 }
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ type ActionGroup interface {
460460 GetActionStateType(ActionNameVar string) *glib.VariantType
461461 HasAction(ActionNameVar string) bool
462462 ListActions() []string
463- QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool
463+ QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool
464464 }
465465
466466 var xActionGroupGLibType func() types.GType
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ func (x *ActionGroupBase) ListActions() []string {
709709 // fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
710710 // filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
711711 // fields may or may not have been modified.
712-func (x *ActionGroupBase) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
712+func (x *ActionGroupBase) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
713713
714714 cret := XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
715715 return cret
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ var XGActionGroupGetActionStateHint func(uintptr, string) *glib.Variant
728728 var XGActionGroupGetActionStateType func(uintptr, string) *glib.VariantType
729729 var XGActionGroupHasAction func(uintptr, string) bool
730730 var XGActionGroupListActions func(uintptr) []string
731-var XGActionGroupQueryAction func(uintptr, string, bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool
731+var XGActionGroupQueryAction func(uintptr, string, *bool, **glib.VariantType, **glib.VariantType, **glib.Variant, **glib.Variant) bool
732732
733733 func init() {
734734 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
M v4/gio/gactionmap.go +10 -10
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) GoPointer() uintptr {
4242 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4343 }
4444
45-// OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
45+// OverrideActivate sets the "activate" callback function.
4646 // the callback to connect to the "activate" signal of the action.
4747 //
4848 // Since GLib 2.40, this can be `NULL` for stateful actions, in which case
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideActivate(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uin
6060 }
6161 }
6262
63-// GetActivate gets the callback function.
63+// GetActivate gets the "activate" callback function.
6464 // the callback to connect to the "activate" signal of the action.
6565 //
6666 // Since GLib 2.40, this can be `NULL` for stateful actions, in which case
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) GetActivate() func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant, uintptr)
7979 }
8080 }
8181
82-// OverrideChangeState sets the callback function.
82+// OverrideChangeState sets the "change_state" callback function.
8383 // the callback to connect to the "change-state" signal of the
8484 //
8585 // action. All stateful actions should provide a handler here; stateless
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ func (x *ActionEntry) OverrideChangeState(cb func(*SimpleAction, *glib.Variant,
9494 }
9595 }
9696
97-// GetChangeState gets the callback function.
97+// GetChangeState gets the "change_state" callback function.
9898 // the callback to connect to the "change-state" signal of the
9999 //
100100 // action. All stateful actions should provide a handler here; stateless
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
127127 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
128128 }
129129
130-// OverrideLookupAction sets the callback function.
130+// OverrideLookupAction sets the "lookup_action" callback function.
131131 // the virtual function pointer for
132132 //
133133 // [method@Gio.ActionMap.lookup_action]
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideLookupAction(cb func(ActionMap, string) *Ac
145145 }
146146 }
147147
148-// GetLookupAction gets the callback function.
148+// GetLookupAction gets the "lookup_action" callback function.
149149 // the virtual function pointer for
150150 //
151151 // [method@Gio.ActionMap.lookup_action]
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetLookupAction() func(ActionMap, string) *ActionBa
166166 }
167167 }
168168
169-// OverrideAddAction sets the callback function.
169+// OverrideAddAction sets the "add_action" callback function.
170170 // the virtual function pointer for
171171 //
172172 // [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action]
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideAddAction(cb func(ActionMap, Action)) {
180180 }
181181 }
182182
183-// GetAddAction gets the callback function.
183+// GetAddAction gets the "add_action" callback function.
184184 // the virtual function pointer for
185185 //
186186 // [method@Gio.ActionMap.add_action]
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) GetAddAction() func(ActionMap, Action) {
195195 }
196196 }
197197
198-// OverrideRemoveAction sets the callback function.
198+// OverrideRemoveAction sets the "remove_action" callback function.
199199 // the virtual function pointer for
200200 //
201201 // [method@Gio.ActionMap.remove_action]
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ func (x *ActionMapInterface) OverrideRemoveAction(cb func(ActionMap, string)) {
209209 }
210210 }
211211
212-// GetRemoveAction gets the callback function.
212+// GetRemoveAction gets the "remove_action" callback function.
213213 // the virtual function pointer for
214214 //
215215 // [method@Gio.ActionMap.remove_action]
M v4/gio/gappinfo.go +66 -66
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
7373 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
7474 }
7575
76-// OverrideDup sets the callback function.
76+// OverrideDup sets the "dup" callback function.
7777 // Copies a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
7878 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDup(cb func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase) {
7979 if cb == nil {
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDup(cb func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase) {
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// GetDup gets the callback function.
92+// GetDup gets the "dup" callback function.
9393 // Copies a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
9494 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDup() func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase {
9595 if x.xDup == 0 {
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDup() func(AppInfo) *AppInfoBase {
108108 }
109109 }
110110
111-// OverrideEqual sets the callback function.
111+// OverrideEqual sets the "equal" callback function.
112112 // Checks two [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for equality.
113113 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool) {
114114 if cb == nil {
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool) {
120120 }
121121 }
122122
123-// GetEqual gets the callback function.
123+// GetEqual gets the "equal" callback function.
124124 // Checks two [iface@Gio.AppInfo]s for equality.
125125 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetEqual() func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool {
126126 if x.xEqual == 0 {
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetEqual() func(AppInfo, AppInfo) bool {
133133 }
134134 }
135135
136-// OverrideGetId sets the callback function.
136+// OverrideGetId sets the "get_id" callback function.
137137 // Gets a string identifier for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
138138 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetId(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
139139 if cb == nil {
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetId(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
145145 }
146146 }
147147
148-// GetGetId gets the callback function.
148+// GetGetId gets the "get_id" callback function.
149149 // Gets a string identifier for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
150150 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetId() func(AppInfo) string {
151151 if x.xGetId == 0 {
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetId() func(AppInfo) string {
158158 }
159159 }
160160
161-// OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
161+// OverrideGetName sets the "get_name" callback function.
162162 // Gets the name of the application for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
163163 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
164164 if cb == nil {
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
170170 }
171171 }
172172
173-// GetGetName gets the callback function.
173+// GetGetName gets the "get_name" callback function.
174174 // Gets the name of the application for a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
175175 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetName() func(AppInfo) string {
176176 if x.xGetName == 0 {
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetName() func(AppInfo) string {
183183 }
184184 }
185185
186-// OverrideGetDescription sets the callback function.
186+// OverrideGetDescription sets the "get_description" callback function.
187187 // Gets a short description for the application described by
188188 //
189189 // the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDescription(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
197197 }
198198 }
199199
200-// GetGetDescription gets the callback function.
200+// GetGetDescription gets the "get_description" callback function.
201201 // Gets a short description for the application described by
202202 //
203203 // the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDescription() func(AppInfo) string {
212212 }
213213 }
214214
215-// OverrideGetExecutable sets the callback function.
215+// OverrideGetExecutable sets the "get_executable" callback function.
216216 // Gets the executable name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
217217 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetExecutable(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
218218 if cb == nil {
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetExecutable(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
224224 }
225225 }
226226
227-// GetGetExecutable gets the callback function.
227+// GetGetExecutable gets the "get_executable" callback function.
228228 // Gets the executable name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
229229 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetExecutable() func(AppInfo) string {
230230 if x.xGetExecutable == 0 {
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetExecutable() func(AppInfo) string {
237237 }
238238 }
239239
240-// OverrideGetIcon sets the callback function.
240+// OverrideGetIcon sets the "get_icon" callback function.
241241 // Gets the [iface@Gio.Icon] for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
242242 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(AppInfo) *IconBase) {
243243 if cb == nil {
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(AppInfo) *IconBase) {
253253 }
254254 }
255255
256-// GetGetIcon gets the callback function.
256+// GetGetIcon gets the "get_icon" callback function.
257257 // Gets the [iface@Gio.Icon] for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
258258 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetIcon() func(AppInfo) *IconBase {
259259 if x.xGetIcon == 0 {
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetIcon() func(AppInfo) *IconBase {
272272 }
273273 }
274274
275-// OverrideLaunch sets the callback function.
275+// OverrideLaunch sets the "launch" callback function.
276276 // Launches an application specified by the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
277277 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunch(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool) {
278278 if cb == nil {
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunch(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchCon
284284 }
285285 }
286286
287-// GetLaunch gets the callback function.
287+// GetLaunch gets the "launch" callback function.
288288 // Launches an application specified by the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
289289 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunch() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool {
290290 if x.xLaunch == 0 {
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunch() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext)
297297 }
298298 }
299299
300-// OverrideSupportsUris sets the callback function.
300+// OverrideSupportsUris sets the "supports_uris" callback function.
301301 // Indicates whether the application specified supports
302302 //
303303 // launching URIs.
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsUris(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
311311 }
312312 }
313313
314-// GetSupportsUris gets the callback function.
314+// GetSupportsUris gets the "supports_uris" callback function.
315315 // Indicates whether the application specified supports
316316 //
317317 // launching URIs.
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsUris() func(AppInfo) bool {
326326 }
327327 }
328328
329-// OverrideSupportsFiles sets the callback function.
329+// OverrideSupportsFiles sets the "supports_files" callback function.
330330 // Indicates whether the application specified accepts
331331 //
332332 // filename arguments.
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSupportsFiles(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
340340 }
341341 }
342342
343-// GetSupportsFiles gets the callback function.
343+// GetSupportsFiles gets the "supports_files" callback function.
344344 // Indicates whether the application specified accepts
345345 //
346346 // filename arguments.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSupportsFiles() func(AppInfo) bool {
355355 }
356356 }
357357
358-// OverrideLaunchUris sets the callback function.
358+// OverrideLaunchUris sets the "launch_uris" callback function.
359359 // Launches an application with a list of URIs.
360360 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUris(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool) {
361361 if cb == nil {
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUris(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunc
367367 }
368368 }
369369
370-// GetLaunchUris gets the callback function.
370+// GetLaunchUris gets the "launch_uris" callback function.
371371 // Launches an application with a list of URIs.
372372 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUris() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchContext) bool {
373373 if x.xLaunchUris == 0 {
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUris() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunchConte
380380 }
381381 }
382382
383-// OverrideShouldShow sets the callback function.
383+// OverrideShouldShow sets the "should_show" callback function.
384384 // Returns whether an application should be shown (e.g. when
385385 //
386386 // getting a list of installed applications).
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideShouldShow(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
395395 }
396396 }
397397
398-// GetShouldShow gets the callback function.
398+// GetShouldShow gets the "should_show" callback function.
399399 // Returns whether an application should be shown (e.g. when
400400 //
401401 // getting a list of installed applications).
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetShouldShow() func(AppInfo) bool {
411411 }
412412 }
413413
414-// OverrideSetAsDefaultForType sets the callback function.
414+// OverrideSetAsDefaultForType sets the "set_as_default_for_type" callback function.
415415 // Sets an application as default for a given content
416416 //
417417 // type.
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool
425425 }
426426 }
427427
428-// GetSetAsDefaultForType gets the callback function.
428+// GetSetAsDefaultForType gets the "set_as_default_for_type" callback function.
429429 // Sets an application as default for a given content
430430 //
431431 // type.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
440440 }
441441 }
442442
443-// OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension sets the callback function.
443+// OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension sets the "set_as_default_for_extension" callback function.
444444 // Sets an application as default for a given
445445 //
446446 // file extension.
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsDefaultForExtension(cb func(AppInfo, string)
454454 }
455455 }
456456
457-// GetSetAsDefaultForExtension gets the callback function.
457+// GetSetAsDefaultForExtension gets the "set_as_default_for_extension" callback function.
458458 // Sets an application as default for a given
459459 //
460460 // file extension.
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsDefaultForExtension() func(AppInfo, string) bool
469469 }
470470 }
471471
472-// OverrideAddSupportsType sets the callback function.
472+// OverrideAddSupportsType sets the "add_supports_type" callback function.
473473 // Adds to the [iface@Gio.AppInfo] information about
474474 //
475475 // supported file types.
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideAddSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool) {
483483 }
484484 }
485485
486-// GetAddSupportsType gets the callback function.
486+// GetAddSupportsType gets the "add_supports_type" callback function.
487487 // Adds to the [iface@Gio.AppInfo] information about
488488 //
489489 // supported file types.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetAddSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
498498 }
499499 }
500500
501-// OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType sets the callback function.
501+// OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType sets the "can_remove_supports_type" callback function.
502502 // Checks for support for removing supported file
503503 //
504504 // types from a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
512512 }
513513 }
514514
515-// GetCanRemoveSupportsType gets the callback function.
515+// GetCanRemoveSupportsType gets the "can_remove_supports_type" callback function.
516516 // Checks for support for removing supported file
517517 //
518518 // types from a [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo) bool {
527527 }
528528 }
529529
530-// OverrideRemoveSupportsType sets the callback function.
530+// OverrideRemoveSupportsType sets the "remove_supports_type" callback function.
531531 // Removes a supported application type from a
532532 //
533533 // [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideRemoveSupportsType(cb func(AppInfo, string) bool)
541541 }
542542 }
543543
544-// GetRemoveSupportsType gets the callback function.
544+// GetRemoveSupportsType gets the "remove_supports_type" callback function.
545545 // Removes a supported application type from a
546546 //
547547 // [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetRemoveSupportsType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
556556 }
557557 }
558558
559-// OverrideCanDelete sets the callback function.
559+// OverrideCanDelete sets the "can_delete" callback function.
560560 // Checks if a [iface@Gio.AppInfo] can be deleted. (Since 2.20)
561561 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
562562 if cb == nil {
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideCanDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
568568 }
569569 }
570570
571-// GetCanDelete gets the callback function.
571+// GetCanDelete gets the "can_delete" callback function.
572572 // Checks if a [iface@Gio.AppInfo] can be deleted. (Since 2.20)
573573 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
574574 if x.xCanDelete == 0 {
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetCanDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
581581 }
582582 }
583583
584-// OverrideDoDelete sets the callback function.
584+// OverrideDoDelete sets the "do_delete" callback function.
585585 // Deletes a [iface@Gio.AppInfo]. (Since 2.20)
586586 func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDoDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
587587 if cb == nil {
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideDoDelete(cb func(AppInfo) bool) {
593593 }
594594 }
595595
596-// GetDoDelete gets the callback function.
596+// GetDoDelete gets the "do_delete" callback function.
597597 // Deletes a [iface@Gio.AppInfo]. (Since 2.20)
598598 func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDoDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
599599 if x.xDoDelete == 0 {
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetDoDelete() func(AppInfo) bool {
606606 }
607607 }
608608
609-// OverrideGetCommandline sets the callback function.
609+// OverrideGetCommandline sets the "get_commandline" callback function.
610610 // Gets the commandline for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
611611 //
612612 // (Since 2.20)
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetCommandline(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
620620 }
621621 }
622622
623-// GetGetCommandline gets the callback function.
623+// GetGetCommandline gets the "get_commandline" callback function.
624624 // Gets the commandline for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
625625 //
626626 // (Since 2.20)
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetCommandline() func(AppInfo) string {
635635 }
636636 }
637637
638-// OverrideGetDisplayName sets the callback function.
638+// OverrideGetDisplayName sets the "get_display_name" callback function.
639639 // Gets the display name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
640640 //
641641 // (Since 2.24)
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetDisplayName(cb func(AppInfo) string) {
649649 }
650650 }
651651
652-// GetGetDisplayName gets the callback function.
652+// GetGetDisplayName gets the "get_display_name" callback function.
653653 // Gets the display name for the [iface@Gio.AppInfo].
654654 //
655655 // (Since 2.24)
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetDisplayName() func(AppInfo) string {
664664 }
665665 }
666666
667-// OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType sets the callback function.
667+// OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType sets the "set_as_last_used_for_type" callback function.
668668 // Sets the application as the last used. See
669669 //
670670 // [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_last_used_for_type].
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideSetAsLastUsedForType(cb func(AppInfo, string) boo
678678 }
679679 }
680680
681-// GetSetAsLastUsedForType gets the callback function.
681+// GetSetAsLastUsedForType gets the "set_as_last_used_for_type" callback function.
682682 // Sets the application as the last used. See
683683 //
684684 // [method@Gio.AppInfo.set_as_last_used_for_type].
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetSetAsLastUsedForType() func(AppInfo, string) bool {
693693 }
694694 }
695695
696-// OverrideGetSupportedTypes sets the callback function.
696+// OverrideGetSupportedTypes sets the "get_supported_types" callback function.
697697 // Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info
698698 //
699699 // claims to support.
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideGetSupportedTypes(cb func(AppInfo) []string) {
707707 }
708708 }
709709
710-// GetGetSupportedTypes gets the callback function.
710+// GetGetSupportedTypes gets the "get_supported_types" callback function.
711711 // Retrieves the list of content types that @app_info
712712 //
713713 // claims to support.
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetGetSupportedTypes() func(AppInfo) []string {
722722 }
723723 }
724724
725-// OverrideLaunchUrisAsync sets the callback function.
725+// OverrideLaunchUrisAsync sets the "launch_uris_async" callback function.
726726 // Asynchronously launches an application with a list of
727727 //
728728 // URIs. (Since: 2.60)
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisAsync(cb func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *App
736736 }
737737 }
738738
739-// GetLaunchUrisAsync gets the callback function.
739+// GetLaunchUrisAsync gets the "launch_uris_async" callback function.
740740 // Asynchronously launches an application with a list of
741741 //
742742 // URIs. (Since: 2.60)
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) GetLaunchUrisAsync() func(AppInfo, *glib.List, *AppLaunch
751751 }
752752 }
753753
754-// OverrideLaunchUrisFinish sets the callback function.
754+// OverrideLaunchUrisFinish sets the "launch_uris_finish" callback function.
755755 // Finishes an operation started with @launch_uris_async.
756756 //
757757 // (Since: 2.60)
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ func (x *AppInfoIface) OverrideLaunchUrisFinish(cb func(AppInfo, AsyncResult) bo
765765 }
766766 }
767767
768-// GetLaunchUrisFinish gets the callback function.
768+// GetLaunchUrisFinish gets the "launch_uris_finish" callback function.
769769 // Finishes an operation started with @launch_uris_async.
770770 //
771771 // (Since: 2.60)
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
806806 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
807807 }
808808
809-// OverrideGetDisplay sets the callback function.
809+// OverrideGetDisplay sets the "get_display" callback function.
810810 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGetDisplay(cb func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *glib.List) string) {
811811 if cb == nil {
812812 x.xGetDisplay = 0
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGetDisplay(cb func(*AppLaunchContext, Ap
817817 }
818818 }
819819
820-// GetGetDisplay gets the callback function.
820+// GetGetDisplay gets the "get_display" callback function.
821821 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGetDisplay() func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *glib.List) string {
822822 if x.xGetDisplay == 0 {
823823 return nil
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGetDisplay() func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo,
829829 }
830830 }
831831
832-// OverrideGetStartupNotifyId sets the callback function.
832+// OverrideGetStartupNotifyId sets the "get_startup_notify_id" callback function.
833833 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGetStartupNotifyId(cb func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *glib.List) string) {
834834 if cb == nil {
835835 x.xGetStartupNotifyId = 0
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGetStartupNotifyId(cb func(*AppLaunchCon
840840 }
841841 }
842842
843-// GetGetStartupNotifyId gets the callback function.
843+// GetGetStartupNotifyId gets the "get_startup_notify_id" callback function.
844844 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGetStartupNotifyId() func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *glib.List) string {
845845 if x.xGetStartupNotifyId == 0 {
846846 return nil
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGetStartupNotifyId() func(*AppLaunchContext,
852852 }
853853 }
854854
855-// OverrideLaunchFailed sets the callback function.
855+// OverrideLaunchFailed sets the "launch_failed" callback function.
856856 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideLaunchFailed(cb func(*AppLaunchContext, string)) {
857857 if cb == nil {
858858 x.xLaunchFailed = 0
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideLaunchFailed(cb func(*AppLaunchContext,
863863 }
864864 }
865865
866-// GetLaunchFailed gets the callback function.
866+// GetLaunchFailed gets the "launch_failed" callback function.
867867 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetLaunchFailed() func(*AppLaunchContext, string) {
868868 if x.xLaunchFailed == 0 {
869869 return nil
@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetLaunchFailed() func(*AppLaunchContext, string
875875 }
876876 }
877877
878-// OverrideLaunched sets the callback function.
878+// OverrideLaunched sets the "launched" callback function.
879879 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideLaunched(cb func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *glib.Variant)) {
880880 if cb == nil {
881881 x.xLaunched = 0
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideLaunched(cb func(*AppLaunchContext, AppI
886886 }
887887 }
888888
889-// GetLaunched gets the callback function.
889+// GetLaunched gets the "launched" callback function.
890890 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetLaunched() func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *glib.Variant) {
891891 if x.xLaunched == 0 {
892892 return nil
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetLaunched() func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *
898898 }
899899 }
900900
901-// OverrideLaunchStarted sets the callback function.
901+// OverrideLaunchStarted sets the "launch_started" callback function.
902902 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideLaunchStarted(cb func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *glib.Variant)) {
903903 if cb == nil {
904904 x.xLaunchStarted = 0
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideLaunchStarted(cb func(*AppLaunchContext,
909909 }
910910 }
911911
912-// GetLaunchStarted gets the callback function.
912+// GetLaunchStarted gets the "launch_started" callback function.
913913 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetLaunchStarted() func(*AppLaunchContext, AppInfo, *glib.Variant) {
914914 if x.xLaunchStarted == 0 {
915915 return nil
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetLaunchStarted() func(*AppLaunchContext, AppIn
921921 }
922922 }
923923
924-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
924+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
925925 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
926926 if cb == nil {
927927 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
932932 }
933933 }
934934
935-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
935+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
936936 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
937937 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
938938 return nil
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
944944 }
945945 }
946946
947-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
947+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
948948 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
949949 if cb == nil {
950950 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
955955 }
956956 }
957957
958-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
958+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
959959 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
960960 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
961961 return nil
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
967967 }
968968 }
969969
970-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
970+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
971971 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
972972 if cb == nil {
973973 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
978978 }
979979 }
980980
981-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
981+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
982982 func (x *AppLaunchContextClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
983983 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
984984 return nil
M v4/gio/gapplication.go +129 -36
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5555 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5656 }
5757
58-// OverrideStartup sets the callback function.
58+// OverrideStartup sets the "startup" callback function.
5959 // invoked on the primary instance immediately after registration
6060 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideStartup(cb func(*Application)) {
6161 if cb == nil {
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideStartup(cb func(*Application)) {
6767 }
6868 }
6969
70-// GetStartup gets the callback function.
70+// GetStartup gets the "startup" callback function.
7171 // invoked on the primary instance immediately after registration
7272 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetStartup() func(*Application) {
7373 if x.xStartup == 0 {
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetStartup() func(*Application) {
8080 }
8181 }
8282
83-// OverrideActivate sets the callback function.
83+// OverrideActivate sets the "activate" callback function.
8484 // invoked on the primary instance when an activation occurs
8585 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideActivate(cb func(*Application)) {
8686 if cb == nil {
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideActivate(cb func(*Application)) {
9292 }
9393 }
9494
95-// GetActivate gets the callback function.
95+// GetActivate gets the "activate" callback function.
9696 // invoked on the primary instance when an activation occurs
9797 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetActivate() func(*Application) {
9898 if x.xActivate == 0 {
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetActivate() func(*Application) {
105105 }
106106 }
107107
108-// OverrideOpen sets the callback function.
108+// OverrideOpen sets the "open" callback function.
109109 // invoked on the primary instance when there are files to open
110110 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideOpen(cb func(*Application, uintptr, int, string)) {
111111 if cb == nil {
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideOpen(cb func(*Application, uintptr, int, stri
117117 }
118118 }
119119
120-// GetOpen gets the callback function.
120+// GetOpen gets the "open" callback function.
121121 // invoked on the primary instance when there are files to open
122122 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetOpen() func(*Application, uintptr, int, string) {
123123 if x.xOpen == 0 {
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetOpen() func(*Application, uintptr, int, string) {
130130 }
131131 }
132132
133-// OverrideCommandLine sets the callback function.
133+// OverrideCommandLine sets the "command_line" callback function.
134134 // invoked on the primary instance when a command-line is
135135 //
136136 // not handled locally
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideCommandLine(cb func(*Application, *Applicatio
144144 }
145145 }
146146
147-// GetCommandLine gets the callback function.
147+// GetCommandLine gets the "command_line" callback function.
148148 // invoked on the primary instance when a command-line is
149149 //
150150 // not handled locally
@@ -159,42 +159,42 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetCommandLine() func(*Application, *ApplicationComma
159159 }
160160 }
161161
162-// OverrideLocalCommandLine sets the callback function.
162+// OverrideLocalCommandLine sets the "local_command_line" callback function.
163163 // invoked (locally). The virtual function has the chance
164164 //
165165 // to inspect (and possibly replace) command line arguments. See
166166 // g_application_run() for more information. Also see the
167167 // #GApplication::handle-local-options signal, which is a simpler
168168 // alternative to handling some commandline options locally
169-func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideLocalCommandLine(cb func(*Application, []string, int) bool) {
169+func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideLocalCommandLine(cb func(*Application, []string, *int) bool) {
170170 if cb == nil {
171171 x.xLocalCommandLine = 0
172172 } else {
173- x.xLocalCommandLine = purego.NewCallback(func(ApplicationVarp uintptr, ArgumentsVarp []string, ExitStatusVarp int) bool {
173+ x.xLocalCommandLine = purego.NewCallback(func(ApplicationVarp uintptr, ArgumentsVarp []string, ExitStatusVarp *int) bool {
174174 return cb(ApplicationNewFromInternalPtr(ApplicationVarp), ArgumentsVarp, ExitStatusVarp)
175175 })
176176 }
177177 }
178178
179-// GetLocalCommandLine gets the callback function.
179+// GetLocalCommandLine gets the "local_command_line" callback function.
180180 // invoked (locally). The virtual function has the chance
181181 //
182182 // to inspect (and possibly replace) command line arguments. See
183183 // g_application_run() for more information. Also see the
184184 // #GApplication::handle-local-options signal, which is a simpler
185185 // alternative to handling some commandline options locally
186-func (x *ApplicationClass) GetLocalCommandLine() func(*Application, []string, int) bool {
186+func (x *ApplicationClass) GetLocalCommandLine() func(*Application, []string, *int) bool {
187187 if x.xLocalCommandLine == 0 {
188188 return nil
189189 }
190- var rawCallback func(ApplicationVarp uintptr, ArgumentsVarp []string, ExitStatusVarp int) bool
190+ var rawCallback func(ApplicationVarp uintptr, ArgumentsVarp []string, ExitStatusVarp *int) bool
191191 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xLocalCommandLine)
192- return func(ApplicationVar *Application, ArgumentsVar []string, ExitStatusVar int) bool {
192+ return func(ApplicationVar *Application, ArgumentsVar []string, ExitStatusVar *int) bool {
193193 return rawCallback(ApplicationVar.GoPointer(), ArgumentsVar, ExitStatusVar)
194194 }
195195 }
196196
197-// OverrideBeforeEmit sets the callback function.
197+// OverrideBeforeEmit sets the "before_emit" callback function.
198198 // invoked on the primary instance before 'activate', 'open',
199199 //
200200 // 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideBeforeEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Varian
209209 }
210210 }
211211
212-// GetBeforeEmit gets the callback function.
212+// GetBeforeEmit gets the "before_emit" callback function.
213213 // invoked on the primary instance before 'activate', 'open',
214214 //
215215 // 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetBeforeEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
225225 }
226226 }
227227
228-// OverrideAfterEmit sets the callback function.
228+// OverrideAfterEmit sets the "after_emit" callback function.
229229 // invoked on the primary instance after 'activate', 'open',
230230 //
231231 // 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAfterEmit(cb func(*Application, *glib.Variant
240240 }
241241 }
242242
243-// GetAfterEmit gets the callback function.
243+// GetAfterEmit gets the "after_emit" callback function.
244244 // invoked on the primary instance after 'activate', 'open',
245245 //
246246 // 'command-line' or any action invocation, gets the 'platform data' from
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAfterEmit() func(*Application, *glib.Variant) {
256256 }
257257 }
258258
259-// OverrideAddPlatformData sets the callback function.
259+// OverrideAddPlatformData sets the "add_platform_data" callback function.
260260 // invoked (locally) to add 'platform data' to be sent to
261261 //
262262 // the primary instance when activating, opening or invoking actions. Must chain up
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideAddPlatformData(cb func(*Application, *glib.V
270270 }
271271 }
272272
273-// GetAddPlatformData gets the callback function.
273+// GetAddPlatformData gets the "add_platform_data" callback function.
274274 // invoked (locally) to add 'platform data' to be sent to
275275 //
276276 // the primary instance when activating, opening or invoking actions. Must chain up
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetAddPlatformData() func(*Application, *glib.Variant
285285 }
286286 }
287287
288-// OverrideQuitMainloop sets the callback function.
288+// OverrideQuitMainloop sets the "quit_mainloop" callback function.
289289 // Used to be invoked on the primary instance when the use
290290 //
291291 // count of the application drops to zero (and after any inactivity
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideQuitMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
300300 }
301301 }
302302
303-// GetQuitMainloop gets the callback function.
303+// GetQuitMainloop gets the "quit_mainloop" callback function.
304304 // Used to be invoked on the primary instance when the use
305305 //
306306 // count of the application drops to zero (and after any inactivity
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetQuitMainloop() func(*Application) {
316316 }
317317 }
318318
319-// OverrideRunMainloop sets the callback function.
319+// OverrideRunMainloop sets the "run_mainloop" callback function.
320320 // Used to be invoked on the primary instance from
321321 //
322322 // g_application_run() if the use-count is non-zero. Since 2.32,
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideRunMainloop(cb func(*Application)) {
332332 }
333333 }
334334
335-// GetRunMainloop gets the callback function.
335+// GetRunMainloop gets the "run_mainloop" callback function.
336336 // Used to be invoked on the primary instance from
337337 //
338338 // g_application_run() if the use-count is non-zero. Since 2.32,
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetRunMainloop() func(*Application) {
349349 }
350350 }
351351
352-// OverrideShutdown sets the callback function.
352+// OverrideShutdown sets the "shutdown" callback function.
353353 // invoked only on the registered primary instance immediately
354354 //
355355 // after the main loop terminates
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideShutdown(cb func(*Application)) {
363363 }
364364 }
365365
366-// GetShutdown gets the callback function.
366+// GetShutdown gets the "shutdown" callback function.
367367 // invoked only on the registered primary instance immediately
368368 //
369369 // after the main loop terminates
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetShutdown() func(*Application) {
378378 }
379379 }
380380
381-// OverrideDbusRegister sets the callback function.
381+// OverrideDbusRegister sets the "dbus_register" callback function.
382382 // invoked locally during registration, if the application is
383383 //
384384 // using its D-Bus backend. You can use this to export extra objects on the
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusRegister(cb func(*Application, *DBusConne
397397 }
398398 }
399399
400-// GetDbusRegister gets the callback function.
400+// GetDbusRegister gets the "dbus_register" callback function.
401401 // invoked locally during registration, if the application is
402402 //
403403 // using its D-Bus backend. You can use this to export extra objects on the
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusRegister() func(*Application, *DBusConnection,
417417 }
418418 }
419419
420-// OverrideDbusUnregister sets the callback function.
420+// OverrideDbusUnregister sets the "dbus_unregister" callback function.
421421 // invoked locally during unregistration, if the application
422422 //
423423 // is using its D-Bus backend. Use this to undo anything done by
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideDbusUnregister(cb func(*Application, *DBusCon
432432 }
433433 }
434434
435-// GetDbusUnregister gets the callback function.
435+// GetDbusUnregister gets the "dbus_unregister" callback function.
436436 // invoked locally during unregistration, if the application
437437 //
438438 // is using its D-Bus backend. Use this to undo anything done by
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetDbusUnregister() func(*Application, *DBusConnectio
448448 }
449449 }
450450
451-// OverrideHandleLocalOptions sets the callback function.
451+// OverrideHandleLocalOptions sets the "handle_local_options" callback function.
452452 // invoked locally after the parsing of the commandline
453453 //
454454 // options has occurred. Since: 2.40
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideHandleLocalOptions(cb func(*Application, *gli
462462 }
463463 }
464464
465-// GetHandleLocalOptions gets the callback function.
465+// GetHandleLocalOptions gets the "handle_local_options" callback function.
466466 // invoked locally after the parsing of the commandline
467467 //
468468 // options has occurred. Since: 2.40
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetHandleLocalOptions() func(*Application, *glib.Vari
477477 }
478478 }
479479
480-// OverrideNameLost sets the callback function.
480+// OverrideNameLost sets the "name_lost" callback function.
481481 // invoked when another instance is taking over the name. Since: 2.60
482482 func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideNameLost(cb func(*Application) bool) {
483483 if cb == nil {
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideNameLost(cb func(*Application) bool) {
489489 }
490490 }
491491
492-// GetNameLost gets the callback function.
492+// GetNameLost gets the "name_lost" callback function.
493493 // invoked when another instance is taking over the name. Since: 2.60
494494 func (x *ApplicationClass) GetNameLost() func(*Application) bool {
495495 if x.xNameLost == 0 {
@@ -1432,6 +1432,99 @@ func (c *Application) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
14321432 c.Ptr = ptr
14331433 }
14341434
1435+// SetPropertyApplicationId sets the "application-id" property.
1436+// The unique identifier for the application.
1437+func (x *Application) SetPropertyApplicationId(value string) {
1438+ var v gobject.Value
1439+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1440+ v.SetString(value)
1441+ x.SetProperty("application-id", &v)
1442+}
1443+
1444+// GetPropertyApplicationId gets the "application-id" property.
1445+// The unique identifier for the application.
1446+func (x *Application) GetPropertyApplicationId() string {
1447+ var v gobject.Value
1448+ x.GetProperty("application-id", &v)
1449+ return v.GetString()
1450+}
1451+
1452+// SetPropertyInactivityTimeout sets the "inactivity-timeout" property.
1453+// Time (in milliseconds) to stay alive after becoming idle.
1454+func (x *Application) SetPropertyInactivityTimeout(value uint) {
1455+ var v gobject.Value
1456+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
1457+ v.SetUint(value)
1458+ x.SetProperty("inactivity-timeout", &v)
1459+}
1460+
1461+// GetPropertyInactivityTimeout gets the "inactivity-timeout" property.
1462+// Time (in milliseconds) to stay alive after becoming idle.
1463+func (x *Application) GetPropertyInactivityTimeout() uint {
1464+ var v gobject.Value
1465+ x.GetProperty("inactivity-timeout", &v)
1466+ return v.GetUint()
1467+}
1468+
1469+// GetPropertyIsBusy gets the "is-busy" property.
1470+// Whether the application is currently marked as busy through
1471+// g_application_mark_busy() or g_application_bind_busy_property().
1472+func (x *Application) GetPropertyIsBusy() bool {
1473+ var v gobject.Value
1474+ x.GetProperty("is-busy", &v)
1475+ return v.GetBoolean()
1476+}
1477+
1478+// GetPropertyIsRegistered gets the "is-registered" property.
1479+// Whether [method@Gio.Application.register] has been called.
1480+func (x *Application) GetPropertyIsRegistered() bool {
1481+ var v gobject.Value
1482+ x.GetProperty("is-registered", &v)
1483+ return v.GetBoolean()
1484+}
1485+
1486+// GetPropertyIsRemote gets the "is-remote" property.
1487+// Whether this application instance is remote.
1488+func (x *Application) GetPropertyIsRemote() bool {
1489+ var v gobject.Value
1490+ x.GetProperty("is-remote", &v)
1491+ return v.GetBoolean()
1492+}
1493+
1494+// SetPropertyResourceBasePath sets the "resource-base-path" property.
1495+// The base resource path for the application.
1496+func (x *Application) SetPropertyResourceBasePath(value string) {
1497+ var v gobject.Value
1498+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1499+ v.SetString(value)
1500+ x.SetProperty("resource-base-path", &v)
1501+}
1502+
1503+// GetPropertyResourceBasePath gets the "resource-base-path" property.
1504+// The base resource path for the application.
1505+func (x *Application) GetPropertyResourceBasePath() string {
1506+ var v gobject.Value
1507+ x.GetProperty("resource-base-path", &v)
1508+ return v.GetString()
1509+}
1510+
1511+// SetPropertyVersion sets the "version" property.
1512+// The human-readable version number of the application.
1513+func (x *Application) SetPropertyVersion(value string) {
1514+ var v gobject.Value
1515+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1516+ v.SetString(value)
1517+ x.SetProperty("version", &v)
1518+}
1519+
1520+// GetPropertyVersion gets the "version" property.
1521+// The human-readable version number of the application.
1522+func (x *Application) GetPropertyVersion() string {
1523+ var v gobject.Value
1524+ x.GetProperty("version", &v)
1525+ return v.GetString()
1526+}
1527+
14351528 // The ::activate signal is emitted on the primary instance when an
14361529 // activation occurs. See g_application_activate().
14371530 func (x *Application) ConnectActivate(cb *func(Application)) uint32 {
@@ -1847,7 +1940,7 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
18471940 // fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
18481941 // filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
18491942 // fields may or may not have been modified.
1850-func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
1943+func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
18511944
18521945 cret := XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
18531946 return cret
M v4/gio/gapplicationcommandline.go +46 -10
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverridePrintLiteral sets the callback function.
37+// OverridePrintLiteral sets the "print_literal" callback function.
3838 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverridePrintLiteral(cb func(*ApplicationCommandLine, string)) {
3939 if cb == nil {
4040 x.xPrintLiteral = 0
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverridePrintLiteral(cb func(*ApplicationC
4545 }
4646 }
4747
48-// GetPrintLiteral gets the callback function.
48+// GetPrintLiteral gets the "print_literal" callback function.
4949 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetPrintLiteral() func(*ApplicationCommandLine, string) {
5050 if x.xPrintLiteral == 0 {
5151 return nil
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetPrintLiteral() func(*ApplicationCommand
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// OverridePrinterrLiteral sets the callback function.
60+// OverridePrinterrLiteral sets the "printerr_literal" callback function.
6161 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverridePrinterrLiteral(cb func(*ApplicationCommandLine, string)) {
6262 if cb == nil {
6363 x.xPrinterrLiteral = 0
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverridePrinterrLiteral(cb func(*Applicati
6868 }
6969 }
7070
71-// GetPrinterrLiteral gets the callback function.
71+// GetPrinterrLiteral gets the "printerr_literal" callback function.
7272 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetPrinterrLiteral() func(*ApplicationCommandLine, string) {
7373 if x.xPrinterrLiteral == 0 {
7474 return nil
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetPrinterrLiteral() func(*ApplicationComm
8080 }
8181 }
8282
83-// OverrideGetStdin sets the callback function.
83+// OverrideGetStdin sets the "get_stdin" callback function.
8484 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverrideGetStdin(cb func(*ApplicationCommandLine) *InputStream) {
8585 if cb == nil {
8686 x.xGetStdin = 0
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverrideGetStdin(cb func(*ApplicationComma
9595 }
9696 }
9797
98-// GetGetStdin gets the callback function.
98+// GetGetStdin gets the "get_stdin" callback function.
9999 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetGetStdin() func(*ApplicationCommandLine) *InputStream {
100100 if x.xGetStdin == 0 {
101101 return nil
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetGetStdin() func(*ApplicationCommandLine
113113 }
114114 }
115115
116-// OverrideDone sets the callback function.
116+// OverrideDone sets the "done" callback function.
117117 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverrideDone(cb func(*ApplicationCommandLine)) {
118118 if cb == nil {
119119 x.xDone = 0
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) OverrideDone(cb func(*ApplicationCommandLi
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// GetDone gets the callback function.
127+// GetDone gets the "done" callback function.
128128 func (x *ApplicationCommandLineClass) GetDone() func(*ApplicationCommandLine) {
129129 if x.xDone == 0 {
130130 return nil
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) Done() {
383383
384384 }
385385
386-var xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments func(uintptr, int) []string
386+var xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments func(uintptr, *int) []string
387387
388388 // Gets the list of arguments that was passed on the command line.
389389 //
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ var xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments func(uintptr, int) []string
396396 //
397397 // The return value is %NULL-terminated and should be freed using
398398 // g_strfreev().
399-func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetArguments(ArgcVar int) []string {
399+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetArguments(ArgcVar *int) []string {
400400
401401 cret := xApplicationCommandLineGetArguments(x.GoPointer(), ArgcVar)
402402 return cret
@@ -640,6 +640,42 @@ func (c *ApplicationCommandLine) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
640640 c.Ptr = ptr
641641 }
642642
643+// SetPropertyArguments sets the "arguments" property.
644+// The commandline that caused this [signal@Gio.Application::command-line]
645+// signal emission.
646+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) SetPropertyArguments(value uintptr) {
647+ var v gobject.Value
648+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
649+ v.SetPointer(value)
650+ x.SetProperty("arguments", &v)
651+}
652+
653+// GetPropertyIsRemote gets the "is-remote" property.
654+// Whether this is a remote commandline.
655+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) GetPropertyIsRemote() bool {
656+ var v gobject.Value
657+ x.GetProperty("is-remote", &v)
658+ return v.GetBoolean()
659+}
660+
661+// SetPropertyOptions sets the "options" property.
662+// The options sent along with the commandline.
663+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) SetPropertyOptions(value uintptr) {
664+ var v gobject.Value
665+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
666+ v.SetPointer(value)
667+ x.SetProperty("options", &v)
668+}
669+
670+// SetPropertyPlatformData sets the "platform-data" property.
671+// Platform-specific data for the commandline.
672+func (x *ApplicationCommandLine) SetPropertyPlatformData(value uintptr) {
673+ var v gobject.Value
674+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
675+ v.SetPointer(value)
676+ x.SetProperty("platform-data", &v)
677+}
678+
643679 func init() {
644680 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
645681 core.SetSharedLibraries("GIO", []string{"libgio-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gio/gasyncinitable.go +4 -4
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2929 }
3030
31-// OverrideInitAsync sets the callback function.
31+// OverrideInitAsync sets the "init_async" callback function.
3232 // Starts initialization of the object.
3333 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitAsync(cb func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
3434 if cb == nil {
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitAsync(cb func(AsyncInitable, int, *Canc
4040 }
4141 }
4242
43-// GetInitAsync gets the callback function.
43+// GetInitAsync gets the "init_async" callback function.
4444 // Starts initialization of the object.
4545 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitAsync() func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
4646 if x.xInitAsync == 0 {
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitAsync() func(AsyncInitable, int, *Cancellabl
5353 }
5454 }
5555
56-// OverrideInitFinish sets the callback function.
56+// OverrideInitFinish sets the "init_finish" callback function.
5757 // Finishes initialization of the object.
5858 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitFinish(cb func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bool) {
5959 if cb == nil {
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *AsyncInitableIface) OverrideInitFinish(cb func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResu
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// GetInitFinish gets the callback function.
68+// GetInitFinish gets the "init_finish" callback function.
6969 // Finishes initialization of the object.
7070 func (x *AsyncInitableIface) GetInitFinish() func(AsyncInitable, AsyncResult) bool {
7171 if x.xInitFinish == 0 {
M v4/gio/gasyncresult.go +6 -6
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3030 }
3131
32-// OverrideGetUserData sets the callback function.
32+// OverrideGetUserData sets the "get_user_data" callback function.
3333 // Gets the user data passed to the callback.
3434 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetUserData(cb func(AsyncResult) uintptr) {
3535 if cb == nil {
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetUserData(cb func(AsyncResult) uintptr) {
4141 }
4242 }
4343
44-// GetGetUserData gets the callback function.
44+// GetGetUserData gets the "get_user_data" callback function.
4545 // Gets the user data passed to the callback.
4646 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetUserData() func(AsyncResult) uintptr {
4747 if x.xGetUserData == 0 {
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetUserData() func(AsyncResult) uintptr {
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// OverrideGetSourceObject sets the callback function.
57+// OverrideGetSourceObject sets the "get_source_object" callback function.
5858 // Gets the source object that issued the asynchronous operation.
5959 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetSourceObject(cb func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Object) {
6060 if cb == nil {
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideGetSourceObject(cb func(AsyncResult) *gobject
7070 }
7171 }
7272
73-// GetGetSourceObject gets the callback function.
73+// GetGetSourceObject gets the "get_source_object" callback function.
7474 // Gets the source object that issued the asynchronous operation.
7575 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetSourceObject() func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Object {
7676 if x.xGetSourceObject == 0 {
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetGetSourceObject() func(AsyncResult) *gobject.Objec
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// OverrideIsTagged sets the callback function.
92+// OverrideIsTagged sets the "is_tagged" callback function.
9393 // Checks if a result is tagged with a particular source.
9494 func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideIsTagged(cb func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool) {
9595 if cb == nil {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *AsyncResultIface) OverrideIsTagged(cb func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool)
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// GetIsTagged gets the callback function.
104+// GetIsTagged gets the "is_tagged" callback function.
105105 // Checks if a result is tagged with a particular source.
106106 func (x *AsyncResultIface) GetIsTagged() func(AsyncResult, uintptr) bool {
107107 if x.xIsTagged == 0 {
M v4/gio/gbufferedinputstream.go +36 -18
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3738 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3839 }
3940
40-// OverrideFill sets the callback function.
41+// OverrideFill sets the "fill" callback function.
4142 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideFill(cb func(*BufferedInputStream, int, *Cancellable) int) {
4243 if cb == nil {
4344 x.xFill = 0
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideFill(cb func(*BufferedInputStream, in
4849 }
4950 }
5051
51-// GetFill gets the callback function.
52+// GetFill gets the "fill" callback function.
5253 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetFill() func(*BufferedInputStream, int, *Cancellable) int {
5354 if x.xFill == 0 {
5455 return nil
@@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetFill() func(*BufferedInputStream, int, *Ca
6061 }
6162 }
6263
63-// OverrideFillAsync sets the callback function.
64+// OverrideFillAsync sets the "fill_async" callback function.
6465 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideFillAsync(cb func(*BufferedInputStream, int, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
6566 if cb == nil {
6667 x.xFillAsync = 0
@@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideFillAsync(cb func(*BufferedInputStrea
7172 }
7273 }
7374
74-// GetFillAsync gets the callback function.
75+// GetFillAsync gets the "fill_async" callback function.
7576 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetFillAsync() func(*BufferedInputStream, int, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
7677 if x.xFillAsync == 0 {
7778 return nil
@@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetFillAsync() func(*BufferedInputStream, int
8384 }
8485 }
8586
86-// OverrideFillFinish sets the callback function.
87+// OverrideFillFinish sets the "fill_finish" callback function.
8788 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideFillFinish(cb func(*BufferedInputStream, AsyncResult) int) {
8889 if cb == nil {
8990 x.xFillFinish = 0
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideFillFinish(cb func(*BufferedInputStre
9495 }
9596 }
9697
97-// GetFillFinish gets the callback function.
98+// GetFillFinish gets the "fill_finish" callback function.
9899 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetFillFinish() func(*BufferedInputStream, AsyncResult) int {
99100 if x.xFillFinish == 0 {
100101 return nil
@@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetFillFinish() func(*BufferedInputStream, As
106107 }
107108 }
108109
109-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
110+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
110111 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
111112 if cb == nil {
112113 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
117118 }
118119 }
119120
120-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
121+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
121122 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
122123 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
123124 return nil
@@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
129130 }
130131 }
131132
132-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
133+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
133134 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
134135 if cb == nil {
135136 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
140141 }
141142 }
142143
143-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
144+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
144145 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
145146 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
146147 return nil
@@ -152,7 +153,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
152153 }
153154 }
154155
155-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
156+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
156157 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
157158 if cb == nil {
158159 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -163,7 +164,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
163164 }
164165 }
165166
166-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
167+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
167168 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
168169 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
169170 return nil
@@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
175176 }
176177 }
177178
178-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
179+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
179180 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
180181 if cb == nil {
181182 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -186,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
186187 }
187188 }
188189
189-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
190+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
190191 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
191192 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
192193 return nil
@@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
198199 }
199200 }
200201
201-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
202+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
202203 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
203204 if cb == nil {
204205 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
209210 }
210211 }
211212
212-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
213+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
213214 func (x *BufferedInputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
214215 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
215216 return nil
@@ -386,12 +387,12 @@ func (x *BufferedInputStream) Peek(BufferVar []byte, OffsetVar uint, CountVar ui
386387 return cret
387388 }
388389
389-var xBufferedInputStreamPeekBuffer func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
390+var xBufferedInputStreamPeekBuffer func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
390391
391392 // Returns the buffer with the currently available bytes. The returned
392393 // buffer must not be modified and will become invalid when reading from
393394 // the stream or filling the buffer.
394-func (x *BufferedInputStream) PeekBuffer(CountVar uint) uintptr {
395+func (x *BufferedInputStream) PeekBuffer(CountVar *uint) uintptr {
395396
396397 cret := xBufferedInputStreamPeekBuffer(x.GoPointer(), CountVar)
397398 return cret
@@ -445,6 +446,23 @@ func (c *BufferedInputStream) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
445446 c.Ptr = ptr
446447 }
447448
449+// SetPropertyBufferSize sets the "buffer-size" property.
450+// The size of the backend buffer, in bytes.
451+func (x *BufferedInputStream) SetPropertyBufferSize(value uint) {
452+ var v gobject.Value
453+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
454+ v.SetUint(value)
455+ x.SetProperty("buffer-size", &v)
456+}
457+
458+// GetPropertyBufferSize gets the "buffer-size" property.
459+// The size of the backend buffer, in bytes.
460+func (x *BufferedInputStream) GetPropertyBufferSize() uint {
461+ var v gobject.Value
462+ x.GetProperty("buffer-size", &v)
463+ return v.GetUint()
464+}
465+
448466 // Tests if the stream supports the #GSeekableIface.
449467 func (x *BufferedInputStream) CanSeek() bool {
450468
M v4/gio/gbufferedoutputstream.go +39 -4
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
@@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ func (x *BufferedOutputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2526 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2627 }
2728
28-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
29+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
2930 func (x *BufferedOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3031 if cb == nil {
3132 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *BufferedOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3637 }
3738 }
3839
39-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
40+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4041 func (x *BufferedOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4142 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4243 return nil
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *BufferedOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4849 }
4950 }
5051
51-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
52+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5253 func (x *BufferedOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
5354 if cb == nil {
5455 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ func (x *BufferedOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
5960 }
6061 }
6162
62-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
63+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6364 func (x *BufferedOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
6465 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
6566 return nil
@@ -190,6 +191,40 @@ func (c *BufferedOutputStream) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
190191 c.Ptr = ptr
191192 }
192193
194+// SetPropertyAutoGrow sets the "auto-grow" property.
195+// Whether the buffer should automatically grow.
196+func (x *BufferedOutputStream) SetPropertyAutoGrow(value bool) {
197+ var v gobject.Value
198+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
199+ v.SetBoolean(value)
200+ x.SetProperty("auto-grow", &v)
201+}
202+
203+// GetPropertyAutoGrow gets the "auto-grow" property.
204+// Whether the buffer should automatically grow.
205+func (x *BufferedOutputStream) GetPropertyAutoGrow() bool {
206+ var v gobject.Value
207+ x.GetProperty("auto-grow", &v)
208+ return v.GetBoolean()
209+}
210+
211+// SetPropertyBufferSize sets the "buffer-size" property.
212+// The size of the backend buffer, in bytes.
213+func (x *BufferedOutputStream) SetPropertyBufferSize(value uint) {
214+ var v gobject.Value
215+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
216+ v.SetUint(value)
217+ x.SetProperty("buffer-size", &v)
218+}
219+
220+// GetPropertyBufferSize gets the "buffer-size" property.
221+// The size of the backend buffer, in bytes.
222+func (x *BufferedOutputStream) GetPropertyBufferSize() uint {
223+ var v gobject.Value
224+ x.GetProperty("buffer-size", &v)
225+ return v.GetUint()
226+}
227+
193228 // Tests if the stream supports the #GSeekableIface.
194229 func (x *BufferedOutputStream) CanSeek() bool {
195230
M v4/gio/gbytesicon.go +19 -2
@@ -66,6 +66,23 @@ func (c *BytesIcon) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
6666 c.Ptr = ptr
6767 }
6868
69+// SetPropertyBytes sets the "bytes" property.
70+// The bytes containing the icon.
71+func (x *BytesIcon) SetPropertyBytes(value uintptr) {
72+ var v gobject.Value
73+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
74+ v.SetPointer(value)
75+ x.SetProperty("bytes", &v)
76+}
77+
78+// GetPropertyBytes gets the "bytes" property.
79+// The bytes containing the icon.
80+func (x *BytesIcon) GetPropertyBytes() uintptr {
81+ var v gobject.Value
82+ x.GetProperty("bytes", &v)
83+ return v.GetPointer()
84+}
85+
6986 // Checks if two icons are equal.
7087 func (x *BytesIcon) Equal(Icon2Var Icon) bool {
7188
@@ -115,7 +132,7 @@ func (x *BytesIcon) ToString() string {
115132
116133 // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
117134 // see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
118-func (x *BytesIcon) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error) {
135+func (x *BytesIcon) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error) {
119136 var cls *InputStream
120137 var cerr *glib.Error
121138
@@ -143,7 +160,7 @@ func (x *BytesIcon) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, Callback
143160 }
144161
145162 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
146-func (x *BytesIcon) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*InputStream, error) {
163+func (x *BytesIcon) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*InputStream, error) {
147164 var cls *InputStream
148165 var cerr *glib.Error
149166
M v4/gio/gcancellable.go +12 -12
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideCancelled sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideCancelled sets the "cancelled" callback function.
3838 func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideCancelled(cb func(*Cancellable)) {
3939 if cb == nil {
4040 x.xCancelled = 0
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideCancelled(cb func(*Cancellable)) {
4545 }
4646 }
4747
48-// GetCancelled gets the callback function.
48+// GetCancelled gets the "cancelled" callback function.
4949 func (x *CancellableClass) GetCancelled() func(*Cancellable) {
5050 if x.xCancelled == 0 {
5151 return nil
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) GetCancelled() func(*Cancellable) {
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
60+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
6161 func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
6262 if cb == nil {
6363 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
6868 }
6969 }
7070
71-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
71+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
7272 func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
7373 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
7474 return nil
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
8080 }
8181 }
8282
83-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
83+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
8484 func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
8585 if cb == nil {
8686 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
9191 }
9292 }
9393
94-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
94+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
9595 func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
9696 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
9797 return nil
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
103103 }
104104 }
105105
106-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
106+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
107107 func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
108108 if cb == nil {
109109 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
114114 }
115115 }
116116
117-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
117+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
118118 func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
119119 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
120120 return nil
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
126126 }
127127 }
128128
129-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
129+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
130130 func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
131131 if cb == nil {
132132 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
137137 }
138138 }
139139
140-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
140+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
141141 func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
142142 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
143143 return nil
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
149149 }
150150 }
151151
152-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
152+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
153153 func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
154154 if cb == nil {
155155 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ func (x *CancellableClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
160160 }
161161 }
162162
163-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
163+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
164164 func (x *CancellableClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
165165 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
166166 return nil
M v4/gio/gcharsetconverter.go +52 -1
@@ -99,6 +99,57 @@ func (c *CharsetConverter) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
9999 c.Ptr = ptr
100100 }
101101
102+// SetPropertyFromCharset sets the "from-charset" property.
103+// The character encoding to convert from.
104+func (x *CharsetConverter) SetPropertyFromCharset(value string) {
105+ var v gobject.Value
106+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
107+ v.SetString(value)
108+ x.SetProperty("from-charset", &v)
109+}
110+
111+// GetPropertyFromCharset gets the "from-charset" property.
112+// The character encoding to convert from.
113+func (x *CharsetConverter) GetPropertyFromCharset() string {
114+ var v gobject.Value
115+ x.GetProperty("from-charset", &v)
116+ return v.GetString()
117+}
118+
119+// SetPropertyToCharset sets the "to-charset" property.
120+// The character encoding to convert to.
121+func (x *CharsetConverter) SetPropertyToCharset(value string) {
122+ var v gobject.Value
123+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
124+ v.SetString(value)
125+ x.SetProperty("to-charset", &v)
126+}
127+
128+// GetPropertyToCharset gets the "to-charset" property.
129+// The character encoding to convert to.
130+func (x *CharsetConverter) GetPropertyToCharset() string {
131+ var v gobject.Value
132+ x.GetProperty("to-charset", &v)
133+ return v.GetString()
134+}
135+
136+// SetPropertyUseFallback sets the "use-fallback" property.
137+// Use fallback (of form `\<hexval>`) for invalid bytes.
138+func (x *CharsetConverter) SetPropertyUseFallback(value bool) {
139+ var v gobject.Value
140+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
141+ v.SetBoolean(value)
142+ x.SetProperty("use-fallback", &v)
143+}
144+
145+// GetPropertyUseFallback gets the "use-fallback" property.
146+// Use fallback (of form `\<hexval>`) for invalid bytes.
147+func (x *CharsetConverter) GetPropertyUseFallback() bool {
148+ var v gobject.Value
149+ x.GetProperty("use-fallback", &v)
150+ return v.GetBoolean()
151+}
152+
102153 // This is the main operation used when converting data. It is to be called
103154 // multiple times in a loop, and each time it will do some work, i.e.
104155 // producing some output (in @outbuf) or consuming some input (from @inbuf) or
@@ -181,7 +232,7 @@ func (c *CharsetConverter) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
181232 // at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try
182233 // to produce as much output as possible and then return an error
183234 // (typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT).
184-func (x *CharsetConverter) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (ConverterResult, error) {
235+func (x *CharsetConverter) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (ConverterResult, error) {
185236 var cerr *glib.Error
186237
187238 cret := XGConverterConvert(x.GoPointer(), InbufVar, InbufSizeVar, OutbufVar, OutbufSizeVar, FlagsVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gcontenttype.go +2 -2
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ func ContentTypeGetSymbolicIcon(TypeVar string) *IconBase {
108108 return cls
109109 }
110110
111-var xContentTypeGuess func(string, []byte, uint, bool) string
111+var xContentTypeGuess func(string, []byte, uint, *bool) string
112112
113113 // Guesses the content type based on example data. If the function is
114114 // uncertain, @result_uncertain will be set to %TRUE. Either @filename
115115 // or @data may be %NULL, in which case the guess will be based solely
116116 // on the other argument.
117-func ContentTypeGuess(FilenameVar string, DataVar []byte, DataSizeVar uint, ResultUncertainVar bool) string {
117+func ContentTypeGuess(FilenameVar string, DataVar []byte, DataSizeVar uint, ResultUncertainVar *bool) string {
118118
119119 cret := xContentTypeGuess(FilenameVar, DataVar, DataSizeVar, ResultUncertainVar)
120120 return cret
M v4/gio/gconverter.go +12 -12
@@ -28,32 +28,32 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2929 }
3030
31-// OverrideConvert sets the callback function.
31+// OverrideConvert sets the "convert" callback function.
3232 // Converts data.
33-func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideConvert(cb func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint) ConverterResult) {
33+func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideConvert(cb func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, *uint, *uint) ConverterResult) {
3434 if cb == nil {
3535 x.xConvert = 0
3636 } else {
37- x.xConvert = purego.NewCallback(func(ConverterVarp uintptr, InbufVarp []byte, InbufSizeVarp uint, OutbufVarp []byte, OutbufSizeVarp uint, FlagsVarp ConverterFlags, BytesReadVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp uint) ConverterResult {
37+ x.xConvert = purego.NewCallback(func(ConverterVarp uintptr, InbufVarp []byte, InbufSizeVarp uint, OutbufVarp []byte, OutbufSizeVarp uint, FlagsVarp ConverterFlags, BytesReadVarp *uint, BytesWrittenVarp *uint) ConverterResult {
3838 return cb(&ConverterBase{Ptr: ConverterVarp}, InbufVarp, InbufSizeVarp, OutbufVarp, OutbufSizeVarp, FlagsVarp, BytesReadVarp, BytesWrittenVarp)
3939 })
4040 }
4141 }
4242
43-// GetConvert gets the callback function.
43+// GetConvert gets the "convert" callback function.
4444 // Converts data.
45-func (x *ConverterIface) GetConvert() func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint) ConverterResult {
45+func (x *ConverterIface) GetConvert() func(Converter, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, *uint, *uint) ConverterResult {
4646 if x.xConvert == 0 {
4747 return nil
4848 }
49- var rawCallback func(ConverterVarp uintptr, InbufVarp []byte, InbufSizeVarp uint, OutbufVarp []byte, OutbufSizeVarp uint, FlagsVarp ConverterFlags, BytesReadVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp uint) ConverterResult
49+ var rawCallback func(ConverterVarp uintptr, InbufVarp []byte, InbufSizeVarp uint, OutbufVarp []byte, OutbufSizeVarp uint, FlagsVarp ConverterFlags, BytesReadVarp *uint, BytesWrittenVarp *uint) ConverterResult
5050 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xConvert)
51- return func(ConverterVar Converter, InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) ConverterResult {
51+ return func(ConverterVar Converter, InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) ConverterResult {
5252 return rawCallback(ConverterVar.GoPointer(), InbufVar, InbufSizeVar, OutbufVar, OutbufSizeVar, FlagsVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar)
5353 }
5454 }
5555
56-// OverrideReset sets the callback function.
56+// OverrideReset sets the "reset" callback function.
5757 // Reverts the internal state of the converter to its initial state.
5858 func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideReset(cb func(Converter)) {
5959 if cb == nil {
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) OverrideReset(cb func(Converter)) {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// GetReset gets the callback function.
68+// GetReset gets the "reset" callback function.
6969 // Reverts the internal state of the converter to its initial state.
7070 func (x *ConverterIface) GetReset() func(Converter) {
7171 if x.xReset == 0 {
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ func (x *ConverterIface) GetReset() func(Converter) {
9090 type Converter interface {
9191 GoPointer() uintptr
9292 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
93- Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (ConverterResult, error)
93+ Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (ConverterResult, error)
9494 ConvertBytes(BytesVar *glib.Bytes) (*glib.Bytes, error)
9595 Reset()
9696 }
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ func (x *ConverterBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
198198 // at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try
199199 // to produce as much output as possible and then return an error
200200 // (typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT).
201-func (x *ConverterBase) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (ConverterResult, error) {
201+func (x *ConverterBase) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (ConverterResult, error) {
202202 var cerr *glib.Error
203203
204204 cret := XGConverterConvert(x.GoPointer(), InbufVar, InbufSizeVar, OutbufVar, OutbufSizeVar, FlagsVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ func (x *ConverterBase) Reset() {
230230
231231 }
232232
233-var XGConverterConvert func(uintptr, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, uint, uint, **glib.Error) ConverterResult
233+var XGConverterConvert func(uintptr, []byte, uint, []byte, uint, ConverterFlags, *uint, *uint, **glib.Error) ConverterResult
234234 var XGConverterConvertBytes func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
235235 var XGConverterReset func(uintptr)
236236
M v4/gio/gconverterinputstream.go +11 -11
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3232 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3333 }
3434
35-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
35+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3636 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3737 if cb == nil {
3838 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4343 }
4444 }
4545
46-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
46+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4747 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4848 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4949 return nil
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5555 }
5656 }
5757
58-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
58+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5959 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6060 if cb == nil {
6161 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
69+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
7070 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7171 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7272 return nil
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7878 }
7979 }
8080
81-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
81+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8282 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8383 if cb == nil {
8484 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
92+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9393 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9494 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9595 return nil
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
104+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
105105 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
106106 if cb == nil {
107107 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
115+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
116116 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
117117 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
118118 return nil
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
127+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
128128 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
129129 if cb == nil {
130130 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
135135 }
136136 }
137137
138-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
138+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
139139 func (x *ConverterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
140140 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
141141 return nil
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ func (x *ConverterInputStream) IsReadable() bool {
281281 //
282282 // The behaviour of this method is undefined if
283283 // g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
284-func (x *ConverterInputStream) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
284+func (x *ConverterInputStream) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
285285 var cerr *glib.Error
286286
287287 cret := XGPollableInputStreamReadNonblocking(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
M v4/gio/gconverteroutputstream.go +11 -11
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3232 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3333 }
3434
35-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
35+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3636 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3737 if cb == nil {
3838 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4343 }
4444 }
4545
46-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
46+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4747 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4848 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4949 return nil
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5555 }
5656 }
5757
58-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
58+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5959 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6060 if cb == nil {
6161 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
69+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
7070 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7171 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7272 return nil
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7878 }
7979 }
8080
81-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
81+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8282 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8383 if cb == nil {
8484 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
92+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9393 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9494 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9595 return nil
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
104+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
105105 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
106106 if cb == nil {
107107 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
115+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
116116 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
117117 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
118118 return nil
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
127+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
128128 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
129129 if cb == nil {
130130 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
135135 }
136136 }
137137
138-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
138+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
139139 func (x *ConverterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
140140 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
141141 return nil
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WriteNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint
315315 //
316316 // The behaviour of this method is undefined if
317317 // g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
318-func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
318+func (x *ConverterOutputStream) WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
319319 var cerr *glib.Error
320320
321321 cret := XGPollableOutputStreamWritevNonblocking(x.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
M v4/gio/gdatagrambased.go +10 -10
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3636 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3737 }
3838
39-// OverrideReceiveMessages sets the callback function.
39+// OverrideReceiveMessages sets the "receive_messages" callback function.
4040 // Virtual method for g_datagram_based_receive_messages().
4141 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideReceiveMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []InputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int) {
4242 if cb == nil {
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideReceiveMessages(cb func(DatagramBased,
4848 }
4949 }
5050
51-// GetReceiveMessages gets the callback function.
51+// GetReceiveMessages gets the "receive_messages" callback function.
5252 // Virtual method for g_datagram_based_receive_messages().
5353 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetReceiveMessages() func(DatagramBased, []InputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int {
5454 if x.xReceiveMessages == 0 {
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetReceiveMessages() func(DatagramBased, []Inpu
6161 }
6262 }
6363
64-// OverrideSendMessages sets the callback function.
64+// OverrideSendMessages sets the "send_messages" callback function.
6565 // Virtual method for g_datagram_based_send_messages().
6666 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideSendMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []OutputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int) {
6767 if cb == nil {
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideSendMessages(cb func(DatagramBased, []O
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// GetSendMessages gets the callback function.
76+// GetSendMessages gets the "send_messages" callback function.
7777 // Virtual method for g_datagram_based_send_messages().
7878 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetSendMessages() func(DatagramBased, []OutputMessage, uint, int, int64, *Cancellable) int {
7979 if x.xSendMessages == 0 {
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetSendMessages() func(DatagramBased, []OutputM
8686 }
8787 }
8888
89-// OverrideCreateSource sets the callback function.
89+// OverrideCreateSource sets the "create_source" callback function.
9090 // Virtual method for g_datagram_based_create_source().
9191 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, *Cancellable) *glib.Source) {
9292 if cb == nil {
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(DatagramBased, gli
9898 }
9999 }
100100
101-// GetCreateSource gets the callback function.
101+// GetCreateSource gets the "create_source" callback function.
102102 // Virtual method for g_datagram_based_create_source().
103103 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetCreateSource() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition, *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
104104 if x.xCreateSource == 0 {
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetCreateSource() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCo
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// OverrideConditionCheck sets the callback function.
114+// OverrideConditionCheck sets the "condition_check" callback function.
115115 // Virtual method for g_datagram_based_condition_check().
116116 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionCheck(cb func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition) glib.IOCondition) {
117117 if cb == nil {
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionCheck(cb func(DatagramBased, g
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// GetConditionCheck gets the callback function.
126+// GetConditionCheck gets the "condition_check" callback function.
127127 // Virtual method for g_datagram_based_condition_check().
128128 func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionCheck() func(DatagramBased, glib.IOCondition) glib.IOCondition {
129129 if x.xConditionCheck == 0 {
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) GetConditionCheck() func(DatagramBased, glib.IO
136136 }
137137 }
138138
139-// OverrideConditionWait sets the callback function.
139+// OverrideConditionWait sets the "condition_wait" callback function.
140140 // Virtual method for
141141 //
142142 // g_datagram_based_condition_wait().
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ func (x *DatagramBasedInterface) OverrideConditionWait(cb func(DatagramBased, gl
150150 }
151151 }
152152
153-// GetConditionWait gets the callback function.
153+// GetConditionWait gets the "condition_wait" callback function.
154154 // Virtual method for
155155 //
156156 // g_datagram_based_condition_wait().
M v4/gio/gdatainputstream.go +26 -26
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3131 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3232 }
3333
34-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
34+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3535 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3636 if cb == nil {
3737 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4242 }
4343 }
4444
45-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
45+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4646 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4747 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4848 return nil
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
57+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5858 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
5959 if cb == nil {
6060 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
68+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6969 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7070 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7171 return nil
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7777 }
7878 }
7979
80-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
80+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8181 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8282 if cb == nil {
8383 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
91+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9292 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9393 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9494 return nil
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
100100 }
101101 }
102102
103-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
103+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
104104 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
105105 if cb == nil {
106106 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
114+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
115115 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
116116 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
117117 return nil
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
126+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
127127 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
128128 if cb == nil {
129129 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
137+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
138138 func (x *DataInputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
139139 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
140140 return nil
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadInt64(CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int64, error)
279279
280280 }
281281
282-var xDataInputStreamReadLine func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
282+var xDataInputStreamReadLine func(uintptr, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
283283
284284 // Reads a line from the data input stream. Note that no encoding
285285 // checks or conversion is performed; the input is not guaranteed to
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ var xDataInputStreamReadLine func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
288288 // If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
289289 // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
290290 // was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
291-func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLine(LengthVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (uintptr, error) {
291+func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLine(LengthVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (uintptr, error) {
292292 var cerr *glib.Error
293293
294294 cret := xDataInputStreamReadLine(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -313,13 +313,13 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cance
313313
314314 }
315315
316-var xDataInputStreamReadLineFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) uintptr
316+var xDataInputStreamReadLineFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint, **glib.Error) uintptr
317317
318318 // Finish an asynchronous call started by
319319 // g_data_input_stream_read_line_async(). Note the warning about
320320 // string encoding in g_data_input_stream_read_line() applies here as
321321 // well.
322-func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
322+func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
323323 var cerr *glib.Error
324324
325325 cret := xDataInputStreamReadLineFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -330,11 +330,11 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar uint)
330330
331331 }
332332
333-var xDataInputStreamReadLineFinishUtf8 func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) string
333+var xDataInputStreamReadLineFinishUtf8 func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint, **glib.Error) string
334334
335335 // Finish an asynchronous call started by
336336 // g_data_input_stream_read_line_async().
337-func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineFinishUtf8(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar uint) (string, error) {
337+func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineFinishUtf8(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar *uint) (string, error) {
338338 var cerr *glib.Error
339339
340340 cret := xDataInputStreamReadLineFinishUtf8(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -345,14 +345,14 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineFinishUtf8(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar ui
345345
346346 }
347347
348-var xDataInputStreamReadLineUtf8 func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) string
348+var xDataInputStreamReadLineUtf8 func(uintptr, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) string
349349
350350 // Reads a UTF-8 encoded line from the data input stream.
351351 //
352352 // If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
353353 // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
354354 // was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
355-func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineUtf8(LengthVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (string, error) {
355+func (x *DataInputStream) ReadLineUtf8(LengthVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (string, error) {
356356 var cerr *glib.Error
357357
358358 cret := xDataInputStreamReadLineUtf8(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUint64(CancellableVar *Cancellable) (uint64, error
422422
423423 }
424424
425-var xDataInputStreamReadUntil func(uintptr, string, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) string
425+var xDataInputStreamReadUntil func(uintptr, string, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) string
426426
427427 // Reads a string from the data input stream, up to the first
428428 // occurrence of any of the stop characters.
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ var xDataInputStreamReadUntil func(uintptr, string, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error)
435435 // functions will be marked as deprecated in a future release. Use
436436 // g_data_input_stream_read_upto() instead, but note that that function
437437 // does not consume the stop character.
438-func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntil(StopCharsVar string, LengthVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (string, error) {
438+func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntil(StopCharsVar string, LengthVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (string, error) {
439439 var cerr *glib.Error
440440
441441 cret := xDataInputStreamReadUntil(x.GoPointer(), StopCharsVar, LengthVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -469,11 +469,11 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntilAsync(StopCharsVar string, IoPriorityVar int,
469469
470470 }
471471
472-var xDataInputStreamReadUntilFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) string
472+var xDataInputStreamReadUntilFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint, **glib.Error) string
473473
474474 // Finish an asynchronous call started by
475475 // g_data_input_stream_read_until_async().
476-func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntilFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar uint) (string, error) {
476+func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntilFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar *uint) (string, error) {
477477 var cerr *glib.Error
478478
479479 cret := xDataInputStreamReadUntilFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUntilFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar uint)
484484
485485 }
486486
487-var xDataInputStreamReadUpto func(uintptr, string, int, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) string
487+var xDataInputStreamReadUpto func(uintptr, string, int, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) string
488488
489489 // Reads a string from the data input stream, up to the first
490490 // occurrence of any of the stop characters.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ var xDataInputStreamReadUpto func(uintptr, string, int, uint, uintptr, **glib.Er
498498 // specified.
499499 //
500500 // The returned string will always be nul-terminated on success.
501-func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUpto(StopCharsVar string, StopCharsLenVar int, LengthVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (string, error) {
501+func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUpto(StopCharsVar string, StopCharsLenVar int, LengthVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (string, error) {
502502 var cerr *glib.Error
503503
504504 cret := xDataInputStreamReadUpto(x.GoPointer(), StopCharsVar, StopCharsLenVar, LengthVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUptoAsync(StopCharsVar string, StopCharsLenVar int
531531
532532 }
533533
534-var xDataInputStreamReadUptoFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) string
534+var xDataInputStreamReadUptoFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint, **glib.Error) string
535535
536536 // Finish an asynchronous call started by
537537 // g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async().
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ var xDataInputStreamReadUptoFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) st
541541 // g_data_input_stream_read_upto_async() again.
542542 //
543543 // The returned string will always be nul-terminated on success.
544-func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUptoFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar uint) (string, error) {
544+func (x *DataInputStream) ReadUptoFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, LengthVar *uint) (string, error) {
545545 var cerr *glib.Error
546546
547547 cret := xDataInputStreamReadUptoFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), LengthVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gdataoutputstream.go +10 -10
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3131 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3232 }
3333
34-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
34+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3535 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3636 if cb == nil {
3737 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4242 }
4343 }
4444
45-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
45+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4646 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4747 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4848 return nil
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
57+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5858 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
5959 if cb == nil {
6060 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
68+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6969 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7070 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7171 return nil
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7777 }
7878 }
7979
80-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
80+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8181 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8282 if cb == nil {
8383 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
91+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9292 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9393 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9494 return nil
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
100100 }
101101 }
102102
103-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
103+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
104104 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
105105 if cb == nil {
106106 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
114+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
115115 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
116116 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
117117 return nil
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
126+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
127127 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
128128 if cb == nil {
129129 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
137+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
138138 func (x *DataOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
139139 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
140140 return nil
M v4/gio/gdbusactiongroup.go +1 -1
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ func (x *DBusActionGroup) ListActions() []string {
266266 // fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
267267 // filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
268268 // fields may or may not have been modified.
269-func (x *DBusActionGroup) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
269+func (x *DBusActionGroup) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
270270
271271 cret := XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
272272 return cret
M v4/gio/gdbusaddress.go +4 -4
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ func DbusAddressGetStream(AddressVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable, Callba
6060
6161 }
6262
63-var xDbusAddressGetStreamFinish func(uintptr, string, **glib.Error) uintptr
63+var xDbusAddressGetStreamFinish func(uintptr, *string, **glib.Error) uintptr
6464
6565 // Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_address_get_stream().
6666 //
6767 // A server is not required to set a GUID, so @out_guid may be set to %NULL
6868 // even on success.
69-func DbusAddressGetStreamFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, OutGuidVar string) (*IOStream, error) {
69+func DbusAddressGetStreamFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, OutGuidVar *string) (*IOStream, error) {
7070 var cls *IOStream
7171 var cerr *glib.Error
7272
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func DbusAddressGetStreamFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, OutGuidVar string) (*IOStrea
8484
8585 }
8686
87-var xDbusAddressGetStreamSync func(string, string, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
87+var xDbusAddressGetStreamSync func(string, *string, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
8888
8989 // Synchronously connects to an endpoint specified by @address and
9090 // sets up the connection so it is in a state to run the client-side
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ var xDbusAddressGetStreamSync func(string, string, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintpt
9696 //
9797 // This is a synchronous failable function. See
9898 // g_dbus_address_get_stream() for the asynchronous version.
99-func DbusAddressGetStreamSync(AddressVar string, OutGuidVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*IOStream, error) {
99+func DbusAddressGetStreamSync(AddressVar string, OutGuidVar *string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*IOStream, error) {
100100 var cls *IOStream
101101 var cerr *glib.Error
102102
M v4/gio/gdbusconnection.go +123 -10
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdList(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar str
659659
660660 }
661661
662-var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Variant
662+var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListFinish func(uintptr, **UnixFDList, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Variant
663663
664664 // Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_connection_call_with_unix_fd_list().
665665 //
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **gl
676676 func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdListFinish(OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, ResVar AsyncResult) (*glib.Variant, error) {
677677 var cerr *glib.Error
678678
679- cret := xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListFinish(x.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(OutFdListVar), ResVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
679+ cret := xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListFinish(x.GoPointer(), OutFdListVar, ResVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
680680 if cerr == nil {
681681 return cret, nil
682682 }
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdListFinish(OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, Res
684684
685685 }
686686
687-var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Variant
687+var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, string, string, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.VariantType, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, **UnixFDList, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Variant
688688
689689 // Like g_dbus_connection_call_sync() but also takes and returns #GUnixFDList objects.
690690 // See g_dbus_connection_call_with_unix_fd_list() and
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, string, string,
694694 func (x *DBusConnection) CallWithUnixFdListSync(BusNameVar string, ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string, MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, ReplyTypeVar *glib.VariantType, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, FdListVar *UnixFDList, OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*glib.Variant, error) {
695695 var cerr *glib.Error
696696
697- cret := xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListSync(x.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar, InterfaceNameVar, MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, ReplyTypeVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, FdListVar.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(OutFdListVar), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
697+ cret := xDBusConnectionCallWithUnixFdListSync(x.GoPointer(), BusNameVar, ObjectPathVar, InterfaceNameVar, MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, ReplyTypeVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, FdListVar.GoPointer(), OutFdListVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
698698 if cerr == nil {
699699 return cret, nil
700700 }
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) RemoveFilter(FilterIdVar uint) {
11791179
11801180 }
11811181
1182-var xDBusConnectionSendMessage func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, uint32, **glib.Error) bool
1182+var xDBusConnectionSendMessage func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, *uint32, **glib.Error) bool
11831183
11841184 // Asynchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection.
11851185 //
@@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionSendMessage func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, uint
12031203 //
12041204 // Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the
12051205 // %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag.
1206-func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessage(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, OutSerialVar uint32) (bool, error) {
1206+func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessage(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, OutSerialVar *uint32) (bool, error) {
12071207 var cerr *glib.Error
12081208
12091209 cret := xDBusConnectionSendMessage(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, OutSerialVar, &cerr)
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessage(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendM
12141214
12151215 }
12161216
1217-var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReply func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, int, uint32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
1217+var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReply func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, int, *uint32, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
12181218
12191219 // Asynchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection.
12201220 //
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReply func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFl
12461246 // and [client][class@Gio.DBusConnection#an-example-for-file-descriptor-passing]
12471247 // for an example of how to use this low-level API to send and receive
12481248 // UNIX file descriptors.
1249-func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReply(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, OutSerialVar uint32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
1249+func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReply(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, OutSerialVar *uint32, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
12501250
12511251 xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReply(x.GoPointer(), MessageVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, OutSerialVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
12521252
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReplyFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) (*DBusMe
12831283
12841284 }
12851285
1286-var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReplySync func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, int, uint32, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
1286+var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReplySync func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessageFlags, int, *uint32, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
12871287
12881288 // Synchronously sends @message to the peer represented by @connection
12891289 // and blocks the calling thread until a reply is received or the
@@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ var xDBusConnectionSendMessageWithReplySync func(uintptr, uintptr, DBusSendMessa
13161316 //
13171317 // Note that @message must be unlocked, unless @flags contain the
13181318 // %G_DBUS_SEND_MESSAGE_FLAGS_PRESERVE_SERIAL flag.
1319-func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReplySync(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, OutSerialVar uint32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*DBusMessage, error) {
1319+func (x *DBusConnection) SendMessageWithReplySync(MessageVar *DBusMessage, FlagsVar DBusSendMessageFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, OutSerialVar *uint32, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*DBusMessage, error) {
13201320 var cls *DBusMessage
13211321 var cerr *glib.Error
13221322
@@ -1498,6 +1498,119 @@ func (c *DBusConnection) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
14981498 c.Ptr = ptr
14991499 }
15001500
1501+// SetPropertyAddress sets the "address" property.
1502+// A D-Bus address specifying potential endpoints that can be used
1503+// when establishing the connection.
1504+func (x *DBusConnection) SetPropertyAddress(value string) {
1505+ var v gobject.Value
1506+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1507+ v.SetString(value)
1508+ x.SetProperty("address", &v)
1509+}
1510+
1511+// GetPropertyClosed gets the "closed" property.
1512+// A boolean specifying whether the connection has been closed.
1513+func (x *DBusConnection) GetPropertyClosed() bool {
1514+ var v gobject.Value
1515+ x.GetProperty("closed", &v)
1516+ return v.GetBoolean()
1517+}
1518+
1519+// SetPropertyExitOnClose sets the "exit-on-close" property.
1520+// A boolean specifying whether the process will be terminated (by
1521+// calling `raise(SIGTERM)`) if the connection is closed by the
1522+// remote peer.
1523+//
1524+// Note that #GDBusConnection objects returned by g_bus_get_finish()
1525+// and g_bus_get_sync() will (usually) have this property set to %TRUE.
1526+func (x *DBusConnection) SetPropertyExitOnClose(value bool) {
1527+ var v gobject.Value
1528+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1529+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1530+ x.SetProperty("exit-on-close", &v)
1531+}
1532+
1533+// GetPropertyExitOnClose gets the "exit-on-close" property.
1534+// A boolean specifying whether the process will be terminated (by
1535+// calling `raise(SIGTERM)`) if the connection is closed by the
1536+// remote peer.
1537+//
1538+// Note that #GDBusConnection objects returned by g_bus_get_finish()
1539+// and g_bus_get_sync() will (usually) have this property set to %TRUE.
1540+func (x *DBusConnection) GetPropertyExitOnClose() bool {
1541+ var v gobject.Value
1542+ x.GetProperty("exit-on-close", &v)
1543+ return v.GetBoolean()
1544+}
1545+
1546+// SetPropertyGuid sets the "guid" property.
1547+// The GUID of the peer performing the role of server when
1548+// authenticating.
1549+//
1550+// If you are constructing a #GDBusConnection and pass
1551+// %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER in the
1552+// #GDBusConnection:flags property then you **must** also set this
1553+// property to a valid guid.
1554+//
1555+// If you are constructing a #GDBusConnection and pass
1556+// %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_CLIENT in the
1557+// #GDBusConnection:flags property you will be able to read the GUID
1558+// of the other peer here after the connection has been successfully
1559+// initialized.
1560+//
1561+// Note that the
1562+// [D-Bus specification](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses)
1563+// uses the term ‘UUID’ to refer to this, whereas GLib consistently uses the
1564+// term ‘GUID’ for historical reasons.
1565+//
1566+// Despite its name, the format of #GDBusConnection:guid does not follow
1567+// [RFC 4122](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4122) or the Microsoft
1568+// GUID format.
1569+func (x *DBusConnection) SetPropertyGuid(value string) {
1570+ var v gobject.Value
1571+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1572+ v.SetString(value)
1573+ x.SetProperty("guid", &v)
1574+}
1575+
1576+// GetPropertyGuid gets the "guid" property.
1577+// The GUID of the peer performing the role of server when
1578+// authenticating.
1579+//
1580+// If you are constructing a #GDBusConnection and pass
1581+// %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_SERVER in the
1582+// #GDBusConnection:flags property then you **must** also set this
1583+// property to a valid guid.
1584+//
1585+// If you are constructing a #GDBusConnection and pass
1586+// %G_DBUS_CONNECTION_FLAGS_AUTHENTICATION_CLIENT in the
1587+// #GDBusConnection:flags property you will be able to read the GUID
1588+// of the other peer here after the connection has been successfully
1589+// initialized.
1590+//
1591+// Note that the
1592+// [D-Bus specification](https://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#addresses)
1593+// uses the term ‘UUID’ to refer to this, whereas GLib consistently uses the
1594+// term ‘GUID’ for historical reasons.
1595+//
1596+// Despite its name, the format of #GDBusConnection:guid does not follow
1597+// [RFC 4122](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4122) or the Microsoft
1598+// GUID format.
1599+func (x *DBusConnection) GetPropertyGuid() string {
1600+ var v gobject.Value
1601+ x.GetProperty("guid", &v)
1602+ return v.GetString()
1603+}
1604+
1605+// GetPropertyUniqueName gets the "unique-name" property.
1606+// The unique name as assigned by the message bus or %NULL if the
1607+// connection is not open or not a message bus connection.
1608+func (x *DBusConnection) GetPropertyUniqueName() string {
1609+ var v gobject.Value
1610+ x.GetProperty("unique-name", &v)
1611+ return v.GetString()
1612+}
1613+
15011614 // Emitted when the connection is closed.
15021615 //
15031616 // # The cause of this event can be
M v4/gio/gdbusinterface.go +8 -8
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3131 }
3232
33-// OverrideGetInfo sets the callback function.
33+// OverrideGetInfo sets the "get_info" callback function.
3434 // Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_get_info().
3535 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo) {
3636 if cb == nil {
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfa
4242 }
4343 }
4444
45-// GetGetInfo gets the callback function.
45+// GetGetInfo gets the "get_info" callback function.
4646 // Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_get_info().
4747 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetInfo() func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo {
4848 if x.xGetInfo == 0 {
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetInfo() func(DBusInterface) *DBusInterfaceInfo
5555 }
5656 }
5757
58-// OverrideGetObject sets the callback function.
58+// OverrideGetObject sets the "get_object" callback function.
5959 // Gets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_get_object().
6060 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase) {
6161 if cb == nil {
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjec
7171 }
7272 }
7373
74-// GetGetObject gets the callback function.
74+// GetGetObject gets the "get_object" callback function.
7575 // Gets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_get_object().
7676 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase {
7777 if x.xGetObject == 0 {
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase
9090 }
9191 }
9292
93-// OverrideSetObject sets the callback function.
93+// OverrideSetObject sets the "set_object" callback function.
9494 // Sets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_set_object().
9595 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideSetObject(cb func(DBusInterface, DBusObject)) {
9696 if cb == nil {
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideSetObject(cb func(DBusInterface, DBusObject
102102 }
103103 }
104104
105-// GetSetObject gets the callback function.
105+// GetSetObject gets the "set_object" callback function.
106106 // Sets the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_set_object().
107107 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetSetObject() func(DBusInterface, DBusObject) {
108108 if x.xSetObject == 0 {
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetSetObject() func(DBusInterface, DBusObject) {
115115 }
116116 }
117117
118-// OverrideDupObject sets the callback function.
118+// OverrideDupObject sets the "dup_object" callback function.
119119 // Gets a reference to the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_dup_object(). Added in 2.32.
120120 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideDupObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase) {
121121 if cb == nil {
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) OverrideDupObject(cb func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjec
131131 }
132132 }
133133
134-// GetDupObject gets the callback function.
134+// GetDupObject gets the "dup_object" callback function.
135135 // Gets a reference to the enclosing #GDBusObject. See g_dbus_interface_dup_object(). Added in 2.32.
136136 func (x *DBusInterfaceIface) GetDupObject() func(DBusInterface) *DBusObjectBase {
137137 if x.xDupObject == 0 {
M v4/gio/gdbusinterfaceskeleton.go +10 -10
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3838 }
3939
40-// OverrideGetInfo sets the callback function.
40+// OverrideGetInfo sets the "get_info" callback function.
4141 // Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_info() for details.
4242 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceInfo) {
4343 if cb == nil {
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetInfo(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkele
4949 }
5050 }
5151
52-// GetGetInfo gets the callback function.
52+// GetGetInfo gets the "get_info" callback function.
5353 // Returns a #GDBusInterfaceInfo. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_info() for details.
5454 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetInfo() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceInfo {
5555 if x.xGetInfo == 0 {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetInfo() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *
6262 }
6363 }
6464
65-// OverrideGetVtable sets the callback function.
65+// OverrideGetVtable sets the "get_vtable" callback function.
6666 // Returns a #GDBusInterfaceVTable. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_vtable() for details.
6767 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetVtable(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceVTable) {
6868 if cb == nil {
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetVtable(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSke
7474 }
7575 }
7676
77-// GetGetVtable gets the callback function.
77+// GetGetVtable gets the "get_vtable" callback function.
7878 // Returns a #GDBusInterfaceVTable. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_vtable() for details.
7979 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetVtable() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *DBusInterfaceVTable {
8080 if x.xGetVtable == 0 {
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetVtable() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton)
8787 }
8888 }
8989
90-// OverrideGetProperties sets the callback function.
90+// OverrideGetProperties sets the "get_properties" callback function.
9191 // Returns a #GVariant with all properties. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_properties().
9292 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetProperties(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *glib.Variant) {
9393 if cb == nil {
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGetProperties(cb func(*DBusInterfac
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// GetGetProperties gets the callback function.
102+// GetGetProperties gets the "get_properties" callback function.
103103 // Returns a #GVariant with all properties. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_get_properties().
104104 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetProperties() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) *glib.Variant {
105105 if x.xGetProperties == 0 {
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGetProperties() func(*DBusInterfaceSkele
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// OverrideFlush sets the callback function.
115+// OverrideFlush sets the "flush" callback function.
116116 // Emits outstanding changes, if any. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_flush().
117117 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideFlush(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton)) {
118118 if cb == nil {
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideFlush(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleto
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// GetFlush gets the callback function.
127+// GetFlush gets the "flush" callback function.
128128 // Emits outstanding changes, if any. See g_dbus_interface_skeleton_flush().
129129 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetFlush() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) {
130130 if x.xFlush == 0 {
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetFlush() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton) {
137137 }
138138 }
139139
140-// OverrideGAuthorizeMethod sets the callback function.
140+// OverrideGAuthorizeMethod sets the "g_authorize_method" callback function.
141141 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton::g-authorize-method signal.
142142 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
143143 if cb == nil {
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) OverrideGAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusInter
149149 }
150150 }
151151
152-// GetGAuthorizeMethod gets the callback function.
152+// GetGAuthorizeMethod gets the "g_authorize_method" callback function.
153153 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusInterfaceSkeleton::g-authorize-method signal.
154154 func (x *DBusInterfaceSkeletonClass) GetGAuthorizeMethod() func(*DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
155155 if x.xGAuthorizeMethod == 0 {
M v4/gio/gdbusmessage.go +9 -2
@@ -619,11 +619,11 @@ func (x *DBusMessage) SetUnixFdList(FdListVar *UnixFDList) {
619619
620620 }
621621
622-var xDBusMessageToBlob func(uintptr, uint, DBusCapabilityFlags, **glib.Error) uintptr
622+var xDBusMessageToBlob func(uintptr, *uint, DBusCapabilityFlags, **glib.Error) uintptr
623623
624624 // Serializes @message to a blob. The byte order returned by
625625 // g_dbus_message_get_byte_order() will be used.
626-func (x *DBusMessage) ToBlob(OutSizeVar uint, CapabilitiesVar DBusCapabilityFlags) (uintptr, error) {
626+func (x *DBusMessage) ToBlob(OutSizeVar *uint, CapabilitiesVar DBusCapabilityFlags) (uintptr, error) {
627627 var cerr *glib.Error
628628
629629 cret := xDBusMessageToBlob(x.GoPointer(), OutSizeVar, CapabilitiesVar, &cerr)
@@ -665,6 +665,13 @@ func (c *DBusMessage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
665665 c.Ptr = ptr
666666 }
667667
668+// GetPropertyLocked gets the "locked" property.
669+func (x *DBusMessage) GetPropertyLocked() bool {
670+ var v gobject.Value
671+ x.GetProperty("locked", &v)
672+ return v.GetBoolean()
673+}
674+
668675 var xDBusMessageBytesNeeded func([]byte, uint, **glib.Error) int
669676
670677 // Utility function to calculate how many bytes are needed to
M v4/gio/gdbusobject.go +10 -10
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3232 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3333 }
3434
35-// OverrideGetObjectPath sets the callback function.
35+// OverrideGetObjectPath sets the "get_object_path" callback function.
3636 // Returns the object path. See g_dbus_object_get_object_path().
3737 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObject) string) {
3838 if cb == nil {
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObject) string) {
4444 }
4545 }
4646
47-// GetGetObjectPath gets the callback function.
47+// GetGetObjectPath gets the "get_object_path" callback function.
4848 // Returns the object path. See g_dbus_object_get_object_path().
4949 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObject) string {
5050 if x.xGetObjectPath == 0 {
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObject) string {
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// OverrideGetInterfaces sets the callback function.
60+// OverrideGetInterfaces sets the "get_interfaces" callback function.
6161 // Returns all interfaces. See g_dbus_object_get_interfaces().
6262 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterfaces(cb func(DBusObject) *glib.List) {
6363 if cb == nil {
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterfaces(cb func(DBusObject) *glib.List)
6969 }
7070 }
7171
72-// GetGetInterfaces gets the callback function.
72+// GetGetInterfaces gets the "get_interfaces" callback function.
7373 // Returns all interfaces. See g_dbus_object_get_interfaces().
7474 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterfaces() func(DBusObject) *glib.List {
7575 if x.xGetInterfaces == 0 {
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterfaces() func(DBusObject) *glib.List {
8282 }
8383 }
8484
85-// OverrideGetInterface sets the callback function.
85+// OverrideGetInterface sets the "get_interface" callback function.
8686 // Returns an interface by name. See g_dbus_object_get_interface().
8787 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterfaceBase) {
8888 if cb == nil {
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObject, string) *DBus
9898 }
9999 }
100100
101-// GetGetInterface gets the callback function.
101+// GetGetInterface gets the "get_interface" callback function.
102102 // Returns an interface by name. See g_dbus_object_get_interface().
103103 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterfaceBase {
104104 if x.xGetInterface == 0 {
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObject, string) *DBusInterf
117117 }
118118 }
119119
120-// OverrideInterfaceAdded sets the callback function.
120+// OverrideInterfaceAdded sets the "interface_added" callback function.
121121 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-added signal.
122122 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
123123 if cb == nil {
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterfa
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// GetInterfaceAdded gets the callback function.
132+// GetInterfaceAdded gets the "interface_added" callback function.
133133 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-added signal.
134134 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
135135 if x.xInterfaceAdded == 0 {
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
142142 }
143143 }
144144
145-// OverrideInterfaceRemoved sets the callback function.
145+// OverrideInterfaceRemoved sets the "interface_removed" callback function.
146146 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-removed signal.
147147 func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
148148 if cb == nil {
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObject, DBusInter
154154 }
155155 }
156156
157-// GetInterfaceRemoved gets the callback function.
157+// GetInterfaceRemoved gets the "interface_removed" callback function.
158158 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObject::interface-removed signal.
159159 func (x *DBusObjectIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
160160 if x.xInterfaceRemoved == 0 {
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanager.go +16 -16
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3838 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3939 }
4040
41-// OverrideGetObjectPath sets the callback function.
41+// OverrideGetObjectPath sets the "get_object_path" callback function.
4242 // Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object_path().
4343 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObjectManager) string) {
4444 if cb == nil {
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjectPath(cb func(DBusObjectManager
5050 }
5151 }
5252
53-// GetGetObjectPath gets the callback function.
53+// GetGetObjectPath gets the "get_object_path" callback function.
5454 // Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object_path().
5555 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObjectManager) string {
5656 if x.xGetObjectPath == 0 {
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjectPath() func(DBusObjectManager) stri
6363 }
6464 }
6565
66-// OverrideGetObjects sets the callback function.
66+// OverrideGetObjects sets the "get_objects" callback function.
6767 // Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects().
6868 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjects(cb func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.List) {
6969 if cb == nil {
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObjects(cb func(DBusObjectManager) *
7575 }
7676 }
7777
78-// GetGetObjects gets the callback function.
78+// GetGetObjects gets the "get_objects" callback function.
7979 // Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_objects().
8080 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjects() func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.List {
8181 if x.xGetObjects == 0 {
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObjects() func(DBusObjectManager) *glib.L
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// OverrideGetObject sets the callback function.
91+// OverrideGetObject sets the "get_object" callback function.
9292 // Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object().
9393 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusObjectManager, string) *DBusObjectBase) {
9494 if cb == nil {
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetObject(cb func(DBusObjectManager, st
104104 }
105105 }
106106
107-// GetGetObject gets the callback function.
107+// GetGetObject gets the "get_object" callback function.
108108 // Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_object().
109109 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusObjectManager, string) *DBusObjectBase {
110110 if x.xGetObject == 0 {
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetObject() func(DBusObjectManager, string)
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// OverrideGetInterface sets the callback function.
126+// OverrideGetInterface sets the "get_interface" callback function.
127127 // Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_interface().
128128 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObjectManager, string, string) *DBusInterfaceBase) {
129129 if cb == nil {
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideGetInterface(cb func(DBusObjectManager,
139139 }
140140 }
141141
142-// GetGetInterface gets the callback function.
142+// GetGetInterface gets the "get_interface" callback function.
143143 // Virtual function for g_dbus_object_manager_get_interface().
144144 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObjectManager, string, string) *DBusInterfaceBase {
145145 if x.xGetInterface == 0 {
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetGetInterface() func(DBusObjectManager, strin
158158 }
159159 }
160160
161-// OverrideObjectAdded sets the callback function.
161+// OverrideObjectAdded sets the "object_added" callback function.
162162 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signal.
163163 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject)) {
164164 if cb == nil {
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager,
170170 }
171171 }
172172
173-// GetObjectAdded gets the callback function.
173+// GetObjectAdded gets the "object_added" callback function.
174174 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-added signal.
175175 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject) {
176176 if x.xObjectAdded == 0 {
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusOb
183183 }
184184 }
185185
186-// OverrideObjectRemoved sets the callback function.
186+// OverrideObjectRemoved sets the "object_removed" callback function.
187187 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signal.
188188 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject)) {
189189 if cb == nil {
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideObjectRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager
195195 }
196196 }
197197
198-// GetObjectRemoved gets the callback function.
198+// GetObjectRemoved gets the "object_removed" callback function.
199199 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::object-removed signal.
200200 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject) {
201201 if x.xObjectRemoved == 0 {
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetObjectRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBus
208208 }
209209 }
210210
211-// OverrideInterfaceAdded sets the callback function.
211+// OverrideInterfaceAdded sets the "interface_added" callback function.
212212 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added signal.
213213 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
214214 if cb == nil {
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceAdded(cb func(DBusObjectManage
220220 }
221221 }
222222
223-// GetInterfaceAdded gets the callback function.
223+// GetInterfaceAdded gets the "interface_added" callback function.
224224 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-added signal.
225225 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
226226 if x.xInterfaceAdded == 0 {
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceAdded() func(DBusObjectManager, DBu
233233 }
234234 }
235235
236-// OverrideInterfaceRemoved sets the callback function.
236+// OverrideInterfaceRemoved sets the "interface_removed" callback function.
237237 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed signal.
238238 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface)) {
239239 if cb == nil {
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) OverrideInterfaceRemoved(cb func(DBusObjectMana
245245 }
246246 }
247247
248-// GetInterfaceRemoved gets the callback function.
248+// GetInterfaceRemoved gets the "interface_removed" callback function.
249249 // Signal handler for the #GDBusObjectManager::interface-removed signal.
250250 func (x *DBusObjectManagerIface) GetInterfaceRemoved() func(DBusObjectManager, DBusObject, DBusInterface) {
251251 if x.xInterfaceRemoved == 0 {
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanagerclient.go +101 -4
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3030 }
3131
32-// OverrideInterfaceProxySignal sets the callback function.
32+// OverrideInterfaceProxySignal sets the "interface_proxy_signal" callback function.
3333 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal signal.
3434 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxySignal(cb func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, string, string, *glib.Variant)) {
3535 if cb == nil {
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxySignal(cb func(*DBu
4141 }
4242 }
4343
44-// GetInterfaceProxySignal gets the callback function.
44+// GetInterfaceProxySignal gets the "interface_proxy_signal" callback function.
4545 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-signal signal.
4646 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxySignal() func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, string, string, *glib.Variant) {
4747 if x.xInterfaceProxySignal == 0 {
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxySignal() func(*DBusObjec
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged sets the callback function.
57+// OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged sets the "interface_proxy_properties_changed" callback function.
5858 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed signal.
5959 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(cb func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, *glib.Variant, string)) {
6060 if cb == nil {
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) OverrideInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged(c
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// GetInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged gets the callback function.
69+// GetInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged gets the "interface_proxy_properties_changed" callback function.
7070 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectManagerClient::interface-proxy-properties-changed signal.
7171 func (x *DBusObjectManagerClientClass) GetInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged() func(*DBusObjectManagerClient, *DBusObjectProxy, *DBusProxy, *glib.Variant, string) {
7272 if x.xInterfaceProxyPropertiesChanged == 0 {
@@ -333,6 +333,103 @@ func (c *DBusObjectManagerClient) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
333333 c.Ptr = ptr
334334 }
335335
336+// SetPropertyGetProxyTypeDestroyNotify sets the "get-proxy-type-destroy-notify" property.
337+// A #GDestroyNotify for the #gpointer user_data in #GDBusObjectManagerClient:get-proxy-type-user-data.
338+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) SetPropertyGetProxyTypeDestroyNotify(value uintptr) {
339+ var v gobject.Value
340+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
341+ v.SetPointer(value)
342+ x.SetProperty("get-proxy-type-destroy-notify", &v)
343+}
344+
345+// GetPropertyGetProxyTypeDestroyNotify gets the "get-proxy-type-destroy-notify" property.
346+// A #GDestroyNotify for the #gpointer user_data in #GDBusObjectManagerClient:get-proxy-type-user-data.
347+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) GetPropertyGetProxyTypeDestroyNotify() uintptr {
348+ var v gobject.Value
349+ x.GetProperty("get-proxy-type-destroy-notify", &v)
350+ return v.GetPointer()
351+}
352+
353+// SetPropertyGetProxyTypeFunc sets the "get-proxy-type-func" property.
354+// The #GDBusProxyTypeFunc to use when determining what #GType to
355+// use for interface proxies or %NULL.
356+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) SetPropertyGetProxyTypeFunc(value uintptr) {
357+ var v gobject.Value
358+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
359+ v.SetPointer(value)
360+ x.SetProperty("get-proxy-type-func", &v)
361+}
362+
363+// GetPropertyGetProxyTypeFunc gets the "get-proxy-type-func" property.
364+// The #GDBusProxyTypeFunc to use when determining what #GType to
365+// use for interface proxies or %NULL.
366+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) GetPropertyGetProxyTypeFunc() uintptr {
367+ var v gobject.Value
368+ x.GetProperty("get-proxy-type-func", &v)
369+ return v.GetPointer()
370+}
371+
372+// SetPropertyGetProxyTypeUserData sets the "get-proxy-type-user-data" property.
373+// The #gpointer user_data to pass to #GDBusObjectManagerClient:get-proxy-type-func.
374+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) SetPropertyGetProxyTypeUserData(value uintptr) {
375+ var v gobject.Value
376+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
377+ v.SetPointer(value)
378+ x.SetProperty("get-proxy-type-user-data", &v)
379+}
380+
381+// GetPropertyGetProxyTypeUserData gets the "get-proxy-type-user-data" property.
382+// The #gpointer user_data to pass to #GDBusObjectManagerClient:get-proxy-type-func.
383+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) GetPropertyGetProxyTypeUserData() uintptr {
384+ var v gobject.Value
385+ x.GetProperty("get-proxy-type-user-data", &v)
386+ return v.GetPointer()
387+}
388+
389+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
390+// The well-known name or unique name that the manager is for.
391+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) SetPropertyName(value string) {
392+ var v gobject.Value
393+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
394+ v.SetString(value)
395+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
396+}
397+
398+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
399+// The well-known name or unique name that the manager is for.
400+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) GetPropertyName() string {
401+ var v gobject.Value
402+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
403+ return v.GetString()
404+}
405+
406+// GetPropertyNameOwner gets the "name-owner" property.
407+// The unique name that owns #GDBusObjectManagerClient:name or %NULL if
408+// no-one is currently owning the name. Connect to the
409+// #GObject::notify signal to track changes to this property.
410+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) GetPropertyNameOwner() string {
411+ var v gobject.Value
412+ x.GetProperty("name-owner", &v)
413+ return v.GetString()
414+}
415+
416+// SetPropertyObjectPath sets the "object-path" property.
417+// The object path the manager is for.
418+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) SetPropertyObjectPath(value string) {
419+ var v gobject.Value
420+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
421+ v.SetString(value)
422+ x.SetProperty("object-path", &v)
423+}
424+
425+// GetPropertyObjectPath gets the "object-path" property.
426+// The object path the manager is for.
427+func (x *DBusObjectManagerClient) GetPropertyObjectPath() string {
428+ var v gobject.Value
429+ x.GetProperty("object-path", &v)
430+ return v.GetString()
431+}
432+
336433 // Emitted when one or more D-Bus properties on proxy changes. The
337434 // local cache has already been updated when this signal fires. Note
338435 // that both @changed_properties and @invalidated_properties are
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectmanagerserver.go +17 -0
@@ -181,6 +181,23 @@ func (c *DBusObjectManagerServer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
181181 c.Ptr = ptr
182182 }
183183
184+// SetPropertyObjectPath sets the "object-path" property.
185+// The object path to register the manager object at.
186+func (x *DBusObjectManagerServer) SetPropertyObjectPath(value string) {
187+ var v gobject.Value
188+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
189+ v.SetString(value)
190+ x.SetProperty("object-path", &v)
191+}
192+
193+// GetPropertyObjectPath gets the "object-path" property.
194+// The object path to register the manager object at.
195+func (x *DBusObjectManagerServer) GetPropertyObjectPath() string {
196+ var v gobject.Value
197+ x.GetProperty("object-path", &v)
198+ return v.GetString()
199+}
200+
184201 // Gets the interface proxy for @interface_name at @object_path, if
185202 // any.
186203 func (x *DBusObjectManagerServer) GetInterface(ObjectPathVar string, InterfaceNameVar string) *DBusInterfaceBase {
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectproxy.go +17 -0
@@ -98,6 +98,23 @@ func (c *DBusObjectProxy) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
9898 c.Ptr = ptr
9999 }
100100
101+// SetPropertyGObjectPath sets the "g-object-path" property.
102+// The object path of the proxy.
103+func (x *DBusObjectProxy) SetPropertyGObjectPath(value string) {
104+ var v gobject.Value
105+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
106+ v.SetString(value)
107+ x.SetProperty("g-object-path", &v)
108+}
109+
110+// GetPropertyGObjectPath gets the "g-object-path" property.
111+// The object path of the proxy.
112+func (x *DBusObjectProxy) GetPropertyGObjectPath() string {
113+ var v gobject.Value
114+ x.GetProperty("g-object-path", &v)
115+ return v.GetString()
116+}
117+
101118 // Gets the D-Bus interface with name @interface_name associated with
102119 // @object, if any.
103120 func (x *DBusObjectProxy) GetInterface(InterfaceNameVar string) *DBusInterfaceBase {
M v4/gio/gdbusobjectskeleton.go +19 -2
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2727 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2828 }
2929
30-// OverrideAuthorizeMethod sets the callback function.
30+// OverrideAuthorizeMethod sets the "authorize_method" callback function.
3131 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectSkeleton::authorize-method signal.
3232 func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) OverrideAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusObjectSkeleton, *DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
3333 if cb == nil {
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) OverrideAuthorizeMethod(cb func(*DBusObjectSke
3939 }
4040 }
4141
42-// GetAuthorizeMethod gets the callback function.
42+// GetAuthorizeMethod gets the "authorize_method" callback function.
4343 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusObjectSkeleton::authorize-method signal.
4444 func (x *DBusObjectSkeletonClass) GetAuthorizeMethod() func(*DBusObjectSkeleton, *DBusInterfaceSkeleton, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
4545 if x.xAuthorizeMethod == 0 {
@@ -164,6 +164,23 @@ func (c *DBusObjectSkeleton) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
164164 c.Ptr = ptr
165165 }
166166
167+// SetPropertyGObjectPath sets the "g-object-path" property.
168+// The object path where the object is exported.
169+func (x *DBusObjectSkeleton) SetPropertyGObjectPath(value string) {
170+ var v gobject.Value
171+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
172+ v.SetString(value)
173+ x.SetProperty("g-object-path", &v)
174+}
175+
176+// GetPropertyGObjectPath gets the "g-object-path" property.
177+// The object path where the object is exported.
178+func (x *DBusObjectSkeleton) GetPropertyGObjectPath() string {
179+ var v gobject.Value
180+ x.GetProperty("g-object-path", &v)
181+ return v.GetString()
182+}
183+
167184 // Emitted when a method is invoked by a remote caller and used to
168185 // determine if the method call is authorized.
169186 //
M v4/gio/gdbusproxy.go +165 -8
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (x *DBusProxyClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3030 }
3131
32-// OverrideGPropertiesChanged sets the callback function.
32+// OverrideGPropertiesChanged sets the "g_properties_changed" callback function.
3333 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal.
3434 func (x *DBusProxyClass) OverrideGPropertiesChanged(cb func(*DBusProxy, *glib.Variant, string)) {
3535 if cb == nil {
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func (x *DBusProxyClass) OverrideGPropertiesChanged(cb func(*DBusProxy, *glib.Va
4141 }
4242 }
4343
44-// GetGPropertiesChanged gets the callback function.
44+// GetGPropertiesChanged gets the "g_properties_changed" callback function.
4545 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusProxy::g-properties-changed signal.
4646 func (x *DBusProxyClass) GetGPropertiesChanged() func(*DBusProxy, *glib.Variant, string) {
4747 if x.xGPropertiesChanged == 0 {
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *DBusProxyClass) GetGPropertiesChanged() func(*DBusProxy, *glib.Variant,
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// OverrideGSignal sets the callback function.
57+// OverrideGSignal sets the "g_signal" callback function.
5858 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusProxy::g-signal signal.
5959 func (x *DBusProxyClass) OverrideGSignal(cb func(*DBusProxy, string, string, *glib.Variant)) {
6060 if cb == nil {
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *DBusProxyClass) OverrideGSignal(cb func(*DBusProxy, string, string, *gl
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// GetGSignal gets the callback function.
69+// GetGSignal gets the "g_signal" callback function.
7070 // Signal class handler for the #GDBusProxy::g-signal signal.
7171 func (x *DBusProxyClass) GetGSignal() func(*DBusProxy, string, string, *glib.Variant) {
7272 if x.xGSignal == 0 {
@@ -383,13 +383,13 @@ func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdList(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib
383383
384384 }
385385
386-var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Variant
386+var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListFinish func(uintptr, **UnixFDList, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Variant
387387
388388 // Finishes an operation started with g_dbus_proxy_call_with_unix_fd_list().
389389 func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdListFinish(OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, ResVar AsyncResult) (*glib.Variant, error) {
390390 var cerr *glib.Error
391391
392- cret := xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListFinish(x.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(OutFdListVar), ResVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
392+ cret := xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListFinish(x.GoPointer(), OutFdListVar, ResVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
393393 if cerr == nil {
394394 return cret, nil
395395 }
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdListFinish(OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, ResVar A
397397
398398 }
399399
400-var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Variant
400+var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCallFlags, int, uintptr, **UnixFDList, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Variant
401401
402402 // Like g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() but also takes and returns #GUnixFDList objects.
403403 //
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ var xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListSync func(uintptr, string, *glib.Variant, DBusCa
405405 func (x *DBusProxy) CallWithUnixFdListSync(MethodNameVar string, ParametersVar *glib.Variant, FlagsVar DBusCallFlags, TimeoutMsecVar int, FdListVar *UnixFDList, OutFdListVar **UnixFDList, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*glib.Variant, error) {
406406 var cerr *glib.Error
407407
408- cret := xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListSync(x.GoPointer(), MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, FdListVar.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(OutFdListVar), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
408+ cret := xDBusProxyCallWithUnixFdListSync(x.GoPointer(), MethodNameVar, ParametersVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutMsecVar, FdListVar.GoPointer(), OutFdListVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
409409 if cerr == nil {
410410 return cret, nil
411411 }
@@ -607,6 +607,163 @@ func (c *DBusProxy) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
607607 c.Ptr = ptr
608608 }
609609
610+// SetPropertyGDefaultTimeout sets the "g-default-timeout" property.
611+// The timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is passed
612+// as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and
613+// g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions.
614+//
615+// This allows applications to set a proxy-wide timeout for all
616+// remote method invocations on the proxy. If this property is -1,
617+// the default timeout (typically 25 seconds) is used. If set to
618+// %G_MAXINT, then no timeout is used.
619+func (x *DBusProxy) SetPropertyGDefaultTimeout(value int) {
620+ var v gobject.Value
621+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
622+ v.SetInt(value)
623+ x.SetProperty("g-default-timeout", &v)
624+}
625+
626+// GetPropertyGDefaultTimeout gets the "g-default-timeout" property.
627+// The timeout to use if -1 (specifying default timeout) is passed
628+// as @timeout_msec in the g_dbus_proxy_call() and
629+// g_dbus_proxy_call_sync() functions.
630+//
631+// This allows applications to set a proxy-wide timeout for all
632+// remote method invocations on the proxy. If this property is -1,
633+// the default timeout (typically 25 seconds) is used. If set to
634+// %G_MAXINT, then no timeout is used.
635+func (x *DBusProxy) GetPropertyGDefaultTimeout() int {
636+ var v gobject.Value
637+ x.GetProperty("g-default-timeout", &v)
638+ return v.GetInt()
639+}
640+
641+// SetPropertyGInterfaceInfo sets the "g-interface-info" property.
642+// Ensure that interactions with this proxy conform to the given
643+// interface. This is mainly to ensure that malformed data received
644+// from the other peer is ignored. The given #GDBusInterfaceInfo is
645+// said to be the "expected interface".
646+//
647+// The checks performed are:
648+//
649+// - When completing a method call, if the type signature of
650+// the reply message isn't what's expected, the reply is
651+// discarded and the #GError is set to %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
652+//
653+// - Received signals that have a type signature mismatch are dropped and
654+// a warning is logged via g_warning().
655+//
656+// - Properties received via the initial `GetAll()` call or via the
657+// `::PropertiesChanged` signal (on the
658+// [org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties)
659+// interface) or set using g_dbus_proxy_set_cached_property()
660+// with a type signature mismatch are ignored and a warning is
661+// logged via g_warning().
662+//
663+// Note that these checks are never done on methods, signals and
664+// properties that are not referenced in the given
665+// #GDBusInterfaceInfo, since extending a D-Bus interface on the
666+// service-side is not considered an ABI break.
667+func (x *DBusProxy) SetPropertyGInterfaceInfo(value uintptr) {
668+ var v gobject.Value
669+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
670+ v.SetPointer(value)
671+ x.SetProperty("g-interface-info", &v)
672+}
673+
674+// GetPropertyGInterfaceInfo gets the "g-interface-info" property.
675+// Ensure that interactions with this proxy conform to the given
676+// interface. This is mainly to ensure that malformed data received
677+// from the other peer is ignored. The given #GDBusInterfaceInfo is
678+// said to be the "expected interface".
679+//
680+// The checks performed are:
681+//
682+// - When completing a method call, if the type signature of
683+// the reply message isn't what's expected, the reply is
684+// discarded and the #GError is set to %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
685+//
686+// - Received signals that have a type signature mismatch are dropped and
687+// a warning is logged via g_warning().
688+//
689+// - Properties received via the initial `GetAll()` call or via the
690+// `::PropertiesChanged` signal (on the
691+// [org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties](http://dbus.freedesktop.org/doc/dbus-specification.html#standard-interfaces-properties)
692+// interface) or set using g_dbus_proxy_set_cached_property()
693+// with a type signature mismatch are ignored and a warning is
694+// logged via g_warning().
695+//
696+// Note that these checks are never done on methods, signals and
697+// properties that are not referenced in the given
698+// #GDBusInterfaceInfo, since extending a D-Bus interface on the
699+// service-side is not considered an ABI break.
700+func (x *DBusProxy) GetPropertyGInterfaceInfo() uintptr {
701+ var v gobject.Value
702+ x.GetProperty("g-interface-info", &v)
703+ return v.GetPointer()
704+}
705+
706+// SetPropertyGInterfaceName sets the "g-interface-name" property.
707+// The D-Bus interface name the proxy is for.
708+func (x *DBusProxy) SetPropertyGInterfaceName(value string) {
709+ var v gobject.Value
710+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
711+ v.SetString(value)
712+ x.SetProperty("g-interface-name", &v)
713+}
714+
715+// GetPropertyGInterfaceName gets the "g-interface-name" property.
716+// The D-Bus interface name the proxy is for.
717+func (x *DBusProxy) GetPropertyGInterfaceName() string {
718+ var v gobject.Value
719+ x.GetProperty("g-interface-name", &v)
720+ return v.GetString()
721+}
722+
723+// SetPropertyGName sets the "g-name" property.
724+// The well-known or unique name that the proxy is for.
725+func (x *DBusProxy) SetPropertyGName(value string) {
726+ var v gobject.Value
727+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
728+ v.SetString(value)
729+ x.SetProperty("g-name", &v)
730+}
731+
732+// GetPropertyGName gets the "g-name" property.
733+// The well-known or unique name that the proxy is for.
734+func (x *DBusProxy) GetPropertyGName() string {
735+ var v gobject.Value
736+ x.GetProperty("g-name", &v)
737+ return v.GetString()
738+}
739+
740+// GetPropertyGNameOwner gets the "g-name-owner" property.
741+// The unique name that owns #GDBusProxy:g-name or %NULL if no-one
742+// currently owns that name. You may connect to #GObject::notify signal to
743+// track changes to this property.
744+func (x *DBusProxy) GetPropertyGNameOwner() string {
745+ var v gobject.Value
746+ x.GetProperty("g-name-owner", &v)
747+ return v.GetString()
748+}
749+
750+// SetPropertyGObjectPath sets the "g-object-path" property.
751+// The object path the proxy is for.
752+func (x *DBusProxy) SetPropertyGObjectPath(value string) {
753+ var v gobject.Value
754+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
755+ v.SetString(value)
756+ x.SetProperty("g-object-path", &v)
757+}
758+
759+// GetPropertyGObjectPath gets the "g-object-path" property.
760+// The object path the proxy is for.
761+func (x *DBusProxy) GetPropertyGObjectPath() string {
762+ var v gobject.Value
763+ x.GetProperty("g-object-path", &v)
764+ return v.GetString()
765+}
766+
610767 // Emitted when one or more D-Bus properties on @proxy changes. The
611768 // local cache has already been updated when this signal fires. Note
612769 // that both @changed_properties and @invalidated_properties are
M v4/gio/gdbusserver.go +54 -0
@@ -156,6 +156,60 @@ func (c *DBusServer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
156156 c.Ptr = ptr
157157 }
158158
159+// GetPropertyActive gets the "active" property.
160+// Whether the server is currently active.
161+func (x *DBusServer) GetPropertyActive() bool {
162+ var v gobject.Value
163+ x.GetProperty("active", &v)
164+ return v.GetBoolean()
165+}
166+
167+// SetPropertyAddress sets the "address" property.
168+// The D-Bus address to listen on.
169+func (x *DBusServer) SetPropertyAddress(value string) {
170+ var v gobject.Value
171+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
172+ v.SetString(value)
173+ x.SetProperty("address", &v)
174+}
175+
176+// GetPropertyAddress gets the "address" property.
177+// The D-Bus address to listen on.
178+func (x *DBusServer) GetPropertyAddress() string {
179+ var v gobject.Value
180+ x.GetProperty("address", &v)
181+ return v.GetString()
182+}
183+
184+// GetPropertyClientAddress gets the "client-address" property.
185+// The D-Bus address that clients can use.
186+func (x *DBusServer) GetPropertyClientAddress() string {
187+ var v gobject.Value
188+ x.GetProperty("client-address", &v)
189+ return v.GetString()
190+}
191+
192+// SetPropertyGuid sets the "guid" property.
193+// The GUID of the server.
194+//
195+// See #GDBusConnection:guid for more details.
196+func (x *DBusServer) SetPropertyGuid(value string) {
197+ var v gobject.Value
198+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
199+ v.SetString(value)
200+ x.SetProperty("guid", &v)
201+}
202+
203+// GetPropertyGuid gets the "guid" property.
204+// The GUID of the server.
205+//
206+// See #GDBusConnection:guid for more details.
207+func (x *DBusServer) GetPropertyGuid() string {
208+ var v gobject.Value
209+ x.GetProperty("guid", &v)
210+ return v.GetString()
211+}
212+
159213 // Emitted when a new authenticated connection has been made. Use
160214 // g_dbus_connection_get_peer_credentials() to figure out what
161215 // identity (if any), was authenticated.
M v4/gio/gdebugcontroller.go +24 -0
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1112 )
1213
@@ -79,6 +80,29 @@ func (x *DebugControllerBase) SetDebugEnabled(DebugEnabledVar bool) {
7980
8081 }
8182
83+// SetPropertyDebugEnabled sets the "debug-enabled" property.
84+// %TRUE if debug output should be exposed (for example by forwarding it to
85+// the journal), %FALSE otherwise.
86+func (x *DebugControllerBase) SetPropertyDebugEnabled(value bool) {
87+ obj := gobject.Object{}
88+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
89+ var v gobject.Value
90+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
91+ v.SetBoolean(value)
92+ obj.SetProperty("debug-enabled", &v)
93+}
94+
95+// GetPropertyDebugEnabled gets the "debug-enabled" property.
96+// %TRUE if debug output should be exposed (for example by forwarding it to
97+// the journal), %FALSE otherwise.
98+func (x *DebugControllerBase) GetPropertyDebugEnabled() bool {
99+ obj := gobject.Object{}
100+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
101+ var v gobject.Value
102+ obj.GetProperty("debug-enabled", &v)
103+ return v.GetBoolean()
104+}
105+
82106 var XGDebugControllerGetDebugEnabled func(uintptr) bool
83107 var XGDebugControllerSetDebugEnabled func(uintptr, bool)
84108
M v4/gio/gdebugcontrollerdbus.go +2 -2
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2727 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2828 }
2929
30-// OverrideAuthorize sets the callback function.
30+// OverrideAuthorize sets the "authorize" callback function.
3131 // Default handler for the #GDebugControllerDBus::authorize signal.
3232 func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) OverrideAuthorize(cb func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool) {
3333 if cb == nil {
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) OverrideAuthorize(cb func(*DebugControllerDBu
3939 }
4040 }
4141
42-// GetAuthorize gets the callback function.
42+// GetAuthorize gets the "authorize" callback function.
4343 // Default handler for the #GDebugControllerDBus::authorize signal.
4444 func (x *DebugControllerDBusClass) GetAuthorize() func(*DebugControllerDBus, *DBusMethodInvocation) bool {
4545 if x.xAuthorize == 0 {
M v4/gio/gdrive.go +64 -64
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
8686 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
8787 }
8888
89-// OverrideChanged sets the callback function.
89+// OverrideChanged sets the "changed" callback function.
9090 // Signal emitted when the drive is changed.
9191 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideChanged(cb func(Drive)) {
9292 if cb == nil {
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideChanged(cb func(Drive)) {
9898 }
9999 }
100100
101-// GetChanged gets the callback function.
101+// GetChanged gets the "changed" callback function.
102102 // Signal emitted when the drive is changed.
103103 func (x *DriveIface) GetChanged() func(Drive) {
104104 if x.xChanged == 0 {
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetChanged() func(Drive) {
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// OverrideDisconnected sets the callback function.
114+// OverrideDisconnected sets the "disconnected" callback function.
115115 // The removed signal that is emitted when the #GDrive have been disconnected. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized.
116116 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideDisconnected(cb func(Drive)) {
117117 if cb == nil {
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideDisconnected(cb func(Drive)) {
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// GetDisconnected gets the callback function.
126+// GetDisconnected gets the "disconnected" callback function.
127127 // The removed signal that is emitted when the #GDrive have been disconnected. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized.
128128 func (x *DriveIface) GetDisconnected() func(Drive) {
129129 if x.xDisconnected == 0 {
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetDisconnected() func(Drive) {
136136 }
137137 }
138138
139-// OverrideEjectButton sets the callback function.
139+// OverrideEjectButton sets the "eject_button" callback function.
140140 // Signal emitted when the physical eject button (if any) of a drive have been pressed.
141141 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEjectButton(cb func(Drive)) {
142142 if cb == nil {
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEjectButton(cb func(Drive)) {
148148 }
149149 }
150150
151-// GetEjectButton gets the callback function.
151+// GetEjectButton gets the "eject_button" callback function.
152152 // Signal emitted when the physical eject button (if any) of a drive have been pressed.
153153 func (x *DriveIface) GetEjectButton() func(Drive) {
154154 if x.xEjectButton == 0 {
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetEjectButton() func(Drive) {
161161 }
162162 }
163163
164-// OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
164+// OverrideGetName sets the "get_name" callback function.
165165 // Returns the name for the given #GDrive.
166166 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Drive) string) {
167167 if cb == nil {
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Drive) string) {
173173 }
174174 }
175175
176-// GetGetName gets the callback function.
176+// GetGetName gets the "get_name" callback function.
177177 // Returns the name for the given #GDrive.
178178 func (x *DriveIface) GetGetName() func(Drive) string {
179179 if x.xGetName == 0 {
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetGetName() func(Drive) string {
186186 }
187187 }
188188
189-// OverrideGetIcon sets the callback function.
189+// OverrideGetIcon sets the "get_icon" callback function.
190190 // Returns a #GIcon for the given #GDrive.
191191 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(Drive) *IconBase) {
192192 if cb == nil {
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(Drive) *IconBase) {
202202 }
203203 }
204204
205-// GetGetIcon gets the callback function.
205+// GetGetIcon gets the "get_icon" callback function.
206206 // Returns a #GIcon for the given #GDrive.
207207 func (x *DriveIface) GetGetIcon() func(Drive) *IconBase {
208208 if x.xGetIcon == 0 {
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetGetIcon() func(Drive) *IconBase {
221221 }
222222 }
223223
224-// OverrideHasVolumes sets the callback function.
224+// OverrideHasVolumes sets the "has_volumes" callback function.
225225 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive has mountable volumes.
226226 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideHasVolumes(cb func(Drive) bool) {
227227 if cb == nil {
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideHasVolumes(cb func(Drive) bool) {
233233 }
234234 }
235235
236-// GetHasVolumes gets the callback function.
236+// GetHasVolumes gets the "has_volumes" callback function.
237237 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive has mountable volumes.
238238 func (x *DriveIface) GetHasVolumes() func(Drive) bool {
239239 if x.xHasVolumes == 0 {
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetHasVolumes() func(Drive) bool {
246246 }
247247 }
248248
249-// OverrideGetVolumes sets the callback function.
249+// OverrideGetVolumes sets the "get_volumes" callback function.
250250 // Returns a list #GList of #GVolume for the #GDrive.
251251 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetVolumes(cb func(Drive) *glib.List) {
252252 if cb == nil {
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetVolumes(cb func(Drive) *glib.List) {
258258 }
259259 }
260260
261-// GetGetVolumes gets the callback function.
261+// GetGetVolumes gets the "get_volumes" callback function.
262262 // Returns a list #GList of #GVolume for the #GDrive.
263263 func (x *DriveIface) GetGetVolumes() func(Drive) *glib.List {
264264 if x.xGetVolumes == 0 {
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetGetVolumes() func(Drive) *glib.List {
271271 }
272272 }
273273
274-// OverrideIsMediaRemovable sets the callback function.
274+// OverrideIsMediaRemovable sets the "is_media_removable" callback function.
275275 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive supports removal and insertion of media.
276276 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideIsMediaRemovable(cb func(Drive) bool) {
277277 if cb == nil {
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideIsMediaRemovable(cb func(Drive) bool) {
283283 }
284284 }
285285
286-// GetIsMediaRemovable gets the callback function.
286+// GetIsMediaRemovable gets the "is_media_removable" callback function.
287287 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive supports removal and insertion of media.
288288 func (x *DriveIface) GetIsMediaRemovable() func(Drive) bool {
289289 if x.xIsMediaRemovable == 0 {
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetIsMediaRemovable() func(Drive) bool {
296296 }
297297 }
298298
299-// OverrideHasMedia sets the callback function.
299+// OverrideHasMedia sets the "has_media" callback function.
300300 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive has media inserted.
301301 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideHasMedia(cb func(Drive) bool) {
302302 if cb == nil {
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideHasMedia(cb func(Drive) bool) {
308308 }
309309 }
310310
311-// GetHasMedia gets the callback function.
311+// GetHasMedia gets the "has_media" callback function.
312312 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive has media inserted.
313313 func (x *DriveIface) GetHasMedia() func(Drive) bool {
314314 if x.xHasMedia == 0 {
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetHasMedia() func(Drive) bool {
321321 }
322322 }
323323
324-// OverrideIsMediaCheckAutomatic sets the callback function.
324+// OverrideIsMediaCheckAutomatic sets the "is_media_check_automatic" callback function.
325325 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive is capable of automatically detecting media changes.
326326 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideIsMediaCheckAutomatic(cb func(Drive) bool) {
327327 if cb == nil {
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideIsMediaCheckAutomatic(cb func(Drive) bool) {
333333 }
334334 }
335335
336-// GetIsMediaCheckAutomatic gets the callback function.
336+// GetIsMediaCheckAutomatic gets the "is_media_check_automatic" callback function.
337337 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive is capable of automatically detecting media changes.
338338 func (x *DriveIface) GetIsMediaCheckAutomatic() func(Drive) bool {
339339 if x.xIsMediaCheckAutomatic == 0 {
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetIsMediaCheckAutomatic() func(Drive) bool {
346346 }
347347 }
348348
349-// OverrideCanEject sets the callback function.
349+// OverrideCanEject sets the "can_eject" callback function.
350350 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive can eject media.
351351 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanEject(cb func(Drive) bool) {
352352 if cb == nil {
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanEject(cb func(Drive) bool) {
358358 }
359359 }
360360
361-// GetCanEject gets the callback function.
361+// GetCanEject gets the "can_eject" callback function.
362362 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive can eject media.
363363 func (x *DriveIface) GetCanEject() func(Drive) bool {
364364 if x.xCanEject == 0 {
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetCanEject() func(Drive) bool {
371371 }
372372 }
373373
374-// OverrideCanPollForMedia sets the callback function.
374+// OverrideCanPollForMedia sets the "can_poll_for_media" callback function.
375375 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive is capable of manually polling for media change.
376376 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanPollForMedia(cb func(Drive) bool) {
377377 if cb == nil {
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanPollForMedia(cb func(Drive) bool) {
383383 }
384384 }
385385
386-// GetCanPollForMedia gets the callback function.
386+// GetCanPollForMedia gets the "can_poll_for_media" callback function.
387387 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive is capable of manually polling for media change.
388388 func (x *DriveIface) GetCanPollForMedia() func(Drive) bool {
389389 if x.xCanPollForMedia == 0 {
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetCanPollForMedia() func(Drive) bool {
396396 }
397397 }
398398
399-// OverrideEject sets the callback function.
399+// OverrideEject sets the "eject" callback function.
400400 // Ejects a #GDrive.
401401 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEject(cb func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
402402 if cb == nil {
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEject(cb func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellabl
408408 }
409409 }
410410
411-// GetEject gets the callback function.
411+// GetEject gets the "eject" callback function.
412412 // Ejects a #GDrive.
413413 func (x *DriveIface) GetEject() func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
414414 if x.xEject == 0 {
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetEject() func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *As
421421 }
422422 }
423423
424-// OverrideEjectFinish sets the callback function.
424+// OverrideEjectFinish sets the "eject_finish" callback function.
425425 // Finishes an eject operation.
426426 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEjectFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool) {
427427 if cb == nil {
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEjectFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool) {
433433 }
434434 }
435435
436-// GetEjectFinish gets the callback function.
436+// GetEjectFinish gets the "eject_finish" callback function.
437437 // Finishes an eject operation.
438438 func (x *DriveIface) GetEjectFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
439439 if x.xEjectFinish == 0 {
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetEjectFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
446446 }
447447 }
448448
449-// OverridePollForMedia sets the callback function.
449+// OverridePollForMedia sets the "poll_for_media" callback function.
450450 // Poll for media insertion/removal on a #GDrive.
451451 func (x *DriveIface) OverridePollForMedia(cb func(Drive, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
452452 if cb == nil {
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverridePollForMedia(cb func(Drive, *Cancellable, *AsyncRea
458458 }
459459 }
460460
461-// GetPollForMedia gets the callback function.
461+// GetPollForMedia gets the "poll_for_media" callback function.
462462 // Poll for media insertion/removal on a #GDrive.
463463 func (x *DriveIface) GetPollForMedia() func(Drive, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
464464 if x.xPollForMedia == 0 {
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetPollForMedia() func(Drive, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCall
471471 }
472472 }
473473
474-// OverridePollForMediaFinish sets the callback function.
474+// OverridePollForMediaFinish sets the "poll_for_media_finish" callback function.
475475 // Finishes a media poll operation.
476476 func (x *DriveIface) OverridePollForMediaFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool) {
477477 if cb == nil {
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverridePollForMediaFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool
483483 }
484484 }
485485
486-// GetPollForMediaFinish gets the callback function.
486+// GetPollForMediaFinish gets the "poll_for_media_finish" callback function.
487487 // Finishes a media poll operation.
488488 func (x *DriveIface) GetPollForMediaFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
489489 if x.xPollForMediaFinish == 0 {
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetPollForMediaFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
496496 }
497497 }
498498
499-// OverrideGetIdentifier sets the callback function.
499+// OverrideGetIdentifier sets the "get_identifier" callback function.
500500 // Returns the identifier of the given kind, or %NULL if
501501 //
502502 // the #GDrive doesn't have one.
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetIdentifier(cb func(Drive, string) string) {
510510 }
511511 }
512512
513-// GetGetIdentifier gets the callback function.
513+// GetGetIdentifier gets the "get_identifier" callback function.
514514 // Returns the identifier of the given kind, or %NULL if
515515 //
516516 // the #GDrive doesn't have one.
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetGetIdentifier() func(Drive, string) string {
525525 }
526526 }
527527
528-// OverrideEnumerateIdentifiers sets the callback function.
528+// OverrideEnumerateIdentifiers sets the "enumerate_identifiers" callback function.
529529 // Returns an array strings listing the kinds
530530 //
531531 // of identifiers which the #GDrive has.
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEnumerateIdentifiers(cb func(Drive) []string) {
539539 }
540540 }
541541
542-// GetEnumerateIdentifiers gets the callback function.
542+// GetEnumerateIdentifiers gets the "enumerate_identifiers" callback function.
543543 // Returns an array strings listing the kinds
544544 //
545545 // of identifiers which the #GDrive has.
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetEnumerateIdentifiers() func(Drive) []string {
554554 }
555555 }
556556
557-// OverrideGetStartStopType sets the callback function.
557+// OverrideGetStartStopType sets the "get_start_stop_type" callback function.
558558 // Gets a #GDriveStartStopType with details about starting/stopping the drive. Since 2.22.
559559 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetStartStopType(cb func(Drive) DriveStartStopType) {
560560 if cb == nil {
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetStartStopType(cb func(Drive) DriveStartStopType)
566566 }
567567 }
568568
569-// GetGetStartStopType gets the callback function.
569+// GetGetStartStopType gets the "get_start_stop_type" callback function.
570570 // Gets a #GDriveStartStopType with details about starting/stopping the drive. Since 2.22.
571571 func (x *DriveIface) GetGetStartStopType() func(Drive) DriveStartStopType {
572572 if x.xGetStartStopType == 0 {
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetGetStartStopType() func(Drive) DriveStartStopType {
579579 }
580580 }
581581
582-// OverrideCanStart sets the callback function.
582+// OverrideCanStart sets the "can_start" callback function.
583583 // Returns %TRUE if a #GDrive can be started. Since 2.22.
584584 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanStart(cb func(Drive) bool) {
585585 if cb == nil {
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanStart(cb func(Drive) bool) {
591591 }
592592 }
593593
594-// GetCanStart gets the callback function.
594+// GetCanStart gets the "can_start" callback function.
595595 // Returns %TRUE if a #GDrive can be started. Since 2.22.
596596 func (x *DriveIface) GetCanStart() func(Drive) bool {
597597 if x.xCanStart == 0 {
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetCanStart() func(Drive) bool {
604604 }
605605 }
606606
607-// OverrideCanStartDegraded sets the callback function.
607+// OverrideCanStartDegraded sets the "can_start_degraded" callback function.
608608 // Returns %TRUE if a #GDrive can be started degraded. Since 2.22.
609609 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanStartDegraded(cb func(Drive) bool) {
610610 if cb == nil {
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanStartDegraded(cb func(Drive) bool) {
616616 }
617617 }
618618
619-// GetCanStartDegraded gets the callback function.
619+// GetCanStartDegraded gets the "can_start_degraded" callback function.
620620 // Returns %TRUE if a #GDrive can be started degraded. Since 2.22.
621621 func (x *DriveIface) GetCanStartDegraded() func(Drive) bool {
622622 if x.xCanStartDegraded == 0 {
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetCanStartDegraded() func(Drive) bool {
629629 }
630630 }
631631
632-// OverrideStart sets the callback function.
632+// OverrideStart sets the "start" callback function.
633633 // Starts a #GDrive. Since 2.22.
634634 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStart(cb func(Drive, DriveStartFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
635635 if cb == nil {
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStart(cb func(Drive, DriveStartFlags, *MountOperati
641641 }
642642 }
643643
644-// GetStart gets the callback function.
644+// GetStart gets the "start" callback function.
645645 // Starts a #GDrive. Since 2.22.
646646 func (x *DriveIface) GetStart() func(Drive, DriveStartFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
647647 if x.xStart == 0 {
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetStart() func(Drive, DriveStartFlags, *MountOperation, *C
654654 }
655655 }
656656
657-// OverrideStartFinish sets the callback function.
657+// OverrideStartFinish sets the "start_finish" callback function.
658658 // Finishes a start operation. Since 2.22.
659659 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStartFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool) {
660660 if cb == nil {
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStartFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool) {
666666 }
667667 }
668668
669-// GetStartFinish gets the callback function.
669+// GetStartFinish gets the "start_finish" callback function.
670670 // Finishes a start operation. Since 2.22.
671671 func (x *DriveIface) GetStartFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
672672 if x.xStartFinish == 0 {
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetStartFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
679679 }
680680 }
681681
682-// OverrideCanStop sets the callback function.
682+// OverrideCanStop sets the "can_stop" callback function.
683683 // Returns %TRUE if a #GDrive can be stopped. Since 2.22.
684684 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanStop(cb func(Drive) bool) {
685685 if cb == nil {
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideCanStop(cb func(Drive) bool) {
691691 }
692692 }
693693
694-// GetCanStop gets the callback function.
694+// GetCanStop gets the "can_stop" callback function.
695695 // Returns %TRUE if a #GDrive can be stopped. Since 2.22.
696696 func (x *DriveIface) GetCanStop() func(Drive) bool {
697697 if x.xCanStop == 0 {
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetCanStop() func(Drive) bool {
704704 }
705705 }
706706
707-// OverrideStop sets the callback function.
707+// OverrideStop sets the "stop" callback function.
708708 // Stops a #GDrive. Since 2.22.
709709 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStop(cb func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
710710 if cb == nil {
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStop(cb func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperat
716716 }
717717 }
718718
719-// GetStop gets the callback function.
719+// GetStop gets the "stop" callback function.
720720 // Stops a #GDrive. Since 2.22.
721721 func (x *DriveIface) GetStop() func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
722722 if x.xStop == 0 {
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetStop() func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *
729729 }
730730 }
731731
732-// OverrideStopFinish sets the callback function.
732+// OverrideStopFinish sets the "stop_finish" callback function.
733733 // Finishes a stop operation. Since 2.22.
734734 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStopFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool) {
735735 if cb == nil {
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStopFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool) {
741741 }
742742 }
743743
744-// GetStopFinish gets the callback function.
744+// GetStopFinish gets the "stop_finish" callback function.
745745 // Finishes a stop operation. Since 2.22.
746746 func (x *DriveIface) GetStopFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
747747 if x.xStopFinish == 0 {
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetStopFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
754754 }
755755 }
756756
757-// OverrideStopButton sets the callback function.
757+// OverrideStopButton sets the "stop_button" callback function.
758758 // Signal emitted when the physical stop button (if any) of a drive have been pressed. Since 2.22.
759759 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStopButton(cb func(Drive)) {
760760 if cb == nil {
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideStopButton(cb func(Drive)) {
766766 }
767767 }
768768
769-// GetStopButton gets the callback function.
769+// GetStopButton gets the "stop_button" callback function.
770770 // Signal emitted when the physical stop button (if any) of a drive have been pressed. Since 2.22.
771771 func (x *DriveIface) GetStopButton() func(Drive) {
772772 if x.xStopButton == 0 {
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetStopButton() func(Drive) {
779779 }
780780 }
781781
782-// OverrideEjectWithOperation sets the callback function.
782+// OverrideEjectWithOperation sets the "eject_with_operation" callback function.
783783 // Starts ejecting a #GDrive using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
784784 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEjectWithOperation(cb func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
785785 if cb == nil {
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEjectWithOperation(cb func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags
791791 }
792792 }
793793
794-// GetEjectWithOperation gets the callback function.
794+// GetEjectWithOperation gets the "eject_with_operation" callback function.
795795 // Starts ejecting a #GDrive using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
796796 func (x *DriveIface) GetEjectWithOperation() func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
797797 if x.xEjectWithOperation == 0 {
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetEjectWithOperation() func(Drive, MountUnmountFlags, *Mou
804804 }
805805 }
806806
807-// OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish sets the callback function.
807+// OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish sets the "eject_with_operation_finish" callback function.
808808 // Finishes an eject operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
809809 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool) {
810810 if cb == nil {
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish(cb func(Drive, AsyncResult
816816 }
817817 }
818818
819-// GetEjectWithOperationFinish gets the callback function.
819+// GetEjectWithOperationFinish gets the "eject_with_operation_finish" callback function.
820820 // Finishes an eject operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
821821 func (x *DriveIface) GetEjectWithOperationFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool {
822822 if x.xEjectWithOperationFinish == 0 {
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetEjectWithOperationFinish() func(Drive, AsyncResult) bool
829829 }
830830 }
831831
832-// OverrideGetSortKey sets the callback function.
832+// OverrideGetSortKey sets the "get_sort_key" callback function.
833833 // Gets a key used for sorting #GDrive instances or %NULL if no such key exists. Since 2.32.
834834 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetSortKey(cb func(Drive) string) {
835835 if cb == nil {
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetSortKey(cb func(Drive) string) {
841841 }
842842 }
843843
844-// GetGetSortKey gets the callback function.
844+// GetGetSortKey gets the "get_sort_key" callback function.
845845 // Gets a key used for sorting #GDrive instances or %NULL if no such key exists. Since 2.32.
846846 func (x *DriveIface) GetGetSortKey() func(Drive) string {
847847 if x.xGetSortKey == 0 {
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetGetSortKey() func(Drive) string {
854854 }
855855 }
856856
857-// OverrideGetSymbolicIcon sets the callback function.
857+// OverrideGetSymbolicIcon sets the "get_symbolic_icon" callback function.
858858 // Returns a symbolic #GIcon for the given #GDrive. Since 2.34.
859859 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetSymbolicIcon(cb func(Drive) *IconBase) {
860860 if cb == nil {
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideGetSymbolicIcon(cb func(Drive) *IconBase) {
870870 }
871871 }
872872
873-// GetGetSymbolicIcon gets the callback function.
873+// GetGetSymbolicIcon gets the "get_symbolic_icon" callback function.
874874 // Returns a symbolic #GIcon for the given #GDrive. Since 2.34.
875875 func (x *DriveIface) GetGetSymbolicIcon() func(Drive) *IconBase {
876876 if x.xGetSymbolicIcon == 0 {
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) GetGetSymbolicIcon() func(Drive) *IconBase {
889889 }
890890 }
891891
892-// OverrideIsRemovable sets the callback function.
892+// OverrideIsRemovable sets the "is_removable" callback function.
893893 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive and/or its media is considered removable by the user. Since 2.50.
894894 func (x *DriveIface) OverrideIsRemovable(cb func(Drive) bool) {
895895 if cb == nil {
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ func (x *DriveIface) OverrideIsRemovable(cb func(Drive) bool) {
901901 }
902902 }
903903
904-// GetIsRemovable gets the callback function.
904+// GetIsRemovable gets the "is_removable" callback function.
905905 // Returns %TRUE if the #GDrive and/or its media is considered removable by the user. Since 2.50.
906906 func (x *DriveIface) GetIsRemovable() func(Drive) bool {
907907 if x.xIsRemovable == 0 {
M v4/gio/gdtlsconnection.go +92 -23
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
4343 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4444 }
4545
46-// OverrideAcceptCertificate sets the callback function.
46+// OverrideAcceptCertificate sets the "accept_certificate" callback function.
4747 // Check whether to accept a certificate.
4848 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideAcceptCertificate(cb func(DtlsConnection, *TlsCertificate, TlsCertificateFlags) bool) {
4949 if cb == nil {
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideAcceptCertificate(cb func(DtlsConnecti
5555 }
5656 }
5757
58-// GetAcceptCertificate gets the callback function.
58+// GetAcceptCertificate gets the "accept_certificate" callback function.
5959 // Check whether to accept a certificate.
6060 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetAcceptCertificate() func(DtlsConnection, *TlsCertificate, TlsCertificateFlags) bool {
6161 if x.xAcceptCertificate == 0 {
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetAcceptCertificate() func(DtlsConnection, *T
6868 }
6969 }
7070
71-// OverrideHandshake sets the callback function.
71+// OverrideHandshake sets the "handshake" callback function.
7272 // Perform a handshake operation.
7373 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideHandshake(cb func(DtlsConnection, *Cancellable) bool) {
7474 if cb == nil {
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideHandshake(cb func(DtlsConnection, *Can
8080 }
8181 }
8282
83-// GetHandshake gets the callback function.
83+// GetHandshake gets the "handshake" callback function.
8484 // Perform a handshake operation.
8585 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetHandshake() func(DtlsConnection, *Cancellable) bool {
8686 if x.xHandshake == 0 {
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetHandshake() func(DtlsConnection, *Cancellab
9393 }
9494 }
9595
96-// OverrideHandshakeAsync sets the callback function.
96+// OverrideHandshakeAsync sets the "handshake_async" callback function.
9797 // Start an asynchronous handshake operation.
9898 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideHandshakeAsync(cb func(DtlsConnection, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
9999 if cb == nil {
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideHandshakeAsync(cb func(DtlsConnection,
105105 }
106106 }
107107
108-// GetHandshakeAsync gets the callback function.
108+// GetHandshakeAsync gets the "handshake_async" callback function.
109109 // Start an asynchronous handshake operation.
110110 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetHandshakeAsync() func(DtlsConnection, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
111111 if x.xHandshakeAsync == 0 {
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetHandshakeAsync() func(DtlsConnection, int,
118118 }
119119 }
120120
121-// OverrideHandshakeFinish sets the callback function.
121+// OverrideHandshakeFinish sets the "handshake_finish" callback function.
122122 // Finish an asynchronous handshake operation.
123123 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideHandshakeFinish(cb func(DtlsConnection, AsyncResult) bool) {
124124 if cb == nil {
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideHandshakeFinish(cb func(DtlsConnection
130130 }
131131 }
132132
133-// GetHandshakeFinish gets the callback function.
133+// GetHandshakeFinish gets the "handshake_finish" callback function.
134134 // Finish an asynchronous handshake operation.
135135 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetHandshakeFinish() func(DtlsConnection, AsyncResult) bool {
136136 if x.xHandshakeFinish == 0 {
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetHandshakeFinish() func(DtlsConnection, Asyn
143143 }
144144 }
145145
146-// OverrideShutdown sets the callback function.
146+// OverrideShutdown sets the "shutdown" callback function.
147147 // Shut down one or both directions of the connection.
148148 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideShutdown(cb func(DtlsConnection, bool, bool, *Cancellable) bool) {
149149 if cb == nil {
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideShutdown(cb func(DtlsConnection, bool,
155155 }
156156 }
157157
158-// GetShutdown gets the callback function.
158+// GetShutdown gets the "shutdown" callback function.
159159 // Shut down one or both directions of the connection.
160160 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetShutdown() func(DtlsConnection, bool, bool, *Cancellable) bool {
161161 if x.xShutdown == 0 {
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetShutdown() func(DtlsConnection, bool, bool,
168168 }
169169 }
170170
171-// OverrideShutdownAsync sets the callback function.
171+// OverrideShutdownAsync sets the "shutdown_async" callback function.
172172 // Start an asynchronous shutdown operation.
173173 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideShutdownAsync(cb func(DtlsConnection, bool, bool, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
174174 if cb == nil {
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideShutdownAsync(cb func(DtlsConnection,
180180 }
181181 }
182182
183-// GetShutdownAsync gets the callback function.
183+// GetShutdownAsync gets the "shutdown_async" callback function.
184184 // Start an asynchronous shutdown operation.
185185 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetShutdownAsync() func(DtlsConnection, bool, bool, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
186186 if x.xShutdownAsync == 0 {
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetShutdownAsync() func(DtlsConnection, bool,
193193 }
194194 }
195195
196-// OverrideShutdownFinish sets the callback function.
196+// OverrideShutdownFinish sets the "shutdown_finish" callback function.
197197 // Finish an asynchronous shutdown operation.
198198 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideShutdownFinish(cb func(DtlsConnection, AsyncResult) bool) {
199199 if cb == nil {
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideShutdownFinish(cb func(DtlsConnection,
205205 }
206206 }
207207
208-// GetShutdownFinish gets the callback function.
208+// GetShutdownFinish gets the "shutdown_finish" callback function.
209209 // Finish an asynchronous shutdown operation.
210210 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetShutdownFinish() func(DtlsConnection, AsyncResult) bool {
211211 if x.xShutdownFinish == 0 {
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetShutdownFinish() func(DtlsConnection, Async
218218 }
219219 }
220220
221-// OverrideSetAdvertisedProtocols sets the callback function.
221+// OverrideSetAdvertisedProtocols sets the "set_advertised_protocols" callback function.
222222 // Set APLN protocol list (Since: 2.60)
223223 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideSetAdvertisedProtocols(cb func(DtlsConnection, []string)) {
224224 if cb == nil {
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideSetAdvertisedProtocols(cb func(DtlsCon
230230 }
231231 }
232232
233-// GetSetAdvertisedProtocols gets the callback function.
233+// GetSetAdvertisedProtocols gets the "set_advertised_protocols" callback function.
234234 // Set APLN protocol list (Since: 2.60)
235235 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetSetAdvertisedProtocols() func(DtlsConnection, []string) {
236236 if x.xSetAdvertisedProtocols == 0 {
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetSetAdvertisedProtocols() func(DtlsConnectio
243243 }
244244 }
245245
246-// OverrideGetNegotiatedProtocol sets the callback function.
246+// OverrideGetNegotiatedProtocol sets the "get_negotiated_protocol" callback function.
247247 // Get ALPN-negotiated protocol (Since: 2.60)
248248 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideGetNegotiatedProtocol(cb func(DtlsConnection) string) {
249249 if cb == nil {
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideGetNegotiatedProtocol(cb func(DtlsConn
255255 }
256256 }
257257
258-// GetGetNegotiatedProtocol gets the callback function.
258+// GetGetNegotiatedProtocol gets the "get_negotiated_protocol" callback function.
259259 // Get ALPN-negotiated protocol (Since: 2.60)
260260 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetGetNegotiatedProtocol() func(DtlsConnection) string {
261261 if x.xGetNegotiatedProtocol == 0 {
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetGetNegotiatedProtocol() func(DtlsConnection
268268 }
269269 }
270270
271-// OverrideGetBindingData sets the callback function.
271+// OverrideGetBindingData sets the "get_binding_data" callback function.
272272 // Retrieve TLS channel binding data (Since: 2.66)
273273 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideGetBindingData(cb func(DtlsConnection, TlsChannelBindingType, []byte) bool) {
274274 if cb == nil {
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) OverrideGetBindingData(cb func(DtlsConnection,
280280 }
281281 }
282282
283-// GetGetBindingData gets the callback function.
283+// GetGetBindingData gets the "get_binding_data" callback function.
284284 // Retrieve TLS channel binding data (Since: 2.66)
285285 func (x *DtlsConnectionInterface) GetGetBindingData() func(DtlsConnection, TlsChannelBindingType, []byte) bool {
286286 if x.xGetBindingData == 0 {
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ type DtlsConnection interface {
322322 CloseFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error)
323323 EmitAcceptCertificate(PeerCertVar *TlsCertificate, ErrorsVar TlsCertificateFlags) bool
324324 GetCertificate() *TlsCertificate
325- GetChannelBindingData(TypeVar TlsChannelBindingType, DataVar []byte) (bool, error)
325+ GetChannelBindingData(TypeVar TlsChannelBindingType, DataVar *[]byte) (bool, error)
326326 GetCiphersuiteName() string
327327 GetDatabase() *TlsDatabase
328328 GetInteraction() *TlsInteraction
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) GetCertificate() *TlsCertificate {
455455 // will be available though. That could happen if TLS connection does not
456456 // support @type or the binding data is not available yet due to additional
457457 // negotiation or input required.
458-func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) GetChannelBindingData(TypeVar TlsChannelBindingType, DataVar []byte) (bool, error) {
458+func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) GetChannelBindingData(TypeVar TlsChannelBindingType, DataVar *[]byte) (bool, error) {
459459 var cerr *glib.Error
460460
461461 cret := XGDtlsConnectionGetChannelBindingData(x.GoPointer(), TypeVar, DataVar, &cerr)
@@ -795,12 +795,81 @@ func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) ShutdownFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error)
795795
796796 }
797797
798+// SetPropertyAdvertisedProtocols sets the "advertised-protocols" property.
799+// The list of application-layer protocols that the connection
800+// advertises that it is willing to speak. See
801+// g_dtls_connection_set_advertised_protocols().
802+func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) SetPropertyAdvertisedProtocols(value []string) {
803+ obj := gobject.Object{}
804+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
805+ var v gobject.Value
806+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
807+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
808+ obj.SetProperty("advertised-protocols", &v)
809+}
810+
811+// GetPropertyAdvertisedProtocols gets the "advertised-protocols" property.
812+// The list of application-layer protocols that the connection
813+// advertises that it is willing to speak. See
814+// g_dtls_connection_set_advertised_protocols().
815+func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) GetPropertyAdvertisedProtocols() []string {
816+ obj := gobject.Object{}
817+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
818+ var v gobject.Value
819+ obj.GetProperty("advertised-protocols", &v)
820+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
821+}
822+
823+// GetPropertyCiphersuiteName gets the "ciphersuite-name" property.
824+// The name of the DTLS ciphersuite in use. See g_dtls_connection_get_ciphersuite_name().
825+func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) GetPropertyCiphersuiteName() string {
826+ obj := gobject.Object{}
827+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
828+ var v gobject.Value
829+ obj.GetProperty("ciphersuite-name", &v)
830+ return v.GetString()
831+}
832+
833+// GetPropertyNegotiatedProtocol gets the "negotiated-protocol" property.
834+// The application-layer protocol negotiated during the TLS
835+// handshake. See g_dtls_connection_get_negotiated_protocol().
836+func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) GetPropertyNegotiatedProtocol() string {
837+ obj := gobject.Object{}
838+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
839+ var v gobject.Value
840+ obj.GetProperty("negotiated-protocol", &v)
841+ return v.GetString()
842+}
843+
844+// SetPropertyRequireCloseNotify sets the "require-close-notify" property.
845+// Whether or not proper TLS close notification is required.
846+// See g_dtls_connection_set_require_close_notify().
847+func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) SetPropertyRequireCloseNotify(value bool) {
848+ obj := gobject.Object{}
849+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
850+ var v gobject.Value
851+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
852+ v.SetBoolean(value)
853+ obj.SetProperty("require-close-notify", &v)
854+}
855+
856+// GetPropertyRequireCloseNotify gets the "require-close-notify" property.
857+// Whether or not proper TLS close notification is required.
858+// See g_dtls_connection_set_require_close_notify().
859+func (x *DtlsConnectionBase) GetPropertyRequireCloseNotify() bool {
860+ obj := gobject.Object{}
861+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
862+ var v gobject.Value
863+ obj.GetProperty("require-close-notify", &v)
864+ return v.GetBoolean()
865+}
866+
798867 var XGDtlsConnectionClose func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
799868 var XGDtlsConnectionCloseAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
800869 var XGDtlsConnectionCloseFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
801870 var XGDtlsConnectionEmitAcceptCertificate func(uintptr, uintptr, TlsCertificateFlags) bool
802871 var XGDtlsConnectionGetCertificate func(uintptr) uintptr
803-var XGDtlsConnectionGetChannelBindingData func(uintptr, TlsChannelBindingType, []byte, **glib.Error) bool
872+var XGDtlsConnectionGetChannelBindingData func(uintptr, TlsChannelBindingType, *[]byte, **glib.Error) bool
804873 var XGDtlsConnectionGetCiphersuiteName func(uintptr) string
805874 var XGDtlsConnectionGetDatabase func(uintptr) uintptr
806875 var XGDtlsConnectionGetInteraction func(uintptr) uintptr
M v4/gio/gfile.go +253 -253
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
231231 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
232232 }
233233
234-// OverrideDup sets the callback function.
234+// OverrideDup sets the "dup" callback function.
235235 // Duplicates a #GFile.
236236 func (x *FileIface) OverrideDup(cb func(File) *FileBase) {
237237 if cb == nil {
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideDup(cb func(File) *FileBase) {
247247 }
248248 }
249249
250-// GetDup gets the callback function.
250+// GetDup gets the "dup" callback function.
251251 // Duplicates a #GFile.
252252 func (x *FileIface) GetDup() func(File) *FileBase {
253253 if x.xDup == 0 {
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetDup() func(File) *FileBase {
266266 }
267267 }
268268
269-// OverrideHash sets the callback function.
269+// OverrideHash sets the "hash" callback function.
270270 // Creates a hash of a #GFile.
271271 func (x *FileIface) OverrideHash(cb func(File) uint) {
272272 if cb == nil {
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideHash(cb func(File) uint) {
278278 }
279279 }
280280
281-// GetHash gets the callback function.
281+// GetHash gets the "hash" callback function.
282282 // Creates a hash of a #GFile.
283283 func (x *FileIface) GetHash() func(File) uint {
284284 if x.xHash == 0 {
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetHash() func(File) uint {
291291 }
292292 }
293293
294-// OverrideEqual sets the callback function.
294+// OverrideEqual sets the "equal" callback function.
295295 // Checks equality of two given #GFiles.
296296 func (x *FileIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(File, File) bool) {
297297 if cb == nil {
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(File, File) bool) {
303303 }
304304 }
305305
306-// GetEqual gets the callback function.
306+// GetEqual gets the "equal" callback function.
307307 // Checks equality of two given #GFiles.
308308 func (x *FileIface) GetEqual() func(File, File) bool {
309309 if x.xEqual == 0 {
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetEqual() func(File, File) bool {
316316 }
317317 }
318318
319-// OverrideIsNative sets the callback function.
319+// OverrideIsNative sets the "is_native" callback function.
320320 // Checks to see if a file is native to the system.
321321 func (x *FileIface) OverrideIsNative(cb func(File) bool) {
322322 if cb == nil {
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideIsNative(cb func(File) bool) {
328328 }
329329 }
330330
331-// GetIsNative gets the callback function.
331+// GetIsNative gets the "is_native" callback function.
332332 // Checks to see if a file is native to the system.
333333 func (x *FileIface) GetIsNative() func(File) bool {
334334 if x.xIsNative == 0 {
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetIsNative() func(File) bool {
341341 }
342342 }
343343
344-// OverrideHasUriScheme sets the callback function.
344+// OverrideHasUriScheme sets the "has_uri_scheme" callback function.
345345 // Checks to see if a #GFile has a given URI scheme.
346346 func (x *FileIface) OverrideHasUriScheme(cb func(File, string) bool) {
347347 if cb == nil {
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideHasUriScheme(cb func(File, string) bool) {
353353 }
354354 }
355355
356-// GetHasUriScheme gets the callback function.
356+// GetHasUriScheme gets the "has_uri_scheme" callback function.
357357 // Checks to see if a #GFile has a given URI scheme.
358358 func (x *FileIface) GetHasUriScheme() func(File, string) bool {
359359 if x.xHasUriScheme == 0 {
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetHasUriScheme() func(File, string) bool {
366366 }
367367 }
368368
369-// OverrideGetUriScheme sets the callback function.
369+// OverrideGetUriScheme sets the "get_uri_scheme" callback function.
370370 // Gets the URI scheme for a #GFile.
371371 func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetUriScheme(cb func(File) string) {
372372 if cb == nil {
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetUriScheme(cb func(File) string) {
378378 }
379379 }
380380
381-// GetGetUriScheme gets the callback function.
381+// GetGetUriScheme gets the "get_uri_scheme" callback function.
382382 // Gets the URI scheme for a #GFile.
383383 func (x *FileIface) GetGetUriScheme() func(File) string {
384384 if x.xGetUriScheme == 0 {
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetGetUriScheme() func(File) string {
391391 }
392392 }
393393
394-// OverrideGetBasename sets the callback function.
394+// OverrideGetBasename sets the "get_basename" callback function.
395395 // Gets the basename for a given #GFile.
396396 func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetBasename(cb func(File) string) {
397397 if cb == nil {
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetBasename(cb func(File) string) {
403403 }
404404 }
405405
406-// GetGetBasename gets the callback function.
406+// GetGetBasename gets the "get_basename" callback function.
407407 // Gets the basename for a given #GFile.
408408 func (x *FileIface) GetGetBasename() func(File) string {
409409 if x.xGetBasename == 0 {
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetGetBasename() func(File) string {
416416 }
417417 }
418418
419-// OverrideGetPath sets the callback function.
419+// OverrideGetPath sets the "get_path" callback function.
420420 // Gets the current path within a #GFile.
421421 func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetPath(cb func(File) string) {
422422 if cb == nil {
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetPath(cb func(File) string) {
428428 }
429429 }
430430
431-// GetGetPath gets the callback function.
431+// GetGetPath gets the "get_path" callback function.
432432 // Gets the current path within a #GFile.
433433 func (x *FileIface) GetGetPath() func(File) string {
434434 if x.xGetPath == 0 {
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetGetPath() func(File) string {
441441 }
442442 }
443443
444-// OverrideGetUri sets the callback function.
444+// OverrideGetUri sets the "get_uri" callback function.
445445 // Gets a URI for the path within a #GFile.
446446 func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetUri(cb func(File) string) {
447447 if cb == nil {
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetUri(cb func(File) string) {
453453 }
454454 }
455455
456-// GetGetUri gets the callback function.
456+// GetGetUri gets the "get_uri" callback function.
457457 // Gets a URI for the path within a #GFile.
458458 func (x *FileIface) GetGetUri() func(File) string {
459459 if x.xGetUri == 0 {
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetGetUri() func(File) string {
466466 }
467467 }
468468
469-// OverrideGetParseName sets the callback function.
469+// OverrideGetParseName sets the "get_parse_name" callback function.
470470 // Gets the parsed name for the #GFile.
471471 func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetParseName(cb func(File) string) {
472472 if cb == nil {
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetParseName(cb func(File) string) {
478478 }
479479 }
480480
481-// GetGetParseName gets the callback function.
481+// GetGetParseName gets the "get_parse_name" callback function.
482482 // Gets the parsed name for the #GFile.
483483 func (x *FileIface) GetGetParseName() func(File) string {
484484 if x.xGetParseName == 0 {
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetGetParseName() func(File) string {
491491 }
492492 }
493493
494-// OverrideGetParent sets the callback function.
494+// OverrideGetParent sets the "get_parent" callback function.
495495 // Gets the parent directory for the #GFile.
496496 func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetParent(cb func(File) *FileBase) {
497497 if cb == nil {
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetParent(cb func(File) *FileBase) {
507507 }
508508 }
509509
510-// GetGetParent gets the callback function.
510+// GetGetParent gets the "get_parent" callback function.
511511 // Gets the parent directory for the #GFile.
512512 func (x *FileIface) GetGetParent() func(File) *FileBase {
513513 if x.xGetParent == 0 {
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetGetParent() func(File) *FileBase {
526526 }
527527 }
528528
529-// OverridePrefixMatches sets the callback function.
529+// OverridePrefixMatches sets the "prefix_matches" callback function.
530530 // Checks whether a #GFile contains a specified file.
531531 func (x *FileIface) OverridePrefixMatches(cb func(File, File) bool) {
532532 if cb == nil {
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverridePrefixMatches(cb func(File, File) bool) {
538538 }
539539 }
540540
541-// GetPrefixMatches gets the callback function.
541+// GetPrefixMatches gets the "prefix_matches" callback function.
542542 // Checks whether a #GFile contains a specified file.
543543 func (x *FileIface) GetPrefixMatches() func(File, File) bool {
544544 if x.xPrefixMatches == 0 {
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetPrefixMatches() func(File, File) bool {
551551 }
552552 }
553553
554-// OverrideGetRelativePath sets the callback function.
554+// OverrideGetRelativePath sets the "get_relative_path" callback function.
555555 // Gets the path for a #GFile relative to a given path.
556556 func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetRelativePath(cb func(File, File) string) {
557557 if cb == nil {
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetRelativePath(cb func(File, File) string) {
563563 }
564564 }
565565
566-// GetGetRelativePath gets the callback function.
566+// GetGetRelativePath gets the "get_relative_path" callback function.
567567 // Gets the path for a #GFile relative to a given path.
568568 func (x *FileIface) GetGetRelativePath() func(File, File) string {
569569 if x.xGetRelativePath == 0 {
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetGetRelativePath() func(File, File) string {
576576 }
577577 }
578578
579-// OverrideResolveRelativePath sets the callback function.
579+// OverrideResolveRelativePath sets the "resolve_relative_path" callback function.
580580 // Resolves a relative path for a #GFile to an absolute path.
581581 func (x *FileIface) OverrideResolveRelativePath(cb func(File, string) *FileBase) {
582582 if cb == nil {
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideResolveRelativePath(cb func(File, string) *FileBase)
592592 }
593593 }
594594
595-// GetResolveRelativePath gets the callback function.
595+// GetResolveRelativePath gets the "resolve_relative_path" callback function.
596596 // Resolves a relative path for a #GFile to an absolute path.
597597 func (x *FileIface) GetResolveRelativePath() func(File, string) *FileBase {
598598 if x.xResolveRelativePath == 0 {
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetResolveRelativePath() func(File, string) *FileBase {
611611 }
612612 }
613613
614-// OverrideGetChildForDisplayName sets the callback function.
614+// OverrideGetChildForDisplayName sets the "get_child_for_display_name" callback function.
615615 // Gets the child #GFile for a given display name.
616616 func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetChildForDisplayName(cb func(File, string) *FileBase) {
617617 if cb == nil {
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideGetChildForDisplayName(cb func(File, string) *FileBa
627627 }
628628 }
629629
630-// GetGetChildForDisplayName gets the callback function.
630+// GetGetChildForDisplayName gets the "get_child_for_display_name" callback function.
631631 // Gets the child #GFile for a given display name.
632632 func (x *FileIface) GetGetChildForDisplayName() func(File, string) *FileBase {
633633 if x.xGetChildForDisplayName == 0 {
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetGetChildForDisplayName() func(File, string) *FileBase {
646646 }
647647 }
648648
649-// OverrideEnumerateChildren sets the callback function.
649+// OverrideEnumerateChildren sets the "enumerate_children" callback function.
650650 // Gets a #GFileEnumerator with the children of a #GFile.
651651 func (x *FileIface) OverrideEnumerateChildren(cb func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) *FileEnumerator) {
652652 if cb == nil {
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideEnumerateChildren(cb func(File, string, FileQueryInf
662662 }
663663 }
664664
665-// GetEnumerateChildren gets the callback function.
665+// GetEnumerateChildren gets the "enumerate_children" callback function.
666666 // Gets a #GFileEnumerator with the children of a #GFile.
667667 func (x *FileIface) GetEnumerateChildren() func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) *FileEnumerator {
668668 if x.xEnumerateChildren == 0 {
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetEnumerateChildren() func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags
681681 }
682682 }
683683
684-// OverrideEnumerateChildrenAsync sets the callback function.
684+// OverrideEnumerateChildrenAsync sets the "enumerate_children_async" callback function.
685685 // Asynchronously gets a #GFileEnumerator with the children of a #GFile.
686686 func (x *FileIface) OverrideEnumerateChildrenAsync(cb func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
687687 if cb == nil {
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideEnumerateChildrenAsync(cb func(File, string, FileQue
693693 }
694694 }
695695
696-// GetEnumerateChildrenAsync gets the callback function.
696+// GetEnumerateChildrenAsync gets the "enumerate_children_async" callback function.
697697 // Asynchronously gets a #GFileEnumerator with the children of a #GFile.
698698 func (x *FileIface) GetEnumerateChildrenAsync() func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
699699 if x.xEnumerateChildrenAsync == 0 {
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetEnumerateChildrenAsync() func(File, string, FileQueryInfo
706706 }
707707 }
708708
709-// OverrideEnumerateChildrenFinish sets the callback function.
709+// OverrideEnumerateChildrenFinish sets the "enumerate_children_finish" callback function.
710710 // Finishes asynchronously enumerating the children.
711711 func (x *FileIface) OverrideEnumerateChildrenFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileEnumerator) {
712712 if cb == nil {
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideEnumerateChildrenFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *
722722 }
723723 }
724724
725-// GetEnumerateChildrenFinish gets the callback function.
725+// GetEnumerateChildrenFinish gets the "enumerate_children_finish" callback function.
726726 // Finishes asynchronously enumerating the children.
727727 func (x *FileIface) GetEnumerateChildrenFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileEnumerator {
728728 if x.xEnumerateChildrenFinish == 0 {
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetEnumerateChildrenFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileEn
741741 }
742742 }
743743
744-// OverrideQueryInfo sets the callback function.
744+// OverrideQueryInfo sets the "query_info" callback function.
745745 // Gets the #GFileInfo for a #GFile.
746746 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryInfo(cb func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) *FileInfo) {
747747 if cb == nil {
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryInfo(cb func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags,
757757 }
758758 }
759759
760-// GetQueryInfo gets the callback function.
760+// GetQueryInfo gets the "query_info" callback function.
761761 // Gets the #GFileInfo for a #GFile.
762762 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryInfo() func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) *FileInfo {
763763 if x.xQueryInfo == 0 {
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryInfo() func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cance
776776 }
777777 }
778778
779-// OverrideQueryInfoAsync sets the callback function.
779+// OverrideQueryInfoAsync sets the "query_info_async" callback function.
780780 // Asynchronously gets the #GFileInfo for a #GFile.
781781 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryInfoAsync(cb func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
782782 if cb == nil {
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryInfoAsync(cb func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFl
788788 }
789789 }
790790
791-// GetQueryInfoAsync gets the callback function.
791+// GetQueryInfoAsync gets the "query_info_async" callback function.
792792 // Asynchronously gets the #GFileInfo for a #GFile.
793793 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryInfoAsync() func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
794794 if x.xQueryInfoAsync == 0 {
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryInfoAsync() func(File, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, i
801801 }
802802 }
803803
804-// OverrideQueryInfoFinish sets the callback function.
804+// OverrideQueryInfoFinish sets the "query_info_finish" callback function.
805805 // Finishes an asynchronous query info operation.
806806 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryInfoFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInfo) {
807807 if cb == nil {
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryInfoFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInfo
817817 }
818818 }
819819
820-// GetQueryInfoFinish gets the callback function.
820+// GetQueryInfoFinish gets the "query_info_finish" callback function.
821821 // Finishes an asynchronous query info operation.
822822 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryInfoFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInfo {
823823 if x.xQueryInfoFinish == 0 {
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryInfoFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInfo {
836836 }
837837 }
838838
839-// OverrideQueryFilesystemInfo sets the callback function.
839+// OverrideQueryFilesystemInfo sets the "query_filesystem_info" callback function.
840840 // Gets a #GFileInfo for the file system #GFile is on.
841841 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryFilesystemInfo(cb func(File, string, *Cancellable) *FileInfo) {
842842 if cb == nil {
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryFilesystemInfo(cb func(File, string, *Cancellab
852852 }
853853 }
854854
855-// GetQueryFilesystemInfo gets the callback function.
855+// GetQueryFilesystemInfo gets the "query_filesystem_info" callback function.
856856 // Gets a #GFileInfo for the file system #GFile is on.
857857 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryFilesystemInfo() func(File, string, *Cancellable) *FileInfo {
858858 if x.xQueryFilesystemInfo == 0 {
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryFilesystemInfo() func(File, string, *Cancellable) *F
871871 }
872872 }
873873
874-// OverrideQueryFilesystemInfoAsync sets the callback function.
874+// OverrideQueryFilesystemInfoAsync sets the "query_filesystem_info_async" callback function.
875875 // Asynchronously gets a #GFileInfo for the file system #GFile is on.
876876 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryFilesystemInfoAsync(cb func(File, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
877877 if cb == nil {
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryFilesystemInfoAsync(cb func(File, string, int,
883883 }
884884 }
885885
886-// GetQueryFilesystemInfoAsync gets the callback function.
886+// GetQueryFilesystemInfoAsync gets the "query_filesystem_info_async" callback function.
887887 // Asynchronously gets a #GFileInfo for the file system #GFile is on.
888888 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryFilesystemInfoAsync() func(File, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
889889 if x.xQueryFilesystemInfoAsync == 0 {
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryFilesystemInfoAsync() func(File, string, int, *Cance
896896 }
897897 }
898898
899-// OverrideQueryFilesystemInfoFinish sets the callback function.
899+// OverrideQueryFilesystemInfoFinish sets the "query_filesystem_info_finish" callback function.
900900 // Finishes asynchronously getting the file system info.
901901 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryFilesystemInfoFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInfo) {
902902 if cb == nil {
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryFilesystemInfoFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult)
912912 }
913913 }
914914
915-// GetQueryFilesystemInfoFinish gets the callback function.
915+// GetQueryFilesystemInfoFinish gets the "query_filesystem_info_finish" callback function.
916916 // Finishes asynchronously getting the file system info.
917917 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryFilesystemInfoFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInfo {
918918 if x.xQueryFilesystemInfoFinish == 0 {
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryFilesystemInfoFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *File
931931 }
932932 }
933933
934-// OverrideFindEnclosingMount sets the callback function.
934+// OverrideFindEnclosingMount sets the "find_enclosing_mount" callback function.
935935 // Gets a #GMount for the #GFile.
936936 func (x *FileIface) OverrideFindEnclosingMount(cb func(File, *Cancellable) *MountBase) {
937937 if cb == nil {
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideFindEnclosingMount(cb func(File, *Cancellable) *Moun
947947 }
948948 }
949949
950-// GetFindEnclosingMount gets the callback function.
950+// GetFindEnclosingMount gets the "find_enclosing_mount" callback function.
951951 // Gets a #GMount for the #GFile.
952952 func (x *FileIface) GetFindEnclosingMount() func(File, *Cancellable) *MountBase {
953953 if x.xFindEnclosingMount == 0 {
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetFindEnclosingMount() func(File, *Cancellable) *MountBase
966966 }
967967 }
968968
969-// OverrideFindEnclosingMountAsync sets the callback function.
969+// OverrideFindEnclosingMountAsync sets the "find_enclosing_mount_async" callback function.
970970 // Asynchronously gets the #GMount for a #GFile.
971971 func (x *FileIface) OverrideFindEnclosingMountAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
972972 if cb == nil {
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideFindEnclosingMountAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancella
978978 }
979979 }
980980
981-// GetFindEnclosingMountAsync gets the callback function.
981+// GetFindEnclosingMountAsync gets the "find_enclosing_mount_async" callback function.
982982 // Asynchronously gets the #GMount for a #GFile.
983983 func (x *FileIface) GetFindEnclosingMountAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
984984 if x.xFindEnclosingMountAsync == 0 {
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetFindEnclosingMountAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *
991991 }
992992 }
993993
994-// OverrideFindEnclosingMountFinish sets the callback function.
994+// OverrideFindEnclosingMountFinish sets the "find_enclosing_mount_finish" callback function.
995995 // Finishes asynchronously getting the volume.
996996 func (x *FileIface) OverrideFindEnclosingMountFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *MountBase) {
997997 if cb == nil {
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideFindEnclosingMountFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult)
10071007 }
10081008 }
10091009
1010-// GetFindEnclosingMountFinish gets the callback function.
1010+// GetFindEnclosingMountFinish gets the "find_enclosing_mount_finish" callback function.
10111011 // Finishes asynchronously getting the volume.
10121012 func (x *FileIface) GetFindEnclosingMountFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *MountBase {
10131013 if x.xFindEnclosingMountFinish == 0 {
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetFindEnclosingMountFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *Mount
10261026 }
10271027 }
10281028
1029-// OverrideSetDisplayName sets the callback function.
1029+// OverrideSetDisplayName sets the "set_display_name" callback function.
10301030 // Sets the display name for a #GFile.
10311031 func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetDisplayName(cb func(File, string, *Cancellable) *FileBase) {
10321032 if cb == nil {
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetDisplayName(cb func(File, string, *Cancellable) *
10421042 }
10431043 }
10441044
1045-// GetSetDisplayName gets the callback function.
1045+// GetSetDisplayName gets the "set_display_name" callback function.
10461046 // Sets the display name for a #GFile.
10471047 func (x *FileIface) GetSetDisplayName() func(File, string, *Cancellable) *FileBase {
10481048 if x.xSetDisplayName == 0 {
@@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetSetDisplayName() func(File, string, *Cancellable) *FileBa
10611061 }
10621062 }
10631063
1064-// OverrideSetDisplayNameAsync sets the callback function.
1064+// OverrideSetDisplayNameAsync sets the "set_display_name_async" callback function.
10651065 // Asynchronously sets a #GFile's display name.
10661066 func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetDisplayNameAsync(cb func(File, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
10671067 if cb == nil {
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetDisplayNameAsync(cb func(File, string, int, *Canc
10731073 }
10741074 }
10751075
1076-// GetSetDisplayNameAsync gets the callback function.
1076+// GetSetDisplayNameAsync gets the "set_display_name_async" callback function.
10771077 // Asynchronously sets a #GFile's display name.
10781078 func (x *FileIface) GetSetDisplayNameAsync() func(File, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
10791079 if x.xSetDisplayNameAsync == 0 {
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetSetDisplayNameAsync() func(File, string, int, *Cancellabl
10861086 }
10871087 }
10881088
1089-// OverrideSetDisplayNameFinish sets the callback function.
1089+// OverrideSetDisplayNameFinish sets the "set_display_name_finish" callback function.
10901090 // Finishes asynchronously setting a #GFile's display name.
10911091 func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetDisplayNameFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileBase) {
10921092 if cb == nil {
@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetDisplayNameFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *Fil
11021102 }
11031103 }
11041104
1105-// GetSetDisplayNameFinish gets the callback function.
1105+// GetSetDisplayNameFinish gets the "set_display_name_finish" callback function.
11061106 // Finishes asynchronously setting a #GFile's display name.
11071107 func (x *FileIface) GetSetDisplayNameFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileBase {
11081108 if x.xSetDisplayNameFinish == 0 {
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetSetDisplayNameFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileBase
11211121 }
11221122 }
11231123
1124-// OverrideQuerySettableAttributes sets the callback function.
1124+// OverrideQuerySettableAttributes sets the "query_settable_attributes" callback function.
11251125 // Returns a list of #GFileAttributeInfos that can be set.
11261126 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQuerySettableAttributes(cb func(File, *Cancellable) *FileAttributeInfoList) {
11271127 if cb == nil {
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQuerySettableAttributes(cb func(File, *Cancellable)
11331133 }
11341134 }
11351135
1136-// GetQuerySettableAttributes gets the callback function.
1136+// GetQuerySettableAttributes gets the "query_settable_attributes" callback function.
11371137 // Returns a list of #GFileAttributeInfos that can be set.
11381138 func (x *FileIface) GetQuerySettableAttributes() func(File, *Cancellable) *FileAttributeInfoList {
11391139 if x.xQuerySettableAttributes == 0 {
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQuerySettableAttributes() func(File, *Cancellable) *FileA
11461146 }
11471147 }
11481148
1149-// OverrideQuerySettableAttributesAsync sets the callback function.
1149+// OverrideQuerySettableAttributesAsync sets the "_query_settable_attributes_async" callback function.
11501150 // Asynchronously gets a list of #GFileAttributeInfos that can be set.
11511151 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQuerySettableAttributesAsync(cb func()) {
11521152 if cb == nil {
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQuerySettableAttributesAsync(cb func()) {
11581158 }
11591159 }
11601160
1161-// GetQuerySettableAttributesAsync gets the callback function.
1161+// GetQuerySettableAttributesAsync gets the "_query_settable_attributes_async" callback function.
11621162 // Asynchronously gets a list of #GFileAttributeInfos that can be set.
11631163 func (x *FileIface) GetQuerySettableAttributesAsync() func() {
11641164 if x.xQuerySettableAttributesAsync == 0 {
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQuerySettableAttributesAsync() func() {
11711171 }
11721172 }
11731173
1174-// OverrideQuerySettableAttributesFinish sets the callback function.
1174+// OverrideQuerySettableAttributesFinish sets the "_query_settable_attributes_finish" callback function.
11751175 // Finishes asynchronously querying settable attributes.
11761176 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQuerySettableAttributesFinish(cb func()) {
11771177 if cb == nil {
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQuerySettableAttributesFinish(cb func()) {
11831183 }
11841184 }
11851185
1186-// GetQuerySettableAttributesFinish gets the callback function.
1186+// GetQuerySettableAttributesFinish gets the "_query_settable_attributes_finish" callback function.
11871187 // Finishes asynchronously querying settable attributes.
11881188 func (x *FileIface) GetQuerySettableAttributesFinish() func() {
11891189 if x.xQuerySettableAttributesFinish == 0 {
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQuerySettableAttributesFinish() func() {
11961196 }
11971197 }
11981198
1199-// OverrideQueryWritableNamespaces sets the callback function.
1199+// OverrideQueryWritableNamespaces sets the "query_writable_namespaces" callback function.
12001200 // Returns a list of #GFileAttributeInfo namespaces that are writable.
12011201 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryWritableNamespaces(cb func(File, *Cancellable) *FileAttributeInfoList) {
12021202 if cb == nil {
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryWritableNamespaces(cb func(File, *Cancellable)
12081208 }
12091209 }
12101210
1211-// GetQueryWritableNamespaces gets the callback function.
1211+// GetQueryWritableNamespaces gets the "query_writable_namespaces" callback function.
12121212 // Returns a list of #GFileAttributeInfo namespaces that are writable.
12131213 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryWritableNamespaces() func(File, *Cancellable) *FileAttributeInfoList {
12141214 if x.xQueryWritableNamespaces == 0 {
@@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryWritableNamespaces() func(File, *Cancellable) *FileA
12211221 }
12221222 }
12231223
1224-// OverrideQueryWritableNamespacesAsync sets the callback function.
1224+// OverrideQueryWritableNamespacesAsync sets the "_query_writable_namespaces_async" callback function.
12251225 // Asynchronously gets a list of #GFileAttributeInfo namespaces that are writable.
12261226 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryWritableNamespacesAsync(cb func()) {
12271227 if cb == nil {
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryWritableNamespacesAsync(cb func()) {
12331233 }
12341234 }
12351235
1236-// GetQueryWritableNamespacesAsync gets the callback function.
1236+// GetQueryWritableNamespacesAsync gets the "_query_writable_namespaces_async" callback function.
12371237 // Asynchronously gets a list of #GFileAttributeInfo namespaces that are writable.
12381238 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryWritableNamespacesAsync() func() {
12391239 if x.xQueryWritableNamespacesAsync == 0 {
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryWritableNamespacesAsync() func() {
12461246 }
12471247 }
12481248
1249-// OverrideQueryWritableNamespacesFinish sets the callback function.
1249+// OverrideQueryWritableNamespacesFinish sets the "_query_writable_namespaces_finish" callback function.
12501250 // Finishes asynchronously querying the writable namespaces.
12511251 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryWritableNamespacesFinish(cb func()) {
12521252 if cb == nil {
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryWritableNamespacesFinish(cb func()) {
12581258 }
12591259 }
12601260
1261-// GetQueryWritableNamespacesFinish gets the callback function.
1261+// GetQueryWritableNamespacesFinish gets the "_query_writable_namespaces_finish" callback function.
12621262 // Finishes asynchronously querying the writable namespaces.
12631263 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryWritableNamespacesFinish() func() {
12641264 if x.xQueryWritableNamespacesFinish == 0 {
@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetQueryWritableNamespacesFinish() func() {
12711271 }
12721272 }
12731273
1274-// OverrideSetAttribute sets the callback function.
1274+// OverrideSetAttribute sets the "set_attribute" callback function.
12751275 // Sets a #GFileAttributeInfo.
12761276 func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetAttribute(cb func(File, string, FileAttributeType, uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) bool) {
12771277 if cb == nil {
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetAttribute(cb func(File, string, FileAttributeType
12831283 }
12841284 }
12851285
1286-// GetSetAttribute gets the callback function.
1286+// GetSetAttribute gets the "set_attribute" callback function.
12871287 // Sets a #GFileAttributeInfo.
12881288 func (x *FileIface) GetSetAttribute() func(File, string, FileAttributeType, uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) bool {
12891289 if x.xSetAttribute == 0 {
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetSetAttribute() func(File, string, FileAttributeType, uint
12961296 }
12971297 }
12981298
1299-// OverrideSetAttributesFromInfo sets the callback function.
1299+// OverrideSetAttributesFromInfo sets the "set_attributes_from_info" callback function.
13001300 // Sets a #GFileAttributeInfo with information from a #GFileInfo.
13011301 func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetAttributesFromInfo(cb func(File, *FileInfo, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) bool) {
13021302 if cb == nil {
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetAttributesFromInfo(cb func(File, *FileInfo, FileQ
13081308 }
13091309 }
13101310
1311-// GetSetAttributesFromInfo gets the callback function.
1311+// GetSetAttributesFromInfo gets the "set_attributes_from_info" callback function.
13121312 // Sets a #GFileAttributeInfo with information from a #GFileInfo.
13131313 func (x *FileIface) GetSetAttributesFromInfo() func(File, *FileInfo, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) bool {
13141314 if x.xSetAttributesFromInfo == 0 {
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetSetAttributesFromInfo() func(File, *FileInfo, FileQueryIn
13211321 }
13221322 }
13231323
1324-// OverrideSetAttributesAsync sets the callback function.
1324+// OverrideSetAttributesAsync sets the "set_attributes_async" callback function.
13251325 // Asynchronously sets a file's attributes.
13261326 func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetAttributesAsync(cb func(File, *FileInfo, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
13271327 if cb == nil {
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetAttributesAsync(cb func(File, *FileInfo, FileQuer
13331333 }
13341334 }
13351335
1336-// GetSetAttributesAsync gets the callback function.
1336+// GetSetAttributesAsync gets the "set_attributes_async" callback function.
13371337 // Asynchronously sets a file's attributes.
13381338 func (x *FileIface) GetSetAttributesAsync() func(File, *FileInfo, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
13391339 if x.xSetAttributesAsync == 0 {
@@ -1346,32 +1346,32 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetSetAttributesAsync() func(File, *FileInfo, FileQueryInfoF
13461346 }
13471347 }
13481348
1349-// OverrideSetAttributesFinish sets the callback function.
1349+// OverrideSetAttributesFinish sets the "set_attributes_finish" callback function.
13501350 // Finishes setting a file's attributes asynchronously.
13511351 func (x *FileIface) OverrideSetAttributesFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult, **FileInfo) bool) {
13521352 if cb == nil {
13531353 x.xSetAttributesFinish = 0
13541354 } else {
1355- x.xSetAttributesFinish = purego.NewCallback(func(FileVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, InfoVarp uintptr) bool {
1356- return cb(&FileBase{Ptr: FileVarp}, &AsyncResultBase{Ptr: ResultVarp}, (**FileInfo)(unsafe.Pointer(InfoVarp)))
1355+ x.xSetAttributesFinish = purego.NewCallback(func(FileVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, InfoVarp **FileInfo) bool {
1356+ return cb(&FileBase{Ptr: FileVarp}, &AsyncResultBase{Ptr: ResultVarp}, InfoVarp)
13571357 })
13581358 }
13591359 }
13601360
1361-// GetSetAttributesFinish gets the callback function.
1361+// GetSetAttributesFinish gets the "set_attributes_finish" callback function.
13621362 // Finishes setting a file's attributes asynchronously.
13631363 func (x *FileIface) GetSetAttributesFinish() func(File, AsyncResult, **FileInfo) bool {
13641364 if x.xSetAttributesFinish == 0 {
13651365 return nil
13661366 }
1367- var rawCallback func(FileVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, InfoVarp uintptr) bool
1367+ var rawCallback func(FileVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, InfoVarp **FileInfo) bool
13681368 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xSetAttributesFinish)
13691369 return func(FileVar File, ResultVar AsyncResult, InfoVar **FileInfo) bool {
1370- return rawCallback(FileVar.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(InfoVar))
1370+ return rawCallback(FileVar.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), InfoVar)
13711371 }
13721372 }
13731373
1374-// OverrideReadFn sets the callback function.
1374+// OverrideReadFn sets the "read_fn" callback function.
13751375 // Reads a file asynchronously.
13761376 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReadFn(cb func(File, *Cancellable) *FileInputStream) {
13771377 if cb == nil {
@@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReadFn(cb func(File, *Cancellable) *FileInputStream)
13871387 }
13881388 }
13891389
1390-// GetReadFn gets the callback function.
1390+// GetReadFn gets the "read_fn" callback function.
13911391 // Reads a file asynchronously.
13921392 func (x *FileIface) GetReadFn() func(File, *Cancellable) *FileInputStream {
13931393 if x.xReadFn == 0 {
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReadFn() func(File, *Cancellable) *FileInputStream {
14061406 }
14071407 }
14081408
1409-// OverrideReadAsync sets the callback function.
1409+// OverrideReadAsync sets the "read_async" callback function.
14101410 // Asynchronously reads a file.
14111411 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReadAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
14121412 if cb == nil {
@@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReadAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncRea
14181418 }
14191419 }
14201420
1421-// GetReadAsync gets the callback function.
1421+// GetReadAsync gets the "read_async" callback function.
14221422 // Asynchronously reads a file.
14231423 func (x *FileIface) GetReadAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
14241424 if x.xReadAsync == 0 {
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReadAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCall
14311431 }
14321432 }
14331433
1434-// OverrideReadFinish sets the callback function.
1434+// OverrideReadFinish sets the "read_finish" callback function.
14351435 // Finishes asynchronously reading a file.
14361436 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReadFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInputStream) {
14371437 if cb == nil {
@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReadFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInputStre
14471447 }
14481448 }
14491449
1450-// GetReadFinish gets the callback function.
1450+// GetReadFinish gets the "read_finish" callback function.
14511451 // Finishes asynchronously reading a file.
14521452 func (x *FileIface) GetReadFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInputStream {
14531453 if x.xReadFinish == 0 {
@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReadFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileInputStream {
14661466 }
14671467 }
14681468
1469-// OverrideAppendTo sets the callback function.
1469+// OverrideAppendTo sets the "append_to" callback function.
14701470 // Writes to the end of a file.
14711471 func (x *FileIface) OverrideAppendTo(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream) {
14721472 if cb == nil {
@@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideAppendTo(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable
14821482 }
14831483 }
14841484
1485-// GetAppendTo gets the callback function.
1485+// GetAppendTo gets the "append_to" callback function.
14861486 // Writes to the end of a file.
14871487 func (x *FileIface) GetAppendTo() func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream {
14881488 if x.xAppendTo == 0 {
@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetAppendTo() func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *Fil
15011501 }
15021502 }
15031503
1504-// OverrideAppendToAsync sets the callback function.
1504+// OverrideAppendToAsync sets the "append_to_async" callback function.
15051505 // Asynchronously writes to the end of a file.
15061506 func (x *FileIface) OverrideAppendToAsync(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
15071507 if cb == nil {
@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideAppendToAsync(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *C
15131513 }
15141514 }
15151515
1516-// GetAppendToAsync gets the callback function.
1516+// GetAppendToAsync gets the "append_to_async" callback function.
15171517 // Asynchronously writes to the end of a file.
15181518 func (x *FileIface) GetAppendToAsync() func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
15191519 if x.xAppendToAsync == 0 {
@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetAppendToAsync() func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancell
15261526 }
15271527 }
15281528
1529-// OverrideAppendToFinish sets the callback function.
1529+// OverrideAppendToFinish sets the "append_to_finish" callback function.
15301530 // Finishes an asynchronous file append operation.
15311531 func (x *FileIface) OverrideAppendToFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream) {
15321532 if cb == nil {
@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideAppendToFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutpu
15421542 }
15431543 }
15441544
1545-// GetAppendToFinish gets the callback function.
1545+// GetAppendToFinish gets the "append_to_finish" callback function.
15461546 // Finishes an asynchronous file append operation.
15471547 func (x *FileIface) GetAppendToFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream {
15481548 if x.xAppendToFinish == 0 {
@@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetAppendToFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStrea
15611561 }
15621562 }
15631563
1564-// OverrideCreate sets the callback function.
1564+// OverrideCreate sets the "create" callback function.
15651565 // Creates a new file.
15661566 func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreate(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream) {
15671567 if cb == nil {
@@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreate(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable)
15771577 }
15781578 }
15791579
1580-// GetCreate gets the callback function.
1580+// GetCreate gets the "create" callback function.
15811581 // Creates a new file.
15821582 func (x *FileIface) GetCreate() func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream {
15831583 if x.xCreate == 0 {
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCreate() func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileO
15961596 }
15971597 }
15981598
1599-// OverrideCreateAsync sets the callback function.
1599+// OverrideCreateAsync sets the "create_async" callback function.
16001600 // Asynchronously creates a file.
16011601 func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateAsync(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
16021602 if cb == nil {
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateAsync(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Can
16081608 }
16091609 }
16101610
1611-// GetCreateAsync gets the callback function.
1611+// GetCreateAsync gets the "create_async" callback function.
16121612 // Asynchronously creates a file.
16131613 func (x *FileIface) GetCreateAsync() func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
16141614 if x.xCreateAsync == 0 {
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCreateAsync() func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellab
16211621 }
16221622 }
16231623
1624-// OverrideCreateFinish sets the callback function.
1624+// OverrideCreateFinish sets the "create_finish" callback function.
16251625 // Finishes asynchronously creating a file.
16261626 func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream) {
16271627 if cb == nil {
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputS
16371637 }
16381638 }
16391639
1640-// GetCreateFinish gets the callback function.
1640+// GetCreateFinish gets the "create_finish" callback function.
16411641 // Finishes asynchronously creating a file.
16421642 func (x *FileIface) GetCreateFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream {
16431643 if x.xCreateFinish == 0 {
@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCreateFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream
16561656 }
16571657 }
16581658
1659-// OverrideReplace sets the callback function.
1659+// OverrideReplace sets the "replace" callback function.
16601660 // Replaces the contents of a file.
16611661 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplace(cb func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream) {
16621662 if cb == nil {
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplace(cb func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags,
16721672 }
16731673 }
16741674
1675-// GetReplace gets the callback function.
1675+// GetReplace gets the "replace" callback function.
16761676 // Replaces the contents of a file.
16771677 func (x *FileIface) GetReplace() func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileOutputStream {
16781678 if x.xReplace == 0 {
@@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReplace() func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, *Canc
16911691 }
16921692 }
16931693
1694-// OverrideReplaceAsync sets the callback function.
1694+// OverrideReplaceAsync sets the "replace_async" callback function.
16951695 // Asynchronously replaces the contents of a file.
16961696 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceAsync(cb func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
16971697 if cb == nil {
@@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceAsync(cb func(File, string, bool, FileCreateF
17031703 }
17041704 }
17051705
1706-// GetReplaceAsync gets the callback function.
1706+// GetReplaceAsync gets the "replace_async" callback function.
17071707 // Asynchronously replaces the contents of a file.
17081708 func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceAsync() func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
17091709 if x.xReplaceAsync == 0 {
@@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceAsync() func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags,
17161716 }
17171717 }
17181718
1719-// OverrideReplaceFinish sets the callback function.
1719+// OverrideReplaceFinish sets the "replace_finish" callback function.
17201720 // Finishes asynchronously replacing a file.
17211721 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream) {
17221722 if cb == nil {
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutput
17321732 }
17331733 }
17341734
1735-// GetReplaceFinish gets the callback function.
1735+// GetReplaceFinish gets the "replace_finish" callback function.
17361736 // Finishes asynchronously replacing a file.
17371737 func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream {
17381738 if x.xReplaceFinish == 0 {
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileOutputStream
17511751 }
17521752 }
17531753
1754-// OverrideDeleteFile sets the callback function.
1754+// OverrideDeleteFile sets the "delete_file" callback function.
17551755 // Deletes a file.
17561756 func (x *FileIface) OverrideDeleteFile(cb func(File, *Cancellable) bool) {
17571757 if cb == nil {
@@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideDeleteFile(cb func(File, *Cancellable) bool) {
17631763 }
17641764 }
17651765
1766-// GetDeleteFile gets the callback function.
1766+// GetDeleteFile gets the "delete_file" callback function.
17671767 // Deletes a file.
17681768 func (x *FileIface) GetDeleteFile() func(File, *Cancellable) bool {
17691769 if x.xDeleteFile == 0 {
@@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetDeleteFile() func(File, *Cancellable) bool {
17761776 }
17771777 }
17781778
1779-// OverrideDeleteFileAsync sets the callback function.
1779+// OverrideDeleteFileAsync sets the "delete_file_async" callback function.
17801780 // Asynchronously deletes a file.
17811781 func (x *FileIface) OverrideDeleteFileAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
17821782 if cb == nil {
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideDeleteFileAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *As
17881788 }
17891789 }
17901790
1791-// GetDeleteFileAsync gets the callback function.
1791+// GetDeleteFileAsync gets the "delete_file_async" callback function.
17921792 // Asynchronously deletes a file.
17931793 func (x *FileIface) GetDeleteFileAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
17941794 if x.xDeleteFileAsync == 0 {
@@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetDeleteFileAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncRea
18011801 }
18021802 }
18031803
1804-// OverrideDeleteFileFinish sets the callback function.
1804+// OverrideDeleteFileFinish sets the "delete_file_finish" callback function.
18051805 // Finishes an asynchronous delete.
18061806 func (x *FileIface) OverrideDeleteFileFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
18071807 if cb == nil {
@@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideDeleteFileFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
18131813 }
18141814 }
18151815
1816-// GetDeleteFileFinish gets the callback function.
1816+// GetDeleteFileFinish gets the "delete_file_finish" callback function.
18171817 // Finishes an asynchronous delete.
18181818 func (x *FileIface) GetDeleteFileFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
18191819 if x.xDeleteFileFinish == 0 {
@@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetDeleteFileFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
18261826 }
18271827 }
18281828
1829-// OverrideTrash sets the callback function.
1829+// OverrideTrash sets the "trash" callback function.
18301830 // Sends a #GFile to the Trash location.
18311831 func (x *FileIface) OverrideTrash(cb func(File, *Cancellable) bool) {
18321832 if cb == nil {
@@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideTrash(cb func(File, *Cancellable) bool) {
18381838 }
18391839 }
18401840
1841-// GetTrash gets the callback function.
1841+// GetTrash gets the "trash" callback function.
18421842 // Sends a #GFile to the Trash location.
18431843 func (x *FileIface) GetTrash() func(File, *Cancellable) bool {
18441844 if x.xTrash == 0 {
@@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetTrash() func(File, *Cancellable) bool {
18511851 }
18521852 }
18531853
1854-// OverrideTrashAsync sets the callback function.
1854+// OverrideTrashAsync sets the "trash_async" callback function.
18551855 // Asynchronously sends a #GFile to the Trash location.
18561856 func (x *FileIface) OverrideTrashAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
18571857 if cb == nil {
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideTrashAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncRe
18631863 }
18641864 }
18651865
1866-// GetTrashAsync gets the callback function.
1866+// GetTrashAsync gets the "trash_async" callback function.
18671867 // Asynchronously sends a #GFile to the Trash location.
18681868 func (x *FileIface) GetTrashAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
18691869 if x.xTrashAsync == 0 {
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetTrashAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCal
18761876 }
18771877 }
18781878
1879-// OverrideTrashFinish sets the callback function.
1879+// OverrideTrashFinish sets the "trash_finish" callback function.
18801880 // Finishes an asynchronous file trashing operation.
18811881 func (x *FileIface) OverrideTrashFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
18821882 if cb == nil {
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideTrashFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
18881888 }
18891889 }
18901890
1891-// GetTrashFinish gets the callback function.
1891+// GetTrashFinish gets the "trash_finish" callback function.
18921892 // Finishes an asynchronous file trashing operation.
18931893 func (x *FileIface) GetTrashFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
18941894 if x.xTrashFinish == 0 {
@@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetTrashFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
19011901 }
19021902 }
19031903
1904-// OverrideMakeDirectory sets the callback function.
1904+// OverrideMakeDirectory sets the "make_directory" callback function.
19051905 // Makes a directory.
19061906 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeDirectory(cb func(File, *Cancellable) bool) {
19071907 if cb == nil {
@@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeDirectory(cb func(File, *Cancellable) bool) {
19131913 }
19141914 }
19151915
1916-// GetMakeDirectory gets the callback function.
1916+// GetMakeDirectory gets the "make_directory" callback function.
19171917 // Makes a directory.
19181918 func (x *FileIface) GetMakeDirectory() func(File, *Cancellable) bool {
19191919 if x.xMakeDirectory == 0 {
@@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMakeDirectory() func(File, *Cancellable) bool {
19261926 }
19271927 }
19281928
1929-// OverrideMakeDirectoryAsync sets the callback function.
1929+// OverrideMakeDirectoryAsync sets the "make_directory_async" callback function.
19301930 // Asynchronously makes a directory.
19311931 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeDirectoryAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
19321932 if cb == nil {
@@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeDirectoryAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable,
19381938 }
19391939 }
19401940
1941-// GetMakeDirectoryAsync gets the callback function.
1941+// GetMakeDirectoryAsync gets the "make_directory_async" callback function.
19421942 // Asynchronously makes a directory.
19431943 func (x *FileIface) GetMakeDirectoryAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
19441944 if x.xMakeDirectoryAsync == 0 {
@@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMakeDirectoryAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *Async
19511951 }
19521952 }
19531953
1954-// OverrideMakeDirectoryFinish sets the callback function.
1954+// OverrideMakeDirectoryFinish sets the "make_directory_finish" callback function.
19551955 // Finishes making a directory asynchronously.
19561956 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeDirectoryFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
19571957 if cb == nil {
@@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeDirectoryFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool)
19631963 }
19641964 }
19651965
1966-// GetMakeDirectoryFinish gets the callback function.
1966+// GetMakeDirectoryFinish gets the "make_directory_finish" callback function.
19671967 // Finishes making a directory asynchronously.
19681968 func (x *FileIface) GetMakeDirectoryFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
19691969 if x.xMakeDirectoryFinish == 0 {
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMakeDirectoryFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
19761976 }
19771977 }
19781978
1979-// OverrideMakeSymbolicLink sets the callback function.
1979+// OverrideMakeSymbolicLink sets the "make_symbolic_link" callback function.
19801980 // Makes a symbolic link. %NULL if symbolic
19811981 //
19821982 // links are unsupported.
@@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeSymbolicLink(cb func(File, string, *Cancellable)
19901990 }
19911991 }
19921992
1993-// GetMakeSymbolicLink gets the callback function.
1993+// GetMakeSymbolicLink gets the "make_symbolic_link" callback function.
19941994 // Makes a symbolic link. %NULL if symbolic
19951995 //
19961996 // links are unsupported.
@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMakeSymbolicLink() func(File, string, *Cancellable) bool
20052005 }
20062006 }
20072007
2008-// OverrideMakeSymbolicLinkAsync sets the callback function.
2008+// OverrideMakeSymbolicLinkAsync sets the "make_symbolic_link_async" callback function.
20092009 // Asynchronously makes a symbolic link
20102010 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeSymbolicLinkAsync(cb func(File, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
20112011 if cb == nil {
@@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeSymbolicLinkAsync(cb func(File, string, int, *Ca
20172017 }
20182018 }
20192019
2020-// GetMakeSymbolicLinkAsync gets the callback function.
2020+// GetMakeSymbolicLinkAsync gets the "make_symbolic_link_async" callback function.
20212021 // Asynchronously makes a symbolic link
20222022 func (x *FileIface) GetMakeSymbolicLinkAsync() func(File, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
20232023 if x.xMakeSymbolicLinkAsync == 0 {
@@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMakeSymbolicLinkAsync() func(File, string, int, *Cancella
20302030 }
20312031 }
20322032
2033-// OverrideMakeSymbolicLinkFinish sets the callback function.
2033+// OverrideMakeSymbolicLinkFinish sets the "make_symbolic_link_finish" callback function.
20342034 // Finishes making a symbolic link asynchronously.
20352035 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeSymbolicLinkFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
20362036 if cb == nil {
@@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMakeSymbolicLinkFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bo
20422042 }
20432043 }
20442044
2045-// GetMakeSymbolicLinkFinish gets the callback function.
2045+// GetMakeSymbolicLinkFinish gets the "make_symbolic_link_finish" callback function.
20462046 // Finishes making a symbolic link asynchronously.
20472047 func (x *FileIface) GetMakeSymbolicLinkFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
20482048 if x.xMakeSymbolicLinkFinish == 0 {
@@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMakeSymbolicLinkFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
20552055 }
20562056 }
20572057
2058-// OverrideCopy sets the callback function.
2058+// OverrideCopy sets the "copy" callback function.
20592059 // Copies a file. %NULL if copying is unsupported, which will
20602060 //
20612061 // cause `GFile` to use a fallback copy method where it reads from the
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCopy(cb func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, *Cancellable
20702070 }
20712071 }
20722072
2073-// GetCopy gets the callback function.
2073+// GetCopy gets the "copy" callback function.
20742074 // Copies a file. %NULL if copying is unsupported, which will
20752075 //
20762076 // cause `GFile` to use a fallback copy method where it reads from the
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCopy() func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, *Cancellable, *Fil
20862086 }
20872087 }
20882088
2089-// OverrideCopyAsync sets the callback function.
2089+// OverrideCopyAsync sets the "copy_async" callback function.
20902090 // Asynchronously copies a file.
20912091 func (x *FileIface) OverrideCopyAsync(cb func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, int, *Cancellable, *FileProgressCallback, uintptr, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
20922092 if cb == nil {
@@ -2098,7 +2098,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCopyAsync(cb func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, int, *C
20982098 }
20992099 }
21002100
2101-// GetCopyAsync gets the callback function.
2101+// GetCopyAsync gets the "copy_async" callback function.
21022102 // Asynchronously copies a file.
21032103 func (x *FileIface) GetCopyAsync() func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, int, *Cancellable, *FileProgressCallback, uintptr, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
21042104 if x.xCopyAsync == 0 {
@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCopyAsync() func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, int, *Cancell
21112111 }
21122112 }
21132113
2114-// OverrideCopyFinish sets the callback function.
2114+// OverrideCopyFinish sets the "copy_finish" callback function.
21152115 // Finishes an asynchronous copy operation.
21162116 func (x *FileIface) OverrideCopyFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
21172117 if cb == nil {
@@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCopyFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
21232123 }
21242124 }
21252125
2126-// GetCopyFinish gets the callback function.
2126+// GetCopyFinish gets the "copy_finish" callback function.
21272127 // Finishes an asynchronous copy operation.
21282128 func (x *FileIface) GetCopyFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
21292129 if x.xCopyFinish == 0 {
@@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCopyFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
21362136 }
21372137 }
21382138
2139-// OverrideMove sets the callback function.
2139+// OverrideMove sets the "move" callback function.
21402140 // Moves a file.
21412141 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMove(cb func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, *Cancellable, *FileProgressCallback, uintptr) bool) {
21422142 if cb == nil {
@@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMove(cb func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, *Cancellable
21482148 }
21492149 }
21502150
2151-// GetMove gets the callback function.
2151+// GetMove gets the "move" callback function.
21522152 // Moves a file.
21532153 func (x *FileIface) GetMove() func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, *Cancellable, *FileProgressCallback, uintptr) bool {
21542154 if x.xMove == 0 {
@@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMove() func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, *Cancellable, *Fil
21612161 }
21622162 }
21632163
2164-// OverrideMoveAsync sets the callback function.
2164+// OverrideMoveAsync sets the "move_async" callback function.
21652165 // Asynchronously moves a file. Since: 2.72
21662166 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMoveAsync(cb func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, int, *Cancellable, *FileProgressCallback, uintptr, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
21672167 if cb == nil {
@@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMoveAsync(cb func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, int, *C
21732173 }
21742174 }
21752175
2176-// GetMoveAsync gets the callback function.
2176+// GetMoveAsync gets the "move_async" callback function.
21772177 // Asynchronously moves a file. Since: 2.72
21782178 func (x *FileIface) GetMoveAsync() func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, int, *Cancellable, *FileProgressCallback, uintptr, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
21792179 if x.xMoveAsync == 0 {
@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMoveAsync() func(File, File, FileCopyFlags, int, *Cancell
21862186 }
21872187 }
21882188
2189-// OverrideMoveFinish sets the callback function.
2189+// OverrideMoveFinish sets the "move_finish" callback function.
21902190 // Finishes an asynchronous move operation. Since: 2.72
21912191 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMoveFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
21922192 if cb == nil {
@@ -2198,7 +2198,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMoveFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
21982198 }
21992199 }
22002200
2201-// GetMoveFinish gets the callback function.
2201+// GetMoveFinish gets the "move_finish" callback function.
22022202 // Finishes an asynchronous move operation. Since: 2.72
22032203 func (x *FileIface) GetMoveFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
22042204 if x.xMoveFinish == 0 {
@@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMoveFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
22112211 }
22122212 }
22132213
2214-// OverrideMountMountable sets the callback function.
2214+// OverrideMountMountable sets the "mount_mountable" callback function.
22152215 // Mounts a mountable object.
22162216 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMountMountable(cb func(File, MountMountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
22172217 if cb == nil {
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMountMountable(cb func(File, MountMountFlags, *Mount
22232223 }
22242224 }
22252225
2226-// GetMountMountable gets the callback function.
2226+// GetMountMountable gets the "mount_mountable" callback function.
22272227 // Mounts a mountable object.
22282228 func (x *FileIface) GetMountMountable() func(File, MountMountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
22292229 if x.xMountMountable == 0 {
@@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMountMountable() func(File, MountMountFlags, *MountOperat
22362236 }
22372237 }
22382238
2239-// OverrideMountMountableFinish sets the callback function.
2239+// OverrideMountMountableFinish sets the "mount_mountable_finish" callback function.
22402240 // Finishes a mounting operation.
22412241 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMountMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileBase) {
22422242 if cb == nil {
@@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMountMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *Fil
22522252 }
22532253 }
22542254
2255-// GetMountMountableFinish gets the callback function.
2255+// GetMountMountableFinish gets the "mount_mountable_finish" callback function.
22562256 // Finishes a mounting operation.
22572257 func (x *FileIface) GetMountMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileBase {
22582258 if x.xMountMountableFinish == 0 {
@@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMountMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileBase
22712271 }
22722272 }
22732273
2274-// OverrideUnmountMountable sets the callback function.
2274+// OverrideUnmountMountable sets the "unmount_mountable" callback function.
22752275 // Unmounts a mountable object.
22762276 func (x *FileIface) OverrideUnmountMountable(cb func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
22772277 if cb == nil {
@@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideUnmountMountable(cb func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *C
22832283 }
22842284 }
22852285
2286-// GetUnmountMountable gets the callback function.
2286+// GetUnmountMountable gets the "unmount_mountable" callback function.
22872287 // Unmounts a mountable object.
22882288 func (x *FileIface) GetUnmountMountable() func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
22892289 if x.xUnmountMountable == 0 {
@@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetUnmountMountable() func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancell
22962296 }
22972297 }
22982298
2299-// OverrideUnmountMountableFinish sets the callback function.
2299+// OverrideUnmountMountableFinish sets the "unmount_mountable_finish" callback function.
23002300 // Finishes an unmount operation.
23012301 func (x *FileIface) OverrideUnmountMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
23022302 if cb == nil {
@@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideUnmountMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bo
23082308 }
23092309 }
23102310
2311-// GetUnmountMountableFinish gets the callback function.
2311+// GetUnmountMountableFinish gets the "unmount_mountable_finish" callback function.
23122312 // Finishes an unmount operation.
23132313 func (x *FileIface) GetUnmountMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
23142314 if x.xUnmountMountableFinish == 0 {
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetUnmountMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
23212321 }
23222322 }
23232323
2324-// OverrideEjectMountable sets the callback function.
2324+// OverrideEjectMountable sets the "eject_mountable" callback function.
23252325 // Ejects a mountable.
23262326 func (x *FileIface) OverrideEjectMountable(cb func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
23272327 if cb == nil {
@@ -2333,7 +2333,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideEjectMountable(cb func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *Can
23332333 }
23342334 }
23352335
2336-// GetEjectMountable gets the callback function.
2336+// GetEjectMountable gets the "eject_mountable" callback function.
23372337 // Ejects a mountable.
23382338 func (x *FileIface) GetEjectMountable() func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
23392339 if x.xEjectMountable == 0 {
@@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetEjectMountable() func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellab
23462346 }
23472347 }
23482348
2349-// OverrideEjectMountableFinish sets the callback function.
2349+// OverrideEjectMountableFinish sets the "eject_mountable_finish" callback function.
23502350 // Finishes an eject operation.
23512351 func (x *FileIface) OverrideEjectMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
23522352 if cb == nil {
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideEjectMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool
23582358 }
23592359 }
23602360
2361-// GetEjectMountableFinish gets the callback function.
2361+// GetEjectMountableFinish gets the "eject_mountable_finish" callback function.
23622362 // Finishes an eject operation.
23632363 func (x *FileIface) GetEjectMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
23642364 if x.xEjectMountableFinish == 0 {
@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetEjectMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
23712371 }
23722372 }
23732373
2374-// OverrideMountEnclosingVolume sets the callback function.
2374+// OverrideMountEnclosingVolume sets the "mount_enclosing_volume" callback function.
23752375 // Mounts a specified location.
23762376 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMountEnclosingVolume(cb func(File, MountMountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
23772377 if cb == nil {
@@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMountEnclosingVolume(cb func(File, MountMountFlags,
23832383 }
23842384 }
23852385
2386-// GetMountEnclosingVolume gets the callback function.
2386+// GetMountEnclosingVolume gets the "mount_enclosing_volume" callback function.
23872387 // Mounts a specified location.
23882388 func (x *FileIface) GetMountEnclosingVolume() func(File, MountMountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
23892389 if x.xMountEnclosingVolume == 0 {
@@ -2396,7 +2396,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMountEnclosingVolume() func(File, MountMountFlags, *Mount
23962396 }
23972397 }
23982398
2399-// OverrideMountEnclosingVolumeFinish sets the callback function.
2399+// OverrideMountEnclosingVolumeFinish sets the "mount_enclosing_volume_finish" callback function.
24002400 // Finishes mounting a specified location.
24012401 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMountEnclosingVolumeFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
24022402 if cb == nil {
@@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMountEnclosingVolumeFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult
24082408 }
24092409 }
24102410
2411-// GetMountEnclosingVolumeFinish gets the callback function.
2411+// GetMountEnclosingVolumeFinish gets the "mount_enclosing_volume_finish" callback function.
24122412 // Finishes mounting a specified location.
24132413 func (x *FileIface) GetMountEnclosingVolumeFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
24142414 if x.xMountEnclosingVolumeFinish == 0 {
@@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMountEnclosingVolumeFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool
24212421 }
24222422 }
24232423
2424-// OverrideMonitorDir sets the callback function.
2424+// OverrideMonitorDir sets the "monitor_dir" callback function.
24252425 // Creates a #GFileMonitor for the location.
24262426 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMonitorDir(cb func(File, FileMonitorFlags, *Cancellable) *FileMonitor) {
24272427 if cb == nil {
@@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMonitorDir(cb func(File, FileMonitorFlags, *Cancella
24372437 }
24382438 }
24392439
2440-// GetMonitorDir gets the callback function.
2440+// GetMonitorDir gets the "monitor_dir" callback function.
24412441 // Creates a #GFileMonitor for the location.
24422442 func (x *FileIface) GetMonitorDir() func(File, FileMonitorFlags, *Cancellable) *FileMonitor {
24432443 if x.xMonitorDir == 0 {
@@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMonitorDir() func(File, FileMonitorFlags, *Cancellable) *
24562456 }
24572457 }
24582458
2459-// OverrideMonitorFile sets the callback function.
2459+// OverrideMonitorFile sets the "monitor_file" callback function.
24602460 // Creates a #GFileMonitor for the location.
24612461 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMonitorFile(cb func(File, FileMonitorFlags, *Cancellable) *FileMonitor) {
24622462 if cb == nil {
@@ -2472,7 +2472,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMonitorFile(cb func(File, FileMonitorFlags, *Cancell
24722472 }
24732473 }
24742474
2475-// GetMonitorFile gets the callback function.
2475+// GetMonitorFile gets the "monitor_file" callback function.
24762476 // Creates a #GFileMonitor for the location.
24772477 func (x *FileIface) GetMonitorFile() func(File, FileMonitorFlags, *Cancellable) *FileMonitor {
24782478 if x.xMonitorFile == 0 {
@@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMonitorFile() func(File, FileMonitorFlags, *Cancellable)
24912491 }
24922492 }
24932493
2494-// OverrideOpenReadwrite sets the callback function.
2494+// OverrideOpenReadwrite sets the "open_readwrite" callback function.
24952495 // Open file read/write. Since 2.22.
24962496 func (x *FileIface) OverrideOpenReadwrite(cb func(File, *Cancellable) *FileIOStream) {
24972497 if cb == nil {
@@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideOpenReadwrite(cb func(File, *Cancellable) *FileIOStr
25072507 }
25082508 }
25092509
2510-// GetOpenReadwrite gets the callback function.
2510+// GetOpenReadwrite gets the "open_readwrite" callback function.
25112511 // Open file read/write. Since 2.22.
25122512 func (x *FileIface) GetOpenReadwrite() func(File, *Cancellable) *FileIOStream {
25132513 if x.xOpenReadwrite == 0 {
@@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetOpenReadwrite() func(File, *Cancellable) *FileIOStream {
25262526 }
25272527 }
25282528
2529-// OverrideOpenReadwriteAsync sets the callback function.
2529+// OverrideOpenReadwriteAsync sets the "open_readwrite_async" callback function.
25302530 // Asynchronously opens file read/write. Since 2.22.
25312531 func (x *FileIface) OverrideOpenReadwriteAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
25322532 if cb == nil {
@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideOpenReadwriteAsync(cb func(File, int, *Cancellable,
25382538 }
25392539 }
25402540
2541-// GetOpenReadwriteAsync gets the callback function.
2541+// GetOpenReadwriteAsync gets the "open_readwrite_async" callback function.
25422542 // Asynchronously opens file read/write. Since 2.22.
25432543 func (x *FileIface) GetOpenReadwriteAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
25442544 if x.xOpenReadwriteAsync == 0 {
@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetOpenReadwriteAsync() func(File, int, *Cancellable, *Async
25512551 }
25522552 }
25532553
2554-// OverrideOpenReadwriteFinish sets the callback function.
2554+// OverrideOpenReadwriteFinish sets the "open_readwrite_finish" callback function.
25552555 // Finishes an asynchronous open read/write. Since 2.22.
25562556 func (x *FileIface) OverrideOpenReadwriteFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOStream) {
25572557 if cb == nil {
@@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideOpenReadwriteFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *File
25672567 }
25682568 }
25692569
2570-// GetOpenReadwriteFinish gets the callback function.
2570+// GetOpenReadwriteFinish gets the "open_readwrite_finish" callback function.
25712571 // Finishes an asynchronous open read/write. Since 2.22.
25722572 func (x *FileIface) GetOpenReadwriteFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOStream {
25732573 if x.xOpenReadwriteFinish == 0 {
@@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetOpenReadwriteFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOStre
25862586 }
25872587 }
25882588
2589-// OverrideCreateReadwrite sets the callback function.
2589+// OverrideCreateReadwrite sets the "create_readwrite" callback function.
25902590 // Creates file read/write. Since 2.22.
25912591 func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateReadwrite(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileIOStream) {
25922592 if cb == nil {
@@ -2602,7 +2602,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateReadwrite(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Canc
26022602 }
26032603 }
26042604
2605-// GetCreateReadwrite gets the callback function.
2605+// GetCreateReadwrite gets the "create_readwrite" callback function.
26062606 // Creates file read/write. Since 2.22.
26072607 func (x *FileIface) GetCreateReadwrite() func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileIOStream {
26082608 if x.xCreateReadwrite == 0 {
@@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCreateReadwrite() func(File, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellabl
26212621 }
26222622 }
26232623
2624-// OverrideCreateReadwriteAsync sets the callback function.
2624+// OverrideCreateReadwriteAsync sets the "create_readwrite_async" callback function.
26252625 // Asynchronously creates file read/write. Since 2.22.
26262626 func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateReadwriteAsync(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
26272627 if cb == nil {
@@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateReadwriteAsync(cb func(File, FileCreateFlags,
26332633 }
26342634 }
26352635
2636-// GetCreateReadwriteAsync gets the callback function.
2636+// GetCreateReadwriteAsync gets the "create_readwrite_async" callback function.
26372637 // Asynchronously creates file read/write. Since 2.22.
26382638 func (x *FileIface) GetCreateReadwriteAsync() func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
26392639 if x.xCreateReadwriteAsync == 0 {
@@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCreateReadwriteAsync() func(File, FileCreateFlags, int, *
26462646 }
26472647 }
26482648
2649-// OverrideCreateReadwriteFinish sets the callback function.
2649+// OverrideCreateReadwriteFinish sets the "create_readwrite_finish" callback function.
26502650 // Finishes an asynchronous creates read/write. Since 2.22.
26512651 func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateReadwriteFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOStream) {
26522652 if cb == nil {
@@ -2662,7 +2662,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideCreateReadwriteFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *Fi
26622662 }
26632663 }
26642664
2665-// GetCreateReadwriteFinish gets the callback function.
2665+// GetCreateReadwriteFinish gets the "create_readwrite_finish" callback function.
26662666 // Finishes an asynchronous creates read/write. Since 2.22.
26672667 func (x *FileIface) GetCreateReadwriteFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOStream {
26682668 if x.xCreateReadwriteFinish == 0 {
@@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetCreateReadwriteFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOSt
26812681 }
26822682 }
26832683
2684-// OverrideReplaceReadwrite sets the callback function.
2684+// OverrideReplaceReadwrite sets the "replace_readwrite" callback function.
26852685 // Replaces file read/write. Since 2.22.
26862686 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceReadwrite(cb func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileIOStream) {
26872687 if cb == nil {
@@ -2697,7 +2697,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceReadwrite(cb func(File, string, bool, FileCre
26972697 }
26982698 }
26992699
2700-// GetReplaceReadwrite gets the callback function.
2700+// GetReplaceReadwrite gets the "replace_readwrite" callback function.
27012701 // Replaces file read/write. Since 2.22.
27022702 func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceReadwrite() func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, *Cancellable) *FileIOStream {
27032703 if x.xReplaceReadwrite == 0 {
@@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceReadwrite() func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFla
27162716 }
27172717 }
27182718
2719-// OverrideReplaceReadwriteAsync sets the callback function.
2719+// OverrideReplaceReadwriteAsync sets the "replace_readwrite_async" callback function.
27202720 // Asynchronously replaces file read/write. Since 2.22.
27212721 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceReadwriteAsync(cb func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
27222722 if cb == nil {
@@ -2728,7 +2728,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceReadwriteAsync(cb func(File, string, bool, Fi
27282728 }
27292729 }
27302730
2731-// GetReplaceReadwriteAsync gets the callback function.
2731+// GetReplaceReadwriteAsync gets the "replace_readwrite_async" callback function.
27322732 // Asynchronously replaces file read/write. Since 2.22.
27332733 func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceReadwriteAsync() func(File, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
27342734 if x.xReplaceReadwriteAsync == 0 {
@@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceReadwriteAsync() func(File, string, bool, FileCrea
27412741 }
27422742 }
27432743
2744-// OverrideReplaceReadwriteFinish sets the callback function.
2744+// OverrideReplaceReadwriteFinish sets the "replace_readwrite_finish" callback function.
27452745 // Finishes an asynchronous replace read/write. Since 2.22.
27462746 func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceReadwriteFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOStream) {
27472747 if cb == nil {
@@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideReplaceReadwriteFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) *F
27572757 }
27582758 }
27592759
2760-// GetReplaceReadwriteFinish gets the callback function.
2760+// GetReplaceReadwriteFinish gets the "replace_readwrite_finish" callback function.
27612761 // Finishes an asynchronous replace read/write. Since 2.22.
27622762 func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceReadwriteFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOStream {
27632763 if x.xReplaceReadwriteFinish == 0 {
@@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetReplaceReadwriteFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) *FileIOS
27762776 }
27772777 }
27782778
2779-// OverrideStartMountable sets the callback function.
2779+// OverrideStartMountable sets the "start_mountable" callback function.
27802780 // Starts a mountable object. Since 2.22.
27812781 func (x *FileIface) OverrideStartMountable(cb func(File, DriveStartFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
27822782 if cb == nil {
@@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideStartMountable(cb func(File, DriveStartFlags, *Mount
27882788 }
27892789 }
27902790
2791-// GetStartMountable gets the callback function.
2791+// GetStartMountable gets the "start_mountable" callback function.
27922792 // Starts a mountable object. Since 2.22.
27932793 func (x *FileIface) GetStartMountable() func(File, DriveStartFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
27942794 if x.xStartMountable == 0 {
@@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetStartMountable() func(File, DriveStartFlags, *MountOperat
28012801 }
28022802 }
28032803
2804-// OverrideStartMountableFinish sets the callback function.
2804+// OverrideStartMountableFinish sets the "start_mountable_finish" callback function.
28052805 // Finishes a start operation. Since 2.22.
28062806 func (x *FileIface) OverrideStartMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
28072807 if cb == nil {
@@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideStartMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool
28132813 }
28142814 }
28152815
2816-// GetStartMountableFinish gets the callback function.
2816+// GetStartMountableFinish gets the "start_mountable_finish" callback function.
28172817 // Finishes a start operation. Since 2.22.
28182818 func (x *FileIface) GetStartMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
28192819 if x.xStartMountableFinish == 0 {
@@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetStartMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
28262826 }
28272827 }
28282828
2829-// OverrideStopMountable sets the callback function.
2829+// OverrideStopMountable sets the "stop_mountable" callback function.
28302830 // Stops a mountable. Since 2.22.
28312831 func (x *FileIface) OverrideStopMountable(cb func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
28322832 if cb == nil {
@@ -2838,7 +2838,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideStopMountable(cb func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *Moun
28382838 }
28392839 }
28402840
2841-// GetStopMountable gets the callback function.
2841+// GetStopMountable gets the "stop_mountable" callback function.
28422842 // Stops a mountable. Since 2.22.
28432843 func (x *FileIface) GetStopMountable() func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
28442844 if x.xStopMountable == 0 {
@@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetStopMountable() func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOpera
28512851 }
28522852 }
28532853
2854-// OverrideStopMountableFinish sets the callback function.
2854+// OverrideStopMountableFinish sets the "stop_mountable_finish" callback function.
28552855 // Finishes a stop operation. Since 2.22.
28562856 func (x *FileIface) OverrideStopMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
28572857 if cb == nil {
@@ -2863,7 +2863,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideStopMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool)
28632863 }
28642864 }
28652865
2866-// GetStopMountableFinish gets the callback function.
2866+// GetStopMountableFinish gets the "stop_mountable_finish" callback function.
28672867 // Finishes a stop operation. Since 2.22.
28682868 func (x *FileIface) GetStopMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
28692869 if x.xStopMountableFinish == 0 {
@@ -2876,7 +2876,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetStopMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
28762876 }
28772877 }
28782878
2879-// OverrideUnmountMountableWithOperation sets the callback function.
2879+// OverrideUnmountMountableWithOperation sets the "unmount_mountable_with_operation" callback function.
28802880 // Unmounts a mountable object using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
28812881 func (x *FileIface) OverrideUnmountMountableWithOperation(cb func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
28822882 if cb == nil {
@@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideUnmountMountableWithOperation(cb func(File, MountUnm
28882888 }
28892889 }
28902890
2891-// GetUnmountMountableWithOperation gets the callback function.
2891+// GetUnmountMountableWithOperation gets the "unmount_mountable_with_operation" callback function.
28922892 // Unmounts a mountable object using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
28932893 func (x *FileIface) GetUnmountMountableWithOperation() func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
28942894 if x.xUnmountMountableWithOperation == 0 {
@@ -2901,7 +2901,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetUnmountMountableWithOperation() func(File, MountUnmountFl
29012901 }
29022902 }
29032903
2904-// OverrideUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish sets the callback function.
2904+// OverrideUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish sets the "unmount_mountable_with_operation_finish" callback function.
29052905 // Finishes an unmount operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
29062906 func (x *FileIface) OverrideUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
29072907 if cb == nil {
@@ -2913,7 +2913,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish(cb func(File, As
29132913 }
29142914 }
29152915
2916-// GetUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish gets the callback function.
2916+// GetUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish gets the "unmount_mountable_with_operation_finish" callback function.
29172917 // Finishes an unmount operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
29182918 func (x *FileIface) GetUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
29192919 if x.xUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish == 0 {
@@ -2926,7 +2926,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetUnmountMountableWithOperationFinish() func(File, AsyncRes
29262926 }
29272927 }
29282928
2929-// OverrideEjectMountableWithOperation sets the callback function.
2929+// OverrideEjectMountableWithOperation sets the "eject_mountable_with_operation" callback function.
29302930 // Ejects a mountable object using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
29312931 func (x *FileIface) OverrideEjectMountableWithOperation(cb func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
29322932 if cb == nil {
@@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideEjectMountableWithOperation(cb func(File, MountUnmou
29382938 }
29392939 }
29402940
2941-// GetEjectMountableWithOperation gets the callback function.
2941+// GetEjectMountableWithOperation gets the "eject_mountable_with_operation" callback function.
29422942 // Ejects a mountable object using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
29432943 func (x *FileIface) GetEjectMountableWithOperation() func(File, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
29442944 if x.xEjectMountableWithOperation == 0 {
@@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetEjectMountableWithOperation() func(File, MountUnmountFlag
29512951 }
29522952 }
29532953
2954-// OverrideEjectMountableWithOperationFinish sets the callback function.
2954+// OverrideEjectMountableWithOperationFinish sets the "eject_mountable_with_operation_finish" callback function.
29552955 // Finishes an eject operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
29562956 func (x *FileIface) OverrideEjectMountableWithOperationFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
29572957 if cb == nil {
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideEjectMountableWithOperationFinish(cb func(File, Asyn
29632963 }
29642964 }
29652965
2966-// GetEjectMountableWithOperationFinish gets the callback function.
2966+// GetEjectMountableWithOperationFinish gets the "eject_mountable_with_operation_finish" callback function.
29672967 // Finishes an eject operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
29682968 func (x *FileIface) GetEjectMountableWithOperationFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
29692969 if x.xEjectMountableWithOperationFinish == 0 {
@@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetEjectMountableWithOperationFinish() func(File, AsyncResul
29762976 }
29772977 }
29782978
2979-// OverridePollMountable sets the callback function.
2979+// OverridePollMountable sets the "poll_mountable" callback function.
29802980 // Polls a mountable object for media changes. Since 2.22.
29812981 func (x *FileIface) OverridePollMountable(cb func(File, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
29822982 if cb == nil {
@@ -2988,7 +2988,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverridePollMountable(cb func(File, *Cancellable, *AsyncRead
29882988 }
29892989 }
29902990
2991-// GetPollMountable gets the callback function.
2991+// GetPollMountable gets the "poll_mountable" callback function.
29922992 // Polls a mountable object for media changes. Since 2.22.
29932993 func (x *FileIface) GetPollMountable() func(File, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
29942994 if x.xPollMountable == 0 {
@@ -3001,7 +3001,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetPollMountable() func(File, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallb
30013001 }
30023002 }
30033003
3004-// OverridePollMountableFinish sets the callback function.
3004+// OverridePollMountableFinish sets the "poll_mountable_finish" callback function.
30053005 // Finishes a poll operation for media changes. Since 2.22.
30063006 func (x *FileIface) OverridePollMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool) {
30073007 if cb == nil {
@@ -3013,7 +3013,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverridePollMountableFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult) bool)
30133013 }
30143014 }
30153015
3016-// GetPollMountableFinish gets the callback function.
3016+// GetPollMountableFinish gets the "poll_mountable_finish" callback function.
30173017 // Finishes a poll operation for media changes. Since 2.22.
30183018 func (x *FileIface) GetPollMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
30193019 if x.xPollMountableFinish == 0 {
@@ -3026,32 +3026,32 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetPollMountableFinish() func(File, AsyncResult) bool {
30263026 }
30273027 }
30283028
3029-// OverrideMeasureDiskUsage sets the callback function.
3029+// OverrideMeasureDiskUsage sets the "measure_disk_usage" callback function.
30303030 // Recursively measures the disk usage of @file. Since 2.38
3031-func (x *FileIface) OverrideMeasureDiskUsage(cb func(File, FileMeasureFlags, *Cancellable, *FileMeasureProgressCallback, uintptr, uint64, uint64, uint64) bool) {
3031+func (x *FileIface) OverrideMeasureDiskUsage(cb func(File, FileMeasureFlags, *Cancellable, *FileMeasureProgressCallback, uintptr, *uint64, *uint64, *uint64) bool) {
30323032 if cb == nil {
30333033 x.xMeasureDiskUsage = 0
30343034 } else {
3035- x.xMeasureDiskUsage = purego.NewCallback(func(FileVarp uintptr, FlagsVarp FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVarp uintptr, ProgressCallbackVarp uintptr, ProgressDataVarp uintptr, DiskUsageVarp uint64, NumDirsVarp uint64, NumFilesVarp uint64) bool {
3035+ x.xMeasureDiskUsage = purego.NewCallback(func(FileVarp uintptr, FlagsVarp FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVarp uintptr, ProgressCallbackVarp uintptr, ProgressDataVarp uintptr, DiskUsageVarp *uint64, NumDirsVarp *uint64, NumFilesVarp *uint64) bool {
30363036 return cb(&FileBase{Ptr: FileVarp}, FlagsVarp, CancellableNewFromInternalPtr(CancellableVarp), (*FileMeasureProgressCallback)(unsafe.Pointer(ProgressCallbackVarp)), ProgressDataVarp, DiskUsageVarp, NumDirsVarp, NumFilesVarp)
30373037 })
30383038 }
30393039 }
30403040
3041-// GetMeasureDiskUsage gets the callback function.
3041+// GetMeasureDiskUsage gets the "measure_disk_usage" callback function.
30423042 // Recursively measures the disk usage of @file. Since 2.38
3043-func (x *FileIface) GetMeasureDiskUsage() func(File, FileMeasureFlags, *Cancellable, *FileMeasureProgressCallback, uintptr, uint64, uint64, uint64) bool {
3043+func (x *FileIface) GetMeasureDiskUsage() func(File, FileMeasureFlags, *Cancellable, *FileMeasureProgressCallback, uintptr, *uint64, *uint64, *uint64) bool {
30443044 if x.xMeasureDiskUsage == 0 {
30453045 return nil
30463046 }
3047- var rawCallback func(FileVarp uintptr, FlagsVarp FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVarp uintptr, ProgressCallbackVarp uintptr, ProgressDataVarp uintptr, DiskUsageVarp uint64, NumDirsVarp uint64, NumFilesVarp uint64) bool
3047+ var rawCallback func(FileVarp uintptr, FlagsVarp FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVarp uintptr, ProgressCallbackVarp uintptr, ProgressDataVarp uintptr, DiskUsageVarp *uint64, NumDirsVarp *uint64, NumFilesVarp *uint64) bool
30483048 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xMeasureDiskUsage)
3049- return func(FileVar File, FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar *FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, DiskUsageVar uint64, NumDirsVar uint64, NumFilesVar uint64) bool {
3049+ return func(FileVar File, FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar *FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, DiskUsageVar *uint64, NumDirsVar *uint64, NumFilesVar *uint64) bool {
30503050 return rawCallback(FileVar.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(ProgressCallbackVar), ProgressDataVar, DiskUsageVar, NumDirsVar, NumFilesVar)
30513051 }
30523052 }
30533053
3054-// OverrideMeasureDiskUsageAsync sets the callback function.
3054+// OverrideMeasureDiskUsageAsync sets the "measure_disk_usage_async" callback function.
30553055 // Asynchronously recursively measures the disk usage of @file. Since 2.38
30563056 func (x *FileIface) OverrideMeasureDiskUsageAsync(cb func(File, FileMeasureFlags, int, *Cancellable, *FileMeasureProgressCallback, uintptr, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
30573057 if cb == nil {
@@ -3063,7 +3063,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideMeasureDiskUsageAsync(cb func(File, FileMeasureFlags
30633063 }
30643064 }
30653065
3066-// GetMeasureDiskUsageAsync gets the callback function.
3066+// GetMeasureDiskUsageAsync gets the "measure_disk_usage_async" callback function.
30673067 // Asynchronously recursively measures the disk usage of @file. Since 2.38
30683068 func (x *FileIface) GetMeasureDiskUsageAsync() func(File, FileMeasureFlags, int, *Cancellable, *FileMeasureProgressCallback, uintptr, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
30693069 if x.xMeasureDiskUsageAsync == 0 {
@@ -3076,32 +3076,32 @@ func (x *FileIface) GetMeasureDiskUsageAsync() func(File, FileMeasureFlags, int,
30763076 }
30773077 }
30783078
3079-// OverrideMeasureDiskUsageFinish sets the callback function.
3079+// OverrideMeasureDiskUsageFinish sets the "measure_disk_usage_finish" callback function.
30803080 // Finishes an asynchronous recursive measurement of the disk usage of @file. Since 2.38
3081-func (x *FileIface) OverrideMeasureDiskUsageFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult, uint64, uint64, uint64) bool) {
3081+func (x *FileIface) OverrideMeasureDiskUsageFinish(cb func(File, AsyncResult, *uint64, *uint64, *uint64) bool) {
30823082 if cb == nil {
30833083 x.xMeasureDiskUsageFinish = 0
30843084 } else {
3085- x.xMeasureDiskUsageFinish = purego.NewCallback(func(FileVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, DiskUsageVarp uint64, NumDirsVarp uint64, NumFilesVarp uint64) bool {
3085+ x.xMeasureDiskUsageFinish = purego.NewCallback(func(FileVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, DiskUsageVarp *uint64, NumDirsVarp *uint64, NumFilesVarp *uint64) bool {
30863086 return cb(&FileBase{Ptr: FileVarp}, &AsyncResultBase{Ptr: ResultVarp}, DiskUsageVarp, NumDirsVarp, NumFilesVarp)
30873087 })
30883088 }
30893089 }
30903090
3091-// GetMeasureDiskUsageFinish gets the callback function.
3091+// GetMeasureDiskUsageFinish gets the "measure_disk_usage_finish" callback function.
30923092 // Finishes an asynchronous recursive measurement of the disk usage of @file. Since 2.38
3093-func (x *FileIface) GetMeasureDiskUsageFinish() func(File, AsyncResult, uint64, uint64, uint64) bool {
3093+func (x *FileIface) GetMeasureDiskUsageFinish() func(File, AsyncResult, *uint64, *uint64, *uint64) bool {
30943094 if x.xMeasureDiskUsageFinish == 0 {
30953095 return nil
30963096 }
3097- var rawCallback func(FileVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, DiskUsageVarp uint64, NumDirsVarp uint64, NumFilesVarp uint64) bool
3097+ var rawCallback func(FileVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, DiskUsageVarp *uint64, NumDirsVarp *uint64, NumFilesVarp *uint64) bool
30983098 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xMeasureDiskUsageFinish)
3099- return func(FileVar File, ResultVar AsyncResult, DiskUsageVar uint64, NumDirsVar uint64, NumFilesVar uint64) bool {
3099+ return func(FileVar File, ResultVar AsyncResult, DiskUsageVar *uint64, NumDirsVar *uint64, NumFilesVar *uint64) bool {
31003100 return rawCallback(FileVar.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), DiskUsageVar, NumDirsVar, NumFilesVar)
31013101 }
31023102 }
31033103
3104-// OverrideQueryExists sets the callback function.
3104+// OverrideQueryExists sets the "query_exists" callback function.
31053105 // Queries whether a file exists. Since 2.84
31063106 func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryExists(cb func(File, *Cancellable) bool) {
31073107 if cb == nil {
@@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@ func (x *FileIface) OverrideQueryExists(cb func(File, *Cancellable) bool) {
31133113 }
31143114 }
31153115
3116-// GetQueryExists gets the callback function.
3116+// GetQueryExists gets the "query_exists" callback function.
31173117 // Queries whether a file exists. Since 2.84
31183118 func (x *FileIface) GetQueryExists() func(File, *Cancellable) bool {
31193119 if x.xQueryExists == 0 {
@@ -3264,14 +3264,14 @@ type File interface {
32643264 HasUriScheme(UriSchemeVar string) bool
32653265 Hash() uint
32663266 IsNative() bool
3267- LoadBytes(CancellableVar *Cancellable, EtagOutVar string) (*glib.Bytes, error)
3267+ LoadBytes(CancellableVar *Cancellable, EtagOutVar *string) (*glib.Bytes, error)
32683268 LoadBytesAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
3269- LoadBytesFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, EtagOutVar string) (*glib.Bytes, error)
3270- LoadContents(CancellableVar *Cancellable, ContentsVar []string, LengthVar uint, EtagOutVar string) (bool, error)
3269+ LoadBytesFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, EtagOutVar *string) (*glib.Bytes, error)
3270+ LoadContents(CancellableVar *Cancellable, ContentsVar *[]string, LengthVar *uint, EtagOutVar *string) (bool, error)
32713271 LoadContentsAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
3272- LoadContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar []string, LengthVar uint, EtagOutVar string) (bool, error)
3272+ LoadContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar *[]string, LengthVar *uint, EtagOutVar *string) (bool, error)
32733273 LoadPartialContentsAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, ReadMoreCallbackVar *FileReadMoreCallback, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
3274- LoadPartialContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar []string, LengthVar uint, EtagOutVar string) (bool, error)
3274+ LoadPartialContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar *[]string, LengthVar *uint, EtagOutVar *string) (bool, error)
32753275 MakeDirectory(CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error)
32763276 MakeDirectoryAsync(IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
32773277 MakeDirectoryFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error)
@@ -3279,9 +3279,9 @@ type File interface {
32793279 MakeSymbolicLink(SymlinkValueVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error)
32803280 MakeSymbolicLinkAsync(SymlinkValueVar string, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
32813281 MakeSymbolicLinkFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error)
3282- MeasureDiskUsage(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar *FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, DiskUsageVar uint64, NumDirsVar uint64, NumFilesVar uint64) (bool, error)
3282+ MeasureDiskUsage(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar *FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, DiskUsageVar *uint64, NumDirsVar *uint64, NumFilesVar *uint64) (bool, error)
32833283 MeasureDiskUsageAsync(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar *FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
3284- MeasureDiskUsageFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, DiskUsageVar uint64, NumDirsVar uint64, NumFilesVar uint64) (bool, error)
3284+ MeasureDiskUsageFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, DiskUsageVar *uint64, NumDirsVar *uint64, NumFilesVar *uint64) (bool, error)
32853285 Monitor(FlagsVar FileMonitorFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*FileMonitor, error)
32863286 MonitorDirectory(FlagsVar FileMonitorFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*FileMonitor, error)
32873287 MonitorFile(FlagsVar FileMonitorFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*FileMonitor, error)
@@ -3317,10 +3317,10 @@ type File interface {
33173317 ReadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) (*FileInputStream, error)
33183318 Replace(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*FileOutputStream, error)
33193319 ReplaceAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
3320- ReplaceContents(ContentsVar string, LengthVar uint, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, NewEtagVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error)
3320+ ReplaceContents(ContentsVar string, LengthVar uint, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, NewEtagVar *string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error)
33213321 ReplaceContentsAsync(ContentsVar string, LengthVar uint, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
33223322 ReplaceContentsBytesAsync(ContentsVar *glib.Bytes, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
3323- ReplaceContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, NewEtagVar string) (bool, error)
3323+ ReplaceContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, NewEtagVar *string) (bool, error)
33243324 ReplaceFinish(ResVar AsyncResult) (*FileOutputStream, error)
33253325 ReplaceReadwrite(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*FileIOStream, error)
33263326 ReplaceReadwriteAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
@@ -4227,7 +4227,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) IsNative() bool {
42274227 // The data contained in the resulting #GBytes is always zero-terminated, but
42284228 // this is not included in the #GBytes length. The resulting #GBytes should be
42294229 // freed with g_bytes_unref() when no longer in use.
4230-func (x *FileBase) LoadBytes(CancellableVar *Cancellable, EtagOutVar string) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
4230+func (x *FileBase) LoadBytes(CancellableVar *Cancellable, EtagOutVar *string) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
42314231 var cerr *glib.Error
42324232
42334233 cret := XGFileLoadBytes(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), EtagOutVar, &cerr)
@@ -4263,7 +4263,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) LoadBytesAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *Asyn
42634263 // freed with g_bytes_unref() when no longer in use.
42644264 //
42654265 // See g_file_load_bytes() for more information.
4266-func (x *FileBase) LoadBytesFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, EtagOutVar string) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
4266+func (x *FileBase) LoadBytesFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, EtagOutVar *string) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
42674267 var cerr *glib.Error
42684268
42694269 cret := XGFileLoadBytesFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), EtagOutVar, &cerr)
@@ -4282,7 +4282,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) LoadBytesFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, EtagOutVar string) (*g
42824282 // If @cancellable is not %NULL, then the operation can be cancelled by
42834283 // triggering the cancellable object from another thread. If the operation
42844284 // was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned.
4285-func (x *FileBase) LoadContents(CancellableVar *Cancellable, ContentsVar []string, LengthVar uint, EtagOutVar string) (bool, error) {
4285+func (x *FileBase) LoadContents(CancellableVar *Cancellable, ContentsVar *[]string, LengthVar *uint, EtagOutVar *string) (bool, error) {
42864286 var cerr *glib.Error
42874287
42884288 cret := XGFileLoadContents(x.GoPointer(), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), ContentsVar, LengthVar, EtagOutVar, &cerr)
@@ -4317,7 +4317,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) LoadContentsAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *A
43174317 // size of the @contents string. The @contents should be freed with
43184318 // g_free() when no longer needed. If @etag_out is present, it will be
43194319 // set to the new entity tag for the @file.
4320-func (x *FileBase) LoadContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar []string, LengthVar uint, EtagOutVar string) (bool, error) {
4320+func (x *FileBase) LoadContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar *[]string, LengthVar *uint, EtagOutVar *string) (bool, error) {
43214321 var cerr *glib.Error
43224322
43234323 cret := XGFileLoadContentsFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResVar.GoPointer(), ContentsVar, LengthVar, EtagOutVar, &cerr)
@@ -4350,7 +4350,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) LoadPartialContentsAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, ReadMor
43504350 // zero-terminated, but this is not included in the resultant @length.
43514351 // The returned @contents should be freed with g_free() when no longer
43524352 // needed.
4353-func (x *FileBase) LoadPartialContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar []string, LengthVar uint, EtagOutVar string) (bool, error) {
4353+func (x *FileBase) LoadPartialContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, ContentsVar *[]string, LengthVar *uint, EtagOutVar *string) (bool, error) {
43544354 var cerr *glib.Error
43554355
43564356 cret := XGFileLoadPartialContentsFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResVar.GoPointer(), ContentsVar, LengthVar, EtagOutVar, &cerr)
@@ -4490,7 +4490,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) MakeSymbolicLinkFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (bool, error) {
44904490 // periodic progress updates while scanning. See the documentation for
44914491 // #GFileMeasureProgressCallback for information about when and how the
44924492 // callback will be invoked.
4493-func (x *FileBase) MeasureDiskUsage(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar *FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, DiskUsageVar uint64, NumDirsVar uint64, NumFilesVar uint64) (bool, error) {
4493+func (x *FileBase) MeasureDiskUsage(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ProgressCallbackVar *FileMeasureProgressCallback, ProgressDataVar uintptr, DiskUsageVar *uint64, NumDirsVar *uint64, NumFilesVar *uint64) (bool, error) {
44944494 var cerr *glib.Error
44954495
44964496 cret := XGFileMeasureDiskUsage(x.GoPointer(), FlagsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(ProgressCallbackVar), ProgressDataVar, DiskUsageVar, NumDirsVar, NumFilesVar, &cerr)
@@ -4514,7 +4514,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) MeasureDiskUsageAsync(FlagsVar FileMeasureFlags, IoPriorityVa
45144514 // Collects the results from an earlier call to
45154515 // g_file_measure_disk_usage_async(). See g_file_measure_disk_usage() for
45164516 // more information.
4517-func (x *FileBase) MeasureDiskUsageFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, DiskUsageVar uint64, NumDirsVar uint64, NumFilesVar uint64) (bool, error) {
4517+func (x *FileBase) MeasureDiskUsageFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, DiskUsageVar *uint64, NumDirsVar *uint64, NumFilesVar *uint64) (bool, error) {
45184518 var cerr *glib.Error
45194519
45204520 cret := XGFileMeasureDiskUsageFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), DiskUsageVar, NumDirsVar, NumFilesVar, &cerr)
@@ -5329,7 +5329,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) ReplaceAsync(EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar Fil
53295329 //
53305330 // The returned @new_etag can be used to verify that the file hasn't
53315331 // changed the next time it is saved over.
5332-func (x *FileBase) ReplaceContents(ContentsVar string, LengthVar uint, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, NewEtagVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
5332+func (x *FileBase) ReplaceContents(ContentsVar string, LengthVar uint, EtagVar string, MakeBackupVar bool, FlagsVar FileCreateFlags, NewEtagVar *string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
53335333 var cerr *glib.Error
53345334
53355335 cret := XGFileReplaceContents(x.GoPointer(), ContentsVar, LengthVar, EtagVar, MakeBackupVar, FlagsVar, NewEtagVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -5382,7 +5382,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) ReplaceContentsBytesAsync(ContentsVar *glib.Bytes, EtagVar st
53825382 // Finishes an asynchronous replace of the given @file. See
53835383 // g_file_replace_contents_async(). Sets @new_etag to the new entity
53845384 // tag for the document, if present.
5385-func (x *FileBase) ReplaceContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, NewEtagVar string) (bool, error) {
5385+func (x *FileBase) ReplaceContentsFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, NewEtagVar *string) (bool, error) {
53865386 var cerr *glib.Error
53875387
53885388 cret := XGFileReplaceContentsFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResVar.GoPointer(), NewEtagVar, &cerr)
@@ -5636,7 +5636,7 @@ func (x *FileBase) SetAttributesAsync(InfoVar *FileInfo, FlagsVar FileQueryInfoF
56365636 func (x *FileBase) SetAttributesFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, InfoVar **FileInfo) (bool, error) {
56375637 var cerr *glib.Error
56385638
5639- cret := XGFileSetAttributesFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(InfoVar), &cerr)
5639+ cret := XGFileSetAttributesFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), InfoVar, &cerr)
56405640 if cerr == nil {
56415641 return cret, nil
56425642 }
@@ -5955,14 +5955,14 @@ var XGFileHasPrefix func(uintptr, uintptr) bool
59555955 var XGFileHasUriScheme func(uintptr, string) bool
59565956 var XGFileHash func(uintptr) uint
59575957 var XGFileIsNative func(uintptr) bool
5958-var XGFileLoadBytes func(uintptr, uintptr, string, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
5958+var XGFileLoadBytes func(uintptr, uintptr, *string, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
59595959 var XGFileLoadBytesAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
5960-var XGFileLoadBytesFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, string, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
5961-var XGFileLoadContents func(uintptr, uintptr, []string, uint, string, **glib.Error) bool
5960+var XGFileLoadBytesFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *string, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
5961+var XGFileLoadContents func(uintptr, uintptr, *[]string, *uint, *string, **glib.Error) bool
59625962 var XGFileLoadContentsAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
5963-var XGFileLoadContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, []string, uint, string, **glib.Error) bool
5963+var XGFileLoadContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *[]string, *uint, *string, **glib.Error) bool
59645964 var XGFileLoadPartialContentsAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
5965-var XGFileLoadPartialContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, []string, uint, string, **glib.Error) bool
5965+var XGFileLoadPartialContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *[]string, *uint, *string, **glib.Error) bool
59665966 var XGFileMakeDirectory func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
59675967 var XGFileMakeDirectoryAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
59685968 var XGFileMakeDirectoryFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
@@ -5970,9 +5970,9 @@ var XGFileMakeDirectoryWithParents func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
59705970 var XGFileMakeSymbolicLink func(uintptr, string, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
59715971 var XGFileMakeSymbolicLinkAsync func(uintptr, string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
59725972 var XGFileMakeSymbolicLinkFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
5973-var XGFileMeasureDiskUsage func(uintptr, FileMeasureFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uint64, uint64, uint64, **glib.Error) bool
5973+var XGFileMeasureDiskUsage func(uintptr, FileMeasureFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *uint64, *uint64, *uint64, **glib.Error) bool
59745974 var XGFileMeasureDiskUsageAsync func(uintptr, FileMeasureFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
5975-var XGFileMeasureDiskUsageFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint64, uint64, uint64, **glib.Error) bool
5975+var XGFileMeasureDiskUsageFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint64, *uint64, *uint64, **glib.Error) bool
59765976 var XGFileMonitor func(uintptr, FileMonitorFlags, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
59775977 var XGFileMonitorDirectory func(uintptr, FileMonitorFlags, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
59785978 var XGFileMonitorFile func(uintptr, FileMonitorFlags, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
@@ -6008,10 +6008,10 @@ var XGFileReadAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
60086008 var XGFileReadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
60096009 var XGFileReplace func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
60106010 var XGFileReplaceAsync func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
6011-var XGFileReplaceContents func(uintptr, string, uint, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, string, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
6011+var XGFileReplaceContents func(uintptr, string, uint, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, *string, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
60126012 var XGFileReplaceContentsAsync func(uintptr, string, uint, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
60136013 var XGFileReplaceContentsBytesAsync func(uintptr, *glib.Bytes, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
6014-var XGFileReplaceContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, string, **glib.Error) bool
6014+var XGFileReplaceContentsFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *string, **glib.Error) bool
60156015 var XGFileReplaceFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
60166016 var XGFileReplaceReadwrite func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
60176017 var XGFileReplaceReadwriteAsync func(uintptr, string, bool, FileCreateFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
@@ -6025,7 +6025,7 @@ var XGFileSetAttributeString func(uintptr, string, string, FileQueryInfoFlags, u
60256025 var XGFileSetAttributeUint32 func(uintptr, string, uint32, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
60266026 var XGFileSetAttributeUint64 func(uintptr, string, uint64, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
60276027 var XGFileSetAttributesAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
6028-var XGFileSetAttributesFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
6028+var XGFileSetAttributesFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **FileInfo, **glib.Error) bool
60296029 var XGFileSetAttributesFromInfo func(uintptr, uintptr, FileQueryInfoFlags, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
60306030 var XGFileSetDisplayName func(uintptr, string, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
60316031 var XGFileSetDisplayNameAsync func(uintptr, string, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
@@ -6155,7 +6155,7 @@ func FileNewForUri(UriVar string) *FileBase {
61556155 return cls
61566156 }
61576157
6158-var xFileNewTmp func(string, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
6158+var xFileNewTmp func(string, **FileIOStream, **glib.Error) uintptr
61596159
61606160 // Opens a file in the preferred directory for temporary files (as
61616161 // returned by g_get_tmp_dir()) and returns a #GFile and
@@ -6171,7 +6171,7 @@ func FileNewTmp(TmplVar string, IostreamVar **FileIOStream) (*FileBase, error) {
61716171 var cls *FileBase
61726172 var cerr *glib.Error
61736173
6174- cret := xFileNewTmp(TmplVar, *gobject.ConvertPtr(IostreamVar), &cerr)
6174+ cret := xFileNewTmp(TmplVar, IostreamVar, &cerr)
61756175
61766176 if cret == 0 {
61776177 return nil, cerr
@@ -6236,14 +6236,14 @@ func FileNewTmpDirFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (*FileBase, error) {
62366236
62376237 }
62386238
6239-var xFileNewTmpFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
6239+var xFileNewTmpFinish func(uintptr, **FileIOStream, **glib.Error) uintptr
62406240
62416241 // Finishes a temporary file creation started by g_file_new_tmp_async().
62426242 func FileNewTmpFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, IostreamVar **FileIOStream) (*FileBase, error) {
62436243 var cls *FileBase
62446244 var cerr *glib.Error
62456245
6246- cret := xFileNewTmpFinish(ResultVar.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(IostreamVar), &cerr)
6246+ cret := xFileNewTmpFinish(ResultVar.GoPointer(), IostreamVar, &cerr)
62476247
62486248 if cret == 0 {
62496249 return nil, cerr
M v4/gio/gfileenumerator.go +29 -29
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4848 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4949 }
5050
51-// OverrideNextFile sets the callback function.
51+// OverrideNextFile sets the "next_file" callback function.
5252 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextFile(cb func(*FileEnumerator, *Cancellable) *FileInfo) {
5353 if cb == nil {
5454 x.xNextFile = 0
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextFile(cb func(*FileEnumerator, *Cancell
6363 }
6464 }
6565
66-// GetNextFile gets the callback function.
66+// GetNextFile gets the "next_file" callback function.
6767 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetNextFile() func(*FileEnumerator, *Cancellable) *FileInfo {
6868 if x.xNextFile == 0 {
6969 return nil
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetNextFile() func(*FileEnumerator, *Cancellable)
8181 }
8282 }
8383
84-// OverrideCloseFn sets the callback function.
84+// OverrideCloseFn sets the "close_fn" callback function.
8585 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideCloseFn(cb func(*FileEnumerator, *Cancellable) bool) {
8686 if cb == nil {
8787 x.xCloseFn = 0
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideCloseFn(cb func(*FileEnumerator, *Cancella
9292 }
9393 }
9494
95-// GetCloseFn gets the callback function.
95+// GetCloseFn gets the "close_fn" callback function.
9696 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetCloseFn() func(*FileEnumerator, *Cancellable) bool {
9797 if x.xCloseFn == 0 {
9898 return nil
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetCloseFn() func(*FileEnumerator, *Cancellable) b
104104 }
105105 }
106106
107-// OverrideNextFilesAsync sets the callback function.
107+// OverrideNextFilesAsync sets the "next_files_async" callback function.
108108 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextFilesAsync(cb func(*FileEnumerator, int, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
109109 if cb == nil {
110110 x.xNextFilesAsync = 0
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextFilesAsync(cb func(*FileEnumerator, in
115115 }
116116 }
117117
118-// GetNextFilesAsync gets the callback function.
118+// GetNextFilesAsync gets the "next_files_async" callback function.
119119 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetNextFilesAsync() func(*FileEnumerator, int, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
120120 if x.xNextFilesAsync == 0 {
121121 return nil
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetNextFilesAsync() func(*FileEnumerator, int, int
127127 }
128128 }
129129
130-// OverrideNextFilesFinish sets the callback function.
130+// OverrideNextFilesFinish sets the "next_files_finish" callback function.
131131 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextFilesFinish(cb func(*FileEnumerator, AsyncResult) *glib.List) {
132132 if cb == nil {
133133 x.xNextFilesFinish = 0
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextFilesFinish(cb func(*FileEnumerator, A
138138 }
139139 }
140140
141-// GetNextFilesFinish gets the callback function.
141+// GetNextFilesFinish gets the "next_files_finish" callback function.
142142 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetNextFilesFinish() func(*FileEnumerator, AsyncResult) *glib.List {
143143 if x.xNextFilesFinish == 0 {
144144 return nil
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetNextFilesFinish() func(*FileEnumerator, AsyncRe
150150 }
151151 }
152152
153-// OverrideCloseAsync sets the callback function.
153+// OverrideCloseAsync sets the "close_async" callback function.
154154 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideCloseAsync(cb func(*FileEnumerator, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
155155 if cb == nil {
156156 x.xCloseAsync = 0
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideCloseAsync(cb func(*FileEnumerator, int, *
161161 }
162162 }
163163
164-// GetCloseAsync gets the callback function.
164+// GetCloseAsync gets the "close_async" callback function.
165165 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetCloseAsync() func(*FileEnumerator, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
166166 if x.xCloseAsync == 0 {
167167 return nil
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetCloseAsync() func(*FileEnumerator, int, *Cancel
173173 }
174174 }
175175
176-// OverrideCloseFinish sets the callback function.
176+// OverrideCloseFinish sets the "close_finish" callback function.
177177 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideCloseFinish(cb func(*FileEnumerator, AsyncResult) bool) {
178178 if cb == nil {
179179 x.xCloseFinish = 0
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideCloseFinish(cb func(*FileEnumerator, Async
184184 }
185185 }
186186
187-// GetCloseFinish gets the callback function.
187+// GetCloseFinish gets the "close_finish" callback function.
188188 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetCloseFinish() func(*FileEnumerator, AsyncResult) bool {
189189 if x.xCloseFinish == 0 {
190190 return nil
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetCloseFinish() func(*FileEnumerator, AsyncResult
196196 }
197197 }
198198
199-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
199+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
200200 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
201201 if cb == nil {
202202 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
207207 }
208208 }
209209
210-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
210+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
211211 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
212212 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
213213 return nil
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
219219 }
220220 }
221221
222-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
222+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
223223 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
224224 if cb == nil {
225225 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
230230 }
231231 }
232232
233-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
233+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
234234 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
235235 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
236236 return nil
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
242242 }
243243 }
244244
245-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
245+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
246246 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
247247 if cb == nil {
248248 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
253253 }
254254 }
255255
256-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
256+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
257257 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
258258 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
259259 return nil
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
265265 }
266266 }
267267
268-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
268+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
269269 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
270270 if cb == nil {
271271 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
276276 }
277277 }
278278
279-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
279+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
280280 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
281281 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
282282 return nil
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
288288 }
289289 }
290290
291-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
291+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
292292 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
293293 if cb == nil {
294294 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
299299 }
300300 }
301301
302-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
302+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
303303 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
304304 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
305305 return nil
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
311311 }
312312 }
313313
314-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
314+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
315315 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
316316 if cb == nil {
317317 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
322322 }
323323 }
324324
325-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
325+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
326326 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
327327 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
328328 return nil
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
334334 }
335335 }
336336
337-// OverrideGReserved7 sets the callback function.
337+// OverrideGReserved7 sets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
338338 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
339339 if cb == nil {
340340 x.xGReserved7 = 0
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
345345 }
346346 }
347347
348-// GetGReserved7 gets the callback function.
348+// GetGReserved7 gets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
349349 func (x *FileEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
350350 if x.xGReserved7 == 0 {
351351 return nil
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ func (x *FileEnumerator) IsClosed() bool {
528528 return cret
529529 }
530530
531-var xFileEnumeratorIterate func(uintptr, uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
531+var xFileEnumeratorIterate func(uintptr, **FileInfo, **File, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
532532
533533 // This is a version of g_file_enumerator_next_file() that's easier to
534534 // use correctly from C programs. With g_file_enumerator_next_file(),
@@ -571,10 +571,10 @@ var xFileEnumeratorIterate func(uintptr, uintptr, *uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Erro
571571 // g_object_unref (direnum); // Note: frees the last @info
572572 //
573573 // ]|
574-func (x *FileEnumerator) Iterate(OutInfoVar **FileInfo, OutChildVar *File, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
574+func (x *FileEnumerator) Iterate(OutInfoVar **FileInfo, OutChildVar **File, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
575575 var cerr *glib.Error
576576
577- cret := xFileEnumeratorIterate(x.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(OutInfoVar), gobject.ConvertPtr(OutChildVar), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
577+ cret := xFileEnumeratorIterate(x.GoPointer(), OutInfoVar, OutChildVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
578578 if cerr == nil {
579579 return cret, nil
580580 }
M v4/gio/gfileicon.go +2 -2
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ func (x *FileIcon) ToString() string {
133133
134134 // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
135135 // see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
136-func (x *FileIcon) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error) {
136+func (x *FileIcon) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error) {
137137 var cls *InputStream
138138 var cerr *glib.Error
139139
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ func (x *FileIcon) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackV
161161 }
162162
163163 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
164-func (x *FileIcon) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*InputStream, error) {
164+func (x *FileIcon) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*InputStream, error) {
165165 var cls *InputStream
166166 var cerr *glib.Error
167167
M v4/gio/gfileinfo.go +2 -2
@@ -857,10 +857,10 @@ func (x *FileInfo) GetAttributeByteString(AttributeVar string) string {
857857 return cret
858858 }
859859
860-var xFileInfoGetAttributeData func(uintptr, string, *FileAttributeType, uintptr, *FileAttributeStatus) bool
860+var xFileInfoGetAttributeData func(uintptr, string, *FileAttributeType, *uintptr, *FileAttributeStatus) bool
861861
862862 // Gets the attribute type, value and status for an attribute key.
863-func (x *FileInfo) GetAttributeData(AttributeVar string, TypeVar *FileAttributeType, ValuePpVar uintptr, StatusVar *FileAttributeStatus) bool {
863+func (x *FileInfo) GetAttributeData(AttributeVar string, TypeVar *FileAttributeType, ValuePpVar *uintptr, StatusVar *FileAttributeStatus) bool {
864864
865865 cret := xFileInfoGetAttributeData(x.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, TypeVar, ValuePpVar, StatusVar)
866866 return cret
M v4/gio/gfileinputstream.go +22 -22
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4343 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4444 }
4545
46-// OverrideTell sets the callback function.
46+// OverrideTell sets the "tell" callback function.
4747 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideTell(cb func(*FileInputStream) int64) {
4848 if cb == nil {
4949 x.xTell = 0
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideTell(cb func(*FileInputStream) int64) {
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// GetTell gets the callback function.
57+// GetTell gets the "tell" callback function.
5858 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetTell() func(*FileInputStream) int64 {
5959 if x.xTell == 0 {
6060 return nil
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetTell() func(*FileInputStream) int64 {
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// OverrideCanSeek sets the callback function.
69+// OverrideCanSeek sets the "can_seek" callback function.
7070 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideCanSeek(cb func(*FileInputStream) bool) {
7171 if cb == nil {
7272 x.xCanSeek = 0
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideCanSeek(cb func(*FileInputStream) bool) {
7777 }
7878 }
7979
80-// GetCanSeek gets the callback function.
80+// GetCanSeek gets the "can_seek" callback function.
8181 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetCanSeek() func(*FileInputStream) bool {
8282 if x.xCanSeek == 0 {
8383 return nil
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetCanSeek() func(*FileInputStream) bool {
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// OverrideSeek sets the callback function.
92+// OverrideSeek sets the "seek" callback function.
9393 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideSeek(cb func(*FileInputStream, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancellable) bool) {
9494 if cb == nil {
9595 x.xSeek = 0
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideSeek(cb func(*FileInputStream, int64, gli
100100 }
101101 }
102102
103-// GetSeek gets the callback function.
103+// GetSeek gets the "seek" callback function.
104104 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetSeek() func(*FileInputStream, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancellable) bool {
105105 if x.xSeek == 0 {
106106 return nil
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetSeek() func(*FileInputStream, int64, glib.Seek
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// OverrideQueryInfo sets the callback function.
115+// OverrideQueryInfo sets the "query_info" callback function.
116116 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfo(cb func(*FileInputStream, string, *Cancellable) *FileInfo) {
117117 if cb == nil {
118118 x.xQueryInfo = 0
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfo(cb func(*FileInputStream, strin
127127 }
128128 }
129129
130-// GetQueryInfo gets the callback function.
130+// GetQueryInfo gets the "query_info" callback function.
131131 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetQueryInfo() func(*FileInputStream, string, *Cancellable) *FileInfo {
132132 if x.xQueryInfo == 0 {
133133 return nil
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetQueryInfo() func(*FileInputStream, string, *Ca
145145 }
146146 }
147147
148-// OverrideQueryInfoAsync sets the callback function.
148+// OverrideQueryInfoAsync sets the "query_info_async" callback function.
149149 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoAsync(cb func(*FileInputStream, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
150150 if cb == nil {
151151 x.xQueryInfoAsync = 0
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoAsync(cb func(*FileInputStream,
156156 }
157157 }
158158
159-// GetQueryInfoAsync gets the callback function.
159+// GetQueryInfoAsync gets the "query_info_async" callback function.
160160 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetQueryInfoAsync() func(*FileInputStream, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
161161 if x.xQueryInfoAsync == 0 {
162162 return nil
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetQueryInfoAsync() func(*FileInputStream, string
168168 }
169169 }
170170
171-// OverrideQueryInfoFinish sets the callback function.
171+// OverrideQueryInfoFinish sets the "query_info_finish" callback function.
172172 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoFinish(cb func(*FileInputStream, AsyncResult) *FileInfo) {
173173 if cb == nil {
174174 x.xQueryInfoFinish = 0
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoFinish(cb func(*FileInputStream,
183183 }
184184 }
185185
186-// GetQueryInfoFinish gets the callback function.
186+// GetQueryInfoFinish gets the "query_info_finish" callback function.
187187 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetQueryInfoFinish() func(*FileInputStream, AsyncResult) *FileInfo {
188188 if x.xQueryInfoFinish == 0 {
189189 return nil
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetQueryInfoFinish() func(*FileInputStream, Async
201201 }
202202 }
203203
204-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
204+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
205205 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
206206 if cb == nil {
207207 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
212212 }
213213 }
214214
215-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
215+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
216216 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
217217 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
218218 return nil
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
224224 }
225225 }
226226
227-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
227+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
228228 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
229229 if cb == nil {
230230 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
235235 }
236236 }
237237
238-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
238+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
239239 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
240240 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
241241 return nil
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
247247 }
248248 }
249249
250-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
250+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
251251 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
252252 if cb == nil {
253253 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
258258 }
259259 }
260260
261-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
261+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
262262 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
263263 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
264264 return nil
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
270270 }
271271 }
272272
273-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
273+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
274274 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
275275 if cb == nil {
276276 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
281281 }
282282 }
283283
284-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
284+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
285285 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
286286 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
287287 return nil
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
293293 }
294294 }
295295
296-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
296+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
297297 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
298298 if cb == nil {
299299 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ func (x *FileInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
304304 }
305305 }
306306
307-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
307+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
308308 func (x *FileInputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
309309 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
310310 return nil
M v4/gio/gfileiostream.go +28 -28
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4949 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5050 }
5151
52-// OverrideTell sets the callback function.
52+// OverrideTell sets the "tell" callback function.
5353 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideTell(cb func(*FileIOStream) int64) {
5454 if cb == nil {
5555 x.xTell = 0
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideTell(cb func(*FileIOStream) int64) {
6060 }
6161 }
6262
63-// GetTell gets the callback function.
63+// GetTell gets the "tell" callback function.
6464 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetTell() func(*FileIOStream) int64 {
6565 if x.xTell == 0 {
6666 return nil
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetTell() func(*FileIOStream) int64 {
7272 }
7373 }
7474
75-// OverrideCanSeek sets the callback function.
75+// OverrideCanSeek sets the "can_seek" callback function.
7676 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideCanSeek(cb func(*FileIOStream) bool) {
7777 if cb == nil {
7878 x.xCanSeek = 0
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideCanSeek(cb func(*FileIOStream) bool) {
8383 }
8484 }
8585
86-// GetCanSeek gets the callback function.
86+// GetCanSeek gets the "can_seek" callback function.
8787 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetCanSeek() func(*FileIOStream) bool {
8888 if x.xCanSeek == 0 {
8989 return nil
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetCanSeek() func(*FileIOStream) bool {
9595 }
9696 }
9797
98-// OverrideSeek sets the callback function.
98+// OverrideSeek sets the "seek" callback function.
9999 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideSeek(cb func(*FileIOStream, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancellable) bool) {
100100 if cb == nil {
101101 x.xSeek = 0
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideSeek(cb func(*FileIOStream, int64, glib.Seek
106106 }
107107 }
108108
109-// GetSeek gets the callback function.
109+// GetSeek gets the "seek" callback function.
110110 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetSeek() func(*FileIOStream, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancellable) bool {
111111 if x.xSeek == 0 {
112112 return nil
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetSeek() func(*FileIOStream, int64, glib.SeekType,
118118 }
119119 }
120120
121-// OverrideCanTruncate sets the callback function.
121+// OverrideCanTruncate sets the "can_truncate" callback function.
122122 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideCanTruncate(cb func(*FileIOStream) bool) {
123123 if cb == nil {
124124 x.xCanTruncate = 0
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideCanTruncate(cb func(*FileIOStream) bool) {
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// GetCanTruncate gets the callback function.
132+// GetCanTruncate gets the "can_truncate" callback function.
133133 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetCanTruncate() func(*FileIOStream) bool {
134134 if x.xCanTruncate == 0 {
135135 return nil
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetCanTruncate() func(*FileIOStream) bool {
141141 }
142142 }
143143
144-// OverrideTruncateFn sets the callback function.
144+// OverrideTruncateFn sets the "truncate_fn" callback function.
145145 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideTruncateFn(cb func(*FileIOStream, int64, *Cancellable) bool) {
146146 if cb == nil {
147147 x.xTruncateFn = 0
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideTruncateFn(cb func(*FileIOStream, int64, *Ca
152152 }
153153 }
154154
155-// GetTruncateFn gets the callback function.
155+// GetTruncateFn gets the "truncate_fn" callback function.
156156 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetTruncateFn() func(*FileIOStream, int64, *Cancellable) bool {
157157 if x.xTruncateFn == 0 {
158158 return nil
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetTruncateFn() func(*FileIOStream, int64, *Cancella
164164 }
165165 }
166166
167-// OverrideQueryInfo sets the callback function.
167+// OverrideQueryInfo sets the "query_info" callback function.
168168 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfo(cb func(*FileIOStream, string, *Cancellable) *FileInfo) {
169169 if cb == nil {
170170 x.xQueryInfo = 0
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfo(cb func(*FileIOStream, string, *Ca
179179 }
180180 }
181181
182-// GetQueryInfo gets the callback function.
182+// GetQueryInfo gets the "query_info" callback function.
183183 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetQueryInfo() func(*FileIOStream, string, *Cancellable) *FileInfo {
184184 if x.xQueryInfo == 0 {
185185 return nil
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetQueryInfo() func(*FileIOStream, string, *Cancella
197197 }
198198 }
199199
200-// OverrideQueryInfoAsync sets the callback function.
200+// OverrideQueryInfoAsync sets the "query_info_async" callback function.
201201 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoAsync(cb func(*FileIOStream, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
202202 if cb == nil {
203203 x.xQueryInfoAsync = 0
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoAsync(cb func(*FileIOStream, string
208208 }
209209 }
210210
211-// GetQueryInfoAsync gets the callback function.
211+// GetQueryInfoAsync gets the "query_info_async" callback function.
212212 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetQueryInfoAsync() func(*FileIOStream, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
213213 if x.xQueryInfoAsync == 0 {
214214 return nil
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetQueryInfoAsync() func(*FileIOStream, string, int,
220220 }
221221 }
222222
223-// OverrideQueryInfoFinish sets the callback function.
223+// OverrideQueryInfoFinish sets the "query_info_finish" callback function.
224224 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoFinish(cb func(*FileIOStream, AsyncResult) *FileInfo) {
225225 if cb == nil {
226226 x.xQueryInfoFinish = 0
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoFinish(cb func(*FileIOStream, Async
235235 }
236236 }
237237
238-// GetQueryInfoFinish gets the callback function.
238+// GetQueryInfoFinish gets the "query_info_finish" callback function.
239239 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetQueryInfoFinish() func(*FileIOStream, AsyncResult) *FileInfo {
240240 if x.xQueryInfoFinish == 0 {
241241 return nil
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetQueryInfoFinish() func(*FileIOStream, AsyncResult
253253 }
254254 }
255255
256-// OverrideGetEtag sets the callback function.
256+// OverrideGetEtag sets the "get_etag" callback function.
257257 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGetEtag(cb func(*FileIOStream) string) {
258258 if cb == nil {
259259 x.xGetEtag = 0
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGetEtag(cb func(*FileIOStream) string) {
264264 }
265265 }
266266
267-// GetGetEtag gets the callback function.
267+// GetGetEtag gets the "get_etag" callback function.
268268 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGetEtag() func(*FileIOStream) string {
269269 if x.xGetEtag == 0 {
270270 return nil
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGetEtag() func(*FileIOStream) string {
276276 }
277277 }
278278
279-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
279+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
280280 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
281281 if cb == nil {
282282 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
287287 }
288288 }
289289
290-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
290+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
291291 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
292292 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
293293 return nil
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
299299 }
300300 }
301301
302-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
302+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
303303 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
304304 if cb == nil {
305305 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
310310 }
311311 }
312312
313-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
313+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
314314 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
315315 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
316316 return nil
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
322322 }
323323 }
324324
325-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
325+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
326326 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
327327 if cb == nil {
328328 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
333333 }
334334 }
335335
336-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
336+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
337337 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
338338 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
339339 return nil
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
345345 }
346346 }
347347
348-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
348+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
349349 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
350350 if cb == nil {
351351 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
356356 }
357357 }
358358
359-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
359+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
360360 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
361361 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
362362 return nil
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
368368 }
369369 }
370370
371-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
371+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
372372 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
373373 if cb == nil {
374374 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ func (x *FileIOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
379379 }
380380 }
381381
382-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
382+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
383383 func (x *FileIOStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
384384 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
385385 return nil
M v4/gio/gfilemonitor.go +39 -14
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3636 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3737 }
3838
39-// OverrideChanged sets the callback function.
39+// OverrideChanged sets the "changed" callback function.
4040 func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideChanged(cb func(*FileMonitor, File, File, FileMonitorEvent)) {
4141 if cb == nil {
4242 x.xChanged = 0
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideChanged(cb func(*FileMonitor, File, File, Fil
4747 }
4848 }
4949
50-// GetChanged gets the callback function.
50+// GetChanged gets the "changed" callback function.
5151 func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetChanged() func(*FileMonitor, File, File, FileMonitorEvent) {
5252 if x.xChanged == 0 {
5353 return nil
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetChanged() func(*FileMonitor, File, File, FileMonit
5959 }
6060 }
6161
62-// OverrideCancel sets the callback function.
62+// OverrideCancel sets the "cancel" callback function.
6363 func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideCancel(cb func(*FileMonitor) bool) {
6464 if cb == nil {
6565 x.xCancel = 0
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideCancel(cb func(*FileMonitor) bool) {
7070 }
7171 }
7272
73-// GetCancel gets the callback function.
73+// GetCancel gets the "cancel" callback function.
7474 func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetCancel() func(*FileMonitor) bool {
7575 if x.xCancel == 0 {
7676 return nil
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetCancel() func(*FileMonitor) bool {
8282 }
8383 }
8484
85-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
85+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
8686 func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
8787 if cb == nil {
8888 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
9393 }
9494 }
9595
96-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
96+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
9797 func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
9898 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
9999 return nil
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
105105 }
106106 }
107107
108-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
108+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
109109 func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
110110 if cb == nil {
111111 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
116116 }
117117 }
118118
119-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
119+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
120120 func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
121121 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
122122 return nil
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
128128 }
129129 }
130130
131-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
131+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
132132 func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
133133 if cb == nil {
134134 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
139139 }
140140 }
141141
142-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
142+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
143143 func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
144144 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
145145 return nil
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
151151 }
152152 }
153153
154-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
154+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
155155 func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
156156 if cb == nil {
157157 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
162162 }
163163 }
164164
165-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
165+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
166166 func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
167167 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
168168 return nil
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
174174 }
175175 }
176176
177-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
177+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
178178 func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
179179 if cb == nil {
180180 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ func (x *FileMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
185185 }
186186 }
187187
188-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
188+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
189189 func (x *FileMonitorClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
190190 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
191191 return nil
@@ -288,6 +288,31 @@ func (c *FileMonitor) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
288288 c.Ptr = ptr
289289 }
290290
291+// GetPropertyCancelled gets the "cancelled" property.
292+// Whether the monitor has been cancelled.
293+func (x *FileMonitor) GetPropertyCancelled() bool {
294+ var v gobject.Value
295+ x.GetProperty("cancelled", &v)
296+ return v.GetBoolean()
297+}
298+
299+// SetPropertyRateLimit sets the "rate-limit" property.
300+// The limit of the monitor to watch for changes, in milliseconds.
301+func (x *FileMonitor) SetPropertyRateLimit(value int) {
302+ var v gobject.Value
303+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
304+ v.SetInt(value)
305+ x.SetProperty("rate-limit", &v)
306+}
307+
308+// GetPropertyRateLimit gets the "rate-limit" property.
309+// The limit of the monitor to watch for changes, in milliseconds.
310+func (x *FileMonitor) GetPropertyRateLimit() int {
311+ var v gobject.Value
312+ x.GetProperty("rate-limit", &v)
313+ return v.GetInt()
314+}
315+
291316 // Emitted when @file has been changed.
292317 //
293318 // If using %G_FILE_MONITOR_WATCH_MOVES on a directory monitor, and
M v4/gio/gfilenamecompleter.go +8 -8
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3131 }
3232
33-// OverrideGotCompletionData sets the callback function.
33+// OverrideGotCompletionData sets the "got_completion_data" callback function.
3434 func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) OverrideGotCompletionData(cb func(*FilenameCompleter)) {
3535 if cb == nil {
3636 x.xGotCompletionData = 0
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) OverrideGotCompletionData(cb func(*FilenameComp
4141 }
4242 }
4343
44-// GetGotCompletionData gets the callback function.
44+// GetGotCompletionData gets the "got_completion_data" callback function.
4545 func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) GetGotCompletionData() func(*FilenameCompleter) {
4646 if x.xGotCompletionData == 0 {
4747 return nil
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) GetGotCompletionData() func(*FilenameCompleter)
5353 }
5454 }
5555
56-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
56+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
5757 func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
5858 if cb == nil {
5959 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
6464 }
6565 }
6666
67-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
67+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
6868 func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
6969 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
7070 return nil
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
7676 }
7777 }
7878
79-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
79+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
8080 func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
8181 if cb == nil {
8282 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
8787 }
8888 }
8989
90-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
90+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
9191 func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
9292 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
9393 return nil
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
102+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
103103 func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
104104 if cb == nil {
105105 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
110110 }
111111 }
112112
113-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
113+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
114114 func (x *FilenameCompleterClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
115115 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
116116 return nil
M v4/gio/gfileoutputstream.go +28 -28
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4949 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5050 }
5151
52-// OverrideTell sets the callback function.
52+// OverrideTell sets the "tell" callback function.
5353 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideTell(cb func(*FileOutputStream) int64) {
5454 if cb == nil {
5555 x.xTell = 0
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideTell(cb func(*FileOutputStream) int64) {
6060 }
6161 }
6262
63-// GetTell gets the callback function.
63+// GetTell gets the "tell" callback function.
6464 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetTell() func(*FileOutputStream) int64 {
6565 if x.xTell == 0 {
6666 return nil
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetTell() func(*FileOutputStream) int64 {
7272 }
7373 }
7474
75-// OverrideCanSeek sets the callback function.
75+// OverrideCanSeek sets the "can_seek" callback function.
7676 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideCanSeek(cb func(*FileOutputStream) bool) {
7777 if cb == nil {
7878 x.xCanSeek = 0
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideCanSeek(cb func(*FileOutputStream) bool)
8383 }
8484 }
8585
86-// GetCanSeek gets the callback function.
86+// GetCanSeek gets the "can_seek" callback function.
8787 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetCanSeek() func(*FileOutputStream) bool {
8888 if x.xCanSeek == 0 {
8989 return nil
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetCanSeek() func(*FileOutputStream) bool {
9595 }
9696 }
9797
98-// OverrideSeek sets the callback function.
98+// OverrideSeek sets the "seek" callback function.
9999 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideSeek(cb func(*FileOutputStream, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancellable) bool) {
100100 if cb == nil {
101101 x.xSeek = 0
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideSeek(cb func(*FileOutputStream, int64, g
106106 }
107107 }
108108
109-// GetSeek gets the callback function.
109+// GetSeek gets the "seek" callback function.
110110 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetSeek() func(*FileOutputStream, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancellable) bool {
111111 if x.xSeek == 0 {
112112 return nil
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetSeek() func(*FileOutputStream, int64, glib.Se
118118 }
119119 }
120120
121-// OverrideCanTruncate sets the callback function.
121+// OverrideCanTruncate sets the "can_truncate" callback function.
122122 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideCanTruncate(cb func(*FileOutputStream) bool) {
123123 if cb == nil {
124124 x.xCanTruncate = 0
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideCanTruncate(cb func(*FileOutputStream) b
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// GetCanTruncate gets the callback function.
132+// GetCanTruncate gets the "can_truncate" callback function.
133133 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetCanTruncate() func(*FileOutputStream) bool {
134134 if x.xCanTruncate == 0 {
135135 return nil
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetCanTruncate() func(*FileOutputStream) bool {
141141 }
142142 }
143143
144-// OverrideTruncateFn sets the callback function.
144+// OverrideTruncateFn sets the "truncate_fn" callback function.
145145 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideTruncateFn(cb func(*FileOutputStream, int64, *Cancellable) bool) {
146146 if cb == nil {
147147 x.xTruncateFn = 0
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideTruncateFn(cb func(*FileOutputStream, in
152152 }
153153 }
154154
155-// GetTruncateFn gets the callback function.
155+// GetTruncateFn gets the "truncate_fn" callback function.
156156 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetTruncateFn() func(*FileOutputStream, int64, *Cancellable) bool {
157157 if x.xTruncateFn == 0 {
158158 return nil
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetTruncateFn() func(*FileOutputStream, int64, *
164164 }
165165 }
166166
167-// OverrideQueryInfo sets the callback function.
167+// OverrideQueryInfo sets the "query_info" callback function.
168168 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfo(cb func(*FileOutputStream, string, *Cancellable) *FileInfo) {
169169 if cb == nil {
170170 x.xQueryInfo = 0
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfo(cb func(*FileOutputStream, str
179179 }
180180 }
181181
182-// GetQueryInfo gets the callback function.
182+// GetQueryInfo gets the "query_info" callback function.
183183 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetQueryInfo() func(*FileOutputStream, string, *Cancellable) *FileInfo {
184184 if x.xQueryInfo == 0 {
185185 return nil
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetQueryInfo() func(*FileOutputStream, string, *
197197 }
198198 }
199199
200-// OverrideQueryInfoAsync sets the callback function.
200+// OverrideQueryInfoAsync sets the "query_info_async" callback function.
201201 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoAsync(cb func(*FileOutputStream, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
202202 if cb == nil {
203203 x.xQueryInfoAsync = 0
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoAsync(cb func(*FileOutputStream
208208 }
209209 }
210210
211-// GetQueryInfoAsync gets the callback function.
211+// GetQueryInfoAsync gets the "query_info_async" callback function.
212212 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetQueryInfoAsync() func(*FileOutputStream, string, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
213213 if x.xQueryInfoAsync == 0 {
214214 return nil
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetQueryInfoAsync() func(*FileOutputStream, stri
220220 }
221221 }
222222
223-// OverrideQueryInfoFinish sets the callback function.
223+// OverrideQueryInfoFinish sets the "query_info_finish" callback function.
224224 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoFinish(cb func(*FileOutputStream, AsyncResult) *FileInfo) {
225225 if cb == nil {
226226 x.xQueryInfoFinish = 0
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideQueryInfoFinish(cb func(*FileOutputStrea
235235 }
236236 }
237237
238-// GetQueryInfoFinish gets the callback function.
238+// GetQueryInfoFinish gets the "query_info_finish" callback function.
239239 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetQueryInfoFinish() func(*FileOutputStream, AsyncResult) *FileInfo {
240240 if x.xQueryInfoFinish == 0 {
241241 return nil
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetQueryInfoFinish() func(*FileOutputStream, Asy
253253 }
254254 }
255255
256-// OverrideGetEtag sets the callback function.
256+// OverrideGetEtag sets the "get_etag" callback function.
257257 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGetEtag(cb func(*FileOutputStream) string) {
258258 if cb == nil {
259259 x.xGetEtag = 0
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGetEtag(cb func(*FileOutputStream) strin
264264 }
265265 }
266266
267-// GetGetEtag gets the callback function.
267+// GetGetEtag gets the "get_etag" callback function.
268268 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGetEtag() func(*FileOutputStream) string {
269269 if x.xGetEtag == 0 {
270270 return nil
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGetEtag() func(*FileOutputStream) string {
276276 }
277277 }
278278
279-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
279+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
280280 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
281281 if cb == nil {
282282 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
287287 }
288288 }
289289
290-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
290+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
291291 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
292292 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
293293 return nil
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
299299 }
300300 }
301301
302-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
302+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
303303 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
304304 if cb == nil {
305305 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
310310 }
311311 }
312312
313-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
313+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
314314 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
315315 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
316316 return nil
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
322322 }
323323 }
324324
325-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
325+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
326326 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
327327 if cb == nil {
328328 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
333333 }
334334 }
335335
336-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
336+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
337337 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
338338 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
339339 return nil
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
345345 }
346346 }
347347
348-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
348+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
349349 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
350350 if cb == nil {
351351 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
356356 }
357357 }
358358
359-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
359+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
360360 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
361361 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
362362 return nil
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
368368 }
369369 }
370370
371-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
371+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
372372 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
373373 if cb == nil {
374374 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
379379 }
380380 }
381381
382-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
382+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
383383 func (x *FileOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
384384 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
385385 return nil
M v4/gio/gfilterinputstream.go +23 -6
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2727 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2828 }
2929
30-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
30+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3131 func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3232 if cb == nil {
3333 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3838 }
3939 }
4040
41-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
41+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4242 func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4343 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4444 return nil
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5050 }
5151 }
5252
53-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
53+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5454 func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
5555 if cb == nil {
5656 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6161 }
6262 }
6363
64-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
64+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6565 func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
6666 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
6767 return nil
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
76+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
7777 func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
7878 if cb == nil {
7979 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8484 }
8585 }
8686
87-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
87+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8888 func (x *FilterInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
8989 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9090 return nil
@@ -163,6 +163,23 @@ func (c *FilterInputStream) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
163163 c.Ptr = ptr
164164 }
165165
166+// SetPropertyCloseBaseStream sets the "close-base-stream" property.
167+// Whether the base stream should be closed when the filter stream is closed.
168+func (x *FilterInputStream) SetPropertyCloseBaseStream(value bool) {
169+ var v gobject.Value
170+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
171+ v.SetBoolean(value)
172+ x.SetProperty("close-base-stream", &v)
173+}
174+
175+// GetPropertyCloseBaseStream gets the "close-base-stream" property.
176+// Whether the base stream should be closed when the filter stream is closed.
177+func (x *FilterInputStream) GetPropertyCloseBaseStream() bool {
178+ var v gobject.Value
179+ x.GetProperty("close-base-stream", &v)
180+ return v.GetBoolean()
181+}
182+
166183 func init() {
167184 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
168185 core.SetSharedLibraries("GIO", []string{"libgio-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gio/gfilteroutputstream.go +23 -6
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2727 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2828 }
2929
30-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
30+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3131 func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3232 if cb == nil {
3333 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3838 }
3939 }
4040
41-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
41+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4242 func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4343 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4444 return nil
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5050 }
5151 }
5252
53-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
53+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5454 func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
5555 if cb == nil {
5656 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6161 }
6262 }
6363
64-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
64+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6565 func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
6666 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
6767 return nil
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
76+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
7777 func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
7878 if cb == nil {
7979 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8484 }
8585 }
8686
87-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
87+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8888 func (x *FilterOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
8989 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9090 return nil
@@ -163,6 +163,23 @@ func (c *FilterOutputStream) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
163163 c.Ptr = ptr
164164 }
165165
166+// SetPropertyCloseBaseStream sets the "close-base-stream" property.
167+// Whether the base stream should be closed when the filter stream is closed.
168+func (x *FilterOutputStream) SetPropertyCloseBaseStream(value bool) {
169+ var v gobject.Value
170+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
171+ v.SetBoolean(value)
172+ x.SetProperty("close-base-stream", &v)
173+}
174+
175+// GetPropertyCloseBaseStream gets the "close-base-stream" property.
176+// Whether the base stream should be closed when the filter stream is closed.
177+func (x *FilterOutputStream) GetPropertyCloseBaseStream() bool {
178+ var v gobject.Value
179+ x.GetProperty("close-base-stream", &v)
180+ return v.GetBoolean()
181+}
182+
166183 func init() {
167184 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
168185 core.SetSharedLibraries("GIO", []string{"libgio-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gio/gicon.go +15 -15
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *IconIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideHash sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideHash sets the "hash" callback function.
3838 // A hash for a given #GIcon.
3939 func (x *IconIface) OverrideHash(cb func(Icon) uint) {
4040 if cb == nil {
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ func (x *IconIface) OverrideHash(cb func(Icon) uint) {
4646 }
4747 }
4848
49-// GetHash gets the callback function.
49+// GetHash gets the "hash" callback function.
5050 // A hash for a given #GIcon.
5151 func (x *IconIface) GetHash() func(Icon) uint {
5252 if x.xHash == 0 {
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (x *IconIface) GetHash() func(Icon) uint {
5959 }
6060 }
6161
62-// OverrideEqual sets the callback function.
62+// OverrideEqual sets the "equal" callback function.
6363 // Checks if two #GIcons are equal.
6464 func (x *IconIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(Icon, Icon) bool) {
6565 if cb == nil {
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ func (x *IconIface) OverrideEqual(cb func(Icon, Icon) bool) {
7171 }
7272 }
7373
74-// GetEqual gets the callback function.
74+// GetEqual gets the "equal" callback function.
7575 // Checks if two #GIcons are equal.
7676 func (x *IconIface) GetEqual() func(Icon, Icon) bool {
7777 if x.xEqual == 0 {
@@ -84,36 +84,36 @@ func (x *IconIface) GetEqual() func(Icon, Icon) bool {
8484 }
8585 }
8686
87-// OverrideToTokens sets the callback function.
87+// OverrideToTokens sets the "to_tokens" callback function.
8888 // Serializes a #GIcon into tokens. The tokens must not
8989 // contain any whitespace. Don't implement if the #GIcon can't be
9090 // serialized (Since 2.20).
91-func (x *IconIface) OverrideToTokens(cb func(Icon, []string, int) bool) {
91+func (x *IconIface) OverrideToTokens(cb func(Icon, *[]string, *int) bool) {
9292 if cb == nil {
9393 x.xToTokens = 0
9494 } else {
95- x.xToTokens = purego.NewCallback(func(IconVarp uintptr, TokensVarp []string, OutVersionVarp int) bool {
95+ x.xToTokens = purego.NewCallback(func(IconVarp uintptr, TokensVarp *[]string, OutVersionVarp *int) bool {
9696 return cb(&IconBase{Ptr: IconVarp}, TokensVarp, OutVersionVarp)
9797 })
9898 }
9999 }
100100
101-// GetToTokens gets the callback function.
101+// GetToTokens gets the "to_tokens" callback function.
102102 // Serializes a #GIcon into tokens. The tokens must not
103103 // contain any whitespace. Don't implement if the #GIcon can't be
104104 // serialized (Since 2.20).
105-func (x *IconIface) GetToTokens() func(Icon, []string, int) bool {
105+func (x *IconIface) GetToTokens() func(Icon, *[]string, *int) bool {
106106 if x.xToTokens == 0 {
107107 return nil
108108 }
109- var rawCallback func(IconVarp uintptr, TokensVarp []string, OutVersionVarp int) bool
109+ var rawCallback func(IconVarp uintptr, TokensVarp *[]string, OutVersionVarp *int) bool
110110 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xToTokens)
111- return func(IconVar Icon, TokensVar []string, OutVersionVar int) bool {
111+ return func(IconVar Icon, TokensVar *[]string, OutVersionVar *int) bool {
112112 return rawCallback(IconVar.GoPointer(), TokensVar, OutVersionVar)
113113 }
114114 }
115115
116-// OverrideFromTokens sets the callback function.
116+// OverrideFromTokens sets the "from_tokens" callback function.
117117 // Constructs a #GIcon from tokens. Set the #GError if
118118 // the tokens are malformed. Don't implement if the #GIcon can't be
119119 // serialized (Since 2.20).
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ func (x *IconIface) OverrideFromTokens(cb func(string, int, int) *IconBase) {
131131 }
132132 }
133133
134-// GetFromTokens gets the callback function.
134+// GetFromTokens gets the "from_tokens" callback function.
135135 // Constructs a #GIcon from tokens. Set the #GError if
136136 // the tokens are malformed. Don't implement if the #GIcon can't be
137137 // serialized (Since 2.20).
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (x *IconIface) GetFromTokens() func(string, int, int) *IconBase {
152152 }
153153 }
154154
155-// OverrideSerialize sets the callback function.
155+// OverrideSerialize sets the "serialize" callback function.
156156 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. Since: 2.38
157157 func (x *IconIface) OverrideSerialize(cb func(Icon) *glib.Variant) {
158158 if cb == nil {
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ func (x *IconIface) OverrideSerialize(cb func(Icon) *glib.Variant) {
164164 }
165165 }
166166
167-// GetSerialize gets the callback function.
167+// GetSerialize gets the "serialize" callback function.
168168 // Serializes a #GIcon into a #GVariant. Since: 2.38
169169 func (x *IconIface) GetSerialize() func(Icon) *glib.Variant {
170170 if x.xSerialize == 0 {
M v4/gio/ginetaddress.go +149 -4
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ func (x *InetAddressClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2525 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2626 }
2727
28-// OverrideToString sets the callback function.
28+// OverrideToString sets the "to_string" callback function.
2929 func (x *InetAddressClass) OverrideToString(cb func(*InetAddress) string) {
3030 if cb == nil {
3131 x.xToString = 0
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ func (x *InetAddressClass) OverrideToString(cb func(*InetAddress) string) {
3636 }
3737 }
3838
39-// GetToString gets the callback function.
39+// GetToString gets the "to_string" callback function.
4040 func (x *InetAddressClass) GetToString() func(*InetAddress) string {
4141 if x.xToString == 0 {
4242 return nil
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ func (x *InetAddressClass) GetToString() func(*InetAddress) string {
4848 }
4949 }
5050
51-// OverrideToBytes sets the callback function.
51+// OverrideToBytes sets the "to_bytes" callback function.
5252 func (x *InetAddressClass) OverrideToBytes(cb func(*InetAddress) byte) {
5353 if cb == nil {
5454 x.xToBytes = 0
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (x *InetAddressClass) OverrideToBytes(cb func(*InetAddress) byte) {
5959 }
6060 }
6161
62-// GetToBytes gets the callback function.
62+// GetToBytes gets the "to_bytes" callback function.
6363 func (x *InetAddressClass) GetToBytes() func(*InetAddress) byte {
6464 if x.xToBytes == 0 {
6565 return nil
@@ -366,6 +366,151 @@ func (c *InetAddress) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
366366 c.Ptr = ptr
367367 }
368368
369+// SetPropertyBytes sets the "bytes" property.
370+// The raw address data.
371+func (x *InetAddress) SetPropertyBytes(value uintptr) {
372+ var v gobject.Value
373+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
374+ v.SetPointer(value)
375+ x.SetProperty("bytes", &v)
376+}
377+
378+// GetPropertyBytes gets the "bytes" property.
379+// The raw address data.
380+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyBytes() uintptr {
381+ var v gobject.Value
382+ x.GetProperty("bytes", &v)
383+ return v.GetPointer()
384+}
385+
386+// SetPropertyFlowinfo sets the "flowinfo" property.
387+// The flowinfo for an IPv6 address.
388+// See [method@Gio.InetAddress.get_flowinfo].
389+func (x *InetAddress) SetPropertyFlowinfo(value uint) {
390+ var v gobject.Value
391+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
392+ v.SetUint(value)
393+ x.SetProperty("flowinfo", &v)
394+}
395+
396+// GetPropertyFlowinfo gets the "flowinfo" property.
397+// The flowinfo for an IPv6 address.
398+// See [method@Gio.InetAddress.get_flowinfo].
399+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyFlowinfo() uint {
400+ var v gobject.Value
401+ x.GetProperty("flowinfo", &v)
402+ return v.GetUint()
403+}
404+
405+// GetPropertyIsAny gets the "is-any" property.
406+// Whether this is the "any" address for its family.
407+// See g_inet_address_get_is_any().
408+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsAny() bool {
409+ var v gobject.Value
410+ x.GetProperty("is-any", &v)
411+ return v.GetBoolean()
412+}
413+
414+// GetPropertyIsLinkLocal gets the "is-link-local" property.
415+// Whether this is a link-local address.
416+// See g_inet_address_get_is_link_local().
417+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsLinkLocal() bool {
418+ var v gobject.Value
419+ x.GetProperty("is-link-local", &v)
420+ return v.GetBoolean()
421+}
422+
423+// GetPropertyIsLoopback gets the "is-loopback" property.
424+// Whether this is the loopback address for its family.
425+// See g_inet_address_get_is_loopback().
426+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsLoopback() bool {
427+ var v gobject.Value
428+ x.GetProperty("is-loopback", &v)
429+ return v.GetBoolean()
430+}
431+
432+// GetPropertyIsMcGlobal gets the "is-mc-global" property.
433+// Whether this is a global multicast address.
434+// See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_global().
435+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsMcGlobal() bool {
436+ var v gobject.Value
437+ x.GetProperty("is-mc-global", &v)
438+ return v.GetBoolean()
439+}
440+
441+// GetPropertyIsMcLinkLocal gets the "is-mc-link-local" property.
442+// Whether this is a link-local multicast address.
443+// See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_link_local().
444+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsMcLinkLocal() bool {
445+ var v gobject.Value
446+ x.GetProperty("is-mc-link-local", &v)
447+ return v.GetBoolean()
448+}
449+
450+// GetPropertyIsMcNodeLocal gets the "is-mc-node-local" property.
451+// Whether this is a node-local multicast address.
452+// See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_node_local().
453+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsMcNodeLocal() bool {
454+ var v gobject.Value
455+ x.GetProperty("is-mc-node-local", &v)
456+ return v.GetBoolean()
457+}
458+
459+// GetPropertyIsMcOrgLocal gets the "is-mc-org-local" property.
460+// Whether this is an organization-local multicast address.
461+// See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_org_local().
462+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsMcOrgLocal() bool {
463+ var v gobject.Value
464+ x.GetProperty("is-mc-org-local", &v)
465+ return v.GetBoolean()
466+}
467+
468+// GetPropertyIsMcSiteLocal gets the "is-mc-site-local" property.
469+// Whether this is a site-local multicast address.
470+// See g_inet_address_get_is_mc_site_local().
471+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsMcSiteLocal() bool {
472+ var v gobject.Value
473+ x.GetProperty("is-mc-site-local", &v)
474+ return v.GetBoolean()
475+}
476+
477+// GetPropertyIsMulticast gets the "is-multicast" property.
478+// Whether this is a multicast address.
479+// See g_inet_address_get_is_multicast().
480+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsMulticast() bool {
481+ var v gobject.Value
482+ x.GetProperty("is-multicast", &v)
483+ return v.GetBoolean()
484+}
485+
486+// GetPropertyIsSiteLocal gets the "is-site-local" property.
487+// Whether this is a site-local address.
488+// See g_inet_address_get_is_loopback().
489+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyIsSiteLocal() bool {
490+ var v gobject.Value
491+ x.GetProperty("is-site-local", &v)
492+ return v.GetBoolean()
493+}
494+
495+// SetPropertyScopeId sets the "scope-id" property.
496+// The scope-id for an IPv6 address.
497+// See [method@Gio.InetAddress.get_scope_id].
498+func (x *InetAddress) SetPropertyScopeId(value uint) {
499+ var v gobject.Value
500+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
501+ v.SetUint(value)
502+ x.SetProperty("scope-id", &v)
503+}
504+
505+// GetPropertyScopeId gets the "scope-id" property.
506+// The scope-id for an IPv6 address.
507+// See [method@Gio.InetAddress.get_scope_id].
508+func (x *InetAddress) GetPropertyScopeId() uint {
509+ var v gobject.Value
510+ x.GetProperty("scope-id", &v)
511+ return v.GetUint()
512+}
513+
369514 func init() {
370515 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
371516 core.SetSharedLibraries("GIO", []string{"libgio-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gio/ginetaddressmask.go +17 -0
@@ -169,6 +169,23 @@ func (c *InetAddressMask) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
169169 c.Ptr = ptr
170170 }
171171
172+// SetPropertyLength sets the "length" property.
173+// The prefix length, in bytes.
174+func (x *InetAddressMask) SetPropertyLength(value uint) {
175+ var v gobject.Value
176+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
177+ v.SetUint(value)
178+ x.SetProperty("length", &v)
179+}
180+
181+// GetPropertyLength gets the "length" property.
182+// The prefix length, in bytes.
183+func (x *InetAddressMask) GetPropertyLength() uint {
184+ var v gobject.Value
185+ x.GetProperty("length", &v)
186+ return v.GetUint()
187+}
188+
172189 // Initializes the object implementing the interface.
173190 //
174191 // This method is intended for language bindings. If writing in C,
M v4/gio/ginetsocketaddress.go +59 -0
@@ -147,6 +147,65 @@ func (c *InetSocketAddress) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
147147 c.Ptr = ptr
148148 }
149149
150+// SetPropertyFlowinfo sets the "flowinfo" property.
151+// The `sin6_flowinfo` field, for IPv6 addresses.
152+//
153+// If unset this property is inherited from [property@Gio.InetSocketAddress:address].
154+func (x *InetSocketAddress) SetPropertyFlowinfo(value uint) {
155+ var v gobject.Value
156+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
157+ v.SetUint(value)
158+ x.SetProperty("flowinfo", &v)
159+}
160+
161+// GetPropertyFlowinfo gets the "flowinfo" property.
162+// The `sin6_flowinfo` field, for IPv6 addresses.
163+//
164+// If unset this property is inherited from [property@Gio.InetSocketAddress:address].
165+func (x *InetSocketAddress) GetPropertyFlowinfo() uint {
166+ var v gobject.Value
167+ x.GetProperty("flowinfo", &v)
168+ return v.GetUint()
169+}
170+
171+// SetPropertyPort sets the "port" property.
172+// The port.
173+func (x *InetSocketAddress) SetPropertyPort(value uint) {
174+ var v gobject.Value
175+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
176+ v.SetUint(value)
177+ x.SetProperty("port", &v)
178+}
179+
180+// GetPropertyPort gets the "port" property.
181+// The port.
182+func (x *InetSocketAddress) GetPropertyPort() uint {
183+ var v gobject.Value
184+ x.GetProperty("port", &v)
185+ return v.GetUint()
186+}
187+
188+// SetPropertyScopeId sets the "scope-id" property.
189+// The `sin6_scope_id` field, for IPv6 addresses.
190+//
191+// If unset this property is inherited from [property@Gio.InetSocketAddress:address].
192+func (x *InetSocketAddress) SetPropertyScopeId(value uint) {
193+ var v gobject.Value
194+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
195+ v.SetUint(value)
196+ x.SetProperty("scope-id", &v)
197+}
198+
199+// GetPropertyScopeId gets the "scope-id" property.
200+// The `sin6_scope_id` field, for IPv6 addresses.
201+//
202+// If unset this property is inherited from [property@Gio.InetSocketAddress:address].
203+func (x *InetSocketAddress) GetPropertyScopeId() uint {
204+ var v gobject.Value
205+ x.GetProperty("scope-id", &v)
206+ return v.GetUint()
207+}
208+
150209 // Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable.
151210 func (x *InetSocketAddress) Enumerate() *SocketAddressEnumerator {
152211 var cls *SocketAddressEnumerator
M v4/gio/ginitable.go +2 -2
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ func (x *InitableIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2626 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2727 }
2828
29-// OverrideInit sets the callback function.
29+// OverrideInit sets the "init" callback function.
3030 // Initializes the object.
3131 func (x *InitableIface) OverrideInit(cb func(Initable, *Cancellable) bool) {
3232 if cb == nil {
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ func (x *InitableIface) OverrideInit(cb func(Initable, *Cancellable) bool) {
3838 }
3939 }
4040
41-// GetInit gets the callback function.
41+// GetInit gets the "init" callback function.
4242 // Initializes the object.
4343 func (x *InitableIface) GetInit() func(Initable, *Cancellable) bool {
4444 if x.xInit == 0 {
M v4/gio/ginputstream.go +43 -43
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5050 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5151 }
5252
53-// OverrideReadFn sets the callback function.
53+// OverrideReadFn sets the "read_fn" callback function.
5454 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideReadFn(cb func(*InputStream, uintptr, uint, *Cancellable) int) {
5555 if cb == nil {
5656 x.xReadFn = 0
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideReadFn(cb func(*InputStream, uintptr, uint, *
6161 }
6262 }
6363
64-// GetReadFn gets the callback function.
64+// GetReadFn gets the "read_fn" callback function.
6565 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetReadFn() func(*InputStream, uintptr, uint, *Cancellable) int {
6666 if x.xReadFn == 0 {
6767 return nil
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetReadFn() func(*InputStream, uintptr, uint, *Cancel
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// OverrideSkip sets the callback function.
76+// OverrideSkip sets the "skip" callback function.
7777 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideSkip(cb func(*InputStream, uint, *Cancellable) int) {
7878 if cb == nil {
7979 x.xSkip = 0
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideSkip(cb func(*InputStream, uint, *Cancellable
8484 }
8585 }
8686
87-// GetSkip gets the callback function.
87+// GetSkip gets the "skip" callback function.
8888 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetSkip() func(*InputStream, uint, *Cancellable) int {
8989 if x.xSkip == 0 {
9090 return nil
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetSkip() func(*InputStream, uint, *Cancellable) int
9696 }
9797 }
9898
99-// OverrideCloseFn sets the callback function.
99+// OverrideCloseFn sets the "close_fn" callback function.
100100 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideCloseFn(cb func(*InputStream, *Cancellable) bool) {
101101 if cb == nil {
102102 x.xCloseFn = 0
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideCloseFn(cb func(*InputStream, *Cancellable) b
107107 }
108108 }
109109
110-// GetCloseFn gets the callback function.
110+// GetCloseFn gets the "close_fn" callback function.
111111 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetCloseFn() func(*InputStream, *Cancellable) bool {
112112 if x.xCloseFn == 0 {
113113 return nil
@@ -119,30 +119,30 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetCloseFn() func(*InputStream, *Cancellable) bool {
119119 }
120120 }
121121
122-// OverrideReadAsync sets the callback function.
123-func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideReadAsync(cb func(*InputStream, []byte, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
122+// OverrideReadAsync sets the "read_async" callback function.
123+func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideReadAsync(cb func(*InputStream, *[]byte, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
124124 if cb == nil {
125125 x.xReadAsync = 0
126126 } else {
127- x.xReadAsync = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, BufferVarp []byte, CountVarp uint, IoPriorityVarp int, CancellableVarp uintptr, CallbackVarp uintptr, UserDataVarp uintptr) {
127+ x.xReadAsync = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, BufferVarp *[]byte, CountVarp uint, IoPriorityVarp int, CancellableVarp uintptr, CallbackVarp uintptr, UserDataVarp uintptr) {
128128 cb(InputStreamNewFromInternalPtr(StreamVarp), BufferVarp, CountVarp, IoPriorityVarp, CancellableNewFromInternalPtr(CancellableVarp), (*AsyncReadyCallback)(unsafe.Pointer(CallbackVarp)), UserDataVarp)
129129 })
130130 }
131131 }
132132
133-// GetReadAsync gets the callback function.
134-func (x *InputStreamClass) GetReadAsync() func(*InputStream, []byte, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
133+// GetReadAsync gets the "read_async" callback function.
134+func (x *InputStreamClass) GetReadAsync() func(*InputStream, *[]byte, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
135135 if x.xReadAsync == 0 {
136136 return nil
137137 }
138- var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, BufferVarp []byte, CountVarp uint, IoPriorityVarp int, CancellableVarp uintptr, CallbackVarp uintptr, UserDataVarp uintptr)
138+ var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, BufferVarp *[]byte, CountVarp uint, IoPriorityVarp int, CancellableVarp uintptr, CallbackVarp uintptr, UserDataVarp uintptr)
139139 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xReadAsync)
140- return func(StreamVar *InputStream, BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
140+ return func(StreamVar *InputStream, BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
141141 rawCallback(StreamVar.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
142142 }
143143 }
144144
145-// OverrideReadFinish sets the callback function.
145+// OverrideReadFinish sets the "read_finish" callback function.
146146 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideReadFinish(cb func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) int) {
147147 if cb == nil {
148148 x.xReadFinish = 0
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideReadFinish(cb func(*InputStream, AsyncResult)
153153 }
154154 }
155155
156-// GetReadFinish gets the callback function.
156+// GetReadFinish gets the "read_finish" callback function.
157157 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetReadFinish() func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) int {
158158 if x.xReadFinish == 0 {
159159 return nil
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetReadFinish() func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) int {
165165 }
166166 }
167167
168-// OverrideSkipAsync sets the callback function.
168+// OverrideSkipAsync sets the "skip_async" callback function.
169169 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideSkipAsync(cb func(*InputStream, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
170170 if cb == nil {
171171 x.xSkipAsync = 0
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideSkipAsync(cb func(*InputStream, uint, int, *C
176176 }
177177 }
178178
179-// GetSkipAsync gets the callback function.
179+// GetSkipAsync gets the "skip_async" callback function.
180180 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetSkipAsync() func(*InputStream, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
181181 if x.xSkipAsync == 0 {
182182 return nil
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetSkipAsync() func(*InputStream, uint, int, *Cancell
188188 }
189189 }
190190
191-// OverrideSkipFinish sets the callback function.
191+// OverrideSkipFinish sets the "skip_finish" callback function.
192192 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideSkipFinish(cb func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) int) {
193193 if cb == nil {
194194 x.xSkipFinish = 0
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideSkipFinish(cb func(*InputStream, AsyncResult)
199199 }
200200 }
201201
202-// GetSkipFinish gets the callback function.
202+// GetSkipFinish gets the "skip_finish" callback function.
203203 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetSkipFinish() func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) int {
204204 if x.xSkipFinish == 0 {
205205 return nil
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetSkipFinish() func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) int {
211211 }
212212 }
213213
214-// OverrideCloseAsync sets the callback function.
214+// OverrideCloseAsync sets the "close_async" callback function.
215215 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideCloseAsync(cb func(*InputStream, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
216216 if cb == nil {
217217 x.xCloseAsync = 0
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideCloseAsync(cb func(*InputStream, int, *Cancel
222222 }
223223 }
224224
225-// GetCloseAsync gets the callback function.
225+// GetCloseAsync gets the "close_async" callback function.
226226 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetCloseAsync() func(*InputStream, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
227227 if x.xCloseAsync == 0 {
228228 return nil
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetCloseAsync() func(*InputStream, int, *Cancellable,
234234 }
235235 }
236236
237-// OverrideCloseFinish sets the callback function.
237+// OverrideCloseFinish sets the "close_finish" callback function.
238238 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideCloseFinish(cb func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) bool) {
239239 if cb == nil {
240240 x.xCloseFinish = 0
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideCloseFinish(cb func(*InputStream, AsyncResult
245245 }
246246 }
247247
248-// GetCloseFinish gets the callback function.
248+// GetCloseFinish gets the "close_finish" callback function.
249249 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetCloseFinish() func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) bool {
250250 if x.xCloseFinish == 0 {
251251 return nil
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetCloseFinish() func(*InputStream, AsyncResult) bool
257257 }
258258 }
259259
260-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
260+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
261261 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
262262 if cb == nil {
263263 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
268268 }
269269 }
270270
271-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
271+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
272272 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
273273 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
274274 return nil
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
280280 }
281281 }
282282
283-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
283+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
284284 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
285285 if cb == nil {
286286 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
291291 }
292292 }
293293
294-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
294+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
295295 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
296296 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
297297 return nil
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
303303 }
304304 }
305305
306-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
306+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
307307 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
308308 if cb == nil {
309309 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
314314 }
315315 }
316316
317-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
317+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
318318 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
319319 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
320320 return nil
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
326326 }
327327 }
328328
329-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
329+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
330330 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
331331 if cb == nil {
332332 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
337337 }
338338 }
339339
340-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
340+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
341341 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
342342 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
343343 return nil
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
349349 }
350350 }
351351
352-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
352+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
353353 func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
354354 if cb == nil {
355355 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ func (x *InputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
360360 }
361361 }
362362
363-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
363+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
364364 func (x *InputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
365365 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
366366 return nil
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) IsClosed() bool {
504504 return cret
505505 }
506506
507-var xInputStreamRead func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
507+var xInputStreamRead func(uintptr, *[]byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
508508
509509 // Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer starting at
510510 // @buffer. Will block during this read.
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ var xInputStreamRead func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
527527 // partial result will be returned, without an error.
528528 //
529529 // On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
530-func (x *InputStream) Read(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
530+func (x *InputStream) Read(BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
531531 var cerr *glib.Error
532532
533533 cret := xInputStreamRead(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) Read(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Canc
538538
539539 }
540540
541-var xInputStreamReadAll func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
541+var xInputStreamReadAll func(uintptr, *[]byte, uint, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
542542
543543 // Tries to read @count bytes from the stream into the buffer starting at
544544 // @buffer. Will block during this read.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ var xInputStreamReadAll func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error)
559559 // read before the error was encountered. This functionality is only
560560 // available from C. If you need it from another language then you must
561561 // write your own loop around g_input_stream_read().
562-func (x *InputStream) ReadAll(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, BytesReadVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
562+func (x *InputStream) ReadAll(BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, BytesReadVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
563563 var cerr *glib.Error
564564
565565 cret := xInputStreamReadAll(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, BytesReadVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) ReadAll(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, BytesReadVar uint
570570
571571 }
572572
573-var xInputStreamReadAllAsync func(uintptr, []byte, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
573+var xInputStreamReadAllAsync func(uintptr, *[]byte, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
574574
575575 // Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the
576576 // buffer starting at @buffer.
@@ -582,13 +582,13 @@ var xInputStreamReadAllAsync func(uintptr, []byte, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr,
582582 // Any outstanding I/O request with higher priority (lower numerical
583583 // value) will be executed before an outstanding request with lower
584584 // priority. Default priority is %G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
585-func (x *InputStream) ReadAllAsync(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
585+func (x *InputStream) ReadAllAsync(BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
586586
587587 xInputStreamReadAllAsync(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
588588
589589 }
590590
591-var xInputStreamReadAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
591+var xInputStreamReadAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint, **glib.Error) bool
592592
593593 // Finishes an asynchronous stream read operation started with
594594 // [method@InputStream.read_all_async].
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ var xInputStreamReadAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
599599 // read before the error was encountered. This functionality is only
600600 // available from C. If you need it from another language then you must
601601 // write your own loop around g_input_stream_read_async().
602-func (x *InputStream) ReadAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesReadVar uint) (bool, error) {
602+func (x *InputStream) ReadAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesReadVar *uint) (bool, error) {
603603 var cerr *glib.Error
604604
605605 cret := xInputStreamReadAllFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), BytesReadVar, &cerr)
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ func (x *InputStream) ReadAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesReadVar uint) (b
610610
611611 }
612612
613-var xInputStreamReadAsync func(uintptr, []byte, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
613+var xInputStreamReadAsync func(uintptr, *[]byte, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
614614
615615 // Request an asynchronous read of @count bytes from the stream into the buffer
616616 // starting at @buffer. When the operation is finished @callback will be called.
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ var xInputStreamReadAsync func(uintptr, []byte, uint, int, uintptr, uintptr, uin
635635 // The asynchronous methods have a default fallback that uses threads to implement
636636 // asynchronicity, so they are optional for inheriting classes. However, if you
637637 // override one you must override all.
638-func (x *InputStream) ReadAsync(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
638+func (x *InputStream) ReadAsync(BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, IoPriorityVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr) {
639639
640640 xInputStreamReadAsync(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, IoPriorityVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallbackNullable(CallbackVar), UserDataVar)
641641
M v4/gio/giostream.go +38 -30
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5252 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5353 }
5454
55-// OverrideGetInputStream sets the callback function.
55+// OverrideGetInputStream sets the "get_input_stream" callback function.
5656 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGetInputStream(cb func(*IOStream) *InputStream) {
5757 if cb == nil {
5858 x.xGetInputStream = 0
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGetInputStream(cb func(*IOStream) *InputStream)
6767 }
6868 }
6969
70-// GetGetInputStream gets the callback function.
70+// GetGetInputStream gets the "get_input_stream" callback function.
7171 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGetInputStream() func(*IOStream) *InputStream {
7272 if x.xGetInputStream == 0 {
7373 return nil
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGetInputStream() func(*IOStream) *InputStream {
8585 }
8686 }
8787
88-// OverrideGetOutputStream sets the callback function.
88+// OverrideGetOutputStream sets the "get_output_stream" callback function.
8989 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGetOutputStream(cb func(*IOStream) *OutputStream) {
9090 if cb == nil {
9191 x.xGetOutputStream = 0
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGetOutputStream(cb func(*IOStream) *OutputStream
100100 }
101101 }
102102
103-// GetGetOutputStream gets the callback function.
103+// GetGetOutputStream gets the "get_output_stream" callback function.
104104 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGetOutputStream() func(*IOStream) *OutputStream {
105105 if x.xGetOutputStream == 0 {
106106 return nil
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGetOutputStream() func(*IOStream) *OutputStream {
118118 }
119119 }
120120
121-// OverrideCloseFn sets the callback function.
121+// OverrideCloseFn sets the "close_fn" callback function.
122122 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideCloseFn(cb func(*IOStream, *Cancellable) bool) {
123123 if cb == nil {
124124 x.xCloseFn = 0
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideCloseFn(cb func(*IOStream, *Cancellable) bool) {
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// GetCloseFn gets the callback function.
132+// GetCloseFn gets the "close_fn" callback function.
133133 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetCloseFn() func(*IOStream, *Cancellable) bool {
134134 if x.xCloseFn == 0 {
135135 return nil
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetCloseFn() func(*IOStream, *Cancellable) bool {
141141 }
142142 }
143143
144-// OverrideCloseAsync sets the callback function.
144+// OverrideCloseAsync sets the "close_async" callback function.
145145 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideCloseAsync(cb func(*IOStream, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
146146 if cb == nil {
147147 x.xCloseAsync = 0
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideCloseAsync(cb func(*IOStream, int, *Cancellable,
152152 }
153153 }
154154
155-// GetCloseAsync gets the callback function.
155+// GetCloseAsync gets the "close_async" callback function.
156156 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetCloseAsync() func(*IOStream, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
157157 if x.xCloseAsync == 0 {
158158 return nil
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetCloseAsync() func(*IOStream, int, *Cancellable, *Asyn
164164 }
165165 }
166166
167-// OverrideCloseFinish sets the callback function.
167+// OverrideCloseFinish sets the "close_finish" callback function.
168168 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideCloseFinish(cb func(*IOStream, AsyncResult) bool) {
169169 if cb == nil {
170170 x.xCloseFinish = 0
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideCloseFinish(cb func(*IOStream, AsyncResult) bool
175175 }
176176 }
177177
178-// GetCloseFinish gets the callback function.
178+// GetCloseFinish gets the "close_finish" callback function.
179179 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetCloseFinish() func(*IOStream, AsyncResult) bool {
180180 if x.xCloseFinish == 0 {
181181 return nil
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetCloseFinish() func(*IOStream, AsyncResult) bool {
187187 }
188188 }
189189
190-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
190+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
191191 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
192192 if cb == nil {
193193 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
198198 }
199199 }
200200
201-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
201+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
202202 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
203203 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
204204 return nil
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
210210 }
211211 }
212212
213-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
213+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
214214 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
215215 if cb == nil {
216216 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
221221 }
222222 }
223223
224-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
224+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
225225 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
226226 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
227227 return nil
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
233233 }
234234 }
235235
236-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
236+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
237237 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
238238 if cb == nil {
239239 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
244244 }
245245 }
246246
247-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
247+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
248248 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
249249 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
250250 return nil
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
256256 }
257257 }
258258
259-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
259+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
260260 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
261261 if cb == nil {
262262 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
267267 }
268268 }
269269
270-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
270+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
271271 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
272272 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
273273 return nil
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
279279 }
280280 }
281281
282-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
282+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
283283 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
284284 if cb == nil {
285285 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
290290 }
291291 }
292292
293-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
293+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
294294 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
295295 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
296296 return nil
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
302302 }
303303 }
304304
305-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
305+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
306306 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
307307 if cb == nil {
308308 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
313313 }
314314 }
315315
316-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
316+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
317317 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
318318 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
319319 return nil
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
325325 }
326326 }
327327
328-// OverrideGReserved7 sets the callback function.
328+// OverrideGReserved7 sets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
329329 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
330330 if cb == nil {
331331 x.xGReserved7 = 0
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
336336 }
337337 }
338338
339-// GetGReserved7 gets the callback function.
339+// GetGReserved7 gets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
340340 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
341341 if x.xGReserved7 == 0 {
342342 return nil
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
348348 }
349349 }
350350
351-// OverrideGReserved8 sets the callback function.
351+// OverrideGReserved8 sets the "_g_reserved8" callback function.
352352 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved8(cb func()) {
353353 if cb == nil {
354354 x.xGReserved8 = 0
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved8(cb func()) {
359359 }
360360 }
361361
362-// GetGReserved8 gets the callback function.
362+// GetGReserved8 gets the "_g_reserved8" callback function.
363363 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved8() func() {
364364 if x.xGReserved8 == 0 {
365365 return nil
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved8() func() {
371371 }
372372 }
373373
374-// OverrideGReserved9 sets the callback function.
374+// OverrideGReserved9 sets the "_g_reserved9" callback function.
375375 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved9(cb func()) {
376376 if cb == nil {
377377 x.xGReserved9 = 0
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved9(cb func()) {
382382 }
383383 }
384384
385-// GetGReserved9 gets the callback function.
385+// GetGReserved9 gets the "_g_reserved9" callback function.
386386 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved9() func() {
387387 if x.xGReserved9 == 0 {
388388 return nil
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved9() func() {
394394 }
395395 }
396396
397-// OverrideGReserved10 sets the callback function.
397+// OverrideGReserved10 sets the "_g_reserved10" callback function.
398398 func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved10(cb func()) {
399399 if cb == nil {
400400 x.xGReserved10 = 0
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ func (x *IOStreamClass) OverrideGReserved10(cb func()) {
405405 }
406406 }
407407
408-// GetGReserved10 gets the callback function.
408+// GetGReserved10 gets the "_g_reserved10" callback function.
409409 func (x *IOStreamClass) GetGReserved10() func() {
410410 if x.xGReserved10 == 0 {
411411 return nil
@@ -672,6 +672,14 @@ func (c *IOStream) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
672672 c.Ptr = ptr
673673 }
674674
675+// GetPropertyClosed gets the "closed" property.
676+// Whether the stream is closed.
677+func (x *IOStream) GetPropertyClosed() bool {
678+ var v gobject.Value
679+ x.GetProperty("closed", &v)
680+ return v.GetBoolean()
681+}
682+
675683 var xIOStreamSpliceFinish func(uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
676684
677685 // Finishes an asynchronous io stream splice operation.
M v4/gio/giotypes.go +2 -2
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ func (x *Resource) EnumerateChildren(PathVar string, LookupFlagsVar ResourceLook
776776
777777 }
778778
779-var xResourceGetInfo func(uintptr, string, ResourceLookupFlags, uint, uint32, **glib.Error) bool
779+var xResourceGetInfo func(uintptr, string, ResourceLookupFlags, *uint, *uint32, **glib.Error) bool
780780
781781 // Looks for a file at the specified @path in the resource and
782782 // if found returns information about it.
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ var xResourceGetInfo func(uintptr, string, ResourceLookupFlags, uint, uint32, **
785785 //
786786 // The only error this can return is %G_RESOURCE_ERROR_NOT_FOUND, if @path was
787787 // not found in @resource.
788-func (x *Resource) GetInfo(PathVar string, LookupFlagsVar ResourceLookupFlags, SizeVar uint, FlagsVar uint32) (bool, error) {
788+func (x *Resource) GetInfo(PathVar string, LookupFlagsVar ResourceLookupFlags, SizeVar *uint, FlagsVar *uint32) (bool, error) {
789789 var cerr *glib.Error
790790
791791 cret := xResourceGetInfo(x.GoPointer(), PathVar, LookupFlagsVar, SizeVar, FlagsVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/glistmodel.go +6 -6
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ func (x *ListModelInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2929 }
3030
31-// OverrideGetItemType sets the callback function.
31+// OverrideGetItemType sets the "get_item_type" callback function.
3232 // the virtual function pointer for g_list_model_get_item_type()
3333 func (x *ListModelInterface) OverrideGetItemType(cb func(ListModel) types.GType) {
3434 if cb == nil {
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ func (x *ListModelInterface) OverrideGetItemType(cb func(ListModel) types.GType)
4040 }
4141 }
4242
43-// GetGetItemType gets the callback function.
43+// GetGetItemType gets the "get_item_type" callback function.
4444 // the virtual function pointer for g_list_model_get_item_type()
4545 func (x *ListModelInterface) GetGetItemType() func(ListModel) types.GType {
4646 if x.xGetItemType == 0 {
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *ListModelInterface) GetGetItemType() func(ListModel) types.GType {
5353 }
5454 }
5555
56-// OverrideGetNItems sets the callback function.
56+// OverrideGetNItems sets the "get_n_items" callback function.
5757 // the virtual function pointer for g_list_model_get_n_items()
5858 func (x *ListModelInterface) OverrideGetNItems(cb func(ListModel) uint) {
5959 if cb == nil {
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *ListModelInterface) OverrideGetNItems(cb func(ListModel) uint) {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// GetGetNItems gets the callback function.
68+// GetGetNItems gets the "get_n_items" callback function.
6969 // the virtual function pointer for g_list_model_get_n_items()
7070 func (x *ListModelInterface) GetGetNItems() func(ListModel) uint {
7171 if x.xGetNItems == 0 {
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func (x *ListModelInterface) GetGetNItems() func(ListModel) uint {
7878 }
7979 }
8080
81-// OverrideGetItem sets the callback function.
81+// OverrideGetItem sets the "get_item" callback function.
8282 // the virtual function pointer for g_list_model_get_item()
8383 func (x *ListModelInterface) OverrideGetItem(cb func(ListModel, uint) *gobject.Object) {
8484 if cb == nil {
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ func (x *ListModelInterface) OverrideGetItem(cb func(ListModel, uint) *gobject.O
9494 }
9595 }
9696
97-// GetGetItem gets the callback function.
97+// GetGetItem gets the "get_item" callback function.
9898 // the virtual function pointer for g_list_model_get_item()
9999 func (x *ListModelInterface) GetGetItem() func(ListModel, uint) *gobject.Object {
100100 if x.xGetItem == 0 {
M v4/gio/gliststore.go +14 -6
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ func (x *ListStore) Append(ItemVar *gobject.Object) {
7474
7575 }
7676
77-var xListStoreFind func(uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
77+var xListStoreFind func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint) bool
7878
7979 // Looks up the given @item in the list store by looping over the items until
8080 // the first occurrence of @item. If @item was not found, then @position will
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ var xListStoreFind func(uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
8282 //
8383 // If you need to compare the two items with a custom comparison function, use
8484 // g_list_store_find_with_equal_func() with a custom #GEqualFunc instead.
85-func (x *ListStore) Find(ItemVar *gobject.Object, PositionVar uint) bool {
85+func (x *ListStore) Find(ItemVar *gobject.Object, PositionVar *uint) bool {
8686
8787 cret := xListStoreFind(x.GoPointer(), ItemVar.GoPointer(), PositionVar)
8888 return cret
8989 }
9090
91-var xListStoreFindWithEqualFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
91+var xListStoreFindWithEqualFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *uint) bool
9292
9393 // Looks up the given @item in the list store by looping over the items and
9494 // comparing them with @equal_func until the first occurrence of @item which
@@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ var xListStoreFindWithEqualFunc func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
9898 // @item is always passed as second parameter to @equal_func.
9999 //
100100 // Since GLib 2.76 it is possible to pass `NULL` for @item.
101-func (x *ListStore) FindWithEqualFunc(ItemVar *gobject.Object, EqualFuncVar *glib.EqualFunc, PositionVar uint) bool {
101+func (x *ListStore) FindWithEqualFunc(ItemVar *gobject.Object, EqualFuncVar *glib.EqualFunc, PositionVar *uint) bool {
102102
103103 cret := xListStoreFindWithEqualFunc(x.GoPointer(), ItemVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallback(EqualFuncVar), PositionVar)
104104 return cret
105105 }
106106
107-var xListStoreFindWithEqualFuncFull func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
107+var xListStoreFindWithEqualFuncFull func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *uint) bool
108108
109109 // Like g_list_store_find_with_equal_func() but with an additional @user_data
110110 // that is passed to @equal_func.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ var xListStoreFindWithEqualFuncFull func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uin
112112 // @item is always passed as second parameter to @equal_func.
113113 //
114114 // Since GLib 2.76 it is possible to pass `NULL` for @item.
115-func (x *ListStore) FindWithEqualFuncFull(ItemVar *gobject.Object, EqualFuncVar *glib.EqualFuncFull, UserDataVar uintptr, PositionVar uint) bool {
115+func (x *ListStore) FindWithEqualFuncFull(ItemVar *gobject.Object, EqualFuncVar *glib.EqualFuncFull, UserDataVar uintptr, PositionVar *uint) bool {
116116
117117 cret := xListStoreFindWithEqualFuncFull(x.GoPointer(), ItemVar.GoPointer(), glib.NewCallback(EqualFuncVar), UserDataVar, PositionVar)
118118 return cret
@@ -213,6 +213,14 @@ func (c *ListStore) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
213213 c.Ptr = ptr
214214 }
215215
216+// GetPropertyNItems gets the "n-items" property.
217+// The number of items contained in this list store.
218+func (x *ListStore) GetPropertyNItems() uint {
219+ var v gobject.Value
220+ x.GetProperty("n-items", &v)
221+ return v.GetUint()
222+}
223+
216224 // Get the item at @position.
217225 //
218226 // If @position is greater than the number of items in @list, %NULL is
M v4/gio/gloadableicon.go +22 -22
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ func (x *LoadableIconIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2929 }
3030
31-// OverrideLoad sets the callback function.
31+// OverrideLoad sets the "load" callback function.
3232 // Loads an icon.
33-func (x *LoadableIconIface) OverrideLoad(cb func(LoadableIcon, int, string, *Cancellable) *InputStream) {
33+func (x *LoadableIconIface) OverrideLoad(cb func(LoadableIcon, int, *string, *Cancellable) *InputStream) {
3434 if cb == nil {
3535 x.xLoad = 0
3636 } else {
37- x.xLoad = purego.NewCallback(func(IconVarp uintptr, SizeVarp int, TypeVarp string, CancellableVarp uintptr) uintptr {
37+ x.xLoad = purego.NewCallback(func(IconVarp uintptr, SizeVarp int, TypeVarp *string, CancellableVarp uintptr) uintptr {
3838 ret := cb(&LoadableIconBase{Ptr: IconVarp}, SizeVarp, TypeVarp, CancellableNewFromInternalPtr(CancellableVarp))
3939 if ret == nil {
4040 return 0
@@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ func (x *LoadableIconIface) OverrideLoad(cb func(LoadableIcon, int, string, *Can
4444 }
4545 }
4646
47-// GetLoad gets the callback function.
47+// GetLoad gets the "load" callback function.
4848 // Loads an icon.
49-func (x *LoadableIconIface) GetLoad() func(LoadableIcon, int, string, *Cancellable) *InputStream {
49+func (x *LoadableIconIface) GetLoad() func(LoadableIcon, int, *string, *Cancellable) *InputStream {
5050 if x.xLoad == 0 {
5151 return nil
5252 }
53- var rawCallback func(IconVarp uintptr, SizeVarp int, TypeVarp string, CancellableVarp uintptr) uintptr
53+ var rawCallback func(IconVarp uintptr, SizeVarp int, TypeVarp *string, CancellableVarp uintptr) uintptr
5454 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xLoad)
55- return func(IconVar LoadableIcon, SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream {
55+ return func(IconVar LoadableIcon, SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) *InputStream {
5656 rawRet := rawCallback(IconVar.GoPointer(), SizeVar, TypeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer())
5757 if rawRet == 0 {
5858 return nil
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (x *LoadableIconIface) GetLoad() func(LoadableIcon, int, string, *Cancellab
6363 }
6464 }
6565
66-// OverrideLoadAsync sets the callback function.
66+// OverrideLoadAsync sets the "load_async" callback function.
6767 // Loads an icon asynchronously.
6868 func (x *LoadableIconIface) OverrideLoadAsync(cb func(LoadableIcon, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
6969 if cb == nil {
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ func (x *LoadableIconIface) OverrideLoadAsync(cb func(LoadableIcon, int, *Cancel
7575 }
7676 }
7777
78-// GetLoadAsync gets the callback function.
78+// GetLoadAsync gets the "load_async" callback function.
7979 // Loads an icon asynchronously.
8080 func (x *LoadableIconIface) GetLoadAsync() func(LoadableIcon, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
8181 if x.xLoadAsync == 0 {
@@ -88,13 +88,13 @@ func (x *LoadableIconIface) GetLoadAsync() func(LoadableIcon, int, *Cancellable,
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// OverrideLoadFinish sets the callback function.
91+// OverrideLoadFinish sets the "load_finish" callback function.
9292 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load.
93-func (x *LoadableIconIface) OverrideLoadFinish(cb func(LoadableIcon, AsyncResult, string) *InputStream) {
93+func (x *LoadableIconIface) OverrideLoadFinish(cb func(LoadableIcon, AsyncResult, *string) *InputStream) {
9494 if cb == nil {
9595 x.xLoadFinish = 0
9696 } else {
97- x.xLoadFinish = purego.NewCallback(func(IconVarp uintptr, ResVarp uintptr, TypeVarp string) uintptr {
97+ x.xLoadFinish = purego.NewCallback(func(IconVarp uintptr, ResVarp uintptr, TypeVarp *string) uintptr {
9898 ret := cb(&LoadableIconBase{Ptr: IconVarp}, &AsyncResultBase{Ptr: ResVarp}, TypeVarp)
9999 if ret == nil {
100100 return 0
@@ -104,15 +104,15 @@ func (x *LoadableIconIface) OverrideLoadFinish(cb func(LoadableIcon, AsyncResult
104104 }
105105 }
106106
107-// GetLoadFinish gets the callback function.
107+// GetLoadFinish gets the "load_finish" callback function.
108108 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load.
109-func (x *LoadableIconIface) GetLoadFinish() func(LoadableIcon, AsyncResult, string) *InputStream {
109+func (x *LoadableIconIface) GetLoadFinish() func(LoadableIcon, AsyncResult, *string) *InputStream {
110110 if x.xLoadFinish == 0 {
111111 return nil
112112 }
113- var rawCallback func(IconVarp uintptr, ResVarp uintptr, TypeVarp string) uintptr
113+ var rawCallback func(IconVarp uintptr, ResVarp uintptr, TypeVarp *string) uintptr
114114 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xLoadFinish)
115- return func(IconVar LoadableIcon, ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) *InputStream {
115+ return func(IconVar LoadableIcon, ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) *InputStream {
116116 rawRet := rawCallback(IconVar.GoPointer(), ResVar.GoPointer(), TypeVar)
117117 if rawRet == 0 {
118118 return nil
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ func (x *LoadableIconIface) GetLoadFinish() func(LoadableIcon, AsyncResult, stri
128128 type LoadableIcon interface {
129129 GoPointer() uintptr
130130 SetGoPointer(uintptr)
131- Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error)
131+ Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error)
132132 LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *AsyncReadyCallback, UserDataVar uintptr)
133- LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*InputStream, error)
133+ LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*InputStream, error)
134134 }
135135
136136 var xLoadableIconGLibType func() types.GType
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (x *LoadableIconBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
156156
157157 // Loads a loadable icon. For the asynchronous version of this function,
158158 // see g_loadable_icon_load_async().
159-func (x *LoadableIconBase) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error) {
159+func (x *LoadableIconBase) Load(SizeVar int, TypeVar *string, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*InputStream, error) {
160160 var cls *InputStream
161161 var cerr *glib.Error
162162
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ func (x *LoadableIconBase) LoadAsync(SizeVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable, C
184184 }
185185
186186 // Finishes an asynchronous icon load started in g_loadable_icon_load_async().
187-func (x *LoadableIconBase) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*InputStream, error) {
187+func (x *LoadableIconBase) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar *string) (*InputStream, error) {
188188 var cls *InputStream
189189 var cerr *glib.Error
190190
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ func (x *LoadableIconBase) LoadFinish(ResVar AsyncResult, TypeVar string) (*Inpu
202202
203203 }
204204
205-var XGLoadableIconLoad func(uintptr, int, string, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
205+var XGLoadableIconLoad func(uintptr, int, *string, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
206206 var XGLoadableIconLoadAsync func(uintptr, int, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
207-var XGLoadableIconLoadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, string, **glib.Error) uintptr
207+var XGLoadableIconLoadFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *string, **glib.Error) uintptr
208208
209209 func init() {
210210 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
M v4/gio/gmemoryinputstream.go +11 -11
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3131 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3232 }
3333
34-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
34+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3535 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3636 if cb == nil {
3737 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4242 }
4343 }
4444
45-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
45+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4646 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4747 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4848 return nil
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
57+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5858 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
5959 if cb == nil {
6060 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
68+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6969 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7070 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7171 return nil
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7777 }
7878 }
7979
80-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
80+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8181 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8282 if cb == nil {
8383 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
91+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9292 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9393 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9494 return nil
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
100100 }
101101 }
102102
103-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
103+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
104104 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
105105 if cb == nil {
106106 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
114+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
115115 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
116116 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
117117 return nil
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
126+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
127127 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
128128 if cb == nil {
129129 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
137+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
138138 func (x *MemoryInputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
139139 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
140140 return nil
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ func (x *MemoryInputStream) IsReadable() bool {
313313 //
314314 // The behaviour of this method is undefined if
315315 // g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
316-func (x *MemoryInputStream) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
316+func (x *MemoryInputStream) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
317317 var cerr *glib.Error
318318
319319 cret := XGPollableInputStreamReadNonblocking(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
M v4/gio/gmemorymonitor.go +2 -2
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ func (x *MemoryMonitorInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2323 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2424 }
2525
26-// OverrideLowMemoryWarning sets the callback function.
26+// OverrideLowMemoryWarning sets the "low_memory_warning" callback function.
2727 // the virtual function pointer for the
2828 //
2929 // #GMemoryMonitor::low-memory-warning signal.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *MemoryMonitorInterface) OverrideLowMemoryWarning(cb func(MemoryMonitor,
3737 }
3838 }
3939
40-// GetLowMemoryWarning gets the callback function.
40+// GetLowMemoryWarning gets the "low_memory_warning" callback function.
4141 // the virtual function pointer for the
4242 //
4343 // #GMemoryMonitor::low-memory-warning signal.
M v4/gio/gmemoryoutputstream.go +88 -11
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3738 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3839 }
3940
40-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
41+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4142 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4243 if cb == nil {
4344 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -48,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4849 }
4950 }
5051
51-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
52+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
5253 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5354 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
5455 return nil
@@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
6061 }
6162 }
6263
63-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
64+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6465 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6566 if cb == nil {
6667 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
7172 }
7273 }
7374
74-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
75+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
7576 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7677 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7778 return nil
@@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
8384 }
8485 }
8586
86-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
87+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8788 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8889 if cb == nil {
8990 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
9495 }
9596 }
9697
97-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
98+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9899 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
99100 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
100101 return nil
@@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
106107 }
107108 }
108109
109-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
110+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
110111 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
111112 if cb == nil {
112113 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
117118 }
118119 }
119120
120-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
121+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
121122 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
122123 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
123124 return nil
@@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
129130 }
130131 }
131132
132-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
133+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
133134 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
134135 if cb == nil {
135136 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
140141 }
141142 }
142143
143-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
144+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
144145 func (x *MemoryOutputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
145146 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
146147 return nil
@@ -334,6 +335,82 @@ func (c *MemoryOutputStream) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
334335 c.Ptr = ptr
335336 }
336337
338+// SetPropertyData sets the "data" property.
339+// Pointer to buffer where data will be written.
340+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) SetPropertyData(value uintptr) {
341+ var v gobject.Value
342+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
343+ v.SetPointer(value)
344+ x.SetProperty("data", &v)
345+}
346+
347+// GetPropertyData gets the "data" property.
348+// Pointer to buffer where data will be written.
349+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) GetPropertyData() uintptr {
350+ var v gobject.Value
351+ x.GetProperty("data", &v)
352+ return v.GetPointer()
353+}
354+
355+// GetPropertyDataSize gets the "data-size" property.
356+// Size of data written to the buffer.
357+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) GetPropertyDataSize() uint32 {
358+ var v gobject.Value
359+ x.GetProperty("data-size", &v)
360+ return v.GetUlong()
361+}
362+
363+// SetPropertyDestroyFunction sets the "destroy-function" property.
364+// Function called with the buffer as argument when the stream is destroyed.
365+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) SetPropertyDestroyFunction(value uintptr) {
366+ var v gobject.Value
367+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
368+ v.SetPointer(value)
369+ x.SetProperty("destroy-function", &v)
370+}
371+
372+// GetPropertyDestroyFunction gets the "destroy-function" property.
373+// Function called with the buffer as argument when the stream is destroyed.
374+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) GetPropertyDestroyFunction() uintptr {
375+ var v gobject.Value
376+ x.GetProperty("destroy-function", &v)
377+ return v.GetPointer()
378+}
379+
380+// SetPropertyReallocFunction sets the "realloc-function" property.
381+// Function with realloc semantics called to enlarge the buffer.
382+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) SetPropertyReallocFunction(value uintptr) {
383+ var v gobject.Value
384+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
385+ v.SetPointer(value)
386+ x.SetProperty("realloc-function", &v)
387+}
388+
389+// GetPropertyReallocFunction gets the "realloc-function" property.
390+// Function with realloc semantics called to enlarge the buffer.
391+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) GetPropertyReallocFunction() uintptr {
392+ var v gobject.Value
393+ x.GetProperty("realloc-function", &v)
394+ return v.GetPointer()
395+}
396+
397+// SetPropertySize sets the "size" property.
398+// Current size of the data buffer.
399+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) SetPropertySize(value uint32) {
400+ var v gobject.Value
401+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUlongVal)
402+ v.SetUlong(value)
403+ x.SetProperty("size", &v)
404+}
405+
406+// GetPropertySize gets the "size" property.
407+// Current size of the data buffer.
408+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) GetPropertySize() uint32 {
409+ var v gobject.Value
410+ x.GetProperty("size", &v)
411+ return v.GetUlong()
412+}
413+
337414 // Checks if @stream is actually pollable. Some classes may implement
338415 // #GPollableOutputStream but have only certain instances of that
339416 // class be pollable. If this method returns %FALSE, then the behavior
@@ -429,7 +506,7 @@ func (x *MemoryOutputStream) WriteNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, C
429506 //
430507 // The behaviour of this method is undefined if
431508 // g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
432-func (x *MemoryOutputStream) WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
509+func (x *MemoryOutputStream) WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
433510 var cerr *glib.Error
434511
435512 cret := XGPollableOutputStreamWritevNonblocking(x.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
M v4/gio/gmenumodel.go +37 -37
@@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ func (x *MenuAttributeIterClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2424 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2525 }
2626
27-// OverrideGetNext sets the callback function.
28-func (x *MenuAttributeIterClass) OverrideGetNext(cb func(*MenuAttributeIter, string, **glib.Variant) bool) {
27+// OverrideGetNext sets the "get_next" callback function.
28+func (x *MenuAttributeIterClass) OverrideGetNext(cb func(*MenuAttributeIter, *string, **glib.Variant) bool) {
2929 if cb == nil {
3030 x.xGetNext = 0
3131 } else {
32- x.xGetNext = purego.NewCallback(func(IterVarp uintptr, OutNameVarp string, ValueVarp **glib.Variant) bool {
32+ x.xGetNext = purego.NewCallback(func(IterVarp uintptr, OutNameVarp *string, ValueVarp **glib.Variant) bool {
3333 return cb(MenuAttributeIterNewFromInternalPtr(IterVarp), OutNameVarp, ValueVarp)
3434 })
3535 }
3636 }
3737
38-// GetGetNext gets the callback function.
39-func (x *MenuAttributeIterClass) GetGetNext() func(*MenuAttributeIter, string, **glib.Variant) bool {
38+// GetGetNext gets the "get_next" callback function.
39+func (x *MenuAttributeIterClass) GetGetNext() func(*MenuAttributeIter, *string, **glib.Variant) bool {
4040 if x.xGetNext == 0 {
4141 return nil
4242 }
43- var rawCallback func(IterVarp uintptr, OutNameVarp string, ValueVarp **glib.Variant) bool
43+ var rawCallback func(IterVarp uintptr, OutNameVarp *string, ValueVarp **glib.Variant) bool
4444 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetNext)
45- return func(IterVar *MenuAttributeIter, OutNameVar string, ValueVar **glib.Variant) bool {
45+ return func(IterVar *MenuAttributeIter, OutNameVar *string, ValueVar **glib.Variant) bool {
4646 return rawCallback(IterVar.GoPointer(), OutNameVar, ValueVar)
4747 }
4848 }
@@ -67,26 +67,26 @@ func (x *MenuLinkIterClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
6767 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
6868 }
6969
70-// OverrideGetNext sets the callback function.
71-func (x *MenuLinkIterClass) OverrideGetNext(cb func(*MenuLinkIter, string, **MenuModel) bool) {
70+// OverrideGetNext sets the "get_next" callback function.
71+func (x *MenuLinkIterClass) OverrideGetNext(cb func(*MenuLinkIter, *string, **MenuModel) bool) {
7272 if cb == nil {
7373 x.xGetNext = 0
7474 } else {
75- x.xGetNext = purego.NewCallback(func(IterVarp uintptr, OutLinkVarp string, ValueVarp uintptr) bool {
76- return cb(MenuLinkIterNewFromInternalPtr(IterVarp), OutLinkVarp, (**MenuModel)(unsafe.Pointer(ValueVarp)))
75+ x.xGetNext = purego.NewCallback(func(IterVarp uintptr, OutLinkVarp *string, ValueVarp **MenuModel) bool {
76+ return cb(MenuLinkIterNewFromInternalPtr(IterVarp), OutLinkVarp, ValueVarp)
7777 })
7878 }
7979 }
8080
81-// GetGetNext gets the callback function.
82-func (x *MenuLinkIterClass) GetGetNext() func(*MenuLinkIter, string, **MenuModel) bool {
81+// GetGetNext gets the "get_next" callback function.
82+func (x *MenuLinkIterClass) GetGetNext() func(*MenuLinkIter, *string, **MenuModel) bool {
8383 if x.xGetNext == 0 {
8484 return nil
8585 }
86- var rawCallback func(IterVarp uintptr, OutLinkVarp string, ValueVarp uintptr) bool
86+ var rawCallback func(IterVarp uintptr, OutLinkVarp *string, ValueVarp **MenuModel) bool
8787 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetNext)
88- return func(IterVar *MenuLinkIter, OutLinkVar string, ValueVar **MenuModel) bool {
89- return rawCallback(IterVar.GoPointer(), OutLinkVar, *gobject.ConvertPtr(ValueVar))
88+ return func(IterVar *MenuLinkIter, OutLinkVar *string, ValueVar **MenuModel) bool {
89+ return rawCallback(IterVar.GoPointer(), OutLinkVar, ValueVar)
9090 }
9191 }
9292
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
124124 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
125125 }
126126
127-// OverrideIsMutable sets the callback function.
127+// OverrideIsMutable sets the "is_mutable" callback function.
128128 func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideIsMutable(cb func(*MenuModel) bool) {
129129 if cb == nil {
130130 x.xIsMutable = 0
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideIsMutable(cb func(*MenuModel) bool) {
135135 }
136136 }
137137
138-// GetIsMutable gets the callback function.
138+// GetIsMutable gets the "is_mutable" callback function.
139139 func (x *MenuModelClass) GetIsMutable() func(*MenuModel) bool {
140140 if x.xIsMutable == 0 {
141141 return nil
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) GetIsMutable() func(*MenuModel) bool {
147147 }
148148 }
149149
150-// OverrideGetNItems sets the callback function.
150+// OverrideGetNItems sets the "get_n_items" callback function.
151151 func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetNItems(cb func(*MenuModel) int) {
152152 if cb == nil {
153153 x.xGetNItems = 0
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetNItems(cb func(*MenuModel) int) {
158158 }
159159 }
160160
161-// GetGetNItems gets the callback function.
161+// GetGetNItems gets the "get_n_items" callback function.
162162 func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetNItems() func(*MenuModel) int {
163163 if x.xGetNItems == 0 {
164164 return nil
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetNItems() func(*MenuModel) int {
170170 }
171171 }
172172
173-// OverrideGetItemAttributes sets the callback function.
173+// OverrideGetItemAttributes sets the "get_item_attributes" callback function.
174174 func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetItemAttributes(cb func(*MenuModel, int, **glib.HashTable)) {
175175 if cb == nil {
176176 x.xGetItemAttributes = 0
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetItemAttributes(cb func(*MenuModel, int, **gl
181181 }
182182 }
183183
184-// GetGetItemAttributes gets the callback function.
184+// GetGetItemAttributes gets the "get_item_attributes" callback function.
185185 func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetItemAttributes() func(*MenuModel, int, **glib.HashTable) {
186186 if x.xGetItemAttributes == 0 {
187187 return nil
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetItemAttributes() func(*MenuModel, int, **glib.Has
193193 }
194194 }
195195
196-// OverrideIterateItemAttributes sets the callback function.
196+// OverrideIterateItemAttributes sets the "iterate_item_attributes" callback function.
197197 func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideIterateItemAttributes(cb func(*MenuModel, int) *MenuAttributeIter) {
198198 if cb == nil {
199199 x.xIterateItemAttributes = 0
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideIterateItemAttributes(cb func(*MenuModel, int)
208208 }
209209 }
210210
211-// GetIterateItemAttributes gets the callback function.
211+// GetIterateItemAttributes gets the "iterate_item_attributes" callback function.
212212 func (x *MenuModelClass) GetIterateItemAttributes() func(*MenuModel, int) *MenuAttributeIter {
213213 if x.xIterateItemAttributes == 0 {
214214 return nil
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) GetIterateItemAttributes() func(*MenuModel, int) *MenuA
226226 }
227227 }
228228
229-// OverrideGetItemAttributeValue sets the callback function.
229+// OverrideGetItemAttributeValue sets the "get_item_attribute_value" callback function.
230230 func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetItemAttributeValue(cb func(*MenuModel, int, string, *glib.VariantType) *glib.Variant) {
231231 if cb == nil {
232232 x.xGetItemAttributeValue = 0
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetItemAttributeValue(cb func(*MenuModel, int,
237237 }
238238 }
239239
240-// GetGetItemAttributeValue gets the callback function.
240+// GetGetItemAttributeValue gets the "get_item_attribute_value" callback function.
241241 func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetItemAttributeValue() func(*MenuModel, int, string, *glib.VariantType) *glib.Variant {
242242 if x.xGetItemAttributeValue == 0 {
243243 return nil
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetItemAttributeValue() func(*MenuModel, int, string
249249 }
250250 }
251251
252-// OverrideGetItemLinks sets the callback function.
252+// OverrideGetItemLinks sets the "get_item_links" callback function.
253253 func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetItemLinks(cb func(*MenuModel, int, **glib.HashTable)) {
254254 if cb == nil {
255255 x.xGetItemLinks = 0
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetItemLinks(cb func(*MenuModel, int, **glib.Ha
260260 }
261261 }
262262
263-// GetGetItemLinks gets the callback function.
263+// GetGetItemLinks gets the "get_item_links" callback function.
264264 func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetItemLinks() func(*MenuModel, int, **glib.HashTable) {
265265 if x.xGetItemLinks == 0 {
266266 return nil
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetItemLinks() func(*MenuModel, int, **glib.HashTabl
272272 }
273273 }
274274
275-// OverrideIterateItemLinks sets the callback function.
275+// OverrideIterateItemLinks sets the "iterate_item_links" callback function.
276276 func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideIterateItemLinks(cb func(*MenuModel, int) *MenuLinkIter) {
277277 if cb == nil {
278278 x.xIterateItemLinks = 0
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideIterateItemLinks(cb func(*MenuModel, int) *Menu
287287 }
288288 }
289289
290-// GetIterateItemLinks gets the callback function.
290+// GetIterateItemLinks gets the "iterate_item_links" callback function.
291291 func (x *MenuModelClass) GetIterateItemLinks() func(*MenuModel, int) *MenuLinkIter {
292292 if x.xIterateItemLinks == 0 {
293293 return nil
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) GetIterateItemLinks() func(*MenuModel, int) *MenuLinkIt
305305 }
306306 }
307307
308-// OverrideGetItemLink sets the callback function.
308+// OverrideGetItemLink sets the "get_item_link" callback function.
309309 func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetItemLink(cb func(*MenuModel, int, string) *MenuModel) {
310310 if cb == nil {
311311 x.xGetItemLink = 0
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ func (x *MenuModelClass) OverrideGetItemLink(cb func(*MenuModel, int, string) *M
320320 }
321321 }
322322
323-// GetGetItemLink gets the callback function.
323+// GetGetItemLink gets the "get_item_link" callback function.
324324 func (x *MenuModelClass) GetGetItemLink() func(*MenuModel, int, string) *MenuModel {
325325 if x.xGetItemLink == 0 {
326326 return nil
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ func (x *MenuAttributeIter) GetName() string {
414414 return cret
415415 }
416416
417-var xMenuAttributeIterGetNext func(uintptr, string, **glib.Variant) bool
417+var xMenuAttributeIterGetNext func(uintptr, *string, **glib.Variant) bool
418418
419419 // This function combines g_menu_attribute_iter_next() with
420420 // g_menu_attribute_iter_get_name() and g_menu_attribute_iter_get_value().
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ var xMenuAttributeIterGetNext func(uintptr, string, **glib.Variant) bool
431431 // The value returned in @name remains valid for as long as the iterator
432432 // remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must
433433 // be unreffed using g_variant_unref() when it is no longer in use.
434-func (x *MenuAttributeIter) GetNext(OutNameVar string, ValueVar **glib.Variant) bool {
434+func (x *MenuAttributeIter) GetNext(OutNameVar *string, ValueVar **glib.Variant) bool {
435435
436436 cret := xMenuAttributeIterGetNext(x.GoPointer(), OutNameVar, ValueVar)
437437 return cret
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ func (x *MenuLinkIter) GetName() string {
505505 return cret
506506 }
507507
508-var xMenuLinkIterGetNext func(uintptr, string, uintptr) bool
508+var xMenuLinkIterGetNext func(uintptr, *string, **MenuModel) bool
509509
510510 // This function combines g_menu_link_iter_next() with
511511 // g_menu_link_iter_get_name() and g_menu_link_iter_get_value().
@@ -521,9 +521,9 @@ var xMenuLinkIterGetNext func(uintptr, string, uintptr) bool
521521 // The value returned in @out_link remains valid for as long as the iterator
522522 // remains at the current position. The value returned in @value must
523523 // be unreffed using g_object_unref() when it is no longer in use.
524-func (x *MenuLinkIter) GetNext(OutLinkVar string, ValueVar **MenuModel) bool {
524+func (x *MenuLinkIter) GetNext(OutLinkVar *string, ValueVar **MenuModel) bool {
525525
526- cret := xMenuLinkIterGetNext(x.GoPointer(), OutLinkVar, *gobject.ConvertPtr(ValueVar))
526+ cret := xMenuLinkIterGetNext(x.GoPointer(), OutLinkVar, ValueVar)
527527 return cret
528528 }
529529
M v4/gio/gmount.go +54 -54
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
7676 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
7777 }
7878
79-// OverrideChanged sets the callback function.
79+// OverrideChanged sets the "changed" callback function.
8080 // Changed signal that is emitted when the mount's state has changed.
8181 func (x *MountIface) OverrideChanged(cb func(Mount)) {
8282 if cb == nil {
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideChanged(cb func(Mount)) {
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// GetChanged gets the callback function.
91+// GetChanged gets the "changed" callback function.
9292 // Changed signal that is emitted when the mount's state has changed.
9393 func (x *MountIface) GetChanged() func(Mount) {
9494 if x.xChanged == 0 {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetChanged() func(Mount) {
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// OverrideUnmounted sets the callback function.
104+// OverrideUnmounted sets the "unmounted" callback function.
105105 // The unmounted signal that is emitted when the #GMount have been unmounted. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized.
106106 func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmounted(cb func(Mount)) {
107107 if cb == nil {
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmounted(cb func(Mount)) {
113113 }
114114 }
115115
116-// GetUnmounted gets the callback function.
116+// GetUnmounted gets the "unmounted" callback function.
117117 // The unmounted signal that is emitted when the #GMount have been unmounted. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized.
118118 func (x *MountIface) GetUnmounted() func(Mount) {
119119 if x.xUnmounted == 0 {
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetUnmounted() func(Mount) {
126126 }
127127 }
128128
129-// OverrideGetRoot sets the callback function.
129+// OverrideGetRoot sets the "get_root" callback function.
130130 // Gets a #GFile to the root directory of the #GMount.
131131 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetRoot(cb func(Mount) *FileBase) {
132132 if cb == nil {
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetRoot(cb func(Mount) *FileBase) {
142142 }
143143 }
144144
145-// GetGetRoot gets the callback function.
145+// GetGetRoot gets the "get_root" callback function.
146146 // Gets a #GFile to the root directory of the #GMount.
147147 func (x *MountIface) GetGetRoot() func(Mount) *FileBase {
148148 if x.xGetRoot == 0 {
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGetRoot() func(Mount) *FileBase {
161161 }
162162 }
163163
164-// OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
164+// OverrideGetName sets the "get_name" callback function.
165165 // Gets a string containing the name of the #GMount.
166166 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Mount) string) {
167167 if cb == nil {
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Mount) string) {
173173 }
174174 }
175175
176-// GetGetName gets the callback function.
176+// GetGetName gets the "get_name" callback function.
177177 // Gets a string containing the name of the #GMount.
178178 func (x *MountIface) GetGetName() func(Mount) string {
179179 if x.xGetName == 0 {
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGetName() func(Mount) string {
186186 }
187187 }
188188
189-// OverrideGetIcon sets the callback function.
189+// OverrideGetIcon sets the "get_icon" callback function.
190190 // Gets a #GIcon for the #GMount.
191191 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(Mount) *IconBase) {
192192 if cb == nil {
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(Mount) *IconBase) {
202202 }
203203 }
204204
205-// GetGetIcon gets the callback function.
205+// GetGetIcon gets the "get_icon" callback function.
206206 // Gets a #GIcon for the #GMount.
207207 func (x *MountIface) GetGetIcon() func(Mount) *IconBase {
208208 if x.xGetIcon == 0 {
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGetIcon() func(Mount) *IconBase {
221221 }
222222 }
223223
224-// OverrideGetUuid sets the callback function.
224+// OverrideGetUuid sets the "get_uuid" callback function.
225225 // Gets the UUID for the #GMount. The reference is typically based on the file system UUID for the mount in question and should be considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID available.
226226 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetUuid(cb func(Mount) string) {
227227 if cb == nil {
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetUuid(cb func(Mount) string) {
233233 }
234234 }
235235
236-// GetGetUuid gets the callback function.
236+// GetGetUuid gets the "get_uuid" callback function.
237237 // Gets the UUID for the #GMount. The reference is typically based on the file system UUID for the mount in question and should be considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID available.
238238 func (x *MountIface) GetGetUuid() func(Mount) string {
239239 if x.xGetUuid == 0 {
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGetUuid() func(Mount) string {
246246 }
247247 }
248248
249-// OverrideGetVolume sets the callback function.
249+// OverrideGetVolume sets the "get_volume" callback function.
250250 // Gets a #GVolume the mount is located on. Returns %NULL if the #GMount is not associated with a #GVolume.
251251 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetVolume(cb func(Mount) *VolumeBase) {
252252 if cb == nil {
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetVolume(cb func(Mount) *VolumeBase) {
262262 }
263263 }
264264
265-// GetGetVolume gets the callback function.
265+// GetGetVolume gets the "get_volume" callback function.
266266 // Gets a #GVolume the mount is located on. Returns %NULL if the #GMount is not associated with a #GVolume.
267267 func (x *MountIface) GetGetVolume() func(Mount) *VolumeBase {
268268 if x.xGetVolume == 0 {
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGetVolume() func(Mount) *VolumeBase {
281281 }
282282 }
283283
284-// OverrideGetDrive sets the callback function.
284+// OverrideGetDrive sets the "get_drive" callback function.
285285 // Gets a #GDrive the volume of the mount is located on. Returns %NULL if the #GMount is not associated with a #GDrive or a #GVolume. This is convenience method for getting the #GVolume and using that to get the #GDrive.
286286 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetDrive(cb func(Mount) *DriveBase) {
287287 if cb == nil {
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetDrive(cb func(Mount) *DriveBase) {
297297 }
298298 }
299299
300-// GetGetDrive gets the callback function.
300+// GetGetDrive gets the "get_drive" callback function.
301301 // Gets a #GDrive the volume of the mount is located on. Returns %NULL if the #GMount is not associated with a #GDrive or a #GVolume. This is convenience method for getting the #GVolume and using that to get the #GDrive.
302302 func (x *MountIface) GetGetDrive() func(Mount) *DriveBase {
303303 if x.xGetDrive == 0 {
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGetDrive() func(Mount) *DriveBase {
316316 }
317317 }
318318
319-// OverrideCanUnmount sets the callback function.
319+// OverrideCanUnmount sets the "can_unmount" callback function.
320320 // Checks if a #GMount can be unmounted.
321321 func (x *MountIface) OverrideCanUnmount(cb func(Mount) bool) {
322322 if cb == nil {
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideCanUnmount(cb func(Mount) bool) {
328328 }
329329 }
330330
331-// GetCanUnmount gets the callback function.
331+// GetCanUnmount gets the "can_unmount" callback function.
332332 // Checks if a #GMount can be unmounted.
333333 func (x *MountIface) GetCanUnmount() func(Mount) bool {
334334 if x.xCanUnmount == 0 {
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetCanUnmount() func(Mount) bool {
341341 }
342342 }
343343
344-// OverrideCanEject sets the callback function.
344+// OverrideCanEject sets the "can_eject" callback function.
345345 // Checks if a #GMount can be ejected.
346346 func (x *MountIface) OverrideCanEject(cb func(Mount) bool) {
347347 if cb == nil {
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideCanEject(cb func(Mount) bool) {
353353 }
354354 }
355355
356-// GetCanEject gets the callback function.
356+// GetCanEject gets the "can_eject" callback function.
357357 // Checks if a #GMount can be ejected.
358358 func (x *MountIface) GetCanEject() func(Mount) bool {
359359 if x.xCanEject == 0 {
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetCanEject() func(Mount) bool {
366366 }
367367 }
368368
369-// OverrideUnmount sets the callback function.
369+// OverrideUnmount sets the "unmount" callback function.
370370 // Starts unmounting a #GMount.
371371 func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmount(cb func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
372372 if cb == nil {
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmount(cb func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancella
378378 }
379379 }
380380
381-// GetUnmount gets the callback function.
381+// GetUnmount gets the "unmount" callback function.
382382 // Starts unmounting a #GMount.
383383 func (x *MountIface) GetUnmount() func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
384384 if x.xUnmount == 0 {
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetUnmount() func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *
391391 }
392392 }
393393
394-// OverrideUnmountFinish sets the callback function.
394+// OverrideUnmountFinish sets the "unmount_finish" callback function.
395395 // Finishes an unmounting operation.
396396 func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmountFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool) {
397397 if cb == nil {
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmountFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool) {
403403 }
404404 }
405405
406-// GetUnmountFinish gets the callback function.
406+// GetUnmountFinish gets the "unmount_finish" callback function.
407407 // Finishes an unmounting operation.
408408 func (x *MountIface) GetUnmountFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool {
409409 if x.xUnmountFinish == 0 {
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetUnmountFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool {
416416 }
417417 }
418418
419-// OverrideEject sets the callback function.
419+// OverrideEject sets the "eject" callback function.
420420 // Starts ejecting a #GMount.
421421 func (x *MountIface) OverrideEject(cb func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
422422 if cb == nil {
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideEject(cb func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellabl
428428 }
429429 }
430430
431-// GetEject gets the callback function.
431+// GetEject gets the "eject" callback function.
432432 // Starts ejecting a #GMount.
433433 func (x *MountIface) GetEject() func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
434434 if x.xEject == 0 {
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetEject() func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *As
441441 }
442442 }
443443
444-// OverrideEjectFinish sets the callback function.
444+// OverrideEjectFinish sets the "eject_finish" callback function.
445445 // Finishes an eject operation.
446446 func (x *MountIface) OverrideEjectFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool) {
447447 if cb == nil {
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideEjectFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool) {
453453 }
454454 }
455455
456-// GetEjectFinish gets the callback function.
456+// GetEjectFinish gets the "eject_finish" callback function.
457457 // Finishes an eject operation.
458458 func (x *MountIface) GetEjectFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool {
459459 if x.xEjectFinish == 0 {
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetEjectFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool {
466466 }
467467 }
468468
469-// OverrideRemount sets the callback function.
469+// OverrideRemount sets the "remount" callback function.
470470 // Starts remounting a #GMount.
471471 func (x *MountIface) OverrideRemount(cb func(Mount, MountMountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
472472 if cb == nil {
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideRemount(cb func(Mount, MountMountFlags, *MountOpera
478478 }
479479 }
480480
481-// GetRemount gets the callback function.
481+// GetRemount gets the "remount" callback function.
482482 // Starts remounting a #GMount.
483483 func (x *MountIface) GetRemount() func(Mount, MountMountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
484484 if x.xRemount == 0 {
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetRemount() func(Mount, MountMountFlags, *MountOperation,
491491 }
492492 }
493493
494-// OverrideRemountFinish sets the callback function.
494+// OverrideRemountFinish sets the "remount_finish" callback function.
495495 // Finishes a remounting operation.
496496 func (x *MountIface) OverrideRemountFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool) {
497497 if cb == nil {
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideRemountFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool) {
503503 }
504504 }
505505
506-// GetRemountFinish gets the callback function.
506+// GetRemountFinish gets the "remount_finish" callback function.
507507 // Finishes a remounting operation.
508508 func (x *MountIface) GetRemountFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool {
509509 if x.xRemountFinish == 0 {
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetRemountFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool {
516516 }
517517 }
518518
519-// OverrideGuessContentType sets the callback function.
519+// OverrideGuessContentType sets the "guess_content_type" callback function.
520520 // Starts guessing the type of the content of a #GMount.
521521 //
522522 // See g_mount_guess_content_type() for more information on content
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGuessContentType(cb func(Mount, bool, *Cancellable,
531531 }
532532 }
533533
534-// GetGuessContentType gets the callback function.
534+// GetGuessContentType gets the "guess_content_type" callback function.
535535 // Starts guessing the type of the content of a #GMount.
536536 //
537537 // See g_mount_guess_content_type() for more information on content
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGuessContentType() func(Mount, bool, *Cancellable, *Asyn
547547 }
548548 }
549549
550-// OverrideGuessContentTypeFinish sets the callback function.
550+// OverrideGuessContentTypeFinish sets the "guess_content_type_finish" callback function.
551551 // Finishes a content type guessing operation. Added in 2.18.
552552 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGuessContentTypeFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) []string) {
553553 if cb == nil {
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGuessContentTypeFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult)
559559 }
560560 }
561561
562-// GetGuessContentTypeFinish gets the callback function.
562+// GetGuessContentTypeFinish gets the "guess_content_type_finish" callback function.
563563 // Finishes a content type guessing operation. Added in 2.18.
564564 func (x *MountIface) GetGuessContentTypeFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) []string {
565565 if x.xGuessContentTypeFinish == 0 {
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGuessContentTypeFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) []stri
572572 }
573573 }
574574
575-// OverrideGuessContentTypeSync sets the callback function.
575+// OverrideGuessContentTypeSync sets the "guess_content_type_sync" callback function.
576576 // Synchronous variant of @guess_content_type. Added in 2.18
577577 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGuessContentTypeSync(cb func(Mount, bool, *Cancellable) []string) {
578578 if cb == nil {
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGuessContentTypeSync(cb func(Mount, bool, *Cancella
584584 }
585585 }
586586
587-// GetGuessContentTypeSync gets the callback function.
587+// GetGuessContentTypeSync gets the "guess_content_type_sync" callback function.
588588 // Synchronous variant of @guess_content_type. Added in 2.18
589589 func (x *MountIface) GetGuessContentTypeSync() func(Mount, bool, *Cancellable) []string {
590590 if x.xGuessContentTypeSync == 0 {
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGuessContentTypeSync() func(Mount, bool, *Cancellable) [
597597 }
598598 }
599599
600-// OverridePreUnmount sets the callback function.
600+// OverridePreUnmount sets the "pre_unmount" callback function.
601601 // The ::pre-unmount signal that is emitted when the #GMount will soon be emitted. If the recipient is somehow holding the mount open by keeping an open file on it it should close the file.
602602 func (x *MountIface) OverridePreUnmount(cb func(Mount)) {
603603 if cb == nil {
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverridePreUnmount(cb func(Mount)) {
609609 }
610610 }
611611
612-// GetPreUnmount gets the callback function.
612+// GetPreUnmount gets the "pre_unmount" callback function.
613613 // The ::pre-unmount signal that is emitted when the #GMount will soon be emitted. If the recipient is somehow holding the mount open by keeping an open file on it it should close the file.
614614 func (x *MountIface) GetPreUnmount() func(Mount) {
615615 if x.xPreUnmount == 0 {
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetPreUnmount() func(Mount) {
622622 }
623623 }
624624
625-// OverrideUnmountWithOperation sets the callback function.
625+// OverrideUnmountWithOperation sets the "unmount_with_operation" callback function.
626626 // Starts unmounting a #GMount using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
627627 func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmountWithOperation(cb func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
628628 if cb == nil {
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmountWithOperation(cb func(Mount, MountUnmountFla
634634 }
635635 }
636636
637-// GetUnmountWithOperation gets the callback function.
637+// GetUnmountWithOperation gets the "unmount_with_operation" callback function.
638638 // Starts unmounting a #GMount using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
639639 func (x *MountIface) GetUnmountWithOperation() func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
640640 if x.xUnmountWithOperation == 0 {
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetUnmountWithOperation() func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *M
647647 }
648648 }
649649
650-// OverrideUnmountWithOperationFinish sets the callback function.
650+// OverrideUnmountWithOperationFinish sets the "unmount_with_operation_finish" callback function.
651651 // Finishes an unmounting operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
652652 func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmountWithOperationFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool) {
653653 if cb == nil {
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideUnmountWithOperationFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResu
659659 }
660660 }
661661
662-// GetUnmountWithOperationFinish gets the callback function.
662+// GetUnmountWithOperationFinish gets the "unmount_with_operation_finish" callback function.
663663 // Finishes an unmounting operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
664664 func (x *MountIface) GetUnmountWithOperationFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool {
665665 if x.xUnmountWithOperationFinish == 0 {
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetUnmountWithOperationFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bo
672672 }
673673 }
674674
675-// OverrideEjectWithOperation sets the callback function.
675+// OverrideEjectWithOperation sets the "eject_with_operation" callback function.
676676 // Starts ejecting a #GMount using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
677677 func (x *MountIface) OverrideEjectWithOperation(cb func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
678678 if cb == nil {
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideEjectWithOperation(cb func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags
684684 }
685685 }
686686
687-// GetEjectWithOperation gets the callback function.
687+// GetEjectWithOperation gets the "eject_with_operation" callback function.
688688 // Starts ejecting a #GMount using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
689689 func (x *MountIface) GetEjectWithOperation() func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
690690 if x.xEjectWithOperation == 0 {
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetEjectWithOperation() func(Mount, MountUnmountFlags, *Mou
697697 }
698698 }
699699
700-// OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish sets the callback function.
700+// OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish sets the "eject_with_operation_finish" callback function.
701701 // Finishes an eject operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
702702 func (x *MountIface) OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool) {
703703 if cb == nil {
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish(cb func(Mount, AsyncResult
709709 }
710710 }
711711
712-// GetEjectWithOperationFinish gets the callback function.
712+// GetEjectWithOperationFinish gets the "eject_with_operation_finish" callback function.
713713 // Finishes an eject operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
714714 func (x *MountIface) GetEjectWithOperationFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool {
715715 if x.xEjectWithOperationFinish == 0 {
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetEjectWithOperationFinish() func(Mount, AsyncResult) bool
722722 }
723723 }
724724
725-// OverrideGetDefaultLocation sets the callback function.
725+// OverrideGetDefaultLocation sets the "get_default_location" callback function.
726726 // Gets a #GFile indication a start location that can be use as the entry point for this mount. Since 2.24.
727727 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetDefaultLocation(cb func(Mount) *FileBase) {
728728 if cb == nil {
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetDefaultLocation(cb func(Mount) *FileBase) {
738738 }
739739 }
740740
741-// GetGetDefaultLocation gets the callback function.
741+// GetGetDefaultLocation gets the "get_default_location" callback function.
742742 // Gets a #GFile indication a start location that can be use as the entry point for this mount. Since 2.24.
743743 func (x *MountIface) GetGetDefaultLocation() func(Mount) *FileBase {
744744 if x.xGetDefaultLocation == 0 {
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGetDefaultLocation() func(Mount) *FileBase {
757757 }
758758 }
759759
760-// OverrideGetSortKey sets the callback function.
760+// OverrideGetSortKey sets the "get_sort_key" callback function.
761761 // Gets a key used for sorting #GMount instance or %NULL if no such key exists. Since 2.32.
762762 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetSortKey(cb func(Mount) string) {
763763 if cb == nil {
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetSortKey(cb func(Mount) string) {
769769 }
770770 }
771771
772-// GetGetSortKey gets the callback function.
772+// GetGetSortKey gets the "get_sort_key" callback function.
773773 // Gets a key used for sorting #GMount instance or %NULL if no such key exists. Since 2.32.
774774 func (x *MountIface) GetGetSortKey() func(Mount) string {
775775 if x.xGetSortKey == 0 {
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) GetGetSortKey() func(Mount) string {
782782 }
783783 }
784784
785-// OverrideGetSymbolicIcon sets the callback function.
785+// OverrideGetSymbolicIcon sets the "get_symbolic_icon" callback function.
786786 // Gets a symbolic #GIcon for the #GMount. Since 2.34.
787787 func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetSymbolicIcon(cb func(Mount) *IconBase) {
788788 if cb == nil {
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ func (x *MountIface) OverrideGetSymbolicIcon(cb func(Mount) *IconBase) {
798798 }
799799 }
800800
801-// GetGetSymbolicIcon gets the callback function.
801+// GetGetSymbolicIcon gets the "get_symbolic_icon" callback function.
802802 // Gets a symbolic #GIcon for the #GMount. Since 2.34.
803803 func (x *MountIface) GetGetSymbolicIcon() func(Mount) *IconBase {
804804 if x.xGetSymbolicIcon == 0 {
M v4/gio/gmountoperation.go +184 -30
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5252 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5353 }
5454
55-// OverrideAskPassword sets the callback function.
55+// OverrideAskPassword sets the "ask_password" callback function.
5656 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideAskPassword(cb func(*MountOperation, string, string, string, AskPasswordFlags)) {
5757 if cb == nil {
5858 x.xAskPassword = 0
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideAskPassword(cb func(*MountOperation, strin
6363 }
6464 }
6565
66-// GetAskPassword gets the callback function.
66+// GetAskPassword gets the "ask_password" callback function.
6767 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetAskPassword() func(*MountOperation, string, string, string, AskPasswordFlags) {
6868 if x.xAskPassword == 0 {
6969 return nil
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetAskPassword() func(*MountOperation, string, str
7575 }
7676 }
7777
78-// OverrideAskQuestion sets the callback function.
78+// OverrideAskQuestion sets the "ask_question" callback function.
7979 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideAskQuestion(cb func(*MountOperation, string, []string)) {
8080 if cb == nil {
8181 x.xAskQuestion = 0
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideAskQuestion(cb func(*MountOperation, strin
8686 }
8787 }
8888
89-// GetAskQuestion gets the callback function.
89+// GetAskQuestion gets the "ask_question" callback function.
9090 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetAskQuestion() func(*MountOperation, string, []string) {
9191 if x.xAskQuestion == 0 {
9292 return nil
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetAskQuestion() func(*MountOperation, string, []s
9898 }
9999 }
100100
101-// OverrideReply sets the callback function.
101+// OverrideReply sets the "reply" callback function.
102102 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideReply(cb func(*MountOperation, MountOperationResult)) {
103103 if cb == nil {
104104 x.xReply = 0
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideReply(cb func(*MountOperation, MountOperat
109109 }
110110 }
111111
112-// GetReply gets the callback function.
112+// GetReply gets the "reply" callback function.
113113 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetReply() func(*MountOperation, MountOperationResult) {
114114 if x.xReply == 0 {
115115 return nil
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetReply() func(*MountOperation, MountOperationRes
121121 }
122122 }
123123
124-// OverrideAborted sets the callback function.
124+// OverrideAborted sets the "aborted" callback function.
125125 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideAborted(cb func(*MountOperation)) {
126126 if cb == nil {
127127 x.xAborted = 0
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideAborted(cb func(*MountOperation)) {
132132 }
133133 }
134134
135-// GetAborted gets the callback function.
135+// GetAborted gets the "aborted" callback function.
136136 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetAborted() func(*MountOperation) {
137137 if x.xAborted == 0 {
138138 return nil
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetAborted() func(*MountOperation) {
144144 }
145145 }
146146
147-// OverrideShowProcesses sets the callback function.
147+// OverrideShowProcesses sets the "show_processes" callback function.
148148 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideShowProcesses(cb func(*MountOperation, string, []glib.Pid, []string)) {
149149 if cb == nil {
150150 x.xShowProcesses = 0
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideShowProcesses(cb func(*MountOperation, str
155155 }
156156 }
157157
158-// GetShowProcesses gets the callback function.
158+// GetShowProcesses gets the "show_processes" callback function.
159159 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetShowProcesses() func(*MountOperation, string, []glib.Pid, []string) {
160160 if x.xShowProcesses == 0 {
161161 return nil
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetShowProcesses() func(*MountOperation, string, [
167167 }
168168 }
169169
170-// OverrideShowUnmountProgress sets the callback function.
170+// OverrideShowUnmountProgress sets the "show_unmount_progress" callback function.
171171 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideShowUnmountProgress(cb func(*MountOperation, string, int64, int64)) {
172172 if cb == nil {
173173 x.xShowUnmountProgress = 0
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideShowUnmountProgress(cb func(*MountOperatio
178178 }
179179 }
180180
181-// GetShowUnmountProgress gets the callback function.
181+// GetShowUnmountProgress gets the "show_unmount_progress" callback function.
182182 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetShowUnmountProgress() func(*MountOperation, string, int64, int64) {
183183 if x.xShowUnmountProgress == 0 {
184184 return nil
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetShowUnmountProgress() func(*MountOperation, str
190190 }
191191 }
192192
193-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
193+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
194194 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
195195 if cb == nil {
196196 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
201201 }
202202 }
203203
204-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
204+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
205205 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
206206 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
207207 return nil
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
213213 }
214214 }
215215
216-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
216+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
217217 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
218218 if cb == nil {
219219 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
224224 }
225225 }
226226
227-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
227+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
228228 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
229229 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
230230 return nil
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
236236 }
237237 }
238238
239-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
239+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
240240 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
241241 if cb == nil {
242242 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
247247 }
248248 }
249249
250-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
250+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
251251 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
252252 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
253253 return nil
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
259259 }
260260 }
261261
262-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
262+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
263263 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
264264 if cb == nil {
265265 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
270270 }
271271 }
272272
273-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
273+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
274274 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
275275 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
276276 return nil
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
282282 }
283283 }
284284
285-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
285+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
286286 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
287287 if cb == nil {
288288 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
293293 }
294294 }
295295
296-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
296+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
297297 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
298298 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
299299 return nil
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
305305 }
306306 }
307307
308-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
308+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
309309 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
310310 if cb == nil {
311311 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
316316 }
317317 }
318318
319-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
319+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
320320 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
321321 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
322322 return nil
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
328328 }
329329 }
330330
331-// OverrideGReserved7 sets the callback function.
331+// OverrideGReserved7 sets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
332332 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
333333 if cb == nil {
334334 x.xGReserved7 = 0
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
339339 }
340340 }
341341
342-// GetGReserved7 gets the callback function.
342+// GetGReserved7 gets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
343343 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
344344 if x.xGReserved7 == 0 {
345345 return nil
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
351351 }
352352 }
353353
354-// OverrideGReserved8 sets the callback function.
354+// OverrideGReserved8 sets the "_g_reserved8" callback function.
355355 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved8(cb func()) {
356356 if cb == nil {
357357 x.xGReserved8 = 0
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved8(cb func()) {
362362 }
363363 }
364364
365-// GetGReserved8 gets the callback function.
365+// GetGReserved8 gets the "_g_reserved8" callback function.
366366 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved8() func() {
367367 if x.xGReserved8 == 0 {
368368 return nil
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved8() func() {
374374 }
375375 }
376376
377-// OverrideGReserved9 sets the callback function.
377+// OverrideGReserved9 sets the "_g_reserved9" callback function.
378378 func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved9(cb func()) {
379379 if cb == nil {
380380 x.xGReserved9 = 0
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ func (x *MountOperationClass) OverrideGReserved9(cb func()) {
385385 }
386386 }
387387
388-// GetGReserved9 gets the callback function.
388+// GetGReserved9 gets the "_g_reserved9" callback function.
389389 func (x *MountOperationClass) GetGReserved9() func() {
390390 if x.xGReserved9 == 0 {
391391 return nil
@@ -644,6 +644,160 @@ func (c *MountOperation) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
644644 c.Ptr = ptr
645645 }
646646
647+// SetPropertyAnonymous sets the "anonymous" property.
648+// Whether to use an anonymous user when authenticating.
649+func (x *MountOperation) SetPropertyAnonymous(value bool) {
650+ var v gobject.Value
651+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
652+ v.SetBoolean(value)
653+ x.SetProperty("anonymous", &v)
654+}
655+
656+// GetPropertyAnonymous gets the "anonymous" property.
657+// Whether to use an anonymous user when authenticating.
658+func (x *MountOperation) GetPropertyAnonymous() bool {
659+ var v gobject.Value
660+ x.GetProperty("anonymous", &v)
661+ return v.GetBoolean()
662+}
663+
664+// SetPropertyChoice sets the "choice" property.
665+// The index of the user's choice when a question is asked during the
666+// mount operation. See the #GMountOperation::ask-question signal.
667+func (x *MountOperation) SetPropertyChoice(value int) {
668+ var v gobject.Value
669+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
670+ v.SetInt(value)
671+ x.SetProperty("choice", &v)
672+}
673+
674+// GetPropertyChoice gets the "choice" property.
675+// The index of the user's choice when a question is asked during the
676+// mount operation. See the #GMountOperation::ask-question signal.
677+func (x *MountOperation) GetPropertyChoice() int {
678+ var v gobject.Value
679+ x.GetProperty("choice", &v)
680+ return v.GetInt()
681+}
682+
683+// SetPropertyDomain sets the "domain" property.
684+// The domain to use for the mount operation.
685+func (x *MountOperation) SetPropertyDomain(value string) {
686+ var v gobject.Value
687+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
688+ v.SetString(value)
689+ x.SetProperty("domain", &v)
690+}
691+
692+// GetPropertyDomain gets the "domain" property.
693+// The domain to use for the mount operation.
694+func (x *MountOperation) GetPropertyDomain() string {
695+ var v gobject.Value
696+ x.GetProperty("domain", &v)
697+ return v.GetString()
698+}
699+
700+// SetPropertyIsTcryptHiddenVolume sets the "is-tcrypt-hidden-volume" property.
701+// Whether the device to be unlocked is a TCRYPT hidden volume.
702+// See [the VeraCrypt documentation](https://www.veracrypt.fr/en/Hidden%20Volume.html).
703+func (x *MountOperation) SetPropertyIsTcryptHiddenVolume(value bool) {
704+ var v gobject.Value
705+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
706+ v.SetBoolean(value)
707+ x.SetProperty("is-tcrypt-hidden-volume", &v)
708+}
709+
710+// GetPropertyIsTcryptHiddenVolume gets the "is-tcrypt-hidden-volume" property.
711+// Whether the device to be unlocked is a TCRYPT hidden volume.
712+// See [the VeraCrypt documentation](https://www.veracrypt.fr/en/Hidden%20Volume.html).
713+func (x *MountOperation) GetPropertyIsTcryptHiddenVolume() bool {
714+ var v gobject.Value
715+ x.GetProperty("is-tcrypt-hidden-volume", &v)
716+ return v.GetBoolean()
717+}
718+
719+// SetPropertyIsTcryptSystemVolume sets the "is-tcrypt-system-volume" property.
720+// Whether the device to be unlocked is a TCRYPT system volume.
721+// In this context, a system volume is a volume with a bootloader
722+// and operating system installed. This is only supported for Windows
723+// operating systems. For further documentation, see
724+// [the VeraCrypt documentation](https://www.veracrypt.fr/en/System%20Encryption.html).
725+func (x *MountOperation) SetPropertyIsTcryptSystemVolume(value bool) {
726+ var v gobject.Value
727+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
728+ v.SetBoolean(value)
729+ x.SetProperty("is-tcrypt-system-volume", &v)
730+}
731+
732+// GetPropertyIsTcryptSystemVolume gets the "is-tcrypt-system-volume" property.
733+// Whether the device to be unlocked is a TCRYPT system volume.
734+// In this context, a system volume is a volume with a bootloader
735+// and operating system installed. This is only supported for Windows
736+// operating systems. For further documentation, see
737+// [the VeraCrypt documentation](https://www.veracrypt.fr/en/System%20Encryption.html).
738+func (x *MountOperation) GetPropertyIsTcryptSystemVolume() bool {
739+ var v gobject.Value
740+ x.GetProperty("is-tcrypt-system-volume", &v)
741+ return v.GetBoolean()
742+}
743+
744+// SetPropertyPassword sets the "password" property.
745+// The password that is used for authentication when carrying out
746+// the mount operation.
747+func (x *MountOperation) SetPropertyPassword(value string) {
748+ var v gobject.Value
749+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
750+ v.SetString(value)
751+ x.SetProperty("password", &v)
752+}
753+
754+// GetPropertyPassword gets the "password" property.
755+// The password that is used for authentication when carrying out
756+// the mount operation.
757+func (x *MountOperation) GetPropertyPassword() string {
758+ var v gobject.Value
759+ x.GetProperty("password", &v)
760+ return v.GetString()
761+}
762+
763+// SetPropertyPim sets the "pim" property.
764+// The VeraCrypt PIM value, when unlocking a VeraCrypt volume. See
765+// [the VeraCrypt documentation](https://www.veracrypt.fr/en/Personal%20Iterations%20Multiplier%20(PIM).html).
766+func (x *MountOperation) SetPropertyPim(value uint) {
767+ var v gobject.Value
768+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
769+ v.SetUint(value)
770+ x.SetProperty("pim", &v)
771+}
772+
773+// GetPropertyPim gets the "pim" property.
774+// The VeraCrypt PIM value, when unlocking a VeraCrypt volume. See
775+// [the VeraCrypt documentation](https://www.veracrypt.fr/en/Personal%20Iterations%20Multiplier%20(PIM).html).
776+func (x *MountOperation) GetPropertyPim() uint {
777+ var v gobject.Value
778+ x.GetProperty("pim", &v)
779+ return v.GetUint()
780+}
781+
782+// SetPropertyUsername sets the "username" property.
783+// The user name that is used for authentication when carrying out
784+// the mount operation.
785+func (x *MountOperation) SetPropertyUsername(value string) {
786+ var v gobject.Value
787+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
788+ v.SetString(value)
789+ x.SetProperty("username", &v)
790+}
791+
792+// GetPropertyUsername gets the "username" property.
793+// The user name that is used for authentication when carrying out
794+// the mount operation.
795+func (x *MountOperation) GetPropertyUsername() string {
796+ var v gobject.Value
797+ x.GetProperty("username", &v)
798+ return v.GetString()
799+}
800+
647801 // Emitted by the backend when e.g. a device becomes unavailable
648802 // while a mount operation is in progress.
649803 //
M v4/gio/gnativevolumemonitor.go +2 -2
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ func (x *NativeVolumeMonitorClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2121 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2222 }
2323
24-// OverrideGetMountForMountPath sets the callback function.
24+// OverrideGetMountForMountPath sets the "get_mount_for_mount_path" callback function.
2525 func (x *NativeVolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetMountForMountPath(cb func(string, *Cancellable) *MountBase) {
2626 if cb == nil {
2727 x.xGetMountForMountPath = 0
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ func (x *NativeVolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetMountForMountPath(cb func(string,
3636 }
3737 }
3838
39-// GetGetMountForMountPath gets the callback function.
39+// GetGetMountForMountPath gets the "get_mount_for_mount_path" callback function.
4040 func (x *NativeVolumeMonitorClass) GetGetMountForMountPath() func(string, *Cancellable) *MountBase {
4141 if x.xGetMountForMountPath == 0 {
4242 return nil
M v4/gio/gnetworkaddress.go +51 -0
@@ -145,6 +145,57 @@ func (c *NetworkAddress) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
145145 c.Ptr = ptr
146146 }
147147
148+// SetPropertyHostname sets the "hostname" property.
149+// Hostname to resolve.
150+func (x *NetworkAddress) SetPropertyHostname(value string) {
151+ var v gobject.Value
152+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
153+ v.SetString(value)
154+ x.SetProperty("hostname", &v)
155+}
156+
157+// GetPropertyHostname gets the "hostname" property.
158+// Hostname to resolve.
159+func (x *NetworkAddress) GetPropertyHostname() string {
160+ var v gobject.Value
161+ x.GetProperty("hostname", &v)
162+ return v.GetString()
163+}
164+
165+// SetPropertyPort sets the "port" property.
166+// Network port.
167+func (x *NetworkAddress) SetPropertyPort(value uint) {
168+ var v gobject.Value
169+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
170+ v.SetUint(value)
171+ x.SetProperty("port", &v)
172+}
173+
174+// GetPropertyPort gets the "port" property.
175+// Network port.
176+func (x *NetworkAddress) GetPropertyPort() uint {
177+ var v gobject.Value
178+ x.GetProperty("port", &v)
179+ return v.GetUint()
180+}
181+
182+// SetPropertyScheme sets the "scheme" property.
183+// URI scheme.
184+func (x *NetworkAddress) SetPropertyScheme(value string) {
185+ var v gobject.Value
186+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
187+ v.SetString(value)
188+ x.SetProperty("scheme", &v)
189+}
190+
191+// GetPropertyScheme gets the "scheme" property.
192+// URI scheme.
193+func (x *NetworkAddress) GetPropertyScheme() string {
194+ var v gobject.Value
195+ x.GetProperty("scheme", &v)
196+ return v.GetString()
197+}
198+
148199 // Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable.
149200 func (x *NetworkAddress) Enumerate() *SocketAddressEnumerator {
150201 var cls *SocketAddressEnumerator
M v4/gio/gnetworkmonitor.go +64 -8
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3131 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3232 }
3333
34-// OverrideNetworkChanged sets the callback function.
34+// OverrideNetworkChanged sets the "network_changed" callback function.
3535 // the virtual function pointer for the
3636 //
3737 // GNetworkMonitor::network-changed signal.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) OverrideNetworkChanged(cb func(NetworkMonitor,
4545 }
4646 }
4747
48-// GetNetworkChanged gets the callback function.
48+// GetNetworkChanged gets the "network_changed" callback function.
4949 // the virtual function pointer for the
5050 //
5151 // GNetworkMonitor::network-changed signal.
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) GetNetworkChanged() func(NetworkMonitor, bool)
6060 }
6161 }
6262
63-// OverrideCanReach sets the callback function.
63+// OverrideCanReach sets the "can_reach" callback function.
6464 // the virtual function pointer for g_network_monitor_can_reach()
6565 func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) OverrideCanReach(cb func(NetworkMonitor, SocketConnectable, *Cancellable) bool) {
6666 if cb == nil {
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) OverrideCanReach(cb func(NetworkMonitor, Socke
7272 }
7373 }
7474
75-// GetCanReach gets the callback function.
75+// GetCanReach gets the "can_reach" callback function.
7676 // the virtual function pointer for g_network_monitor_can_reach()
7777 func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) GetCanReach() func(NetworkMonitor, SocketConnectable, *Cancellable) bool {
7878 if x.xCanReach == 0 {
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) GetCanReach() func(NetworkMonitor, SocketConne
8585 }
8686 }
8787
88-// OverrideCanReachAsync sets the callback function.
88+// OverrideCanReachAsync sets the "can_reach_async" callback function.
8989 // the virtual function pointer for
9090 //
9191 // g_network_monitor_can_reach_async()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) OverrideCanReachAsync(cb func(NetworkMonitor,
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// GetCanReachAsync gets the callback function.
102+// GetCanReachAsync gets the "can_reach_async" callback function.
103103 // the virtual function pointer for
104104 //
105105 // g_network_monitor_can_reach_async()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) GetCanReachAsync() func(NetworkMonitor, Socket
114114 }
115115 }
116116
117-// OverrideCanReachFinish sets the callback function.
117+// OverrideCanReachFinish sets the "can_reach_finish" callback function.
118118 // the virtual function pointer for
119119 //
120120 // g_network_monitor_can_reach_finish()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorInterface) OverrideCanReachFinish(cb func(NetworkMonitor,
128128 }
129129 }
130130
131-// GetCanReachFinish gets the callback function.
131+// GetCanReachFinish gets the "can_reach_finish" callback function.
132132 // the virtual function pointer for
133133 //
134134 // g_network_monitor_can_reach_finish()
@@ -280,6 +280,62 @@ func (x *NetworkMonitorBase) GetNetworkMetered() bool {
280280 return cret
281281 }
282282
283+// GetPropertyNetworkAvailable gets the "network-available" property.
284+// Whether the network is considered available. That is, whether the
285+// system has a default route for at least one of IPv4 or IPv6.
286+//
287+// Real-world networks are of course much more complicated than
288+// this; the machine may be connected to a wifi hotspot that
289+// requires payment before allowing traffic through, or may be
290+// connected to a functioning router that has lost its own upstream
291+// connectivity. Some hosts might only be accessible when a VPN is
292+// active. Other hosts might only be accessible when the VPN is
293+// not active. Thus, it is best to use g_network_monitor_can_reach()
294+// or g_network_monitor_can_reach_async() to test for reachability
295+// on a host-by-host basis. (On the other hand, when the property is
296+// %FALSE, the application can reasonably expect that no remote
297+// hosts at all are reachable, and should indicate this to the user
298+// in its UI.)
299+//
300+// See also #GNetworkMonitor::network-changed.
301+func (x *NetworkMonitorBase) GetPropertyNetworkAvailable() bool {
302+ obj := gobject.Object{}
303+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
304+ var v gobject.Value
305+ obj.GetProperty("network-available", &v)
306+ return v.GetBoolean()
307+}
308+
309+// GetPropertyNetworkMetered gets the "network-metered" property.
310+// Whether the network is considered metered.
311+//
312+// That is, whether the
313+// system has traffic flowing through the default connection that is
314+// subject to limitations set by service providers. For example, traffic
315+// might be billed by the amount of data transmitted, or there might be a
316+// quota on the amount of traffic per month. This is typical with tethered
317+// connections (3G and 4G) and in such situations, bandwidth intensive
318+// applications may wish to avoid network activity where possible if it will
319+// cost the user money or use up their limited quota. Anything more than a
320+// few hundreds of kilobytes of data usage per hour should be avoided without
321+// asking permission from the user.
322+//
323+// If more information is required about specific devices then the
324+// system network management API should be used instead (for example,
325+// NetworkManager or ConnMan).
326+//
327+// If this information is not available then no networks will be
328+// marked as metered.
329+//
330+// See also #GNetworkMonitor:network-available.
331+func (x *NetworkMonitorBase) GetPropertyNetworkMetered() bool {
332+ obj := gobject.Object{}
333+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
334+ var v gobject.Value
335+ obj.GetProperty("network-metered", &v)
336+ return v.GetBoolean()
337+}
338+
283339 var XGNetworkMonitorCanReach func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
284340 var XGNetworkMonitorCanReachAsync func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
285341 var XGNetworkMonitorCanReachFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
M v4/gio/gnetworkservice.go +68 -0
@@ -131,6 +131,74 @@ func (c *NetworkService) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
131131 c.Ptr = ptr
132132 }
133133
134+// SetPropertyDomain sets the "domain" property.
135+// Network domain, for example `example.com`.
136+func (x *NetworkService) SetPropertyDomain(value string) {
137+ var v gobject.Value
138+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
139+ v.SetString(value)
140+ x.SetProperty("domain", &v)
141+}
142+
143+// GetPropertyDomain gets the "domain" property.
144+// Network domain, for example `example.com`.
145+func (x *NetworkService) GetPropertyDomain() string {
146+ var v gobject.Value
147+ x.GetProperty("domain", &v)
148+ return v.GetString()
149+}
150+
151+// SetPropertyProtocol sets the "protocol" property.
152+// Network protocol, for example `tcp`.
153+func (x *NetworkService) SetPropertyProtocol(value string) {
154+ var v gobject.Value
155+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
156+ v.SetString(value)
157+ x.SetProperty("protocol", &v)
158+}
159+
160+// GetPropertyProtocol gets the "protocol" property.
161+// Network protocol, for example `tcp`.
162+func (x *NetworkService) GetPropertyProtocol() string {
163+ var v gobject.Value
164+ x.GetProperty("protocol", &v)
165+ return v.GetString()
166+}
167+
168+// SetPropertyScheme sets the "scheme" property.
169+// Network scheme (default is to use service).
170+func (x *NetworkService) SetPropertyScheme(value string) {
171+ var v gobject.Value
172+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
173+ v.SetString(value)
174+ x.SetProperty("scheme", &v)
175+}
176+
177+// GetPropertyScheme gets the "scheme" property.
178+// Network scheme (default is to use service).
179+func (x *NetworkService) GetPropertyScheme() string {
180+ var v gobject.Value
181+ x.GetProperty("scheme", &v)
182+ return v.GetString()
183+}
184+
185+// SetPropertyService sets the "service" property.
186+// Service name, for example `ldap`.
187+func (x *NetworkService) SetPropertyService(value string) {
188+ var v gobject.Value
189+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
190+ v.SetString(value)
191+ x.SetProperty("service", &v)
192+}
193+
194+// GetPropertyService gets the "service" property.
195+// Service name, for example `ldap`.
196+func (x *NetworkService) GetPropertyService() string {
197+ var v gobject.Value
198+ x.GetProperty("service", &v)
199+ return v.GetString()
200+}
201+
134202 // Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable.
135203 func (x *NetworkService) Enumerate() *SocketAddressEnumerator {
136204 var cls *SocketAddressEnumerator
M v4/gio/goutputstream.go +66 -66
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
6262 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
6363 }
6464
65-// OverrideWriteFn sets the callback function.
65+// OverrideWriteFn sets the "write_fn" callback function.
6666 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWriteFn(cb func(*OutputStream, []byte, uint, *Cancellable) int) {
6767 if cb == nil {
6868 x.xWriteFn = 0
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWriteFn(cb func(*OutputStream, []byte, uint,
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// GetWriteFn gets the callback function.
76+// GetWriteFn gets the "write_fn" callback function.
7777 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWriteFn() func(*OutputStream, []byte, uint, *Cancellable) int {
7878 if x.xWriteFn == 0 {
7979 return nil
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWriteFn() func(*OutputStream, []byte, uint, *Canc
8585 }
8686 }
8787
88-// OverrideSplice sets the callback function.
88+// OverrideSplice sets the "splice" callback function.
8989 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideSplice(cb func(*OutputStream, *InputStream, OutputStreamSpliceFlags, *Cancellable) int) {
9090 if cb == nil {
9191 x.xSplice = 0
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideSplice(cb func(*OutputStream, *InputStream,
9696 }
9797 }
9898
99-// GetSplice gets the callback function.
99+// GetSplice gets the "splice" callback function.
100100 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetSplice() func(*OutputStream, *InputStream, OutputStreamSpliceFlags, *Cancellable) int {
101101 if x.xSplice == 0 {
102102 return nil
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetSplice() func(*OutputStream, *InputStream, Output
108108 }
109109 }
110110
111-// OverrideFlush sets the callback function.
111+// OverrideFlush sets the "flush" callback function.
112112 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideFlush(cb func(*OutputStream, *Cancellable) bool) {
113113 if cb == nil {
114114 x.xFlush = 0
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideFlush(cb func(*OutputStream, *Cancellable) b
119119 }
120120 }
121121
122-// GetFlush gets the callback function.
122+// GetFlush gets the "flush" callback function.
123123 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetFlush() func(*OutputStream, *Cancellable) bool {
124124 if x.xFlush == 0 {
125125 return nil
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetFlush() func(*OutputStream, *Cancellable) bool {
131131 }
132132 }
133133
134-// OverrideCloseFn sets the callback function.
134+// OverrideCloseFn sets the "close_fn" callback function.
135135 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideCloseFn(cb func(*OutputStream, *Cancellable) bool) {
136136 if cb == nil {
137137 x.xCloseFn = 0
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideCloseFn(cb func(*OutputStream, *Cancellable)
142142 }
143143 }
144144
145-// GetCloseFn gets the callback function.
145+// GetCloseFn gets the "close_fn" callback function.
146146 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetCloseFn() func(*OutputStream, *Cancellable) bool {
147147 if x.xCloseFn == 0 {
148148 return nil
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetCloseFn() func(*OutputStream, *Cancellable) bool
154154 }
155155 }
156156
157-// OverrideWriteAsync sets the callback function.
157+// OverrideWriteAsync sets the "write_async" callback function.
158158 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWriteAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, []byte, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
159159 if cb == nil {
160160 x.xWriteAsync = 0
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWriteAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, []byte, ui
165165 }
166166 }
167167
168-// GetWriteAsync gets the callback function.
168+// GetWriteAsync gets the "write_async" callback function.
169169 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWriteAsync() func(*OutputStream, []byte, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
170170 if x.xWriteAsync == 0 {
171171 return nil
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWriteAsync() func(*OutputStream, []byte, uint, in
177177 }
178178 }
179179
180-// OverrideWriteFinish sets the callback function.
180+// OverrideWriteFinish sets the "write_finish" callback function.
181181 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWriteFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) int) {
182182 if cb == nil {
183183 x.xWriteFinish = 0
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWriteFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResu
188188 }
189189 }
190190
191-// GetWriteFinish gets the callback function.
191+// GetWriteFinish gets the "write_finish" callback function.
192192 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWriteFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) int {
193193 if x.xWriteFinish == 0 {
194194 return nil
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWriteFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) in
200200 }
201201 }
202202
203-// OverrideSpliceAsync sets the callback function.
203+// OverrideSpliceAsync sets the "splice_async" callback function.
204204 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideSpliceAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, *InputStream, OutputStreamSpliceFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
205205 if cb == nil {
206206 x.xSpliceAsync = 0
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideSpliceAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, *InputStr
211211 }
212212 }
213213
214-// GetSpliceAsync gets the callback function.
214+// GetSpliceAsync gets the "splice_async" callback function.
215215 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetSpliceAsync() func(*OutputStream, *InputStream, OutputStreamSpliceFlags, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
216216 if x.xSpliceAsync == 0 {
217217 return nil
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetSpliceAsync() func(*OutputStream, *InputStream, O
223223 }
224224 }
225225
226-// OverrideSpliceFinish sets the callback function.
226+// OverrideSpliceFinish sets the "splice_finish" callback function.
227227 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideSpliceFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) int) {
228228 if cb == nil {
229229 x.xSpliceFinish = 0
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideSpliceFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncRes
234234 }
235235 }
236236
237-// GetSpliceFinish gets the callback function.
237+// GetSpliceFinish gets the "splice_finish" callback function.
238238 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetSpliceFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) int {
239239 if x.xSpliceFinish == 0 {
240240 return nil
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetSpliceFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) i
246246 }
247247 }
248248
249-// OverrideFlushAsync sets the callback function.
249+// OverrideFlushAsync sets the "flush_async" callback function.
250250 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideFlushAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
251251 if cb == nil {
252252 x.xFlushAsync = 0
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideFlushAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, int, *Canc
257257 }
258258 }
259259
260-// GetFlushAsync gets the callback function.
260+// GetFlushAsync gets the "flush_async" callback function.
261261 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetFlushAsync() func(*OutputStream, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
262262 if x.xFlushAsync == 0 {
263263 return nil
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetFlushAsync() func(*OutputStream, int, *Cancellabl
269269 }
270270 }
271271
272-// OverrideFlushFinish sets the callback function.
272+// OverrideFlushFinish sets the "flush_finish" callback function.
273273 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideFlushFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) bool) {
274274 if cb == nil {
275275 x.xFlushFinish = 0
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideFlushFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResu
280280 }
281281 }
282282
283-// GetFlushFinish gets the callback function.
283+// GetFlushFinish gets the "flush_finish" callback function.
284284 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetFlushFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) bool {
285285 if x.xFlushFinish == 0 {
286286 return nil
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetFlushFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) bo
292292 }
293293 }
294294
295-// OverrideCloseAsync sets the callback function.
295+// OverrideCloseAsync sets the "close_async" callback function.
296296 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideCloseAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
297297 if cb == nil {
298298 x.xCloseAsync = 0
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideCloseAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, int, *Canc
303303 }
304304 }
305305
306-// GetCloseAsync gets the callback function.
306+// GetCloseAsync gets the "close_async" callback function.
307307 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetCloseAsync() func(*OutputStream, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
308308 if x.xCloseAsync == 0 {
309309 return nil
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetCloseAsync() func(*OutputStream, int, *Cancellabl
315315 }
316316 }
317317
318-// OverrideCloseFinish sets the callback function.
318+// OverrideCloseFinish sets the "close_finish" callback function.
319319 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideCloseFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) bool) {
320320 if cb == nil {
321321 x.xCloseFinish = 0
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideCloseFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResu
326326 }
327327 }
328328
329-// GetCloseFinish gets the callback function.
329+// GetCloseFinish gets the "close_finish" callback function.
330330 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetCloseFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) bool {
331331 if x.xCloseFinish == 0 {
332332 return nil
@@ -338,30 +338,30 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetCloseFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult) bo
338338 }
339339 }
340340
341-// OverrideWritevFn sets the callback function.
342-func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWritevFn(cb func(*OutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, uint, *Cancellable) bool) {
341+// OverrideWritevFn sets the "writev_fn" callback function.
342+func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWritevFn(cb func(*OutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, *uint, *Cancellable) bool) {
343343 if cb == nil {
344344 x.xWritevFn = 0
345345 } else {
346- x.xWritevFn = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, VectorsVarp []OutputVector, NVectorsVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp uint, CancellableVarp uintptr) bool {
346+ x.xWritevFn = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, VectorsVarp []OutputVector, NVectorsVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp *uint, CancellableVarp uintptr) bool {
347347 return cb(OutputStreamNewFromInternalPtr(StreamVarp), VectorsVarp, NVectorsVarp, BytesWrittenVarp, CancellableNewFromInternalPtr(CancellableVarp))
348348 })
349349 }
350350 }
351351
352-// GetWritevFn gets the callback function.
353-func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWritevFn() func(*OutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, uint, *Cancellable) bool {
352+// GetWritevFn gets the "writev_fn" callback function.
353+func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWritevFn() func(*OutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, *uint, *Cancellable) bool {
354354 if x.xWritevFn == 0 {
355355 return nil
356356 }
357- var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, VectorsVarp []OutputVector, NVectorsVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp uint, CancellableVarp uintptr) bool
357+ var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, VectorsVarp []OutputVector, NVectorsVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp *uint, CancellableVarp uintptr) bool
358358 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xWritevFn)
359- return func(StreamVar *OutputStream, VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool {
359+ return func(StreamVar *OutputStream, VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) bool {
360360 return rawCallback(StreamVar.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer())
361361 }
362362 }
363363
364-// OverrideWritevAsync sets the callback function.
364+// OverrideWritevAsync sets the "writev_async" callback function.
365365 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWritevAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
366366 if cb == nil {
367367 x.xWritevAsync = 0
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWritevAsync(cb func(*OutputStream, []OutputV
372372 }
373373 }
374374
375-// GetWritevAsync gets the callback function.
375+// GetWritevAsync gets the "writev_async" callback function.
376376 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWritevAsync() func(*OutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
377377 if x.xWritevAsync == 0 {
378378 return nil
@@ -384,30 +384,30 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWritevAsync() func(*OutputStream, []OutputVector,
384384 }
385385 }
386386
387-// OverrideWritevFinish sets the callback function.
388-func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWritevFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult, uint) bool) {
387+// OverrideWritevFinish sets the "writev_finish" callback function.
388+func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideWritevFinish(cb func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult, *uint) bool) {
389389 if cb == nil {
390390 x.xWritevFinish = 0
391391 } else {
392- x.xWritevFinish = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, BytesWrittenVarp uint) bool {
392+ x.xWritevFinish = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, BytesWrittenVarp *uint) bool {
393393 return cb(OutputStreamNewFromInternalPtr(StreamVarp), &AsyncResultBase{Ptr: ResultVarp}, BytesWrittenVarp)
394394 })
395395 }
396396 }
397397
398-// GetWritevFinish gets the callback function.
399-func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWritevFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult, uint) bool {
398+// GetWritevFinish gets the "writev_finish" callback function.
399+func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetWritevFinish() func(*OutputStream, AsyncResult, *uint) bool {
400400 if x.xWritevFinish == 0 {
401401 return nil
402402 }
403- var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, BytesWrittenVarp uint) bool
403+ var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, ResultVarp uintptr, BytesWrittenVarp *uint) bool
404404 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xWritevFinish)
405- return func(StreamVar *OutputStream, ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar uint) bool {
405+ return func(StreamVar *OutputStream, ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar *uint) bool {
406406 return rawCallback(StreamVar.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), BytesWrittenVar)
407407 }
408408 }
409409
410-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
410+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
411411 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
412412 if cb == nil {
413413 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
418418 }
419419 }
420420
421-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
421+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
422422 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
423423 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
424424 return nil
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
430430 }
431431 }
432432
433-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
433+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
434434 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
435435 if cb == nil {
436436 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
441441 }
442442 }
443443
444-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
444+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
445445 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
446446 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
447447 return nil
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
453453 }
454454 }
455455
456-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
456+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
457457 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
458458 if cb == nil {
459459 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
464464 }
465465 }
466466
467-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
467+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
468468 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
469469 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
470470 return nil
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
476476 }
477477 }
478478
479-// OverrideGReserved7 sets the callback function.
479+// OverrideGReserved7 sets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
480480 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
481481 if cb == nil {
482482 x.xGReserved7 = 0
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
487487 }
488488 }
489489
490-// GetGReserved7 gets the callback function.
490+// GetGReserved7 gets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
491491 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
492492 if x.xGReserved7 == 0 {
493493 return nil
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
499499 }
500500 }
501501
502-// OverrideGReserved8 sets the callback function.
502+// OverrideGReserved8 sets the "_g_reserved8" callback function.
503503 func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved8(cb func()) {
504504 if cb == nil {
505505 x.xGReserved8 = 0
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ func (x *OutputStreamClass) OverrideGReserved8(cb func()) {
510510 }
511511 }
512512
513-// GetGReserved8 gets the callback function.
513+// GetGReserved8 gets the "_g_reserved8" callback function.
514514 func (x *OutputStreamClass) GetGReserved8() func() {
515515 if x.xGReserved8 == 0 {
516516 return nil
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) IsClosing() bool {
727727 return cret
728728 }
729729
730-var xOutputStreamPrintf func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error, string, ...interface{}) bool
730+var xOutputStreamPrintf func(uintptr, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error, string, ...interface{}) bool
731731
732732 // This is a utility function around g_output_stream_write_all(). It
733733 // uses g_strdup_vprintf() to turn @format and @... into a string that
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ var xOutputStreamPrintf func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error, string, ...in
741741 // need precise control over partial write failures, you need to
742742 // create you own printf()-like wrapper around g_output_stream_write()
743743 // or g_output_stream_write_all().
744-func (x *OutputStream) Printf(BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ErrorVar **glib.Error, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) bool {
744+func (x *OutputStream) Printf(BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ErrorVar **glib.Error, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) bool {
745745
746746 cret := xOutputStreamPrintf(x.GoPointer(), BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), ErrorVar, FormatVar, varArgs...)
747747 return cret
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) SpliceFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (int, error) {
806806
807807 }
808808
809-var xOutputStreamVprintf func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error, string, []interface{}) bool
809+var xOutputStreamVprintf func(uintptr, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error, string, []interface{}) bool
810810
811811 // This is a utility function around g_output_stream_write_all(). It
812812 // uses g_strdup_vprintf() to turn @format and @args into a string that
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ var xOutputStreamVprintf func(uintptr, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error, string, []in
820820 // need precise control over partial write failures, you need to
821821 // create you own printf()-like wrapper around g_output_stream_write()
822822 // or g_output_stream_write_all().
823-func (x *OutputStream) Vprintf(BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ErrorVar **glib.Error, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) bool {
823+func (x *OutputStream) Vprintf(BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable, ErrorVar **glib.Error, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) bool {
824824
825825 cret := xOutputStreamVprintf(x.GoPointer(), BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), ErrorVar, FormatVar, ArgsVar)
826826 return cret
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) Write(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Ca
859859
860860 }
861861
862-var xOutputStreamWriteAll func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
862+var xOutputStreamWriteAll func(uintptr, []byte, uint, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
863863
864864 // Tries to write @count bytes from @buffer into the stream. Will block
865865 // during the operation.
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWriteAll func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uint, uintptr, **glib.Erro
880880 // functionality is only available from C. If you need it from another
881881 // language then you must write your own loop around
882882 // g_output_stream_write().
883-func (x *OutputStream) WriteAll(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
883+func (x *OutputStream) WriteAll(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
884884 var cerr *glib.Error
885885
886886 cret := xOutputStreamWriteAll(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WriteAllAsync(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, IoPriority
914914
915915 }
916916
917-var xOutputStreamWriteAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
917+var xOutputStreamWriteAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint, **glib.Error) bool
918918
919919 // Finishes an asynchronous stream write operation started with
920920 // g_output_stream_write_all_async().
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWriteAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
926926 // functionality is only available from C. If you need it from another
927927 // language then you must write your own loop around
928928 // g_output_stream_write_async().
929-func (x *OutputStream) WriteAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar uint) (bool, error) {
929+func (x *OutputStream) WriteAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (bool, error) {
930930 var cerr *glib.Error
931931
932932 cret := xOutputStreamWriteAllFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WriteFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult) (int, error) {
10531053
10541054 }
10551055
1056-var xOutputStreamWritev func(uintptr, []OutputVector, uint, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
1056+var xOutputStreamWritev func(uintptr, []OutputVector, uint, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
10571057
10581058 // Tries to write the bytes contained in the @n_vectors @vectors into the
10591059 // stream. Will block during the operation.
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWritev func(uintptr, []OutputVector, uint, uint, uintptr, **gli
10781078 // aggregate buffer size, and will return %G_IO_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT if these
10791079 // are exceeded. For example, when writing to a local file on UNIX platforms,
10801080 // the aggregate buffer size must not exceed %G_MAXSSIZE bytes.
1081-func (x *OutputStream) Writev(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
1081+func (x *OutputStream) Writev(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
10821082 var cerr *glib.Error
10831083
10841084 cret := xOutputStreamWritev(x.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) Writev(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, Bytes
10891089
10901090 }
10911091
1092-var xOutputStreamWritevAll func(uintptr, []OutputVector, uint, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
1092+var xOutputStreamWritevAll func(uintptr, []OutputVector, uint, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
10931093
10941094 // Tries to write the bytes contained in the @n_vectors @vectors into the
10951095 // stream. Will block during the operation.
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWritevAll func(uintptr, []OutputVector, uint, uint, uintptr, **
11131113 //
11141114 // The content of the individual elements of @vectors might be changed by this
11151115 // function.
1116-func (x *OutputStream) WritevAll(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
1116+func (x *OutputStream) WritevAll(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
11171117 var cerr *glib.Error
11181118
11191119 cret := xOutputStreamWritevAll(x.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WritevAllAsync(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uin
11481148
11491149 }
11501150
1151-var xOutputStreamWritevAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
1151+var xOutputStreamWritevAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint, **glib.Error) bool
11521152
11531153 // Finishes an asynchronous stream write operation started with
11541154 // g_output_stream_writev_all_async().
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ var xOutputStreamWritevAllFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
11601160 // functionality is only available from C. If you need it from another
11611161 // language then you must write your own loop around
11621162 // g_output_stream_writev_async().
1163-func (x *OutputStream) WritevAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar uint) (bool, error) {
1163+func (x *OutputStream) WritevAllFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (bool, error) {
11641164 var cerr *glib.Error
11651165
11661166 cret := xOutputStreamWritevAllFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -1209,10 +1209,10 @@ func (x *OutputStream) WritevAsync(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint,
12091209
12101210 }
12111211
1212-var xOutputStreamWritevFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, **glib.Error) bool
1212+var xOutputStreamWritevFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, *uint, **glib.Error) bool
12131213
12141214 // Finishes a stream writev operation.
1215-func (x *OutputStream) WritevFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar uint) (bool, error) {
1215+func (x *OutputStream) WritevFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (bool, error) {
12161216 var cerr *glib.Error
12171217
12181218 cret := xOutputStreamWritevFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gpermission.go +39 -12
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3636 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3737 }
3838
39-// OverrideAcquire sets the callback function.
39+// OverrideAcquire sets the "acquire" callback function.
4040 func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideAcquire(cb func(*Permission, *Cancellable) bool) {
4141 if cb == nil {
4242 x.xAcquire = 0
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideAcquire(cb func(*Permission, *Cancellable) boo
4747 }
4848 }
4949
50-// GetAcquire gets the callback function.
50+// GetAcquire gets the "acquire" callback function.
5151 func (x *PermissionClass) GetAcquire() func(*Permission, *Cancellable) bool {
5252 if x.xAcquire == 0 {
5353 return nil
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) GetAcquire() func(*Permission, *Cancellable) bool {
5959 }
6060 }
6161
62-// OverrideAcquireAsync sets the callback function.
62+// OverrideAcquireAsync sets the "acquire_async" callback function.
6363 func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideAcquireAsync(cb func(*Permission, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
6464 if cb == nil {
6565 x.xAcquireAsync = 0
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideAcquireAsync(cb func(*Permission, *Cancellable
7070 }
7171 }
7272
73-// GetAcquireAsync gets the callback function.
73+// GetAcquireAsync gets the "acquire_async" callback function.
7474 func (x *PermissionClass) GetAcquireAsync() func(*Permission, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
7575 if x.xAcquireAsync == 0 {
7676 return nil
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) GetAcquireAsync() func(*Permission, *Cancellable, *Asy
8282 }
8383 }
8484
85-// OverrideAcquireFinish sets the callback function.
85+// OverrideAcquireFinish sets the "acquire_finish" callback function.
8686 func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideAcquireFinish(cb func(*Permission, AsyncResult) bool) {
8787 if cb == nil {
8888 x.xAcquireFinish = 0
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideAcquireFinish(cb func(*Permission, AsyncResult
9393 }
9494 }
9595
96-// GetAcquireFinish gets the callback function.
96+// GetAcquireFinish gets the "acquire_finish" callback function.
9797 func (x *PermissionClass) GetAcquireFinish() func(*Permission, AsyncResult) bool {
9898 if x.xAcquireFinish == 0 {
9999 return nil
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) GetAcquireFinish() func(*Permission, AsyncResult) bool
105105 }
106106 }
107107
108-// OverrideRelease sets the callback function.
108+// OverrideRelease sets the "release" callback function.
109109 func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideRelease(cb func(*Permission, *Cancellable) bool) {
110110 if cb == nil {
111111 x.xRelease = 0
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideRelease(cb func(*Permission, *Cancellable) boo
116116 }
117117 }
118118
119-// GetRelease gets the callback function.
119+// GetRelease gets the "release" callback function.
120120 func (x *PermissionClass) GetRelease() func(*Permission, *Cancellable) bool {
121121 if x.xRelease == 0 {
122122 return nil
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) GetRelease() func(*Permission, *Cancellable) bool {
128128 }
129129 }
130130
131-// OverrideReleaseAsync sets the callback function.
131+// OverrideReleaseAsync sets the "release_async" callback function.
132132 func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideReleaseAsync(cb func(*Permission, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
133133 if cb == nil {
134134 x.xReleaseAsync = 0
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideReleaseAsync(cb func(*Permission, *Cancellable
139139 }
140140 }
141141
142-// GetReleaseAsync gets the callback function.
142+// GetReleaseAsync gets the "release_async" callback function.
143143 func (x *PermissionClass) GetReleaseAsync() func(*Permission, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
144144 if x.xReleaseAsync == 0 {
145145 return nil
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) GetReleaseAsync() func(*Permission, *Cancellable, *Asy
151151 }
152152 }
153153
154-// OverrideReleaseFinish sets the callback function.
154+// OverrideReleaseFinish sets the "release_finish" callback function.
155155 func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideReleaseFinish(cb func(*Permission, AsyncResult) bool) {
156156 if cb == nil {
157157 x.xReleaseFinish = 0
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ func (x *PermissionClass) OverrideReleaseFinish(cb func(*Permission, AsyncResult
162162 }
163163 }
164164
165-// GetReleaseFinish gets the callback function.
165+// GetReleaseFinish gets the "release_finish" callback function.
166166 func (x *PermissionClass) GetReleaseFinish() func(*Permission, AsyncResult) bool {
167167 if x.xReleaseFinish == 0 {
168168 return nil
@@ -386,6 +386,33 @@ func (c *Permission) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
386386 c.Ptr = ptr
387387 }
388388
389+// GetPropertyAllowed gets the "allowed" property.
390+// %TRUE if the caller currently has permission to perform the action that
391+// @permission represents the permission to perform.
392+func (x *Permission) GetPropertyAllowed() bool {
393+ var v gobject.Value
394+ x.GetProperty("allowed", &v)
395+ return v.GetBoolean()
396+}
397+
398+// GetPropertyCanAcquire gets the "can-acquire" property.
399+// %TRUE if it is generally possible to acquire the permission by calling
400+// g_permission_acquire().
401+func (x *Permission) GetPropertyCanAcquire() bool {
402+ var v gobject.Value
403+ x.GetProperty("can-acquire", &v)
404+ return v.GetBoolean()
405+}
406+
407+// GetPropertyCanRelease gets the "can-release" property.
408+// %TRUE if it is generally possible to release the permission by calling
409+// g_permission_release().
410+func (x *Permission) GetPropertyCanRelease() bool {
411+ var v gobject.Value
412+ x.GetProperty("can-release", &v)
413+ return v.GetBoolean()
414+}
415+
389416 func init() {
390417 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
391418 core.SetSharedLibraries("GIO", []string{"libgio-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gio/gpollableinputstream.go +16 -16
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3939 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4040 }
4141
42-// OverrideCanPoll sets the callback function.
42+// OverrideCanPoll sets the "can_poll" callback function.
4343 // Checks if the #GPollableInputStream instance is actually pollable
4444 func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) OverrideCanPoll(cb func(PollableInputStream) bool) {
4545 if cb == nil {
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) OverrideCanPoll(cb func(PollableInputStre
5151 }
5252 }
5353
54-// GetCanPoll gets the callback function.
54+// GetCanPoll gets the "can_poll" callback function.
5555 // Checks if the #GPollableInputStream instance is actually pollable
5656 func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GetCanPoll() func(PollableInputStream) bool {
5757 if x.xCanPoll == 0 {
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GetCanPoll() func(PollableInputStream) bo
6464 }
6565 }
6666
67-// OverrideIsReadable sets the callback function.
67+// OverrideIsReadable sets the "is_readable" callback function.
6868 // Checks if the stream is readable
6969 func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) OverrideIsReadable(cb func(PollableInputStream) bool) {
7070 if cb == nil {
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) OverrideIsReadable(cb func(PollableInputS
7676 }
7777 }
7878
79-// GetIsReadable gets the callback function.
79+// GetIsReadable gets the "is_readable" callback function.
8080 // Checks if the stream is readable
8181 func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GetIsReadable() func(PollableInputStream) bool {
8282 if x.xIsReadable == 0 {
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GetIsReadable() func(PollableInputStream)
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// OverrideCreateSource sets the callback function.
92+// OverrideCreateSource sets the "create_source" callback function.
9393 // Creates a #GSource to poll the stream
9494 func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(PollableInputStream, *Cancellable) *glib.Source) {
9595 if cb == nil {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(PollableInpu
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// GetCreateSource gets the callback function.
104+// GetCreateSource gets the "create_source" callback function.
105105 // Creates a #GSource to poll the stream
106106 func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GetCreateSource() func(PollableInputStream, *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
107107 if x.xCreateSource == 0 {
@@ -114,31 +114,31 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GetCreateSource() func(PollableInputStrea
114114 }
115115 }
116116
117-// OverrideReadNonblocking sets the callback function.
117+// OverrideReadNonblocking sets the "read_nonblocking" callback function.
118118 // Does a non-blocking read or returns
119119 //
120120 // %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK
121-func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) OverrideReadNonblocking(cb func(PollableInputStream, []byte, uint) int) {
121+func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) OverrideReadNonblocking(cb func(PollableInputStream, *[]byte, uint) int) {
122122 if cb == nil {
123123 x.xReadNonblocking = 0
124124 } else {
125- x.xReadNonblocking = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, BufferVarp []byte, CountVarp uint) int {
125+ x.xReadNonblocking = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, BufferVarp *[]byte, CountVarp uint) int {
126126 return cb(&PollableInputStreamBase{Ptr: StreamVarp}, BufferVarp, CountVarp)
127127 })
128128 }
129129 }
130130
131-// GetReadNonblocking gets the callback function.
131+// GetReadNonblocking gets the "read_nonblocking" callback function.
132132 // Does a non-blocking read or returns
133133 //
134134 // %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK
135-func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GetReadNonblocking() func(PollableInputStream, []byte, uint) int {
135+func (x *PollableInputStreamInterface) GetReadNonblocking() func(PollableInputStream, *[]byte, uint) int {
136136 if x.xReadNonblocking == 0 {
137137 return nil
138138 }
139- var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, BufferVarp []byte, CountVarp uint) int
139+ var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, BufferVarp *[]byte, CountVarp uint) int
140140 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xReadNonblocking)
141- return func(StreamVar PollableInputStream, BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint) int {
141+ return func(StreamVar PollableInputStream, BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint) int {
142142 return rawCallback(StreamVar.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar)
143143 }
144144 }
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ type PollableInputStream interface {
158158 CanPoll() bool
159159 CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Source
160160 IsReadable() bool
161- ReadNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error)
161+ ReadNonblocking(BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error)
162162 }
163163
164164 var xPollableInputStreamGLibType func() types.GType
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamBase) IsReadable() bool {
243243 //
244244 // The behaviour of this method is undefined if
245245 // g_pollable_input_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
246-func (x *PollableInputStreamBase) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
246+func (x *PollableInputStreamBase) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
247247 var cerr *glib.Error
248248
249249 cret := XGPollableInputStreamReadNonblocking(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ func (x *PollableInputStreamBase) ReadNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uin
257257 var XGPollableInputStreamCanPoll func(uintptr) bool
258258 var XGPollableInputStreamCreateSource func(uintptr, uintptr) *glib.Source
259259 var XGPollableInputStreamIsReadable func(uintptr) bool
260-var XGPollableInputStreamReadNonblocking func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
260+var XGPollableInputStreamReadNonblocking func(uintptr, *[]byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
261261
262262 func init() {
263263 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
M v4/gio/gpollableoutputstream.go +18 -18
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
4747 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4848 }
4949
50-// OverrideCanPoll sets the callback function.
50+// OverrideCanPoll sets the "can_poll" callback function.
5151 // Checks if the #GPollableOutputStream instance is actually pollable
5252 func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideCanPoll(cb func(PollableOutputStream) bool) {
5353 if cb == nil {
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideCanPoll(cb func(PollableOutputSt
5959 }
6060 }
6161
62-// GetCanPoll gets the callback function.
62+// GetCanPoll gets the "can_poll" callback function.
6363 // Checks if the #GPollableOutputStream instance is actually pollable
6464 func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetCanPoll() func(PollableOutputStream) bool {
6565 if x.xCanPoll == 0 {
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetCanPoll() func(PollableOutputStream)
7272 }
7373 }
7474
75-// OverrideIsWritable sets the callback function.
75+// OverrideIsWritable sets the "is_writable" callback function.
7676 // Checks if the stream is writable
7777 func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideIsWritable(cb func(PollableOutputStream) bool) {
7878 if cb == nil {
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideIsWritable(cb func(PollableOutpu
8484 }
8585 }
8686
87-// GetIsWritable gets the callback function.
87+// GetIsWritable gets the "is_writable" callback function.
8888 // Checks if the stream is writable
8989 func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetIsWritable() func(PollableOutputStream) bool {
9090 if x.xIsWritable == 0 {
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetIsWritable() func(PollableOutputStrea
9797 }
9898 }
9999
100-// OverrideCreateSource sets the callback function.
100+// OverrideCreateSource sets the "create_source" callback function.
101101 // Creates a #GSource to poll the stream
102102 func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(PollableOutputStream, *Cancellable) *glib.Source) {
103103 if cb == nil {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideCreateSource(cb func(PollableOut
109109 }
110110 }
111111
112-// GetCreateSource gets the callback function.
112+// GetCreateSource gets the "create_source" callback function.
113113 // Creates a #GSource to poll the stream
114114 func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetCreateSource() func(PollableOutputStream, *Cancellable) *glib.Source {
115115 if x.xCreateSource == 0 {
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetCreateSource() func(PollableOutputStr
122122 }
123123 }
124124
125-// OverrideWriteNonblocking sets the callback function.
125+// OverrideWriteNonblocking sets the "write_nonblocking" callback function.
126126 // Does a non-blocking write or returns
127127 //
128128 // %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideWriteNonblocking(cb func(Pollabl
136136 }
137137 }
138138
139-// GetWriteNonblocking gets the callback function.
139+// GetWriteNonblocking gets the "write_nonblocking" callback function.
140140 // Does a non-blocking write or returns
141141 //
142142 // %G_IO_ERROR_WOULD_BLOCK
@@ -151,31 +151,31 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetWriteNonblocking() func(PollableOutpu
151151 }
152152 }
153153
154-// OverrideWritevNonblocking sets the callback function.
154+// OverrideWritevNonblocking sets the "writev_nonblocking" callback function.
155155 // Does a vectored non-blocking write, or returns
156156 //
157157 // %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_WOULD_BLOCK
158-func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideWritevNonblocking(cb func(PollableOutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, uint) PollableReturn) {
158+func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) OverrideWritevNonblocking(cb func(PollableOutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, *uint) PollableReturn) {
159159 if cb == nil {
160160 x.xWritevNonblocking = 0
161161 } else {
162- x.xWritevNonblocking = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, VectorsVarp []OutputVector, NVectorsVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp uint) PollableReturn {
162+ x.xWritevNonblocking = purego.NewCallback(func(StreamVarp uintptr, VectorsVarp []OutputVector, NVectorsVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp *uint) PollableReturn {
163163 return cb(&PollableOutputStreamBase{Ptr: StreamVarp}, VectorsVarp, NVectorsVarp, BytesWrittenVarp)
164164 })
165165 }
166166 }
167167
168-// GetWritevNonblocking gets the callback function.
168+// GetWritevNonblocking gets the "writev_nonblocking" callback function.
169169 // Does a vectored non-blocking write, or returns
170170 //
171171 // %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_WOULD_BLOCK
172-func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetWritevNonblocking() func(PollableOutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, uint) PollableReturn {
172+func (x *PollableOutputStreamInterface) GetWritevNonblocking() func(PollableOutputStream, []OutputVector, uint, *uint) PollableReturn {
173173 if x.xWritevNonblocking == 0 {
174174 return nil
175175 }
176- var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, VectorsVarp []OutputVector, NVectorsVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp uint) PollableReturn
176+ var rawCallback func(StreamVarp uintptr, VectorsVarp []OutputVector, NVectorsVarp uint, BytesWrittenVarp *uint) PollableReturn
177177 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xWritevNonblocking)
178- return func(StreamVar PollableOutputStream, VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) PollableReturn {
178+ return func(StreamVar PollableOutputStream, VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) PollableReturn {
179179 return rawCallback(StreamVar.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, BytesWrittenVar)
180180 }
181181 }
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ type PollableOutputStream interface {
196196 CreateSource(CancellableVar *Cancellable) *glib.Source
197197 IsWritable() bool
198198 WriteNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error)
199- WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error)
199+ WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error)
200200 }
201201
202202 var xPollableOutputStreamGLibType func() types.GType
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ func (x *PollableOutputStreamBase) WriteNonblocking(BufferVar []byte, CountVar u
315315 //
316316 // The behaviour of this method is undefined if
317317 // g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %FALSE for @stream.
318-func (x *PollableOutputStreamBase) WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
318+func (x *PollableOutputStreamBase) WritevNonblocking(VectorsVar []OutputVector, NVectorsVar uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
319319 var cerr *glib.Error
320320
321321 cret := XGPollableOutputStreamWritevNonblocking(x.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NVectorsVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ var XGPollableOutputStreamCanPoll func(uintptr) bool
330330 var XGPollableOutputStreamCreateSource func(uintptr, uintptr) *glib.Source
331331 var XGPollableOutputStreamIsWritable func(uintptr) bool
332332 var XGPollableOutputStreamWriteNonblocking func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
333-var XGPollableOutputStreamWritevNonblocking func(uintptr, []OutputVector, uint, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) PollableReturn
333+var XGPollableOutputStreamWritevNonblocking func(uintptr, []OutputVector, uint, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) PollableReturn
334334
335335 func init() {
336336 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
M v4/gio/gpollableutils.go +2 -2
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func PollableStreamWrite(StreamVar *OutputStream, BufferVar []byte, CountVar uin
7878
7979 }
8080
81-var xPollableStreamWriteAll func(uintptr, []byte, uint, bool, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
81+var xPollableStreamWriteAll func(uintptr, []byte, uint, bool, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
8282
8383 // Tries to write @count bytes to @stream, as with
8484 // g_output_stream_write_all(), but using g_pollable_stream_write()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ var xPollableStreamWriteAll func(uintptr, []byte, uint, bool, uint, uintptr, **g
9898 // g_pollable_output_stream_can_poll() returns %TRUE or else the
9999 // behavior is undefined. If @blocking is %TRUE, then @stream does not
100100 // need to be a #GPollableOutputStream.
101-func PollableStreamWriteAll(StreamVar *OutputStream, BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, BlockingVar bool, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
101+func PollableStreamWriteAll(StreamVar *OutputStream, BufferVar []byte, CountVar uint, BlockingVar bool, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (bool, error) {
102102 var cerr *glib.Error
103103
104104 cret := xPollableStreamWriteAll(StreamVar.GoPointer(), BufferVar, CountVar, BlockingVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
M v4/gio/gpowerprofilemonitor.go +11 -0
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1112 )
1213
@@ -83,6 +84,16 @@ func (x *PowerProfileMonitorBase) GetPowerSaverEnabled() bool {
8384 return cret
8485 }
8586
87+// GetPropertyPowerSaverEnabled gets the "power-saver-enabled" property.
88+// Whether “Power Saver” mode is enabled on the system.
89+func (x *PowerProfileMonitorBase) GetPropertyPowerSaverEnabled() bool {
90+ obj := gobject.Object{}
91+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
92+ var v gobject.Value
93+ obj.GetProperty("power-saver-enabled", &v)
94+ return v.GetBoolean()
95+}
96+
8697 var XGPowerProfileMonitorGetPowerSaverEnabled func(uintptr) bool
8798
8899 const (
M v4/gio/gpropertyaction.go +87 -0
@@ -111,6 +111,93 @@ func (c *PropertyAction) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
111111 c.Ptr = ptr
112112 }
113113
114+// GetPropertyEnabled gets the "enabled" property.
115+// If @action is currently enabled.
116+//
117+// If the action is disabled then calls to g_action_activate() and
118+// g_action_change_state() have no effect.
119+func (x *PropertyAction) GetPropertyEnabled() bool {
120+ var v gobject.Value
121+ x.GetProperty("enabled", &v)
122+ return v.GetBoolean()
123+}
124+
125+// SetPropertyInvertBoolean sets the "invert-boolean" property.
126+// If %TRUE, the state of the action will be the negation of the
127+// property value, provided the property is boolean.
128+func (x *PropertyAction) SetPropertyInvertBoolean(value bool) {
129+ var v gobject.Value
130+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
131+ v.SetBoolean(value)
132+ x.SetProperty("invert-boolean", &v)
133+}
134+
135+// GetPropertyInvertBoolean gets the "invert-boolean" property.
136+// If %TRUE, the state of the action will be the negation of the
137+// property value, provided the property is boolean.
138+func (x *PropertyAction) GetPropertyInvertBoolean() bool {
139+ var v gobject.Value
140+ x.GetProperty("invert-boolean", &v)
141+ return v.GetBoolean()
142+}
143+
144+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
145+// The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying
146+// the action once it has been added to a #GActionMap.
147+func (x *PropertyAction) SetPropertyName(value string) {
148+ var v gobject.Value
149+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
150+ v.SetString(value)
151+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
152+}
153+
154+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
155+// The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying
156+// the action once it has been added to a #GActionMap.
157+func (x *PropertyAction) GetPropertyName() string {
158+ var v gobject.Value
159+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
160+ return v.GetString()
161+}
162+
163+// GetPropertyParameterType gets the "parameter-type" property.
164+// The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the
165+// action.
166+func (x *PropertyAction) GetPropertyParameterType() uintptr {
167+ var v gobject.Value
168+ x.GetProperty("parameter-type", &v)
169+ return v.GetPointer()
170+}
171+
172+// SetPropertyPropertyName sets the "property-name" property.
173+// The name of the property to wrap on the object.
174+//
175+// The property must exist on the passed-in object and it must be
176+// readable and writable (and not construct-only).
177+func (x *PropertyAction) SetPropertyPropertyName(value string) {
178+ var v gobject.Value
179+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
180+ v.SetString(value)
181+ x.SetProperty("property-name", &v)
182+}
183+
184+// GetPropertyState gets the "state" property.
185+// The state of the action, or %NULL if the action is stateless.
186+func (x *PropertyAction) GetPropertyState() uintptr {
187+ var v gobject.Value
188+ x.GetProperty("state", &v)
189+ return v.GetPointer()
190+}
191+
192+// GetPropertyStateType gets the "state-type" property.
193+// The #GVariantType of the state that the action has, or %NULL if the
194+// action is stateless.
195+func (x *PropertyAction) GetPropertyStateType() uintptr {
196+ var v gobject.Value
197+ x.GetProperty("state-type", &v)
198+ return v.GetPointer()
199+}
200+
114201 // Activates the action.
115202 //
116203 // @parameter must be the correct type of parameter for the action (ie:
M v4/gio/gproxy.go +8 -8
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ func (x *ProxyInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3030 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3131 }
3232
33-// OverrideConnect sets the callback function.
33+// OverrideConnect sets the "connect" callback function.
3434 // Connect to proxy server and wrap (if required) the #connection
3535 //
3636 // to handle payload.
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ func (x *ProxyInterface) OverrideConnect(cb func(Proxy, *IOStream, *ProxyAddress
4848 }
4949 }
5050
51-// GetConnect gets the callback function.
51+// GetConnect gets the "connect" callback function.
5252 // Connect to proxy server and wrap (if required) the #connection
5353 //
5454 // to handle payload.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ func (x *ProxyInterface) GetConnect() func(Proxy, *IOStream, *ProxyAddress, *Can
6969 }
7070 }
7171
72-// OverrideConnectAsync sets the callback function.
72+// OverrideConnectAsync sets the "connect_async" callback function.
7373 // Same as connect() but asynchronous.
7474 func (x *ProxyInterface) OverrideConnectAsync(cb func(Proxy, *IOStream, *ProxyAddress, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
7575 if cb == nil {
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ func (x *ProxyInterface) OverrideConnectAsync(cb func(Proxy, *IOStream, *ProxyAd
8181 }
8282 }
8383
84-// GetConnectAsync gets the callback function.
84+// GetConnectAsync gets the "connect_async" callback function.
8585 // Same as connect() but asynchronous.
8686 func (x *ProxyInterface) GetConnectAsync() func(Proxy, *IOStream, *ProxyAddress, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
8787 if x.xConnectAsync == 0 {
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ func (x *ProxyInterface) GetConnectAsync() func(Proxy, *IOStream, *ProxyAddress,
9494 }
9595 }
9696
97-// OverrideConnectFinish sets the callback function.
97+// OverrideConnectFinish sets the "connect_finish" callback function.
9898 // Returns the result of connect_async()
9999 func (x *ProxyInterface) OverrideConnectFinish(cb func(Proxy, AsyncResult) *IOStream) {
100100 if cb == nil {
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ func (x *ProxyInterface) OverrideConnectFinish(cb func(Proxy, AsyncResult) *IOSt
110110 }
111111 }
112112
113-// GetConnectFinish gets the callback function.
113+// GetConnectFinish gets the "connect_finish" callback function.
114114 // Returns the result of connect_async()
115115 func (x *ProxyInterface) GetConnectFinish() func(Proxy, AsyncResult) *IOStream {
116116 if x.xConnectFinish == 0 {
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *ProxyInterface) GetConnectFinish() func(Proxy, AsyncResult) *IOStream {
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// OverrideSupportsHostname sets the callback function.
132+// OverrideSupportsHostname sets the "supports_hostname" callback function.
133133 // Returns whether the proxy supports hostname lookups.
134134 func (x *ProxyInterface) OverrideSupportsHostname(cb func(Proxy) bool) {
135135 if cb == nil {
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *ProxyInterface) OverrideSupportsHostname(cb func(Proxy) bool) {
141141 }
142142 }
143143
144-// GetSupportsHostname gets the callback function.
144+// GetSupportsHostname gets the "supports_hostname" callback function.
145145 // Returns whether the proxy supports hostname lookups.
146146 func (x *ProxyInterface) GetSupportsHostname() func(Proxy) bool {
147147 if x.xSupportsHostname == 0 {
M v4/gio/gproxyaddress.go +124 -0
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1112 )
1213
@@ -146,6 +147,129 @@ func (c *ProxyAddress) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
146147 c.Ptr = ptr
147148 }
148149
150+// SetPropertyDestinationHostname sets the "destination-hostname" property.
151+// The proxy destination hostname.
152+func (x *ProxyAddress) SetPropertyDestinationHostname(value string) {
153+ var v gobject.Value
154+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
155+ v.SetString(value)
156+ x.SetProperty("destination-hostname", &v)
157+}
158+
159+// GetPropertyDestinationHostname gets the "destination-hostname" property.
160+// The proxy destination hostname.
161+func (x *ProxyAddress) GetPropertyDestinationHostname() string {
162+ var v gobject.Value
163+ x.GetProperty("destination-hostname", &v)
164+ return v.GetString()
165+}
166+
167+// SetPropertyDestinationPort sets the "destination-port" property.
168+// The proxy destination port.
169+func (x *ProxyAddress) SetPropertyDestinationPort(value uint) {
170+ var v gobject.Value
171+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
172+ v.SetUint(value)
173+ x.SetProperty("destination-port", &v)
174+}
175+
176+// GetPropertyDestinationPort gets the "destination-port" property.
177+// The proxy destination port.
178+func (x *ProxyAddress) GetPropertyDestinationPort() uint {
179+ var v gobject.Value
180+ x.GetProperty("destination-port", &v)
181+ return v.GetUint()
182+}
183+
184+// SetPropertyDestinationProtocol sets the "destination-protocol" property.
185+// The protocol being spoke to the destination host, or %NULL if
186+// the #GProxyAddress doesn't know.
187+func (x *ProxyAddress) SetPropertyDestinationProtocol(value string) {
188+ var v gobject.Value
189+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
190+ v.SetString(value)
191+ x.SetProperty("destination-protocol", &v)
192+}
193+
194+// GetPropertyDestinationProtocol gets the "destination-protocol" property.
195+// The protocol being spoke to the destination host, or %NULL if
196+// the #GProxyAddress doesn't know.
197+func (x *ProxyAddress) GetPropertyDestinationProtocol() string {
198+ var v gobject.Value
199+ x.GetProperty("destination-protocol", &v)
200+ return v.GetString()
201+}
202+
203+// SetPropertyPassword sets the "password" property.
204+// The proxy password.
205+func (x *ProxyAddress) SetPropertyPassword(value string) {
206+ var v gobject.Value
207+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
208+ v.SetString(value)
209+ x.SetProperty("password", &v)
210+}
211+
212+// GetPropertyPassword gets the "password" property.
213+// The proxy password.
214+func (x *ProxyAddress) GetPropertyPassword() string {
215+ var v gobject.Value
216+ x.GetProperty("password", &v)
217+ return v.GetString()
218+}
219+
220+// SetPropertyProtocol sets the "protocol" property.
221+// The proxy protocol.
222+func (x *ProxyAddress) SetPropertyProtocol(value string) {
223+ var v gobject.Value
224+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
225+ v.SetString(value)
226+ x.SetProperty("protocol", &v)
227+}
228+
229+// GetPropertyProtocol gets the "protocol" property.
230+// The proxy protocol.
231+func (x *ProxyAddress) GetPropertyProtocol() string {
232+ var v gobject.Value
233+ x.GetProperty("protocol", &v)
234+ return v.GetString()
235+}
236+
237+// SetPropertyUri sets the "uri" property.
238+// The URI string that the proxy was constructed from (or %NULL
239+// if the creator didn't specify this).
240+func (x *ProxyAddress) SetPropertyUri(value string) {
241+ var v gobject.Value
242+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
243+ v.SetString(value)
244+ x.SetProperty("uri", &v)
245+}
246+
247+// GetPropertyUri gets the "uri" property.
248+// The URI string that the proxy was constructed from (or %NULL
249+// if the creator didn't specify this).
250+func (x *ProxyAddress) GetPropertyUri() string {
251+ var v gobject.Value
252+ x.GetProperty("uri", &v)
253+ return v.GetString()
254+}
255+
256+// SetPropertyUsername sets the "username" property.
257+// The proxy username.
258+func (x *ProxyAddress) SetPropertyUsername(value string) {
259+ var v gobject.Value
260+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
261+ v.SetString(value)
262+ x.SetProperty("username", &v)
263+}
264+
265+// GetPropertyUsername gets the "username" property.
266+// The proxy username.
267+func (x *ProxyAddress) GetPropertyUsername() string {
268+ var v gobject.Value
269+ x.GetProperty("username", &v)
270+ return v.GetString()
271+}
272+
149273 // Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable.
150274 func (x *ProxyAddress) Enumerate() *SocketAddressEnumerator {
151275 var cls *SocketAddressEnumerator
M v4/gio/gproxyaddressenumerator.go +51 -14
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ import (
66 "unsafe"
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
9+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
910 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1011 )
1112
@@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3435 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3536 }
3637
37-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
38+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3839 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3940 if cb == nil {
4041 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4546 }
4647 }
4748
48-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
49+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4950 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5051 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
5152 return nil
@@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5758 }
5859 }
5960
60-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
61+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6162 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6263 if cb == nil {
6364 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6869 }
6970 }
7071
71-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
72+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
7273 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7374 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7475 return nil
@@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
8081 }
8182 }
8283
83-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
84+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8485 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8586 if cb == nil {
8687 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
9192 }
9293 }
9394
94-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
95+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9596 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9697 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9798 return nil
@@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
103104 }
104105 }
105106
106-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
107+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
107108 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
108109 if cb == nil {
109110 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
114115 }
115116 }
116117
117-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
118+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
118119 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
119120 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
120121 return nil
@@ -126,7 +127,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
126127 }
127128 }
128129
129-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
130+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
130131 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
131132 if cb == nil {
132133 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
137138 }
138139 }
139140
140-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
141+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
141142 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
142143 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
143144 return nil
@@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
149150 }
150151 }
151152
152-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
153+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
153154 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
154155 if cb == nil {
155156 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -160,7 +161,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
160161 }
161162 }
162163
163-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
164+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
164165 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
165166 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
166167 return nil
@@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
172173 }
173174 }
174175
175-// OverrideGReserved7 sets the callback function.
176+// OverrideGReserved7 sets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
176177 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
177178 if cb == nil {
178179 x.xGReserved7 = 0
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
183184 }
184185 }
185186
186-// GetGReserved7 gets the callback function.
187+// GetGReserved7 gets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
187188 func (x *ProxyAddressEnumeratorClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
188189 if x.xGReserved7 == 0 {
189190 return nil
@@ -239,3 +240,39 @@ func (c *ProxyAddressEnumerator) GoPointer() uintptr {
239240 func (c *ProxyAddressEnumerator) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
240241 c.Ptr = ptr
241242 }
243+
244+// SetPropertyDefaultPort sets the "default-port" property.
245+// The default port to use if #GProxyAddressEnumerator:uri does not
246+// specify one.
247+func (x *ProxyAddressEnumerator) SetPropertyDefaultPort(value uint) {
248+ var v gobject.Value
249+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
250+ v.SetUint(value)
251+ x.SetProperty("default-port", &v)
252+}
253+
254+// GetPropertyDefaultPort gets the "default-port" property.
255+// The default port to use if #GProxyAddressEnumerator:uri does not
256+// specify one.
257+func (x *ProxyAddressEnumerator) GetPropertyDefaultPort() uint {
258+ var v gobject.Value
259+ x.GetProperty("default-port", &v)
260+ return v.GetUint()
261+}
262+
263+// SetPropertyUri sets the "uri" property.
264+// The destination URI. Use `none://` for a generic socket.
265+func (x *ProxyAddressEnumerator) SetPropertyUri(value string) {
266+ var v gobject.Value
267+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
268+ v.SetString(value)
269+ x.SetProperty("uri", &v)
270+}
271+
272+// GetPropertyUri gets the "uri" property.
273+// The destination URI. Use `none://` for a generic socket.
274+func (x *ProxyAddressEnumerator) GetPropertyUri() string {
275+ var v gobject.Value
276+ x.GetProperty("uri", &v)
277+ return v.GetString()
278+}
M v4/gio/gproxyresolver.go +8 -8
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3131 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3232 }
3333
34-// OverrideIsSupported sets the callback function.
34+// OverrideIsSupported sets the "is_supported" callback function.
3535 // the virtual function pointer for g_proxy_resolver_is_supported()
3636 func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) OverrideIsSupported(cb func(ProxyResolver) bool) {
3737 if cb == nil {
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) OverrideIsSupported(cb func(ProxyResolver) bool
4343 }
4444 }
4545
46-// GetIsSupported gets the callback function.
46+// GetIsSupported gets the "is_supported" callback function.
4747 // the virtual function pointer for g_proxy_resolver_is_supported()
4848 func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) GetIsSupported() func(ProxyResolver) bool {
4949 if x.xIsSupported == 0 {
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) GetIsSupported() func(ProxyResolver) bool {
5656 }
5757 }
5858
59-// OverrideLookup sets the callback function.
59+// OverrideLookup sets the "lookup" callback function.
6060 // the virtual function pointer for g_proxy_resolver_lookup()
6161 func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) OverrideLookup(cb func(ProxyResolver, string, *Cancellable) []string) {
6262 if cb == nil {
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) OverrideLookup(cb func(ProxyResolver, string, *
6868 }
6969 }
7070
71-// GetLookup gets the callback function.
71+// GetLookup gets the "lookup" callback function.
7272 // the virtual function pointer for g_proxy_resolver_lookup()
7373 func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) GetLookup() func(ProxyResolver, string, *Cancellable) []string {
7474 if x.xLookup == 0 {
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) GetLookup() func(ProxyResolver, string, *Cancel
8181 }
8282 }
8383
84-// OverrideLookupAsync sets the callback function.
84+// OverrideLookupAsync sets the "lookup_async" callback function.
8585 // the virtual function pointer for
8686 //
8787 // g_proxy_resolver_lookup_async()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) OverrideLookupAsync(cb func(ProxyResolver, stri
9595 }
9696 }
9797
98-// GetLookupAsync gets the callback function.
98+// GetLookupAsync gets the "lookup_async" callback function.
9999 // the virtual function pointer for
100100 //
101101 // g_proxy_resolver_lookup_async()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) GetLookupAsync() func(ProxyResolver, string, *C
110110 }
111111 }
112112
113-// OverrideLookupFinish sets the callback function.
113+// OverrideLookupFinish sets the "lookup_finish" callback function.
114114 // the virtual function pointer for
115115 //
116116 // g_proxy_resolver_lookup_finish()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *ProxyResolverInterface) OverrideLookupFinish(cb func(ProxyResolver, Asy
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// GetLookupFinish gets the callback function.
127+// GetLookupFinish gets the "lookup_finish" callback function.
128128 // the virtual function pointer for
129129 //
130130 // g_proxy_resolver_lookup_finish()
M v4/gio/gremoteactiongroup.go +4 -4
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ func (x *RemoteActionGroupInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2626 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2727 }
2828
29-// OverrideActivateActionFull sets the callback function.
29+// OverrideActivateActionFull sets the "activate_action_full" callback function.
3030 // the virtual function pointer for g_remote_action_group_activate_action_full()
3131 func (x *RemoteActionGroupInterface) OverrideActivateActionFull(cb func(RemoteActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.Variant)) {
3232 if cb == nil {
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ func (x *RemoteActionGroupInterface) OverrideActivateActionFull(cb func(RemoteAc
3838 }
3939 }
4040
41-// GetActivateActionFull gets the callback function.
41+// GetActivateActionFull gets the "activate_action_full" callback function.
4242 // the virtual function pointer for g_remote_action_group_activate_action_full()
4343 func (x *RemoteActionGroupInterface) GetActivateActionFull() func(RemoteActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.Variant) {
4444 if x.xActivateActionFull == 0 {
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (x *RemoteActionGroupInterface) GetActivateActionFull() func(RemoteActionGr
5151 }
5252 }
5353
54-// OverrideChangeActionStateFull sets the callback function.
54+// OverrideChangeActionStateFull sets the "change_action_state_full" callback function.
5555 // the virtual function pointer for g_remote_action_group_change_action_state_full()
5656 func (x *RemoteActionGroupInterface) OverrideChangeActionStateFull(cb func(RemoteActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.Variant)) {
5757 if cb == nil {
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (x *RemoteActionGroupInterface) OverrideChangeActionStateFull(cb func(Remot
6363 }
6464 }
6565
66-// GetChangeActionStateFull gets the callback function.
66+// GetChangeActionStateFull gets the "change_action_state_full" callback function.
6767 // the virtual function pointer for g_remote_action_group_change_action_state_full()
6868 func (x *RemoteActionGroupInterface) GetChangeActionStateFull() func(RemoteActionGroup, string, *glib.Variant, *glib.Variant) {
6969 if x.xChangeActionStateFull == 0 {
M v4/gio/gresolver.go +67 -32
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5454 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5555 }
5656
57-// OverrideReload sets the callback function.
57+// OverrideReload sets the "reload" callback function.
5858 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideReload(cb func(*Resolver)) {
5959 if cb == nil {
6060 x.xReload = 0
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideReload(cb func(*Resolver)) {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// GetReload gets the callback function.
68+// GetReload gets the "reload" callback function.
6969 func (x *ResolverClass) GetReload() func(*Resolver) {
7070 if x.xReload == 0 {
7171 return nil
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetReload() func(*Resolver) {
7777 }
7878 }
7979
80-// OverrideLookupByName sets the callback function.
80+// OverrideLookupByName sets the "lookup_by_name" callback function.
8181 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByName(cb func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable) *glib.List) {
8282 if cb == nil {
8383 x.xLookupByName = 0
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByName(cb func(*Resolver, string, *Cancell
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// GetLookupByName gets the callback function.
91+// GetLookupByName gets the "lookup_by_name" callback function.
9292 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByName() func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable) *glib.List {
9393 if x.xLookupByName == 0 {
9494 return nil
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByName() func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable)
100100 }
101101 }
102102
103-// OverrideLookupByNameAsync sets the callback function.
103+// OverrideLookupByNameAsync sets the "lookup_by_name_async" callback function.
104104 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameAsync(cb func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
105105 if cb == nil {
106106 x.xLookupByNameAsync = 0
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameAsync(cb func(*Resolver, string, *Ca
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// GetLookupByNameAsync gets the callback function.
114+// GetLookupByNameAsync gets the "lookup_by_name_async" callback function.
115115 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameAsync() func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
116116 if x.xLookupByNameAsync == 0 {
117117 return nil
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameAsync() func(*Resolver, string, *Cancella
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// OverrideLookupByNameFinish sets the callback function.
126+// OverrideLookupByNameFinish sets the "lookup_by_name_finish" callback function.
127127 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *glib.List) {
128128 if cb == nil {
129129 x.xLookupByNameFinish = 0
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncResul
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// GetLookupByNameFinish gets the callback function.
137+// GetLookupByNameFinish gets the "lookup_by_name_finish" callback function.
138138 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *glib.List {
139139 if x.xLookupByNameFinish == 0 {
140140 return nil
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *gl
146146 }
147147 }
148148
149-// OverrideLookupByAddress sets the callback function.
149+// OverrideLookupByAddress sets the "lookup_by_address" callback function.
150150 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByAddress(cb func(*Resolver, *InetAddress, *Cancellable) string) {
151151 if cb == nil {
152152 x.xLookupByAddress = 0
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByAddress(cb func(*Resolver, *InetAddress,
157157 }
158158 }
159159
160-// GetLookupByAddress gets the callback function.
160+// GetLookupByAddress gets the "lookup_by_address" callback function.
161161 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByAddress() func(*Resolver, *InetAddress, *Cancellable) string {
162162 if x.xLookupByAddress == 0 {
163163 return nil
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByAddress() func(*Resolver, *InetAddress, *Canc
169169 }
170170 }
171171
172-// OverrideLookupByAddressAsync sets the callback function.
172+// OverrideLookupByAddressAsync sets the "lookup_by_address_async" callback function.
173173 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByAddressAsync(cb func(*Resolver, *InetAddress, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
174174 if cb == nil {
175175 x.xLookupByAddressAsync = 0
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByAddressAsync(cb func(*Resolver, *InetAdd
180180 }
181181 }
182182
183-// GetLookupByAddressAsync gets the callback function.
183+// GetLookupByAddressAsync gets the "lookup_by_address_async" callback function.
184184 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByAddressAsync() func(*Resolver, *InetAddress, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
185185 if x.xLookupByAddressAsync == 0 {
186186 return nil
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByAddressAsync() func(*Resolver, *InetAddress,
192192 }
193193 }
194194
195-// OverrideLookupByAddressFinish sets the callback function.
195+// OverrideLookupByAddressFinish sets the "lookup_by_address_finish" callback function.
196196 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByAddressFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) string) {
197197 if cb == nil {
198198 x.xLookupByAddressFinish = 0
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByAddressFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncRe
203203 }
204204 }
205205
206-// GetLookupByAddressFinish gets the callback function.
206+// GetLookupByAddressFinish gets the "lookup_by_address_finish" callback function.
207207 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByAddressFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) string {
208208 if x.xLookupByAddressFinish == 0 {
209209 return nil
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByAddressFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult)
215215 }
216216 }
217217
218-// OverrideLookupService sets the callback function.
218+// OverrideLookupService sets the "lookup_service" callback function.
219219 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupService(cb func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable) *glib.List) {
220220 if cb == nil {
221221 x.xLookupService = 0
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupService(cb func(*Resolver, string, *Cancel
226226 }
227227 }
228228
229-// GetLookupService gets the callback function.
229+// GetLookupService gets the "lookup_service" callback function.
230230 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupService() func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable) *glib.List {
231231 if x.xLookupService == 0 {
232232 return nil
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupService() func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable)
238238 }
239239 }
240240
241-// OverrideLookupServiceAsync sets the callback function.
241+// OverrideLookupServiceAsync sets the "lookup_service_async" callback function.
242242 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupServiceAsync(cb func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
243243 if cb == nil {
244244 x.xLookupServiceAsync = 0
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupServiceAsync(cb func(*Resolver, string, *C
249249 }
250250 }
251251
252-// GetLookupServiceAsync gets the callback function.
252+// GetLookupServiceAsync gets the "lookup_service_async" callback function.
253253 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupServiceAsync() func(*Resolver, string, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
254254 if x.xLookupServiceAsync == 0 {
255255 return nil
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupServiceAsync() func(*Resolver, string, *Cancell
261261 }
262262 }
263263
264-// OverrideLookupServiceFinish sets the callback function.
264+// OverrideLookupServiceFinish sets the "lookup_service_finish" callback function.
265265 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupServiceFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *glib.List) {
266266 if cb == nil {
267267 x.xLookupServiceFinish = 0
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupServiceFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncResu
272272 }
273273 }
274274
275-// GetLookupServiceFinish gets the callback function.
275+// GetLookupServiceFinish gets the "lookup_service_finish" callback function.
276276 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupServiceFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *glib.List {
277277 if x.xLookupServiceFinish == 0 {
278278 return nil
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupServiceFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *g
284284 }
285285 }
286286
287-// OverrideLookupRecords sets the callback function.
287+// OverrideLookupRecords sets the "lookup_records" callback function.
288288 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupRecords(cb func(*Resolver, string, ResolverRecordType, *Cancellable) *glib.List) {
289289 if cb == nil {
290290 x.xLookupRecords = 0
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupRecords(cb func(*Resolver, string, Resolve
295295 }
296296 }
297297
298-// GetLookupRecords gets the callback function.
298+// GetLookupRecords gets the "lookup_records" callback function.
299299 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupRecords() func(*Resolver, string, ResolverRecordType, *Cancellable) *glib.List {
300300 if x.xLookupRecords == 0 {
301301 return nil
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupRecords() func(*Resolver, string, ResolverRecor
307307 }
308308 }
309309
310-// OverrideLookupRecordsAsync sets the callback function.
310+// OverrideLookupRecordsAsync sets the "lookup_records_async" callback function.
311311 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupRecordsAsync(cb func(*Resolver, string, ResolverRecordType, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
312312 if cb == nil {
313313 x.xLookupRecordsAsync = 0
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupRecordsAsync(cb func(*Resolver, string, Re
318318 }
319319 }
320320
321-// GetLookupRecordsAsync gets the callback function.
321+// GetLookupRecordsAsync gets the "lookup_records_async" callback function.
322322 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupRecordsAsync() func(*Resolver, string, ResolverRecordType, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
323323 if x.xLookupRecordsAsync == 0 {
324324 return nil
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupRecordsAsync() func(*Resolver, string, Resolver
330330 }
331331 }
332332
333-// OverrideLookupRecordsFinish sets the callback function.
333+// OverrideLookupRecordsFinish sets the "lookup_records_finish" callback function.
334334 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupRecordsFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *glib.List) {
335335 if cb == nil {
336336 x.xLookupRecordsFinish = 0
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupRecordsFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncResu
341341 }
342342 }
343343
344-// GetLookupRecordsFinish gets the callback function.
344+// GetLookupRecordsFinish gets the "lookup_records_finish" callback function.
345345 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupRecordsFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *glib.List {
346346 if x.xLookupRecordsFinish == 0 {
347347 return nil
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupRecordsFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *g
353353 }
354354 }
355355
356-// OverrideLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync sets the callback function.
356+// OverrideLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync sets the "lookup_by_name_with_flags_async" callback function.
357357 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync(cb func(*Resolver, string, ResolverNameLookupFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
358358 if cb == nil {
359359 x.xLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync = 0
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync(cb func(*Resolver, st
364364 }
365365 }
366366
367-// GetLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync gets the callback function.
367+// GetLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync gets the "lookup_by_name_with_flags_async" callback function.
368368 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync() func(*Resolver, string, ResolverNameLookupFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
369369 if x.xLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync == 0 {
370370 return nil
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameWithFlagsAsync() func(*Resolver, string,
376376 }
377377 }
378378
379-// OverrideLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish sets the callback function.
379+// OverrideLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish sets the "lookup_by_name_with_flags_finish" callback function.
380380 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish(cb func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *glib.List) {
381381 if cb == nil {
382382 x.xLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish = 0
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish(cb func(*Resolver, A
387387 }
388388 }
389389
390-// GetLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish gets the callback function.
390+// GetLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish gets the "lookup_by_name_with_flags_finish" callback function.
391391 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncResult) *glib.List {
392392 if x.xLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish == 0 {
393393 return nil
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameWithFlagsFinish() func(*Resolver, AsyncRe
399399 }
400400 }
401401
402-// OverrideLookupByNameWithFlags sets the callback function.
402+// OverrideLookupByNameWithFlags sets the "lookup_by_name_with_flags" callback function.
403403 func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameWithFlags(cb func(*Resolver, string, ResolverNameLookupFlags, *Cancellable) *glib.List) {
404404 if cb == nil {
405405 x.xLookupByNameWithFlags = 0
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ func (x *ResolverClass) OverrideLookupByNameWithFlags(cb func(*Resolver, string,
410410 }
411411 }
412412
413-// GetLookupByNameWithFlags gets the callback function.
413+// GetLookupByNameWithFlags gets the "lookup_by_name_with_flags" callback function.
414414 func (x *ResolverClass) GetLookupByNameWithFlags() func(*Resolver, string, ResolverNameLookupFlags, *Cancellable) *glib.List {
415415 if x.xLookupByNameWithFlags == 0 {
416416 return nil
@@ -827,6 +827,41 @@ func (c *Resolver) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
827827 c.Ptr = ptr
828828 }
829829
830+// SetPropertyTimeout sets the "timeout" property.
831+// The timeout applied to all resolver lookups, in milliseconds.
832+//
833+// This may be changed through the lifetime of the #GResolver. The new value
834+// will apply to any lookups started after the change, but not to any
835+// already-ongoing lookups.
836+//
837+// If this is `0`, no timeout is applied to lookups.
838+//
839+// No timeout was applied to lookups before this property was added in
840+// GLib 2.78.
841+func (x *Resolver) SetPropertyTimeout(value uint) {
842+ var v gobject.Value
843+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
844+ v.SetUint(value)
845+ x.SetProperty("timeout", &v)
846+}
847+
848+// GetPropertyTimeout gets the "timeout" property.
849+// The timeout applied to all resolver lookups, in milliseconds.
850+//
851+// This may be changed through the lifetime of the #GResolver. The new value
852+// will apply to any lookups started after the change, but not to any
853+// already-ongoing lookups.
854+//
855+// If this is `0`, no timeout is applied to lookups.
856+//
857+// No timeout was applied to lookups before this property was added in
858+// GLib 2.78.
859+func (x *Resolver) GetPropertyTimeout() uint {
860+ var v gobject.Value
861+ x.GetProperty("timeout", &v)
862+ return v.GetUint()
863+}
864+
830865 // Emitted when the resolver notices that the system resolver
831866 // configuration has changed.
832867 func (x *Resolver) ConnectReload(cb *func(Resolver)) uint32 {
M v4/gio/gresource.go +2 -2
@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ func ResourcesEnumerateChildren(PathVar string, LookupFlagsVar ResourceLookupFla
124124
125125 }
126126
127-var xResourcesGetInfo func(string, ResourceLookupFlags, uint, uint32, **glib.Error) bool
127+var xResourcesGetInfo func(string, ResourceLookupFlags, *uint, *uint32, **glib.Error) bool
128128
129129 // Looks for a file at the specified @path in the set of
130130 // globally registered resources and if found returns information about it.
131131 //
132132 // @lookup_flags controls the behaviour of the lookup.
133-func ResourcesGetInfo(PathVar string, LookupFlagsVar ResourceLookupFlags, SizeVar uint, FlagsVar uint32) (bool, error) {
133+func ResourcesGetInfo(PathVar string, LookupFlagsVar ResourceLookupFlags, SizeVar *uint, FlagsVar *uint32) (bool, error) {
134134 var cerr *glib.Error
135135
136136 cret := xResourcesGetInfo(PathVar, LookupFlagsVar, SizeVar, FlagsVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gseekable.go +10 -10
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3232 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3333 }
3434
35-// OverrideTell sets the callback function.
35+// OverrideTell sets the "tell" callback function.
3636 // Tells the current location within a stream.
3737 func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideTell(cb func(Seekable) int64) {
3838 if cb == nil {
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideTell(cb func(Seekable) int64) {
4444 }
4545 }
4646
47-// GetTell gets the callback function.
47+// GetTell gets the "tell" callback function.
4848 // Tells the current location within a stream.
4949 func (x *SeekableIface) GetTell() func(Seekable) int64 {
5050 if x.xTell == 0 {
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) GetTell() func(Seekable) int64 {
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// OverrideCanSeek sets the callback function.
60+// OverrideCanSeek sets the "can_seek" callback function.
6161 // Checks if seeking is supported by the stream.
6262 func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideCanSeek(cb func(Seekable) bool) {
6363 if cb == nil {
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideCanSeek(cb func(Seekable) bool) {
6969 }
7070 }
7171
72-// GetCanSeek gets the callback function.
72+// GetCanSeek gets the "can_seek" callback function.
7373 // Checks if seeking is supported by the stream.
7474 func (x *SeekableIface) GetCanSeek() func(Seekable) bool {
7575 if x.xCanSeek == 0 {
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) GetCanSeek() func(Seekable) bool {
8282 }
8383 }
8484
85-// OverrideSeek sets the callback function.
85+// OverrideSeek sets the "seek" callback function.
8686 // Seeks to a location within a stream.
8787 func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideSeek(cb func(Seekable, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancellable) bool) {
8888 if cb == nil {
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideSeek(cb func(Seekable, int64, glib.SeekType, *Ca
9494 }
9595 }
9696
97-// GetSeek gets the callback function.
97+// GetSeek gets the "seek" callback function.
9898 // Seeks to a location within a stream.
9999 func (x *SeekableIface) GetSeek() func(Seekable, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancellable) bool {
100100 if x.xSeek == 0 {
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) GetSeek() func(Seekable, int64, glib.SeekType, *Cancella
107107 }
108108 }
109109
110-// OverrideCanTruncate sets the callback function.
110+// OverrideCanTruncate sets the "can_truncate" callback function.
111111 // Checks if truncation is supported by the stream.
112112 func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideCanTruncate(cb func(Seekable) bool) {
113113 if cb == nil {
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideCanTruncate(cb func(Seekable) bool) {
119119 }
120120 }
121121
122-// GetCanTruncate gets the callback function.
122+// GetCanTruncate gets the "can_truncate" callback function.
123123 // Checks if truncation is supported by the stream.
124124 func (x *SeekableIface) GetCanTruncate() func(Seekable) bool {
125125 if x.xCanTruncate == 0 {
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) GetCanTruncate() func(Seekable) bool {
132132 }
133133 }
134134
135-// OverrideTruncateFn sets the callback function.
135+// OverrideTruncateFn sets the "truncate_fn" callback function.
136136 // Truncates a stream.
137137 func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideTruncateFn(cb func(Seekable, int64, *Cancellable) bool) {
138138 if cb == nil {
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func (x *SeekableIface) OverrideTruncateFn(cb func(Seekable, int64, *Cancellable
144144 }
145145 }
146146
147-// GetTruncateFn gets the callback function.
147+// GetTruncateFn gets the "truncate_fn" callback function.
148148 // Truncates a stream.
149149 func (x *SeekableIface) GetTruncateFn() func(Seekable, int64, *Cancellable) bool {
150150 if x.xTruncateFn == 0 {
M v4/gio/gsettings.go +128 -9
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ type SettingsBindSetMapping func(*gobject.Value, *glib.VariantType, uintptr) *gl
3232 // If @value is `NULL` then it means that the mapping function is being
3333 // given a ‘last chance’ to successfully return a valid value. True
3434 // must be returned in this case.
35-type SettingsGetMapping func(*glib.Variant, uintptr, uintptr) bool
35+type SettingsGetMapping func(*glib.Variant, *uintptr, uintptr) bool
3636
3737 type SettingsClass struct {
3838 _ structs.HostLayout
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *SettingsClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5454 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5555 }
5656
57-// OverrideWritableChanged sets the callback function.
57+// OverrideWritableChanged sets the "writable_changed" callback function.
5858 func (x *SettingsClass) OverrideWritableChanged(cb func(*Settings, string)) {
5959 if cb == nil {
6060 x.xWritableChanged = 0
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *SettingsClass) OverrideWritableChanged(cb func(*Settings, string)) {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// GetWritableChanged gets the callback function.
68+// GetWritableChanged gets the "writable_changed" callback function.
6969 func (x *SettingsClass) GetWritableChanged() func(*Settings, string) {
7070 if x.xWritableChanged == 0 {
7171 return nil
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (x *SettingsClass) GetWritableChanged() func(*Settings, string) {
7777 }
7878 }
7979
80-// OverrideChanged sets the callback function.
80+// OverrideChanged sets the "changed" callback function.
8181 func (x *SettingsClass) OverrideChanged(cb func(*Settings, string)) {
8282 if cb == nil {
8383 x.xChanged = 0
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *SettingsClass) OverrideChanged(cb func(*Settings, string)) {
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// GetChanged gets the callback function.
91+// GetChanged gets the "changed" callback function.
9292 func (x *SettingsClass) GetChanged() func(*Settings, string) {
9393 if x.xChanged == 0 {
9494 return nil
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ func (x *SettingsClass) GetChanged() func(*Settings, string) {
100100 }
101101 }
102102
103-// OverrideWritableChangeEvent sets the callback function.
103+// OverrideWritableChangeEvent sets the "writable_change_event" callback function.
104104 func (x *SettingsClass) OverrideWritableChangeEvent(cb func(*Settings, glib.Quark) bool) {
105105 if cb == nil {
106106 x.xWritableChangeEvent = 0
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *SettingsClass) OverrideWritableChangeEvent(cb func(*Settings, glib.Quar
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// GetWritableChangeEvent gets the callback function.
114+// GetWritableChangeEvent gets the "writable_change_event" callback function.
115115 func (x *SettingsClass) GetWritableChangeEvent() func(*Settings, glib.Quark) bool {
116116 if x.xWritableChangeEvent == 0 {
117117 return nil
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *SettingsClass) GetWritableChangeEvent() func(*Settings, glib.Quark) boo
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// OverrideChangeEvent sets the callback function.
126+// OverrideChangeEvent sets the "change_event" callback function.
127127 func (x *SettingsClass) OverrideChangeEvent(cb func(*Settings, *glib.Quark, int) bool) {
128128 if cb == nil {
129129 x.xChangeEvent = 0
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *SettingsClass) OverrideChangeEvent(cb func(*Settings, *glib.Quark, int)
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// GetChangeEvent gets the callback function.
137+// GetChangeEvent gets the "change_event" callback function.
138138 func (x *SettingsClass) GetChangeEvent() func(*Settings, *glib.Quark, int) bool {
139139 if x.xChangeEvent == 0 {
140140 return nil
@@ -1468,6 +1468,125 @@ func (c *Settings) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
14681468 c.Ptr = ptr
14691469 }
14701470
1471+// GetPropertyDelayApply gets the "delay-apply" property.
1472+// Whether the [class@Gio.Settings] object is in
1473+// [‘delay-apply’ mode](class.Settings.html#delay-apply-mode).
1474+func (x *Settings) GetPropertyDelayApply() bool {
1475+ var v gobject.Value
1476+ x.GetProperty("delay-apply", &v)
1477+ return v.GetBoolean()
1478+}
1479+
1480+// GetPropertyHasUnapplied gets the "has-unapplied" property.
1481+// Whether the [class@Gio.Settings] object has outstanding changes.
1482+//
1483+// These changes will be applied when [method@Gio.Settings.apply] is called.
1484+func (x *Settings) GetPropertyHasUnapplied() bool {
1485+ var v gobject.Value
1486+ x.GetProperty("has-unapplied", &v)
1487+ return v.GetBoolean()
1488+}
1489+
1490+// SetPropertyPath sets the "path" property.
1491+// The path within the backend where the settings are stored.
1492+func (x *Settings) SetPropertyPath(value string) {
1493+ var v gobject.Value
1494+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1495+ v.SetString(value)
1496+ x.SetProperty("path", &v)
1497+}
1498+
1499+// GetPropertyPath gets the "path" property.
1500+// The path within the backend where the settings are stored.
1501+func (x *Settings) GetPropertyPath() string {
1502+ var v gobject.Value
1503+ x.GetProperty("path", &v)
1504+ return v.GetString()
1505+}
1506+
1507+// SetPropertySchema sets the "schema" property.
1508+// The name of the schema that describes the types of keys
1509+// for this [class@Gio.Settings] object.
1510+//
1511+// The type of this property is *not* [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema].
1512+// [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema] has only existed since version 2.32 and
1513+// unfortunately this name was used in previous versions to refer to
1514+// the schema ID rather than the schema itself. Take care to use the
1515+// [property@Gio.Settings:settings-schema] property if you wish to pass in a
1516+// [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema].
1517+func (x *Settings) SetPropertySchema(value string) {
1518+ var v gobject.Value
1519+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1520+ v.SetString(value)
1521+ x.SetProperty("schema", &v)
1522+}
1523+
1524+// GetPropertySchema gets the "schema" property.
1525+// The name of the schema that describes the types of keys
1526+// for this [class@Gio.Settings] object.
1527+//
1528+// The type of this property is *not* [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema].
1529+// [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema] has only existed since version 2.32 and
1530+// unfortunately this name was used in previous versions to refer to
1531+// the schema ID rather than the schema itself. Take care to use the
1532+// [property@Gio.Settings:settings-schema] property if you wish to pass in a
1533+// [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema].
1534+func (x *Settings) GetPropertySchema() string {
1535+ var v gobject.Value
1536+ x.GetProperty("schema", &v)
1537+ return v.GetString()
1538+}
1539+
1540+// SetPropertySchemaId sets the "schema-id" property.
1541+// The name of the schema that describes the types of keys
1542+// for this [class@Gio.Settings] object.
1543+func (x *Settings) SetPropertySchemaId(value string) {
1544+ var v gobject.Value
1545+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1546+ v.SetString(value)
1547+ x.SetProperty("schema-id", &v)
1548+}
1549+
1550+// GetPropertySchemaId gets the "schema-id" property.
1551+// The name of the schema that describes the types of keys
1552+// for this [class@Gio.Settings] object.
1553+func (x *Settings) GetPropertySchemaId() string {
1554+ var v gobject.Value
1555+ x.GetProperty("schema-id", &v)
1556+ return v.GetString()
1557+}
1558+
1559+// SetPropertySettingsSchema sets the "settings-schema" property.
1560+// The [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema] describing the types of keys for this
1561+// [class@Gio.Settings] object.
1562+//
1563+// Ideally, this property would be called [property@Gio.Settings:schema].
1564+// [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema]
1565+// has only existed since version 2.32, however, and before then the
1566+// [property@Gio.Settings:schema] property was used to refer to the ID of the schema rather
1567+// than the schema itself. Take care.
1568+func (x *Settings) SetPropertySettingsSchema(value uintptr) {
1569+ var v gobject.Value
1570+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
1571+ v.SetPointer(value)
1572+ x.SetProperty("settings-schema", &v)
1573+}
1574+
1575+// GetPropertySettingsSchema gets the "settings-schema" property.
1576+// The [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema] describing the types of keys for this
1577+// [class@Gio.Settings] object.
1578+//
1579+// Ideally, this property would be called [property@Gio.Settings:schema].
1580+// [struct@Gio.SettingsSchema]
1581+// has only existed since version 2.32, however, and before then the
1582+// [property@Gio.Settings:schema] property was used to refer to the ID of the schema rather
1583+// than the schema itself. Take care.
1584+func (x *Settings) GetPropertySettingsSchema() uintptr {
1585+ var v gobject.Value
1586+ x.GetProperty("settings-schema", &v)
1587+ return v.GetPointer()
1588+}
1589+
14711590 // Emitted once per change event that affects this settings object.
14721591 //
14731592 // You should connect to this signal
M v4/gio/gsettingsbackend.go +22 -22
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4545 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4646 }
4747
48-// OverrideRead sets the callback function.
48+// OverrideRead sets the "read" callback function.
4949 // virtual method to read a key's value
5050 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideRead(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string, *glib.VariantType, bool) *glib.Variant) {
5151 if cb == nil {
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideRead(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string, *g
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// GetRead gets the callback function.
60+// GetRead gets the "read" callback function.
6161 // virtual method to read a key's value
6262 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetRead() func(*SettingsBackend, string, *glib.VariantType, bool) *glib.Variant {
6363 if x.xRead == 0 {
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetRead() func(*SettingsBackend, string, *glib.Va
7070 }
7171 }
7272
73-// OverrideGetWritable sets the callback function.
73+// OverrideGetWritable sets the "get_writable" callback function.
7474 // virtual method to get if a key is writable
7575 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideGetWritable(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string) bool) {
7676 if cb == nil {
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideGetWritable(cb func(*SettingsBackend, str
8282 }
8383 }
8484
85-// GetGetWritable gets the callback function.
85+// GetGetWritable gets the "get_writable" callback function.
8686 // virtual method to get if a key is writable
8787 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetGetWritable() func(*SettingsBackend, string) bool {
8888 if x.xGetWritable == 0 {
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetGetWritable() func(*SettingsBackend, string) b
9595 }
9696 }
9797
98-// OverrideWrite sets the callback function.
98+// OverrideWrite sets the "write" callback function.
9999 // virtual method to change key's value
100100 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideWrite(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string, *glib.Variant, uintptr) bool) {
101101 if cb == nil {
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideWrite(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string, *
107107 }
108108 }
109109
110-// GetWrite gets the callback function.
110+// GetWrite gets the "write" callback function.
111111 // virtual method to change key's value
112112 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetWrite() func(*SettingsBackend, string, *glib.Variant, uintptr) bool {
113113 if x.xWrite == 0 {
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetWrite() func(*SettingsBackend, string, *glib.V
120120 }
121121 }
122122
123-// OverrideWriteTree sets the callback function.
123+// OverrideWriteTree sets the "write_tree" callback function.
124124 // virtual method to change a tree of keys
125125 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideWriteTree(cb func(*SettingsBackend, *glib.Tree, uintptr) bool) {
126126 if cb == nil {
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideWriteTree(cb func(*SettingsBackend, *glib
132132 }
133133 }
134134
135-// GetWriteTree gets the callback function.
135+// GetWriteTree gets the "write_tree" callback function.
136136 // virtual method to change a tree of keys
137137 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetWriteTree() func(*SettingsBackend, *glib.Tree, uintptr) bool {
138138 if x.xWriteTree == 0 {
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetWriteTree() func(*SettingsBackend, *glib.Tree,
145145 }
146146 }
147147
148-// OverrideReset sets the callback function.
148+// OverrideReset sets the "reset" callback function.
149149 // virtual method to reset state
150150 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideReset(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string, uintptr)) {
151151 if cb == nil {
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideReset(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string, u
157157 }
158158 }
159159
160-// GetReset gets the callback function.
160+// GetReset gets the "reset" callback function.
161161 // virtual method to reset state
162162 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetReset() func(*SettingsBackend, string, uintptr) {
163163 if x.xReset == 0 {
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetReset() func(*SettingsBackend, string, uintptr
170170 }
171171 }
172172
173-// OverrideSubscribe sets the callback function.
173+// OverrideSubscribe sets the "subscribe" callback function.
174174 // virtual method to subscribe to key changes
175175 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideSubscribe(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string)) {
176176 if cb == nil {
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideSubscribe(cb func(*SettingsBackend, strin
182182 }
183183 }
184184
185-// GetSubscribe gets the callback function.
185+// GetSubscribe gets the "subscribe" callback function.
186186 // virtual method to subscribe to key changes
187187 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetSubscribe() func(*SettingsBackend, string) {
188188 if x.xSubscribe == 0 {
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetSubscribe() func(*SettingsBackend, string) {
195195 }
196196 }
197197
198-// OverrideUnsubscribe sets the callback function.
198+// OverrideUnsubscribe sets the "unsubscribe" callback function.
199199 // virtual method to unsubscribe to key changes
200200 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideUnsubscribe(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string)) {
201201 if cb == nil {
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideUnsubscribe(cb func(*SettingsBackend, str
207207 }
208208 }
209209
210-// GetUnsubscribe gets the callback function.
210+// GetUnsubscribe gets the "unsubscribe" callback function.
211211 // virtual method to unsubscribe to key changes
212212 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetUnsubscribe() func(*SettingsBackend, string) {
213213 if x.xUnsubscribe == 0 {
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetUnsubscribe() func(*SettingsBackend, string) {
220220 }
221221 }
222222
223-// OverrideSync sets the callback function.
223+// OverrideSync sets the "sync" callback function.
224224 // virtual method to sync state
225225 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideSync(cb func(*SettingsBackend)) {
226226 if cb == nil {
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideSync(cb func(*SettingsBackend)) {
232232 }
233233 }
234234
235-// GetSync gets the callback function.
235+// GetSync gets the "sync" callback function.
236236 // virtual method to sync state
237237 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetSync() func(*SettingsBackend) {
238238 if x.xSync == 0 {
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetSync() func(*SettingsBackend) {
245245 }
246246 }
247247
248-// OverrideGetPermission sets the callback function.
248+// OverrideGetPermission sets the "get_permission" callback function.
249249 // virtual method to get permission of a key
250250 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideGetPermission(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string) *Permission) {
251251 if cb == nil {
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideGetPermission(cb func(*SettingsBackend, s
261261 }
262262 }
263263
264-// GetGetPermission gets the callback function.
264+// GetGetPermission gets the "get_permission" callback function.
265265 // virtual method to get permission of a key
266266 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetGetPermission() func(*SettingsBackend, string) *Permission {
267267 if x.xGetPermission == 0 {
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetGetPermission() func(*SettingsBackend, string)
280280 }
281281 }
282282
283-// OverrideReadUserValue sets the callback function.
283+// OverrideReadUserValue sets the "read_user_value" callback function.
284284 // virtual method to read user's key value
285285 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideReadUserValue(cb func(*SettingsBackend, string, *glib.VariantType) *glib.Variant) {
286286 if cb == nil {
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ func (x *SettingsBackendClass) OverrideReadUserValue(cb func(*SettingsBackend, s
292292 }
293293 }
294294
295-// GetReadUserValue gets the callback function.
295+// GetReadUserValue gets the "read_user_value" callback function.
296296 // virtual method to read user's key value
297297 func (x *SettingsBackendClass) GetReadUserValue() func(*SettingsBackend, string, *glib.VariantType) *glib.Variant {
298298 if x.xReadUserValue == 0 {
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ func (c *SettingsBackend) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
595595 c.Ptr = ptr
596596 }
597597
598-var xSettingsBackendFlattenTree func(*glib.Tree, string, []string, uintptr)
598+var xSettingsBackendFlattenTree func(*glib.Tree, *string, *[]string, *uintptr)
599599
600600 // Calculate the longest common prefix of all keys in a tree and write
601601 // out an array of the key names relative to that prefix and,
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ var xSettingsBackendFlattenTree func(*glib.Tree, string, []string, uintptr)
604604 // You must free the value returned in @path, @keys and @values using
605605 // g_free(). You should not attempt to free or unref the contents of
606606 // @keys or @values.
607-func SettingsBackendFlattenTree(TreeVar *glib.Tree, PathVar string, KeysVar []string, ValuesVar uintptr) {
607+func SettingsBackendFlattenTree(TreeVar *glib.Tree, PathVar *string, KeysVar *[]string, ValuesVar *uintptr) {
608608
609609 xSettingsBackendFlattenTree(TreeVar, PathVar, KeysVar, ValuesVar)
610610
M v4/gio/gsettingsschema.go +2 -2
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ func NewSettingsSchemaSourceFromDirectory(DirectoryVar string, ParentVar *Settin
435435
436436 }
437437
438-var xSettingsSchemaSourceListSchemas func(uintptr, bool, []string, []string)
438+var xSettingsSchemaSourceListSchemas func(uintptr, bool, *[]string, *[]string)
439439
440440 // Lists the schemas in a given source.
441441 //
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ var xSettingsSchemaSourceListSchemas func(uintptr, bool, []string, []string)
449449 //
450450 // Do not call this function from normal programs. This is designed for
451451 // use by database editors, commandline tools, etc.
452-func (x *SettingsSchemaSource) ListSchemas(RecursiveVar bool, NonRelocatableVar []string, RelocatableVar []string) {
452+func (x *SettingsSchemaSource) ListSchemas(RecursiveVar bool, NonRelocatableVar *[]string, RelocatableVar *[]string) {
453453
454454 xSettingsSchemaSourceListSchemas(x.GoPointer(), RecursiveVar, NonRelocatableVar, RelocatableVar)
455455
M v4/gio/gsimpleaction.go +87 -0
@@ -126,6 +126,93 @@ func (c *SimpleAction) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
126126 c.Ptr = ptr
127127 }
128128
129+// SetPropertyEnabled sets the "enabled" property.
130+// If @action is currently enabled.
131+//
132+// If the action is disabled then calls to g_action_activate() and
133+// g_action_change_state() have no effect.
134+func (x *SimpleAction) SetPropertyEnabled(value bool) {
135+ var v gobject.Value
136+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
137+ v.SetBoolean(value)
138+ x.SetProperty("enabled", &v)
139+}
140+
141+// GetPropertyEnabled gets the "enabled" property.
142+// If @action is currently enabled.
143+//
144+// If the action is disabled then calls to g_action_activate() and
145+// g_action_change_state() have no effect.
146+func (x *SimpleAction) GetPropertyEnabled() bool {
147+ var v gobject.Value
148+ x.GetProperty("enabled", &v)
149+ return v.GetBoolean()
150+}
151+
152+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
153+// The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying
154+// the action once it has been added to a #GSimpleActionGroup.
155+func (x *SimpleAction) SetPropertyName(value string) {
156+ var v gobject.Value
157+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
158+ v.SetString(value)
159+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
160+}
161+
162+// GetPropertyName gets the "name" property.
163+// The name of the action. This is mostly meaningful for identifying
164+// the action once it has been added to a #GSimpleActionGroup.
165+func (x *SimpleAction) GetPropertyName() string {
166+ var v gobject.Value
167+ x.GetProperty("name", &v)
168+ return v.GetString()
169+}
170+
171+// SetPropertyParameterType sets the "parameter-type" property.
172+// The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the
173+// action.
174+func (x *SimpleAction) SetPropertyParameterType(value uintptr) {
175+ var v gobject.Value
176+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
177+ v.SetPointer(value)
178+ x.SetProperty("parameter-type", &v)
179+}
180+
181+// GetPropertyParameterType gets the "parameter-type" property.
182+// The type of the parameter that must be given when activating the
183+// action.
184+func (x *SimpleAction) GetPropertyParameterType() uintptr {
185+ var v gobject.Value
186+ x.GetProperty("parameter-type", &v)
187+ return v.GetPointer()
188+}
189+
190+// SetPropertyState sets the "state" property.
191+// The state of the action, or %NULL if the action is stateless.
192+func (x *SimpleAction) SetPropertyState(value uintptr) {
193+ var v gobject.Value
194+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
195+ v.SetPointer(value)
196+ x.SetProperty("state", &v)
197+}
198+
199+// GetPropertyState gets the "state" property.
200+// The state of the action, or %NULL if the action is stateless.
201+func (x *SimpleAction) GetPropertyState() uintptr {
202+ var v gobject.Value
203+ x.GetProperty("state", &v)
204+ return v.GetPointer()
205+}
206+
207+// GetPropertyStateType gets the "state-type" property.
208+// The #GVariantType of the state that the action has, or %NULL if the
209+// action is stateless.
210+func (x *SimpleAction) GetPropertyStateType() uintptr {
211+ var v gobject.Value
212+ x.GetProperty("state-type", &v)
213+ return v.GetPointer()
214+}
215+
129216 // Indicates that the action was just activated.
130217 //
131218 // @parameter will always be of the expected type, i.e. the parameter type
M v4/gio/gsimpleactiongroup.go +1 -1
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ func (x *SimpleActionGroup) ListActions() []string {
357357 // fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
358358 // filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
359359 // fields may or may not have been modified.
360-func (x *SimpleActionGroup) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
360+func (x *SimpleActionGroup) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
361361
362362 cret := XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
363363 return cret
M v4/gio/gsimpleproxyresolver.go +122 -10
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3232 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3333 }
3434
35-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
35+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3636 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3737 if cb == nil {
3838 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4343 }
4444 }
4545
46-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
46+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4747 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4848 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4949 return nil
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5555 }
5656 }
5757
58-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
58+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5959 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6060 if cb == nil {
6161 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
69+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
7070 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7171 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7272 return nil
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7878 }
7979 }
8080
81-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
81+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8282 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8383 if cb == nil {
8484 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
92+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9393 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9494 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9595 return nil
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
104+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
105105 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
106106 if cb == nil {
107107 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
115+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
116116 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
117117 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
118118 return nil
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
127+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
128128 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
129129 if cb == nil {
130130 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
135135 }
136136 }
137137
138-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
138+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
139139 func (x *SimpleProxyResolverClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
140140 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
141141 return nil
@@ -233,6 +233,118 @@ func (c *SimpleProxyResolver) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
233233 c.Ptr = ptr
234234 }
235235
236+// SetPropertyDefaultProxy sets the "default-proxy" property.
237+// The default proxy URI that will be used for any URI that doesn't
238+// match #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts, and doesn't match any
239+// of the schemes set with g_simple_proxy_resolver_set_uri_proxy().
240+//
241+// Note that as a special case, if this URI starts with
242+// "socks://", #GSimpleProxyResolver will treat it as referring
243+// to all three of the socks5, socks4a, and socks4 proxy types.
244+func (x *SimpleProxyResolver) SetPropertyDefaultProxy(value string) {
245+ var v gobject.Value
246+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
247+ v.SetString(value)
248+ x.SetProperty("default-proxy", &v)
249+}
250+
251+// GetPropertyDefaultProxy gets the "default-proxy" property.
252+// The default proxy URI that will be used for any URI that doesn't
253+// match #GSimpleProxyResolver:ignore-hosts, and doesn't match any
254+// of the schemes set with g_simple_proxy_resolver_set_uri_proxy().
255+//
256+// Note that as a special case, if this URI starts with
257+// "socks://", #GSimpleProxyResolver will treat it as referring
258+// to all three of the socks5, socks4a, and socks4 proxy types.
259+func (x *SimpleProxyResolver) GetPropertyDefaultProxy() string {
260+ var v gobject.Value
261+ x.GetProperty("default-proxy", &v)
262+ return v.GetString()
263+}
264+
265+// SetPropertyIgnoreHosts sets the "ignore-hosts" property.
266+// A list of hostnames and IP addresses that the resolver should
267+// allow direct connections to.
268+//
269+// Entries can be in one of 4 formats:
270+//
271+// - A hostname, such as "example.com", ".example.com", or
272+// "*.example.com", any of which match "example.com" or
273+// any subdomain of it.
274+//
275+// - An IPv4 or IPv6 address, such as "192.168.1.1",
276+// which matches only that address.
277+//
278+// - A hostname or IP address followed by a port, such as
279+// "example.com:80", which matches whatever the hostname or IP
280+// address would match, but only for URLs with the (explicitly)
281+// indicated port. In the case of an IPv6 address, the address
282+// part must appear in brackets: "[::1]:443"
283+//
284+// - An IP address range, given by a base address and prefix length,
285+// such as "fe80::/10", which matches any address in that range.
286+//
287+// Note that when dealing with Unicode hostnames, the matching is
288+// done against the ASCII form of the name.
289+//
290+// Also note that hostname exclusions apply only to connections made
291+// to hosts identified by name, and IP address exclusions apply only
292+// to connections made to hosts identified by address. That is, if
293+// example.com has an address of 192.168.1.1, and the :ignore-hosts list
294+// contains only "192.168.1.1", then a connection to "example.com"
295+// (eg, via a #GNetworkAddress) will use the proxy, and a connection to
296+// "192.168.1.1" (eg, via a #GInetSocketAddress) will not.
297+//
298+// These rules match the "ignore-hosts"/"noproxy" rules most
299+// commonly used by other applications.
300+func (x *SimpleProxyResolver) SetPropertyIgnoreHosts(value []string) {
301+ var v gobject.Value
302+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
303+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
304+ x.SetProperty("ignore-hosts", &v)
305+}
306+
307+// GetPropertyIgnoreHosts gets the "ignore-hosts" property.
308+// A list of hostnames and IP addresses that the resolver should
309+// allow direct connections to.
310+//
311+// Entries can be in one of 4 formats:
312+//
313+// - A hostname, such as "example.com", ".example.com", or
314+// "*.example.com", any of which match "example.com" or
315+// any subdomain of it.
316+//
317+// - An IPv4 or IPv6 address, such as "192.168.1.1",
318+// which matches only that address.
319+//
320+// - A hostname or IP address followed by a port, such as
321+// "example.com:80", which matches whatever the hostname or IP
322+// address would match, but only for URLs with the (explicitly)
323+// indicated port. In the case of an IPv6 address, the address
324+// part must appear in brackets: "[::1]:443"
325+//
326+// - An IP address range, given by a base address and prefix length,
327+// such as "fe80::/10", which matches any address in that range.
328+//
329+// Note that when dealing with Unicode hostnames, the matching is
330+// done against the ASCII form of the name.
331+//
332+// Also note that hostname exclusions apply only to connections made
333+// to hosts identified by name, and IP address exclusions apply only
334+// to connections made to hosts identified by address. That is, if
335+// example.com has an address of 192.168.1.1, and the :ignore-hosts list
336+// contains only "192.168.1.1", then a connection to "example.com"
337+// (eg, via a #GNetworkAddress) will use the proxy, and a connection to
338+// "192.168.1.1" (eg, via a #GInetSocketAddress) will not.
339+//
340+// These rules match the "ignore-hosts"/"noproxy" rules most
341+// commonly used by other applications.
342+func (x *SimpleProxyResolver) GetPropertyIgnoreHosts() []string {
343+ var v gobject.Value
344+ x.GetProperty("ignore-hosts", &v)
345+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
346+}
347+
236348 // Checks if @resolver can be used on this system. (This is used
237349 // internally; g_proxy_resolver_get_default() will only return a proxy
238350 // resolver that returns %TRUE for this method.)
M v4/gio/gsocket.go +189 -36
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4242 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4343 }
4444
45-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
45+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4646 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4747 if cb == nil {
4848 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
5353 }
5454 }
5555
56-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
56+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
5757 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5858 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
5959 return nil
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
68+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6969 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
7070 if cb == nil {
7171 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
7676 }
7777 }
7878
79-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
79+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
8080 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
8181 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
8282 return nil
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
91+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9292 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
9393 if cb == nil {
9494 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
102+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
103103 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
104104 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
105105 return nil
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
114+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
115115 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
116116 if cb == nil {
117117 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
122122 }
123123 }
124124
125-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
125+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
126126 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
127127 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
128128 return nil
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
137+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
138138 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
139139 if cb == nil {
140140 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
145145 }
146146 }
147147
148-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
148+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
149149 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
150150 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
151151 return nil
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
157157 }
158158 }
159159
160-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
160+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
161161 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
162162 if cb == nil {
163163 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
168168 }
169169 }
170170
171-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
171+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
172172 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
173173 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
174174 return nil
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
180180 }
181181 }
182182
183-// OverrideGReserved7 sets the callback function.
183+// OverrideGReserved7 sets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
184184 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
185185 if cb == nil {
186186 x.xGReserved7 = 0
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved7(cb func()) {
191191 }
192192 }
193193
194-// GetGReserved7 gets the callback function.
194+// GetGReserved7 gets the "_g_reserved7" callback function.
195195 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
196196 if x.xGReserved7 == 0 {
197197 return nil
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved7() func() {
203203 }
204204 }
205205
206-// OverrideGReserved8 sets the callback function.
206+// OverrideGReserved8 sets the "_g_reserved8" callback function.
207207 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved8(cb func()) {
208208 if cb == nil {
209209 x.xGReserved8 = 0
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved8(cb func()) {
214214 }
215215 }
216216
217-// GetGReserved8 gets the callback function.
217+// GetGReserved8 gets the "_g_reserved8" callback function.
218218 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved8() func() {
219219 if x.xGReserved8 == 0 {
220220 return nil
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved8() func() {
226226 }
227227 }
228228
229-// OverrideGReserved9 sets the callback function.
229+// OverrideGReserved9 sets the "_g_reserved9" callback function.
230230 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved9(cb func()) {
231231 if cb == nil {
232232 x.xGReserved9 = 0
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved9(cb func()) {
237237 }
238238 }
239239
240-// GetGReserved9 gets the callback function.
240+// GetGReserved9 gets the "_g_reserved9" callback function.
241241 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved9() func() {
242242 if x.xGReserved9 == 0 {
243243 return nil
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved9() func() {
249249 }
250250 }
251251
252-// OverrideGReserved10 sets the callback function.
252+// OverrideGReserved10 sets the "_g_reserved10" callback function.
253253 func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved10(cb func()) {
254254 if cb == nil {
255255 x.xGReserved10 = 0
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ func (x *SocketClass) OverrideGReserved10(cb func()) {
260260 }
261261 }
262262
263-// GetGReserved10 gets the callback function.
263+// GetGReserved10 gets the "_g_reserved10" callback function.
264264 func (x *SocketClass) GetGReserved10() func() {
265265 if x.xGReserved10 == 0 {
266266 return nil
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ func (x *Socket) GetMulticastTtl() uint {
876876 return cret
877877 }
878878
879-var xSocketGetOption func(uintptr, int, int, int, **glib.Error) bool
879+var xSocketGetOption func(uintptr, int, int, *int, **glib.Error) bool
880880
881881 // Gets the value of an integer-valued option on @socket, as with
882882 // getsockopt(). (If you need to fetch a non-integer-valued option,
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ var xSocketGetOption func(uintptr, int, int, int, **glib.Error) bool
891891 // Note that even for socket options that are a single byte in size,
892892 // @value is still a pointer to a #gint variable, not a #guchar;
893893 // g_socket_get_option() will handle the conversion internally.
894-func (x *Socket) GetOption(LevelVar int, OptnameVar int, ValueVar int) (bool, error) {
894+func (x *Socket) GetOption(LevelVar int, OptnameVar int, ValueVar *int) (bool, error) {
895895 var cerr *glib.Error
896896
897897 cret := xSocketGetOption(x.GoPointer(), LevelVar, OptnameVar, ValueVar, &cerr)
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ func (x *Socket) Listen() (bool, error) {
11041104
11051105 }
11061106
1107-var xSocketReceive func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
1107+var xSocketReceive func(uintptr, *[]byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
11081108
11091109 // Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket. This is mainly used by
11101110 // connection-oriented sockets; it is identical to g_socket_receive_from()
@@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ var xSocketReceive func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
11291129 // %G_IO_IN condition.
11301130 //
11311131 // On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
1132-func (x *Socket) Receive(BufferVar []byte, SizeVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
1132+func (x *Socket) Receive(BufferVar *[]byte, SizeVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
11331133 var cerr *glib.Error
11341134
11351135 cret := xSocketReceive(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ func (x *Socket) ReceiveBytes(SizeVar uint, TimeoutUsVar int64, CancellableVar *
11621162
11631163 }
11641164
1165-var xSocketReceiveBytesFrom func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int64, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
1165+var xSocketReceiveBytesFrom func(uintptr, **SocketAddress, uint, int64, uintptr, **glib.Error) *glib.Bytes
11661166
11671167 // Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket.
11681168 //
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ var xSocketReceiveBytesFrom func(uintptr, uintptr, uint, int64, uintptr, **glib.
11811181 func (x *Socket) ReceiveBytesFrom(AddressVar **SocketAddress, SizeVar uint, TimeoutUsVar int64, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (*glib.Bytes, error) {
11821182 var cerr *glib.Error
11831183
1184- cret := xSocketReceiveBytesFrom(x.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(AddressVar), SizeVar, TimeoutUsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
1184+ cret := xSocketReceiveBytesFrom(x.GoPointer(), AddressVar, SizeVar, TimeoutUsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
11851185 if cerr == nil {
11861186 return cret, nil
11871187 }
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ func (x *Socket) ReceiveBytesFrom(AddressVar **SocketAddress, SizeVar uint, Time
11891189
11901190 }
11911191
1192-var xSocketReceiveFrom func(uintptr, uintptr, []byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
1192+var xSocketReceiveFrom func(uintptr, **SocketAddress, *[]byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
11931193
11941194 // Receive data (up to @size bytes) from a socket.
11951195 //
@@ -1198,10 +1198,10 @@ var xSocketReceiveFrom func(uintptr, uintptr, []byte, uint, uintptr, **glib.Erro
11981198 // @address is owned by the caller.
11991199 //
12001200 // See g_socket_receive() for additional information.
1201-func (x *Socket) ReceiveFrom(AddressVar **SocketAddress, BufferVar []byte, SizeVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
1201+func (x *Socket) ReceiveFrom(AddressVar **SocketAddress, BufferVar *[]byte, SizeVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
12021202 var cerr *glib.Error
12031203
1204- cret := xSocketReceiveFrom(x.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(AddressVar), BufferVar, SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
1204+ cret := xSocketReceiveFrom(x.GoPointer(), AddressVar, BufferVar, SizeVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
12051205 if cerr == nil {
12061206 return cret, nil
12071207 }
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ func (x *Socket) ReceiveFrom(AddressVar **SocketAddress, BufferVar []byte, SizeV
12091209
12101210 }
12111211
1212-var xSocketReceiveMessage func(uintptr, uintptr, []InputVector, int, uintptr, int, int, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
1212+var xSocketReceiveMessage func(uintptr, **SocketAddress, []InputVector, int, *uintptr, *int, int, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
12131213
12141214 // Receive data from a socket. For receiving multiple messages, see
12151215 // g_socket_receive_messages(); for easier use, see
@@ -1270,10 +1270,10 @@ var xSocketReceiveMessage func(uintptr, uintptr, []InputVector, int, uintptr, in
12701270 // %G_IO_IN condition.
12711271 //
12721272 // On error -1 is returned and @error is set accordingly.
1273-func (x *Socket) ReceiveMessage(AddressVar **SocketAddress, VectorsVar []InputVector, NumVectorsVar int, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int, FlagsVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
1273+func (x *Socket) ReceiveMessage(AddressVar **SocketAddress, VectorsVar []InputVector, NumVectorsVar int, MessagesVar *uintptr, NumMessagesVar *int, FlagsVar int, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
12741274 var cerr *glib.Error
12751275
1276- cret := xSocketReceiveMessage(x.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(AddressVar), VectorsVar, NumVectorsVar, MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
1276+ cret := xSocketReceiveMessage(x.GoPointer(), AddressVar, VectorsVar, NumVectorsVar, MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
12771277 if cerr == nil {
12781278 return cret, nil
12791279 }
@@ -1342,12 +1342,12 @@ func (x *Socket) ReceiveMessages(MessagesVar []InputMessage, NumMessagesVar uint
13421342
13431343 }
13441344
1345-var xSocketReceiveWithBlocking func(uintptr, []byte, uint, bool, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
1345+var xSocketReceiveWithBlocking func(uintptr, *[]byte, uint, bool, uintptr, **glib.Error) int
13461346
13471347 // This behaves exactly the same as g_socket_receive(), except that
13481348 // the choice of blocking or non-blocking behavior is determined by
13491349 // the @blocking argument rather than by @socket's properties.
1350-func (x *Socket) ReceiveWithBlocking(BufferVar []byte, SizeVar uint, BlockingVar bool, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
1350+func (x *Socket) ReceiveWithBlocking(BufferVar *[]byte, SizeVar uint, BlockingVar bool, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (int, error) {
13511351 var cerr *glib.Error
13521352
13531353 cret := xSocketReceiveWithBlocking(x.GoPointer(), BufferVar, SizeVar, BlockingVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ func (x *Socket) SendMessage(AddressVar *SocketAddress, VectorsVar []OutputVecto
14401440
14411441 }
14421442
1443-var xSocketSendMessageWithTimeout func(uintptr, uintptr, []OutputVector, int, uintptr, int, int, int64, uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) PollableReturn
1443+var xSocketSendMessageWithTimeout func(uintptr, uintptr, []OutputVector, int, uintptr, int, int, int64, *uint, uintptr, **glib.Error) PollableReturn
14441444
14451445 // This behaves exactly the same as g_socket_send_message(), except that
14461446 // the choice of timeout behavior is determined by the @timeout_us argument
@@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ var xSocketSendMessageWithTimeout func(uintptr, uintptr, []OutputVector, int, ui
14491449 // On error %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_FAILED is returned and @error is set accordingly, or
14501450 // if the socket is currently not writable %G_POLLABLE_RETURN_WOULD_BLOCK is
14511451 // returned. @bytes_written will contain 0 in both cases.
1452-func (x *Socket) SendMessageWithTimeout(AddressVar *SocketAddress, VectorsVar []OutputVector, NumVectorsVar int, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int, FlagsVar int, TimeoutUsVar int64, BytesWrittenVar uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
1452+func (x *Socket) SendMessageWithTimeout(AddressVar *SocketAddress, VectorsVar []OutputVector, NumVectorsVar int, MessagesVar uintptr, NumMessagesVar int, FlagsVar int, TimeoutUsVar int64, BytesWrittenVar *uint, CancellableVar *Cancellable) (PollableReturn, error) {
14531453 var cerr *glib.Error
14541454
14551455 cret := xSocketSendMessageWithTimeout(x.GoPointer(), AddressVar.GoPointer(), VectorsVar, NumVectorsVar, MessagesVar, NumMessagesVar, FlagsVar, TimeoutUsVar, BytesWrittenVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
@@ -1743,6 +1743,159 @@ func (c *Socket) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
17431743 c.Ptr = ptr
17441744 }
17451745
1746+// SetPropertyBlocking sets the "blocking" property.
1747+// Whether I/O on this socket is blocking.
1748+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyBlocking(value bool) {
1749+ var v gobject.Value
1750+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1751+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1752+ x.SetProperty("blocking", &v)
1753+}
1754+
1755+// GetPropertyBlocking gets the "blocking" property.
1756+// Whether I/O on this socket is blocking.
1757+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyBlocking() bool {
1758+ var v gobject.Value
1759+ x.GetProperty("blocking", &v)
1760+ return v.GetBoolean()
1761+}
1762+
1763+// SetPropertyBroadcast sets the "broadcast" property.
1764+// Whether the socket should allow sending to broadcast addresses.
1765+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyBroadcast(value bool) {
1766+ var v gobject.Value
1767+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1768+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1769+ x.SetProperty("broadcast", &v)
1770+}
1771+
1772+// GetPropertyBroadcast gets the "broadcast" property.
1773+// Whether the socket should allow sending to broadcast addresses.
1774+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyBroadcast() bool {
1775+ var v gobject.Value
1776+ x.GetProperty("broadcast", &v)
1777+ return v.GetBoolean()
1778+}
1779+
1780+// SetPropertyFd sets the "fd" property.
1781+// The socket’s file descriptor.
1782+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyFd(value int) {
1783+ var v gobject.Value
1784+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1785+ v.SetInt(value)
1786+ x.SetProperty("fd", &v)
1787+}
1788+
1789+// GetPropertyFd gets the "fd" property.
1790+// The socket’s file descriptor.
1791+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyFd() int {
1792+ var v gobject.Value
1793+ x.GetProperty("fd", &v)
1794+ return v.GetInt()
1795+}
1796+
1797+// SetPropertyKeepalive sets the "keepalive" property.
1798+// Whether to keep the connection alive by sending periodic pings.
1799+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyKeepalive(value bool) {
1800+ var v gobject.Value
1801+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1802+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1803+ x.SetProperty("keepalive", &v)
1804+}
1805+
1806+// GetPropertyKeepalive gets the "keepalive" property.
1807+// Whether to keep the connection alive by sending periodic pings.
1808+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyKeepalive() bool {
1809+ var v gobject.Value
1810+ x.GetProperty("keepalive", &v)
1811+ return v.GetBoolean()
1812+}
1813+
1814+// SetPropertyListenBacklog sets the "listen-backlog" property.
1815+// The number of outstanding connections in the listen queue.
1816+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyListenBacklog(value int) {
1817+ var v gobject.Value
1818+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1819+ v.SetInt(value)
1820+ x.SetProperty("listen-backlog", &v)
1821+}
1822+
1823+// GetPropertyListenBacklog gets the "listen-backlog" property.
1824+// The number of outstanding connections in the listen queue.
1825+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyListenBacklog() int {
1826+ var v gobject.Value
1827+ x.GetProperty("listen-backlog", &v)
1828+ return v.GetInt()
1829+}
1830+
1831+// SetPropertyMulticastLoopback sets the "multicast-loopback" property.
1832+// Whether outgoing multicast packets loop back to the local host.
1833+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyMulticastLoopback(value bool) {
1834+ var v gobject.Value
1835+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1836+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1837+ x.SetProperty("multicast-loopback", &v)
1838+}
1839+
1840+// GetPropertyMulticastLoopback gets the "multicast-loopback" property.
1841+// Whether outgoing multicast packets loop back to the local host.
1842+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyMulticastLoopback() bool {
1843+ var v gobject.Value
1844+ x.GetProperty("multicast-loopback", &v)
1845+ return v.GetBoolean()
1846+}
1847+
1848+// SetPropertyMulticastTtl sets the "multicast-ttl" property.
1849+// Time-to-live out outgoing multicast packets
1850+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyMulticastTtl(value uint) {
1851+ var v gobject.Value
1852+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
1853+ v.SetUint(value)
1854+ x.SetProperty("multicast-ttl", &v)
1855+}
1856+
1857+// GetPropertyMulticastTtl gets the "multicast-ttl" property.
1858+// Time-to-live out outgoing multicast packets
1859+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyMulticastTtl() uint {
1860+ var v gobject.Value
1861+ x.GetProperty("multicast-ttl", &v)
1862+ return v.GetUint()
1863+}
1864+
1865+// SetPropertyTimeout sets the "timeout" property.
1866+// The timeout in seconds on socket I/O
1867+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyTimeout(value uint) {
1868+ var v gobject.Value
1869+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
1870+ v.SetUint(value)
1871+ x.SetProperty("timeout", &v)
1872+}
1873+
1874+// GetPropertyTimeout gets the "timeout" property.
1875+// The timeout in seconds on socket I/O
1876+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyTimeout() uint {
1877+ var v gobject.Value
1878+ x.GetProperty("timeout", &v)
1879+ return v.GetUint()
1880+}
1881+
1882+// SetPropertyTtl sets the "ttl" property.
1883+// Time-to-live for outgoing unicast packets
1884+func (x *Socket) SetPropertyTtl(value uint) {
1885+ var v gobject.Value
1886+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
1887+ v.SetUint(value)
1888+ x.SetProperty("ttl", &v)
1889+}
1890+
1891+// GetPropertyTtl gets the "ttl" property.
1892+// Time-to-live for outgoing unicast packets
1893+func (x *Socket) GetPropertyTtl() uint {
1894+ var v gobject.Value
1895+ x.GetProperty("ttl", &v)
1896+ return v.GetUint()
1897+}
1898+
17461899 // Initializes the object implementing the interface.
17471900 //
17481901 // This method is intended for language bindings. If writing in C,
M v4/gio/gsocketaddress.go +6 -6
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2929 }
3030
31-// OverrideGetFamily sets the callback function.
31+// OverrideGetFamily sets the "get_family" callback function.
3232 func (x *SocketAddressClass) OverrideGetFamily(cb func(*SocketAddress) SocketFamily) {
3333 if cb == nil {
3434 x.xGetFamily = 0
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressClass) OverrideGetFamily(cb func(*SocketAddress) SocketFam
3939 }
4040 }
4141
42-// GetGetFamily gets the callback function.
42+// GetGetFamily gets the "get_family" callback function.
4343 func (x *SocketAddressClass) GetGetFamily() func(*SocketAddress) SocketFamily {
4444 if x.xGetFamily == 0 {
4545 return nil
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressClass) GetGetFamily() func(*SocketAddress) SocketFamily {
5151 }
5252 }
5353
54-// OverrideGetNativeSize sets the callback function.
54+// OverrideGetNativeSize sets the "get_native_size" callback function.
5555 func (x *SocketAddressClass) OverrideGetNativeSize(cb func(*SocketAddress) int) {
5656 if cb == nil {
5757 x.xGetNativeSize = 0
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressClass) OverrideGetNativeSize(cb func(*SocketAddress) int)
6262 }
6363 }
6464
65-// GetGetNativeSize gets the callback function.
65+// GetGetNativeSize gets the "get_native_size" callback function.
6666 func (x *SocketAddressClass) GetGetNativeSize() func(*SocketAddress) int {
6767 if x.xGetNativeSize == 0 {
6868 return nil
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressClass) GetGetNativeSize() func(*SocketAddress) int {
7474 }
7575 }
7676
77-// OverrideToNative sets the callback function.
77+// OverrideToNative sets the "to_native" callback function.
7878 func (x *SocketAddressClass) OverrideToNative(cb func(*SocketAddress, uintptr, uint) bool) {
7979 if cb == nil {
8080 x.xToNative = 0
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressClass) OverrideToNative(cb func(*SocketAddress, uintptr, u
8585 }
8686 }
8787
88-// GetToNative gets the callback function.
88+// GetToNative gets the "to_native" callback function.
8989 func (x *SocketAddressClass) GetToNative() func(*SocketAddress, uintptr, uint) bool {
9090 if x.xToNative == 0 {
9191 return nil
M v4/gio/gsocketaddressenumerator.go +6 -6
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3030 }
3131
32-// OverrideNext sets the callback function.
32+// OverrideNext sets the "next" callback function.
3333 // Virtual method for g_socket_address_enumerator_next().
3434 func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideNext(cb func(*SocketAddressEnumerator, *Cancellable) *SocketAddress) {
3535 if cb == nil {
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideNext(cb func(*SocketAddressEnumer
4545 }
4646 }
4747
48-// GetNext gets the callback function.
48+// GetNext gets the "next" callback function.
4949 // Virtual method for g_socket_address_enumerator_next().
5050 func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) GetNext() func(*SocketAddressEnumerator, *Cancellable) *SocketAddress {
5151 if x.xNext == 0 {
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) GetNext() func(*SocketAddressEnumerator,
6464 }
6565 }
6666
67-// OverrideNextAsync sets the callback function.
67+// OverrideNextAsync sets the "next_async" callback function.
6868 // Virtual method for g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async().
6969 func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextAsync(cb func(*SocketAddressEnumerator, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
7070 if cb == nil {
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextAsync(cb func(*SocketAddressE
7676 }
7777 }
7878
79-// GetNextAsync gets the callback function.
79+// GetNextAsync gets the "next_async" callback function.
8080 // Virtual method for g_socket_address_enumerator_next_async().
8181 func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) GetNextAsync() func(*SocketAddressEnumerator, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
8282 if x.xNextAsync == 0 {
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) GetNextAsync() func(*SocketAddressEnumera
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// OverrideNextFinish sets the callback function.
92+// OverrideNextFinish sets the "next_finish" callback function.
9393 // Virtual method for g_socket_address_enumerator_next_finish().
9494 func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextFinish(cb func(*SocketAddressEnumerator, AsyncResult) *SocketAddress) {
9595 if cb == nil {
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) OverrideNextFinish(cb func(*SocketAddress
105105 }
106106 }
107107
108-// GetNextFinish gets the callback function.
108+// GetNextFinish gets the "next_finish" callback function.
109109 // Virtual method for g_socket_address_enumerator_next_finish().
110110 func (x *SocketAddressEnumeratorClass) GetNextFinish() func(*SocketAddressEnumerator, AsyncResult) *SocketAddress {
111111 if x.xNextFinish == 0 {
M v4/gio/gsocketclient.go +61 -10
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3232 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3333 }
3434
35-// OverrideEvent sets the callback function.
35+// OverrideEvent sets the "event" callback function.
3636 func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideEvent(cb func(*SocketClient, SocketClientEvent, SocketConnectable, *IOStream)) {
3737 if cb == nil {
3838 x.xEvent = 0
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideEvent(cb func(*SocketClient, SocketClientEve
4343 }
4444 }
4545
46-// GetEvent gets the callback function.
46+// GetEvent gets the "event" callback function.
4747 func (x *SocketClientClass) GetEvent() func(*SocketClient, SocketClientEvent, SocketConnectable, *IOStream) {
4848 if x.xEvent == 0 {
4949 return nil
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) GetEvent() func(*SocketClient, SocketClientEvent, So
5555 }
5656 }
5757
58-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
58+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
5959 func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
6060 if cb == nil {
6161 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
69+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
7070 func (x *SocketClientClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
7171 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
7272 return nil
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
7878 }
7979 }
8080
81-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
81+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
8282 func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
8383 if cb == nil {
8484 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
92+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
9393 func (x *SocketClientClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
9494 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
9595 return nil
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
104+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
105105 func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
106106 if cb == nil {
107107 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
115+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
116116 func (x *SocketClientClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
117117 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
118118 return nil
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
127+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
128128 func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
129129 if cb == nil {
130130 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *SocketClientClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
135135 }
136136 }
137137
138-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
138+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
139139 func (x *SocketClientClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
140140 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
141141 return nil
@@ -800,6 +800,57 @@ func (c *SocketClient) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
800800 c.Ptr = ptr
801801 }
802802
803+// SetPropertyEnableProxy sets the "enable-proxy" property.
804+// Enable proxy support.
805+func (x *SocketClient) SetPropertyEnableProxy(value bool) {
806+ var v gobject.Value
807+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
808+ v.SetBoolean(value)
809+ x.SetProperty("enable-proxy", &v)
810+}
811+
812+// GetPropertyEnableProxy gets the "enable-proxy" property.
813+// Enable proxy support.
814+func (x *SocketClient) GetPropertyEnableProxy() bool {
815+ var v gobject.Value
816+ x.GetProperty("enable-proxy", &v)
817+ return v.GetBoolean()
818+}
819+
820+// SetPropertyTimeout sets the "timeout" property.
821+// The I/O timeout for sockets, in seconds, or `0` for none.
822+func (x *SocketClient) SetPropertyTimeout(value uint) {
823+ var v gobject.Value
824+ v.Init(gobject.TypeUintVal)
825+ v.SetUint(value)
826+ x.SetProperty("timeout", &v)
827+}
828+
829+// GetPropertyTimeout gets the "timeout" property.
830+// The I/O timeout for sockets, in seconds, or `0` for none.
831+func (x *SocketClient) GetPropertyTimeout() uint {
832+ var v gobject.Value
833+ x.GetProperty("timeout", &v)
834+ return v.GetUint()
835+}
836+
837+// SetPropertyTls sets the "tls" property.
838+// Whether to create TLS connections.
839+func (x *SocketClient) SetPropertyTls(value bool) {
840+ var v gobject.Value
841+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
842+ v.SetBoolean(value)
843+ x.SetProperty("tls", &v)
844+}
845+
846+// GetPropertyTls gets the "tls" property.
847+// Whether to create TLS connections.
848+func (x *SocketClient) GetPropertyTls() bool {
849+ var v gobject.Value
850+ x.GetProperty("tls", &v)
851+ return v.GetBoolean()
852+}
853+
803854 // Emitted when @client's activity on @connectable changes state.
804855 // Among other things, this can be used to provide progress
805856 // information about a network connection in the UI. The meanings of
M v4/gio/gsocketconnectable.go +6 -6
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectableIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2828 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2929 }
3030
31-// OverrideEnumerate sets the callback function.
31+// OverrideEnumerate sets the "enumerate" callback function.
3232 // Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator
3333 func (x *SocketConnectableIface) OverrideEnumerate(cb func(SocketConnectable) *SocketAddressEnumerator) {
3434 if cb == nil {
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectableIface) OverrideEnumerate(cb func(SocketConnectable) *S
4444 }
4545 }
4646
47-// GetEnumerate gets the callback function.
47+// GetEnumerate gets the "enumerate" callback function.
4848 // Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator
4949 func (x *SocketConnectableIface) GetEnumerate() func(SocketConnectable) *SocketAddressEnumerator {
5050 if x.xEnumerate == 0 {
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectableIface) GetEnumerate() func(SocketConnectable) *SocketA
6363 }
6464 }
6565
66-// OverrideProxyEnumerate sets the callback function.
66+// OverrideProxyEnumerate sets the "proxy_enumerate" callback function.
6767 // Creates a #GProxyAddressEnumerator
6868 func (x *SocketConnectableIface) OverrideProxyEnumerate(cb func(SocketConnectable) *SocketAddressEnumerator) {
6969 if cb == nil {
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectableIface) OverrideProxyEnumerate(cb func(SocketConnectabl
7979 }
8080 }
8181
82-// GetProxyEnumerate gets the callback function.
82+// GetProxyEnumerate gets the "proxy_enumerate" callback function.
8383 // Creates a #GProxyAddressEnumerator
8484 func (x *SocketConnectableIface) GetProxyEnumerate() func(SocketConnectable) *SocketAddressEnumerator {
8585 if x.xProxyEnumerate == 0 {
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectableIface) GetProxyEnumerate() func(SocketConnectable) *So
9898 }
9999 }
100100
101-// OverrideToString sets the callback function.
101+// OverrideToString sets the "to_string" callback function.
102102 // Format the connectable’s address as a string for debugging.
103103 //
104104 // Implementing this is optional. (Since: 2.48)
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectableIface) OverrideToString(cb func(SocketConnectable) str
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// GetToString gets the callback function.
115+// GetToString gets the "to_string" callback function.
116116 // Format the connectable’s address as a string for debugging.
117117 //
118118 // Implementing this is optional. (Since: 2.48)
M v4/gio/gsocketconnection.go +12 -12
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3838 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3939 if cb == nil {
4040 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4545 }
4646 }
4747
48-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
48+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4949 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5050 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
5151 return nil
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
60+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6161 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6262 if cb == nil {
6363 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6868 }
6969 }
7070
71-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
71+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
7272 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7373 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7474 return nil
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
8080 }
8181 }
8282
83-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
83+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8484 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8585 if cb == nil {
8686 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
9191 }
9292 }
9393
94-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
94+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9595 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9696 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9797 return nil
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
103103 }
104104 }
105105
106-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
106+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
107107 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
108108 if cb == nil {
109109 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
114114 }
115115 }
116116
117-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
117+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
118118 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
119119 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
120120 return nil
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
126126 }
127127 }
128128
129-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
129+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
130130 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
131131 if cb == nil {
132132 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
137137 }
138138 }
139139
140-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
140+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
141141 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
142142 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
143143 return nil
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
149149 }
150150 }
151151
152-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
152+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
153153 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
154154 if cb == nil {
155155 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ func (x *SocketConnectionClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
160160 }
161161 }
162162
163-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
163+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
164164 func (x *SocketConnectionClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
165165 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
166166 return nil
M v4/gio/gsocketcontrolmessage.go +20 -20
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
4242 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4343 }
4444
45-// OverrideGetSize sets the callback function.
45+// OverrideGetSize sets the "get_size" callback function.
4646 // gets the size of the message.
4747 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGetSize(cb func(*SocketControlMessage) uint) {
4848 if cb == nil {
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGetSize(cb func(*SocketControlMessag
5454 }
5555 }
5656
57-// GetGetSize gets the callback function.
57+// GetGetSize gets the "get_size" callback function.
5858 // gets the size of the message.
5959 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGetSize() func(*SocketControlMessage) uint {
6060 if x.xGetSize == 0 {
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGetSize() func(*SocketControlMessage) uin
6767 }
6868 }
6969
70-// OverrideGetLevel sets the callback function.
70+// OverrideGetLevel sets the "get_level" callback function.
7171 // gets the protocol of the message.
7272 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGetLevel(cb func(*SocketControlMessage) int) {
7373 if cb == nil {
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGetLevel(cb func(*SocketControlMessa
7979 }
8080 }
8181
82-// GetGetLevel gets the callback function.
82+// GetGetLevel gets the "get_level" callback function.
8383 // gets the protocol of the message.
8484 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGetLevel() func(*SocketControlMessage) int {
8585 if x.xGetLevel == 0 {
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGetLevel() func(*SocketControlMessage) in
9292 }
9393 }
9494
95-// OverrideGetType sets the callback function.
95+// OverrideGetType sets the "get_type" callback function.
9696 // gets the protocol specific type of the message.
9797 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGetType(cb func(*SocketControlMessage) int) {
9898 if cb == nil {
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGetType(cb func(*SocketControlMessag
104104 }
105105 }
106106
107-// GetGetType gets the callback function.
107+// GetGetType gets the "get_type" callback function.
108108 // gets the protocol specific type of the message.
109109 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGetType() func(*SocketControlMessage) int {
110110 if x.xGetType == 0 {
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGetType() func(*SocketControlMessage) int
117117 }
118118 }
119119
120-// OverrideSerialize sets the callback function.
120+// OverrideSerialize sets the "serialize" callback function.
121121 // Writes out the message data.
122122 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideSerialize(cb func(*SocketControlMessage, uintptr)) {
123123 if cb == nil {
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideSerialize(cb func(*SocketControlMess
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// GetSerialize gets the callback function.
132+// GetSerialize gets the "serialize" callback function.
133133 // Writes out the message data.
134134 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetSerialize() func(*SocketControlMessage, uintptr) {
135135 if x.xSerialize == 0 {
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetSerialize() func(*SocketControlMessage, u
142142 }
143143 }
144144
145-// OverrideDeserialize sets the callback function.
145+// OverrideDeserialize sets the "deserialize" callback function.
146146 // Tries to deserialize a message.
147147 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideDeserialize(cb func(int, int, uint, uintptr) *SocketControlMessage) {
148148 if cb == nil {
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideDeserialize(cb func(int, int, uint,
158158 }
159159 }
160160
161-// GetDeserialize gets the callback function.
161+// GetDeserialize gets the "deserialize" callback function.
162162 // Tries to deserialize a message.
163163 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetDeserialize() func(int, int, uint, uintptr) *SocketControlMessage {
164164 if x.xDeserialize == 0 {
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetDeserialize() func(int, int, uint, uintpt
177177 }
178178 }
179179
180-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
180+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
181181 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
182182 if cb == nil {
183183 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
188188 }
189189 }
190190
191-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
191+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
192192 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
193193 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
194194 return nil
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
200200 }
201201 }
202202
203-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
203+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
204204 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
205205 if cb == nil {
206206 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
211211 }
212212 }
213213
214-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
214+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
215215 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
216216 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
217217 return nil
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
223223 }
224224 }
225225
226-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
226+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
227227 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
228228 if cb == nil {
229229 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
234234 }
235235 }
236236
237-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
237+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
238238 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
239239 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
240240 return nil
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
246246 }
247247 }
248248
249-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
249+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
250250 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
251251 if cb == nil {
252252 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
257257 }
258258 }
259259
260-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
260+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
261261 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
262262 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
263263 return nil
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
269269 }
270270 }
271271
272-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
272+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
273273 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
274274 if cb == nil {
275275 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
280280 }
281281 }
282282
283-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
283+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
284284 func (x *SocketControlMessageClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
285285 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
286286 return nil
M v4/gio/gsocketlistener.go +41 -24
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3838 }
3939
40-// OverrideChanged sets the callback function.
40+// OverrideChanged sets the "changed" callback function.
4141 // virtual method called when the set of socket listened to changes
4242 func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideChanged(cb func(*SocketListener)) {
4343 if cb == nil {
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideChanged(cb func(*SocketListener)) {
4949 }
5050 }
5151
52-// GetChanged gets the callback function.
52+// GetChanged gets the "changed" callback function.
5353 // virtual method called when the set of socket listened to changes
5454 func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetChanged() func(*SocketListener) {
5555 if x.xChanged == 0 {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetChanged() func(*SocketListener) {
6262 }
6363 }
6464
65-// OverrideEvent sets the callback function.
65+// OverrideEvent sets the "event" callback function.
6666 func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideEvent(cb func(*SocketListener, SocketListenerEvent, *Socket)) {
6767 if cb == nil {
6868 x.xEvent = 0
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideEvent(cb func(*SocketListener, SocketListe
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// GetEvent gets the callback function.
76+// GetEvent gets the "event" callback function.
7777 func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetEvent() func(*SocketListener, SocketListenerEvent, *Socket) {
7878 if x.xEvent == 0 {
7979 return nil
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetEvent() func(*SocketListener, SocketListenerEve
8585 }
8686 }
8787
88-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
88+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
8989 func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
9090 if cb == nil {
9191 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
9696 }
9797 }
9898
99-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
99+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
100100 func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
101101 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
102102 return nil
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
108108 }
109109 }
110110
111-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
111+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
112112 func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
113113 if cb == nil {
114114 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
119119 }
120120 }
121121
122-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
122+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
123123 func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
124124 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
125125 return nil
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
131131 }
132132 }
133133
134-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
134+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
135135 func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
136136 if cb == nil {
137137 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
142142 }
143143 }
144144
145-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
145+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
146146 func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
147147 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
148148 return nil
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
154154 }
155155 }
156156
157-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
157+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
158158 func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
159159 if cb == nil {
160160 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
165165 }
166166 }
167167
168-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
168+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
169169 func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
170170 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
171171 return nil
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
177177 }
178178 }
179179
180-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
180+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
181181 func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
182182 if cb == nil {
183183 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (x *SocketListenerClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
188188 }
189189 }
190190
191-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
191+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
192192 func (x *SocketListenerClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
193193 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
194194 return nil
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ func NewSocketListener() *SocketListener {
257257 return cls
258258 }
259259
260-var xSocketListenerAccept func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
260+var xSocketListenerAccept func(uintptr, **gobject.Object, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
261261
262262 // Blocks waiting for a client to connect to any of the sockets added
263263 // to the listener. Returns a #GSocketConnection for the socket that was
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ func (x *SocketListener) Accept(SourceObjectVar **gobject.Object, CancellableVar
274274 var cls *SocketConnection
275275 var cerr *glib.Error
276276
277- cret := xSocketListenerAccept(x.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(SourceObjectVar), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
277+ cret := xSocketListenerAccept(x.GoPointer(), SourceObjectVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
278278
279279 if cret == 0 {
280280 return nil, cerr
@@ -301,14 +301,14 @@ func (x *SocketListener) AcceptAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, CallbackVar *A
301301
302302 }
303303
304-var xSocketListenerAcceptFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
304+var xSocketListenerAcceptFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **gobject.Object, **glib.Error) uintptr
305305
306306 // Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_async()
307307 func (x *SocketListener) AcceptFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, SourceObjectVar **gobject.Object) (*SocketConnection, error) {
308308 var cls *SocketConnection
309309 var cerr *glib.Error
310310
311- cret := xSocketListenerAcceptFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(SourceObjectVar), &cerr)
311+ cret := xSocketListenerAcceptFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), SourceObjectVar, &cerr)
312312
313313 if cret == 0 {
314314 return nil, cerr
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ func (x *SocketListener) AcceptFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, SourceObjectVar **g
322322
323323 }
324324
325-var xSocketListenerAcceptSocket func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
325+var xSocketListenerAcceptSocket func(uintptr, **gobject.Object, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
326326
327327 // Blocks waiting for a client to connect to any of the sockets added
328328 // to the listener. Returns the #GSocket that was accepted.
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ func (x *SocketListener) AcceptSocket(SourceObjectVar **gobject.Object, Cancella
342342 var cls *Socket
343343 var cerr *glib.Error
344344
345- cret := xSocketListenerAcceptSocket(x.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(SourceObjectVar), CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
345+ cret := xSocketListenerAcceptSocket(x.GoPointer(), SourceObjectVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), &cerr)
346346
347347 if cret == 0 {
348348 return nil, cerr
@@ -369,14 +369,14 @@ func (x *SocketListener) AcceptSocketAsync(CancellableVar *Cancellable, Callback
369369
370370 }
371371
372-var xSocketListenerAcceptSocketFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) uintptr
372+var xSocketListenerAcceptSocketFinish func(uintptr, uintptr, **gobject.Object, **glib.Error) uintptr
373373
374374 // Finishes an async accept operation. See g_socket_listener_accept_socket_async()
375375 func (x *SocketListener) AcceptSocketFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, SourceObjectVar **gobject.Object) (*Socket, error) {
376376 var cls *Socket
377377 var cerr *glib.Error
378378
379- cret := xSocketListenerAcceptSocketFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(SourceObjectVar), &cerr)
379+ cret := xSocketListenerAcceptSocketFinish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), SourceObjectVar, &cerr)
380380
381381 if cret == 0 {
382382 return nil, cerr
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ func (x *SocketListener) AcceptSocketFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, SourceObjectV
390390
391391 }
392392
393-var xSocketListenerAddAddress func(uintptr, uintptr, SocketType, SocketProtocol, uintptr, uintptr, **glib.Error) bool
393+var xSocketListenerAddAddress func(uintptr, uintptr, SocketType, SocketProtocol, uintptr, **SocketAddress, **glib.Error) bool
394394
395395 // Creates a socket of type @type and protocol @protocol, binds
396396 // it to @address and adds it to the set of sockets we're accepting
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ var xSocketListenerAddAddress func(uintptr, uintptr, SocketType, SocketProtocol,
418418 func (x *SocketListener) AddAddress(AddressVar *SocketAddress, TypeVar SocketType, ProtocolVar SocketProtocol, SourceObjectVar *gobject.Object, EffectiveAddressVar **SocketAddress) (bool, error) {
419419 var cerr *glib.Error
420420
421- cret := xSocketListenerAddAddress(x.GoPointer(), AddressVar.GoPointer(), TypeVar, ProtocolVar, SourceObjectVar.GoPointer(), *gobject.ConvertPtr(EffectiveAddressVar), &cerr)
421+ cret := xSocketListenerAddAddress(x.GoPointer(), AddressVar.GoPointer(), TypeVar, ProtocolVar, SourceObjectVar.GoPointer(), EffectiveAddressVar, &cerr)
422422 if cerr == nil {
423423 return cret, nil
424424 }
@@ -552,6 +552,23 @@ func (c *SocketListener) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
552552 c.Ptr = ptr
553553 }
554554
555+// SetPropertyListenBacklog sets the "listen-backlog" property.
556+// The number of outstanding connections in the listen queue.
557+func (x *SocketListener) SetPropertyListenBacklog(value int) {
558+ var v gobject.Value
559+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
560+ v.SetInt(value)
561+ x.SetProperty("listen-backlog", &v)
562+}
563+
564+// GetPropertyListenBacklog gets the "listen-backlog" property.
565+// The number of outstanding connections in the listen queue.
566+func (x *SocketListener) GetPropertyListenBacklog() int {
567+ var v gobject.Value
568+ x.GetProperty("listen-backlog", &v)
569+ return v.GetInt()
570+}
571+
555572 // Emitted when @listener's activity on @socket changes state.
556573 // Note that when @listener is used to listen on both IPv4 and
557574 // IPv6, a separate set of signals will be emitted for each, and
M v4/gio/gsocketservice.go +31 -14
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3838 }
3939
40-// OverrideIncoming sets the callback function.
40+// OverrideIncoming sets the "incoming" callback function.
4141 // signal emitted when new connections are accepted
4242 func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideIncoming(cb func(*SocketService, *SocketConnection, *gobject.Object) bool) {
4343 if cb == nil {
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideIncoming(cb func(*SocketService, *SocketCon
4949 }
5050 }
5151
52-// GetIncoming gets the callback function.
52+// GetIncoming gets the "incoming" callback function.
5353 // signal emitted when new connections are accepted
5454 func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetIncoming() func(*SocketService, *SocketConnection, *gobject.Object) bool {
5555 if x.xIncoming == 0 {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetIncoming() func(*SocketService, *SocketConnectio
6262 }
6363 }
6464
65-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
65+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
6666 func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
6767 if cb == nil {
6868 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
76+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
7777 func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
7878 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
7979 return nil
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
8585 }
8686 }
8787
88-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
88+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
8989 func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
9090 if cb == nil {
9191 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
9696 }
9797 }
9898
99-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
99+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
100100 func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
101101 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
102102 return nil
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
108108 }
109109 }
110110
111-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
111+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
112112 func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
113113 if cb == nil {
114114 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
119119 }
120120 }
121121
122-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
122+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
123123 func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
124124 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
125125 return nil
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
131131 }
132132 }
133133
134-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
134+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
135135 func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
136136 if cb == nil {
137137 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
142142 }
143143 }
144144
145-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
145+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
146146 func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
147147 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
148148 return nil
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
154154 }
155155 }
156156
157-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
157+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
158158 func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
159159 if cb == nil {
160160 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
165165 }
166166 }
167167
168-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
168+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
169169 func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
170170 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
171171 return nil
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
177177 }
178178 }
179179
180-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
180+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
181181 func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
182182 if cb == nil {
183183 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (x *SocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
188188 }
189189 }
190190
191-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
191+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
192192 func (x *SocketServiceClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
193193 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
194194 return nil
@@ -333,6 +333,23 @@ func (c *SocketService) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
333333 c.Ptr = ptr
334334 }
335335
336+// SetPropertyActive sets the "active" property.
337+// Whether the service is currently accepting connections.
338+func (x *SocketService) SetPropertyActive(value bool) {
339+ var v gobject.Value
340+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
341+ v.SetBoolean(value)
342+ x.SetProperty("active", &v)
343+}
344+
345+// GetPropertyActive gets the "active" property.
346+// Whether the service is currently accepting connections.
347+func (x *SocketService) GetPropertyActive() bool {
348+ var v gobject.Value
349+ x.GetProperty("active", &v)
350+ return v.GetBoolean()
351+}
352+
336353 // The ::incoming signal is emitted when a new incoming connection
337354 // to @service needs to be handled. The handler must initiate the
338355 // handling of @connection, but may not block; in essence,
M v4/gio/gsubprocess.go +15 -4
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
22 package gio
33
44 import (
5+ "unsafe"
6+
57 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
68 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
79 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
@@ -211,14 +213,14 @@ func (x *Subprocess) CommunicateFinish(ResultVar AsyncResult, StdoutBufVar **gli
211213
212214 }
213215
214-var xSubprocessCommunicateUtf8 func(uintptr, string, uintptr, string, string, **glib.Error) bool
216+var xSubprocessCommunicateUtf8 func(uintptr, string, uintptr, *string, *string, **glib.Error) bool
215217
216218 // Like g_subprocess_communicate(), but validates the output of the
217219 // process as UTF-8, and returns it as a regular NUL terminated string.
218220 //
219221 // On error, @stdout_buf and @stderr_buf will be set to undefined values and
220222 // should not be used.
221-func (x *Subprocess) CommunicateUtf8(StdinBufVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable, StdoutBufVar string, StderrBufVar string) (bool, error) {
223+func (x *Subprocess) CommunicateUtf8(StdinBufVar string, CancellableVar *Cancellable, StdoutBufVar *string, StderrBufVar *string) (bool, error) {
222224 var cerr *glib.Error
223225
224226 cret := xSubprocessCommunicateUtf8(x.GoPointer(), StdinBufVar, CancellableVar.GoPointer(), StdoutBufVar, StderrBufVar, &cerr)
@@ -239,10 +241,10 @@ func (x *Subprocess) CommunicateUtf8Async(StdinBufVar string, CancellableVar *Ca
239241
240242 }
241243
242-var xSubprocessCommunicateUtf8Finish func(uintptr, uintptr, string, string, **glib.Error) bool
244+var xSubprocessCommunicateUtf8Finish func(uintptr, uintptr, *string, *string, **glib.Error) bool
243245
244246 // Complete an invocation of g_subprocess_communicate_utf8_async().
245-func (x *Subprocess) CommunicateUtf8Finish(ResultVar AsyncResult, StdoutBufVar string, StderrBufVar string) (bool, error) {
247+func (x *Subprocess) CommunicateUtf8Finish(ResultVar AsyncResult, StdoutBufVar *string, StderrBufVar *string) (bool, error) {
246248 var cerr *glib.Error
247249
248250 cret := xSubprocessCommunicateUtf8Finish(x.GoPointer(), ResultVar.GoPointer(), StdoutBufVar, StderrBufVar, &cerr)
@@ -551,6 +553,15 @@ func (c *Subprocess) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
551553 c.Ptr = ptr
552554 }
553555
556+// SetPropertyArgv sets the "argv" property.
557+// Argument vector.
558+func (x *Subprocess) SetPropertyArgv(value []string) {
559+ var v gobject.Value
560+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
561+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
562+ x.SetProperty("argv", &v)
563+}
564+
554565 // Initializes the object implementing the interface.
555566 //
556567 // This method is intended for language bindings. If writing in C,
M v4/gio/gtask.go +25 -0
@@ -1212,6 +1212,31 @@ func (c *Task) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
12121212 c.Ptr = ptr
12131213 }
12141214
1215+// GetPropertyCompleted gets the "completed" property.
1216+// Whether the task has completed, meaning its callback (if set) has been
1217+// invoked.
1218+//
1219+// This can only happen after g_task_return_pointer(),
1220+// g_task_return_error() or one of the other return functions have been called
1221+// on the task. However, it is not guaranteed to happen immediately after
1222+// those functions are called, as the task’s callback may need to be scheduled
1223+// to run in a different thread.
1224+//
1225+// That means it is **not safe** to use this property to track whether a
1226+// return function has been called on the #GTask. Callers must do that
1227+// tracking themselves, typically by linking the lifetime of the #GTask to the
1228+// control flow of their code.
1229+//
1230+// This property is guaranteed to change from %FALSE to %TRUE exactly once.
1231+//
1232+// The #GObject::notify signal for this change is emitted in the same main
1233+// context as the task’s callback, immediately after that callback is invoked.
1234+func (x *Task) GetPropertyCompleted() bool {
1235+ var v gobject.Value
1236+ x.GetProperty("completed", &v)
1237+ return v.GetBoolean()
1238+}
1239+
12151240 // Gets the user data from a [iface@Gio.AsyncResult].
12161241 func (x *Task) GetUserData() uintptr {
12171242
M v4/gio/gtcpconnection.go +18 -0
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1011 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1112 )
1213
@@ -84,6 +85,23 @@ func (c *TcpConnection) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
8485 c.Ptr = ptr
8586 }
8687
88+// SetPropertyGracefulDisconnect sets the "graceful-disconnect" property.
89+// Whether [method@Gio.IOStream.close] does a graceful disconnect.
90+func (x *TcpConnection) SetPropertyGracefulDisconnect(value bool) {
91+ var v gobject.Value
92+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
93+ v.SetBoolean(value)
94+ x.SetProperty("graceful-disconnect", &v)
95+}
96+
97+// GetPropertyGracefulDisconnect gets the "graceful-disconnect" property.
98+// Whether [method@Gio.IOStream.close] does a graceful disconnect.
99+func (x *TcpConnection) GetPropertyGracefulDisconnect() bool {
100+ var v gobject.Value
101+ x.GetProperty("graceful-disconnect", &v)
102+ return v.GetBoolean()
103+}
104+
87105 func init() {
88106 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
89107 core.SetSharedLibraries("GIO", []string{"libgio-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gio/gthemedicon.go +75 -0
@@ -152,6 +152,81 @@ func (c *ThemedIcon) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
152152 c.Ptr = ptr
153153 }
154154
155+// SetPropertyName sets the "name" property.
156+// The icon name.
157+func (x *ThemedIcon) SetPropertyName(value string) {
158+ var v gobject.Value
159+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
160+ v.SetString(value)
161+ x.SetProperty("name", &v)
162+}
163+
164+// SetPropertyNames sets the "names" property.
165+// A %NULL-terminated array of icon names.
166+func (x *ThemedIcon) SetPropertyNames(value []string) {
167+ var v gobject.Value
168+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
169+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
170+ x.SetProperty("names", &v)
171+}
172+
173+// GetPropertyNames gets the "names" property.
174+// A %NULL-terminated array of icon names.
175+func (x *ThemedIcon) GetPropertyNames() []string {
176+ var v gobject.Value
177+ x.GetProperty("names", &v)
178+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
179+}
180+
181+// SetPropertyUseDefaultFallbacks sets the "use-default-fallbacks" property.
182+// Whether to use the default fallbacks found by shortening the icon name
183+// at '-' characters. If the "names" array has more than one element,
184+// ignores any past the first.
185+//
186+// For example, if the icon name was "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", the array
187+// would become
188+// |[<!-- language="C" -->
189+//
190+// {
191+// "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio",
192+// "gnome-dev-cdrom",
193+// "gnome-dev",
194+// "gnome",
195+// NULL
196+// };
197+//
198+// ]|
199+func (x *ThemedIcon) SetPropertyUseDefaultFallbacks(value bool) {
200+ var v gobject.Value
201+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
202+ v.SetBoolean(value)
203+ x.SetProperty("use-default-fallbacks", &v)
204+}
205+
206+// GetPropertyUseDefaultFallbacks gets the "use-default-fallbacks" property.
207+// Whether to use the default fallbacks found by shortening the icon name
208+// at '-' characters. If the "names" array has more than one element,
209+// ignores any past the first.
210+//
211+// For example, if the icon name was "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio", the array
212+// would become
213+// |[<!-- language="C" -->
214+//
215+// {
216+// "gnome-dev-cdrom-audio",
217+// "gnome-dev-cdrom",
218+// "gnome-dev",
219+// "gnome",
220+// NULL
221+// };
222+//
223+// ]|
224+func (x *ThemedIcon) GetPropertyUseDefaultFallbacks() bool {
225+ var v gobject.Value
226+ x.GetProperty("use-default-fallbacks", &v)
227+ return v.GetBoolean()
228+}
229+
155230 // Checks if two icons are equal.
156231 func (x *ThemedIcon) Equal(Icon2Var Icon) bool {
157232
M v4/gio/gthreadedsocketservice.go +29 -12
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideRun sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideRun sets the "run" callback function.
3838 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideRun(cb func(*ThreadedSocketService, *SocketConnection, *gobject.Object) bool) {
3939 if cb == nil {
4040 x.xRun = 0
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideRun(cb func(*ThreadedSocketService,
4545 }
4646 }
4747
48-// GetRun gets the callback function.
48+// GetRun gets the "run" callback function.
4949 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetRun() func(*ThreadedSocketService, *SocketConnection, *gobject.Object) bool {
5050 if x.xRun == 0 {
5151 return nil
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetRun() func(*ThreadedSocketService, *Sock
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
60+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
6161 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
6262 if cb == nil {
6363 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
6868 }
6969 }
7070
71-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
71+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
7272 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
7373 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
7474 return nil
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
8080 }
8181 }
8282
83-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
83+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
8484 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
8585 if cb == nil {
8686 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
9191 }
9292 }
9393
94-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
94+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
9595 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
9696 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
9797 return nil
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
103103 }
104104 }
105105
106-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
106+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
107107 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
108108 if cb == nil {
109109 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
114114 }
115115 }
116116
117-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
117+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
118118 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
119119 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
120120 return nil
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
126126 }
127127 }
128128
129-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
129+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
130130 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
131131 if cb == nil {
132132 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
137137 }
138138 }
139139
140-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
140+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
141141 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
142142 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
143143 return nil
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
149149 }
150150 }
151151
152-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
152+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
153153 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
154154 if cb == nil {
155155 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
160160 }
161161 }
162162
163-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
163+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
164164 func (x *ThreadedSocketServiceClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
165165 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
166166 return nil
@@ -240,6 +240,23 @@ func (c *ThreadedSocketService) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
240240 c.Ptr = ptr
241241 }
242242
243+// SetPropertyMaxThreads sets the "max-threads" property.
244+// The maximum number of threads handling clients for this service.
245+func (x *ThreadedSocketService) SetPropertyMaxThreads(value int) {
246+ var v gobject.Value
247+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
248+ v.SetInt(value)
249+ x.SetProperty("max-threads", &v)
250+}
251+
252+// GetPropertyMaxThreads gets the "max-threads" property.
253+// The maximum number of threads handling clients for this service.
254+func (x *ThreadedSocketService) GetPropertyMaxThreads() int {
255+ var v gobject.Value
256+ x.GetProperty("max-threads", &v)
257+ return v.GetInt()
258+}
259+
243260 // The ::run signal is emitted in a worker thread in response to an
244261 // incoming connection. This thread is dedicated to handling
245262 // @connection and may perform blocking IO. The signal handler need
M v4/gio/gtlsbackend.go +18 -18
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
4040 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4141 }
4242
43-// OverrideSupportsTls sets the callback function.
43+// OverrideSupportsTls sets the "supports_tls" callback function.
4444 // returns whether the backend supports TLS.
4545 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideSupportsTls(cb func(TlsBackend) bool) {
4646 if cb == nil {
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideSupportsTls(cb func(TlsBackend) bool) {
5252 }
5353 }
5454
55-// GetSupportsTls gets the callback function.
55+// GetSupportsTls gets the "supports_tls" callback function.
5656 // returns whether the backend supports TLS.
5757 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetSupportsTls() func(TlsBackend) bool {
5858 if x.xSupportsTls == 0 {
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetSupportsTls() func(TlsBackend) bool {
6565 }
6666 }
6767
68-// OverrideGetCertificateType sets the callback function.
68+// OverrideGetCertificateType sets the "get_certificate_type" callback function.
6969 // returns the #GTlsCertificate implementation type
7070 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetCertificateType(cb func() types.GType) {
7171 if cb == nil {
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetCertificateType(cb func() types.GType)
7777 }
7878 }
7979
80-// GetGetCertificateType gets the callback function.
80+// GetGetCertificateType gets the "get_certificate_type" callback function.
8181 // returns the #GTlsCertificate implementation type
8282 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetCertificateType() func() types.GType {
8383 if x.xGetCertificateType == 0 {
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetCertificateType() func() types.GType {
9090 }
9191 }
9292
93-// OverrideGetClientConnectionType sets the callback function.
93+// OverrideGetClientConnectionType sets the "get_client_connection_type" callback function.
9494 // returns the #GTlsClientConnection implementation type
9595 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetClientConnectionType(cb func() types.GType) {
9696 if cb == nil {
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetClientConnectionType(cb func() types.GT
102102 }
103103 }
104104
105-// GetGetClientConnectionType gets the callback function.
105+// GetGetClientConnectionType gets the "get_client_connection_type" callback function.
106106 // returns the #GTlsClientConnection implementation type
107107 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetClientConnectionType() func() types.GType {
108108 if x.xGetClientConnectionType == 0 {
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetClientConnectionType() func() types.GType {
115115 }
116116 }
117117
118-// OverrideGetServerConnectionType sets the callback function.
118+// OverrideGetServerConnectionType sets the "get_server_connection_type" callback function.
119119 // returns the #GTlsServerConnection implementation type
120120 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetServerConnectionType(cb func() types.GType) {
121121 if cb == nil {
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetServerConnectionType(cb func() types.GT
127127 }
128128 }
129129
130-// GetGetServerConnectionType gets the callback function.
130+// GetGetServerConnectionType gets the "get_server_connection_type" callback function.
131131 // returns the #GTlsServerConnection implementation type
132132 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetServerConnectionType() func() types.GType {
133133 if x.xGetServerConnectionType == 0 {
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetServerConnectionType() func() types.GType {
140140 }
141141 }
142142
143-// OverrideGetFileDatabaseType sets the callback function.
143+// OverrideGetFileDatabaseType sets the "get_file_database_type" callback function.
144144 // returns the #GTlsFileDatabase implementation type.
145145 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetFileDatabaseType(cb func() types.GType) {
146146 if cb == nil {
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetFileDatabaseType(cb func() types.GType)
152152 }
153153 }
154154
155-// GetGetFileDatabaseType gets the callback function.
155+// GetGetFileDatabaseType gets the "get_file_database_type" callback function.
156156 // returns the #GTlsFileDatabase implementation type.
157157 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetFileDatabaseType() func() types.GType {
158158 if x.xGetFileDatabaseType == 0 {
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetFileDatabaseType() func() types.GType {
165165 }
166166 }
167167
168-// OverrideGetDefaultDatabase sets the callback function.
168+// OverrideGetDefaultDatabase sets the "get_default_database" callback function.
169169 // returns a default #GTlsDatabase instance.
170170 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetDefaultDatabase(cb func(TlsBackend) *TlsDatabase) {
171171 if cb == nil {
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetDefaultDatabase(cb func(TlsBackend) *Tl
181181 }
182182 }
183183
184-// GetGetDefaultDatabase gets the callback function.
184+// GetGetDefaultDatabase gets the "get_default_database" callback function.
185185 // returns a default #GTlsDatabase instance.
186186 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetDefaultDatabase() func(TlsBackend) *TlsDatabase {
187187 if x.xGetDefaultDatabase == 0 {
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetDefaultDatabase() func(TlsBackend) *TlsDatab
200200 }
201201 }
202202
203-// OverrideSupportsDtls sets the callback function.
203+// OverrideSupportsDtls sets the "supports_dtls" callback function.
204204 // returns whether the backend supports DTLS
205205 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideSupportsDtls(cb func(TlsBackend) bool) {
206206 if cb == nil {
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideSupportsDtls(cb func(TlsBackend) bool) {
212212 }
213213 }
214214
215-// GetSupportsDtls gets the callback function.
215+// GetSupportsDtls gets the "supports_dtls" callback function.
216216 // returns whether the backend supports DTLS
217217 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetSupportsDtls() func(TlsBackend) bool {
218218 if x.xSupportsDtls == 0 {
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetSupportsDtls() func(TlsBackend) bool {
225225 }
226226 }
227227
228-// OverrideGetDtlsClientConnectionType sets the callback function.
228+// OverrideGetDtlsClientConnectionType sets the "get_dtls_client_connection_type" callback function.
229229 // returns the #GDtlsClientConnection implementation type
230230 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetDtlsClientConnectionType(cb func() types.GType) {
231231 if cb == nil {
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetDtlsClientConnectionType(cb func() type
237237 }
238238 }
239239
240-// GetGetDtlsClientConnectionType gets the callback function.
240+// GetGetDtlsClientConnectionType gets the "get_dtls_client_connection_type" callback function.
241241 // returns the #GDtlsClientConnection implementation type
242242 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetDtlsClientConnectionType() func() types.GType {
243243 if x.xGetDtlsClientConnectionType == 0 {
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetDtlsClientConnectionType() func() types.GTyp
250250 }
251251 }
252252
253-// OverrideGetDtlsServerConnectionType sets the callback function.
253+// OverrideGetDtlsServerConnectionType sets the "get_dtls_server_connection_type" callback function.
254254 // returns the #GDtlsServerConnection implementation type
255255 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetDtlsServerConnectionType(cb func() types.GType) {
256256 if cb == nil {
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ func (x *TlsBackendInterface) OverrideGetDtlsServerConnectionType(cb func() type
262262 }
263263 }
264264
265-// GetGetDtlsServerConnectionType gets the callback function.
265+// GetGetDtlsServerConnectionType gets the "get_dtls_server_connection_type" callback function.
266266 // returns the #GDtlsServerConnection implementation type
267267 func (x *TlsBackendInterface) GetGetDtlsServerConnectionType() func() types.GType {
268268 if x.xGetDtlsServerConnectionType == 0 {
M v4/gio/gtlscertificate.go +278 -2
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ func (x *TlsCertificateClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2626 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2727 }
2828
29-// OverrideVerify sets the callback function.
29+// OverrideVerify sets the "verify" callback function.
3030 func (x *TlsCertificateClass) OverrideVerify(cb func(*TlsCertificate, SocketConnectable, *TlsCertificate) TlsCertificateFlags) {
3131 if cb == nil {
3232 x.xVerify = 0
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *TlsCertificateClass) OverrideVerify(cb func(*TlsCertificate, SocketConn
3737 }
3838 }
3939
40-// GetVerify gets the callback function.
40+// GetVerify gets the "verify" callback function.
4141 func (x *TlsCertificateClass) GetVerify() func(*TlsCertificate, SocketConnectable, *TlsCertificate) TlsCertificateFlags {
4242 if x.xVerify == 0 {
4343 return nil
@@ -423,6 +423,282 @@ func (c *TlsCertificate) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
423423 c.Ptr = ptr
424424 }
425425
426+// SetPropertyCertificate sets the "certificate" property.
427+// The DER (binary) encoded representation of the certificate.
428+// This property and the #GTlsCertificate:certificate-pem property
429+// represent the same data, just in different forms.
430+func (x *TlsCertificate) SetPropertyCertificate(value []byte) {
431+ var v gobject.Value
432+ v.Init(glib.ByteArrayGLibType())
433+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0])))
434+ x.SetProperty("certificate", &v)
435+}
436+
437+// GetPropertyCertificate gets the "certificate" property.
438+// The DER (binary) encoded representation of the certificate.
439+// This property and the #GTlsCertificate:certificate-pem property
440+// represent the same data, just in different forms.
441+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyCertificate() []byte {
442+ var v gobject.Value
443+ x.GetProperty("certificate", &v)
444+ ptr := v.GetBoxed()
445+ if ptr == 0 {
446+ return nil
447+ }
448+ return unsafe.Slice((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(ptr)), 0)[:0]
449+}
450+
451+// SetPropertyCertificatePem sets the "certificate-pem" property.
452+// The PEM (ASCII) encoded representation of the certificate.
453+// This property and the #GTlsCertificate:certificate
454+// property represent the same data, just in different forms.
455+func (x *TlsCertificate) SetPropertyCertificatePem(value string) {
456+ var v gobject.Value
457+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
458+ v.SetString(value)
459+ x.SetProperty("certificate-pem", &v)
460+}
461+
462+// GetPropertyCertificatePem gets the "certificate-pem" property.
463+// The PEM (ASCII) encoded representation of the certificate.
464+// This property and the #GTlsCertificate:certificate
465+// property represent the same data, just in different forms.
466+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyCertificatePem() string {
467+ var v gobject.Value
468+ x.GetProperty("certificate-pem", &v)
469+ return v.GetString()
470+}
471+
472+// GetPropertyDnsNames gets the "dns-names" property.
473+// The DNS names from the certificate's Subject Alternative Names (SANs),
474+// %NULL if unavailable.
475+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyDnsNames() []uintptr {
476+ var v gobject.Value
477+ x.GetProperty("dns-names", &v)
478+ ptr := v.GetBoxed()
479+ if ptr == 0 {
480+ return nil
481+ }
482+ return unsafe.Slice((*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(ptr)), 0)[:0]
483+}
484+
485+// GetPropertyIpAddresses gets the "ip-addresses" property.
486+// The IP addresses from the certificate's Subject Alternative Names (SANs),
487+// %NULL if unavailable.
488+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyIpAddresses() []uintptr {
489+ var v gobject.Value
490+ x.GetProperty("ip-addresses", &v)
491+ ptr := v.GetBoxed()
492+ if ptr == 0 {
493+ return nil
494+ }
495+ return unsafe.Slice((*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(ptr)), 0)[:0]
496+}
497+
498+// GetPropertyIssuerName gets the "issuer-name" property.
499+// The issuer from the certificate,
500+// %NULL if unavailable.
501+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyIssuerName() string {
502+ var v gobject.Value
503+ x.GetProperty("issuer-name", &v)
504+ return v.GetString()
505+}
506+
507+// GetPropertyNotValidAfter gets the "not-valid-after" property.
508+// The time at which this cert is no longer valid,
509+// %NULL if unavailable.
510+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyNotValidAfter() uintptr {
511+ var v gobject.Value
512+ x.GetProperty("not-valid-after", &v)
513+ return v.GetPointer()
514+}
515+
516+// GetPropertyNotValidBefore gets the "not-valid-before" property.
517+// The time at which this cert is considered to be valid,
518+// %NULL if unavailable.
519+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyNotValidBefore() uintptr {
520+ var v gobject.Value
521+ x.GetProperty("not-valid-before", &v)
522+ return v.GetPointer()
523+}
524+
525+// SetPropertyPassword sets the "password" property.
526+// An optional password used when constructed with GTlsCertificate:pkcs12-data.
527+func (x *TlsCertificate) SetPropertyPassword(value string) {
528+ var v gobject.Value
529+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
530+ v.SetString(value)
531+ x.SetProperty("password", &v)
532+}
533+
534+// SetPropertyPkcs11Uri sets the "pkcs11-uri" property.
535+// A URI referencing the [PKCS \#11](https://docs.oasis-open.org/pkcs11/pkcs11-base/v3.0/os/pkcs11-base-v3.0-os.html)
536+// objects containing an X.509 certificate and optionally a private key.
537+//
538+// If %NULL, the certificate is either not backed by PKCS \#11 or the
539+// #GTlsBackend does not support PKCS \#11.
540+func (x *TlsCertificate) SetPropertyPkcs11Uri(value string) {
541+ var v gobject.Value
542+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
543+ v.SetString(value)
544+ x.SetProperty("pkcs11-uri", &v)
545+}
546+
547+// GetPropertyPkcs11Uri gets the "pkcs11-uri" property.
548+// A URI referencing the [PKCS \#11](https://docs.oasis-open.org/pkcs11/pkcs11-base/v3.0/os/pkcs11-base-v3.0-os.html)
549+// objects containing an X.509 certificate and optionally a private key.
550+//
551+// If %NULL, the certificate is either not backed by PKCS \#11 or the
552+// #GTlsBackend does not support PKCS \#11.
553+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyPkcs11Uri() string {
554+ var v gobject.Value
555+ x.GetProperty("pkcs11-uri", &v)
556+ return v.GetString()
557+}
558+
559+// SetPropertyPkcs12Data sets the "pkcs12-data" property.
560+// The PKCS #12 formatted data used to construct the object.
561+//
562+// See also: g_tls_certificate_new_from_pkcs12()
563+func (x *TlsCertificate) SetPropertyPkcs12Data(value []byte) {
564+ var v gobject.Value
565+ v.Init(glib.ByteArrayGLibType())
566+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0])))
567+ x.SetProperty("pkcs12-data", &v)
568+}
569+
570+// SetPropertyPrivateKey sets the "private-key" property.
571+// The DER (binary) encoded representation of the certificate's
572+// private key, in either [PKCS \#1 format](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8017)
573+// or unencrypted [PKCS \#8 format.](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5208)
574+// PKCS \#8 format is supported since 2.32; earlier releases only
575+// support PKCS \#1. You can use the `openssl rsa` tool to convert
576+// PKCS \#8 keys to PKCS \#1.
577+//
578+// This property (or the #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pem property)
579+// can be set when constructing a key (for example, from a file).
580+// Since GLib 2.70, it is now also readable; however, be aware that if
581+// the private key is backed by a PKCS \#11 URI – for example, if it
582+// is stored on a smartcard – then this property will be %NULL. If so,
583+// the private key must be referenced via its PKCS \#11 URI,
584+// #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pkcs11-uri. You must check both
585+// properties to see if the certificate really has a private key.
586+// When this property is read, the output format will be unencrypted
587+// PKCS \#8.
588+func (x *TlsCertificate) SetPropertyPrivateKey(value []byte) {
589+ var v gobject.Value
590+ v.Init(glib.ByteArrayGLibType())
591+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0])))
592+ x.SetProperty("private-key", &v)
593+}
594+
595+// GetPropertyPrivateKey gets the "private-key" property.
596+// The DER (binary) encoded representation of the certificate's
597+// private key, in either [PKCS \#1 format](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8017)
598+// or unencrypted [PKCS \#8 format.](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5208)
599+// PKCS \#8 format is supported since 2.32; earlier releases only
600+// support PKCS \#1. You can use the `openssl rsa` tool to convert
601+// PKCS \#8 keys to PKCS \#1.
602+//
603+// This property (or the #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pem property)
604+// can be set when constructing a key (for example, from a file).
605+// Since GLib 2.70, it is now also readable; however, be aware that if
606+// the private key is backed by a PKCS \#11 URI – for example, if it
607+// is stored on a smartcard – then this property will be %NULL. If so,
608+// the private key must be referenced via its PKCS \#11 URI,
609+// #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pkcs11-uri. You must check both
610+// properties to see if the certificate really has a private key.
611+// When this property is read, the output format will be unencrypted
612+// PKCS \#8.
613+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyPrivateKey() []byte {
614+ var v gobject.Value
615+ x.GetProperty("private-key", &v)
616+ ptr := v.GetBoxed()
617+ if ptr == 0 {
618+ return nil
619+ }
620+ return unsafe.Slice((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(ptr)), 0)[:0]
621+}
622+
623+// SetPropertyPrivateKeyPem sets the "private-key-pem" property.
624+// The PEM (ASCII) encoded representation of the certificate's
625+// private key in either [PKCS \#1 format](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8017)
626+// ("`BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY`") or unencrypted
627+// [PKCS \#8 format](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5208)
628+// ("`BEGIN PRIVATE KEY`"). PKCS \#8 format is supported since 2.32;
629+// earlier releases only support PKCS \#1. You can use the `openssl rsa`
630+// tool to convert PKCS \#8 keys to PKCS \#1.
631+//
632+// This property (or the #GTlsCertificate:private-key property)
633+// can be set when constructing a key (for example, from a file).
634+// Since GLib 2.70, it is now also readable; however, be aware that if
635+// the private key is backed by a PKCS \#11 URI - for example, if it
636+// is stored on a smartcard - then this property will be %NULL. If so,
637+// the private key must be referenced via its PKCS \#11 URI,
638+// #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pkcs11-uri. You must check both
639+// properties to see if the certificate really has a private key.
640+// When this property is read, the output format will be unencrypted
641+// PKCS \#8.
642+func (x *TlsCertificate) SetPropertyPrivateKeyPem(value string) {
643+ var v gobject.Value
644+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
645+ v.SetString(value)
646+ x.SetProperty("private-key-pem", &v)
647+}
648+
649+// GetPropertyPrivateKeyPem gets the "private-key-pem" property.
650+// The PEM (ASCII) encoded representation of the certificate's
651+// private key in either [PKCS \#1 format](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8017)
652+// ("`BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY`") or unencrypted
653+// [PKCS \#8 format](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc5208)
654+// ("`BEGIN PRIVATE KEY`"). PKCS \#8 format is supported since 2.32;
655+// earlier releases only support PKCS \#1. You can use the `openssl rsa`
656+// tool to convert PKCS \#8 keys to PKCS \#1.
657+//
658+// This property (or the #GTlsCertificate:private-key property)
659+// can be set when constructing a key (for example, from a file).
660+// Since GLib 2.70, it is now also readable; however, be aware that if
661+// the private key is backed by a PKCS \#11 URI - for example, if it
662+// is stored on a smartcard - then this property will be %NULL. If so,
663+// the private key must be referenced via its PKCS \#11 URI,
664+// #GTlsCertificate:private-key-pkcs11-uri. You must check both
665+// properties to see if the certificate really has a private key.
666+// When this property is read, the output format will be unencrypted
667+// PKCS \#8.
668+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyPrivateKeyPem() string {
669+ var v gobject.Value
670+ x.GetProperty("private-key-pem", &v)
671+ return v.GetString()
672+}
673+
674+// SetPropertyPrivateKeyPkcs11Uri sets the "private-key-pkcs11-uri" property.
675+// A URI referencing a [PKCS \#11](https://docs.oasis-open.org/pkcs11/pkcs11-base/v3.0/os/pkcs11-base-v3.0-os.html)
676+// object containing a private key.
677+func (x *TlsCertificate) SetPropertyPrivateKeyPkcs11Uri(value string) {
678+ var v gobject.Value
679+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
680+ v.SetString(value)
681+ x.SetProperty("private-key-pkcs11-uri", &v)
682+}
683+
684+// GetPropertyPrivateKeyPkcs11Uri gets the "private-key-pkcs11-uri" property.
685+// A URI referencing a [PKCS \#11](https://docs.oasis-open.org/pkcs11/pkcs11-base/v3.0/os/pkcs11-base-v3.0-os.html)
686+// object containing a private key.
687+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertyPrivateKeyPkcs11Uri() string {
688+ var v gobject.Value
689+ x.GetProperty("private-key-pkcs11-uri", &v)
690+ return v.GetString()
691+}
692+
693+// GetPropertySubjectName gets the "subject-name" property.
694+// The subject from the cert,
695+// %NULL if unavailable.
696+func (x *TlsCertificate) GetPropertySubjectName() string {
697+ var v gobject.Value
698+ x.GetProperty("subject-name", &v)
699+ return v.GetString()
700+}
701+
426702 var xTlsCertificateListNewFromFile func(string, **glib.Error) *glib.List
427703
428704 // Creates one or more #GTlsCertificates from the PEM-encoded
M v4/gio/gtlsclientconnection.go +25 -2
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ func (x *TlsClientConnectionInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2525 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2626 }
2727
28-// OverrideCopySessionState sets the callback function.
28+// OverrideCopySessionState sets the "copy_session_state" callback function.
2929 // Copies session state from one #GTlsClientConnection to another.
3030 func (x *TlsClientConnectionInterface) OverrideCopySessionState(cb func(TlsClientConnection, TlsClientConnection)) {
3131 if cb == nil {
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *TlsClientConnectionInterface) OverrideCopySessionState(cb func(TlsClien
3737 }
3838 }
3939
40-// GetCopySessionState gets the callback function.
40+// GetCopySessionState gets the "copy_session_state" callback function.
4141 // Copies session state from one #GTlsClientConnection to another.
4242 func (x *TlsClientConnectionInterface) GetCopySessionState() func(TlsClientConnection, TlsClientConnection) {
4343 if x.xCopySessionState == 0 {
@@ -206,6 +206,29 @@ func (x *TlsClientConnectionBase) SetValidationFlags(FlagsVar TlsCertificateFlag
206206
207207 }
208208
209+// SetPropertyUseSsl3 sets the "use-ssl3" property.
210+// SSL 3.0 is no longer supported. See
211+// g_tls_client_connection_set_use_ssl3() for details.
212+func (x *TlsClientConnectionBase) SetPropertyUseSsl3(value bool) {
213+ obj := gobject.Object{}
214+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
215+ var v gobject.Value
216+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
217+ v.SetBoolean(value)
218+ obj.SetProperty("use-ssl3", &v)
219+}
220+
221+// GetPropertyUseSsl3 gets the "use-ssl3" property.
222+// SSL 3.0 is no longer supported. See
223+// g_tls_client_connection_set_use_ssl3() for details.
224+func (x *TlsClientConnectionBase) GetPropertyUseSsl3() bool {
225+ obj := gobject.Object{}
226+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
227+ var v gobject.Value
228+ obj.GetProperty("use-ssl3", &v)
229+ return v.GetBoolean()
230+}
231+
209232 var XGTlsClientConnectionCopySessionState func(uintptr, uintptr)
210233 var XGTlsClientConnectionGetAcceptedCas func(uintptr) *glib.List
211234 var XGTlsClientConnectionGetServerIdentity func(uintptr) uintptr
M v4/gio/gtlsconnection.go +92 -14
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3838 }
3939
40-// OverrideAcceptCertificate sets the callback function.
40+// OverrideAcceptCertificate sets the "accept_certificate" callback function.
4141 // Check whether to accept a certificate.
4242 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideAcceptCertificate(cb func(*TlsConnection, *TlsCertificate, TlsCertificateFlags) bool) {
4343 if cb == nil {
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideAcceptCertificate(cb func(*TlsConnection, *
4949 }
5050 }
5151
52-// GetAcceptCertificate gets the callback function.
52+// GetAcceptCertificate gets the "accept_certificate" callback function.
5353 // Check whether to accept a certificate.
5454 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetAcceptCertificate() func(*TlsConnection, *TlsCertificate, TlsCertificateFlags) bool {
5555 if x.xAcceptCertificate == 0 {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetAcceptCertificate() func(*TlsConnection, *TlsCer
6262 }
6363 }
6464
65-// OverrideHandshake sets the callback function.
65+// OverrideHandshake sets the "handshake" callback function.
6666 // Perform a handshake operation.
6767 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideHandshake(cb func(*TlsConnection, *Cancellable) bool) {
6868 if cb == nil {
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideHandshake(cb func(*TlsConnection, *Cancella
7474 }
7575 }
7676
77-// GetHandshake gets the callback function.
77+// GetHandshake gets the "handshake" callback function.
7878 // Perform a handshake operation.
7979 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetHandshake() func(*TlsConnection, *Cancellable) bool {
8080 if x.xHandshake == 0 {
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetHandshake() func(*TlsConnection, *Cancellable) b
8787 }
8888 }
8989
90-// OverrideHandshakeAsync sets the callback function.
90+// OverrideHandshakeAsync sets the "handshake_async" callback function.
9191 // Start an asynchronous handshake operation.
9292 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideHandshakeAsync(cb func(*TlsConnection, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
9393 if cb == nil {
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideHandshakeAsync(cb func(*TlsConnection, int,
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// GetHandshakeAsync gets the callback function.
102+// GetHandshakeAsync gets the "handshake_async" callback function.
103103 // Start an asynchronous handshake operation.
104104 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetHandshakeAsync() func(*TlsConnection, int, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
105105 if x.xHandshakeAsync == 0 {
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetHandshakeAsync() func(*TlsConnection, int, *Canc
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// OverrideHandshakeFinish sets the callback function.
115+// OverrideHandshakeFinish sets the "handshake_finish" callback function.
116116 // Finish an asynchronous handshake operation.
117117 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideHandshakeFinish(cb func(*TlsConnection, AsyncResult) bool) {
118118 if cb == nil {
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideHandshakeFinish(cb func(*TlsConnection, Asy
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// GetHandshakeFinish gets the callback function.
127+// GetHandshakeFinish gets the "handshake_finish" callback function.
128128 // Finish an asynchronous handshake operation.
129129 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetHandshakeFinish() func(*TlsConnection, AsyncResult) bool {
130130 if x.xHandshakeFinish == 0 {
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetHandshakeFinish() func(*TlsConnection, AsyncResu
137137 }
138138 }
139139
140-// OverrideGetBindingData sets the callback function.
140+// OverrideGetBindingData sets the "get_binding_data" callback function.
141141 // Retrieve TLS channel binding data (Since: 2.66)
142142 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideGetBindingData(cb func(*TlsConnection, TlsChannelBindingType, []byte) bool) {
143143 if cb == nil {
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideGetBindingData(cb func(*TlsConnection, TlsC
149149 }
150150 }
151151
152-// GetGetBindingData gets the callback function.
152+// GetGetBindingData gets the "get_binding_data" callback function.
153153 // Retrieve TLS channel binding data (Since: 2.66)
154154 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetGetBindingData() func(*TlsConnection, TlsChannelBindingType, []byte) bool {
155155 if x.xGetBindingData == 0 {
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetGetBindingData() func(*TlsConnection, TlsChannel
162162 }
163163 }
164164
165-// OverrideGetNegotiatedProtocol sets the callback function.
165+// OverrideGetNegotiatedProtocol sets the "get_negotiated_protocol" callback function.
166166 // Get ALPN-negotiated protocol (Since: 2.70)
167167 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideGetNegotiatedProtocol(cb func(*TlsConnection) string) {
168168 if cb == nil {
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnectionClass) OverrideGetNegotiatedProtocol(cb func(*TlsConnectio
174174 }
175175 }
176176
177-// GetGetNegotiatedProtocol gets the callback function.
177+// GetGetNegotiatedProtocol gets the "get_negotiated_protocol" callback function.
178178 // Get ALPN-negotiated protocol (Since: 2.70)
179179 func (x *TlsConnectionClass) GetGetNegotiatedProtocol() func(*TlsConnection) string {
180180 if x.xGetNegotiatedProtocol == 0 {
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ func (x *TlsConnection) GetCertificate() *TlsCertificate {
264264 return cls
265265 }
266266
267-var xTlsConnectionGetChannelBindingData func(uintptr, TlsChannelBindingType, []byte, **glib.Error) bool
267+var xTlsConnectionGetChannelBindingData func(uintptr, TlsChannelBindingType, *[]byte, **glib.Error) bool
268268
269269 // Query the TLS backend for TLS channel binding data of @type for @conn.
270270 //
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ var xTlsConnectionGetChannelBindingData func(uintptr, TlsChannelBindingType, []b
279279 // will be available though. That could happen if TLS connection does not
280280 // support @type or the binding data is not available yet due to additional
281281 // negotiation or input required.
282-func (x *TlsConnection) GetChannelBindingData(TypeVar TlsChannelBindingType, DataVar []byte) (bool, error) {
282+func (x *TlsConnection) GetChannelBindingData(TypeVar TlsChannelBindingType, DataVar *[]byte) (bool, error) {
283283 var cerr *glib.Error
284284
285285 cret := xTlsConnectionGetChannelBindingData(x.GoPointer(), TypeVar, DataVar, &cerr)
@@ -652,6 +652,84 @@ func (c *TlsConnection) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
652652 c.Ptr = ptr
653653 }
654654
655+// SetPropertyAdvertisedProtocols sets the "advertised-protocols" property.
656+// The list of application-layer protocols that the connection
657+// advertises that it is willing to speak. See
658+// g_tls_connection_set_advertised_protocols().
659+func (x *TlsConnection) SetPropertyAdvertisedProtocols(value []string) {
660+ var v gobject.Value
661+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
662+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
663+ x.SetProperty("advertised-protocols", &v)
664+}
665+
666+// GetPropertyAdvertisedProtocols gets the "advertised-protocols" property.
667+// The list of application-layer protocols that the connection
668+// advertises that it is willing to speak. See
669+// g_tls_connection_set_advertised_protocols().
670+func (x *TlsConnection) GetPropertyAdvertisedProtocols() []string {
671+ var v gobject.Value
672+ x.GetProperty("advertised-protocols", &v)
673+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
674+}
675+
676+// GetPropertyCiphersuiteName gets the "ciphersuite-name" property.
677+// The name of the TLS ciphersuite in use. See g_tls_connection_get_ciphersuite_name().
678+func (x *TlsConnection) GetPropertyCiphersuiteName() string {
679+ var v gobject.Value
680+ x.GetProperty("ciphersuite-name", &v)
681+ return v.GetString()
682+}
683+
684+// GetPropertyNegotiatedProtocol gets the "negotiated-protocol" property.
685+// The application-layer protocol negotiated during the TLS
686+// handshake. See g_tls_connection_get_negotiated_protocol().
687+func (x *TlsConnection) GetPropertyNegotiatedProtocol() string {
688+ var v gobject.Value
689+ x.GetProperty("negotiated-protocol", &v)
690+ return v.GetString()
691+}
692+
693+// SetPropertyRequireCloseNotify sets the "require-close-notify" property.
694+// Whether or not proper TLS close notification is required.
695+// See g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify().
696+func (x *TlsConnection) SetPropertyRequireCloseNotify(value bool) {
697+ var v gobject.Value
698+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
699+ v.SetBoolean(value)
700+ x.SetProperty("require-close-notify", &v)
701+}
702+
703+// GetPropertyRequireCloseNotify gets the "require-close-notify" property.
704+// Whether or not proper TLS close notification is required.
705+// See g_tls_connection_set_require_close_notify().
706+func (x *TlsConnection) GetPropertyRequireCloseNotify() bool {
707+ var v gobject.Value
708+ x.GetProperty("require-close-notify", &v)
709+ return v.GetBoolean()
710+}
711+
712+// SetPropertyUseSystemCertdb sets the "use-system-certdb" property.
713+// Whether or not the system certificate database will be used to
714+// verify peer certificates. See
715+// g_tls_connection_set_use_system_certdb().
716+func (x *TlsConnection) SetPropertyUseSystemCertdb(value bool) {
717+ var v gobject.Value
718+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
719+ v.SetBoolean(value)
720+ x.SetProperty("use-system-certdb", &v)
721+}
722+
723+// GetPropertyUseSystemCertdb gets the "use-system-certdb" property.
724+// Whether or not the system certificate database will be used to
725+// verify peer certificates. See
726+// g_tls_connection_set_use_system_certdb().
727+func (x *TlsConnection) GetPropertyUseSystemCertdb() bool {
728+ var v gobject.Value
729+ x.GetProperty("use-system-certdb", &v)
730+ return v.GetBoolean()
731+}
732+
655733 // Emitted during the TLS handshake after the peer certificate has
656734 // been received. You can examine @peer_cert's certification path by
657735 // calling g_tls_certificate_get_issuer() on it.
M v4/gio/gtlsdatabase.go +26 -26
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5353 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5454 }
5555
56-// OverrideVerifyChain sets the callback function.
56+// OverrideVerifyChain sets the "verify_chain" callback function.
5757 // Virtual method implementing
5858 //
5959 // g_tls_database_verify_chain().
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideVerifyChain(cb func(*TlsDatabase, *TlsCertifi
6767 }
6868 }
6969
70-// GetVerifyChain gets the callback function.
70+// GetVerifyChain gets the "verify_chain" callback function.
7171 // Virtual method implementing
7272 //
7373 // g_tls_database_verify_chain().
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetVerifyChain() func(*TlsDatabase, *TlsCertificate,
8282 }
8383 }
8484
85-// OverrideVerifyChainAsync sets the callback function.
85+// OverrideVerifyChainAsync sets the "verify_chain_async" callback function.
8686 // Virtual method implementing
8787 //
8888 // g_tls_database_verify_chain_async().
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideVerifyChainAsync(cb func(*TlsDatabase, *TlsCe
9696 }
9797 }
9898
99-// GetVerifyChainAsync gets the callback function.
99+// GetVerifyChainAsync gets the "verify_chain_async" callback function.
100100 // Virtual method implementing
101101 //
102102 // g_tls_database_verify_chain_async().
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetVerifyChainAsync() func(*TlsDatabase, *TlsCertific
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// OverrideVerifyChainFinish sets the callback function.
114+// OverrideVerifyChainFinish sets the "verify_chain_finish" callback function.
115115 // Virtual method implementing
116116 //
117117 // g_tls_database_verify_chain_finish().
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideVerifyChainFinish(cb func(*TlsDatabase, Async
125125 }
126126 }
127127
128-// GetVerifyChainFinish gets the callback function.
128+// GetVerifyChainFinish gets the "verify_chain_finish" callback function.
129129 // Virtual method implementing
130130 //
131131 // g_tls_database_verify_chain_finish().
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetVerifyChainFinish() func(*TlsDatabase, AsyncResult
140140 }
141141 }
142142
143-// OverrideCreateCertificateHandle sets the callback function.
143+// OverrideCreateCertificateHandle sets the "create_certificate_handle" callback function.
144144 // Virtual method implementing
145145 //
146146 // g_tls_database_create_certificate_handle().
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideCreateCertificateHandle(cb func(*TlsDatabase,
154154 }
155155 }
156156
157-// GetCreateCertificateHandle gets the callback function.
157+// GetCreateCertificateHandle gets the "create_certificate_handle" callback function.
158158 // Virtual method implementing
159159 //
160160 // g_tls_database_create_certificate_handle().
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetCreateCertificateHandle() func(*TlsDatabase, *TlsC
169169 }
170170 }
171171
172-// OverrideLookupCertificateForHandle sets the callback function.
172+// OverrideLookupCertificateForHandle sets the "lookup_certificate_for_handle" callback function.
173173 // Virtual method implementing
174174 //
175175 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle().
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificateForHandle(cb func(*TlsDataba
187187 }
188188 }
189189
190-// GetLookupCertificateForHandle gets the callback function.
190+// GetLookupCertificateForHandle gets the "lookup_certificate_for_handle" callback function.
191191 // Virtual method implementing
192192 //
193193 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle().
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetLookupCertificateForHandle() func(*TlsDatabase, st
208208 }
209209 }
210210
211-// OverrideLookupCertificateForHandleAsync sets the callback function.
211+// OverrideLookupCertificateForHandleAsync sets the "lookup_certificate_for_handle_async" callback function.
212212 // Virtual method implementing
213213 //
214214 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle_async().
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificateForHandleAsync(cb func(*TlsD
222222 }
223223 }
224224
225-// GetLookupCertificateForHandleAsync gets the callback function.
225+// GetLookupCertificateForHandleAsync gets the "lookup_certificate_for_handle_async" callback function.
226226 // Virtual method implementing
227227 //
228228 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle_async().
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetLookupCertificateForHandleAsync() func(*TlsDatabas
237237 }
238238 }
239239
240-// OverrideLookupCertificateForHandleFinish sets the callback function.
240+// OverrideLookupCertificateForHandleFinish sets the "lookup_certificate_for_handle_finish" callback function.
241241 // Virtual method implementing
242242 //
243243 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle_finish().
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificateForHandleFinish(cb func(*Tls
255255 }
256256 }
257257
258-// GetLookupCertificateForHandleFinish gets the callback function.
258+// GetLookupCertificateForHandleFinish gets the "lookup_certificate_for_handle_finish" callback function.
259259 // Virtual method implementing
260260 //
261261 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_for_handle_finish().
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetLookupCertificateForHandleFinish() func(*TlsDataba
276276 }
277277 }
278278
279-// OverrideLookupCertificateIssuer sets the callback function.
279+// OverrideLookupCertificateIssuer sets the "lookup_certificate_issuer" callback function.
280280 // Virtual method implementing
281281 //
282282 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer().
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificateIssuer(cb func(*TlsDatabase,
294294 }
295295 }
296296
297-// GetLookupCertificateIssuer gets the callback function.
297+// GetLookupCertificateIssuer gets the "lookup_certificate_issuer" callback function.
298298 // Virtual method implementing
299299 //
300300 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer().
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetLookupCertificateIssuer() func(*TlsDatabase, *TlsC
315315 }
316316 }
317317
318-// OverrideLookupCertificateIssuerAsync sets the callback function.
318+// OverrideLookupCertificateIssuerAsync sets the "lookup_certificate_issuer_async" callback function.
319319 // Virtual method implementing
320320 //
321321 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer_async().
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificateIssuerAsync(cb func(*TlsData
329329 }
330330 }
331331
332-// GetLookupCertificateIssuerAsync gets the callback function.
332+// GetLookupCertificateIssuerAsync gets the "lookup_certificate_issuer_async" callback function.
333333 // Virtual method implementing
334334 //
335335 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer_async().
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetLookupCertificateIssuerAsync() func(*TlsDatabase,
344344 }
345345 }
346346
347-// OverrideLookupCertificateIssuerFinish sets the callback function.
347+// OverrideLookupCertificateIssuerFinish sets the "lookup_certificate_issuer_finish" callback function.
348348 // Virtual method implementing
349349 //
350350 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer_finish().
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificateIssuerFinish(cb func(*TlsDat
362362 }
363363 }
364364
365-// GetLookupCertificateIssuerFinish gets the callback function.
365+// GetLookupCertificateIssuerFinish gets the "lookup_certificate_issuer_finish" callback function.
366366 // Virtual method implementing
367367 //
368368 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificate_issuer_finish().
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetLookupCertificateIssuerFinish() func(*TlsDatabase,
383383 }
384384 }
385385
386-// OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedBy sets the callback function.
386+// OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedBy sets the "lookup_certificates_issued_by" callback function.
387387 // Virtual method implementing
388388 //
389389 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by().
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedBy(cb func(*TlsDataba
397397 }
398398 }
399399
400-// GetLookupCertificatesIssuedBy gets the callback function.
400+// GetLookupCertificatesIssuedBy gets the "lookup_certificates_issued_by" callback function.
401401 // Virtual method implementing
402402 //
403403 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by().
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetLookupCertificatesIssuedBy() func(*TlsDatabase, []
412412 }
413413 }
414414
415-// OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync sets the callback function.
415+// OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync sets the "lookup_certificates_issued_by_async" callback function.
416416 // Virtual method implementing
417417 //
418418 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by_async().
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync(cb func(*TlsD
426426 }
427427 }
428428
429-// GetLookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync gets the callback function.
429+// GetLookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync gets the "lookup_certificates_issued_by_async" callback function.
430430 // Virtual method implementing
431431 //
432432 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by_async().
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) GetLookupCertificatesIssuedByAsync() func(*TlsDatabas
441441 }
442442 }
443443
444-// OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish sets the callback function.
444+// OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish sets the "lookup_certificates_issued_by_finish" callback function.
445445 // Virtual method implementing
446446 //
447447 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by_finish().
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ func (x *TlsDatabaseClass) OverrideLookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish(cb func(*Tls
455455 }
456456 }
457457
458-// GetLookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish gets the callback function.
458+// GetLookupCertificatesIssuedByFinish gets the "lookup_certificates_issued_by_finish" callback function.
459459 // Virtual method implementing
460460 //
461461 // g_tls_database_lookup_certificates_issued_by_finish().
M v4/gio/gtlsfiledatabase.go +28 -0
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
@@ -53,6 +54,33 @@ func (x *TlsFileDatabaseBase) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
5354 x.Ptr = ptr
5455 }
5556
57+// SetPropertyAnchors sets the "anchors" property.
58+// The path to a file containing PEM encoded certificate authority
59+// root anchors. The certificates in this file will be treated as
60+// root authorities for the purpose of verifying other certificates
61+// via the g_tls_database_verify_chain() operation.
62+func (x *TlsFileDatabaseBase) SetPropertyAnchors(value string) {
63+ obj := gobject.Object{}
64+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
65+ var v gobject.Value
66+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
67+ v.SetString(value)
68+ obj.SetProperty("anchors", &v)
69+}
70+
71+// GetPropertyAnchors gets the "anchors" property.
72+// The path to a file containing PEM encoded certificate authority
73+// root anchors. The certificates in this file will be treated as
74+// root authorities for the purpose of verifying other certificates
75+// via the g_tls_database_verify_chain() operation.
76+func (x *TlsFileDatabaseBase) GetPropertyAnchors() string {
77+ obj := gobject.Object{}
78+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
79+ var v gobject.Value
80+ obj.GetProperty("anchors", &v)
81+ return v.GetString()
82+}
83+
5684 var xTlsFileDatabaseNew func(string, **glib.Error) uintptr
5785
5886 // Creates a new #GTlsFileDatabase which uses anchor certificate authorities
M v4/gio/gtlsinteraction.go +12 -12
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
5050 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
5151 }
5252
53-// OverrideAskPassword sets the callback function.
53+// OverrideAskPassword sets the "ask_password" callback function.
5454 // ask for a password synchronously. If the implementation
5555 //
5656 // returns %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED, then the password argument should
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) OverrideAskPassword(cb func(*TlsInteraction, *TlsP
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// GetAskPassword gets the callback function.
69+// GetAskPassword gets the "ask_password" callback function.
7070 // ask for a password synchronously. If the implementation
7171 //
7272 // returns %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED, then the password argument should
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) GetAskPassword() func(*TlsInteraction, *TlsPasswor
8383 }
8484 }
8585
86-// OverrideAskPasswordAsync sets the callback function.
86+// OverrideAskPasswordAsync sets the "ask_password_async" callback function.
8787 // ask for a password asynchronously.
8888 func (x *TlsInteractionClass) OverrideAskPasswordAsync(cb func(*TlsInteraction, *TlsPassword, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
8989 if cb == nil {
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) OverrideAskPasswordAsync(cb func(*TlsInteraction,
9595 }
9696 }
9797
98-// GetAskPasswordAsync gets the callback function.
98+// GetAskPasswordAsync gets the "ask_password_async" callback function.
9999 // ask for a password asynchronously.
100100 func (x *TlsInteractionClass) GetAskPasswordAsync() func(*TlsInteraction, *TlsPassword, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
101101 if x.xAskPasswordAsync == 0 {
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) GetAskPasswordAsync() func(*TlsInteraction, *TlsPa
108108 }
109109 }
110110
111-// OverrideAskPasswordFinish sets the callback function.
111+// OverrideAskPasswordFinish sets the "ask_password_finish" callback function.
112112 // complete operation to ask for a password asynchronously.
113113 //
114114 // If the implementation returns %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED, then the
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) OverrideAskPasswordFinish(cb func(*TlsInteraction,
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// GetAskPasswordFinish gets the callback function.
127+// GetAskPasswordFinish gets the "ask_password_finish" callback function.
128128 // complete operation to ask for a password asynchronously.
129129 //
130130 // If the implementation returns %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED, then the
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) GetAskPasswordFinish() func(*TlsInteraction, Async
141141 }
142142 }
143143
144-// OverrideRequestCertificate sets the callback function.
144+// OverrideRequestCertificate sets the "request_certificate" callback function.
145145 // ask for a certificate synchronously. If the
146146 //
147147 // implementation returns %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED, then the connection
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) OverrideRequestCertificate(cb func(*TlsInteraction
157157 }
158158 }
159159
160-// GetRequestCertificate gets the callback function.
160+// GetRequestCertificate gets the "request_certificate" callback function.
161161 // ask for a certificate synchronously. If the
162162 //
163163 // implementation returns %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED, then the connection
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) GetRequestCertificate() func(*TlsInteraction, *Tls
174174 }
175175 }
176176
177-// OverrideRequestCertificateAsync sets the callback function.
177+// OverrideRequestCertificateAsync sets the "request_certificate_async" callback function.
178178 // ask for a certificate asynchronously.
179179 func (x *TlsInteractionClass) OverrideRequestCertificateAsync(cb func(*TlsInteraction, *TlsConnection, TlsCertificateRequestFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
180180 if cb == nil {
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) OverrideRequestCertificateAsync(cb func(*TlsIntera
186186 }
187187 }
188188
189-// GetRequestCertificateAsync gets the callback function.
189+// GetRequestCertificateAsync gets the "request_certificate_async" callback function.
190190 // ask for a certificate asynchronously.
191191 func (x *TlsInteractionClass) GetRequestCertificateAsync() func(*TlsInteraction, *TlsConnection, TlsCertificateRequestFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
192192 if x.xRequestCertificateAsync == 0 {
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) GetRequestCertificateAsync() func(*TlsInteraction,
199199 }
200200 }
201201
202-// OverrideRequestCertificateFinish sets the callback function.
202+// OverrideRequestCertificateFinish sets the "request_certificate_finish" callback function.
203203 // complete operation to ask for a certificate
204204 //
205205 // asynchronously. If the implementation returns %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED,
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ func (x *TlsInteractionClass) OverrideRequestCertificateFinish(cb func(*TlsInter
215215 }
216216 }
217217
218-// GetRequestCertificateFinish gets the callback function.
218+// GetRequestCertificateFinish gets the "request_certificate_finish" callback function.
219219 // complete operation to ask for a certificate
220220 //
221221 // asynchronously. If the implementation returns %G_TLS_INTERACTION_HANDLED,
M v4/gio/gtlspassword.go +47 -13
@@ -31,32 +31,32 @@ func (x *TlsPasswordClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3131 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3232 }
3333
34-// OverrideGetValue sets the callback function.
34+// OverrideGetValue sets the "get_value" callback function.
3535 // virtual method for g_tls_password_get_value()
36-func (x *TlsPasswordClass) OverrideGetValue(cb func(*TlsPassword, uint) uintptr) {
36+func (x *TlsPasswordClass) OverrideGetValue(cb func(*TlsPassword, *uint) uintptr) {
3737 if cb == nil {
3838 x.xGetValue = 0
3939 } else {
40- x.xGetValue = purego.NewCallback(func(PasswordVarp uintptr, LengthVarp uint) uintptr {
40+ x.xGetValue = purego.NewCallback(func(PasswordVarp uintptr, LengthVarp *uint) uintptr {
4141 return cb(TlsPasswordNewFromInternalPtr(PasswordVarp), LengthVarp)
4242 })
4343 }
4444 }
4545
46-// GetGetValue gets the callback function.
46+// GetGetValue gets the "get_value" callback function.
4747 // virtual method for g_tls_password_get_value()
48-func (x *TlsPasswordClass) GetGetValue() func(*TlsPassword, uint) uintptr {
48+func (x *TlsPasswordClass) GetGetValue() func(*TlsPassword, *uint) uintptr {
4949 if x.xGetValue == 0 {
5050 return nil
5151 }
52- var rawCallback func(PasswordVarp uintptr, LengthVarp uint) uintptr
52+ var rawCallback func(PasswordVarp uintptr, LengthVarp *uint) uintptr
5353 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetValue)
54- return func(PasswordVar *TlsPassword, LengthVar uint) uintptr {
54+ return func(PasswordVar *TlsPassword, LengthVar *uint) uintptr {
5555 return rawCallback(PasswordVar.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
5656 }
5757 }
5858
59-// OverrideSetValue sets the callback function.
59+// OverrideSetValue sets the "set_value" callback function.
6060 // virtual method for g_tls_password_set_value()
6161 func (x *TlsPasswordClass) OverrideSetValue(cb func(*TlsPassword, []byte, int, *glib.DestroyNotify)) {
6262 if cb == nil {
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *TlsPasswordClass) OverrideSetValue(cb func(*TlsPassword, []byte, int, *
6868 }
6969 }
7070
71-// GetSetValue gets the callback function.
71+// GetSetValue gets the "set_value" callback function.
7272 // virtual method for g_tls_password_set_value()
7373 func (x *TlsPasswordClass) GetSetValue() func(*TlsPassword, []byte, int, *glib.DestroyNotify) {
7474 if x.xSetValue == 0 {
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ func (x *TlsPasswordClass) GetSetValue() func(*TlsPassword, []byte, int, *glib.D
8181 }
8282 }
8383
84-// OverrideGetDefaultWarning sets the callback function.
84+// OverrideGetDefaultWarning sets the "get_default_warning" callback function.
8585 // virtual method for g_tls_password_get_warning() if no
8686 //
8787 // value has been set using g_tls_password_set_warning()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *TlsPasswordClass) OverrideGetDefaultWarning(cb func(*TlsPassword) strin
9595 }
9696 }
9797
98-// GetGetDefaultWarning gets the callback function.
98+// GetGetDefaultWarning gets the "get_default_warning" callback function.
9999 // virtual method for g_tls_password_get_warning() if no
100100 //
101101 // value has been set using g_tls_password_set_warning()
@@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ func (x *TlsPassword) GetFlags() TlsPasswordFlags {
170170 return cret
171171 }
172172
173-var xTlsPasswordGetValue func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
173+var xTlsPasswordGetValue func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
174174
175175 // Get the password value. If @length is not %NULL then it will be
176176 // filled in with the length of the password value. (Note that the
177177 // password value is not nul-terminated, so you can only pass %NULL
178178 // for @length in contexts where you know the password will have a
179179 // certain fixed length.)
180-func (x *TlsPassword) GetValue(LengthVar uint) uintptr {
180+func (x *TlsPassword) GetValue(LengthVar *uint) uintptr {
181181
182182 cret := xTlsPasswordGetValue(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
183183 return cret
@@ -266,6 +266,40 @@ func (c *TlsPassword) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
266266 c.Ptr = ptr
267267 }
268268
269+// SetPropertyDescription sets the "description" property.
270+// Description of what the password is for.
271+func (x *TlsPassword) SetPropertyDescription(value string) {
272+ var v gobject.Value
273+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
274+ v.SetString(value)
275+ x.SetProperty("description", &v)
276+}
277+
278+// GetPropertyDescription gets the "description" property.
279+// Description of what the password is for.
280+func (x *TlsPassword) GetPropertyDescription() string {
281+ var v gobject.Value
282+ x.GetProperty("description", &v)
283+ return v.GetString()
284+}
285+
286+// SetPropertyWarning sets the "warning" property.
287+// Warning about the password.
288+func (x *TlsPassword) SetPropertyWarning(value string) {
289+ var v gobject.Value
290+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
291+ v.SetString(value)
292+ x.SetProperty("warning", &v)
293+}
294+
295+// GetPropertyWarning gets the "warning" property.
296+// Warning about the password.
297+func (x *TlsPassword) GetPropertyWarning() string {
298+ var v gobject.Value
299+ x.GetProperty("warning", &v)
300+ return v.GetString()
301+}
302+
269303 func init() {
270304 core.SetPackageName("GIO", "gio-2.0")
271305 core.SetSharedLibraries("GIO", []string{"libgio-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gio/gunixcredentialsmessage.go +4 -4
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ func (x *UnixCredentialsMessageClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2626 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2727 }
2828
29-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
29+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3030 func (x *UnixCredentialsMessageClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3131 if cb == nil {
3232 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *UnixCredentialsMessageClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3737 }
3838 }
3939
40-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
40+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4141 func (x *UnixCredentialsMessageClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4242 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4343 return nil
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *UnixCredentialsMessageClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4949 }
5050 }
5151
52-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
52+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5353 func (x *UnixCredentialsMessageClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
5454 if cb == nil {
5555 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func (x *UnixCredentialsMessageClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6060 }
6161 }
6262
63-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
63+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
6464 func (x *UnixCredentialsMessageClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
6565 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
6666 return nil
M v4/gio/gunixfdlist.go +14 -14
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3232 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3333 }
3434
35-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
35+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
3636 func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
3737 if cb == nil {
3838 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
4343 }
4444 }
4545
46-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
46+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
4747 func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
4848 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
4949 return nil
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
5555 }
5656 }
5757
58-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
58+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
5959 func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6060 if cb == nil {
6161 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
6666 }
6767 }
6868
69-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
69+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
7070 func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7171 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
7272 return nil
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
7878 }
7979 }
8080
81-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
81+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
8282 func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8383 if cb == nil {
8484 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
92+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
9393 func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
9494 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
9595 return nil
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
104+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
105105 func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
106106 if cb == nil {
107107 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
112112 }
113113 }
114114
115-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
115+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
116116 func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
117117 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
118118 return nil
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
124124 }
125125 }
126126
127-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
127+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
128128 func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
129129 if cb == nil {
130130 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDListClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
135135 }
136136 }
137137
138-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
138+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
139139 func (x *UnixFDListClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
140140 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
141141 return nil
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ func (x *UnixFDList) GetLength() int {
284284 return cret
285285 }
286286
287-var xUnixFDListPeekFds func(uintptr, int) uintptr
287+var xUnixFDListPeekFds func(uintptr, *int) uintptr
288288
289289 // Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this
290290 // object.
@@ -299,13 +299,13 @@ var xUnixFDListPeekFds func(uintptr, int) uintptr
299299 //
300300 // This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file
301301 // descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned.
302-func (x *UnixFDList) PeekFds(LengthVar int) uintptr {
302+func (x *UnixFDList) PeekFds(LengthVar *int) uintptr {
303303
304304 cret := xUnixFDListPeekFds(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
305305 return cret
306306 }
307307
308-var xUnixFDListStealFds func(uintptr, int) uintptr
308+var xUnixFDListStealFds func(uintptr, *int) uintptr
309309
310310 // Returns the array of file descriptors that is contained in this
311311 // object.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ var xUnixFDListStealFds func(uintptr, int) uintptr
325325 //
326326 // This function never returns %NULL. In case there are no file
327327 // descriptors contained in @list, an empty array is returned.
328-func (x *UnixFDList) StealFds(LengthVar int) uintptr {
328+func (x *UnixFDList) StealFds(LengthVar *int) uintptr {
329329
330330 cret := xUnixFDListStealFds(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
331331 return cret
M v4/gio/gunixsocketaddress.go +57 -0
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ import (
77
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
10+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1012 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1113 )
1214
@@ -199,6 +201,61 @@ func (c *UnixSocketAddress) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
199201 c.Ptr = ptr
200202 }
201203
204+// SetPropertyAbstract sets the "abstract" property.
205+// Whether or not this is an abstract address
206+func (x *UnixSocketAddress) SetPropertyAbstract(value bool) {
207+ var v gobject.Value
208+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
209+ v.SetBoolean(value)
210+ x.SetProperty("abstract", &v)
211+}
212+
213+// GetPropertyAbstract gets the "abstract" property.
214+// Whether or not this is an abstract address
215+func (x *UnixSocketAddress) GetPropertyAbstract() bool {
216+ var v gobject.Value
217+ x.GetProperty("abstract", &v)
218+ return v.GetBoolean()
219+}
220+
221+// SetPropertyPath sets the "path" property.
222+// Unix socket path.
223+func (x *UnixSocketAddress) SetPropertyPath(value string) {
224+ var v gobject.Value
225+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
226+ v.SetString(value)
227+ x.SetProperty("path", &v)
228+}
229+
230+// GetPropertyPath gets the "path" property.
231+// Unix socket path.
232+func (x *UnixSocketAddress) GetPropertyPath() string {
233+ var v gobject.Value
234+ x.GetProperty("path", &v)
235+ return v.GetString()
236+}
237+
238+// SetPropertyPathAsArray sets the "path-as-array" property.
239+// Unix socket path, as a byte array.
240+func (x *UnixSocketAddress) SetPropertyPathAsArray(value []byte) {
241+ var v gobject.Value
242+ v.Init(glib.ByteArrayGLibType())
243+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&value[0])))
244+ x.SetProperty("path-as-array", &v)
245+}
246+
247+// GetPropertyPathAsArray gets the "path-as-array" property.
248+// Unix socket path, as a byte array.
249+func (x *UnixSocketAddress) GetPropertyPathAsArray() []byte {
250+ var v gobject.Value
251+ x.GetProperty("path-as-array", &v)
252+ ptr := v.GetBoxed()
253+ if ptr == 0 {
254+ return nil
255+ }
256+ return unsafe.Slice((*byte)(unsafe.Pointer(ptr)), 0)[:0]
257+}
258+
202259 // Creates a #GSocketAddressEnumerator for @connectable.
203260 func (x *UnixSocketAddress) Enumerate() *SocketAddressEnumerator {
204261 var cls *SocketAddressEnumerator
M v4/gio/gvfs.go +34 -34
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
6464 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
6565 }
6666
67-// OverrideIsActive sets the callback function.
67+// OverrideIsActive sets the "is_active" callback function.
6868 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideIsActive(cb func(*Vfs) bool) {
6969 if cb == nil {
7070 x.xIsActive = 0
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideIsActive(cb func(*Vfs) bool) {
7575 }
7676 }
7777
78-// GetIsActive gets the callback function.
78+// GetIsActive gets the "is_active" callback function.
7979 func (x *VfsClass) GetIsActive() func(*Vfs) bool {
8080 if x.xIsActive == 0 {
8181 return nil
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetIsActive() func(*Vfs) bool {
8787 }
8888 }
8989
90-// OverrideGetFileForPath sets the callback function.
90+// OverrideGetFileForPath sets the "get_file_for_path" callback function.
9191 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGetFileForPath(cb func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase) {
9292 if cb == nil {
9393 x.xGetFileForPath = 0
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGetFileForPath(cb func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase) {
102102 }
103103 }
104104
105-// GetGetFileForPath gets the callback function.
105+// GetGetFileForPath gets the "get_file_for_path" callback function.
106106 func (x *VfsClass) GetGetFileForPath() func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase {
107107 if x.xGetFileForPath == 0 {
108108 return nil
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetGetFileForPath() func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase {
120120 }
121121 }
122122
123-// OverrideGetFileForUri sets the callback function.
123+// OverrideGetFileForUri sets the "get_file_for_uri" callback function.
124124 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGetFileForUri(cb func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase) {
125125 if cb == nil {
126126 x.xGetFileForUri = 0
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGetFileForUri(cb func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase) {
135135 }
136136 }
137137
138-// GetGetFileForUri gets the callback function.
138+// GetGetFileForUri gets the "get_file_for_uri" callback function.
139139 func (x *VfsClass) GetGetFileForUri() func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase {
140140 if x.xGetFileForUri == 0 {
141141 return nil
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetGetFileForUri() func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase {
153153 }
154154 }
155155
156-// OverrideGetSupportedUriSchemes sets the callback function.
156+// OverrideGetSupportedUriSchemes sets the "get_supported_uri_schemes" callback function.
157157 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGetSupportedUriSchemes(cb func(*Vfs) []string) {
158158 if cb == nil {
159159 x.xGetSupportedUriSchemes = 0
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGetSupportedUriSchemes(cb func(*Vfs) []string) {
164164 }
165165 }
166166
167-// GetGetSupportedUriSchemes gets the callback function.
167+// GetGetSupportedUriSchemes gets the "get_supported_uri_schemes" callback function.
168168 func (x *VfsClass) GetGetSupportedUriSchemes() func(*Vfs) []string {
169169 if x.xGetSupportedUriSchemes == 0 {
170170 return nil
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetGetSupportedUriSchemes() func(*Vfs) []string {
176176 }
177177 }
178178
179-// OverrideParseName sets the callback function.
179+// OverrideParseName sets the "parse_name" callback function.
180180 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideParseName(cb func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase) {
181181 if cb == nil {
182182 x.xParseName = 0
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideParseName(cb func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase) {
191191 }
192192 }
193193
194-// GetParseName gets the callback function.
194+// GetParseName gets the "parse_name" callback function.
195195 func (x *VfsClass) GetParseName() func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase {
196196 if x.xParseName == 0 {
197197 return nil
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetParseName() func(*Vfs, string) *FileBase {
209209 }
210210 }
211211
212-// OverrideLocalFileAddInfo sets the callback function.
212+// OverrideLocalFileAddInfo sets the "local_file_add_info" callback function.
213213 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideLocalFileAddInfo(cb func(*Vfs, string, uint64, *FileAttributeMatcher, *FileInfo, *Cancellable, uintptr, *glib.DestroyNotify)) {
214214 if cb == nil {
215215 x.xLocalFileAddInfo = 0
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideLocalFileAddInfo(cb func(*Vfs, string, uint64, *FileA
220220 }
221221 }
222222
223-// GetLocalFileAddInfo gets the callback function.
223+// GetLocalFileAddInfo gets the "local_file_add_info" callback function.
224224 func (x *VfsClass) GetLocalFileAddInfo() func(*Vfs, string, uint64, *FileAttributeMatcher, *FileInfo, *Cancellable, uintptr, *glib.DestroyNotify) {
225225 if x.xLocalFileAddInfo == 0 {
226226 return nil
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetLocalFileAddInfo() func(*Vfs, string, uint64, *FileAttribu
232232 }
233233 }
234234
235-// OverrideAddWritableNamespaces sets the callback function.
235+// OverrideAddWritableNamespaces sets the "add_writable_namespaces" callback function.
236236 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideAddWritableNamespaces(cb func(*Vfs, *FileAttributeInfoList)) {
237237 if cb == nil {
238238 x.xAddWritableNamespaces = 0
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideAddWritableNamespaces(cb func(*Vfs, *FileAttributeInf
243243 }
244244 }
245245
246-// GetAddWritableNamespaces gets the callback function.
246+// GetAddWritableNamespaces gets the "add_writable_namespaces" callback function.
247247 func (x *VfsClass) GetAddWritableNamespaces() func(*Vfs, *FileAttributeInfoList) {
248248 if x.xAddWritableNamespaces == 0 {
249249 return nil
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetAddWritableNamespaces() func(*Vfs, *FileAttributeInfoList)
255255 }
256256 }
257257
258-// OverrideLocalFileSetAttributes sets the callback function.
258+// OverrideLocalFileSetAttributes sets the "local_file_set_attributes" callback function.
259259 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideLocalFileSetAttributes(cb func(*Vfs, string, *FileInfo, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) bool) {
260260 if cb == nil {
261261 x.xLocalFileSetAttributes = 0
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideLocalFileSetAttributes(cb func(*Vfs, string, *FileInf
266266 }
267267 }
268268
269-// GetLocalFileSetAttributes gets the callback function.
269+// GetLocalFileSetAttributes gets the "local_file_set_attributes" callback function.
270270 func (x *VfsClass) GetLocalFileSetAttributes() func(*Vfs, string, *FileInfo, FileQueryInfoFlags, *Cancellable) bool {
271271 if x.xLocalFileSetAttributes == 0 {
272272 return nil
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetLocalFileSetAttributes() func(*Vfs, string, *FileInfo, Fil
278278 }
279279 }
280280
281-// OverrideLocalFileRemoved sets the callback function.
281+// OverrideLocalFileRemoved sets the "local_file_removed" callback function.
282282 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideLocalFileRemoved(cb func(*Vfs, string)) {
283283 if cb == nil {
284284 x.xLocalFileRemoved = 0
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideLocalFileRemoved(cb func(*Vfs, string)) {
289289 }
290290 }
291291
292-// GetLocalFileRemoved gets the callback function.
292+// GetLocalFileRemoved gets the "local_file_removed" callback function.
293293 func (x *VfsClass) GetLocalFileRemoved() func(*Vfs, string) {
294294 if x.xLocalFileRemoved == 0 {
295295 return nil
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetLocalFileRemoved() func(*Vfs, string) {
301301 }
302302 }
303303
304-// OverrideLocalFileMoved sets the callback function.
304+// OverrideLocalFileMoved sets the "local_file_moved" callback function.
305305 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideLocalFileMoved(cb func(*Vfs, string, string)) {
306306 if cb == nil {
307307 x.xLocalFileMoved = 0
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideLocalFileMoved(cb func(*Vfs, string, string)) {
312312 }
313313 }
314314
315-// GetLocalFileMoved gets the callback function.
315+// GetLocalFileMoved gets the "local_file_moved" callback function.
316316 func (x *VfsClass) GetLocalFileMoved() func(*Vfs, string, string) {
317317 if x.xLocalFileMoved == 0 {
318318 return nil
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetLocalFileMoved() func(*Vfs, string, string) {
324324 }
325325 }
326326
327-// OverrideDeserializeIcon sets the callback function.
327+// OverrideDeserializeIcon sets the "deserialize_icon" callback function.
328328 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideDeserializeIcon(cb func(*Vfs, *glib.Variant) *IconBase) {
329329 if cb == nil {
330330 x.xDeserializeIcon = 0
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideDeserializeIcon(cb func(*Vfs, *glib.Variant) *IconBas
339339 }
340340 }
341341
342-// GetDeserializeIcon gets the callback function.
342+// GetDeserializeIcon gets the "deserialize_icon" callback function.
343343 func (x *VfsClass) GetDeserializeIcon() func(*Vfs, *glib.Variant) *IconBase {
344344 if x.xDeserializeIcon == 0 {
345345 return nil
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetDeserializeIcon() func(*Vfs, *glib.Variant) *IconBase {
357357 }
358358 }
359359
360-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
360+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
361361 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
362362 if cb == nil {
363363 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
368368 }
369369 }
370370
371-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
371+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
372372 func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
373373 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
374374 return nil
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
380380 }
381381 }
382382
383-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
383+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
384384 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
385385 if cb == nil {
386386 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
391391 }
392392 }
393393
394-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
394+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
395395 func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
396396 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
397397 return nil
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
403403 }
404404 }
405405
406-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
406+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
407407 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
408408 if cb == nil {
409409 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
414414 }
415415 }
416416
417-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
417+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
418418 func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
419419 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
420420 return nil
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
426426 }
427427 }
428428
429-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
429+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
430430 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
431431 if cb == nil {
432432 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
437437 }
438438 }
439439
440-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
440+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
441441 func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
442442 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
443443 return nil
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
449449 }
450450 }
451451
452-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
452+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
453453 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
454454 if cb == nil {
455455 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
460460 }
461461 }
462462
463-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
463+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
464464 func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
465465 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
466466 return nil
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
472472 }
473473 }
474474
475-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
475+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
476476 func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
477477 if cb == nil {
478478 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ func (x *VfsClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
483483 }
484484 }
485485
486-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
486+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
487487 func (x *VfsClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
488488 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
489489 return nil
M v4/gio/gvolume.go +42 -42
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GoPointer() uintptr {
6464 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
6565 }
6666
67-// OverrideChanged sets the callback function.
67+// OverrideChanged sets the "changed" callback function.
6868 // Changed signal that is emitted when the volume's state has changed.
6969 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideChanged(cb func(Volume)) {
7070 if cb == nil {
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideChanged(cb func(Volume)) {
7676 }
7777 }
7878
79-// GetChanged gets the callback function.
79+// GetChanged gets the "changed" callback function.
8080 // Changed signal that is emitted when the volume's state has changed.
8181 func (x *VolumeIface) GetChanged() func(Volume) {
8282 if x.xChanged == 0 {
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetChanged() func(Volume) {
8989 }
9090 }
9191
92-// OverrideRemoved sets the callback function.
92+// OverrideRemoved sets the "removed" callback function.
9393 // The removed signal that is emitted when the #GVolume have been removed. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized.
9494 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideRemoved(cb func(Volume)) {
9595 if cb == nil {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideRemoved(cb func(Volume)) {
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// GetRemoved gets the callback function.
104+// GetRemoved gets the "removed" callback function.
105105 // The removed signal that is emitted when the #GVolume have been removed. If the recipient is holding references to the object they should release them so the object can be finalized.
106106 func (x *VolumeIface) GetRemoved() func(Volume) {
107107 if x.xRemoved == 0 {
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetRemoved() func(Volume) {
114114 }
115115 }
116116
117-// OverrideGetName sets the callback function.
117+// OverrideGetName sets the "get_name" callback function.
118118 // Gets a string containing the name of the #GVolume.
119119 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Volume) string) {
120120 if cb == nil {
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetName(cb func(Volume) string) {
126126 }
127127 }
128128
129-// GetGetName gets the callback function.
129+// GetGetName gets the "get_name" callback function.
130130 // Gets a string containing the name of the #GVolume.
131131 func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetName() func(Volume) string {
132132 if x.xGetName == 0 {
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetName() func(Volume) string {
139139 }
140140 }
141141
142-// OverrideGetIcon sets the callback function.
142+// OverrideGetIcon sets the "get_icon" callback function.
143143 // Gets a #GIcon for the #GVolume.
144144 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(Volume) *IconBase) {
145145 if cb == nil {
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetIcon(cb func(Volume) *IconBase) {
155155 }
156156 }
157157
158-// GetGetIcon gets the callback function.
158+// GetGetIcon gets the "get_icon" callback function.
159159 // Gets a #GIcon for the #GVolume.
160160 func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetIcon() func(Volume) *IconBase {
161161 if x.xGetIcon == 0 {
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetIcon() func(Volume) *IconBase {
174174 }
175175 }
176176
177-// OverrideGetUuid sets the callback function.
177+// OverrideGetUuid sets the "get_uuid" callback function.
178178 // Gets the UUID for the #GVolume. The reference is typically based on the file system UUID for the mount in question and should be considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID available.
179179 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetUuid(cb func(Volume) string) {
180180 if cb == nil {
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetUuid(cb func(Volume) string) {
186186 }
187187 }
188188
189-// GetGetUuid gets the callback function.
189+// GetGetUuid gets the "get_uuid" callback function.
190190 // Gets the UUID for the #GVolume. The reference is typically based on the file system UUID for the mount in question and should be considered an opaque string. Returns %NULL if there is no UUID available.
191191 func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetUuid() func(Volume) string {
192192 if x.xGetUuid == 0 {
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetUuid() func(Volume) string {
199199 }
200200 }
201201
202-// OverrideGetDrive sets the callback function.
202+// OverrideGetDrive sets the "get_drive" callback function.
203203 // Gets a #GDrive the volume is located on. Returns %NULL if the #GVolume is not associated with a #GDrive.
204204 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetDrive(cb func(Volume) *DriveBase) {
205205 if cb == nil {
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetDrive(cb func(Volume) *DriveBase) {
215215 }
216216 }
217217
218-// GetGetDrive gets the callback function.
218+// GetGetDrive gets the "get_drive" callback function.
219219 // Gets a #GDrive the volume is located on. Returns %NULL if the #GVolume is not associated with a #GDrive.
220220 func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetDrive() func(Volume) *DriveBase {
221221 if x.xGetDrive == 0 {
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetDrive() func(Volume) *DriveBase {
234234 }
235235 }
236236
237-// OverrideGetMount sets the callback function.
237+// OverrideGetMount sets the "get_mount" callback function.
238238 // Gets a #GMount representing the mounted volume. Returns %NULL if the #GVolume is not mounted.
239239 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetMount(cb func(Volume) *MountBase) {
240240 if cb == nil {
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetMount(cb func(Volume) *MountBase) {
250250 }
251251 }
252252
253-// GetGetMount gets the callback function.
253+// GetGetMount gets the "get_mount" callback function.
254254 // Gets a #GMount representing the mounted volume. Returns %NULL if the #GVolume is not mounted.
255255 func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetMount() func(Volume) *MountBase {
256256 if x.xGetMount == 0 {
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetMount() func(Volume) *MountBase {
269269 }
270270 }
271271
272-// OverrideCanMount sets the callback function.
272+// OverrideCanMount sets the "can_mount" callback function.
273273 // Returns %TRUE if the #GVolume can be mounted.
274274 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideCanMount(cb func(Volume) bool) {
275275 if cb == nil {
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideCanMount(cb func(Volume) bool) {
281281 }
282282 }
283283
284-// GetCanMount gets the callback function.
284+// GetCanMount gets the "can_mount" callback function.
285285 // Returns %TRUE if the #GVolume can be mounted.
286286 func (x *VolumeIface) GetCanMount() func(Volume) bool {
287287 if x.xCanMount == 0 {
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetCanMount() func(Volume) bool {
294294 }
295295 }
296296
297-// OverrideCanEject sets the callback function.
297+// OverrideCanEject sets the "can_eject" callback function.
298298 // Checks if a #GVolume can be ejected.
299299 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideCanEject(cb func(Volume) bool) {
300300 if cb == nil {
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideCanEject(cb func(Volume) bool) {
306306 }
307307 }
308308
309-// GetCanEject gets the callback function.
309+// GetCanEject gets the "can_eject" callback function.
310310 // Checks if a #GVolume can be ejected.
311311 func (x *VolumeIface) GetCanEject() func(Volume) bool {
312312 if x.xCanEject == 0 {
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetCanEject() func(Volume) bool {
319319 }
320320 }
321321
322-// OverrideMountFn sets the callback function.
322+// OverrideMountFn sets the "mount_fn" callback function.
323323 // Mounts a given #GVolume.
324324 //
325325 // #GVolume implementations must emit the #GMountOperation::aborted
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideMountFn(cb func(Volume, MountMountFlags, *MountOpe
335335 }
336336 }
337337
338-// GetMountFn gets the callback function.
338+// GetMountFn gets the "mount_fn" callback function.
339339 // Mounts a given #GVolume.
340340 //
341341 // #GVolume implementations must emit the #GMountOperation::aborted
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetMountFn() func(Volume, MountMountFlags, *MountOperation
352352 }
353353 }
354354
355-// OverrideMountFinish sets the callback function.
355+// OverrideMountFinish sets the "mount_finish" callback function.
356356 // Finishes a mount operation.
357357 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideMountFinish(cb func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool) {
358358 if cb == nil {
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideMountFinish(cb func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool) {
364364 }
365365 }
366366
367-// GetMountFinish gets the callback function.
367+// GetMountFinish gets the "mount_finish" callback function.
368368 // Finishes a mount operation.
369369 func (x *VolumeIface) GetMountFinish() func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool {
370370 if x.xMountFinish == 0 {
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetMountFinish() func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool {
377377 }
378378 }
379379
380-// OverrideEject sets the callback function.
380+// OverrideEject sets the "eject" callback function.
381381 // Ejects a given #GVolume.
382382 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEject(cb func(Volume, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
383383 if cb == nil {
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEject(cb func(Volume, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancella
389389 }
390390 }
391391
392-// GetEject gets the callback function.
392+// GetEject gets the "eject" callback function.
393393 // Ejects a given #GVolume.
394394 func (x *VolumeIface) GetEject() func(Volume, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
395395 if x.xEject == 0 {
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetEject() func(Volume, MountUnmountFlags, *Cancellable, *
402402 }
403403 }
404404
405-// OverrideEjectFinish sets the callback function.
405+// OverrideEjectFinish sets the "eject_finish" callback function.
406406 // Finishes an eject operation.
407407 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEjectFinish(cb func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool) {
408408 if cb == nil {
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEjectFinish(cb func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool) {
414414 }
415415 }
416416
417-// GetEjectFinish gets the callback function.
417+// GetEjectFinish gets the "eject_finish" callback function.
418418 // Finishes an eject operation.
419419 func (x *VolumeIface) GetEjectFinish() func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool {
420420 if x.xEjectFinish == 0 {
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetEjectFinish() func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool {
427427 }
428428 }
429429
430-// OverrideGetIdentifier sets the callback function.
430+// OverrideGetIdentifier sets the "get_identifier" callback function.
431431 // Returns the [identifier](#volume-identifiers) of the given kind, or %NULL if
432432 //
433433 // the #GVolume doesn't have one.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetIdentifier(cb func(Volume, string) string) {
441441 }
442442 }
443443
444-// GetGetIdentifier gets the callback function.
444+// GetGetIdentifier gets the "get_identifier" callback function.
445445 // Returns the [identifier](#volume-identifiers) of the given kind, or %NULL if
446446 //
447447 // the #GVolume doesn't have one.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetIdentifier() func(Volume, string) string {
456456 }
457457 }
458458
459-// OverrideEnumerateIdentifiers sets the callback function.
459+// OverrideEnumerateIdentifiers sets the "enumerate_identifiers" callback function.
460460 // Returns an array strings listing the kinds
461461 //
462462 // of [identifiers](#volume-identifiers) which the #GVolume has.
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEnumerateIdentifiers(cb func(Volume) []string) {
470470 }
471471 }
472472
473-// GetEnumerateIdentifiers gets the callback function.
473+// GetEnumerateIdentifiers gets the "enumerate_identifiers" callback function.
474474 // Returns an array strings listing the kinds
475475 //
476476 // of [identifiers](#volume-identifiers) which the #GVolume has.
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetEnumerateIdentifiers() func(Volume) []string {
485485 }
486486 }
487487
488-// OverrideShouldAutomount sets the callback function.
488+// OverrideShouldAutomount sets the "should_automount" callback function.
489489 // Returns %TRUE if the #GVolume should be automatically mounted.
490490 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideShouldAutomount(cb func(Volume) bool) {
491491 if cb == nil {
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideShouldAutomount(cb func(Volume) bool) {
497497 }
498498 }
499499
500-// GetShouldAutomount gets the callback function.
500+// GetShouldAutomount gets the "should_automount" callback function.
501501 // Returns %TRUE if the #GVolume should be automatically mounted.
502502 func (x *VolumeIface) GetShouldAutomount() func(Volume) bool {
503503 if x.xShouldAutomount == 0 {
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetShouldAutomount() func(Volume) bool {
510510 }
511511 }
512512
513-// OverrideGetActivationRoot sets the callback function.
513+// OverrideGetActivationRoot sets the "get_activation_root" callback function.
514514 // Returns the activation root for the #GVolume if it is known in advance or %NULL if
515515 //
516516 // it is not known.
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetActivationRoot(cb func(Volume) *FileBase) {
528528 }
529529 }
530530
531-// GetGetActivationRoot gets the callback function.
531+// GetGetActivationRoot gets the "get_activation_root" callback function.
532532 // Returns the activation root for the #GVolume if it is known in advance or %NULL if
533533 //
534534 // it is not known.
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetActivationRoot() func(Volume) *FileBase {
549549 }
550550 }
551551
552-// OverrideEjectWithOperation sets the callback function.
552+// OverrideEjectWithOperation sets the "eject_with_operation" callback function.
553553 // Starts ejecting a #GVolume using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
554554 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEjectWithOperation(cb func(Volume, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr)) {
555555 if cb == nil {
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEjectWithOperation(cb func(Volume, MountUnmountFla
561561 }
562562 }
563563
564-// GetEjectWithOperation gets the callback function.
564+// GetEjectWithOperation gets the "eject_with_operation" callback function.
565565 // Starts ejecting a #GVolume using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
566566 func (x *VolumeIface) GetEjectWithOperation() func(Volume, MountUnmountFlags, *MountOperation, *Cancellable, *AsyncReadyCallback, uintptr) {
567567 if x.xEjectWithOperation == 0 {
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetEjectWithOperation() func(Volume, MountUnmountFlags, *M
574574 }
575575 }
576576
577-// OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish sets the callback function.
577+// OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish sets the "eject_with_operation_finish" callback function.
578578 // Finishes an eject operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
579579 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish(cb func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool) {
580580 if cb == nil {
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideEjectWithOperationFinish(cb func(Volume, AsyncResu
586586 }
587587 }
588588
589-// GetEjectWithOperationFinish gets the callback function.
589+// GetEjectWithOperationFinish gets the "eject_with_operation_finish" callback function.
590590 // Finishes an eject operation using a #GMountOperation. Since 2.22.
591591 func (x *VolumeIface) GetEjectWithOperationFinish() func(Volume, AsyncResult) bool {
592592 if x.xEjectWithOperationFinish == 0 {
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetEjectWithOperationFinish() func(Volume, AsyncResult) bo
599599 }
600600 }
601601
602-// OverrideGetSortKey sets the callback function.
602+// OverrideGetSortKey sets the "get_sort_key" callback function.
603603 // Gets a key used for sorting #GVolume instance or %NULL if no such key exists. Since 2.32.
604604 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetSortKey(cb func(Volume) string) {
605605 if cb == nil {
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetSortKey(cb func(Volume) string) {
611611 }
612612 }
613613
614-// GetGetSortKey gets the callback function.
614+// GetGetSortKey gets the "get_sort_key" callback function.
615615 // Gets a key used for sorting #GVolume instance or %NULL if no such key exists. Since 2.32.
616616 func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetSortKey() func(Volume) string {
617617 if x.xGetSortKey == 0 {
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetSortKey() func(Volume) string {
624624 }
625625 }
626626
627-// OverrideGetSymbolicIcon sets the callback function.
627+// OverrideGetSymbolicIcon sets the "get_symbolic_icon" callback function.
628628 // Gets a symbolic #GIcon for the #GVolume. Since 2.34.
629629 func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetSymbolicIcon(cb func(Volume) *IconBase) {
630630 if cb == nil {
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ func (x *VolumeIface) OverrideGetSymbolicIcon(cb func(Volume) *IconBase) {
640640 }
641641 }
642642
643-// GetGetSymbolicIcon gets the callback function.
643+// GetGetSymbolicIcon gets the "get_symbolic_icon" callback function.
644644 // Gets a symbolic #GIcon for the #GVolume. Since 2.34.
645645 func (x *VolumeIface) GetGetSymbolicIcon() func(Volume) *IconBase {
646646 if x.xGetSymbolicIcon == 0 {
M v4/gio/gvolumemonitor.go +50 -50
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
7272 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
7373 }
7474
75-// OverrideVolumeAdded sets the callback function.
75+// OverrideVolumeAdded sets the "volume_added" callback function.
7676 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideVolumeAdded(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume)) {
7777 if cb == nil {
7878 x.xVolumeAdded = 0
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideVolumeAdded(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume)
8383 }
8484 }
8585
86-// GetVolumeAdded gets the callback function.
86+// GetVolumeAdded gets the "volume_added" callback function.
8787 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetVolumeAdded() func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume) {
8888 if x.xVolumeAdded == 0 {
8989 return nil
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetVolumeAdded() func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume) {
9595 }
9696 }
9797
98-// OverrideVolumeRemoved sets the callback function.
98+// OverrideVolumeRemoved sets the "volume_removed" callback function.
9999 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideVolumeRemoved(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume)) {
100100 if cb == nil {
101101 x.xVolumeRemoved = 0
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideVolumeRemoved(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Volum
106106 }
107107 }
108108
109-// GetVolumeRemoved gets the callback function.
109+// GetVolumeRemoved gets the "volume_removed" callback function.
110110 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetVolumeRemoved() func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume) {
111111 if x.xVolumeRemoved == 0 {
112112 return nil
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetVolumeRemoved() func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume) {
118118 }
119119 }
120120
121-// OverrideVolumeChanged sets the callback function.
121+// OverrideVolumeChanged sets the "volume_changed" callback function.
122122 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideVolumeChanged(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume)) {
123123 if cb == nil {
124124 x.xVolumeChanged = 0
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideVolumeChanged(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Volum
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// GetVolumeChanged gets the callback function.
132+// GetVolumeChanged gets the "volume_changed" callback function.
133133 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetVolumeChanged() func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume) {
134134 if x.xVolumeChanged == 0 {
135135 return nil
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetVolumeChanged() func(*VolumeMonitor, Volume) {
141141 }
142142 }
143143
144-// OverrideMountAdded sets the callback function.
144+// OverrideMountAdded sets the "mount_added" callback function.
145145 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideMountAdded(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount)) {
146146 if cb == nil {
147147 x.xMountAdded = 0
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideMountAdded(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount))
152152 }
153153 }
154154
155-// GetMountAdded gets the callback function.
155+// GetMountAdded gets the "mount_added" callback function.
156156 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetMountAdded() func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount) {
157157 if x.xMountAdded == 0 {
158158 return nil
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetMountAdded() func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount) {
164164 }
165165 }
166166
167-// OverrideMountRemoved sets the callback function.
167+// OverrideMountRemoved sets the "mount_removed" callback function.
168168 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideMountRemoved(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount)) {
169169 if cb == nil {
170170 x.xMountRemoved = 0
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideMountRemoved(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount)
175175 }
176176 }
177177
178-// GetMountRemoved gets the callback function.
178+// GetMountRemoved gets the "mount_removed" callback function.
179179 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetMountRemoved() func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount) {
180180 if x.xMountRemoved == 0 {
181181 return nil
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetMountRemoved() func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount) {
187187 }
188188 }
189189
190-// OverrideMountPreUnmount sets the callback function.
190+// OverrideMountPreUnmount sets the "mount_pre_unmount" callback function.
191191 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideMountPreUnmount(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount)) {
192192 if cb == nil {
193193 x.xMountPreUnmount = 0
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideMountPreUnmount(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Mou
198198 }
199199 }
200200
201-// GetMountPreUnmount gets the callback function.
201+// GetMountPreUnmount gets the "mount_pre_unmount" callback function.
202202 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetMountPreUnmount() func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount) {
203203 if x.xMountPreUnmount == 0 {
204204 return nil
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetMountPreUnmount() func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount) {
210210 }
211211 }
212212
213-// OverrideMountChanged sets the callback function.
213+// OverrideMountChanged sets the "mount_changed" callback function.
214214 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideMountChanged(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount)) {
215215 if cb == nil {
216216 x.xMountChanged = 0
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideMountChanged(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount)
221221 }
222222 }
223223
224-// GetMountChanged gets the callback function.
224+// GetMountChanged gets the "mount_changed" callback function.
225225 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetMountChanged() func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount) {
226226 if x.xMountChanged == 0 {
227227 return nil
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetMountChanged() func(*VolumeMonitor, Mount) {
233233 }
234234 }
235235
236-// OverrideDriveConnected sets the callback function.
236+// OverrideDriveConnected sets the "drive_connected" callback function.
237237 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveConnected(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive)) {
238238 if cb == nil {
239239 x.xDriveConnected = 0
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveConnected(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Driv
244244 }
245245 }
246246
247-// GetDriveConnected gets the callback function.
247+// GetDriveConnected gets the "drive_connected" callback function.
248248 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveConnected() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
249249 if x.xDriveConnected == 0 {
250250 return nil
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveConnected() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
256256 }
257257 }
258258
259-// OverrideDriveDisconnected sets the callback function.
259+// OverrideDriveDisconnected sets the "drive_disconnected" callback function.
260260 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveDisconnected(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive)) {
261261 if cb == nil {
262262 x.xDriveDisconnected = 0
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveDisconnected(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, D
267267 }
268268 }
269269
270-// GetDriveDisconnected gets the callback function.
270+// GetDriveDisconnected gets the "drive_disconnected" callback function.
271271 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveDisconnected() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
272272 if x.xDriveDisconnected == 0 {
273273 return nil
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveDisconnected() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive)
279279 }
280280 }
281281
282-// OverrideDriveChanged sets the callback function.
282+// OverrideDriveChanged sets the "drive_changed" callback function.
283283 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveChanged(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive)) {
284284 if cb == nil {
285285 x.xDriveChanged = 0
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveChanged(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive)
290290 }
291291 }
292292
293-// GetDriveChanged gets the callback function.
293+// GetDriveChanged gets the "drive_changed" callback function.
294294 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveChanged() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
295295 if x.xDriveChanged == 0 {
296296 return nil
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveChanged() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
302302 }
303303 }
304304
305-// OverrideIsSupported sets the callback function.
305+// OverrideIsSupported sets the "is_supported" callback function.
306306 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideIsSupported(cb func() bool) {
307307 if cb == nil {
308308 x.xIsSupported = 0
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideIsSupported(cb func() bool) {
313313 }
314314 }
315315
316-// GetIsSupported gets the callback function.
316+// GetIsSupported gets the "is_supported" callback function.
317317 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetIsSupported() func() bool {
318318 if x.xIsSupported == 0 {
319319 return nil
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetIsSupported() func() bool {
325325 }
326326 }
327327
328-// OverrideGetConnectedDrives sets the callback function.
328+// OverrideGetConnectedDrives sets the "get_connected_drives" callback function.
329329 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetConnectedDrives(cb func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.List) {
330330 if cb == nil {
331331 x.xGetConnectedDrives = 0
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetConnectedDrives(cb func(*VolumeMonitor)
336336 }
337337 }
338338
339-// GetGetConnectedDrives gets the callback function.
339+// GetGetConnectedDrives gets the "get_connected_drives" callback function.
340340 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetConnectedDrives() func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.List {
341341 if x.xGetConnectedDrives == 0 {
342342 return nil
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetConnectedDrives() func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.
348348 }
349349 }
350350
351-// OverrideGetVolumes sets the callback function.
351+// OverrideGetVolumes sets the "get_volumes" callback function.
352352 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetVolumes(cb func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.List) {
353353 if cb == nil {
354354 x.xGetVolumes = 0
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetVolumes(cb func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.Li
359359 }
360360 }
361361
362-// GetGetVolumes gets the callback function.
362+// GetGetVolumes gets the "get_volumes" callback function.
363363 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetVolumes() func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.List {
364364 if x.xGetVolumes == 0 {
365365 return nil
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetVolumes() func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.List {
371371 }
372372 }
373373
374-// OverrideGetMounts sets the callback function.
374+// OverrideGetMounts sets the "get_mounts" callback function.
375375 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetMounts(cb func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.List) {
376376 if cb == nil {
377377 x.xGetMounts = 0
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetMounts(cb func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.Lis
382382 }
383383 }
384384
385-// GetGetMounts gets the callback function.
385+// GetGetMounts gets the "get_mounts" callback function.
386386 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetMounts() func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.List {
387387 if x.xGetMounts == 0 {
388388 return nil
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetMounts() func(*VolumeMonitor) *glib.List {
394394 }
395395 }
396396
397-// OverrideGetVolumeForUuid sets the callback function.
397+// OverrideGetVolumeForUuid sets the "get_volume_for_uuid" callback function.
398398 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetVolumeForUuid(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, string) *VolumeBase) {
399399 if cb == nil {
400400 x.xGetVolumeForUuid = 0
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetVolumeForUuid(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, st
409409 }
410410 }
411411
412-// GetGetVolumeForUuid gets the callback function.
412+// GetGetVolumeForUuid gets the "get_volume_for_uuid" callback function.
413413 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetVolumeForUuid() func(*VolumeMonitor, string) *VolumeBase {
414414 if x.xGetVolumeForUuid == 0 {
415415 return nil
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetVolumeForUuid() func(*VolumeMonitor, string)
427427 }
428428 }
429429
430-// OverrideGetMountForUuid sets the callback function.
430+// OverrideGetMountForUuid sets the "get_mount_for_uuid" callback function.
431431 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetMountForUuid(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, string) *MountBase) {
432432 if cb == nil {
433433 x.xGetMountForUuid = 0
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGetMountForUuid(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, str
442442 }
443443 }
444444
445-// GetGetMountForUuid gets the callback function.
445+// GetGetMountForUuid gets the "get_mount_for_uuid" callback function.
446446 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetMountForUuid() func(*VolumeMonitor, string) *MountBase {
447447 if x.xGetMountForUuid == 0 {
448448 return nil
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGetMountForUuid() func(*VolumeMonitor, string) *
460460 }
461461 }
462462
463-// OverrideAdoptOrphanMount sets the callback function.
463+// OverrideAdoptOrphanMount sets the "adopt_orphan_mount" callback function.
464464 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideAdoptOrphanMount(cb func(Mount, *VolumeMonitor) *VolumeBase) {
465465 if cb == nil {
466466 x.xAdoptOrphanMount = 0
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideAdoptOrphanMount(cb func(Mount, *VolumeMoni
475475 }
476476 }
477477
478-// GetAdoptOrphanMount gets the callback function.
478+// GetAdoptOrphanMount gets the "adopt_orphan_mount" callback function.
479479 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetAdoptOrphanMount() func(Mount, *VolumeMonitor) *VolumeBase {
480480 if x.xAdoptOrphanMount == 0 {
481481 return nil
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetAdoptOrphanMount() func(Mount, *VolumeMonitor) *
493493 }
494494 }
495495
496-// OverrideDriveEjectButton sets the callback function.
496+// OverrideDriveEjectButton sets the "drive_eject_button" callback function.
497497 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveEjectButton(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive)) {
498498 if cb == nil {
499499 x.xDriveEjectButton = 0
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveEjectButton(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Dr
504504 }
505505 }
506506
507-// GetDriveEjectButton gets the callback function.
507+// GetDriveEjectButton gets the "drive_eject_button" callback function.
508508 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveEjectButton() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
509509 if x.xDriveEjectButton == 0 {
510510 return nil
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveEjectButton() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
516516 }
517517 }
518518
519-// OverrideDriveStopButton sets the callback function.
519+// OverrideDriveStopButton sets the "drive_stop_button" callback function.
520520 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveStopButton(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive)) {
521521 if cb == nil {
522522 x.xDriveStopButton = 0
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideDriveStopButton(cb func(*VolumeMonitor, Dri
527527 }
528528 }
529529
530-// GetDriveStopButton gets the callback function.
530+// GetDriveStopButton gets the "drive_stop_button" callback function.
531531 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveStopButton() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
532532 if x.xDriveStopButton == 0 {
533533 return nil
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetDriveStopButton() func(*VolumeMonitor, Drive) {
539539 }
540540 }
541541
542-// OverrideGReserved1 sets the callback function.
542+// OverrideGReserved1 sets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
543543 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
544544 if cb == nil {
545545 x.xGReserved1 = 0
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved1(cb func()) {
550550 }
551551 }
552552
553-// GetGReserved1 gets the callback function.
553+// GetGReserved1 gets the "_g_reserved1" callback function.
554554 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
555555 if x.xGReserved1 == 0 {
556556 return nil
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved1() func() {
562562 }
563563 }
564564
565-// OverrideGReserved2 sets the callback function.
565+// OverrideGReserved2 sets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
566566 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
567567 if cb == nil {
568568 x.xGReserved2 = 0
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved2(cb func()) {
573573 }
574574 }
575575
576-// GetGReserved2 gets the callback function.
576+// GetGReserved2 gets the "_g_reserved2" callback function.
577577 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
578578 if x.xGReserved2 == 0 {
579579 return nil
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved2() func() {
585585 }
586586 }
587587
588-// OverrideGReserved3 sets the callback function.
588+// OverrideGReserved3 sets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
589589 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
590590 if cb == nil {
591591 x.xGReserved3 = 0
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved3(cb func()) {
596596 }
597597 }
598598
599-// GetGReserved3 gets the callback function.
599+// GetGReserved3 gets the "_g_reserved3" callback function.
600600 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
601601 if x.xGReserved3 == 0 {
602602 return nil
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved3() func() {
608608 }
609609 }
610610
611-// OverrideGReserved4 sets the callback function.
611+// OverrideGReserved4 sets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
612612 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
613613 if cb == nil {
614614 x.xGReserved4 = 0
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved4(cb func()) {
619619 }
620620 }
621621
622-// GetGReserved4 gets the callback function.
622+// GetGReserved4 gets the "_g_reserved4" callback function.
623623 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
624624 if x.xGReserved4 == 0 {
625625 return nil
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved4() func() {
631631 }
632632 }
633633
634-// OverrideGReserved5 sets the callback function.
634+// OverrideGReserved5 sets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
635635 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
636636 if cb == nil {
637637 x.xGReserved5 = 0
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved5(cb func()) {
642642 }
643643 }
644644
645-// GetGReserved5 gets the callback function.
645+// GetGReserved5 gets the "_g_reserved5" callback function.
646646 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
647647 if x.xGReserved5 == 0 {
648648 return nil
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved5() func() {
654654 }
655655 }
656656
657-// OverrideGReserved6 sets the callback function.
657+// OverrideGReserved6 sets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
658658 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
659659 if cb == nil {
660660 x.xGReserved6 = 0
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) OverrideGReserved6(cb func()) {
665665 }
666666 }
667667
668-// GetGReserved6 gets the callback function.
668+// GetGReserved6 gets the "_g_reserved6" callback function.
669669 func (x *VolumeMonitorClass) GetGReserved6() func() {
670670 if x.xGReserved6 == 0 {
671671 return nil
M v4/gio/gzlibcompressor.go +59 -1
@@ -119,6 +119,64 @@ func (c *ZlibCompressor) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
119119 c.Ptr = ptr
120120 }
121121
122+// SetPropertyLevel sets the "level" property.
123+// The level of compression from `0` (no compression) to `9` (most
124+// compression).
125+//
126+// `-1` for the default level.
127+func (x *ZlibCompressor) SetPropertyLevel(value int) {
128+ var v gobject.Value
129+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
130+ v.SetInt(value)
131+ x.SetProperty("level", &v)
132+}
133+
134+// GetPropertyLevel gets the "level" property.
135+// The level of compression from `0` (no compression) to `9` (most
136+// compression).
137+//
138+// `-1` for the default level.
139+func (x *ZlibCompressor) GetPropertyLevel() int {
140+ var v gobject.Value
141+ x.GetProperty("level", &v)
142+ return v.GetInt()
143+}
144+
145+// SetPropertyOs sets the "os" property.
146+// The OS code of the gzip header.
147+//
148+// This will be used if set to a non-negative value, and if
149+// [property@Gio.ZlibCompressor:format] is
150+// [enum@Gio.ZlibCompressorFormat.GZIP], the compressor will set the OS code of
151+// the gzip header to this value.
152+//
153+// If the value is unset, zlib will set the OS code depending on the platform.
154+// This may be undesirable when reproducible output is desired. In that case setting
155+// the OS code to `3` (for Unix) is recommended.
156+func (x *ZlibCompressor) SetPropertyOs(value int) {
157+ var v gobject.Value
158+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
159+ v.SetInt(value)
160+ x.SetProperty("os", &v)
161+}
162+
163+// GetPropertyOs gets the "os" property.
164+// The OS code of the gzip header.
165+//
166+// This will be used if set to a non-negative value, and if
167+// [property@Gio.ZlibCompressor:format] is
168+// [enum@Gio.ZlibCompressorFormat.GZIP], the compressor will set the OS code of
169+// the gzip header to this value.
170+//
171+// If the value is unset, zlib will set the OS code depending on the platform.
172+// This may be undesirable when reproducible output is desired. In that case setting
173+// the OS code to `3` (for Unix) is recommended.
174+func (x *ZlibCompressor) GetPropertyOs() int {
175+ var v gobject.Value
176+ x.GetProperty("os", &v)
177+ return v.GetInt()
178+}
179+
122180 // This is the main operation used when converting data. It is to be called
123181 // multiple times in a loop, and each time it will do some work, i.e.
124182 // producing some output (in @outbuf) or consuming some input (from @inbuf) or
@@ -201,7 +259,7 @@ func (c *ZlibCompressor) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
201259 // at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try
202260 // to produce as much output as possible and then return an error
203261 // (typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT).
204-func (x *ZlibCompressor) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (ConverterResult, error) {
262+func (x *ZlibCompressor) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (ConverterResult, error) {
205263 var cerr *glib.Error
206264
207265 cret := XGConverterConvert(x.GoPointer(), InbufVar, InbufSizeVar, OutbufVar, OutbufSizeVar, FlagsVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
M v4/gio/gzlibdecompressor.go +1 -1
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ func (c *ZlibDecompressor) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
166166 // at a partial multibyte sequence). Converters are supposed to try
167167 // to produce as much output as possible and then return an error
168168 // (typically %G_IO_ERROR_PARTIAL_INPUT).
169-func (x *ZlibDecompressor) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (ConverterResult, error) {
169+func (x *ZlibDecompressor) Convert(InbufVar []byte, InbufSizeVar uint, OutbufVar []byte, OutbufSizeVar uint, FlagsVar ConverterFlags, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (ConverterResult, error) {
170170 var cerr *glib.Error
171171
172172 cret := XGConverterConvert(x.GoPointer(), InbufVar, InbufSizeVar, OutbufVar, OutbufSizeVar, FlagsVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/garray.go +10 -10
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ func (x *Bytes) Equal(Bytes2Var uintptr) bool {
183183 return cret
184184 }
185185
186-var xBytesGetData func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
186+var xBytesGetData func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
187187
188188 // Get the byte data in the [struct@GLib.Bytes].
189189 //
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ var xBytesGetData func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
194194 // `NULL` may be returned if @size is 0. This is not guaranteed, as the `GBytes`
195195 // may represent an empty string with @data non-`NULL` and @size as 0. `NULL`
196196 // will not be returned if @size is non-zero.
197-func (x *Bytes) GetData(SizeVar uint) uintptr {
197+func (x *Bytes) GetData(SizeVar *uint) uintptr {
198198
199199 cret := xBytesGetData(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar)
200200 return cret
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ func (x *Bytes) UnrefToArray() uintptr {
314314 return cret
315315 }
316316
317-var xBytesUnrefToData func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
317+var xBytesUnrefToData func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
318318
319319 // Unreferences the bytes, and returns a pointer the same byte data
320320 // contents.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ var xBytesUnrefToData func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
325325 // [func@GLib.ByteArray.free_to_bytes] and the buffer was larger than the size
326326 // [struct@GLib.Bytes] may internalize within its allocation. In all other cases
327327 // the data is copied.
328-func (x *Bytes) UnrefToData(SizeVar uint) uintptr {
328+func (x *Bytes) UnrefToData(SizeVar *uint) uintptr {
329329
330330 cret := xBytesUnrefToData(x.GoPointer(), SizeVar)
331331 return cret
@@ -567,12 +567,12 @@ func ByteArraySortWithData(ArrayVar []byte, CompareFuncVar *CompareDataFunc, Use
567567
568568 }
569569
570-var xByteArraySteal func([]byte, uint) uintptr
570+var xByteArraySteal func([]byte, *uint) uintptr
571571
572572 // Frees the data in the array and resets the size to zero, while
573573 // the underlying array is preserved for use elsewhere and returned
574574 // to the caller.
575-func ByteArraySteal(ArrayVar []byte, LenVar uint) uintptr {
575+func ByteArraySteal(ArrayVar []byte, LenVar *uint) uintptr {
576576
577577 cret := xByteArraySteal(ArrayVar, LenVar)
578578 return cret
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ func ByteArrayUnref(ArrayVar []byte) {
590590
591591 }
592592
593-var xPtrArrayFind func([]uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
593+var xPtrArrayFind func([]uintptr, uintptr, *uint) bool
594594
595595 // Checks whether @needle exists in @haystack. If the element is found, true
596596 // is returned and the element’s index is returned in @index_ (if non-`NULL`).
@@ -600,13 +600,13 @@ var xPtrArrayFind func([]uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
600600 // This does pointer comparisons only. If you want to use more complex equality
601601 // checks, such as string comparisons, use
602602 // [func@GLib.PtrArray.find_with_equal_func].
603-func PtrArrayFind(HaystackVar []uintptr, NeedleVar uintptr, IndexVar uint) bool {
603+func PtrArrayFind(HaystackVar []uintptr, NeedleVar uintptr, IndexVar *uint) bool {
604604
605605 cret := xPtrArrayFind(HaystackVar, NeedleVar, IndexVar)
606606 return cret
607607 }
608608
609-var xPtrArrayFindWithEqualFunc func([]uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
609+var xPtrArrayFindWithEqualFunc func([]uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *uint) bool
610610
611611 // Checks whether @needle exists in @haystack, using the given @equal_func.
612612 // If the element is found, true is returned and the element’s index is
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ var xPtrArrayFindWithEqualFunc func([]uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uint) bool
617617 // @equal_func is called with the element from the array as its first parameter,
618618 // and @needle as its second parameter. If @equal_func is `NULL`, pointer
619619 // equality is used.
620-func PtrArrayFindWithEqualFunc(HaystackVar []uintptr, NeedleVar uintptr, EqualFuncVar *EqualFunc, IndexVar uint) bool {
620+func PtrArrayFindWithEqualFunc(HaystackVar []uintptr, NeedleVar uintptr, EqualFuncVar *EqualFunc, IndexVar *uint) bool {
621621
622622 cret := xPtrArrayFindWithEqualFunc(HaystackVar, NeedleVar, NewCallbackNullable(EqualFuncVar), IndexVar)
623623 return cret
M v4/glib/gatomic.go +4 -4
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ func AtomicIntCompareAndExchange(AtomicVar uintptr, OldvalVar int, NewvalVar int
6464 return cret
6565 }
6666
67-var xAtomicIntCompareAndExchangeFull func(uintptr, int, int, int) bool
67+var xAtomicIntCompareAndExchangeFull func(uintptr, int, int, *int) bool
6868
6969 // Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval.
7070 // If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ var xAtomicIntCompareAndExchangeFull func(uintptr, int, int, int) bool
7878 // This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier.
7979 //
8080 // See also g_atomic_int_compare_and_exchange()
81-func AtomicIntCompareAndExchangeFull(AtomicVar uintptr, OldvalVar int, NewvalVar int, PrevalVar int) bool {
81+func AtomicIntCompareAndExchangeFull(AtomicVar uintptr, OldvalVar int, NewvalVar int, PrevalVar *int) bool {
8282
8383 cret := xAtomicIntCompareAndExchangeFull(AtomicVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar, PrevalVar)
8484 return cret
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ func AtomicPointerCompareAndExchange(AtomicVar uintptr, OldvalVar uintptr, Newva
273273 return cret
274274 }
275275
276-var xAtomicPointerCompareAndExchangeFull func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
276+var xAtomicPointerCompareAndExchangeFull func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *uintptr) bool
277277
278278 // Compares @atomic to @oldval and, if equal, sets it to @newval.
279279 // If @atomic was not equal to @oldval then no change occurs.
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ var xAtomicPointerCompareAndExchangeFull func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr
287287 // This call acts as a full compiler and hardware memory barrier.
288288 //
289289 // See also g_atomic_pointer_compare_and_exchange()
290-func AtomicPointerCompareAndExchangeFull(AtomicVar uintptr, OldvalVar uintptr, NewvalVar uintptr, PrevalVar uintptr) bool {
290+func AtomicPointerCompareAndExchangeFull(AtomicVar uintptr, OldvalVar uintptr, NewvalVar uintptr, PrevalVar *uintptr) bool {
291291
292292 cret := xAtomicPointerCompareAndExchangeFull(AtomicVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar, PrevalVar)
293293 return cret
M v4/glib/gbase64.go +8 -8
@@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ import (
66 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
77 )
88
9-var xBase64Decode func(string, uint) uintptr
9+var xBase64Decode func(string, *uint) uintptr
1010
1111 // Decode a sequence of Base-64 encoded text into binary data. Note
1212 // that the returned binary data is not necessarily zero-terminated,
1313 // so it should not be used as a character string.
14-func Base64Decode(TextVar string, OutLenVar uint) uintptr {
14+func Base64Decode(TextVar string, OutLenVar *uint) uintptr {
1515
1616 cret := xBase64Decode(TextVar, OutLenVar)
1717 return cret
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ func Base64DecodeInplace(TextVar []byte, OutLenVar uint) byte {
2727 return cret
2828 }
2929
30-var xBase64DecodeStep func([]byte, uint, []byte, int, uint) uint
30+var xBase64DecodeStep func([]byte, uint, *[]byte, int, uint) uint
3131
3232 // Incrementally decode a sequence of binary data from its Base-64 stringified
3333 // representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ var xBase64DecodeStep func([]byte, uint, []byte, int, uint) uint
3737 // be written to it. Since base64 encodes 3 bytes in 4 chars you need
3838 // at least: (@len / 4) * 3 + 3 bytes (+ 3 may be needed in case of non-zero
3939 // state).
40-func Base64DecodeStep(InVar []byte, LenVar uint, OutVar []byte, StateVar int, SaveVar uint) uint {
40+func Base64DecodeStep(InVar []byte, LenVar uint, OutVar *[]byte, StateVar int, SaveVar uint) uint {
4141
4242 cret := xBase64DecodeStep(InVar, LenVar, OutVar, StateVar, SaveVar)
4343 return cret
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func Base64Encode(DataVar []byte, LenVar uint) string {
5353 return cret
5454 }
5555
56-var xBase64EncodeClose func(bool, []byte, int, int) uint
56+var xBase64EncodeClose func(bool, *[]byte, int, int) uint
5757
5858 // Flush the status from a sequence of calls to g_base64_encode_step().
5959 //
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ var xBase64EncodeClose func(bool, []byte, int, int) uint
6262 // line-breaking is enabled.
6363 //
6464 // The @out array will not be automatically nul-terminated.
65-func Base64EncodeClose(BreakLinesVar bool, OutVar []byte, StateVar int, SaveVar int) uint {
65+func Base64EncodeClose(BreakLinesVar bool, OutVar *[]byte, StateVar int, SaveVar int) uint {
6666
6767 cret := xBase64EncodeClose(BreakLinesVar, OutVar, StateVar, SaveVar)
6868 return cret
6969 }
7070
71-var xBase64EncodeStep func([]byte, uint, bool, []byte, int, int) uint
71+var xBase64EncodeStep func([]byte, uint, bool, *[]byte, int, int) uint
7272
7373 // Incrementally encode a sequence of binary data into its Base-64 stringified
7474 // representation. By calling this function multiple times you can convert
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ var xBase64EncodeStep func([]byte, uint, bool, []byte, int, int) uint
8989 // Note however that it breaks the lines with `LF` characters, not
9090 // `CR LF` sequences, so the result cannot be passed directly to SMTP
9191 // or certain other protocols.
92-func Base64EncodeStep(InVar []byte, LenVar uint, BreakLinesVar bool, OutVar []byte, StateVar int, SaveVar int) uint {
92+func Base64EncodeStep(InVar []byte, LenVar uint, BreakLinesVar bool, OutVar *[]byte, StateVar int, SaveVar int) uint {
9393
9494 cret := xBase64EncodeStep(InVar, LenVar, BreakLinesVar, OutVar, StateVar, SaveVar)
9595 return cret
M v4/glib/gbitlock.go +4 -4
@@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ func BitLock(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar int) {
2828
2929 }
3030
31-var xBitLockAndGet func(uintptr, uint, int)
31+var xBitLockAndGet func(uintptr, uint, *int)
3232
3333 // Sets the indicated @lock_bit in @address and atomically returns the new value.
3434 //
3535 // This is like [func@GLib.bit_lock], except it can atomically return the new value at
3636 // @address (right after obtaining the lock). Thus the value returned in @out_val
3737 // always has the @lock_bit set.
38-func BitLockAndGet(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar uint, OutValVar int) {
38+func BitLockAndGet(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar uint, OutValVar *int) {
3939
4040 xBitLockAndGet(AddressVar, LockBitVar, OutValVar)
4141
@@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ func PointerBitLock(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar int) {
110110
111111 }
112112
113-var xPointerBitLockAndGet func(uintptr, uint, uintptr)
113+var xPointerBitLockAndGet func(uintptr, uint, *uintptr)
114114
115115 // This is equivalent to g_bit_lock, but working on pointers (or other
116116 // pointer-sized values).
117117 //
118118 // For portability reasons, you may only lock on the bottom 32 bits of
119119 // the pointer.
120-func PointerBitLockAndGet(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar uint, OutPtrVar uintptr) {
120+func PointerBitLockAndGet(AddressVar uintptr, LockBitVar uint, OutPtrVar *uintptr) {
121121
122122 xPointerBitLockAndGet(AddressVar, LockBitVar, OutPtrVar)
123123
M v4/glib/gbookmarkfile.go +16 -16
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ func (x *BookmarkFile) GetAddedDateTime(UriVar string) (*DateTime, error) {
168168
169169 }
170170
171-var xBookmarkFileGetAppInfo func(uintptr, string, string, string, uint, int, **Error) bool
171+var xBookmarkFileGetAppInfo func(uintptr, string, string, *string, *uint, *int, **Error) bool
172172
173173 // Gets the registration information of @app_name for the bookmark for
174174 // @uri. See g_bookmark_file_set_application_info() for more information about
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ var xBookmarkFileGetAppInfo func(uintptr, string, string, string, uint, int, **E
183183 // %G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. In the event that unquoting
184184 // the command line fails, an error of the %G_SHELL_ERROR domain is
185185 // set and %FALSE is returned.
186-func (x *BookmarkFile) GetAppInfo(UriVar string, NameVar string, ExecVar string, CountVar uint, StampVar int) (bool, error) {
186+func (x *BookmarkFile) GetAppInfo(UriVar string, NameVar string, ExecVar *string, CountVar *uint, StampVar *int) (bool, error) {
187187 var cerr *Error
188188
189189 cret := xBookmarkFileGetAppInfo(x.GoPointer(), UriVar, NameVar, ExecVar, CountVar, StampVar, &cerr)
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ func (x *BookmarkFile) GetAppInfo(UriVar string, NameVar string, ExecVar string,
194194
195195 }
196196
197-var xBookmarkFileGetApplicationInfo func(uintptr, string, string, string, uint, **DateTime, **Error) bool
197+var xBookmarkFileGetApplicationInfo func(uintptr, string, string, *string, *uint, **DateTime, **Error) bool
198198
199199 // Gets the registration information of @app_name for the bookmark for
200200 // @uri. See g_bookmark_file_set_application_info() for more information about
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ var xBookmarkFileGetApplicationInfo func(uintptr, string, string, string, uint,
209209 // %G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_APP_NOT_REGISTERED. In the event that unquoting
210210 // the command line fails, an error of the %G_SHELL_ERROR domain is
211211 // set and %FALSE is returned.
212-func (x *BookmarkFile) GetApplicationInfo(UriVar string, NameVar string, ExecVar string, CountVar uint, StampVar **DateTime) (bool, error) {
212+func (x *BookmarkFile) GetApplicationInfo(UriVar string, NameVar string, ExecVar *string, CountVar *uint, StampVar **DateTime) (bool, error) {
213213 var cerr *Error
214214
215215 cret := xBookmarkFileGetApplicationInfo(x.GoPointer(), UriVar, NameVar, ExecVar, CountVar, StampVar, &cerr)
@@ -220,14 +220,14 @@ func (x *BookmarkFile) GetApplicationInfo(UriVar string, NameVar string, ExecVar
220220
221221 }
222222
223-var xBookmarkFileGetApplications func(uintptr, string, uint, **Error) []string
223+var xBookmarkFileGetApplications func(uintptr, string, *uint, **Error) []string
224224
225225 // Retrieves the names of the applications that have registered the
226226 // bookmark for @uri.
227227 //
228228 // In the event the URI cannot be found, %NULL is returned and
229229 // @error is set to %G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
230-func (x *BookmarkFile) GetApplications(UriVar string, LengthVar uint) ([]string, error) {
230+func (x *BookmarkFile) GetApplications(UriVar string, LengthVar *uint) ([]string, error) {
231231 var cerr *Error
232232
233233 cret := xBookmarkFileGetApplications(x.GoPointer(), UriVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ func (x *BookmarkFile) GetDescription(UriVar string) (string, error) {
255255
256256 }
257257
258-var xBookmarkFileGetGroups func(uintptr, string, uint, **Error) []string
258+var xBookmarkFileGetGroups func(uintptr, string, *uint, **Error) []string
259259
260260 // Retrieves the list of group names of the bookmark for @uri.
261261 //
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ var xBookmarkFileGetGroups func(uintptr, string, uint, **Error) []string
264264 //
265265 // The returned array is %NULL terminated, so @length may optionally
266266 // be %NULL.
267-func (x *BookmarkFile) GetGroups(UriVar string, LengthVar uint) ([]string, error) {
267+func (x *BookmarkFile) GetGroups(UriVar string, LengthVar *uint) ([]string, error) {
268268 var cerr *Error
269269
270270 cret := xBookmarkFileGetGroups(x.GoPointer(), UriVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ func (x *BookmarkFile) GetGroups(UriVar string, LengthVar uint) ([]string, error
275275
276276 }
277277
278-var xBookmarkFileGetIcon func(uintptr, string, string, string, **Error) bool
278+var xBookmarkFileGetIcon func(uintptr, string, *string, *string, **Error) bool
279279
280280 // Gets the icon of the bookmark for @uri.
281281 //
282282 // In the event the URI cannot be found, %FALSE is returned and
283283 // @error is set to %G_BOOKMARK_FILE_ERROR_URI_NOT_FOUND.
284-func (x *BookmarkFile) GetIcon(UriVar string, HrefVar string, MimeTypeVar string) (bool, error) {
284+func (x *BookmarkFile) GetIcon(UriVar string, HrefVar *string, MimeTypeVar *string) (bool, error) {
285285 var cerr *Error
286286
287287 cret := xBookmarkFileGetIcon(x.GoPointer(), UriVar, HrefVar, MimeTypeVar, &cerr)
@@ -392,12 +392,12 @@ func (x *BookmarkFile) GetTitle(UriVar string) (string, error) {
392392
393393 }
394394
395-var xBookmarkFileGetUris func(uintptr, uint) []string
395+var xBookmarkFileGetUris func(uintptr, *uint) []string
396396
397397 // Returns all URIs of the bookmarks in the bookmark file @bookmark.
398398 // The array of returned URIs will be %NULL-terminated, so @length may
399399 // optionally be %NULL.
400-func (x *BookmarkFile) GetUris(LengthVar uint) []string {
400+func (x *BookmarkFile) GetUris(LengthVar *uint) []string {
401401
402402 cret := xBookmarkFileGetUris(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
403403 return cret
@@ -498,14 +498,14 @@ func (x *BookmarkFile) LoadFromData(DataVar []byte, LengthVar uint) (bool, error
498498
499499 }
500500
501-var xBookmarkFileLoadFromDataDirs func(uintptr, string, string, **Error) bool
501+var xBookmarkFileLoadFromDataDirs func(uintptr, string, *string, **Error) bool
502502
503503 // This function looks for a desktop bookmark file named @file in the
504504 // paths returned from g_get_user_data_dir() and g_get_system_data_dirs(),
505505 // loads the file into @bookmark and returns the file's full path in
506506 // @full_path. If the file could not be loaded then @error is
507507 // set to either a #GFileError or #GBookmarkFileError.
508-func (x *BookmarkFile) LoadFromDataDirs(FileVar string, FullPathVar string) (bool, error) {
508+func (x *BookmarkFile) LoadFromDataDirs(FileVar string, FullPathVar *string) (bool, error) {
509509 var cerr *Error
510510
511511 cret := xBookmarkFileLoadFromDataDirs(x.GoPointer(), FileVar, FullPathVar, &cerr)
@@ -849,10 +849,10 @@ func (x *BookmarkFile) SetVisitedDateTime(UriVar string, VisitedVar *DateTime) {
849849
850850 }
851851
852-var xBookmarkFileToData func(uintptr, uint, **Error) uintptr
852+var xBookmarkFileToData func(uintptr, *uint, **Error) uintptr
853853
854854 // This function outputs @bookmark as a string.
855-func (x *BookmarkFile) ToData(LengthVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
855+func (x *BookmarkFile) ToData(LengthVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
856856 var cerr *Error
857857
858858 cret := xBookmarkFileToData(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/gcharset.go +4 -4
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ import (
66 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
77 )
88
9-var xGetCharset func(string) bool
9+var xGetCharset func(*string) bool
1010
1111 // Obtains the character set for the [current locale](running.html#locale);
1212 // you might use this character set as an argument to g_convert(), to convert
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ var xGetCharset func(string) bool
2929 //
3030 // The string returned in @charset is not allocated, and should not be
3131 // freed.
32-func GetCharset(CharsetVar string) bool {
32+func GetCharset(CharsetVar *string) bool {
3333
3434 cret := xGetCharset(CharsetVar)
3535 return cret
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ func GetCodeset() string {
4444 return cret
4545 }
4646
47-var xGetConsoleCharset func(string) bool
47+var xGetConsoleCharset func(*string) bool
4848
4949 // Obtains the character set used by the console attached to the process,
5050 // which is suitable for printing output to the terminal.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ var xGetConsoleCharset func(string) bool
6363 //
6464 // The string returned in @charset is not allocated, and should not be
6565 // freed.
66-func GetConsoleCharset(CharsetVar string) bool {
66+func GetConsoleCharset(CharsetVar *string) bool {
6767
6868 cret := xGetConsoleCharset(CharsetVar)
6969 return cret
M v4/glib/gconvert.go +18 -18
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ const (
8787 GConvertErrorEmbeddedNulValue ConvertError = 7
8888 )
8989
90-var xConvert func([]byte, int, string, string, uint, uint, **Error) uintptr
90+var xConvert func([]byte, int, string, string, *uint, *uint, **Error) uintptr
9191
9292 // Converts a string from one character set to another.
9393 //
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ var xConvert func([]byte, int, string, string, uint, uint, **Error) uintptr
103103 //
104104 // Using extensions such as "//TRANSLIT" may not work (or may not work
105105 // well) on many platforms. Consider using g_str_to_ascii() instead.
106-func Convert(StrVar []byte, LenVar int, ToCodesetVar string, FromCodesetVar string, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
106+func Convert(StrVar []byte, LenVar int, ToCodesetVar string, FromCodesetVar string, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
107107 var cerr *Error
108108
109109 cret := xConvert(StrVar, LenVar, ToCodesetVar, FromCodesetVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ func Convert(StrVar []byte, LenVar int, ToCodesetVar string, FromCodesetVar stri
114114
115115 }
116116
117-var xConvertWithFallback func([]byte, int, string, string, string, uint, uint, **Error) uintptr
117+var xConvertWithFallback func([]byte, int, string, string, string, *uint, *uint, **Error) uintptr
118118
119119 // Converts a string from one character set to another, possibly
120120 // including fallback sequences for characters not representable
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ var xConvertWithFallback func([]byte, int, string, string, string, uint, uint, *
133133 // this is the GNU C converter for CP1255 which does not emit a base
134134 // character until it knows that the next character is not a mark that
135135 // could combine with the base character.)
136-func ConvertWithFallback(StrVar []byte, LenVar int, ToCodesetVar string, FromCodesetVar string, FallbackVar string, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
136+func ConvertWithFallback(StrVar []byte, LenVar int, ToCodesetVar string, FromCodesetVar string, FallbackVar string, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
137137 var cerr *Error
138138
139139 cret := xConvertWithFallback(StrVar, LenVar, ToCodesetVar, FromCodesetVar, FallbackVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ func ConvertWithFallback(StrVar []byte, LenVar int, ToCodesetVar string, FromCod
144144
145145 }
146146
147-var xConvertWithIconv func([]byte, int, uintptr, uint, uint, **Error) uintptr
147+var xConvertWithIconv func([]byte, int, uintptr, *uint, *uint, **Error) uintptr
148148
149149 // Converts a string from one character set to another.
150150 //
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ var xConvertWithIconv func([]byte, int, uintptr, uint, uint, **Error) uintptr
165165 // this is the same error code as is returned for an invalid byte sequence in
166166 // the input character set. To get defined behaviour for conversion of
167167 // unrepresentable characters, use g_convert_with_fallback().
168-func ConvertWithIconv(StrVar []byte, LenVar int, ConverterVar uintptr, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
168+func ConvertWithIconv(StrVar []byte, LenVar int, ConverterVar uintptr, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
169169 var cerr *Error
170170
171171 cret := xConvertWithIconv(StrVar, LenVar, ConverterVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ func FilenameDisplayName(FilenameVar string) string {
223223 return cret
224224 }
225225
226-var xFilenameFromUri func(string, string, **Error) string
226+var xFilenameFromUri func(string, *string, **Error) string
227227
228228 // Converts an escaped ASCII-encoded URI to a local filename in the
229229 // encoding used for filenames.
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ var xFilenameFromUri func(string, string, **Error) string
232232 // but are not part of the resulting filename.
233233 // We take inspiration from https://url.spec.whatwg.org/#file-state,
234234 // but we don't support the entire standard.
235-func FilenameFromUri(UriVar string, HostnameVar string) (string, error) {
235+func FilenameFromUri(UriVar string, HostnameVar *string) (string, error) {
236236 var cerr *Error
237237
238238 cret := xFilenameFromUri(UriVar, HostnameVar, &cerr)
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ func FilenameFromUri(UriVar string, HostnameVar string) (string, error) {
243243
244244 }
245245
246-var xFilenameFromUtf8 func(string, int, uint, uint, **Error) string
246+var xFilenameFromUtf8 func(string, int, *uint, *uint, **Error) string
247247
248248 // Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding GLib uses for
249249 // filenames. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8 for filenames;
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ var xFilenameFromUtf8 func(string, int, uint, uint, **Error) string
255255 // in error %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE. If the filename encoding is
256256 // not UTF-8 and the conversion output contains a nul character, the error
257257 // %G_CONVERT_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NUL is set and the function returns %NULL.
258-func FilenameFromUtf8(Utf8stringVar string, LenVar int, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (string, error) {
258+func FilenameFromUtf8(Utf8stringVar string, LenVar int, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (string, error) {
259259 var cerr *Error
260260
261261 cret := xFilenameFromUtf8(Utf8stringVar, LenVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ func FilenameToUri(FilenameVar string, HostnameVar string) (string, error) {
281281
282282 }
283283
284-var xFilenameToUtf8 func(string, int, uint, uint, **Error) string
284+var xFilenameToUtf8 func(string, int, *uint, *uint, **Error) string
285285
286286 // Converts a string which is in the encoding used by GLib for
287287 // filenames into a UTF-8 string. Note that on Windows GLib uses UTF-8
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ var xFilenameToUtf8 func(string, int, uint, uint, **Error) string
295295 // nul character, the error %G_CONVERT_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NUL is set and the
296296 // function returns %NULL. Use g_convert() to produce output that
297297 // may contain embedded nul characters.
298-func FilenameToUtf8(OpsysstringVar string, LenVar int, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (string, error) {
298+func FilenameToUtf8(OpsysstringVar string, LenVar int, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (string, error) {
299299 var cerr *Error
300300
301301 cret := xFilenameToUtf8(OpsysstringVar, LenVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ func FilenameToUtf8(OpsysstringVar string, LenVar int, BytesReadVar uint, BytesW
306306
307307 }
308308
309-var xGetFilenameCharsets func([]string) bool
309+var xGetFilenameCharsets func(*[]string) bool
310310
311311 // Determines the preferred character sets used for filenames.
312312 // The first character set from the @charsets is the filename encoding, the
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ var xGetFilenameCharsets func([]string) bool
332332 // Note that on Unix, regardless of the locale character set or
333333 // `G_FILENAME_ENCODING` value, the actual file names present
334334 // on a system might be in any random encoding or just gibberish.
335-func GetFilenameCharsets(FilenameCharsetsVar []string) bool {
335+func GetFilenameCharsets(FilenameCharsetsVar *[]string) bool {
336336
337337 cret := xGetFilenameCharsets(FilenameCharsetsVar)
338338 return cret
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ func IconvOpen(ToCodesetVar string, FromCodesetVar string) uintptr {
376376 return cret
377377 }
378378
379-var xLocaleFromUtf8 func(string, int, uint, uint, **Error) uintptr
379+var xLocaleFromUtf8 func(string, int, *uint, *uint, **Error) uintptr
380380
381381 // Converts a string from UTF-8 to the encoding used for strings by
382382 // the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ var xLocaleFromUtf8 func(string, int, uint, uint, **Error) uintptr
387387 // argument is positive. A nul character found inside the string will result
388388 // in error %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE. Use g_convert() to convert
389389 // input that may contain embedded nul characters.
390-func LocaleFromUtf8(Utf8stringVar string, LenVar int, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
390+func LocaleFromUtf8(Utf8stringVar string, LenVar int, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
391391 var cerr *Error
392392
393393 cret := xLocaleFromUtf8(Utf8stringVar, LenVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ func LocaleFromUtf8(Utf8stringVar string, LenVar int, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWr
398398
399399 }
400400
401-var xLocaleToUtf8 func([]byte, int, uint, uint, **Error) string
401+var xLocaleToUtf8 func([]byte, int, *uint, *uint, **Error) string
402402
403403 // Converts a string which is in the encoding used for strings by
404404 // the C runtime (usually the same as that used by the operating
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ var xLocaleToUtf8 func([]byte, int, uint, uint, **Error) string
411411 // the %G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE error for backward compatibility with
412412 // earlier versions of this library. Use g_convert() to produce output that
413413 // may contain embedded nul characters.
414-func LocaleToUtf8(OpsysstringVar []byte, LenVar int, BytesReadVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) (string, error) {
414+func LocaleToUtf8(OpsysstringVar []byte, LenVar int, BytesReadVar *uint, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (string, error) {
415415 var cerr *Error
416416
417417 cret := xLocaleToUtf8(OpsysstringVar, LenVar, BytesReadVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/gdataset.go +2 -2
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ func DatalistIdRemoveNoNotify(DatalistVar **Data, KeyIdVar Quark) uintptr {
142142 return cret
143143 }
144144
145-var xDatalistIdReplaceData func(**Data, Quark, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
145+var xDatalistIdReplaceData func(**Data, Quark, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *DestroyNotify) bool
146146
147147 // Compares the member that is associated with @key_id in
148148 // @datalist to @oldval, and if they are the same, replace
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ var xDatalistIdReplaceData func(**Data, Quark, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintpt
159159 // should not destroy the object in the normal way.
160160 func DatalistIdReplaceData(DatalistVar **Data, KeyIdVar Quark, OldvalVar uintptr, NewvalVar uintptr, DestroyVar *DestroyNotify, OldDestroyVar *DestroyNotify) bool {
161161
162- cret := xDatalistIdReplaceData(DatalistVar, KeyIdVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar, NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), NewCallback(OldDestroyVar))
162+ cret := xDatalistIdReplaceData(DatalistVar, KeyIdVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar, NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), OldDestroyVar)
163163 return cret
164164 }
165165
M v4/glib/gdatetime.go +2 -2
@@ -787,10 +787,10 @@ func (x *DateTime) GetYear() int {
787787 return cret
788788 }
789789
790-var xDateTimeGetYmd func(uintptr, int, int, int)
790+var xDateTimeGetYmd func(uintptr, *int, *int, *int)
791791
792792 // Retrieves the Gregorian day, month, and year of a given #GDateTime.
793-func (x *DateTime) GetYmd(YearVar int, MonthVar int, DayVar int) {
793+func (x *DateTime) GetYmd(YearVar *int, MonthVar *int, DayVar *int) {
794794
795795 xDateTimeGetYmd(x.GoPointer(), YearVar, MonthVar, DayVar)
796796
M v4/glib/gfileutils.go +4 -4
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ func FileErrorFromErrno(ErrNoVar int) FileError {
345345 return cret
346346 }
347347
348-var xFileGetContents func(string, []byte, uint, **Error) bool
348+var xFileGetContents func(string, *[]byte, *uint, **Error) bool
349349
350350 // Reads an entire file into allocated memory, with good error
351351 // checking.
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ var xFileGetContents func(string, []byte, uint, **Error) bool
357357 // %FALSE and sets @error. The error domain is %G_FILE_ERROR. Possible error
358358 // codes are those in the #GFileError enumeration. In the error case,
359359 // @contents is set to %NULL and @length is set to zero.
360-func FileGetContents(FilenameVar string, ContentsVar []byte, LengthVar uint) (bool, error) {
360+func FileGetContents(FilenameVar string, ContentsVar *[]byte, LengthVar *uint) (bool, error) {
361361 var cerr *Error
362362
363363 cret := xFileGetContents(FilenameVar, ContentsVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ func FileGetContents(FilenameVar string, ContentsVar []byte, LengthVar uint) (bo
368368
369369 }
370370
371-var xFileOpenTmp func(string, string, **Error) int
371+var xFileOpenTmp func(string, *string, **Error) int
372372
373373 // Opens a file for writing in the preferred directory for temporary
374374 // files (as returned by g_get_tmp_dir()).
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ var xFileOpenTmp func(string, string, **Error) int
386386 // is returned in @name_used. This string should be freed with g_free()
387387 // when not needed any longer. The returned name is in the GLib file
388388 // name encoding.
389-func FileOpenTmp(TmplVar string, NameUsedVar string) (int, error) {
389+func FileOpenTmp(TmplVar string, NameUsedVar *string) (int, error) {
390390 var cerr *Error
391391
392392 cret := xFileOpenTmp(TmplVar, NameUsedVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/ghash.go +6 -6
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ func (x *HashTableIter) Init(HashTableVar *HashTable) {
102102
103103 }
104104
105-var xHashTableIterNext func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
105+var xHashTableIterNext func(uintptr, *uintptr, *uintptr) bool
106106
107107 // Advances @iter and retrieves the key and/or value that are now
108108 // pointed to as a result of this advancement. If %FALSE is returned,
109109 // @key and @value are not set, and the iterator becomes invalid.
110-func (x *HashTableIter) Next(KeyVar uintptr, ValueVar uintptr) bool {
110+func (x *HashTableIter) Next(KeyVar *uintptr, ValueVar *uintptr) bool {
111111
112112 cret := xHashTableIterNext(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar, ValueVar)
113113 return cret
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ func HashTableLookup(HashTableVar *HashTable, KeyVar uintptr) uintptr {
405405 return cret
406406 }
407407
408-var xHashTableLookupExtended func(*HashTable, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
408+var xHashTableLookupExtended func(*HashTable, uintptr, *uintptr, *uintptr) bool
409409
410410 // Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, returning the original key and the
411411 // associated value and a #gboolean which is %TRUE if the key was found. This
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ var xHashTableLookupExtended func(*HashTable, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
415415 // You can actually pass %NULL for @lookup_key to test
416416 // whether the %NULL key exists, provided the hash and equal functions
417417 // of @hash_table are %NULL-safe.
418-func HashTableLookupExtended(HashTableVar *HashTable, LookupKeyVar uintptr, OrigKeyVar uintptr, ValueVar uintptr) bool {
418+func HashTableLookupExtended(HashTableVar *HashTable, LookupKeyVar uintptr, OrigKeyVar *uintptr, ValueVar *uintptr) bool {
419419
420420 cret := xHashTableLookupExtended(HashTableVar, LookupKeyVar, OrigKeyVar, ValueVar)
421421 return cret
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ func HashTableStealAllValues(HashTableVar *HashTable) uintptr {
547547 return cret
548548 }
549549
550-var xHashTableStealExtended func(*HashTable, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
550+var xHashTableStealExtended func(*HashTable, uintptr, *uintptr, *uintptr) bool
551551
552552 // Looks up a key in the #GHashTable, stealing the original key and the
553553 // associated value and returning %TRUE if the key was found. If the key was
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ var xHashTableStealExtended func(*HashTable, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
566566 // their keys, for example by using g_hash_table_add(). Before 2.82, when
567567 // stealing both the key and the value from such a dictionary, the value was
568568 // %NULL. Since 2.82, the returned value and key will be the same.
569-func HashTableStealExtended(HashTableVar *HashTable, LookupKeyVar uintptr, StolenKeyVar uintptr, StolenValueVar uintptr) bool {
569+func HashTableStealExtended(HashTableVar *HashTable, LookupKeyVar uintptr, StolenKeyVar *uintptr, StolenValueVar *uintptr) bool {
570570
571571 cret := xHashTableStealExtended(HashTableVar, LookupKeyVar, StolenKeyVar, StolenValueVar)
572572 return cret
M v4/glib/giochannel.go +28 -28
@@ -247,13 +247,13 @@ func (x *IOChannel) GetFlags() IOFlags {
247247 return cret
248248 }
249249
250-var xIOChannelGetLineTerm func(uintptr, int) string
250+var xIOChannelGetLineTerm func(uintptr, *int) string
251251
252252 // This returns the string that #GIOChannel uses to determine
253253 // where in the file a line break occurs. A value of %NULL
254254 // indicates autodetection. Since 2.84, the return value is always
255255 // nul-terminated.
256-func (x *IOChannel) GetLineTerm(LengthVar int) string {
256+func (x *IOChannel) GetLineTerm(LengthVar *int) string {
257257
258258 cret := xIOChannelGetLineTerm(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
259259 return cret
@@ -281,10 +281,10 @@ func (x *IOChannel) Read(BufVar string, CountVar uint, BytesReadVar uint) IOErro
281281 return cret
282282 }
283283
284-var xIOChannelReadChars func(uintptr, []byte, uint, uint, **Error) IOStatus
284+var xIOChannelReadChars func(uintptr, *[]byte, uint, *uint, **Error) IOStatus
285285
286286 // Replacement for g_io_channel_read() with the new API.
287-func (x *IOChannel) ReadChars(BufVar []byte, CountVar uint, BytesReadVar uint) (IOStatus, error) {
287+func (x *IOChannel) ReadChars(BufVar *[]byte, CountVar uint, BytesReadVar *uint) (IOStatus, error) {
288288 var cerr *Error
289289
290290 cret := xIOChannelReadChars(x.GoPointer(), BufVar, CountVar, BytesReadVar, &cerr)
@@ -295,13 +295,13 @@ func (x *IOChannel) ReadChars(BufVar []byte, CountVar uint, BytesReadVar uint) (
295295
296296 }
297297
298-var xIOChannelReadLine func(uintptr, string, uint, uint, **Error) IOStatus
298+var xIOChannelReadLine func(uintptr, *string, *uint, *uint, **Error) IOStatus
299299
300300 // Reads a line, including the terminating character(s),
301301 // from a #GIOChannel into a newly-allocated string.
302302 // @str_return will contain allocated memory if the return
303303 // is %G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL.
304-func (x *IOChannel) ReadLine(StrReturnVar string, LengthVar uint, TerminatorPosVar uint) (IOStatus, error) {
304+func (x *IOChannel) ReadLine(StrReturnVar *string, LengthVar *uint, TerminatorPosVar *uint) (IOStatus, error) {
305305 var cerr *Error
306306
307307 cret := xIOChannelReadLine(x.GoPointer(), StrReturnVar, LengthVar, TerminatorPosVar, &cerr)
@@ -326,10 +326,10 @@ func (x *IOChannel) ReadLineString(BufferVar *String, TerminatorPosVar uint) (IO
326326
327327 }
328328
329-var xIOChannelReadToEnd func(uintptr, []byte, uint, **Error) IOStatus
329+var xIOChannelReadToEnd func(uintptr, *[]byte, *uint, **Error) IOStatus
330330
331331 // Reads all the remaining data from the file.
332-func (x *IOChannel) ReadToEnd(StrReturnVar []byte, LengthVar uint) (IOStatus, error) {
332+func (x *IOChannel) ReadToEnd(StrReturnVar *[]byte, LengthVar *uint) (IOStatus, error) {
333333 var cerr *Error
334334
335335 cret := xIOChannelReadToEnd(x.GoPointer(), StrReturnVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -340,11 +340,11 @@ func (x *IOChannel) ReadToEnd(StrReturnVar []byte, LengthVar uint) (IOStatus, er
340340
341341 }
342342
343-var xIOChannelReadUnichar func(uintptr, uint32, **Error) IOStatus
343+var xIOChannelReadUnichar func(uintptr, *uint32, **Error) IOStatus
344344
345345 // Reads a Unicode character from @channel.
346346 // This function cannot be called on a channel with %NULL encoding.
347-func (x *IOChannel) ReadUnichar(ThecharVar uint32) (IOStatus, error) {
347+func (x *IOChannel) ReadUnichar(ThecharVar *uint32) (IOStatus, error) {
348348 var cerr *Error
349349
350350 cret := xIOChannelReadUnichar(x.GoPointer(), ThecharVar, &cerr)
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ func (x *IOChannel) Write(BufVar string, CountVar uint, BytesWrittenVar uint) IO
555555 return cret
556556 }
557557
558-var xIOChannelWriteChars func(uintptr, []byte, int, uint, **Error) IOStatus
558+var xIOChannelWriteChars func(uintptr, []byte, int, *uint, **Error) IOStatus
559559
560560 // Replacement for g_io_channel_write() with the new API.
561561 //
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ var xIOChannelWriteChars func(uintptr, []byte, int, uint, **Error) IOStatus
563563 // mixing of reading and writing is not allowed. A call to g_io_channel_write_chars ()
564564 // may only be made on a channel from which data has been read in the
565565 // cases described in the documentation for g_io_channel_set_encoding ().
566-func (x *IOChannel) WriteChars(BufVar []byte, CountVar int, BytesWrittenVar uint) (IOStatus, error) {
566+func (x *IOChannel) WriteChars(BufVar []byte, CountVar int, BytesWrittenVar *uint) (IOStatus, error) {
567567 var cerr *Error
568568
569569 cret := xIOChannelWriteChars(x.GoPointer(), BufVar, CountVar, BytesWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) GoPointer() uintptr {
615615 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
616616 }
617617
618-// OverrideIoRead sets the callback function.
618+// OverrideIoRead sets the "io_read" callback function.
619619 // reads raw bytes from the channel. This is called from
620620 //
621621 // various functions such as g_io_channel_read_chars() to
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) OverrideIoRead(cb func(*IOChannel, string, uint, uint) IOStatu
631631 }
632632 }
633633
634-// GetIoRead gets the callback function.
634+// GetIoRead gets the "io_read" callback function.
635635 // reads raw bytes from the channel. This is called from
636636 //
637637 // various functions such as g_io_channel_read_chars() to
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) GetIoRead() func(*IOChannel, string, uint, uint) IOStatus {
648648 }
649649 }
650650
651-// OverrideIoWrite sets the callback function.
651+// OverrideIoWrite sets the "io_write" callback function.
652652 // writes raw bytes to the channel. This is called from
653653 //
654654 // various functions such as g_io_channel_write_chars() to
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) OverrideIoWrite(cb func(*IOChannel, string, uint, uint) IOStat
664664 }
665665 }
666666
667-// GetIoWrite gets the callback function.
667+// GetIoWrite gets the "io_write" callback function.
668668 // writes raw bytes to the channel. This is called from
669669 //
670670 // various functions such as g_io_channel_write_chars() to
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) GetIoWrite() func(*IOChannel, string, uint, uint) IOStatus {
681681 }
682682 }
683683
684-// OverrideIoSeek sets the callback function.
684+// OverrideIoSeek sets the "io_seek" callback function.
685685 // seeks the channel. This is called from
686686 //
687687 // g_io_channel_seek() on channels that support it.
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) OverrideIoSeek(cb func(*IOChannel, int64, SeekType) IOStatus)
695695 }
696696 }
697697
698-// GetIoSeek gets the callback function.
698+// GetIoSeek gets the "io_seek" callback function.
699699 // seeks the channel. This is called from
700700 //
701701 // g_io_channel_seek() on channels that support it.
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) GetIoSeek() func(*IOChannel, int64, SeekType) IOStatus {
710710 }
711711 }
712712
713-// OverrideIoClose sets the callback function.
713+// OverrideIoClose sets the "io_close" callback function.
714714 // closes the channel. This is called from
715715 //
716716 // g_io_channel_close() after flushing the buffers.
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) OverrideIoClose(cb func(*IOChannel) IOStatus) {
724724 }
725725 }
726726
727-// GetIoClose gets the callback function.
727+// GetIoClose gets the "io_close" callback function.
728728 // closes the channel. This is called from
729729 //
730730 // g_io_channel_close() after flushing the buffers.
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) GetIoClose() func(*IOChannel) IOStatus {
739739 }
740740 }
741741
742-// OverrideIoCreateWatch sets the callback function.
742+// OverrideIoCreateWatch sets the "io_create_watch" callback function.
743743 // creates a watch on the channel. This call
744744 //
745745 // corresponds directly to g_io_create_watch().
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) OverrideIoCreateWatch(cb func(*IOChannel, IOCondition) *Source
753753 }
754754 }
755755
756-// GetIoCreateWatch gets the callback function.
756+// GetIoCreateWatch gets the "io_create_watch" callback function.
757757 // creates a watch on the channel. This call
758758 //
759759 // corresponds directly to g_io_create_watch().
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) GetIoCreateWatch() func(*IOChannel, IOCondition) *Source {
768768 }
769769 }
770770
771-// OverrideIoFree sets the callback function.
771+// OverrideIoFree sets the "io_free" callback function.
772772 // called from g_io_channel_unref() when the channel needs to
773773 //
774774 // be freed. This function must free the memory associated
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) OverrideIoFree(cb func(*IOChannel)) {
786786 }
787787 }
788788
789-// GetIoFree gets the callback function.
789+// GetIoFree gets the "io_free" callback function.
790790 // called from g_io_channel_unref() when the channel needs to
791791 //
792792 // be freed. This function must free the memory associated
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) GetIoFree() func(*IOChannel) {
805805 }
806806 }
807807
808-// OverrideIoSetFlags sets the callback function.
808+// OverrideIoSetFlags sets the "io_set_flags" callback function.
809809 // sets the #GIOFlags on the channel. This is called
810810 //
811811 // from g_io_channel_set_flags() with all flags except
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) OverrideIoSetFlags(cb func(*IOChannel, IOFlags) IOStatus) {
821821 }
822822 }
823823
824-// GetIoSetFlags gets the callback function.
824+// GetIoSetFlags gets the "io_set_flags" callback function.
825825 // sets the #GIOFlags on the channel. This is called
826826 //
827827 // from g_io_channel_set_flags() with all flags except
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) GetIoSetFlags() func(*IOChannel, IOFlags) IOStatus {
838838 }
839839 }
840840
841-// OverrideIoGetFlags sets the callback function.
841+// OverrideIoGetFlags sets the "io_get_flags" callback function.
842842 // gets the #GIOFlags for the channel. This function
843843 //
844844 // need only return the %G_IO_FLAG_APPEND and
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ func (x *IOFuncs) OverrideIoGetFlags(cb func(*IOChannel) IOFlags) {
854854 }
855855 }
856856
857-// GetIoGetFlags gets the callback function.
857+// GetIoGetFlags gets the "io_get_flags" callback function.
858858 // gets the #GIOFlags for the channel. This function
859859 //
860860 // need only return the %G_IO_FLAG_APPEND and
M v4/glib/gkeyfile.go +20 -20
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ func (x *KeyFile) GetBoolean(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string) (bool, error) {
211211
212212 }
213213
214-var xKeyFileGetBooleanList func(uintptr, string, string, uint, **Error) uintptr
214+var xKeyFileGetBooleanList func(uintptr, string, string, *uint, **Error) uintptr
215215
216216 // Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as
217217 // booleans.
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ var xKeyFileGetBooleanList func(uintptr, string, string, uint, **Error) uintptr
219219 // If @key cannot be found then [error@GLib.KeyFileError.KEY_NOT_FOUND] is
220220 // returned. Likewise, if the values associated with @key cannot be interpreted
221221 // as booleans then [error@GLib.KeyFileError.INVALID_VALUE] is returned.
222-func (x *KeyFile) GetBooleanList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
222+func (x *KeyFile) GetBooleanList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
223223 var cerr *Error
224224
225225 cret := xKeyFileGetBooleanList(x.GoPointer(), GroupNameVar, KeyVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ func (x *KeyFile) GetDouble(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string) (float64, error)
270270
271271 }
272272
273-var xKeyFileGetDoubleList func(uintptr, string, string, uint, **Error) uintptr
273+var xKeyFileGetDoubleList func(uintptr, string, string, *uint, **Error) uintptr
274274
275275 // Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as
276276 // doubles.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ var xKeyFileGetDoubleList func(uintptr, string, string, uint, **Error) uintptr
278278 // If @key cannot be found then [error@GLib.KeyFileError.KEY_NOT_FOUND] is
279279 // returned. Likewise, if the values associated with @key cannot be interpreted
280280 // as doubles then [error@GLib.KeyFileError.INVALID_VALUE] is returned.
281-func (x *KeyFile) GetDoubleList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
281+func (x *KeyFile) GetDoubleList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
282282 var cerr *Error
283283
284284 cret := xKeyFileGetDoubleList(x.GoPointer(), GroupNameVar, KeyVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -289,13 +289,13 @@ func (x *KeyFile) GetDoubleList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar ui
289289
290290 }
291291
292-var xKeyFileGetGroups func(uintptr, uint) []string
292+var xKeyFileGetGroups func(uintptr, *uint) []string
293293
294294 // Returns all groups in the key file loaded with @key_file.
295295 //
296296 // The array of returned groups will be `NULL`-terminated, so
297297 // @length may optionally be `NULL`.
298-func (x *KeyFile) GetGroups(LengthVar uint) []string {
298+func (x *KeyFile) GetGroups(LengthVar *uint) []string {
299299
300300 cret := xKeyFileGetGroups(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
301301 return cret
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ func (x *KeyFile) GetInteger(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string) (int, error) {
339339
340340 }
341341
342-var xKeyFileGetIntegerList func(uintptr, string, string, uint, **Error) uintptr
342+var xKeyFileGetIntegerList func(uintptr, string, string, *uint, **Error) uintptr
343343
344344 // Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name as
345345 // integers.
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ var xKeyFileGetIntegerList func(uintptr, string, string, uint, **Error) uintptr
348348 // returned. Likewise, if the values associated with @key cannot be interpreted
349349 // as integers, or are out of range for `gint`, then
350350 // [error@GLib.KeyFileError.INVALID_VALUE] is returned.
351-func (x *KeyFile) GetIntegerList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar uint) (uintptr, error) {
351+func (x *KeyFile) GetIntegerList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar *uint) (uintptr, error) {
352352 var cerr *Error
353353
354354 cret := xKeyFileGetIntegerList(x.GoPointer(), GroupNameVar, KeyVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -359,14 +359,14 @@ func (x *KeyFile) GetIntegerList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar u
359359
360360 }
361361
362-var xKeyFileGetKeys func(uintptr, string, uint, **Error) []string
362+var xKeyFileGetKeys func(uintptr, string, *uint, **Error) []string
363363
364364 // Returns all keys for the group name @group_name.
365365 //
366366 // The array of returned keys will be `NULL`-terminated, so @length may
367367 // optionally be `NULL`. If the @group_name cannot be found,
368368 // [error@GLib.KeyFileError.GROUP_NOT_FOUND] is returned.
369-func (x *KeyFile) GetKeys(GroupNameVar string, LengthVar uint) ([]string, error) {
369+func (x *KeyFile) GetKeys(GroupNameVar string, LengthVar *uint) ([]string, error) {
370370 var cerr *Error
371371
372372 cret := xKeyFileGetKeys(x.GoPointer(), GroupNameVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ func (x *KeyFile) GetLocaleString(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LocaleVar
423423
424424 }
425425
426-var xKeyFileGetLocaleStringList func(uintptr, string, string, string, uint, **Error) []string
426+var xKeyFileGetLocaleStringList func(uintptr, string, string, string, *uint, **Error) []string
427427
428428 // Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name
429429 // translated in the given @locale if available.
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ var xKeyFileGetLocaleStringList func(uintptr, string, string, string, uint, **Er
443443 // can be found then the untranslated values are returned. The
444444 // returned array is `NULL`-terminated, so @length may optionally
445445 // be `NULL`.
446-func (x *KeyFile) GetLocaleStringList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LocaleVar string, LengthVar uint) ([]string, error) {
446+func (x *KeyFile) GetLocaleStringList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LocaleVar string, LengthVar *uint) ([]string, error) {
447447 var cerr *Error
448448
449449 cret := xKeyFileGetLocaleStringList(x.GoPointer(), GroupNameVar, KeyVar, LocaleVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -484,14 +484,14 @@ func (x *KeyFile) GetString(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string) (string, error)
484484
485485 }
486486
487-var xKeyFileGetStringList func(uintptr, string, string, uint, **Error) []string
487+var xKeyFileGetStringList func(uintptr, string, string, *uint, **Error) []string
488488
489489 // Returns the values associated with @key under @group_name.
490490 //
491491 // If the key cannot be found, [error@GLib.KeyFileError.KEY_NOT_FOUND] is
492492 // returned. If the @group_name cannot be found,
493493 // [error@GLib.KeyFileError.GROUP_NOT_FOUND] is returned.
494-func (x *KeyFile) GetStringList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar uint) ([]string, error) {
494+func (x *KeyFile) GetStringList(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, LengthVar *uint) ([]string, error) {
495495 var cerr *Error
496496
497497 cret := xKeyFileGetStringList(x.GoPointer(), GroupNameVar, KeyVar, LengthVar, &cerr)
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ func (x *KeyFile) LoadFromData(DataVar string, LengthVar uint, FlagsVar KeyFileF
606606
607607 }
608608
609-var xKeyFileLoadFromDataDirs func(uintptr, string, string, KeyFileFlags, **Error) bool
609+var xKeyFileLoadFromDataDirs func(uintptr, string, *string, KeyFileFlags, **Error) bool
610610
611611 // Looks for a key file named @file in the paths returned from
612612 // [func@GLib.get_user_data_dir] and [func@GLib.get_system_data_dirs].
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ var xKeyFileLoadFromDataDirs func(uintptr, string, string, KeyFileFlags, **Error
617617 //
618618 // If the file could not be loaded then either a [error@GLib.FileError] or
619619 // [error@GLib.KeyFileError] is returned.
620-func (x *KeyFile) LoadFromDataDirs(FileVar string, FullPathVar string, FlagsVar KeyFileFlags) (bool, error) {
620+func (x *KeyFile) LoadFromDataDirs(FileVar string, FullPathVar *string, FlagsVar KeyFileFlags) (bool, error) {
621621 var cerr *Error
622622
623623 cret := xKeyFileLoadFromDataDirs(x.GoPointer(), FileVar, FullPathVar, FlagsVar, &cerr)
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ func (x *KeyFile) LoadFromDataDirs(FileVar string, FullPathVar string, FlagsVar
628628
629629 }
630630
631-var xKeyFileLoadFromDirs func(uintptr, string, []string, string, KeyFileFlags, **Error) bool
631+var xKeyFileLoadFromDirs func(uintptr, string, []string, *string, KeyFileFlags, **Error) bool
632632
633633 // Looks for a key file named @file in the paths specified in @search_dirs,
634634 // loads the file into @key_file and returns the file’s full path in @full_path.
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ var xKeyFileLoadFromDirs func(uintptr, string, []string, string, KeyFileFlags, *
645645 // the file is found but the OS returns an error when opening or reading the
646646 // file, a [error@GLib.FileError] is returned. If there is a problem parsing the
647647 // file, a [error@GLib.KeyFileError] is returned.
648-func (x *KeyFile) LoadFromDirs(FileVar string, SearchDirsVar []string, FullPathVar string, FlagsVar KeyFileFlags) (bool, error) {
648+func (x *KeyFile) LoadFromDirs(FileVar string, SearchDirsVar []string, FullPathVar *string, FlagsVar KeyFileFlags) (bool, error) {
649649 var cerr *Error
650650
651651 cret := xKeyFileLoadFromDirs(x.GoPointer(), FileVar, SearchDirsVar, FullPathVar, FlagsVar, &cerr)
@@ -949,12 +949,12 @@ func (x *KeyFile) SetValue(GroupNameVar string, KeyVar string, ValueVar string)
949949
950950 }
951951
952-var xKeyFileToData func(uintptr, uint, **Error) string
952+var xKeyFileToData func(uintptr, *uint, **Error) string
953953
954954 // Outputs @key_file as a string.
955955 //
956956 // Note that this function never reports an error.
957-func (x *KeyFile) ToData(LengthVar uint) (string, error) {
957+func (x *KeyFile) ToData(LengthVar *uint) (string, error) {
958958 var cerr *Error
959959
960960 cret := xKeyFileToData(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/gmain.go +11 -11
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ type SourceFuncsFinalizeFunc func(*Source)
8888 //
8989 // Since 2.36 this may be `NULL`, in which case the effect is as if the
9090 // function always returns `FALSE` with a timeout of `-1`.
91-type SourceFuncsPrepareFunc func(*Source, int) bool
91+type SourceFuncsPrepareFunc func(*Source, *int) bool
9292
9393 // A source function that is only called once before being removed from the main
9494 // context automatically.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ func (x *MainContext) PopThreadDefault() {
355355
356356 }
357357
358-var xMainContextPrepare func(uintptr, int) bool
358+var xMainContextPrepare func(uintptr, *int) bool
359359
360360 // Prepares to poll sources within a main loop.
361361 //
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ var xMainContextPrepare func(uintptr, int) bool
364364 //
365365 // You must have successfully acquired the context with
366366 // [method@GLib.MainContext.acquire] before you may call this function.
367-func (x *MainContext) Prepare(PriorityVar int) bool {
367+func (x *MainContext) Prepare(PriorityVar *int) bool {
368368
369369 cret := xMainContextPrepare(x.GoPointer(), PriorityVar)
370370 return cret
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ func (x *MainContext) PusherNew() *MainContextPusher {
465465 return cret
466466 }
467467
468-var xMainContextQuery func(uintptr, int, int, []PollFD, int) int
468+var xMainContextQuery func(uintptr, int, *int, *[]PollFD, int) int
469469
470470 // Determines information necessary to poll this main loop.
471471 //
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ var xMainContextQuery func(uintptr, int, int, []PollFD, int) int
476476 //
477477 // You must have successfully acquired the context with
478478 // [method@GLib.MainContext.acquire] before you may call this function.
479-func (x *MainContext) Query(MaxPriorityVar int, TimeoutVar int, FdsVar []PollFD, NFdsVar int) int {
479+func (x *MainContext) Query(MaxPriorityVar int, TimeoutVar *int, FdsVar *[]PollFD, NFdsVar int) int {
480480
481481 cret := xMainContextQuery(x.GoPointer(), MaxPriorityVar, TimeoutVar, FdsVar, NFdsVar)
482482 return cret
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) GoPointer() uintptr {
13901390 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
13911391 }
13921392
1393-// OverrideRef sets the callback function.
1393+// OverrideRef sets the "ref" callback function.
13941394 // Called when a reference is added to the callback object
13951395 func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) OverrideRef(cb func(uintptr)) {
13961396 if cb == nil {
@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) OverrideRef(cb func(uintptr)) {
14021402 }
14031403 }
14041404
1405-// GetRef gets the callback function.
1405+// GetRef gets the "ref" callback function.
14061406 // Called when a reference is added to the callback object
14071407 func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) GetRef() func(uintptr) {
14081408 if x.xRef == 0 {
@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) GetRef() func(uintptr) {
14151415 }
14161416 }
14171417
1418-// OverrideUnref sets the callback function.
1418+// OverrideUnref sets the "unref" callback function.
14191419 // Called when a reference to the callback object is dropped
14201420 func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) OverrideUnref(cb func(uintptr)) {
14211421 if cb == nil {
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) OverrideUnref(cb func(uintptr)) {
14271427 }
14281428 }
14291429
1430-// GetUnref gets the callback function.
1430+// GetUnref gets the "unref" callback function.
14311431 // Called when a reference to the callback object is dropped
14321432 func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) GetUnref() func(uintptr) {
14331433 if x.xUnref == 0 {
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) GetUnref() func(uintptr) {
14401440 }
14411441 }
14421442
1443-// OverrideGet sets the callback function.
1443+// OverrideGet sets the "get" callback function.
14441444 // Called to extract the callback function and data from the
14451445 //
14461446 // callback object.
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ func (x *SourceCallbackFuncs) OverrideGet(cb func(uintptr, *Source, *SourceFunc,
14541454 }
14551455 }
14561456
1457-// GetGet gets the callback function.
1457+// GetGet gets the "get" callback function.
14581458 // Called to extract the callback function and data from the
14591459 //
14601460 // callback object.
M v4/glib/gmarkup.go +12 -12
@@ -104,13 +104,13 @@ func (x *MarkupParseContext) GetElementStack() *SList {
104104 return cret
105105 }
106106
107-var xMarkupParseContextGetPosition func(uintptr, int, int)
107+var xMarkupParseContextGetPosition func(uintptr, *int, *int)
108108
109109 // Retrieves the current line number and the number of the character on
110110 // that line. Intended for use in error messages; there are no strict
111111 // semantics for what constitutes the "current" line number other than
112112 // "the best number we could come up with for error messages."
113-func (x *MarkupParseContext) GetPosition(LineNumberVar int, CharNumberVar int) {
113+func (x *MarkupParseContext) GetPosition(LineNumberVar *int, CharNumberVar *int) {
114114
115115 xMarkupParseContextGetPosition(x.GoPointer(), LineNumberVar, CharNumberVar)
116116
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) GoPointer() uintptr {
356356 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
357357 }
358358
359-// OverrideStartElement sets the callback function.
359+// OverrideStartElement sets the "start_element" callback function.
360360 // Callback to invoke when the opening tag of an element
361361 //
362362 // is seen. The callback's @attribute_names and @attribute_values parameters
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) OverrideStartElement(cb func(*MarkupParseContext, string,
371371 }
372372 }
373373
374-// GetStartElement gets the callback function.
374+// GetStartElement gets the "start_element" callback function.
375375 // Callback to invoke when the opening tag of an element
376376 //
377377 // is seen. The callback's @attribute_names and @attribute_values parameters
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) GetStartElement() func(*MarkupParseContext, string, strin
387387 }
388388 }
389389
390-// OverrideEndElement sets the callback function.
390+// OverrideEndElement sets the "end_element" callback function.
391391 // Callback to invoke when the closing tag of an element
392392 //
393393 // is seen. Note that this is also called for empty tags like
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) OverrideEndElement(cb func(*MarkupParseContext, string, u
402402 }
403403 }
404404
405-// GetEndElement gets the callback function.
405+// GetEndElement gets the "end_element" callback function.
406406 // Callback to invoke when the closing tag of an element
407407 //
408408 // is seen. Note that this is also called for empty tags like
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) GetEndElement() func(*MarkupParseContext, string, uintptr
418418 }
419419 }
420420
421-// OverrideText sets the callback function.
421+// OverrideText sets the "text" callback function.
422422 // Callback to invoke when some text is seen (text is always
423423 //
424424 // inside an element). Note that the text of an element may be spread
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) OverrideText(cb func(*MarkupParseContext, string, uint, u
435435 }
436436 }
437437
438-// GetText gets the callback function.
438+// GetText gets the "text" callback function.
439439 // Callback to invoke when some text is seen (text is always
440440 //
441441 // inside an element). Note that the text of an element may be spread
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) GetText() func(*MarkupParseContext, string, uint, uintptr
453453 }
454454 }
455455
456-// OverridePassthrough sets the callback function.
456+// OverridePassthrough sets the "passthrough" callback function.
457457 // Callback to invoke for comments, processing instructions
458458 //
459459 // and doctype declarations; if you're re-writing the parsed document,
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) OverridePassthrough(cb func(*MarkupParseContext, string,
470470 }
471471 }
472472
473-// GetPassthrough gets the callback function.
473+// GetPassthrough gets the "passthrough" callback function.
474474 // Callback to invoke for comments, processing instructions
475475 //
476476 // and doctype declarations; if you're re-writing the parsed document,
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) GetPassthrough() func(*MarkupParseContext, string, uint,
488488 }
489489 }
490490
491-// OverrideError sets the callback function.
491+// OverrideError sets the "error" callback function.
492492 // Callback to invoke when an error occurs.
493493 func (x *MarkupParser) OverrideError(cb func(*MarkupParseContext, *Error, uintptr)) {
494494 if cb == nil {
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ func (x *MarkupParser) OverrideError(cb func(*MarkupParseContext, *Error, uintpt
500500 }
501501 }
502502
503-// GetError gets the callback function.
503+// GetError gets the "error" callback function.
504504 // Callback to invoke when an error occurs.
505505 func (x *MarkupParser) GetError() func(*MarkupParseContext, *Error, uintptr) {
506506 if x.xError == 0 {
M v4/glib/gmem.go +12 -12
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideMalloc sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideMalloc sets the "malloc" callback function.
3838 // function to use for allocating memory.
3939 func (x *MemVTable) OverrideMalloc(cb func(uint) uintptr) {
4040 if cb == nil {
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) OverrideMalloc(cb func(uint) uintptr) {
4646 }
4747 }
4848
49-// GetMalloc gets the callback function.
49+// GetMalloc gets the "malloc" callback function.
5050 // function to use for allocating memory.
5151 func (x *MemVTable) GetMalloc() func(uint) uintptr {
5252 if x.xMalloc == 0 {
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) GetMalloc() func(uint) uintptr {
5959 }
6060 }
6161
62-// OverrideRealloc sets the callback function.
62+// OverrideRealloc sets the "realloc" callback function.
6363 // function to use for reallocating memory.
6464 func (x *MemVTable) OverrideRealloc(cb func(uintptr, uint) uintptr) {
6565 if cb == nil {
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) OverrideRealloc(cb func(uintptr, uint) uintptr) {
7171 }
7272 }
7373
74-// GetRealloc gets the callback function.
74+// GetRealloc gets the "realloc" callback function.
7575 // function to use for reallocating memory.
7676 func (x *MemVTable) GetRealloc() func(uintptr, uint) uintptr {
7777 if x.xRealloc == 0 {
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) GetRealloc() func(uintptr, uint) uintptr {
8484 }
8585 }
8686
87-// OverrideFree sets the callback function.
87+// OverrideFree sets the "free" callback function.
8888 // function to use to free memory.
8989 func (x *MemVTable) OverrideFree(cb func(uintptr)) {
9090 if cb == nil {
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) OverrideFree(cb func(uintptr)) {
9696 }
9797 }
9898
99-// GetFree gets the callback function.
99+// GetFree gets the "free" callback function.
100100 // function to use to free memory.
101101 func (x *MemVTable) GetFree() func(uintptr) {
102102 if x.xFree == 0 {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) GetFree() func(uintptr) {
109109 }
110110 }
111111
112-// OverrideCalloc sets the callback function.
112+// OverrideCalloc sets the "calloc" callback function.
113113 // function to use for allocating zero-filled memory.
114114 func (x *MemVTable) OverrideCalloc(cb func(uint, uint) uintptr) {
115115 if cb == nil {
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) OverrideCalloc(cb func(uint, uint) uintptr) {
121121 }
122122 }
123123
124-// GetCalloc gets the callback function.
124+// GetCalloc gets the "calloc" callback function.
125125 // function to use for allocating zero-filled memory.
126126 func (x *MemVTable) GetCalloc() func(uint, uint) uintptr {
127127 if x.xCalloc == 0 {
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) GetCalloc() func(uint, uint) uintptr {
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// OverrideTryMalloc sets the callback function.
137+// OverrideTryMalloc sets the "try_malloc" callback function.
138138 // function to use for allocating memory without a default error handler.
139139 func (x *MemVTable) OverrideTryMalloc(cb func(uint) uintptr) {
140140 if cb == nil {
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) OverrideTryMalloc(cb func(uint) uintptr) {
146146 }
147147 }
148148
149-// GetTryMalloc gets the callback function.
149+// GetTryMalloc gets the "try_malloc" callback function.
150150 // function to use for allocating memory without a default error handler.
151151 func (x *MemVTable) GetTryMalloc() func(uint) uintptr {
152152 if x.xTryMalloc == 0 {
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) GetTryMalloc() func(uint) uintptr {
159159 }
160160 }
161161
162-// OverrideTryRealloc sets the callback function.
162+// OverrideTryRealloc sets the "try_realloc" callback function.
163163 // function to use for reallocating memory without a default error handler.
164164 func (x *MemVTable) OverrideTryRealloc(cb func(uintptr, uint) uintptr) {
165165 if cb == nil {
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ func (x *MemVTable) OverrideTryRealloc(cb func(uintptr, uint) uintptr) {
171171 }
172172 }
173173
174-// GetTryRealloc gets the callback function.
174+// GetTryRealloc gets the "try_realloc" callback function.
175175 // function to use for reallocating memory without a default error handler.
176176 func (x *MemVTable) GetTryRealloc() func(uintptr, uint) uintptr {
177177 if x.xTryRealloc == 0 {
M v4/glib/gprintf.go +2 -2
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func Sprintf(StringVar string, FormatVar string, varArgs ...interface{}) int {
5151 return cret
5252 }
5353
54-var xVasprintf func(string, string, []interface{}) int
54+var xVasprintf func(*string, string, []interface{}) int
5555
5656 // An implementation of the GNU `vasprintf()` function which supports
5757 // positional parameters, as specified in the Single Unix Specification.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ var xVasprintf func(string, string, []interface{}) int
6464 // multibyte representation is available for the given character.
6565 //
6666 // `glib/gprintf.h` must be explicitly included in order to use this function.
67-func Vasprintf(StringVar string, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int {
67+func Vasprintf(StringVar *string, FormatVar string, ArgsVar []interface{}) int {
6868
6969 cret := xVasprintf(StringVar, FormatVar, ArgsVar)
7070 return cret
M v4/glib/grefcount.go +4 -4
@@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ func AtomicRefCountInc(ArcVar int) {
7878
7979 }
8080
81-var xAtomicRefCountInit func(int)
81+var xAtomicRefCountInit func(*int)
8282
8383 // Initializes a reference count variable to 1.
84-func AtomicRefCountInit(ArcVar int) {
84+func AtomicRefCountInit(ArcVar *int) {
8585
8686 xAtomicRefCountInit(ArcVar)
8787
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ func RefCountInc(RcVar int) {
118118
119119 }
120120
121-var xRefCountInit func(int)
121+var xRefCountInit func(*int)
122122
123123 // Initializes a reference count variable to 1.
124-func RefCountInit(RcVar int) {
124+func RefCountInit(RcVar *int) {
125125
126126 xRefCountInit(RcVar)
127127
M v4/glib/gregex.go +6 -6
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *MatchInfo) FetchNamed(NameVar string) string {
126126 return cret
127127 }
128128
129-var xMatchInfoFetchNamedPos func(uintptr, string, int, int) bool
129+var xMatchInfoFetchNamedPos func(uintptr, string, *int, *int) bool
130130
131131 // Retrieves the position in bytes of the capturing parentheses named @name.
132132 //
@@ -136,13 +136,13 @@ var xMatchInfoFetchNamedPos func(uintptr, string, int, int) bool
136136 //
137137 // As @end_pos is set to the byte after the final byte of the match (on success),
138138 // the length of the match can be calculated as `end_pos - start_pos`.
139-func (x *MatchInfo) FetchNamedPos(NameVar string, StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool {
139+func (x *MatchInfo) FetchNamedPos(NameVar string, StartPosVar *int, EndPosVar *int) bool {
140140
141141 cret := xMatchInfoFetchNamedPos(x.GoPointer(), NameVar, StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
142142 return cret
143143 }
144144
145-var xMatchInfoFetchPos func(uintptr, int, int, int) bool
145+var xMatchInfoFetchPos func(uintptr, int, *int, *int) bool
146146
147147 // Returns the start and end positions (in bytes) of a successfully matching
148148 // capture parenthesis.
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ var xMatchInfoFetchPos func(uintptr, int, int, int) bool
351351 // 2 <a> 1 0 3
352352 // 3 N/A 0 2147483647 2147483647
353353 // ```
354-func (x *MatchInfo) FetchPos(MatchNumVar int, StartPosVar int, EndPosVar int) bool {
354+func (x *MatchInfo) FetchPos(MatchNumVar int, StartPosVar *int, EndPosVar *int) bool {
355355
356356 cret := xMatchInfoFetchPos(x.GoPointer(), MatchNumVar, StartPosVar, EndPosVar)
357357 return cret
@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ const (
14741474 GRegexErrorCharacterValueTooLargeValue RegexError = 176
14751475 )
14761476
1477-var xRegexCheckReplacement func(string, bool, **Error) bool
1477+var xRegexCheckReplacement func(string, *bool, **Error) bool
14781478
14791479 // Checks whether @replacement is a valid replacement string
14801480 // (see g_regex_replace()), i.e. that all escape sequences in
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ var xRegexCheckReplacement func(string, bool, **Error) bool
14851485 // does not contain references and may be evaluated without information
14861486 // about actual match, but '\0\1' (whole match followed by first
14871487 // subpattern) requires valid #GMatchInfo object.
1488-func RegexCheckReplacement(ReplacementVar string, HasReferencesVar bool) (bool, error) {
1488+func RegexCheckReplacement(ReplacementVar string, HasReferencesVar *bool) (bool, error) {
14891489 var cerr *Error
14901490
14911491 cret := xRegexCheckReplacement(ReplacementVar, HasReferencesVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/gshell.go +2 -2
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ const (
1919 GShellErrorFailedValue ShellError = 2
2020 )
2121
22-var xShellParseArgv func(string, int, []string, **Error) bool
22+var xShellParseArgv func(string, *int, *[]string, **Error) bool
2323
2424 // Parses a command line into an argument vector, in much the same way
2525 // the shell would, but without many of the expansions the shell would
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ var xShellParseArgv func(string, int, []string, **Error) bool
3939 // successfully.
4040 //
4141 // Free the returned vector with g_strfreev().
42-func ShellParseArgv(CommandLineVar string, ArgcpVar int, ArgvpVar []string) (bool, error) {
42+func ShellParseArgv(CommandLineVar string, ArgcpVar *int, ArgvpVar *[]string) (bool, error) {
4343 var cerr *Error
4444
4545 cret := xShellParseArgv(CommandLineVar, ArgcpVar, ArgvpVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/gspawn.go +8 -8
@@ -181,11 +181,11 @@ func SpawnAsyncWithFds(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar []string, EnvpVar []s
181181
182182 }
183183
184-var xSpawnAsyncWithPipes func(string, []string, []string, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, *Pid, int, int, int, **Error) bool
184+var xSpawnAsyncWithPipes func(string, []string, []string, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, *Pid, *int, *int, *int, **Error) bool
185185
186186 // Identical to g_spawn_async_with_pipes_and_fds() but with `n_fds` set to zero,
187187 // so no FD assignments are used.
188-func SpawnAsyncWithPipes(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar []string, EnvpVar []string, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar *SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, ChildPidVar *Pid, StandardInputVar int, StandardOutputVar int, StandardErrorVar int) (bool, error) {
188+func SpawnAsyncWithPipes(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar []string, EnvpVar []string, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar *SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, ChildPidVar *Pid, StandardInputVar *int, StandardOutputVar *int, StandardErrorVar *int) (bool, error) {
189189 var cerr *Error
190190
191191 cret := xSpawnAsyncWithPipes(WorkingDirectoryVar, ArgvVar, EnvpVar, FlagsVar, NewCallbackNullable(ChildSetupVar), UserDataVar, ChildPidVar, StandardInputVar, StandardOutputVar, StandardErrorVar, &cerr)
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ func SpawnAsyncWithPipes(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar []string, EnvpVar [
196196
197197 }
198198
199-var xSpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds func(string, []string, []string, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int, []int, []int, uint, *Pid, int, int, int, **Error) bool
199+var xSpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds func(string, []string, []string, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, int, int, int, []int, []int, uint, *Pid, *int, *int, *int, **Error) bool
200200
201201 // Executes a child program asynchronously (your program will not
202202 // block waiting for the child to exit).
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ var xSpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds func(string, []string, []string, SpawnFlags, uint
392392 // graphical application too, then to ensure that the spawned program opens its
393393 // windows on the right screen, you may want to use #GdkAppLaunchContext,
394394 // #GAppLaunchContext, or set the `DISPLAY` environment variable.
395-func SpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar []string, EnvpVar []string, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar *SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, StdinFdVar int, StdoutFdVar int, StderrFdVar int, SourceFdsVar []int, TargetFdsVar []int, NFdsVar uint, ChildPidOutVar *Pid, StdinPipeOutVar int, StdoutPipeOutVar int, StderrPipeOutVar int) (bool, error) {
395+func SpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar []string, EnvpVar []string, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar *SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, StdinFdVar int, StdoutFdVar int, StderrFdVar int, SourceFdsVar []int, TargetFdsVar []int, NFdsVar uint, ChildPidOutVar *Pid, StdinPipeOutVar *int, StdoutPipeOutVar *int, StderrPipeOutVar *int) (bool, error) {
396396 var cerr *Error
397397
398398 cret := xSpawnAsyncWithPipesAndFds(WorkingDirectoryVar, ArgvVar, EnvpVar, FlagsVar, NewCallbackNullable(ChildSetupVar), UserDataVar, StdinFdVar, StdoutFdVar, StderrFdVar, SourceFdsVar, TargetFdsVar, NFdsVar, ChildPidOutVar, StdinPipeOutVar, StdoutPipeOutVar, StderrPipeOutVar, &cerr)
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ func SpawnCommandLineAsync(CommandLineVar string) (bool, error) {
511511
512512 }
513513
514-var xSpawnCommandLineSync func(string, []byte, []byte, int, **Error) bool
514+var xSpawnCommandLineSync func(string, *[]byte, *[]byte, *int, **Error) bool
515515
516516 // A simple version of g_spawn_sync() with little-used parameters
517517 // removed, taking a command line instead of an argument vector.
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ var xSpawnCommandLineSync func(string, []byte, []byte, int, **Error) bool
542542 // the backslashes will be eaten, and the space will act as a
543543 // separator. You need to enclose such paths with single quotes, like
544544 // "'c:\\program files\\app\\app.exe' 'e:\\folder\\argument.txt'".
545-func SpawnCommandLineSync(CommandLineVar string, StandardOutputVar []byte, StandardErrorVar []byte, WaitStatusVar int) (bool, error) {
545+func SpawnCommandLineSync(CommandLineVar string, StandardOutputVar *[]byte, StandardErrorVar *[]byte, WaitStatusVar *int) (bool, error) {
546546 var cerr *Error
547547
548548 cret := xSpawnCommandLineSync(CommandLineVar, StandardOutputVar, StandardErrorVar, WaitStatusVar, &cerr)
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ func SpawnCommandLineSync(CommandLineVar string, StandardOutputVar []byte, Stand
553553
554554 }
555555
556-var xSpawnSync func(string, []string, []string, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, []byte, []byte, int, **Error) bool
556+var xSpawnSync func(string, []string, []string, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, *[]byte, *[]byte, *int, **Error) bool
557557
558558 // Executes a child synchronously (waits for the child to exit before returning).
559559 //
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ var xSpawnSync func(string, []string, []string, SpawnFlags, uintptr, uintptr, []
578578 // This function calls g_spawn_async_with_pipes() internally; see that
579579 // function for full details on the other parameters and details on
580580 // how these functions work on Windows.
581-func SpawnSync(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar []string, EnvpVar []string, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar *SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, StandardOutputVar []byte, StandardErrorVar []byte, WaitStatusVar int) (bool, error) {
581+func SpawnSync(WorkingDirectoryVar string, ArgvVar []string, EnvpVar []string, FlagsVar SpawnFlags, ChildSetupVar *SpawnChildSetupFunc, UserDataVar uintptr, StandardOutputVar *[]byte, StandardErrorVar *[]byte, WaitStatusVar *int) (bool, error) {
582582 var cerr *Error
583583
584584 cret := xSpawnSync(WorkingDirectoryVar, ArgvVar, EnvpVar, FlagsVar, NewCallbackNullable(ChildSetupVar), UserDataVar, StandardOutputVar, StandardErrorVar, WaitStatusVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/gstrfuncs.go +14 -14
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ func AsciiStrdown(StrVar string, LenVar int) string {
147147 return cret
148148 }
149149
150-var xAsciiStringToSigned func(string, uint, int64, int64, int64, **Error) bool
150+var xAsciiStringToSigned func(string, uint, int64, int64, *int64, **Error) bool
151151
152152 // A convenience function for converting a string to a signed number.
153153 //
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ var xAsciiStringToSigned func(string, uint, int64, int64, int64, **Error) bool
170170 // See [func@GLib.ascii_strtoll] if you have more complex needs such as
171171 // parsing a string which starts with a number, but then has other
172172 // characters.
173-func AsciiStringToSigned(StrVar string, BaseVar uint, MinVar int64, MaxVar int64, OutNumVar int64) (bool, error) {
173+func AsciiStringToSigned(StrVar string, BaseVar uint, MinVar int64, MaxVar int64, OutNumVar *int64) (bool, error) {
174174 var cerr *Error
175175
176176 cret := xAsciiStringToSigned(StrVar, BaseVar, MinVar, MaxVar, OutNumVar, &cerr)
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ func AsciiStringToSigned(StrVar string, BaseVar uint, MinVar int64, MaxVar int64
181181
182182 }
183183
184-var xAsciiStringToUnsigned func(string, uint, uint64, uint64, uint64, **Error) bool
184+var xAsciiStringToUnsigned func(string, uint, uint64, uint64, *uint64, **Error) bool
185185
186186 // A convenience function for converting a string to an unsigned number.
187187 //
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ var xAsciiStringToUnsigned func(string, uint, uint64, uint64, uint64, **Error) b
205205 // See [func@GLib.ascii_strtoull] if you have more complex needs such as
206206 // parsing a string which starts with a number, but then has other
207207 // characters.
208-func AsciiStringToUnsigned(StrVar string, BaseVar uint, MinVar uint64, MaxVar uint64, OutNumVar uint64) (bool, error) {
208+func AsciiStringToUnsigned(StrVar string, BaseVar uint, MinVar uint64, MaxVar uint64, OutNumVar *uint64) (bool, error) {
209209 var cerr *Error
210210
211211 cret := xAsciiStringToUnsigned(StrVar, BaseVar, MinVar, MaxVar, OutNumVar, &cerr)
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ func AsciiStrncasecmp(S1Var string, S2Var string, NVar uint) int {
236236 return cret
237237 }
238238
239-var xAsciiStrtod func(string, string) float64
239+var xAsciiStrtod func(string, *string) float64
240240
241241 // Converts a string to a floating point value.
242242 //
@@ -261,13 +261,13 @@ var xAsciiStrtod func(string, string) float64
261261 //
262262 // This function resets `errno` before calling `strtod()` so that
263263 // you can reliably detect overflow and underflow.
264-func AsciiStrtod(NptrVar string, EndptrVar string) float64 {
264+func AsciiStrtod(NptrVar string, EndptrVar *string) float64 {
265265
266266 cret := xAsciiStrtod(NptrVar, EndptrVar)
267267 return cret
268268 }
269269
270-var xAsciiStrtoll func(string, string, uint) int64
270+var xAsciiStrtoll func(string, *string, uint) int64
271271
272272 // Converts a string to a `gint64` value.
273273 //
@@ -287,13 +287,13 @@ var xAsciiStrtoll func(string, string, uint) int64
287287 // `EINVAL` is stored in `errno`. If the
288288 // string conversion fails, zero is returned, and @endptr returns @nptr
289289 // (if @endptr is non-`NULL`).
290-func AsciiStrtoll(NptrVar string, EndptrVar string, BaseVar uint) int64 {
290+func AsciiStrtoll(NptrVar string, EndptrVar *string, BaseVar uint) int64 {
291291
292292 cret := xAsciiStrtoll(NptrVar, EndptrVar, BaseVar)
293293 return cret
294294 }
295295
296-var xAsciiStrtoull func(string, string, uint) uint64
296+var xAsciiStrtoull func(string, *string, uint) uint64
297297
298298 // Converts a string to a `guint64` value.
299299 //
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ var xAsciiStrtoull func(string, string, uint) uint64
318318 // `EINVAL` is stored in `errno`.
319319 // If the string conversion fails, zero is returned, and @endptr returns
320320 // @nptr (if @endptr is non-`NULL`).
321-func AsciiStrtoull(NptrVar string, EndptrVar string, BaseVar uint) uint64 {
321+func AsciiStrtoull(NptrVar string, EndptrVar *string, BaseVar uint) uint64 {
322322
323323 cret := xAsciiStrtoull(NptrVar, EndptrVar, BaseVar)
324324 return cret
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ func StrToAscii(StrVar string, FromLocaleVar string) string {
506506 return cret
507507 }
508508
509-var xStrTokenizeAndFold func(string, string, []string) []string
509+var xStrTokenizeAndFold func(string, string, *[]string) []string
510510
511511 // Tokenizes @string and performs folding on each token.
512512 //
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ var xStrTokenizeAndFold func(string, string, []string) []string
523523 // for doing so is unspecified, but @translit_locale (if specified) may
524524 // improve the transliteration if the language of the source string is
525525 // known.
526-func StrTokenizeAndFold(StringVar string, TranslitLocaleVar string, AsciiAlternatesVar []string) []string {
526+func StrTokenizeAndFold(StringVar string, TranslitLocaleVar string, AsciiAlternatesVar *[]string) []string {
527527
528528 cret := xStrTokenizeAndFold(StringVar, TranslitLocaleVar, AsciiAlternatesVar)
529529 return cret
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ func StrstrLen(HaystackVar string, HaystackLenVar int, NeedleVar string) string
10141014 return cret
10151015 }
10161016
1017-var xStrtod func(string, string) float64
1017+var xStrtod func(string, *string) float64
10181018
10191019 // Converts a string to a floating point value.
10201020 //
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ var xStrtod func(string, string) float64
10281028 // should you use this. Make sure that you don't pass strings such as comma
10291029 // separated lists of values, since the commas may be interpreted as a decimal
10301030 // point in some locales, causing unexpected results.
1031-func Strtod(NptrVar string, EndptrVar string) float64 {
1031+func Strtod(NptrVar string, EndptrVar *string) float64 {
10321032
10331033 cret := xStrtod(NptrVar, EndptrVar)
10341034 return cret
M v4/glib/gthread.go +42 -42
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GoPointer() uintptr {
13911391 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
13921392 }
13931393
1394-// OverrideMutexNew sets the callback function.
1394+// OverrideMutexNew sets the "mutex_new" callback function.
13951395 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_new()
13961396 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexNew(cb func() *Mutex) {
13971397 if cb == nil {
@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexNew(cb func() *Mutex) {
14031403 }
14041404 }
14051405
1406-// GetMutexNew gets the callback function.
1406+// GetMutexNew gets the "mutex_new" callback function.
14071407 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_new()
14081408 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexNew() func() *Mutex {
14091409 if x.xMutexNew == 0 {
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexNew() func() *Mutex {
14161416 }
14171417 }
14181418
1419-// OverrideMutexLock sets the callback function.
1419+// OverrideMutexLock sets the "mutex_lock" callback function.
14201420 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_lock()
14211421 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexLock(cb func(*Mutex)) {
14221422 if cb == nil {
@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexLock(cb func(*Mutex)) {
14281428 }
14291429 }
14301430
1431-// GetMutexLock gets the callback function.
1431+// GetMutexLock gets the "mutex_lock" callback function.
14321432 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_lock()
14331433 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexLock() func(*Mutex) {
14341434 if x.xMutexLock == 0 {
@@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexLock() func(*Mutex) {
14411441 }
14421442 }
14431443
1444-// OverrideMutexTrylock sets the callback function.
1444+// OverrideMutexTrylock sets the "mutex_trylock" callback function.
14451445 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_trylock()
14461446 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexTrylock(cb func(*Mutex) bool) {
14471447 if cb == nil {
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexTrylock(cb func(*Mutex) bool) {
14531453 }
14541454 }
14551455
1456-// GetMutexTrylock gets the callback function.
1456+// GetMutexTrylock gets the "mutex_trylock" callback function.
14571457 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_trylock()
14581458 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexTrylock() func(*Mutex) bool {
14591459 if x.xMutexTrylock == 0 {
@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexTrylock() func(*Mutex) bool {
14661466 }
14671467 }
14681468
1469-// OverrideMutexUnlock sets the callback function.
1469+// OverrideMutexUnlock sets the "mutex_unlock" callback function.
14701470 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_unlock()
14711471 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexUnlock(cb func(*Mutex)) {
14721472 if cb == nil {
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexUnlock(cb func(*Mutex)) {
14781478 }
14791479 }
14801480
1481-// GetMutexUnlock gets the callback function.
1481+// GetMutexUnlock gets the "mutex_unlock" callback function.
14821482 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_unlock()
14831483 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexUnlock() func(*Mutex) {
14841484 if x.xMutexUnlock == 0 {
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexUnlock() func(*Mutex) {
14911491 }
14921492 }
14931493
1494-// OverrideMutexFree sets the callback function.
1494+// OverrideMutexFree sets the "mutex_free" callback function.
14951495 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_free()
14961496 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexFree(cb func(*Mutex)) {
14971497 if cb == nil {
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideMutexFree(cb func(*Mutex)) {
15031503 }
15041504 }
15051505
1506-// GetMutexFree gets the callback function.
1506+// GetMutexFree gets the "mutex_free" callback function.
15071507 // virtual function pointer for g_mutex_free()
15081508 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexFree() func(*Mutex) {
15091509 if x.xMutexFree == 0 {
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetMutexFree() func(*Mutex) {
15161516 }
15171517 }
15181518
1519-// OverrideCondNew sets the callback function.
1519+// OverrideCondNew sets the "cond_new" callback function.
15201520 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_new()
15211521 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondNew(cb func() *Cond) {
15221522 if cb == nil {
@@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondNew(cb func() *Cond) {
15281528 }
15291529 }
15301530
1531-// GetCondNew gets the callback function.
1531+// GetCondNew gets the "cond_new" callback function.
15321532 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_new()
15331533 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondNew() func() *Cond {
15341534 if x.xCondNew == 0 {
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondNew() func() *Cond {
15411541 }
15421542 }
15431543
1544-// OverrideCondSignal sets the callback function.
1544+// OverrideCondSignal sets the "cond_signal" callback function.
15451545 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_signal()
15461546 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondSignal(cb func(*Cond)) {
15471547 if cb == nil {
@@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondSignal(cb func(*Cond)) {
15531553 }
15541554 }
15551555
1556-// GetCondSignal gets the callback function.
1556+// GetCondSignal gets the "cond_signal" callback function.
15571557 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_signal()
15581558 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondSignal() func(*Cond) {
15591559 if x.xCondSignal == 0 {
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondSignal() func(*Cond) {
15661566 }
15671567 }
15681568
1569-// OverrideCondBroadcast sets the callback function.
1569+// OverrideCondBroadcast sets the "cond_broadcast" callback function.
15701570 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_broadcast()
15711571 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondBroadcast(cb func(*Cond)) {
15721572 if cb == nil {
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondBroadcast(cb func(*Cond)) {
15781578 }
15791579 }
15801580
1581-// GetCondBroadcast gets the callback function.
1581+// GetCondBroadcast gets the "cond_broadcast" callback function.
15821582 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_broadcast()
15831583 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondBroadcast() func(*Cond) {
15841584 if x.xCondBroadcast == 0 {
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondBroadcast() func(*Cond) {
15911591 }
15921592 }
15931593
1594-// OverrideCondWait sets the callback function.
1594+// OverrideCondWait sets the "cond_wait" callback function.
15951595 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_wait()
15961596 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondWait(cb func(*Cond, *Mutex)) {
15971597 if cb == nil {
@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondWait(cb func(*Cond, *Mutex)) {
16031603 }
16041604 }
16051605
1606-// GetCondWait gets the callback function.
1606+// GetCondWait gets the "cond_wait" callback function.
16071607 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_wait()
16081608 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondWait() func(*Cond, *Mutex) {
16091609 if x.xCondWait == 0 {
@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondWait() func(*Cond, *Mutex) {
16161616 }
16171617 }
16181618
1619-// OverrideCondTimedWait sets the callback function.
1619+// OverrideCondTimedWait sets the "cond_timed_wait" callback function.
16201620 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_timed_wait()
16211621 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondTimedWait(cb func(*Cond, *Mutex, *TimeVal) bool) {
16221622 if cb == nil {
@@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondTimedWait(cb func(*Cond, *Mutex, *TimeVal)
16281628 }
16291629 }
16301630
1631-// GetCondTimedWait gets the callback function.
1631+// GetCondTimedWait gets the "cond_timed_wait" callback function.
16321632 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_timed_wait()
16331633 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondTimedWait() func(*Cond, *Mutex, *TimeVal) bool {
16341634 if x.xCondTimedWait == 0 {
@@ -1641,7 +1641,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondTimedWait() func(*Cond, *Mutex, *TimeVal) bool
16411641 }
16421642 }
16431643
1644-// OverrideCondFree sets the callback function.
1644+// OverrideCondFree sets the "cond_free" callback function.
16451645 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_free()
16461646 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondFree(cb func(*Cond)) {
16471647 if cb == nil {
@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideCondFree(cb func(*Cond)) {
16531653 }
16541654 }
16551655
1656-// GetCondFree gets the callback function.
1656+// GetCondFree gets the "cond_free" callback function.
16571657 // virtual function pointer for g_cond_free()
16581658 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondFree() func(*Cond) {
16591659 if x.xCondFree == 0 {
@@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetCondFree() func(*Cond) {
16661666 }
16671667 }
16681668
1669-// OverridePrivateNew sets the callback function.
1669+// OverridePrivateNew sets the "private_new" callback function.
16701670 // virtual function pointer for g_private_new()
16711671 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverridePrivateNew(cb func(*DestroyNotify) *Private) {
16721672 if cb == nil {
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverridePrivateNew(cb func(*DestroyNotify) *Private) {
16781678 }
16791679 }
16801680
1681-// GetPrivateNew gets the callback function.
1681+// GetPrivateNew gets the "private_new" callback function.
16821682 // virtual function pointer for g_private_new()
16831683 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetPrivateNew() func(*DestroyNotify) *Private {
16841684 if x.xPrivateNew == 0 {
@@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetPrivateNew() func(*DestroyNotify) *Private {
16911691 }
16921692 }
16931693
1694-// OverridePrivateGet sets the callback function.
1694+// OverridePrivateGet sets the "private_get" callback function.
16951695 // virtual function pointer for g_private_get()
16961696 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverridePrivateGet(cb func(*Private) uintptr) {
16971697 if cb == nil {
@@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverridePrivateGet(cb func(*Private) uintptr) {
17031703 }
17041704 }
17051705
1706-// GetPrivateGet gets the callback function.
1706+// GetPrivateGet gets the "private_get" callback function.
17071707 // virtual function pointer for g_private_get()
17081708 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetPrivateGet() func(*Private) uintptr {
17091709 if x.xPrivateGet == 0 {
@@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetPrivateGet() func(*Private) uintptr {
17161716 }
17171717 }
17181718
1719-// OverridePrivateSet sets the callback function.
1719+// OverridePrivateSet sets the "private_set" callback function.
17201720 // virtual function pointer for g_private_set()
17211721 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverridePrivateSet(cb func(*Private, uintptr)) {
17221722 if cb == nil {
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverridePrivateSet(cb func(*Private, uintptr)) {
17281728 }
17291729 }
17301730
1731-// GetPrivateSet gets the callback function.
1731+// GetPrivateSet gets the "private_set" callback function.
17321732 // virtual function pointer for g_private_set()
17331733 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetPrivateSet() func(*Private, uintptr) {
17341734 if x.xPrivateSet == 0 {
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetPrivateSet() func(*Private, uintptr) {
17411741 }
17421742 }
17431743
1744-// OverrideThreadCreate sets the callback function.
1744+// OverrideThreadCreate sets the "thread_create" callback function.
17451745 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_create()
17461746 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadCreate(cb func(*ThreadFunc, uintptr, uint32, bool, bool, ThreadPriority, uintptr)) {
17471747 if cb == nil {
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadCreate(cb func(*ThreadFunc, uintptr, uin
17531753 }
17541754 }
17551755
1756-// GetThreadCreate gets the callback function.
1756+// GetThreadCreate gets the "thread_create" callback function.
17571757 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_create()
17581758 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadCreate() func(*ThreadFunc, uintptr, uint32, bool, bool, ThreadPriority, uintptr) {
17591759 if x.xThreadCreate == 0 {
@@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadCreate() func(*ThreadFunc, uintptr, uint32, b
17661766 }
17671767 }
17681768
1769-// OverrideThreadYield sets the callback function.
1769+// OverrideThreadYield sets the "thread_yield" callback function.
17701770 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_yield()
17711771 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadYield(cb func()) {
17721772 if cb == nil {
@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadYield(cb func()) {
17781778 }
17791779 }
17801780
1781-// GetThreadYield gets the callback function.
1781+// GetThreadYield gets the "thread_yield" callback function.
17821782 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_yield()
17831783 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadYield() func() {
17841784 if x.xThreadYield == 0 {
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadYield() func() {
17911791 }
17921792 }
17931793
1794-// OverrideThreadJoin sets the callback function.
1794+// OverrideThreadJoin sets the "thread_join" callback function.
17951795 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_join()
17961796 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadJoin(cb func(uintptr)) {
17971797 if cb == nil {
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadJoin(cb func(uintptr)) {
18031803 }
18041804 }
18051805
1806-// GetThreadJoin gets the callback function.
1806+// GetThreadJoin gets the "thread_join" callback function.
18071807 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_join()
18081808 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadJoin() func(uintptr) {
18091809 if x.xThreadJoin == 0 {
@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadJoin() func(uintptr) {
18161816 }
18171817 }
18181818
1819-// OverrideThreadExit sets the callback function.
1819+// OverrideThreadExit sets the "thread_exit" callback function.
18201820 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_exit()
18211821 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadExit(cb func()) {
18221822 if cb == nil {
@@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadExit(cb func()) {
18281828 }
18291829 }
18301830
1831-// GetThreadExit gets the callback function.
1831+// GetThreadExit gets the "thread_exit" callback function.
18321832 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_exit()
18331833 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadExit() func() {
18341834 if x.xThreadExit == 0 {
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadExit() func() {
18411841 }
18421842 }
18431843
1844-// OverrideThreadSetPriority sets the callback function.
1844+// OverrideThreadSetPriority sets the "thread_set_priority" callback function.
18451845 // virtual function pointer for
18461846 //
18471847 // g_thread_set_priority()
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadSetPriority(cb func(uintptr, ThreadPrior
18551855 }
18561856 }
18571857
1858-// GetThreadSetPriority gets the callback function.
1858+// GetThreadSetPriority gets the "thread_set_priority" callback function.
18591859 // virtual function pointer for
18601860 //
18611861 // g_thread_set_priority()
@@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadSetPriority() func(uintptr, ThreadPriority) {
18701870 }
18711871 }
18721872
1873-// OverrideThreadSelf sets the callback function.
1873+// OverrideThreadSelf sets the "thread_self" callback function.
18741874 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_self()
18751875 func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadSelf(cb func(uintptr)) {
18761876 if cb == nil {
@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadSelf(cb func(uintptr)) {
18821882 }
18831883 }
18841884
1885-// GetThreadSelf gets the callback function.
1885+// GetThreadSelf gets the "thread_self" callback function.
18861886 // virtual function pointer for g_thread_self()
18871887 func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadSelf() func(uintptr) {
18881888 if x.xThreadSelf == 0 {
@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) GetThreadSelf() func(uintptr) {
18951895 }
18961896 }
18971897
1898-// OverrideThreadEqual sets the callback function.
1898+// OverrideThreadEqual sets the "thread_equal" callback function.
18991899 // used internally by recursive mutex locks and by some
19001900 //
19011901 // assertion checks
@@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ func (x *ThreadFunctions) OverrideThreadEqual(cb func(uintptr, uintptr) bool) {
19091909 }
19101910 }
19111911
1912-// GetThreadEqual gets the callback function.
1912+// GetThreadEqual gets the "thread_equal" callback function.
19131913 // used internally by recursive mutex locks and by some
19141914 //
19151915 // assertion checks
M v4/glib/gtree.go +2 -2
@@ -172,13 +172,13 @@ func (x *Tree) Lookup(KeyVar uintptr) uintptr {
172172 return cret
173173 }
174174
175-var xTreeLookupExtended func(uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
175+var xTreeLookupExtended func(uintptr, uintptr, *uintptr, *uintptr) bool
176176
177177 // Looks up a key in the #GTree, returning the original key and the
178178 // associated value. This is useful if you need to free the memory
179179 // allocated for the original key, for example before calling
180180 // g_tree_remove().
181-func (x *Tree) LookupExtended(LookupKeyVar uintptr, OrigKeyVar uintptr, ValueVar uintptr) bool {
181+func (x *Tree) LookupExtended(LookupKeyVar uintptr, OrigKeyVar *uintptr, ValueVar *uintptr) bool {
182182
183183 cret := xTreeLookupExtended(x.GoPointer(), LookupKeyVar, OrigKeyVar, ValueVar)
184184 return cret
M v4/glib/gunicode.go +28 -28
@@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ const (
613613 GUnicodeSpaceSeparatorValue UnicodeType = 29
614614 )
615615
616-var xUcs4ToUtf16 func([]uint32, int32, int32, int32, **Error) uint16
616+var xUcs4ToUtf16 func([]uint32, int32, *int32, *int32, **Error) uint16
617617
618618 // Convert a string from UCS-4 to UTF-16.
619619 //
620620 // A nul character (U+0000) will be added to the result after the converted text.
621-func Ucs4ToUtf16(StrVar []uint32, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar int32) (uint16, error) {
621+func Ucs4ToUtf16(StrVar []uint32, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar *int32, ItemsWrittenVar *int32) (uint16, error) {
622622 var cerr *Error
623623
624624 cret := xUcs4ToUtf16(StrVar, LenVar, ItemsReadVar, ItemsWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -629,13 +629,13 @@ func Ucs4ToUtf16(StrVar []uint32, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWritten
629629
630630 }
631631
632-var xUcs4ToUtf8 func([]uint32, int32, int32, int32, **Error) string
632+var xUcs4ToUtf8 func([]uint32, int32, *int32, *int32, **Error) string
633633
634634 // Convert a string from a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4.
635635 // to UTF-8.
636636 //
637637 // The result will be terminated with a nul byte.
638-func Ucs4ToUtf8(StrVar []uint32, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar int32) (string, error) {
638+func Ucs4ToUtf8(StrVar []uint32, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar *int32, ItemsWrittenVar *int32) (string, error) {
639639 var cerr *Error
640640
641641 cret := xUcs4ToUtf8(StrVar, LenVar, ItemsReadVar, ItemsWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ func UnicharCombiningClass(UcVar uint32) int {
669669 return cret
670670 }
671671
672-var xUnicharCompose func(uint32, uint32, uint32) bool
672+var xUnicharCompose func(uint32, uint32, *uint32) bool
673673
674674 // Performs a single composition step of the
675675 // Unicode canonical composition algorithm.
@@ -687,13 +687,13 @@ var xUnicharCompose func(uint32, uint32, uint32) bool
687687 // See
688688 // [UAX#15](http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/)
689689 // for details.
690-func UnicharCompose(AVar uint32, BVar uint32, ChVar uint32) bool {
690+func UnicharCompose(AVar uint32, BVar uint32, ChVar *uint32) bool {
691691
692692 cret := xUnicharCompose(AVar, BVar, ChVar)
693693 return cret
694694 }
695695
696-var xUnicharDecompose func(uint32, uint32, uint32) bool
696+var xUnicharDecompose func(uint32, *uint32, *uint32) bool
697697
698698 // Performs a single decomposition step of the
699699 // Unicode canonical decomposition algorithm.
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ var xUnicharDecompose func(uint32, uint32, uint32) bool
718718 // See
719719 // [UAX#15](http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/)
720720 // for details.
721-func UnicharDecompose(ChVar uint32, AVar uint32, BVar uint32) bool {
721+func UnicharDecompose(ChVar uint32, AVar *uint32, BVar *uint32) bool {
722722
723723 cret := xUnicharDecompose(ChVar, AVar, BVar)
724724 return cret
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ func UnicharDigitValue(CVar uint32) int {
734734 return cret
735735 }
736736
737-var xUnicharFullyDecompose func(uint32, bool, uint32, uint) uint
737+var xUnicharFullyDecompose func(uint32, bool, *uint32, uint) uint
738738
739739 // Computes the canonical or compatibility decomposition of a
740740 // Unicode character. For compatibility decomposition,
@@ -755,13 +755,13 @@ var xUnicharFullyDecompose func(uint32, bool, uint32, uint) uint
755755 // See
756756 // [UAX#15](http://unicode.org/reports/tr15/)
757757 // for details.
758-func UnicharFullyDecompose(ChVar uint32, CompatVar bool, ResultVar uint32, ResultLenVar uint) uint {
758+func UnicharFullyDecompose(ChVar uint32, CompatVar bool, ResultVar *uint32, ResultLenVar uint) uint {
759759
760760 cret := xUnicharFullyDecompose(ChVar, CompatVar, ResultVar, ResultLenVar)
761761 return cret
762762 }
763763
764-var xUnicharGetMirrorChar func(uint32, uint32) bool
764+var xUnicharGetMirrorChar func(uint32, *uint32) bool
765765
766766 // In Unicode, some characters are "mirrored". This means that their
767767 // images are mirrored horizontally in text that is laid out from right
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ var xUnicharGetMirrorChar func(uint32, uint32) bool
772772 // character that typically has a glyph that is the mirror image of @ch's
773773 // glyph and @mirrored_ch is set, it puts that character in the address
774774 // pointed to by @mirrored_ch. Otherwise the original character is put.
775-func UnicharGetMirrorChar(ChVar uint32, MirroredChVar uint32) bool {
775+func UnicharGetMirrorChar(ChVar uint32, MirroredChVar *uint32) bool {
776776
777777 cret := xUnicharGetMirrorChar(ChVar, MirroredChVar)
778778 return cret
@@ -1003,10 +1003,10 @@ func UnicharIszerowidth(CVar uint32) bool {
10031003 return cret
10041004 }
10051005
1006-var xUnicharToUtf8 func(uint32, string) int
1006+var xUnicharToUtf8 func(uint32, *string) int
10071007
10081008 // Converts a single character to UTF-8.
1009-func UnicharToUtf8(CVar uint32, OutbufVar string) int {
1009+func UnicharToUtf8(CVar uint32, OutbufVar *string) int {
10101010
10111011 cret := xUnicharToUtf8(CVar, OutbufVar)
10121012 return cret
@@ -1125,12 +1125,12 @@ func UnicodeScriptToIso15924(ScriptVar UnicodeScript) uint32 {
11251125 return cret
11261126 }
11271127
1128-var xUtf16ToUcs4 func([]uint16, int32, int32, int32, **Error) uint32
1128+var xUtf16ToUcs4 func([]uint16, int32, *int32, *int32, **Error) uint32
11291129
11301130 // Convert a string from UTF-16 to UCS-4.
11311131 //
11321132 // The result will be nul-terminated.
1133-func Utf16ToUcs4(StrVar []uint16, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar int32) (uint32, error) {
1133+func Utf16ToUcs4(StrVar []uint16, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar *int32, ItemsWrittenVar *int32) (uint32, error) {
11341134 var cerr *Error
11351135
11361136 cret := xUtf16ToUcs4(StrVar, LenVar, ItemsReadVar, ItemsWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -1141,7 +1141,7 @@ func Utf16ToUcs4(StrVar []uint16, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWritten
11411141
11421142 }
11431143
1144-var xUtf16ToUtf8 func([]uint16, int32, int32, int32, **Error) string
1144+var xUtf16ToUtf8 func([]uint16, int32, *int32, *int32, **Error) string
11451145
11461146 // Convert a string from UTF-16 to UTF-8.
11471147 //
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ var xUtf16ToUtf8 func([]uint16, int32, int32, int32, **Error) string
11571157 // validation done by this function is to ensure that the input can
11581158 // be correctly interpreted as UTF-16, i.e. it doesn’t contain
11591159 // unpaired surrogates or partial character sequences.
1160-func Utf16ToUtf8(StrVar []uint16, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar int32) (string, error) {
1160+func Utf16ToUtf8(StrVar []uint16, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar *int32, ItemsWrittenVar *int32) (string, error) {
11611161 var cerr *Error
11621162
11631163 cret := xUtf16ToUtf8(StrVar, LenVar, ItemsReadVar, ItemsWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -1524,13 +1524,13 @@ func Utf8Substring(StrVar string, StartPosVar int32, EndPosVar int32) string {
15241524 return cret
15251525 }
15261526
1527-var xUtf8ToUcs4 func(string, int32, int32, int32, **Error) uint32
1527+var xUtf8ToUcs4 func(string, int32, *int32, *int32, **Error) uint32
15281528
15291529 // Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width representation as UCS-4.
15301530 //
15311531 // A trailing nul character (U+0000) will be added to the string after the
15321532 // converted text.
1533-func Utf8ToUcs4(StrVar string, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar int32) (uint32, error) {
1533+func Utf8ToUcs4(StrVar string, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar *int32, ItemsWrittenVar *int32) (uint32, error) {
15341534 var cerr *Error
15351535
15361536 cret := xUtf8ToUcs4(StrVar, LenVar, ItemsReadVar, ItemsWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ func Utf8ToUcs4(StrVar string, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar
15411541
15421542 }
15431543
1544-var xUtf8ToUcs4Fast func(string, int32, int32) uint32
1544+var xUtf8ToUcs4Fast func(string, int32, *int32) uint32
15451545
15461546 // Convert a string from UTF-8 to a 32-bit fixed width
15471547 // representation as UCS-4, assuming valid UTF-8 input.
@@ -1549,18 +1549,18 @@ var xUtf8ToUcs4Fast func(string, int32, int32) uint32
15491549 // This function is roughly twice as fast as [func@GLib.utf8_to_ucs4]
15501550 // but does no error checking on the input. A trailing nul character (U+0000)
15511551 // will be added to the string after the converted text.
1552-func Utf8ToUcs4Fast(StrVar string, LenVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar int32) uint32 {
1552+func Utf8ToUcs4Fast(StrVar string, LenVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar *int32) uint32 {
15531553
15541554 cret := xUtf8ToUcs4Fast(StrVar, LenVar, ItemsWrittenVar)
15551555 return cret
15561556 }
15571557
1558-var xUtf8ToUtf16 func(string, int32, int32, int32, **Error) uint16
1558+var xUtf8ToUtf16 func(string, int32, *int32, *int32, **Error) uint16
15591559
15601560 // Convert a string from UTF-8 to UTF-16.
15611561 //
15621562 // A nul character (U+0000) will be added to the result after the converted text.
1563-func Utf8ToUtf16(StrVar string, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar int32, ItemsWrittenVar int32) (uint16, error) {
1563+func Utf8ToUtf16(StrVar string, LenVar int32, ItemsReadVar *int32, ItemsWrittenVar *int32) (uint16, error) {
15641564 var cerr *Error
15651565
15661566 cret := xUtf8ToUtf16(StrVar, LenVar, ItemsReadVar, ItemsWrittenVar, &cerr)
@@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ func Utf8TruncateMiddle(StringVar string, TruncateLengthVar uint) string {
15841584 return cret
15851585 }
15861586
1587-var xUtf8Validate func([]byte, int, []byte) bool
1587+var xUtf8Validate func([]byte, int, *[]byte) bool
15881588
15891589 // Validates UTF-8 encoded text.
15901590 //
@@ -1603,19 +1603,19 @@ var xUtf8Validate func([]byte, int, []byte) bool
16031603 // routines require valid UTF-8 as input; so data read from a file
16041604 // or the network should be checked with `g_utf8_validate()` before
16051605 // doing anything else with it.
1606-func Utf8Validate(StrVar []byte, MaxLenVar int, EndVar []byte) bool {
1606+func Utf8Validate(StrVar []byte, MaxLenVar int, EndVar *[]byte) bool {
16071607
16081608 cret := xUtf8Validate(StrVar, MaxLenVar, EndVar)
16091609 return cret
16101610 }
16111611
1612-var xUtf8ValidateLen func([]byte, uint, []byte) bool
1612+var xUtf8ValidateLen func([]byte, uint, *[]byte) bool
16131613
16141614 // Validates UTF-8 encoded text.
16151615 //
16161616 // As with [func@GLib.utf8_validate], but @max_len must be set, and hence this
16171617 // function will always return `FALSE` if any of the bytes of @str are nul.
1618-func Utf8ValidateLen(StrVar []byte, MaxLenVar uint, EndVar []byte) bool {
1618+func Utf8ValidateLen(StrVar []byte, MaxLenVar uint, EndVar *[]byte) bool {
16191619
16201620 cret := xUtf8ValidateLen(StrVar, MaxLenVar, EndVar)
16211621 return cret
M v4/glib/guri.go +8 -8
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ func (x *UriParamsIter) Init(ParamsVar string, LengthVar int, SeparatorsVar stri
449449
450450 }
451451
452-var xUriParamsIterNext func(uintptr, string, string, **Error) bool
452+var xUriParamsIterNext func(uintptr, *string, *string, **Error) bool
453453
454454 // Advances @iter and retrieves the next attribute/value. %FALSE is returned if
455455 // an error has occurred (in which case @error is set), or if the end of the
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ var xUriParamsIterNext func(uintptr, string, string, **Error) bool
460460 //
461461 // Note that the same @attribute may be returned multiple times, since URIs
462462 // allow repeated attributes.
463-func (x *UriParamsIter) Next(AttributeVar string, ValueVar string) (bool, error) {
463+func (x *UriParamsIter) Next(AttributeVar *string, ValueVar *string) (bool, error) {
464464 var cerr *Error
465465
466466 cret := xUriParamsIterNext(x.GoPointer(), AttributeVar, ValueVar, &cerr)
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ func UriResolveRelative(BaseUriStringVar string, UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriF
827827
828828 }
829829
830-var xUriSplit func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, int, string, string, string, **Error) bool
830+var xUriSplit func(string, UriFlags, *string, *string, *string, *int, *string, *string, *string, **Error) bool
831831
832832 // Parses @uri_ref (which can be an
833833 // [absolute or relative URI](#relative-and-absolute-uris)) according to @flags, and
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ var xUriSplit func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, int, string, string
845845 // %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_AUTH_PARAMS @flags are ignored by g_uri_split(),
846846 // since it always returns only the full userinfo; use
847847 // g_uri_split_with_user() if you want it split up.
848-func UriSplit(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserinfoVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) (bool, error) {
848+func UriSplit(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar *string, UserinfoVar *string, HostVar *string, PortVar *int, PathVar *string, QueryVar *string, FragmentVar *string) (bool, error) {
849849 var cerr *Error
850850
851851 cret := xUriSplit(UriRefVar, FlagsVar, SchemeVar, UserinfoVar, HostVar, PortVar, PathVar, QueryVar, FragmentVar, &cerr)
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ func UriSplit(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserinfoVar
856856
857857 }
858858
859-var xUriSplitNetwork func(string, UriFlags, string, string, int, **Error) bool
859+var xUriSplitNetwork func(string, UriFlags, *string, *string, *int, **Error) bool
860860
861861 // Parses @uri_string (which must be an [absolute URI](#relative-and-absolute-uris))
862862 // according to @flags, and returns the pieces relevant to connecting to a host.
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ var xUriSplitNetwork func(string, UriFlags, string, string, int, **Error) bool
864864 // mostly a wrapper around that function with simpler arguments.
865865 // However, it will return an error if @uri_string is a relative URI,
866866 // or does not contain a hostname component.
867-func UriSplitNetwork(UriStringVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int) (bool, error) {
867+func UriSplitNetwork(UriStringVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar *string, HostVar *string, PortVar *int) (bool, error) {
868868 var cerr *Error
869869
870870 cret := xUriSplitNetwork(UriStringVar, FlagsVar, SchemeVar, HostVar, PortVar, &cerr)
@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ func UriSplitNetwork(UriStringVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, H
875875
876876 }
877877
878-var xUriSplitWithUser func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, string, string, int, string, string, string, **Error) bool
878+var xUriSplitWithUser func(string, UriFlags, *string, *string, *string, *string, *string, *int, *string, *string, *string, **Error) bool
879879
880880 // Parses @uri_ref (which can be an
881881 // [absolute or relative URI](#relative-and-absolute-uris)) according to @flags, and
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ var xUriSplitWithUser func(string, UriFlags, string, string, string, string, str
888888 // be parsed out if @flags contains %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_PASSWORD, and
889889 // @auth_params will only be parsed out if @flags contains
890890 // %G_URI_FLAGS_HAS_AUTH_PARAMS.
891-func UriSplitWithUser(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar string, UserVar string, PasswordVar string, AuthParamsVar string, HostVar string, PortVar int, PathVar string, QueryVar string, FragmentVar string) (bool, error) {
891+func UriSplitWithUser(UriRefVar string, FlagsVar UriFlags, SchemeVar *string, UserVar *string, PasswordVar *string, AuthParamsVar *string, HostVar *string, PortVar *int, PathVar *string, QueryVar *string, FragmentVar *string) (bool, error) {
892892 var cerr *Error
893893
894894 cret := xUriSplitWithUser(UriRefVar, FlagsVar, SchemeVar, UserVar, PasswordVar, AuthParamsVar, HostVar, PortVar, PathVar, QueryVar, FragmentVar, &cerr)
M v4/glib/gvariant.go +20 -20
@@ -877,19 +877,19 @@ func (x *Variant) Compare(TwoVar uintptr) int {
877877 return cret
878878 }
879879
880-var xVariantDupBytestring func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
880+var xVariantDupBytestring func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
881881
882882 // Similar to g_variant_get_bytestring() except that instead of
883883 // returning a constant string, the string is duplicated.
884884 //
885885 // The return value must be freed using g_free().
886-func (x *Variant) DupBytestring(LengthVar uint) uintptr {
886+func (x *Variant) DupBytestring(LengthVar *uint) uintptr {
887887
888888 cret := xVariantDupBytestring(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
889889 return cret
890890 }
891891
892-var xVariantDupBytestringArray func(uintptr, uint) []string
892+var xVariantDupBytestringArray func(uintptr, *uint) []string
893893
894894 // Gets the contents of an array of array of bytes #GVariant. This call
895895 // makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with
@@ -901,13 +901,13 @@ var xVariantDupBytestringArray func(uintptr, uint) []string
901901 //
902902 // For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a
903903 // %NULL pointer will be returned.
904-func (x *Variant) DupBytestringArray(LengthVar uint) []string {
904+func (x *Variant) DupBytestringArray(LengthVar *uint) []string {
905905
906906 cret := xVariantDupBytestringArray(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
907907 return cret
908908 }
909909
910-var xVariantDupObjv func(uintptr, uint) []string
910+var xVariantDupObjv func(uintptr, *uint) []string
911911
912912 // Gets the contents of an array of object paths #GVariant. This call
913913 // makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with
@@ -919,13 +919,13 @@ var xVariantDupObjv func(uintptr, uint) []string
919919 //
920920 // For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a
921921 // %NULL pointer will be returned.
922-func (x *Variant) DupObjv(LengthVar uint) []string {
922+func (x *Variant) DupObjv(LengthVar *uint) []string {
923923
924924 cret := xVariantDupObjv(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
925925 return cret
926926 }
927927
928-var xVariantDupString func(uintptr, uint) string
928+var xVariantDupString func(uintptr, *uint) string
929929
930930 // Similar to g_variant_get_string() except that instead of returning
931931 // a constant string, the string is duplicated.
@@ -933,13 +933,13 @@ var xVariantDupString func(uintptr, uint) string
933933 // The string will always be UTF-8 encoded.
934934 //
935935 // The return value must be freed using g_free().
936-func (x *Variant) DupString(LengthVar uint) string {
936+func (x *Variant) DupString(LengthVar *uint) string {
937937
938938 cret := xVariantDupString(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
939939 return cret
940940 }
941941
942-var xVariantDupStrv func(uintptr, uint) []string
942+var xVariantDupStrv func(uintptr, *uint) []string
943943
944944 // Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call
945945 // makes a deep copy; the return result should be released with
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ var xVariantDupStrv func(uintptr, uint) []string
951951 //
952952 // For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a
953953 // %NULL pointer will be returned.
954-func (x *Variant) DupStrv(LengthVar uint) []string {
954+func (x *Variant) DupStrv(LengthVar *uint) []string {
955955
956956 cret := xVariantDupStrv(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
957957 return cret
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ func (x *Variant) GetBytestring() uintptr {
10431043 return cret
10441044 }
10451045
1046-var xVariantGetBytestringArray func(uintptr, uint) []string
1046+var xVariantGetBytestringArray func(uintptr, *uint) []string
10471047
10481048 // Gets the contents of an array of array of bytes #GVariant. This call
10491049 // makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with
@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ var xVariantGetBytestringArray func(uintptr, uint) []string
10551055 //
10561056 // For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a
10571057 // %NULL pointer will be returned.
1058-func (x *Variant) GetBytestringArray(LengthVar uint) []string {
1058+func (x *Variant) GetBytestringArray(LengthVar *uint) []string {
10591059
10601060 cret := xVariantGetBytestringArray(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
10611061 return cret
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ func (x *Variant) GetDouble() float64 {
11661166 return cret
11671167 }
11681168
1169-var xVariantGetFixedArray func(uintptr, uint, uint) uintptr
1169+var xVariantGetFixedArray func(uintptr, *uint, uint) uintptr
11701170
11711171 // Provides access to the serialized data for an array of fixed-sized
11721172 // items.
@@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ var xVariantGetFixedArray func(uintptr, uint, uint) uintptr
11941194 //
11951195 // @n_elements, which must be non-%NULL, is set equal to the number of
11961196 // items in the array.
1197-func (x *Variant) GetFixedArray(NElementsVar uint, ElementSizeVar uint) uintptr {
1197+func (x *Variant) GetFixedArray(NElementsVar *uint, ElementSizeVar uint) uintptr {
11981198
11991199 cret := xVariantGetFixedArray(x.GoPointer(), NElementsVar, ElementSizeVar)
12001200 return cret
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ func (x *Variant) GetNormalForm() *Variant {
12951295 return cret
12961296 }
12971297
1298-var xVariantGetObjv func(uintptr, uint) []string
1298+var xVariantGetObjv func(uintptr, *uint) []string
12991299
13001300 // Gets the contents of an array of object paths #GVariant. This call
13011301 // makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ var xVariantGetObjv func(uintptr, uint) []string
13071307 //
13081308 // For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a
13091309 // %NULL pointer will be returned.
1310-func (x *Variant) GetObjv(LengthVar uint) []string {
1310+func (x *Variant) GetObjv(LengthVar *uint) []string {
13111311
13121312 cret := xVariantGetObjv(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
13131313 return cret
@@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ func (x *Variant) GetSize() uint {
13321332 return cret
13331333 }
13341334
1335-var xVariantGetString func(uintptr, uint) string
1335+var xVariantGetString func(uintptr, *uint) string
13361336
13371337 // Returns the string value of a #GVariant instance with a string
13381338 // type. This includes the types %G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING,
@@ -1352,13 +1352,13 @@ var xVariantGetString func(uintptr, uint) string
13521352 // other than those three.
13531353 //
13541354 // The return value remains valid as long as @value exists.
1355-func (x *Variant) GetString(LengthVar uint) string {
1355+func (x *Variant) GetString(LengthVar *uint) string {
13561356
13571357 cret := xVariantGetString(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
13581358 return cret
13591359 }
13601360
1361-var xVariantGetStrv func(uintptr, uint) []string
1361+var xVariantGetStrv func(uintptr, *uint) []string
13621362
13631363 // Gets the contents of an array of strings #GVariant. This call
13641364 // makes a shallow copy; the return result should be released with
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ var xVariantGetStrv func(uintptr, uint) []string
13701370 //
13711371 // For an empty array, @length will be set to 0 and a pointer to a
13721372 // %NULL pointer will be returned.
1373-func (x *Variant) GetStrv(LengthVar uint) []string {
1373+func (x *Variant) GetStrv(LengthVar *uint) []string {
13741374
13751375 cret := xVariantGetStrv(x.GoPointer(), LengthVar)
13761376 return cret
M v4/glib/gvarianttype.go +2 -2
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ func VariantTypeStringIsValid(TypeStringVar string) bool {
625625 return cret
626626 }
627627
628-var xVariantTypeStringScan func(string, string, string) bool
628+var xVariantTypeStringScan func(string, string, *string) bool
629629
630630 // Scan for a single complete and valid GVariant type string in @string.
631631 //
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ var xVariantTypeStringScan func(string, string, string) bool
641641 //
642642 // For the simple case of checking if a string is a valid type string,
643643 // see [func@GLib.VariantType.string_is_valid].
644-func VariantTypeStringScan(StringVar string, LimitVar string, EndptrVar string) bool {
644+func VariantTypeStringScan(StringVar string, LimitVar string, EndptrVar *string) bool {
645645
646646 cret := xVariantTypeStringScan(StringVar, LimitVar, EndptrVar)
647647 return cret
M v4/gmodule/gmodule.go +2 -2
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ func (x *Module) Name() string {
6767 return cret
6868 }
6969
70-var xModuleSymbol func(uintptr, string, uintptr) bool
70+var xModuleSymbol func(uintptr, string, *uintptr) bool
7171
7272 // Gets a symbol pointer from a module, such as one exported
7373 // by %G_MODULE_EXPORT. Note that a valid symbol can be %NULL.
74-func (x *Module) Symbol(SymbolNameVar string, SymbolVar uintptr) bool {
74+func (x *Module) Symbol(SymbolNameVar string, SymbolVar *uintptr) bool {
7575
7676 cret := xModuleSymbol(x.GoPointer(), SymbolNameVar, SymbolVar)
7777 return cret
M v4/gobject/gbinding.go +50 -0
@@ -297,6 +297,56 @@ func (c *Binding) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
297297 c.Ptr = ptr
298298 }
299299
300+// SetPropertySourceProperty sets the "source-property" property.
301+// The name of the property of #GBinding:source that should be used
302+// as the source of the binding.
303+//
304+// This should be in [canonical form][canonical-parameter-names] to get the
305+// best performance.
306+func (x *Binding) SetPropertySourceProperty(value string) {
307+ var v Value
308+ v.Init(TypeStringVal)
309+ v.SetString(value)
310+ x.SetProperty("source-property", &v)
311+}
312+
313+// GetPropertySourceProperty gets the "source-property" property.
314+// The name of the property of #GBinding:source that should be used
315+// as the source of the binding.
316+//
317+// This should be in [canonical form][canonical-parameter-names] to get the
318+// best performance.
319+func (x *Binding) GetPropertySourceProperty() string {
320+ var v Value
321+ x.GetProperty("source-property", &v)
322+ return v.GetString()
323+}
324+
325+// SetPropertyTargetProperty sets the "target-property" property.
326+// The name of the property of #GBinding:target that should be used
327+// as the target of the binding.
328+//
329+// This should be in [canonical form][canonical-parameter-names] to get the
330+// best performance.
331+func (x *Binding) SetPropertyTargetProperty(value string) {
332+ var v Value
333+ v.Init(TypeStringVal)
334+ v.SetString(value)
335+ x.SetProperty("target-property", &v)
336+}
337+
338+// GetPropertyTargetProperty gets the "target-property" property.
339+// The name of the property of #GBinding:target that should be used
340+// as the target of the binding.
341+//
342+// This should be in [canonical form][canonical-parameter-names] to get the
343+// best performance.
344+func (x *Binding) GetPropertyTargetProperty() string {
345+ var v Value
346+ x.GetProperty("target-property", &v)
347+ return v.GetString()
348+}
349+
300350 func init() {
301351 core.SetPackageName("GOBJECT", "gobject-2.0")
302352 core.SetSharedLibraries("GOBJECT", []string{"libgobject-2.0.so.0"})
M v4/gobject/gclosure.go +2 -2
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ func (x *Closure) Unref() {
411411
412412 }
413413
414-// OverrideMarshal sets the callback function.
414+// OverrideMarshal sets the "marshal" callback function.
415415 func (x *Closure) OverrideMarshal(cb func(*Closure, *Value, uint, *Value, uintptr, uintptr)) {
416416 if cb == nil {
417417 x.xMarshal = 0
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ func (x *Closure) OverrideMarshal(cb func(*Closure, *Value, uint, *Value, uintpt
422422 }
423423 }
424424
425-// GetMarshal gets the callback function.
425+// GetMarshal gets the "marshal" callback function.
426426 func (x *Closure) GetMarshal() func(*Closure, *Value, uint, *Value, uintptr, uintptr) {
427427 if x.xMarshal == 0 {
428428 return nil
M v4/gobject/gobject.go +40 -40
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
7878 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
7979 }
8080
81-// OverrideConstructor sets the callback function.
81+// OverrideConstructor sets the "constructor" callback function.
8282 // the @constructor function is called by g_object_new () to
8383 //
8484 // complete the object initialization after all the construction properties are
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideConstructor(cb func(types.GType, uint, *
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// GetConstructor gets the callback function.
102+// GetConstructor gets the "constructor" callback function.
103103 // the @constructor function is called by g_object_new () to
104104 //
105105 // complete the object initialization after all the construction properties are
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GetConstructor() func(types.GType, uint, *Object
123123 }
124124 }
125125
126-// OverrideSetProperty sets the callback function.
126+// OverrideSetProperty sets the "set_property" callback function.
127127 // the generic setter for all properties of this type. Should be
128128 //
129129 // overridden for every type with properties. If implementations of
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideSetProperty(cb func(*Object, uint, *Valu
140140 }
141141 }
142142
143-// GetSetProperty gets the callback function.
143+// GetSetProperty gets the "set_property" callback function.
144144 // the generic setter for all properties of this type. Should be
145145 //
146146 // overridden for every type with properties. If implementations of
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GetSetProperty() func(*Object, uint, *Value, *Pa
158158 }
159159 }
160160
161-// OverrideGetProperty sets the callback function.
161+// OverrideGetProperty sets the "get_property" callback function.
162162 // the generic getter for all properties of this type. Should be
163163 //
164164 // overridden for every type with properties.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideGetProperty(cb func(*Object, uint, *Valu
172172 }
173173 }
174174
175-// GetGetProperty gets the callback function.
175+// GetGetProperty gets the "get_property" callback function.
176176 // the generic getter for all properties of this type. Should be
177177 //
178178 // overridden for every type with properties.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GetGetProperty() func(*Object, uint, *Value, *Pa
187187 }
188188 }
189189
190-// OverrideDispose sets the callback function.
190+// OverrideDispose sets the "dispose" callback function.
191191 // the @dispose function is supposed to drop all references to other
192192 //
193193 // objects, but keep the instance otherwise intact, so that client method
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideDispose(cb func(*Object)) {
204204 }
205205 }
206206
207-// GetDispose gets the callback function.
207+// GetDispose gets the "dispose" callback function.
208208 // the @dispose function is supposed to drop all references to other
209209 //
210210 // objects, but keep the instance otherwise intact, so that client method
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GetDispose() func(*Object) {
222222 }
223223 }
224224
225-// OverrideFinalize sets the callback function.
225+// OverrideFinalize sets the "finalize" callback function.
226226 // instance finalization function, should finish the finalization of
227227 //
228228 // the instance begun in @dispose and chain up to the @finalize method of the
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideFinalize(cb func(*Object)) {
237237 }
238238 }
239239
240-// GetFinalize gets the callback function.
240+// GetFinalize gets the "finalize" callback function.
241241 // instance finalization function, should finish the finalization of
242242 //
243243 // the instance begun in @dispose and chain up to the @finalize method of the
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GetFinalize() func(*Object) {
253253 }
254254 }
255255
256-// OverrideDispatchPropertiesChanged sets the callback function.
256+// OverrideDispatchPropertiesChanged sets the "dispatch_properties_changed" callback function.
257257 // emits property change notification for a bunch
258258 //
259259 // of properties. Overriding @dispatch_properties_changed should be rarely
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideDispatchPropertiesChanged(cb func(*Objec
268268 }
269269 }
270270
271-// GetDispatchPropertiesChanged gets the callback function.
271+// GetDispatchPropertiesChanged gets the "dispatch_properties_changed" callback function.
272272 // emits property change notification for a bunch
273273 //
274274 // of properties. Overriding @dispatch_properties_changed should be rarely
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GetDispatchPropertiesChanged() func(*Object, uin
284284 }
285285 }
286286
287-// OverrideNotify sets the callback function.
287+// OverrideNotify sets the "notify" callback function.
288288 // the class closure for the notify signal
289289 func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideNotify(cb func(*Object, *ParamSpec)) {
290290 if cb == nil {
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideNotify(cb func(*Object, *ParamSpec)) {
296296 }
297297 }
298298
299-// GetNotify gets the callback function.
299+// GetNotify gets the "notify" callback function.
300300 // the class closure for the notify signal
301301 func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GetNotify() func(*Object, *ParamSpec) {
302302 if x.xNotify == 0 {
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) GetNotify() func(*Object, *ParamSpec) {
309309 }
310310 }
311311
312-// OverrideConstructed sets the callback function.
312+// OverrideConstructed sets the "constructed" callback function.
313313 // the @constructed function is called by g_object_new() as the
314314 //
315315 // final step of the object creation process. At the point of the call, all
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ func (x *InitiallyUnownedClass) OverrideConstructed(cb func(*Object)) {
328328 }
329329 }
330330
331-// GetConstructed gets the callback function.
331+// GetConstructed gets the "constructed" callback function.
332332 // the @constructed function is called by g_object_new() as the
333333 //
334334 // final step of the object creation process. At the point of the call, all
@@ -526,10 +526,10 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) InstallProperty(PropertyIdVar uint, PspecVar *ParamSpec) {
526526
527527 }
528528
529-var xObjectClassListProperties func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
529+var xObjectClassListProperties func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
530530
531531 // Get an array of #GParamSpec* for all properties of a class.
532-func (x *ObjectClass) ListProperties(NPropertiesVar uint) uintptr {
532+func (x *ObjectClass) ListProperties(NPropertiesVar *uint) uintptr {
533533
534534 cret := xObjectClassListProperties(x.GoPointer(), NPropertiesVar)
535535 return cret
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideProperty(PropertyIdVar uint, NameVar string) {
559559
560560 }
561561
562-// OverrideConstructor sets the callback function.
562+// OverrideConstructor sets the "constructor" callback function.
563563 // the @constructor function is called by g_object_new () to
564564 //
565565 // complete the object initialization after all the construction properties are
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideConstructor(cb func(types.GType, uint, *ObjectCons
580580 }
581581 }
582582
583-// GetConstructor gets the callback function.
583+// GetConstructor gets the "constructor" callback function.
584584 // the @constructor function is called by g_object_new () to
585585 //
586586 // complete the object initialization after all the construction properties are
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) GetConstructor() func(types.GType, uint, *ObjectConstructP
604604 }
605605 }
606606
607-// OverrideSetProperty sets the callback function.
607+// OverrideSetProperty sets the "set_property" callback function.
608608 // The type of the @set_property function of #GObjectClass.
609609 func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideSetProperty(cb func(*Object, uint, *Value, *ParamSpec)) {
610610 if cb == nil {
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideSetProperty(cb func(*Object, uint, *Value, *ParamS
616616 }
617617 }
618618
619-// GetSetProperty gets the callback function.
619+// GetSetProperty gets the "set_property" callback function.
620620 // The type of the @set_property function of #GObjectClass.
621621 func (x *ObjectClass) GetSetProperty() func(*Object, uint, *Value, *ParamSpec) {
622622 if x.xSetProperty == 0 {
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) GetSetProperty() func(*Object, uint, *Value, *ParamSpec) {
629629 }
630630 }
631631
632-// OverrideGetProperty sets the callback function.
632+// OverrideGetProperty sets the "get_property" callback function.
633633 // The type of the @get_property function of #GObjectClass.
634634 func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideGetProperty(cb func(*Object, uint, *Value, *ParamSpec)) {
635635 if cb == nil {
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideGetProperty(cb func(*Object, uint, *Value, *ParamS
641641 }
642642 }
643643
644-// GetGetProperty gets the callback function.
644+// GetGetProperty gets the "get_property" callback function.
645645 // The type of the @get_property function of #GObjectClass.
646646 func (x *ObjectClass) GetGetProperty() func(*Object, uint, *Value, *ParamSpec) {
647647 if x.xGetProperty == 0 {
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) GetGetProperty() func(*Object, uint, *Value, *ParamSpec) {
654654 }
655655 }
656656
657-// OverrideDispose sets the callback function.
657+// OverrideDispose sets the "dispose" callback function.
658658 // the @dispose function is supposed to drop all references to other
659659 //
660660 // objects, but keep the instance otherwise intact, so that client method
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideDispose(cb func(*Object)) {
671671 }
672672 }
673673
674-// GetDispose gets the callback function.
674+// GetDispose gets the "dispose" callback function.
675675 // the @dispose function is supposed to drop all references to other
676676 //
677677 // objects, but keep the instance otherwise intact, so that client method
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) GetDispose() func(*Object) {
689689 }
690690 }
691691
692-// OverrideFinalize sets the callback function.
692+// OverrideFinalize sets the "finalize" callback function.
693693 // The type of the @finalize function of #GObjectClass.
694694 func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideFinalize(cb func(*Object)) {
695695 if cb == nil {
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideFinalize(cb func(*Object)) {
701701 }
702702 }
703703
704-// GetFinalize gets the callback function.
704+// GetFinalize gets the "finalize" callback function.
705705 // The type of the @finalize function of #GObjectClass.
706706 func (x *ObjectClass) GetFinalize() func(*Object) {
707707 if x.xFinalize == 0 {
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) GetFinalize() func(*Object) {
714714 }
715715 }
716716
717-// OverrideDispatchPropertiesChanged sets the callback function.
717+// OverrideDispatchPropertiesChanged sets the "dispatch_properties_changed" callback function.
718718 // emits property change notification for a bunch
719719 //
720720 // of properties. Overriding @dispatch_properties_changed should be rarely
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideDispatchPropertiesChanged(cb func(*Object, uint, *
729729 }
730730 }
731731
732-// GetDispatchPropertiesChanged gets the callback function.
732+// GetDispatchPropertiesChanged gets the "dispatch_properties_changed" callback function.
733733 // emits property change notification for a bunch
734734 //
735735 // of properties. Overriding @dispatch_properties_changed should be rarely
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) GetDispatchPropertiesChanged() func(*Object, uint, **Param
745745 }
746746 }
747747
748-// OverrideNotify sets the callback function.
748+// OverrideNotify sets the "notify" callback function.
749749 // the class closure for the notify signal
750750 func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideNotify(cb func(*Object, *ParamSpec)) {
751751 if cb == nil {
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideNotify(cb func(*Object, *ParamSpec)) {
757757 }
758758 }
759759
760-// GetNotify gets the callback function.
760+// GetNotify gets the "notify" callback function.
761761 // the class closure for the notify signal
762762 func (x *ObjectClass) GetNotify() func(*Object, *ParamSpec) {
763763 if x.xNotify == 0 {
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) GetNotify() func(*Object, *ParamSpec) {
770770 }
771771 }
772772
773-// OverrideConstructed sets the callback function.
773+// OverrideConstructed sets the "constructed" callback function.
774774 // the @constructed function is called by g_object_new() as the
775775 //
776776 // final step of the object creation process. At the point of the call, all
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ func (x *ObjectClass) OverrideConstructed(cb func(*Object)) {
789789 }
790790 }
791791
792-// GetConstructed gets the callback function.
792+// GetConstructed gets the "constructed" callback function.
793793 // the @constructed function is called by g_object_new() as the
794794 //
795795 // final step of the object creation process. At the point of the call, all
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ func (x *Object) RemoveWeakPointer(WeakPointerLocationVar uintptr) {
17181718
17191719 }
17201720
1721-var xObjectReplaceData func(uintptr, string, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
1721+var xObjectReplaceData func(uintptr, string, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *glib.DestroyNotify) bool
17221722
17231723 // Compares the user data for the key @key on @object with
17241724 // @oldval, and if they are the same, replaces @oldval with
@@ -1738,11 +1738,11 @@ var xObjectReplaceData func(uintptr, string, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr)
17381738 // for @key.
17391739 func (x *Object) ReplaceData(KeyVar string, OldvalVar uintptr, NewvalVar uintptr, DestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, OldDestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify) bool {
17401740
1741- cret := xObjectReplaceData(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), glib.NewCallback(OldDestroyVar))
1741+ cret := xObjectReplaceData(x.GoPointer(), KeyVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), OldDestroyVar)
17421742 return cret
17431743 }
17441744
1745-var xObjectReplaceQdata func(uintptr, glib.Quark, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr) bool
1745+var xObjectReplaceQdata func(uintptr, glib.Quark, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, *glib.DestroyNotify) bool
17461746
17471747 // Compares the user data for the key @quark on @object with
17481748 // @oldval, and if they are the same, replaces @oldval with
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ var xObjectReplaceQdata func(uintptr, glib.Quark, uintptr, uintptr, uintptr, uin
17591759 // should not destroy the object in the normal way.
17601760 func (x *Object) ReplaceQdata(QuarkVar glib.Quark, OldvalVar uintptr, NewvalVar uintptr, DestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify, OldDestroyVar *glib.DestroyNotify) bool {
17611761
1762- cret := xObjectReplaceQdata(x.GoPointer(), QuarkVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), glib.NewCallback(OldDestroyVar))
1762+ cret := xObjectReplaceQdata(x.GoPointer(), QuarkVar, OldvalVar, NewvalVar, glib.NewCallbackNullable(DestroyVar), OldDestroyVar)
17631763 return cret
17641764 }
17651765
@@ -2177,13 +2177,13 @@ func ObjectInterfaceInstallProperty(GIfaceVar *TypeInterface, PspecVar *ParamSpe
21772177
21782178 }
21792179
2180-var xObjectInterfaceListProperties func(*TypeInterface, uint) uintptr
2180+var xObjectInterfaceListProperties func(*TypeInterface, *uint) uintptr
21812181
21822182 // Lists the properties of an interface.Generally, the interface
21832183 // vtable passed in as @g_iface will be the default vtable from
21842184 // g_type_default_interface_ref(), or, if you know the interface has
21852185 // already been loaded, g_type_default_interface_peek().
2186-func ObjectInterfaceListProperties(GIfaceVar *TypeInterface, NPropertiesPVar uint) uintptr {
2186+func ObjectInterfaceListProperties(GIfaceVar *TypeInterface, NPropertiesPVar *uint) uintptr {
21872187
21882188 cret := xObjectInterfaceListProperties(GIfaceVar, NPropertiesPVar)
21892189 return cret
M v4/gobject/gparam.go +22 -22
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3838 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3939 }
4040
41-// OverrideFinalize sets the callback function.
41+// OverrideFinalize sets the "finalize" callback function.
4242 // The instance finalization function (optional), should chain
4343 //
4444 // up to the finalize method of the parent class.
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) OverrideFinalize(cb func(*ParamSpec)) {
5252 }
5353 }
5454
55-// GetFinalize gets the callback function.
55+// GetFinalize gets the "finalize" callback function.
5656 // The instance finalization function (optional), should chain
5757 //
5858 // up to the finalize method of the parent class.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) GetFinalize() func(*ParamSpec) {
6767 }
6868 }
6969
70-// OverrideValueSetDefault sets the callback function.
70+// OverrideValueSetDefault sets the "value_set_default" callback function.
7171 // Resets a @value to the default value for this type
7272 //
7373 // (recommended, the default is g_value_reset()), see
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) OverrideValueSetDefault(cb func(*ParamSpec, *Value)) {
8282 }
8383 }
8484
85-// GetValueSetDefault gets the callback function.
85+// GetValueSetDefault gets the "value_set_default" callback function.
8686 // Resets a @value to the default value for this type
8787 //
8888 // (recommended, the default is g_value_reset()), see
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) GetValueSetDefault() func(*ParamSpec, *Value) {
9898 }
9999 }
100100
101-// OverrideValueValidate sets the callback function.
101+// OverrideValueValidate sets the "value_validate" callback function.
102102 // Ensures that the contents of @value comply with the
103103 //
104104 // specifications set out by this type (optional), see
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) OverrideValueValidate(cb func(*ParamSpec, *Value) bool)
113113 }
114114 }
115115
116-// GetValueValidate gets the callback function.
116+// GetValueValidate gets the "value_validate" callback function.
117117 // Ensures that the contents of @value comply with the
118118 //
119119 // specifications set out by this type (optional), see
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) GetValueValidate() func(*ParamSpec, *Value) bool {
129129 }
130130 }
131131
132-// OverrideValuesCmp sets the callback function.
132+// OverrideValuesCmp sets the "values_cmp" callback function.
133133 // Compares @value1 with @value2 according to this type
134134 //
135135 // (recommended, the default is memcmp()), see g_param_values_cmp().
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) OverrideValuesCmp(cb func(*ParamSpec, *Value, *Value) i
143143 }
144144 }
145145
146-// GetValuesCmp gets the callback function.
146+// GetValuesCmp gets the "values_cmp" callback function.
147147 // Compares @value1 with @value2 according to this type
148148 //
149149 // (recommended, the default is memcmp()), see g_param_values_cmp().
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) GetValuesCmp() func(*ParamSpec, *Value, *Value) int {
158158 }
159159 }
160160
161-// OverrideValueIsValid sets the callback function.
161+// OverrideValueIsValid sets the "value_is_valid" callback function.
162162 // Checks if contents of @value comply with the specifications
163163 //
164164 // set out by this type, without modifying the value. This vfunc is optional.
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecClass) OverrideValueIsValid(cb func(*ParamSpec, *Value) bool)
173173 }
174174 }
175175
176-// GetValueIsValid gets the callback function.
176+// GetValueIsValid gets the "value_is_valid" callback function.
177177 // Checks if contents of @value comply with the specifications
178178 //
179179 // set out by this type, without modifying the value. This vfunc is optional.
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ func (x *ParamSpecPool) Insert(PspecVar *ParamSpec, OwnerTypeVar types.GType) {
220220
221221 }
222222
223-var xParamSpecPoolList func(uintptr, types.GType, uint) uintptr
223+var xParamSpecPoolList func(uintptr, types.GType, *uint) uintptr
224224
225225 // Gets an array of all #GParamSpecs owned by @owner_type in
226226 // the pool.
227-func (x *ParamSpecPool) List(OwnerTypeVar types.GType, NPspecsPVar uint) uintptr {
227+func (x *ParamSpecPool) List(OwnerTypeVar types.GType, NPspecsPVar *uint) uintptr {
228228
229229 cret := xParamSpecPoolList(x.GoPointer(), OwnerTypeVar, NPspecsPVar)
230230 return cret
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) GoPointer() uintptr {
298298 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
299299 }
300300
301-// OverrideInstanceInit sets the callback function.
301+// OverrideInstanceInit sets the "instance_init" callback function.
302302 // Location of the instance initialization function (optional).
303303 func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) OverrideInstanceInit(cb func(*ParamSpec)) {
304304 if cb == nil {
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) OverrideInstanceInit(cb func(*ParamSpec)) {
310310 }
311311 }
312312
313-// GetInstanceInit gets the callback function.
313+// GetInstanceInit gets the "instance_init" callback function.
314314 // Location of the instance initialization function (optional).
315315 func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) GetInstanceInit() func(*ParamSpec) {
316316 if x.xInstanceInit == 0 {
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) GetInstanceInit() func(*ParamSpec) {
323323 }
324324 }
325325
326-// OverrideFinalize sets the callback function.
326+// OverrideFinalize sets the "finalize" callback function.
327327 // The instance finalization function (optional).
328328 func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) OverrideFinalize(cb func(*ParamSpec)) {
329329 if cb == nil {
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) OverrideFinalize(cb func(*ParamSpec)) {
335335 }
336336 }
337337
338-// GetFinalize gets the callback function.
338+// GetFinalize gets the "finalize" callback function.
339339 // The instance finalization function (optional).
340340 func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) GetFinalize() func(*ParamSpec) {
341341 if x.xFinalize == 0 {
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) GetFinalize() func(*ParamSpec) {
348348 }
349349 }
350350
351-// OverrideValueSetDefault sets the callback function.
351+// OverrideValueSetDefault sets the "value_set_default" callback function.
352352 // Resets a @value to the default value for @pspec
353353 //
354354 // (recommended, the default is g_value_reset()), see
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) OverrideValueSetDefault(cb func(*ParamSpec, *Value))
363363 }
364364 }
365365
366-// GetValueSetDefault gets the callback function.
366+// GetValueSetDefault gets the "value_set_default" callback function.
367367 // Resets a @value to the default value for @pspec
368368 //
369369 // (recommended, the default is g_value_reset()), see
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) GetValueSetDefault() func(*ParamSpec, *Value) {
379379 }
380380 }
381381
382-// OverrideValueValidate sets the callback function.
382+// OverrideValueValidate sets the "value_validate" callback function.
383383 // Ensures that the contents of @value comply with the
384384 //
385385 // specifications set out by @pspec (optional), see
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) OverrideValueValidate(cb func(*ParamSpec, *Value) bo
394394 }
395395 }
396396
397-// GetValueValidate gets the callback function.
397+// GetValueValidate gets the "value_validate" callback function.
398398 // Ensures that the contents of @value comply with the
399399 //
400400 // specifications set out by @pspec (optional), see
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) GetValueValidate() func(*ParamSpec, *Value) bool {
410410 }
411411 }
412412
413-// OverrideValuesCmp sets the callback function.
413+// OverrideValuesCmp sets the "values_cmp" callback function.
414414 // Compares @value1 with @value2 according to @pspec
415415 //
416416 // (recommended, the default is memcmp()), see g_param_values_cmp().
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ func (x *ParamSpecTypeInfo) OverrideValuesCmp(cb func(*ParamSpec, *Value, *Value
424424 }
425425 }
426426
427-// GetValuesCmp gets the callback function.
427+// GetValuesCmp gets the "values_cmp" callback function.
428428 // Compares @value1 with @value2 according to @pspec
429429 //
430430 // (recommended, the default is memcmp()), see g_param_values_cmp().
M v4/gobject/gsignal.go +4 -4
@@ -565,12 +565,12 @@ func SignalIsValidName(NameVar string) bool {
565565 return cret
566566 }
567567
568-var xSignalListIds func(types.GType, uint) uintptr
568+var xSignalListIds func(types.GType, *uint) uintptr
569569
570570 // Lists the signals by id that a certain instance or interface type
571571 // created. Further information about the signals can be acquired through
572572 // g_signal_query().
573-func SignalListIds(ItypeVar types.GType, NIdsVar uint) uintptr {
573+func SignalListIds(ItypeVar types.GType, NIdsVar *uint) uintptr {
574574
575575 cret := xSignalListIds(ItypeVar, NIdsVar)
576576 return cret
@@ -721,11 +721,11 @@ func SignalOverrideClassHandler(SignalNameVar string, InstanceTypeVar types.GTyp
721721
722722 }
723723
724-var xSignalParseName func(string, types.GType, uint, *glib.Quark, bool) bool
724+var xSignalParseName func(string, types.GType, *uint, *glib.Quark, bool) bool
725725
726726 // Internal function to parse a signal name into its @signal_id
727727 // and @detail quark.
728-func SignalParseName(DetailedSignalVar string, ItypeVar types.GType, SignalIdPVar uint, DetailPVar *glib.Quark, ForceDetailQuarkVar bool) bool {
728+func SignalParseName(DetailedSignalVar string, ItypeVar types.GType, SignalIdPVar *uint, DetailPVar *glib.Quark, ForceDetailQuarkVar bool) bool {
729729
730730 cret := xSignalParseName(DetailedSignalVar, ItypeVar, SignalIdPVar, DetailPVar, ForceDetailQuarkVar)
731731 return cret
M v4/gobject/gtype.go +6 -6
@@ -953,11 +953,11 @@ func TypeCheckValueHolds(ValueVar *Value, TypeVar types.GType) bool {
953953 return cret
954954 }
955955
956-var xTypeChildren func(types.GType, uint) uintptr
956+var xTypeChildren func(types.GType, *uint) uintptr
957957
958958 // Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing
959959 // the child types of @type.
960-func TypeChildren(TypeVar types.GType, NChildrenVar uint) uintptr {
960+func TypeChildren(TypeVar types.GType, NChildrenVar *uint) uintptr {
961961
962962 cret := xTypeChildren(TypeVar, NChildrenVar)
963963 return cret
@@ -1313,20 +1313,20 @@ func TypeInterfacePeek(InstanceClassVar *TypeClass, IfaceTypeVar types.GType) *T
13131313 return cret
13141314 }
13151315
1316-var xTypeInterfacePrerequisites func(types.GType, uint) uintptr
1316+var xTypeInterfacePrerequisites func(types.GType, *uint) uintptr
13171317
13181318 // Returns the prerequisites of an interfaces type.
1319-func TypeInterfacePrerequisites(InterfaceTypeVar types.GType, NPrerequisitesVar uint) uintptr {
1319+func TypeInterfacePrerequisites(InterfaceTypeVar types.GType, NPrerequisitesVar *uint) uintptr {
13201320
13211321 cret := xTypeInterfacePrerequisites(InterfaceTypeVar, NPrerequisitesVar)
13221322 return cret
13231323 }
13241324
1325-var xTypeInterfaces func(types.GType, uint) uintptr
1325+var xTypeInterfaces func(types.GType, *uint) uintptr
13261326
13271327 // Return a newly allocated and 0-terminated array of type IDs, listing
13281328 // the interface types that @type conforms to.
1329-func TypeInterfaces(TypeVar types.GType, NInterfacesVar uint) uintptr {
1329+func TypeInterfaces(TypeVar types.GType, NInterfacesVar *uint) uintptr {
13301330
13311331 cret := xTypeInterfaces(TypeVar, NInterfacesVar)
13321332 return cret
M v4/gobject/gtypemodule.go +12 -12
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideLoad sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideLoad sets the "load" callback function.
3838 // loads the module and registers one or more types using
3939 //
4040 // g_type_module_register_type().
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideLoad(cb func(*TypeModule) bool) {
4848 }
4949 }
5050
51-// GetLoad gets the callback function.
51+// GetLoad gets the "load" callback function.
5252 // loads the module and registers one or more types using
5353 //
5454 // g_type_module_register_type().
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetLoad() func(*TypeModule) bool {
6363 }
6464 }
6565
66-// OverrideUnload sets the callback function.
66+// OverrideUnload sets the "unload" callback function.
6767 // unloads the module
6868 func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideUnload(cb func(*TypeModule)) {
6969 if cb == nil {
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideUnload(cb func(*TypeModule)) {
7575 }
7676 }
7777
78-// GetUnload gets the callback function.
78+// GetUnload gets the "unload" callback function.
7979 // unloads the module
8080 func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetUnload() func(*TypeModule) {
8181 if x.xUnload == 0 {
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetUnload() func(*TypeModule) {
8888 }
8989 }
9090
91-// OverrideReserved1 sets the callback function.
91+// OverrideReserved1 sets the "reserved1" callback function.
9292 func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideReserved1(cb func()) {
9393 if cb == nil {
9494 x.xReserved1 = 0
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideReserved1(cb func()) {
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// GetReserved1 gets the callback function.
102+// GetReserved1 gets the "reserved1" callback function.
103103 func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetReserved1() func() {
104104 if x.xReserved1 == 0 {
105105 return nil
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetReserved1() func() {
111111 }
112112 }
113113
114-// OverrideReserved2 sets the callback function.
114+// OverrideReserved2 sets the "reserved2" callback function.
115115 func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideReserved2(cb func()) {
116116 if cb == nil {
117117 x.xReserved2 = 0
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideReserved2(cb func()) {
122122 }
123123 }
124124
125-// GetReserved2 gets the callback function.
125+// GetReserved2 gets the "reserved2" callback function.
126126 func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetReserved2() func() {
127127 if x.xReserved2 == 0 {
128128 return nil
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetReserved2() func() {
134134 }
135135 }
136136
137-// OverrideReserved3 sets the callback function.
137+// OverrideReserved3 sets the "reserved3" callback function.
138138 func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideReserved3(cb func()) {
139139 if cb == nil {
140140 x.xReserved3 = 0
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideReserved3(cb func()) {
145145 }
146146 }
147147
148-// GetReserved3 gets the callback function.
148+// GetReserved3 gets the "reserved3" callback function.
149149 func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetReserved3() func() {
150150 if x.xReserved3 == 0 {
151151 return nil
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetReserved3() func() {
157157 }
158158 }
159159
160-// OverrideReserved4 sets the callback function.
160+// OverrideReserved4 sets the "reserved4" callback function.
161161 func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideReserved4(cb func()) {
162162 if cb == nil {
163163 x.xReserved4 = 0
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ func (x *TypeModuleClass) OverrideReserved4(cb func()) {
168168 }
169169 }
170170
171-// GetReserved4 gets the callback function.
171+// GetReserved4 gets the "reserved4" callback function.
172172 func (x *TypeModuleClass) GetReserved4() func() {
173173 if x.xReserved4 == 0 {
174174 return nil
M v4/graphene/graphene-box.go +2 -2
@@ -176,10 +176,10 @@ func (x *Box) GetSize(SizeVar *Vec3) {
176176
177177 }
178178
179-var xBoxGetVertices func(uintptr, [8]Vec3)
179+var xBoxGetVertices func(uintptr, *[8]Vec3)
180180
181181 // Computes the vertices of the given #graphene_box_t.
182-func (x *Box) GetVertices(VerticesVar [8]Vec3) {
182+func (x *Box) GetVertices(VerticesVar *[8]Vec3) {
183183
184184 xBoxGetVertices(x.GoPointer(), VerticesVar)
185185
M v4/graphene/graphene-frustum.go +2 -2
@@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ func (x *Frustum) Free() {
6969
7070 }
7171
72-var xFrustumGetPlanes func(uintptr, [6]Plane)
72+var xFrustumGetPlanes func(uintptr, *[6]Plane)
7373
7474 // Retrieves the planes that define the given #graphene_frustum_t.
75-func (x *Frustum) GetPlanes(PlanesVar [6]Plane) {
75+func (x *Frustum) GetPlanes(PlanesVar *[6]Plane) {
7676
7777 xFrustumGetPlanes(x.GoPointer(), PlanesVar)
7878
M v4/graphene/graphene-matrix.go +4 -4
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ func (x *Matrix) SkewYz(FactorVar float32) {
597597
598598 }
599599
600-var xMatrixTo2d func(uintptr, float64, float64, float64, float64, float64, float64) bool
600+var xMatrixTo2d func(uintptr, *float64, *float64, *float64, *float64, *float64, *float64) bool
601601
602602 // Converts a #graphene_matrix_t to an affine transformation
603603 // matrix, if the given matrix is compatible.
@@ -614,17 +614,17 @@ var xMatrixTo2d func(uintptr, float64, float64, float64, float64, float64, float
614614 //
615615 // This function can be used to convert between a #graphene_matrix_t
616616 // and an affine matrix type from other libraries.
617-func (x *Matrix) To2d(XxVar float64, YxVar float64, XyVar float64, YyVar float64, X0Var float64, Y0Var float64) bool {
617+func (x *Matrix) To2d(XxVar *float64, YxVar *float64, XyVar *float64, YyVar *float64, X0Var *float64, Y0Var *float64) bool {
618618
619619 cret := xMatrixTo2d(x.GoPointer(), XxVar, YxVar, XyVar, YyVar, X0Var, Y0Var)
620620 return cret
621621 }
622622
623-var xMatrixToFloat func(uintptr, [16]float32)
623+var xMatrixToFloat func(uintptr, *[16]float32)
624624
625625 // Converts a #graphene_matrix_t to an array of floating point
626626 // values.
627-func (x *Matrix) ToFloat(VVar [16]float32) {
627+func (x *Matrix) ToFloat(VVar *[16]float32) {
628628
629629 xMatrixToFloat(x.GoPointer(), VVar)
630630
M v4/graphene/graphene-point.go +2 -2
@@ -59,10 +59,10 @@ func PointAlloc() *Point {
5959 return cret
6060 }
6161
62-var xPointDistance func(uintptr, *Point, float32, float32) float32
62+var xPointDistance func(uintptr, *Point, *float32, *float32) float32
6363
6464 // Computes the distance between @a and @b.
65-func (x *Point) Distance(BVar *Point, DXVar float32, DYVar float32) float32 {
65+func (x *Point) Distance(BVar *Point, DXVar *float32, DYVar *float32) float32 {
6666
6767 cret := xPointDistance(x.GoPointer(), BVar, DXVar, DYVar)
6868 return cret
M v4/graphene/graphene-quaternion.go +6 -6
@@ -224,21 +224,21 @@ func (x *Quaternion) Slerp(BVar *Quaternion, FactorVar float32, ResVar *Quaterni
224224
225225 }
226226
227-var xQuaternionToAngleVec3 func(uintptr, float32, *Vec3)
227+var xQuaternionToAngleVec3 func(uintptr, *float32, *Vec3)
228228
229229 // Converts a quaternion into an @angle, @axis pair.
230-func (x *Quaternion) ToAngleVec3(AngleVar float32, AxisVar *Vec3) {
230+func (x *Quaternion) ToAngleVec3(AngleVar *float32, AxisVar *Vec3) {
231231
232232 xQuaternionToAngleVec3(x.GoPointer(), AngleVar, AxisVar)
233233
234234 }
235235
236-var xQuaternionToAngles func(uintptr, float32, float32, float32)
236+var xQuaternionToAngles func(uintptr, *float32, *float32, *float32)
237237
238238 // Converts a #graphene_quaternion_t to its corresponding rotations
239239 // on the [Euler angles](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euler_angles)
240240 // on each axis.
241-func (x *Quaternion) ToAngles(DegXVar float32, DegYVar float32, DegZVar float32) {
241+func (x *Quaternion) ToAngles(DegXVar *float32, DegYVar *float32, DegZVar *float32) {
242242
243243 xQuaternionToAngles(x.GoPointer(), DegXVar, DegYVar, DegZVar)
244244
@@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ func (x *Quaternion) ToMatrix(MVar *Matrix) {
254254
255255 }
256256
257-var xQuaternionToRadians func(uintptr, float32, float32, float32)
257+var xQuaternionToRadians func(uintptr, *float32, *float32, *float32)
258258
259259 // Converts a #graphene_quaternion_t to its corresponding rotations
260260 // on the [Euler angles](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euler_angles)
261261 // on each axis.
262-func (x *Quaternion) ToRadians(RadXVar float32, RadYVar float32, RadZVar float32) {
262+func (x *Quaternion) ToRadians(RadXVar *float32, RadYVar *float32, RadZVar *float32) {
263263
264264 xQuaternionToRadians(x.GoPointer(), RadXVar, RadYVar, RadZVar)
265265
M v4/graphene/graphene-ray.go +6 -6
@@ -154,31 +154,31 @@ func (x *Ray) InitFromVec3(OriginVar *Vec3, DirectionVar *Vec3) *Ray {
154154 return cret
155155 }
156156
157-var xRayIntersectBox func(uintptr, *Box, float32) RayIntersectionKind
157+var xRayIntersectBox func(uintptr, *Box, *float32) RayIntersectionKind
158158
159159 // Intersects the given #graphene_ray_t @r with the given
160160 // #graphene_box_t @b.
161-func (x *Ray) IntersectBox(BVar *Box, TOutVar float32) RayIntersectionKind {
161+func (x *Ray) IntersectBox(BVar *Box, TOutVar *float32) RayIntersectionKind {
162162
163163 cret := xRayIntersectBox(x.GoPointer(), BVar, TOutVar)
164164 return cret
165165 }
166166
167-var xRayIntersectSphere func(uintptr, *Sphere, float32) RayIntersectionKind
167+var xRayIntersectSphere func(uintptr, *Sphere, *float32) RayIntersectionKind
168168
169169 // Intersects the given #graphene_ray_t @r with the given
170170 // #graphene_sphere_t @s.
171-func (x *Ray) IntersectSphere(SVar *Sphere, TOutVar float32) RayIntersectionKind {
171+func (x *Ray) IntersectSphere(SVar *Sphere, TOutVar *float32) RayIntersectionKind {
172172
173173 cret := xRayIntersectSphere(x.GoPointer(), SVar, TOutVar)
174174 return cret
175175 }
176176
177-var xRayIntersectTriangle func(uintptr, *Triangle, float32) RayIntersectionKind
177+var xRayIntersectTriangle func(uintptr, *Triangle, *float32) RayIntersectionKind
178178
179179 // Intersects the given #graphene_ray_t @r with the given
180180 // #graphene_triangle_t @t.
181-func (x *Ray) IntersectTriangle(TVar *Triangle, TOutVar float32) RayIntersectionKind {
181+func (x *Ray) IntersectTriangle(TVar *Triangle, TOutVar *float32) RayIntersectionKind {
182182
183183 cret := xRayIntersectTriangle(x.GoPointer(), TVar, TOutVar)
184184 return cret
M v4/graphene/graphene-rect.go +2 -2
@@ -149,10 +149,10 @@ func (x *Rect) GetTopRight(PVar *Point) {
149149
150150 }
151151
152-var xRectGetVertices func(uintptr, [4]Vec2)
152+var xRectGetVertices func(uintptr, *[4]Vec2)
153153
154154 // Computes the four vertices of a #graphene_rect_t.
155-func (x *Rect) GetVertices(VerticesVar [4]Vec2) {
155+func (x *Rect) GetVertices(VerticesVar *[4]Vec2) {
156156
157157 xRectGetVertices(x.GoPointer(), VerticesVar)
158158
M v4/graphene/graphene-vec2.go +2 -2
@@ -234,10 +234,10 @@ func (x *Vec2) Subtract(BVar *Vec2, ResVar *Vec2) {
234234
235235 }
236236
237-var xVec2ToFloat func(uintptr, [2]float32)
237+var xVec2ToFloat func(uintptr, *[2]float32)
238238
239239 // Stores the components of @v into an array.
240-func (x *Vec2) ToFloat(DestVar [2]float32) {
240+func (x *Vec2) ToFloat(DestVar *[2]float32) {
241241
242242 xVec2ToFloat(x.GoPointer(), DestVar)
243243
M v4/graphene/graphene-vec3.go +2 -2
@@ -301,10 +301,10 @@ func (x *Vec3) Subtract(BVar *Vec3, ResVar *Vec3) {
301301
302302 }
303303
304-var xVec3ToFloat func(uintptr, [3]float32)
304+var xVec3ToFloat func(uintptr, *[3]float32)
305305
306306 // Copies the components of a #graphene_vec3_t into the given array.
307-func (x *Vec3) ToFloat(DestVar [3]float32) {
307+func (x *Vec3) ToFloat(DestVar *[3]float32) {
308308
309309 xVec3ToFloat(x.GoPointer(), DestVar)
310310
M v4/graphene/graphene-vec4.go +2 -2
@@ -291,11 +291,11 @@ func (x *Vec4) Subtract(BVar *Vec4, ResVar *Vec4) {
291291
292292 }
293293
294-var xVec4ToFloat func(uintptr, [4]float32)
294+var xVec4ToFloat func(uintptr, *[4]float32)
295295
296296 // Stores the components of the given #graphene_vec4_t into an array
297297 // of floating point values.
298-func (x *Vec4) ToFloat(DestVar [4]float32) {
298+func (x *Vec4) ToFloat(DestVar *[4]float32) {
299299
300300 xVec4ToFloat(x.GoPointer(), DestVar)
301301
M v4/gsk/gskglshader.go +40 -0
@@ -577,6 +577,46 @@ func (c *GLShader) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
577577 c.Ptr = ptr
578578 }
579579
580+// SetPropertyResource sets the "resource" property.
581+// Resource containing the source code for the shader.
582+//
583+// If the shader source is not coming from a resource, this
584+// will be %NULL.
585+func (x *GLShader) SetPropertyResource(value string) {
586+ var v gobject.Value
587+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
588+ v.SetString(value)
589+ x.SetProperty("resource", &v)
590+}
591+
592+// GetPropertyResource gets the "resource" property.
593+// Resource containing the source code for the shader.
594+//
595+// If the shader source is not coming from a resource, this
596+// will be %NULL.
597+func (x *GLShader) GetPropertyResource() string {
598+ var v gobject.Value
599+ x.GetProperty("resource", &v)
600+ return v.GetString()
601+}
602+
603+// SetPropertySource sets the "source" property.
604+// The source code for the shader, as a `GBytes`.
605+func (x *GLShader) SetPropertySource(value uintptr) {
606+ var v gobject.Value
607+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
608+ v.SetPointer(value)
609+ x.SetProperty("source", &v)
610+}
611+
612+// GetPropertySource gets the "source" property.
613+// The source code for the shader, as a `GBytes`.
614+func (x *GLShader) GetPropertySource() uintptr {
615+ var v gobject.Value
616+ x.GetProperty("source", &v)
617+ return v.GetPointer()
618+}
619+
580620 func init() {
581621 core.SetPackageName("GSK", "gtk4")
582622 core.SetSharedLibraries("GSK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gsk/gskrenderer.go +8 -0
@@ -201,6 +201,14 @@ func (c *Renderer) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
201201 c.Ptr = ptr
202202 }
203203
204+// GetPropertyRealized gets the "realized" property.
205+// Whether the renderer has been associated with a surface or draw context.
206+func (x *Renderer) GetPropertyRealized() bool {
207+ var v gobject.Value
208+ x.GetProperty("realized", &v)
209+ return v.GetBoolean()
210+}
211+
204212 func init() {
205213 core.SetPackageName("GSK", "gtk4")
206214 core.SetSharedLibraries("GSK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gsk/gskrendernodeimpl.go +8 -8
@@ -589,10 +589,10 @@ func (x *ConicGradientNode) GetCenter() *graphene.Point {
589589 return cret
590590 }
591591
592-var xConicGradientNodeGetColorStops func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
592+var xConicGradientNodeGetColorStops func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
593593
594594 // Retrieves the color stops in the gradient.
595-func (x *ConicGradientNode) GetColorStops(NStopsVar uint) uintptr {
595+func (x *ConicGradientNode) GetColorStops(NStopsVar *uint) uintptr {
596596
597597 cret := xConicGradientNodeGetColorStops(x.GoPointer(), NStopsVar)
598598 return cret
@@ -1191,10 +1191,10 @@ func NewLinearGradientNode(BoundsVar *graphene.Rect, StartVar *graphene.Point, E
11911191 return cls
11921192 }
11931193
1194-var xLinearGradientNodeGetColorStops func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
1194+var xLinearGradientNodeGetColorStops func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
11951195
11961196 // Retrieves the color stops in the gradient.
1197-func (x *LinearGradientNode) GetColorStops(NStopsVar uint) uintptr {
1197+func (x *LinearGradientNode) GetColorStops(NStopsVar *uint) uintptr {
11981198
11991199 cret := xLinearGradientNodeGetColorStops(x.GoPointer(), NStopsVar)
12001200 return cret
@@ -1548,10 +1548,10 @@ func (x *RadialGradientNode) GetCenter() *graphene.Point {
15481548 return cret
15491549 }
15501550
1551-var xRadialGradientNodeGetColorStops func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
1551+var xRadialGradientNodeGetColorStops func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
15521552
15531553 // Retrieves the color stops in the gradient.
1554-func (x *RadialGradientNode) GetColorStops(NStopsVar uint) uintptr {
1554+func (x *RadialGradientNode) GetColorStops(NStopsVar *uint) uintptr {
15551555
15561556 cret := xRadialGradientNodeGetColorStops(x.GoPointer(), NStopsVar)
15571557 return cret
@@ -2154,10 +2154,10 @@ func (x *TextNode) GetFont() *pango.Font {
21542154 return cls
21552155 }
21562156
2157-var xTextNodeGetGlyphs func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
2157+var xTextNodeGetGlyphs func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
21582158
21592159 // Retrieves the glyph information in the @node.
2160-func (x *TextNode) GetGlyphs(NGlyphsVar uint) uintptr {
2160+func (x *TextNode) GetGlyphs(NGlyphsVar *uint) uintptr {
21612161
21622162 cret := xTextNodeGetGlyphs(x.GoPointer(), NGlyphsVar)
21632163 return cret
M v4/gsk/gsktypes.go +12 -12
@@ -296,13 +296,13 @@ func (x *Path) GetBounds(BoundsVar *graphene.Rect) bool {
296296 return cret
297297 }
298298
299-var xPathGetClosestPoint func(uintptr, *graphene.Point, float32, *PathPoint, float32) bool
299+var xPathGetClosestPoint func(uintptr, *graphene.Point, float32, *PathPoint, *float32) bool
300300
301301 // Computes the closest point on the path to the given point.
302302 //
303303 // If there is no point closer than the given threshold,
304304 // false is returned.
305-func (x *Path) GetClosestPoint(PointVar *graphene.Point, ThresholdVar float32, ResultVar *PathPoint, DistanceVar float32) bool {
305+func (x *Path) GetClosestPoint(PointVar *graphene.Point, ThresholdVar float32, ResultVar *PathPoint, DistanceVar *float32) bool {
306306
307307 cret := xPathGetClosestPoint(x.GoPointer(), PointVar, ThresholdVar, ResultVar, DistanceVar)
308308 return cret
@@ -1081,10 +1081,10 @@ func (x *Stroke) Free() {
10811081
10821082 }
10831083
1084-var xStrokeGetDash func(uintptr, uint) uintptr
1084+var xStrokeGetDash func(uintptr, *uint) uintptr
10851085
10861086 // Gets the dash array in use.
1087-func (x *Stroke) GetDash(NDashVar uint) uintptr {
1087+func (x *Stroke) GetDash(NDashVar *uint) uintptr {
10881088
10891089 cret := xStrokeGetDash(x.GoPointer(), NDashVar)
10901090 return cret
@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ func (x *Transform) Skew(SkewXVar float32, SkewYVar float32) *Transform {
14471447 return cret
14481448 }
14491449
1450-var xTransformTo2d func(uintptr, float32, float32, float32, float32, float32, float32)
1450+var xTransformTo2d func(uintptr, *float32, *float32, *float32, *float32, *float32, *float32)
14511451
14521452 // Converts a transform to a 2D transformation matrix.
14531453 //
@@ -1473,13 +1473,13 @@ var xTransformTo2d func(uintptr, float32, float32, float32, float32, float32, fl
14731473 // This function can be used to convert between a `GskTransform`
14741474 // and a matrix type from other 2D drawing libraries, in particular
14751475 // Cairo.
1476-func (x *Transform) To2d(OutXxVar float32, OutYxVar float32, OutXyVar float32, OutYyVar float32, OutDxVar float32, OutDyVar float32) {
1476+func (x *Transform) To2d(OutXxVar *float32, OutYxVar *float32, OutXyVar *float32, OutYyVar *float32, OutDxVar *float32, OutDyVar *float32) {
14771477
14781478 xTransformTo2d(x.GoPointer(), OutXxVar, OutYxVar, OutXyVar, OutYyVar, OutDxVar, OutDyVar)
14791479
14801480 }
14811481
1482-var xTransformTo2dComponents func(uintptr, float32, float32, float32, float32, float32, float32, float32)
1482+var xTransformTo2dComponents func(uintptr, *float32, *float32, *float32, *float32, *float32, *float32, *float32)
14831483
14841484 // Converts a transform to 2D transformation factors.
14851485 //
@@ -1499,13 +1499,13 @@ var xTransformTo2dComponents func(uintptr, float32, float32, float32, float32, f
14991499 // gsk_transform_get_category() >= GSK_TRANSFORM_CATEGORY_2D
15001500 //
15011501 // to check.
1502-func (x *Transform) To2dComponents(OutSkewXVar float32, OutSkewYVar float32, OutScaleXVar float32, OutScaleYVar float32, OutAngleVar float32, OutDxVar float32, OutDyVar float32) {
1502+func (x *Transform) To2dComponents(OutSkewXVar *float32, OutSkewYVar *float32, OutScaleXVar *float32, OutScaleYVar *float32, OutAngleVar *float32, OutDxVar *float32, OutDyVar *float32) {
15031503
15041504 xTransformTo2dComponents(x.GoPointer(), OutSkewXVar, OutSkewYVar, OutScaleXVar, OutScaleYVar, OutAngleVar, OutDxVar, OutDyVar)
15051505
15061506 }
15071507
1508-var xTransformToAffine func(uintptr, float32, float32, float32, float32)
1508+var xTransformToAffine func(uintptr, *float32, *float32, *float32, *float32)
15091509
15101510 // Converts a transform to 2D affine transformation factors.
15111511 //
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ var xTransformToAffine func(uintptr, float32, float32, float32, float32)
15241524 // gsk_transform_get_category() >= GSK_TRANSFORM_CATEGORY_2D_AFFINE
15251525 //
15261526 // to check.
1527-func (x *Transform) ToAffine(OutScaleXVar float32, OutScaleYVar float32, OutDxVar float32, OutDyVar float32) {
1527+func (x *Transform) ToAffine(OutScaleXVar *float32, OutScaleYVar *float32, OutDxVar *float32, OutDyVar *float32) {
15281528
15291529 xTransformToAffine(x.GoPointer(), OutScaleXVar, OutScaleYVar, OutDxVar, OutDyVar)
15301530
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ func (x *Transform) ToString() string {
15541554 return cret
15551555 }
15561556
1557-var xTransformToTranslate func(uintptr, float32, float32)
1557+var xTransformToTranslate func(uintptr, *float32, *float32)
15581558
15591559 // Converts a transform to a translation operation.
15601560 //
@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ var xTransformToTranslate func(uintptr, float32, float32)
15641564 // gsk_transform_get_category() >= GSK_TRANSFORM_CATEGORY_2D_TRANSLATE
15651565 //
15661566 // to check.
1567-func (x *Transform) ToTranslate(OutDxVar float32, OutDyVar float32) {
1567+func (x *Transform) ToTranslate(OutDxVar *float32, OutDyVar *float32) {
15681568
15691569 xTransformToTranslate(x.GoPointer(), OutDxVar, OutDyVar)
15701570
M v4/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.go +332 -2
@@ -535,6 +535,336 @@ func (c *AboutDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
535535 c.Ptr = ptr
536536 }
537537
538+// SetPropertyArtists sets the "artists" property.
539+// The people who contributed artwork to the program.
540+//
541+// Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
542+// as links.
543+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyArtists(value []string) {
544+ var v gobject.Value
545+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
546+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
547+ x.SetProperty("artists", &v)
548+}
549+
550+// GetPropertyArtists gets the "artists" property.
551+// The people who contributed artwork to the program.
552+//
553+// Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
554+// as links.
555+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyArtists() []string {
556+ var v gobject.Value
557+ x.GetProperty("artists", &v)
558+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
559+}
560+
561+// SetPropertyAuthors sets the "authors" property.
562+// The authors of the program.
563+//
564+// Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
565+// as links, see the introduction for more details.
566+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyAuthors(value []string) {
567+ var v gobject.Value
568+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
569+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
570+ x.SetProperty("authors", &v)
571+}
572+
573+// GetPropertyAuthors gets the "authors" property.
574+// The authors of the program.
575+//
576+// Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
577+// as links, see the introduction for more details.
578+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyAuthors() []string {
579+ var v gobject.Value
580+ x.GetProperty("authors", &v)
581+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
582+}
583+
584+// SetPropertyComments sets the "comments" property.
585+// Comments about the program.
586+//
587+// This string is displayed in a label in the main dialog, thus it
588+// should be a short explanation of the main purpose of the program,
589+// not a detailed list of features.
590+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyComments(value string) {
591+ var v gobject.Value
592+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
593+ v.SetString(value)
594+ x.SetProperty("comments", &v)
595+}
596+
597+// GetPropertyComments gets the "comments" property.
598+// Comments about the program.
599+//
600+// This string is displayed in a label in the main dialog, thus it
601+// should be a short explanation of the main purpose of the program,
602+// not a detailed list of features.
603+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyComments() string {
604+ var v gobject.Value
605+ x.GetProperty("comments", &v)
606+ return v.GetString()
607+}
608+
609+// SetPropertyCopyright sets the "copyright" property.
610+// Copyright information for the program.
611+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyCopyright(value string) {
612+ var v gobject.Value
613+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
614+ v.SetString(value)
615+ x.SetProperty("copyright", &v)
616+}
617+
618+// GetPropertyCopyright gets the "copyright" property.
619+// Copyright information for the program.
620+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyCopyright() string {
621+ var v gobject.Value
622+ x.GetProperty("copyright", &v)
623+ return v.GetString()
624+}
625+
626+// SetPropertyDocumenters sets the "documenters" property.
627+// The people documenting the program.
628+//
629+// Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
630+// as links, see the introduction for more details.
631+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyDocumenters(value []string) {
632+ var v gobject.Value
633+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
634+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
635+ x.SetProperty("documenters", &v)
636+}
637+
638+// GetPropertyDocumenters gets the "documenters" property.
639+// The people documenting the program.
640+//
641+// Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
642+// as links, see the introduction for more details.
643+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyDocumenters() []string {
644+ var v gobject.Value
645+ x.GetProperty("documenters", &v)
646+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
647+}
648+
649+// SetPropertyLicense sets the "license" property.
650+// The license of the program, as free-form text.
651+//
652+// This string is displayed in a text view in a secondary dialog, therefore
653+// it is fine to use a long multi-paragraph text. Note that the text is only
654+// wrapped in the text view if the "wrap-license" property is set to `TRUE`;
655+// otherwise the text itself must contain the intended linebreaks.
656+//
657+// When setting this property to a non-`NULL` value, the
658+// [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:license-type] property is set to
659+// [enum@Gtk.License.custom] as a side effect.
660+//
661+// The text may contain links in this format `<http://www.some.place/>`
662+// and email references in the form `<mail-to@some.body>`, and these will
663+// be converted into clickable links.
664+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyLicense(value string) {
665+ var v gobject.Value
666+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
667+ v.SetString(value)
668+ x.SetProperty("license", &v)
669+}
670+
671+// GetPropertyLicense gets the "license" property.
672+// The license of the program, as free-form text.
673+//
674+// This string is displayed in a text view in a secondary dialog, therefore
675+// it is fine to use a long multi-paragraph text. Note that the text is only
676+// wrapped in the text view if the "wrap-license" property is set to `TRUE`;
677+// otherwise the text itself must contain the intended linebreaks.
678+//
679+// When setting this property to a non-`NULL` value, the
680+// [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:license-type] property is set to
681+// [enum@Gtk.License.custom] as a side effect.
682+//
683+// The text may contain links in this format `<http://www.some.place/>`
684+// and email references in the form `<mail-to@some.body>`, and these will
685+// be converted into clickable links.
686+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyLicense() string {
687+ var v gobject.Value
688+ x.GetProperty("license", &v)
689+ return v.GetString()
690+}
691+
692+// SetPropertyLogoIconName sets the "logo-icon-name" property.
693+// A named icon to use as the logo for the about box.
694+//
695+// This property overrides the [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:logo] property.
696+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyLogoIconName(value string) {
697+ var v gobject.Value
698+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
699+ v.SetString(value)
700+ x.SetProperty("logo-icon-name", &v)
701+}
702+
703+// GetPropertyLogoIconName gets the "logo-icon-name" property.
704+// A named icon to use as the logo for the about box.
705+//
706+// This property overrides the [property@Gtk.AboutDialog:logo] property.
707+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyLogoIconName() string {
708+ var v gobject.Value
709+ x.GetProperty("logo-icon-name", &v)
710+ return v.GetString()
711+}
712+
713+// SetPropertyProgramName sets the "program-name" property.
714+// The name of the program.
715+//
716+// If this is not set, it defaults to the value returned by
717+// [func@GLib.get_application_name].
718+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyProgramName(value string) {
719+ var v gobject.Value
720+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
721+ v.SetString(value)
722+ x.SetProperty("program-name", &v)
723+}
724+
725+// GetPropertyProgramName gets the "program-name" property.
726+// The name of the program.
727+//
728+// If this is not set, it defaults to the value returned by
729+// [func@GLib.get_application_name].
730+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyProgramName() string {
731+ var v gobject.Value
732+ x.GetProperty("program-name", &v)
733+ return v.GetString()
734+}
735+
736+// SetPropertySystemInformation sets the "system-information" property.
737+// Information about the system on which the program is running.
738+//
739+// This information is displayed in a separate page, therefore it is fine
740+// to use a long multi-paragraph text. Note that the text should contain
741+// the intended linebreaks.
742+//
743+// The text may contain links in this format `<http://www.some.place/>`
744+// and email references in the form `<mail-to@some.body>`, and these will
745+// be converted into clickable links.
746+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertySystemInformation(value string) {
747+ var v gobject.Value
748+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
749+ v.SetString(value)
750+ x.SetProperty("system-information", &v)
751+}
752+
753+// GetPropertySystemInformation gets the "system-information" property.
754+// Information about the system on which the program is running.
755+//
756+// This information is displayed in a separate page, therefore it is fine
757+// to use a long multi-paragraph text. Note that the text should contain
758+// the intended linebreaks.
759+//
760+// The text may contain links in this format `<http://www.some.place/>`
761+// and email references in the form `<mail-to@some.body>`, and these will
762+// be converted into clickable links.
763+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertySystemInformation() string {
764+ var v gobject.Value
765+ x.GetProperty("system-information", &v)
766+ return v.GetString()
767+}
768+
769+// SetPropertyTranslatorCredits sets the "translator-credits" property.
770+// Credits to the translators.
771+//
772+// This string should be marked as translatable.
773+//
774+// The string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
775+// as links, see the introduction for more details.
776+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyTranslatorCredits(value string) {
777+ var v gobject.Value
778+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
779+ v.SetString(value)
780+ x.SetProperty("translator-credits", &v)
781+}
782+
783+// GetPropertyTranslatorCredits gets the "translator-credits" property.
784+// Credits to the translators.
785+//
786+// This string should be marked as translatable.
787+//
788+// The string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
789+// as links, see the introduction for more details.
790+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyTranslatorCredits() string {
791+ var v gobject.Value
792+ x.GetProperty("translator-credits", &v)
793+ return v.GetString()
794+}
795+
796+// SetPropertyVersion sets the "version" property.
797+// The version of the program.
798+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyVersion(value string) {
799+ var v gobject.Value
800+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
801+ v.SetString(value)
802+ x.SetProperty("version", &v)
803+}
804+
805+// GetPropertyVersion gets the "version" property.
806+// The version of the program.
807+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyVersion() string {
808+ var v gobject.Value
809+ x.GetProperty("version", &v)
810+ return v.GetString()
811+}
812+
813+// SetPropertyWebsite sets the "website" property.
814+// The URL for the link to the website of the program.
815+//
816+// This should be a string starting with `http://` or `https://`.
817+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyWebsite(value string) {
818+ var v gobject.Value
819+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
820+ v.SetString(value)
821+ x.SetProperty("website", &v)
822+}
823+
824+// GetPropertyWebsite gets the "website" property.
825+// The URL for the link to the website of the program.
826+//
827+// This should be a string starting with `http://` or `https://`.
828+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyWebsite() string {
829+ var v gobject.Value
830+ x.GetProperty("website", &v)
831+ return v.GetString()
832+}
833+
834+// SetPropertyWebsiteLabel sets the "website-label" property.
835+// The label for the link to the website of the program.
836+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyWebsiteLabel(value string) {
837+ var v gobject.Value
838+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
839+ v.SetString(value)
840+ x.SetProperty("website-label", &v)
841+}
842+
843+// GetPropertyWebsiteLabel gets the "website-label" property.
844+// The label for the link to the website of the program.
845+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyWebsiteLabel() string {
846+ var v gobject.Value
847+ x.GetProperty("website-label", &v)
848+ return v.GetString()
849+}
850+
851+// SetPropertyWrapLicense sets the "wrap-license" property.
852+// Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog.
853+func (x *AboutDialog) SetPropertyWrapLicense(value bool) {
854+ var v gobject.Value
855+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
856+ v.SetBoolean(value)
857+ x.SetProperty("wrap-license", &v)
858+}
859+
860+// GetPropertyWrapLicense gets the "wrap-license" property.
861+// Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog.
862+func (x *AboutDialog) GetPropertyWrapLicense() bool {
863+ var v gobject.Value
864+ x.GetProperty("wrap-license", &v)
865+ return v.GetBoolean()
866+}
867+
538868 // Emitted every time a URL is activated.
539869 //
540870 // Applications may connect to it to override the default behaviour,
@@ -615,7 +945,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
615945 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
616946 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
617947 // child widget.
618-func (x *AboutDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
948+func (x *AboutDialog) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
619949
620950 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
621951 return cret
@@ -870,7 +1200,7 @@ func (x *AboutDialog) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
8701200 //
8711201 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
8721202 // @self's widget coordinates.
873-func (x *AboutDialog) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
1203+func (x *AboutDialog) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
8741204
8751205 XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
8761206
M v4/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.go +4 -4
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func AcceleratorNameWithKeycode(DisplayVar *gdk.Display, AcceleratorKeyVar uint,
7777 return cret
7878 }
7979
80-var xAcceleratorParse func(string, uint, *gdk.ModifierType) bool
80+var xAcceleratorParse func(string, *uint, *gdk.ModifierType) bool
8181
8282 // Parses a string representing an accelerator.
8383 //
@@ -102,13 +102,13 @@ var xAcceleratorParse func(string, uint, *gdk.ModifierType) bool
102102 //
103103 // If the parse operation fails, @accelerator_key and @accelerator_mods will
104104 // be set to 0 (zero).
105-func AcceleratorParse(AcceleratorVar string, AcceleratorKeyVar uint, AcceleratorModsVar *gdk.ModifierType) bool {
105+func AcceleratorParse(AcceleratorVar string, AcceleratorKeyVar *uint, AcceleratorModsVar *gdk.ModifierType) bool {
106106
107107 cret := xAcceleratorParse(AcceleratorVar, AcceleratorKeyVar, AcceleratorModsVar)
108108 return cret
109109 }
110110
111-var xAcceleratorParseWithKeycode func(string, uintptr, uint, []uint, *gdk.ModifierType) bool
111+var xAcceleratorParseWithKeycode func(string, uintptr, *uint, *[]uint, *gdk.ModifierType) bool
112112
113113 // Parses a string representing an accelerator.
114114 //
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ var xAcceleratorParseWithKeycode func(string, uintptr, uint, []uint, *gdk.Modifi
124124 //
125125 // If the parse fails, @accelerator_key, @accelerator_mods and
126126 // @accelerator_codes will be set to 0 (zero).
127-func AcceleratorParseWithKeycode(AcceleratorVar string, DisplayVar *gdk.Display, AcceleratorKeyVar uint, AcceleratorCodesVar []uint, AcceleratorModsVar *gdk.ModifierType) bool {
127+func AcceleratorParseWithKeycode(AcceleratorVar string, DisplayVar *gdk.Display, AcceleratorKeyVar *uint, AcceleratorCodesVar *[]uint, AcceleratorModsVar *gdk.ModifierType) bool {
128128
129129 cret := xAcceleratorParseWithKeycode(AcceleratorVar, DisplayVar.GoPointer(), AcceleratorKeyVar, AcceleratorCodesVar, AcceleratorModsVar)
130130 return cret
M v4/gtk/gtkaccessible.go +20 -20
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3535 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3636 }
3737
38-// OverrideGetAtContext sets the callback function.
38+// OverrideGetAtContext sets the "get_at_context" callback function.
3939 // retrieve the platform-specific accessibility context
4040 //
4141 // for the accessible implementation
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetAtContext(cb func(Accessible) *ATContex
5353 }
5454 }
5555
56-// GetGetAtContext gets the callback function.
56+// GetGetAtContext gets the "get_at_context" callback function.
5757 // retrieve the platform-specific accessibility context
5858 //
5959 // for the accessible implementation
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetAtContext() func(Accessible) *ATContext {
7474 }
7575 }
7676
77-// OverrideGetPlatformState sets the callback function.
77+// OverrideGetPlatformState sets the "get_platform_state" callback function.
7878 // retrieve the accessible state
7979 func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetPlatformState(cb func(Accessible, AccessiblePlatformState) bool) {
8080 if cb == nil {
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetPlatformState(cb func(Accessible, Acces
8686 }
8787 }
8888
89-// GetGetPlatformState gets the callback function.
89+// GetGetPlatformState gets the "get_platform_state" callback function.
9090 // retrieve the accessible state
9191 func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetPlatformState() func(Accessible, AccessiblePlatformState) bool {
9292 if x.xGetPlatformState == 0 {
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetPlatformState() func(Accessible, AccessibleP
9999 }
100100 }
101101
102-// OverrideGetAccessibleParent sets the callback function.
102+// OverrideGetAccessibleParent sets the "get_accessible_parent" callback function.
103103 func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetAccessibleParent(cb func(Accessible) *AccessibleBase) {
104104 if cb == nil {
105105 x.xGetAccessibleParent = 0
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetAccessibleParent(cb func(Accessible) *A
114114 }
115115 }
116116
117-// GetGetAccessibleParent gets the callback function.
117+// GetGetAccessibleParent gets the "get_accessible_parent" callback function.
118118 func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetAccessibleParent() func(Accessible) *AccessibleBase {
119119 if x.xGetAccessibleParent == 0 {
120120 return nil
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetAccessibleParent() func(Accessible) *Accessi
132132 }
133133 }
134134
135-// OverrideGetFirstAccessibleChild sets the callback function.
135+// OverrideGetFirstAccessibleChild sets the "get_first_accessible_child" callback function.
136136 func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetFirstAccessibleChild(cb func(Accessible) *AccessibleBase) {
137137 if cb == nil {
138138 x.xGetFirstAccessibleChild = 0
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetFirstAccessibleChild(cb func(Accessible
147147 }
148148 }
149149
150-// GetGetFirstAccessibleChild gets the callback function.
150+// GetGetFirstAccessibleChild gets the "get_first_accessible_child" callback function.
151151 func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetFirstAccessibleChild() func(Accessible) *AccessibleBase {
152152 if x.xGetFirstAccessibleChild == 0 {
153153 return nil
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetFirstAccessibleChild() func(Accessible) *Acc
165165 }
166166 }
167167
168-// OverrideGetNextAccessibleSibling sets the callback function.
168+// OverrideGetNextAccessibleSibling sets the "get_next_accessible_sibling" callback function.
169169 func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetNextAccessibleSibling(cb func(Accessible) *AccessibleBase) {
170170 if cb == nil {
171171 x.xGetNextAccessibleSibling = 0
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetNextAccessibleSibling(cb func(Accessibl
180180 }
181181 }
182182
183-// GetGetNextAccessibleSibling gets the callback function.
183+// GetGetNextAccessibleSibling gets the "get_next_accessible_sibling" callback function.
184184 func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetNextAccessibleSibling() func(Accessible) *AccessibleBase {
185185 if x.xGetNextAccessibleSibling == 0 {
186186 return nil
@@ -198,25 +198,25 @@ func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetNextAccessibleSibling() func(Accessible) *Ac
198198 }
199199 }
200200
201-// OverrideGetBounds sets the callback function.
202-func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetBounds(cb func(Accessible, int, int, int, int) bool) {
201+// OverrideGetBounds sets the "get_bounds" callback function.
202+func (x *AccessibleInterface) OverrideGetBounds(cb func(Accessible, *int, *int, *int, *int) bool) {
203203 if cb == nil {
204204 x.xGetBounds = 0
205205 } else {
206- x.xGetBounds = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, XVarp int, YVarp int, WidthVarp int, HeightVarp int) bool {
206+ x.xGetBounds = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, XVarp *int, YVarp *int, WidthVarp *int, HeightVarp *int) bool {
207207 return cb(&AccessibleBase{Ptr: SelfVarp}, XVarp, YVarp, WidthVarp, HeightVarp)
208208 })
209209 }
210210 }
211211
212-// GetGetBounds gets the callback function.
213-func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetBounds() func(Accessible, int, int, int, int) bool {
212+// GetGetBounds gets the "get_bounds" callback function.
213+func (x *AccessibleInterface) GetGetBounds() func(Accessible, *int, *int, *int, *int) bool {
214214 if x.xGetBounds == 0 {
215215 return nil
216216 }
217- var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, XVarp int, YVarp int, WidthVarp int, HeightVarp int) bool
217+ var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, XVarp *int, YVarp *int, WidthVarp *int, HeightVarp *int) bool
218218 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetBounds)
219- return func(SelfVar Accessible, XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
219+ return func(SelfVar Accessible, XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
220220 return rawCallback(SelfVar.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
221221 }
222222 }
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ type Accessible interface {
301301 GetAccessibleParent() *AccessibleBase
302302 GetAccessibleRole() AccessibleRole
303303 GetAtContext() *ATContext
304- GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool
304+ GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool
305305 GetFirstAccessibleChild() *AccessibleBase
306306 GetNextAccessibleSibling() *AccessibleBase
307307 GetPlatformState(StateVar AccessiblePlatformState) bool
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleBase) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
397397 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
398398 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
399399 // child widget.
400-func (x *AccessibleBase) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
400+func (x *AccessibleBase) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
401401
402402 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
403403 return cret
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ var XGtkAccessibleAnnounce func(uintptr, string, AccessibleAnnouncementPriority)
612612 var XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleParent func(uintptr) uintptr
613613 var XGtkAccessibleGetAccessibleRole func(uintptr) AccessibleRole
614614 var XGtkAccessibleGetAtContext func(uintptr) uintptr
615-var XGtkAccessibleGetBounds func(uintptr, int, int, int, int) bool
615+var XGtkAccessibleGetBounds func(uintptr, *int, *int, *int, *int) bool
616616 var XGtkAccessibleGetFirstAccessibleChild func(uintptr) uintptr
617617 var XGtkAccessibleGetNextAccessibleSibling func(uintptr) uintptr
618618 var XGtkAccessibleGetPlatformState func(uintptr, AccessiblePlatformState) bool
M v4/gtk/gtkaccessiblerange.go +2 -2
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleRangeInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
2121 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
2222 }
2323
24-// OverrideSetCurrentValue sets the callback function.
24+// OverrideSetCurrentValue sets the "set_current_value" callback function.
2525 func (x *AccessibleRangeInterface) OverrideSetCurrentValue(cb func(AccessibleRange, float64) bool) {
2626 if cb == nil {
2727 x.xSetCurrentValue = 0
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleRangeInterface) OverrideSetCurrentValue(cb func(AccessibleRan
3232 }
3333 }
3434
35-// GetSetCurrentValue gets the callback function.
35+// GetSetCurrentValue gets the "set_current_value" callback function.
3636 func (x *AccessibleRangeInterface) GetSetCurrentValue() func(AccessibleRange, float64) bool {
3737 if x.xSetCurrentValue == 0 {
3838 return nil
M v4/gtk/gtkaccessibletext.go +41 -41
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3939 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
4040 }
4141
42-// OverrideGetContents sets the callback function.
42+// OverrideGetContents sets the "get_contents" callback function.
4343 func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetContents(cb func(AccessibleText, uint, uint) *glib.Bytes) {
4444 if cb == nil {
4545 x.xGetContents = 0
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetContents(cb func(AccessibleText, ui
5050 }
5151 }
5252
53-// GetGetContents gets the callback function.
53+// GetGetContents gets the "get_contents" callback function.
5454 func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetContents() func(AccessibleText, uint, uint) *glib.Bytes {
5555 if x.xGetContents == 0 {
5656 return nil
@@ -62,30 +62,30 @@ func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetContents() func(AccessibleText, uint, ui
6262 }
6363 }
6464
65-// OverrideGetContentsAt sets the callback function.
66-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetContentsAt(cb func(AccessibleText, uint, AccessibleTextGranularity, uint, uint) *glib.Bytes) {
65+// OverrideGetContentsAt sets the "get_contents_at" callback function.
66+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetContentsAt(cb func(AccessibleText, uint, AccessibleTextGranularity, *uint, *uint) *glib.Bytes) {
6767 if cb == nil {
6868 x.xGetContentsAt = 0
6969 } else {
70- x.xGetContentsAt = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, OffsetVarp uint, GranularityVarp AccessibleTextGranularity, StartVarp uint, EndVarp uint) *glib.Bytes {
70+ x.xGetContentsAt = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, OffsetVarp uint, GranularityVarp AccessibleTextGranularity, StartVarp *uint, EndVarp *uint) *glib.Bytes {
7171 return cb(&AccessibleTextBase{Ptr: SelfVarp}, OffsetVarp, GranularityVarp, StartVarp, EndVarp)
7272 })
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// GetGetContentsAt gets the callback function.
77-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetContentsAt() func(AccessibleText, uint, AccessibleTextGranularity, uint, uint) *glib.Bytes {
76+// GetGetContentsAt gets the "get_contents_at" callback function.
77+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetContentsAt() func(AccessibleText, uint, AccessibleTextGranularity, *uint, *uint) *glib.Bytes {
7878 if x.xGetContentsAt == 0 {
7979 return nil
8080 }
81- var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, OffsetVarp uint, GranularityVarp AccessibleTextGranularity, StartVarp uint, EndVarp uint) *glib.Bytes
81+ var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, OffsetVarp uint, GranularityVarp AccessibleTextGranularity, StartVarp *uint, EndVarp *uint) *glib.Bytes
8282 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetContentsAt)
83- return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, OffsetVar uint, GranularityVar AccessibleTextGranularity, StartVar uint, EndVar uint) *glib.Bytes {
83+ return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, OffsetVar uint, GranularityVar AccessibleTextGranularity, StartVar *uint, EndVar *uint) *glib.Bytes {
8484 return rawCallback(SelfVar.GoPointer(), OffsetVar, GranularityVar, StartVar, EndVar)
8585 }
8686 }
8787
88-// OverrideGetCaretPosition sets the callback function.
88+// OverrideGetCaretPosition sets the "get_caret_position" callback function.
8989 func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetCaretPosition(cb func(AccessibleText) uint) {
9090 if cb == nil {
9191 x.xGetCaretPosition = 0
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetCaretPosition(cb func(AccessibleTex
9696 }
9797 }
9898
99-// GetGetCaretPosition gets the callback function.
99+// GetGetCaretPosition gets the "get_caret_position" callback function.
100100 func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetCaretPosition() func(AccessibleText) uint {
101101 if x.xGetCaretPosition == 0 {
102102 return nil
@@ -108,76 +108,76 @@ func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetCaretPosition() func(AccessibleText) uin
108108 }
109109 }
110110
111-// OverrideGetSelection sets the callback function.
112-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetSelection(cb func(AccessibleText, uint, uintptr) bool) {
111+// OverrideGetSelection sets the "get_selection" callback function.
112+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetSelection(cb func(AccessibleText, *uint, *uintptr) bool) {
113113 if cb == nil {
114114 x.xGetSelection = 0
115115 } else {
116- x.xGetSelection = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, NRangesVarp uint, RangesVarp uintptr) bool {
116+ x.xGetSelection = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, NRangesVarp *uint, RangesVarp *uintptr) bool {
117117 return cb(&AccessibleTextBase{Ptr: SelfVarp}, NRangesVarp, RangesVarp)
118118 })
119119 }
120120 }
121121
122-// GetGetSelection gets the callback function.
123-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetSelection() func(AccessibleText, uint, uintptr) bool {
122+// GetGetSelection gets the "get_selection" callback function.
123+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetSelection() func(AccessibleText, *uint, *uintptr) bool {
124124 if x.xGetSelection == 0 {
125125 return nil
126126 }
127- var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, NRangesVarp uint, RangesVarp uintptr) bool
127+ var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, NRangesVarp *uint, RangesVarp *uintptr) bool
128128 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetSelection)
129- return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, NRangesVar uint, RangesVar uintptr) bool {
129+ return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, NRangesVar *uint, RangesVar *uintptr) bool {
130130 return rawCallback(SelfVar.GoPointer(), NRangesVar, RangesVar)
131131 }
132132 }
133133
134-// OverrideGetAttributes sets the callback function.
135-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetAttributes(cb func(AccessibleText, uint, uint, uintptr, []string, []string) bool) {
134+// OverrideGetAttributes sets the "get_attributes" callback function.
135+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetAttributes(cb func(AccessibleText, uint, *uint, *uintptr, *[]string, *[]string) bool) {
136136 if cb == nil {
137137 x.xGetAttributes = 0
138138 } else {
139- x.xGetAttributes = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, OffsetVarp uint, NRangesVarp uint, RangesVarp uintptr, AttributeNamesVarp []string, AttributeValuesVarp []string) bool {
139+ x.xGetAttributes = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, OffsetVarp uint, NRangesVarp *uint, RangesVarp *uintptr, AttributeNamesVarp *[]string, AttributeValuesVarp *[]string) bool {
140140 return cb(&AccessibleTextBase{Ptr: SelfVarp}, OffsetVarp, NRangesVarp, RangesVarp, AttributeNamesVarp, AttributeValuesVarp)
141141 })
142142 }
143143 }
144144
145-// GetGetAttributes gets the callback function.
146-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetAttributes() func(AccessibleText, uint, uint, uintptr, []string, []string) bool {
145+// GetGetAttributes gets the "get_attributes" callback function.
146+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetAttributes() func(AccessibleText, uint, *uint, *uintptr, *[]string, *[]string) bool {
147147 if x.xGetAttributes == 0 {
148148 return nil
149149 }
150- var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, OffsetVarp uint, NRangesVarp uint, RangesVarp uintptr, AttributeNamesVarp []string, AttributeValuesVarp []string) bool
150+ var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, OffsetVarp uint, NRangesVarp *uint, RangesVarp *uintptr, AttributeNamesVarp *[]string, AttributeValuesVarp *[]string) bool
151151 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetAttributes)
152- return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, OffsetVar uint, NRangesVar uint, RangesVar uintptr, AttributeNamesVar []string, AttributeValuesVar []string) bool {
152+ return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, OffsetVar uint, NRangesVar *uint, RangesVar *uintptr, AttributeNamesVar *[]string, AttributeValuesVar *[]string) bool {
153153 return rawCallback(SelfVar.GoPointer(), OffsetVar, NRangesVar, RangesVar, AttributeNamesVar, AttributeValuesVar)
154154 }
155155 }
156156
157-// OverrideGetDefaultAttributes sets the callback function.
158-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetDefaultAttributes(cb func(AccessibleText, []string, []string)) {
157+// OverrideGetDefaultAttributes sets the "get_default_attributes" callback function.
158+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetDefaultAttributes(cb func(AccessibleText, *[]string, *[]string)) {
159159 if cb == nil {
160160 x.xGetDefaultAttributes = 0
161161 } else {
162- x.xGetDefaultAttributes = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, AttributeNamesVarp []string, AttributeValuesVarp []string) {
162+ x.xGetDefaultAttributes = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, AttributeNamesVarp *[]string, AttributeValuesVarp *[]string) {
163163 cb(&AccessibleTextBase{Ptr: SelfVarp}, AttributeNamesVarp, AttributeValuesVarp)
164164 })
165165 }
166166 }
167167
168-// GetGetDefaultAttributes gets the callback function.
169-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetDefaultAttributes() func(AccessibleText, []string, []string) {
168+// GetGetDefaultAttributes gets the "get_default_attributes" callback function.
169+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetDefaultAttributes() func(AccessibleText, *[]string, *[]string) {
170170 if x.xGetDefaultAttributes == 0 {
171171 return nil
172172 }
173- var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, AttributeNamesVarp []string, AttributeValuesVarp []string)
173+ var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, AttributeNamesVarp *[]string, AttributeValuesVarp *[]string)
174174 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetDefaultAttributes)
175- return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, AttributeNamesVar []string, AttributeValuesVar []string) {
175+ return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, AttributeNamesVar *[]string, AttributeValuesVar *[]string) {
176176 rawCallback(SelfVar.GoPointer(), AttributeNamesVar, AttributeValuesVar)
177177 }
178178 }
179179
180-// OverrideGetExtents sets the callback function.
180+// OverrideGetExtents sets the "get_extents" callback function.
181181 func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetExtents(cb func(AccessibleText, uint, uint, *graphene.Rect) bool) {
182182 if cb == nil {
183183 x.xGetExtents = 0
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetExtents(cb func(AccessibleText, uin
188188 }
189189 }
190190
191-// GetGetExtents gets the callback function.
191+// GetGetExtents gets the "get_extents" callback function.
192192 func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetExtents() func(AccessibleText, uint, uint, *graphene.Rect) bool {
193193 if x.xGetExtents == 0 {
194194 return nil
@@ -200,25 +200,25 @@ func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetExtents() func(AccessibleText, uint, uin
200200 }
201201 }
202202
203-// OverrideGetOffset sets the callback function.
204-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetOffset(cb func(AccessibleText, *graphene.Point, uint) bool) {
203+// OverrideGetOffset sets the "get_offset" callback function.
204+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) OverrideGetOffset(cb func(AccessibleText, *graphene.Point, *uint) bool) {
205205 if cb == nil {
206206 x.xGetOffset = 0
207207 } else {
208- x.xGetOffset = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, PointVarp *graphene.Point, OffsetVarp uint) bool {
208+ x.xGetOffset = purego.NewCallback(func(SelfVarp uintptr, PointVarp *graphene.Point, OffsetVarp *uint) bool {
209209 return cb(&AccessibleTextBase{Ptr: SelfVarp}, PointVarp, OffsetVarp)
210210 })
211211 }
212212 }
213213
214-// GetGetOffset gets the callback function.
215-func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetOffset() func(AccessibleText, *graphene.Point, uint) bool {
214+// GetGetOffset gets the "get_offset" callback function.
215+func (x *AccessibleTextInterface) GetGetOffset() func(AccessibleText, *graphene.Point, *uint) bool {
216216 if x.xGetOffset == 0 {
217217 return nil
218218 }
219- var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, PointVarp *graphene.Point, OffsetVarp uint) bool
219+ var rawCallback func(SelfVarp uintptr, PointVarp *graphene.Point, OffsetVarp *uint) bool
220220 purego.RegisterFunc(&rawCallback, x.xGetOffset)
221- return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, PointVar *graphene.Point, OffsetVar uint) bool {
221+ return func(SelfVar AccessibleText, PointVar *graphene.Point, OffsetVar *uint) bool {
222222 return rawCallback(SelfVar.GoPointer(), PointVar, OffsetVar)
223223 }
224224 }
M v4/gtk/gtkactionable.go +51 -8
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
88 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
99 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
1010 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/glib"
11+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
1112 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
1213 )
1314
@@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ func (x *ActionableInterface) GoPointer() uintptr {
3031 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3132 }
3233
33-// OverrideGetActionName sets the callback function.
34+// OverrideGetActionName sets the "get_action_name" callback function.
3435 // virtual function for [method@Actionable.get_action_name]
3536 func (x *ActionableInterface) OverrideGetActionName(cb func(Actionable) string) {
3637 if cb == nil {
@@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *ActionableInterface) OverrideGetActionName(cb func(Actionable) string)
4243 }
4344 }
4445
45-// GetGetActionName gets the callback function.
46+// GetGetActionName gets the "get_action_name" callback function.
4647 // virtual function for [method@Actionable.get_action_name]
4748 func (x *ActionableInterface) GetGetActionName() func(Actionable) string {
4849 if x.xGetActionName == 0 {
@@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ func (x *ActionableInterface) GetGetActionName() func(Actionable) string {
5556 }
5657 }
5758
58-// OverrideSetActionName sets the callback function.
59+// OverrideSetActionName sets the "set_action_name" callback function.
5960 // virtual function for [method@Actionable.set_action_name]
6061 func (x *ActionableInterface) OverrideSetActionName(cb func(Actionable, string)) {
6162 if cb == nil {
@@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *ActionableInterface) OverrideSetActionName(cb func(Actionable, string))
6768 }
6869 }
6970
70-// GetSetActionName gets the callback function.
71+// GetSetActionName gets the "set_action_name" callback function.
7172 // virtual function for [method@Actionable.set_action_name]
7273 func (x *ActionableInterface) GetSetActionName() func(Actionable, string) {
7374 if x.xSetActionName == 0 {
@@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ func (x *ActionableInterface) GetSetActionName() func(Actionable, string) {
8081 }
8182 }
8283
83-// OverrideGetActionTargetValue sets the callback function.
84+// OverrideGetActionTargetValue sets the "get_action_target_value" callback function.
8485 // virtual function for [method@Actionable.get_action_target_value]
8586 func (x *ActionableInterface) OverrideGetActionTargetValue(cb func(Actionable) *glib.Variant) {
8687 if cb == nil {
@@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ func (x *ActionableInterface) OverrideGetActionTargetValue(cb func(Actionable) *
9293 }
9394 }
9495
95-// GetGetActionTargetValue gets the callback function.
96+// GetGetActionTargetValue gets the "get_action_target_value" callback function.
9697 // virtual function for [method@Actionable.get_action_target_value]
9798 func (x *ActionableInterface) GetGetActionTargetValue() func(Actionable) *glib.Variant {
9899 if x.xGetActionTargetValue == 0 {
@@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ func (x *ActionableInterface) GetGetActionTargetValue() func(Actionable) *glib.V
105106 }
106107 }
107108
108-// OverrideSetActionTargetValue sets the callback function.
109+// OverrideSetActionTargetValue sets the "set_action_target_value" callback function.
109110 // virtual function for [method@Actionable.set_action_target_value]
110111 func (x *ActionableInterface) OverrideSetActionTargetValue(cb func(Actionable, *glib.Variant)) {
111112 if cb == nil {
@@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ func (x *ActionableInterface) OverrideSetActionTargetValue(cb func(Actionable, *
117118 }
118119 }
119120
120-// GetSetActionTargetValue gets the callback function.
121+// GetSetActionTargetValue gets the "set_action_target_value" callback function.
121122 // virtual function for [method@Actionable.set_action_target_value]
122123 func (x *ActionableInterface) GetSetActionTargetValue() func(Actionable, *glib.Variant) {
123124 if x.xSetActionTargetValue == 0 {
@@ -257,6 +258,48 @@ func (x *ActionableBase) SetDetailedActionName(DetailedActionNameVar string) {
257258
258259 }
259260
261+// SetPropertyActionName sets the "action-name" property.
262+// The name of the action with which this widget should be associated.
263+func (x *ActionableBase) SetPropertyActionName(value string) {
264+ obj := gobject.Object{}
265+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
266+ var v gobject.Value
267+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
268+ v.SetString(value)
269+ obj.SetProperty("action-name", &v)
270+}
271+
272+// GetPropertyActionName gets the "action-name" property.
273+// The name of the action with which this widget should be associated.
274+func (x *ActionableBase) GetPropertyActionName() string {
275+ obj := gobject.Object{}
276+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
277+ var v gobject.Value
278+ obj.GetProperty("action-name", &v)
279+ return v.GetString()
280+}
281+
282+// SetPropertyActionTarget sets the "action-target" property.
283+// The target value of the actionable widget's action.
284+func (x *ActionableBase) SetPropertyActionTarget(value uintptr) {
285+ obj := gobject.Object{}
286+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
287+ var v gobject.Value
288+ v.Init(gobject.TypePointerVal)
289+ v.SetPointer(value)
290+ obj.SetProperty("action-target", &v)
291+}
292+
293+// GetPropertyActionTarget gets the "action-target" property.
294+// The target value of the actionable widget's action.
295+func (x *ActionableBase) GetPropertyActionTarget() uintptr {
296+ obj := gobject.Object{}
297+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
298+ var v gobject.Value
299+ obj.GetProperty("action-target", &v)
300+ return v.GetPointer()
301+}
302+
260303 var XGtkActionableGetActionName func(uintptr) string
261304 var XGtkActionableGetActionTargetValue func(uintptr) *glib.Variant
262305 var XGtkActionableSetActionName func(uintptr, string)
M v4/gtk/gtkactionbar.go +18 -1
@@ -174,6 +174,23 @@ func (c *ActionBar) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
174174 c.Ptr = ptr
175175 }
176176
177+// SetPropertyRevealed sets the "revealed" property.
178+// Controls whether the action bar shows its contents.
179+func (x *ActionBar) SetPropertyRevealed(value bool) {
180+ var v gobject.Value
181+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
182+ v.SetBoolean(value)
183+ x.SetProperty("revealed", &v)
184+}
185+
186+// GetPropertyRevealed gets the "revealed" property.
187+// Controls whether the action bar shows its contents.
188+func (x *ActionBar) GetPropertyRevealed() bool {
189+ var v gobject.Value
190+ x.GetProperty("revealed", &v)
191+ return v.GetBoolean()
192+}
193+
177194 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
178195 //
179196 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -231,7 +248,7 @@ func (x *ActionBar) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
231248 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
232249 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
233250 // child widget.
234-func (x *ActionBar) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
251+func (x *ActionBar) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
235252
236253 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
237254 return cret
M v4/gtk/gtkadjustment.go +128 -12
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3434 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3535 }
3636
37-// OverrideChanged sets the callback function.
37+// OverrideChanged sets the "changed" callback function.
3838 func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideChanged(cb func(*Adjustment)) {
3939 if cb == nil {
4040 x.xChanged = 0
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideChanged(cb func(*Adjustment)) {
4545 }
4646 }
4747
48-// GetChanged gets the callback function.
48+// GetChanged gets the "changed" callback function.
4949 func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetChanged() func(*Adjustment) {
5050 if x.xChanged == 0 {
5151 return nil
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetChanged() func(*Adjustment) {
5757 }
5858 }
5959
60-// OverrideValueChanged sets the callback function.
60+// OverrideValueChanged sets the "value_changed" callback function.
6161 func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideValueChanged(cb func(*Adjustment)) {
6262 if cb == nil {
6363 x.xValueChanged = 0
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideValueChanged(cb func(*Adjustment)) {
6868 }
6969 }
7070
71-// GetValueChanged gets the callback function.
71+// GetValueChanged gets the "value_changed" callback function.
7272 func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetValueChanged() func(*Adjustment) {
7373 if x.xValueChanged == 0 {
7474 return nil
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetValueChanged() func(*Adjustment) {
8080 }
8181 }
8282
83-// OverrideGtkReserved1 sets the callback function.
83+// OverrideGtkReserved1 sets the "_gtk_reserved1" callback function.
8484 func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideGtkReserved1(cb func()) {
8585 if cb == nil {
8686 x.xGtkReserved1 = 0
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideGtkReserved1(cb func()) {
9191 }
9292 }
9393
94-// GetGtkReserved1 gets the callback function.
94+// GetGtkReserved1 gets the "_gtk_reserved1" callback function.
9595 func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetGtkReserved1() func() {
9696 if x.xGtkReserved1 == 0 {
9797 return nil
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetGtkReserved1() func() {
103103 }
104104 }
105105
106-// OverrideGtkReserved2 sets the callback function.
106+// OverrideGtkReserved2 sets the "_gtk_reserved2" callback function.
107107 func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideGtkReserved2(cb func()) {
108108 if cb == nil {
109109 x.xGtkReserved2 = 0
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideGtkReserved2(cb func()) {
114114 }
115115 }
116116
117-// GetGtkReserved2 gets the callback function.
117+// GetGtkReserved2 gets the "_gtk_reserved2" callback function.
118118 func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetGtkReserved2() func() {
119119 if x.xGtkReserved2 == 0 {
120120 return nil
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetGtkReserved2() func() {
126126 }
127127 }
128128
129-// OverrideGtkReserved3 sets the callback function.
129+// OverrideGtkReserved3 sets the "_gtk_reserved3" callback function.
130130 func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideGtkReserved3(cb func()) {
131131 if cb == nil {
132132 x.xGtkReserved3 = 0
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideGtkReserved3(cb func()) {
137137 }
138138 }
139139
140-// GetGtkReserved3 gets the callback function.
140+// GetGtkReserved3 gets the "_gtk_reserved3" callback function.
141141 func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetGtkReserved3() func() {
142142 if x.xGtkReserved3 == 0 {
143143 return nil
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetGtkReserved3() func() {
149149 }
150150 }
151151
152-// OverrideGtkReserved4 sets the callback function.
152+// OverrideGtkReserved4 sets the "_gtk_reserved4" callback function.
153153 func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideGtkReserved4(cb func()) {
154154 if cb == nil {
155155 x.xGtkReserved4 = 0
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ func (x *AdjustmentClass) OverrideGtkReserved4(cb func()) {
160160 }
161161 }
162162
163-// GetGtkReserved4 gets the callback function.
163+// GetGtkReserved4 gets the "_gtk_reserved4" callback function.
164164 func (x *AdjustmentClass) GetGtkReserved4() func() {
165165 if x.xGtkReserved4 == 0 {
166166 return nil
@@ -415,6 +415,122 @@ func (c *Adjustment) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
415415 c.Ptr = ptr
416416 }
417417
418+// SetPropertyLower sets the "lower" property.
419+// The minimum value of the adjustment.
420+func (x *Adjustment) SetPropertyLower(value float64) {
421+ var v gobject.Value
422+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
423+ v.SetDouble(value)
424+ x.SetProperty("lower", &v)
425+}
426+
427+// GetPropertyLower gets the "lower" property.
428+// The minimum value of the adjustment.
429+func (x *Adjustment) GetPropertyLower() float64 {
430+ var v gobject.Value
431+ x.GetProperty("lower", &v)
432+ return v.GetDouble()
433+}
434+
435+// SetPropertyPageIncrement sets the "page-increment" property.
436+// The page increment of the adjustment.
437+func (x *Adjustment) SetPropertyPageIncrement(value float64) {
438+ var v gobject.Value
439+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
440+ v.SetDouble(value)
441+ x.SetProperty("page-increment", &v)
442+}
443+
444+// GetPropertyPageIncrement gets the "page-increment" property.
445+// The page increment of the adjustment.
446+func (x *Adjustment) GetPropertyPageIncrement() float64 {
447+ var v gobject.Value
448+ x.GetProperty("page-increment", &v)
449+ return v.GetDouble()
450+}
451+
452+// SetPropertyPageSize sets the "page-size" property.
453+// The page size of the adjustment.
454+//
455+// Note that the page-size is irrelevant and should be set to zero
456+// if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a
457+// `GtkSpinButton`.
458+func (x *Adjustment) SetPropertyPageSize(value float64) {
459+ var v gobject.Value
460+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
461+ v.SetDouble(value)
462+ x.SetProperty("page-size", &v)
463+}
464+
465+// GetPropertyPageSize gets the "page-size" property.
466+// The page size of the adjustment.
467+//
468+// Note that the page-size is irrelevant and should be set to zero
469+// if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a
470+// `GtkSpinButton`.
471+func (x *Adjustment) GetPropertyPageSize() float64 {
472+ var v gobject.Value
473+ x.GetProperty("page-size", &v)
474+ return v.GetDouble()
475+}
476+
477+// SetPropertyStepIncrement sets the "step-increment" property.
478+// The step increment of the adjustment.
479+func (x *Adjustment) SetPropertyStepIncrement(value float64) {
480+ var v gobject.Value
481+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
482+ v.SetDouble(value)
483+ x.SetProperty("step-increment", &v)
484+}
485+
486+// GetPropertyStepIncrement gets the "step-increment" property.
487+// The step increment of the adjustment.
488+func (x *Adjustment) GetPropertyStepIncrement() float64 {
489+ var v gobject.Value
490+ x.GetProperty("step-increment", &v)
491+ return v.GetDouble()
492+}
493+
494+// SetPropertyUpper sets the "upper" property.
495+// The maximum value of the adjustment.
496+//
497+// Note that values will be restricted by `upper - page-size` if the page-size
498+// property is nonzero.
499+func (x *Adjustment) SetPropertyUpper(value float64) {
500+ var v gobject.Value
501+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
502+ v.SetDouble(value)
503+ x.SetProperty("upper", &v)
504+}
505+
506+// GetPropertyUpper gets the "upper" property.
507+// The maximum value of the adjustment.
508+//
509+// Note that values will be restricted by `upper - page-size` if the page-size
510+// property is nonzero.
511+func (x *Adjustment) GetPropertyUpper() float64 {
512+ var v gobject.Value
513+ x.GetProperty("upper", &v)
514+ return v.GetDouble()
515+}
516+
517+// SetPropertyValue sets the "value" property.
518+// The value of the adjustment.
519+func (x *Adjustment) SetPropertyValue(value float64) {
520+ var v gobject.Value
521+ v.Init(gobject.TypeDoubleVal)
522+ v.SetDouble(value)
523+ x.SetProperty("value", &v)
524+}
525+
526+// GetPropertyValue gets the "value" property.
527+// The value of the adjustment.
528+func (x *Adjustment) GetPropertyValue() float64 {
529+ var v gobject.Value
530+ x.GetProperty("value", &v)
531+ return v.GetDouble()
532+}
533+
418534 // Emitted when one or more of the `GtkAdjustment` properties have been
419535 // changed.
420536 //
M v4/gtk/gtkalertdialog.go +146 -0
@@ -235,6 +235,152 @@ func (c *AlertDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
235235 c.Ptr = ptr
236236 }
237237
238+// SetPropertyButtons sets the "buttons" property.
239+// Labels for buttons to show in the alert.
240+//
241+// The labels should be translated and may contain
242+// a `_` character to indicate the mnemonic character.
243+//
244+// If this property is not set, then a 'Close' button is
245+// automatically created.
246+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyButtons(value []string) {
247+ var v gobject.Value
248+ v.Init(glib.StrvGetType())
249+ v.SetBoxed(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(core.ByteSlice(value))))
250+ x.SetProperty("buttons", &v)
251+}
252+
253+// GetPropertyButtons gets the "buttons" property.
254+// Labels for buttons to show in the alert.
255+//
256+// The labels should be translated and may contain
257+// a `_` character to indicate the mnemonic character.
258+//
259+// If this property is not set, then a 'Close' button is
260+// automatically created.
261+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyButtons() []string {
262+ var v gobject.Value
263+ x.GetProperty("buttons", &v)
264+ return core.GoStringSlice(v.GetBoxed())
265+}
266+
267+// SetPropertyCancelButton sets the "cancel-button" property.
268+// Determines what happens when the <kbd>Escape</kbd> key is pressed
269+// while the alert is shown.
270+//
271+// If this property holds the index of a button in [property@Gtk.AlertDialog:buttons],
272+// then pressing Escape is treated as if that button was pressed. If it is -1
273+// or not a valid index for the `buttons` array, then an error is returned.
274+//
275+// If `buttons` is `NULL`, then the automatically created 'Close' button
276+// is treated as both cancel and default button, so 0 is returned.
277+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyCancelButton(value int) {
278+ var v gobject.Value
279+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
280+ v.SetInt(value)
281+ x.SetProperty("cancel-button", &v)
282+}
283+
284+// GetPropertyCancelButton gets the "cancel-button" property.
285+// Determines what happens when the <kbd>Escape</kbd> key is pressed
286+// while the alert is shown.
287+//
288+// If this property holds the index of a button in [property@Gtk.AlertDialog:buttons],
289+// then pressing Escape is treated as if that button was pressed. If it is -1
290+// or not a valid index for the `buttons` array, then an error is returned.
291+//
292+// If `buttons` is `NULL`, then the automatically created 'Close' button
293+// is treated as both cancel and default button, so 0 is returned.
294+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyCancelButton() int {
295+ var v gobject.Value
296+ x.GetProperty("cancel-button", &v)
297+ return v.GetInt()
298+}
299+
300+// SetPropertyDefaultButton sets the "default-button" property.
301+// Determines what happens when the <kbd>Return</kbd> key is pressed
302+// while the alert is shown.
303+//
304+// If this property holds the index of a button in [property@Gtk.AlertDialog:buttons],
305+// then pressing Return is treated as if that button was pressed. If it is -1
306+// or not a valid index for the `buttons` array, then nothing happens.
307+//
308+// If `buttons` is `NULL`, then the automatically created 'Close' button
309+// is treated as both cancel and default button, so 0 is returned.
310+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyDefaultButton(value int) {
311+ var v gobject.Value
312+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
313+ v.SetInt(value)
314+ x.SetProperty("default-button", &v)
315+}
316+
317+// GetPropertyDefaultButton gets the "default-button" property.
318+// Determines what happens when the <kbd>Return</kbd> key is pressed
319+// while the alert is shown.
320+//
321+// If this property holds the index of a button in [property@Gtk.AlertDialog:buttons],
322+// then pressing Return is treated as if that button was pressed. If it is -1
323+// or not a valid index for the `buttons` array, then nothing happens.
324+//
325+// If `buttons` is `NULL`, then the automatically created 'Close' button
326+// is treated as both cancel and default button, so 0 is returned.
327+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyDefaultButton() int {
328+ var v gobject.Value
329+ x.GetProperty("default-button", &v)
330+ return v.GetInt()
331+}
332+
333+// SetPropertyDetail sets the "detail" property.
334+// The detail text for the alert.
335+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyDetail(value string) {
336+ var v gobject.Value
337+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
338+ v.SetString(value)
339+ x.SetProperty("detail", &v)
340+}
341+
342+// GetPropertyDetail gets the "detail" property.
343+// The detail text for the alert.
344+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyDetail() string {
345+ var v gobject.Value
346+ x.GetProperty("detail", &v)
347+ return v.GetString()
348+}
349+
350+// SetPropertyMessage sets the "message" property.
351+// The message for the alert.
352+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyMessage(value string) {
353+ var v gobject.Value
354+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
355+ v.SetString(value)
356+ x.SetProperty("message", &v)
357+}
358+
359+// GetPropertyMessage gets the "message" property.
360+// The message for the alert.
361+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyMessage() string {
362+ var v gobject.Value
363+ x.GetProperty("message", &v)
364+ return v.GetString()
365+}
366+
367+// SetPropertyModal sets the "modal" property.
368+// Whether the alert is modal.
369+func (x *AlertDialog) SetPropertyModal(value bool) {
370+ var v gobject.Value
371+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
372+ v.SetBoolean(value)
373+ x.SetProperty("modal", &v)
374+}
375+
376+// GetPropertyModal gets the "modal" property.
377+// Whether the alert is modal.
378+func (x *AlertDialog) GetPropertyModal() bool {
379+ var v gobject.Value
380+ x.GetProperty("modal", &v)
381+ return v.GetBoolean()
382+}
383+
238384 func init() {
239385 core.SetPackageName("GTK", "gtk4")
240386 core.SetSharedLibraries("GTK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooser.go +26 -0
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ import (
55 "github.com/jwijenbergh/purego"
66 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/pkg/core"
77 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gio"
8+ "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject"
89 "github.com/jwijenbergh/puregotk/v4/gobject/types"
910 )
1011
@@ -85,6 +86,31 @@ func (x *AppChooserBase) Refresh() {
8586
8687 }
8788
89+// SetPropertyContentType sets the "content-type" property.
90+// The content type of the `GtkAppChooser` object.
91+//
92+// See `GContentType` for more information about content types.
93+func (x *AppChooserBase) SetPropertyContentType(value string) {
94+ obj := gobject.Object{}
95+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
96+ var v gobject.Value
97+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
98+ v.SetString(value)
99+ obj.SetProperty("content-type", &v)
100+}
101+
102+// GetPropertyContentType gets the "content-type" property.
103+// The content type of the `GtkAppChooser` object.
104+//
105+// See `GContentType` for more information about content types.
106+func (x *AppChooserBase) GetPropertyContentType() string {
107+ obj := gobject.Object{}
108+ obj.Ptr = x.GoPointer()
109+ var v gobject.Value
110+ obj.GetProperty("content-type", &v)
111+ return v.GetString()
112+}
113+
88114 var XGtkAppChooserGetAppInfo func(uintptr) uintptr
89115 var XGtkAppChooserGetContentType func(uintptr) string
90116 var XGtkAppChooserRefresh func(uintptr)
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.go +79 -1
@@ -208,6 +208,84 @@ func (c *AppChooserButton) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
208208 c.Ptr = ptr
209209 }
210210
211+// SetPropertyHeading sets the "heading" property.
212+// The text to show at the top of the dialog that can be
213+// opened from the button.
214+//
215+// The string may contain Pango markup.
216+func (x *AppChooserButton) SetPropertyHeading(value string) {
217+ var v gobject.Value
218+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
219+ v.SetString(value)
220+ x.SetProperty("heading", &v)
221+}
222+
223+// GetPropertyHeading gets the "heading" property.
224+// The text to show at the top of the dialog that can be
225+// opened from the button.
226+//
227+// The string may contain Pango markup.
228+func (x *AppChooserButton) GetPropertyHeading() string {
229+ var v gobject.Value
230+ x.GetProperty("heading", &v)
231+ return v.GetString()
232+}
233+
234+// SetPropertyModal sets the "modal" property.
235+// Whether the app chooser dialog should be modal.
236+func (x *AppChooserButton) SetPropertyModal(value bool) {
237+ var v gobject.Value
238+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
239+ v.SetBoolean(value)
240+ x.SetProperty("modal", &v)
241+}
242+
243+// GetPropertyModal gets the "modal" property.
244+// Whether the app chooser dialog should be modal.
245+func (x *AppChooserButton) GetPropertyModal() bool {
246+ var v gobject.Value
247+ x.GetProperty("modal", &v)
248+ return v.GetBoolean()
249+}
250+
251+// SetPropertyShowDefaultItem sets the "show-default-item" property.
252+// Determines whether the dropdown menu shows the default application
253+// on top for the provided content type.
254+func (x *AppChooserButton) SetPropertyShowDefaultItem(value bool) {
255+ var v gobject.Value
256+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
257+ v.SetBoolean(value)
258+ x.SetProperty("show-default-item", &v)
259+}
260+
261+// GetPropertyShowDefaultItem gets the "show-default-item" property.
262+// Determines whether the dropdown menu shows the default application
263+// on top for the provided content type.
264+func (x *AppChooserButton) GetPropertyShowDefaultItem() bool {
265+ var v gobject.Value
266+ x.GetProperty("show-default-item", &v)
267+ return v.GetBoolean()
268+}
269+
270+// SetPropertyShowDialogItem sets the "show-dialog-item" property.
271+// Determines whether the dropdown menu shows an item to open
272+// a `GtkAppChooserDialog`.
273+func (x *AppChooserButton) SetPropertyShowDialogItem(value bool) {
274+ var v gobject.Value
275+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
276+ v.SetBoolean(value)
277+ x.SetProperty("show-dialog-item", &v)
278+}
279+
280+// GetPropertyShowDialogItem gets the "show-dialog-item" property.
281+// Determines whether the dropdown menu shows an item to open
282+// a `GtkAppChooserDialog`.
283+func (x *AppChooserButton) GetPropertyShowDialogItem() bool {
284+ var v gobject.Value
285+ x.GetProperty("show-dialog-item", &v)
286+ return v.GetBoolean()
287+}
288+
211289 // Emitted to when the button is activated.
212290 //
213291 // The `::activate` signal on `GtkAppChooserButton` is an action signal and
@@ -331,7 +409,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserButton) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
331409 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
332410 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
333411 // child widget.
334-func (x *AppChooserButton) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
412+func (x *AppChooserButton) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
335413
336414 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
337415 return cret
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.go +23 -2
@@ -135,6 +135,27 @@ func (c *AppChooserDialog) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
135135 c.Ptr = ptr
136136 }
137137
138+// SetPropertyHeading sets the "heading" property.
139+// The text to show at the top of the dialog.
140+//
141+// The string may contain Pango markup.
142+func (x *AppChooserDialog) SetPropertyHeading(value string) {
143+ var v gobject.Value
144+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
145+ v.SetString(value)
146+ x.SetProperty("heading", &v)
147+}
148+
149+// GetPropertyHeading gets the "heading" property.
150+// The text to show at the top of the dialog.
151+//
152+// The string may contain Pango markup.
153+func (x *AppChooserDialog) GetPropertyHeading() string {
154+ var v gobject.Value
155+ x.GetProperty("heading", &v)
156+ return v.GetString()
157+}
158+
138159 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
139160 //
140161 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -192,7 +213,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserDialog) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
192213 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
193214 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
194215 // child widget.
195-func (x *AppChooserDialog) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
216+func (x *AppChooserDialog) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
196217
197218 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
198219 return cret
@@ -476,7 +497,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserDialog) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
476497 //
477498 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
478499 // @self's widget coordinates.
479-func (x *AppChooserDialog) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
500+func (x *AppChooserDialog) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
480501
481502 XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
482503
M v4/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.go +135 -1
@@ -200,6 +200,140 @@ func (c *AppChooserWidget) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
200200 c.Ptr = ptr
201201 }
202202
203+// SetPropertyDefaultText sets the "default-text" property.
204+// The text that appears in the widget when there are no applications
205+// for the given content type.
206+func (x *AppChooserWidget) SetPropertyDefaultText(value string) {
207+ var v gobject.Value
208+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
209+ v.SetString(value)
210+ x.SetProperty("default-text", &v)
211+}
212+
213+// GetPropertyDefaultText gets the "default-text" property.
214+// The text that appears in the widget when there are no applications
215+// for the given content type.
216+func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetPropertyDefaultText() string {
217+ var v gobject.Value
218+ x.GetProperty("default-text", &v)
219+ return v.GetString()
220+}
221+
222+// SetPropertyShowAll sets the "show-all" property.
223+// If %TRUE, the app chooser presents all applications
224+// in a single list, without subsections for default,
225+// recommended or related applications.
226+func (x *AppChooserWidget) SetPropertyShowAll(value bool) {
227+ var v gobject.Value
228+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
229+ v.SetBoolean(value)
230+ x.SetProperty("show-all", &v)
231+}
232+
233+// GetPropertyShowAll gets the "show-all" property.
234+// If %TRUE, the app chooser presents all applications
235+// in a single list, without subsections for default,
236+// recommended or related applications.
237+func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetPropertyShowAll() bool {
238+ var v gobject.Value
239+ x.GetProperty("show-all", &v)
240+ return v.GetBoolean()
241+}
242+
243+// SetPropertyShowDefault sets the "show-default" property.
244+// Determines whether the app chooser should show the default
245+// handler for the content type in a separate section.
246+//
247+// If %FALSE, the default handler is listed among the recommended
248+// applications.
249+func (x *AppChooserWidget) SetPropertyShowDefault(value bool) {
250+ var v gobject.Value
251+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
252+ v.SetBoolean(value)
253+ x.SetProperty("show-default", &v)
254+}
255+
256+// GetPropertyShowDefault gets the "show-default" property.
257+// Determines whether the app chooser should show the default
258+// handler for the content type in a separate section.
259+//
260+// If %FALSE, the default handler is listed among the recommended
261+// applications.
262+func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetPropertyShowDefault() bool {
263+ var v gobject.Value
264+ x.GetProperty("show-default", &v)
265+ return v.GetBoolean()
266+}
267+
268+// SetPropertyShowFallback sets the "show-fallback" property.
269+// Determines whether the app chooser should show a section
270+// for fallback applications.
271+//
272+// If %FALSE, the fallback applications are listed among the
273+// other applications.
274+func (x *AppChooserWidget) SetPropertyShowFallback(value bool) {
275+ var v gobject.Value
276+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
277+ v.SetBoolean(value)
278+ x.SetProperty("show-fallback", &v)
279+}
280+
281+// GetPropertyShowFallback gets the "show-fallback" property.
282+// Determines whether the app chooser should show a section
283+// for fallback applications.
284+//
285+// If %FALSE, the fallback applications are listed among the
286+// other applications.
287+func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetPropertyShowFallback() bool {
288+ var v gobject.Value
289+ x.GetProperty("show-fallback", &v)
290+ return v.GetBoolean()
291+}
292+
293+// SetPropertyShowOther sets the "show-other" property.
294+// Determines whether the app chooser should show a section
295+// for other applications.
296+func (x *AppChooserWidget) SetPropertyShowOther(value bool) {
297+ var v gobject.Value
298+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
299+ v.SetBoolean(value)
300+ x.SetProperty("show-other", &v)
301+}
302+
303+// GetPropertyShowOther gets the "show-other" property.
304+// Determines whether the app chooser should show a section
305+// for other applications.
306+func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetPropertyShowOther() bool {
307+ var v gobject.Value
308+ x.GetProperty("show-other", &v)
309+ return v.GetBoolean()
310+}
311+
312+// SetPropertyShowRecommended sets the "show-recommended" property.
313+// Determines whether the app chooser should show a section
314+// for recommended applications.
315+//
316+// If %FALSE, the recommended applications are listed
317+// among the other applications.
318+func (x *AppChooserWidget) SetPropertyShowRecommended(value bool) {
319+ var v gobject.Value
320+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
321+ v.SetBoolean(value)
322+ x.SetProperty("show-recommended", &v)
323+}
324+
325+// GetPropertyShowRecommended gets the "show-recommended" property.
326+// Determines whether the app chooser should show a section
327+// for recommended applications.
328+//
329+// If %FALSE, the recommended applications are listed
330+// among the other applications.
331+func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetPropertyShowRecommended() bool {
332+ var v gobject.Value
333+ x.GetProperty("show-recommended", &v)
334+ return v.GetBoolean()
335+}
336+
203337 // Emitted when an application item is activated from the widget's list.
204338 //
205339 // This usually happens when the user double clicks an item, or an item
@@ -301,7 +435,7 @@ func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
301435 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
302436 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
303437 // child widget.
304-func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
438+func (x *AppChooserWidget) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
305439
306440 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
307441 return cret
M v4/gtk/gtkapplication.go +40 -5
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
2929 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3030 }
3131
32-// OverrideWindowAdded sets the callback function.
32+// OverrideWindowAdded sets the "window_added" callback function.
3333 // Signal emitted when a `GtkWindow` is added to
3434 //
3535 // application through gtk_application_add_window().
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideWindowAdded(cb func(*Application, *Window)) {
4343 }
4444 }
4545
46-// GetWindowAdded gets the callback function.
46+// GetWindowAdded gets the "window_added" callback function.
4747 // Signal emitted when a `GtkWindow` is added to
4848 //
4949 // application through gtk_application_add_window().
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) GetWindowAdded() func(*Application, *Window) {
5858 }
5959 }
6060
61-// OverrideWindowRemoved sets the callback function.
61+// OverrideWindowRemoved sets the "window_removed" callback function.
6262 // Signal emitted when a `GtkWindow` is removed from
6363 //
6464 // application, either as a side-effect of being destroyed or
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationClass) OverrideWindowRemoved(cb func(*Application, *Window))
7373 }
7474 }
7575
76-// GetWindowRemoved gets the callback function.
76+// GetWindowRemoved gets the "window_removed" callback function.
7777 // Signal emitted when a `GtkWindow` is removed from
7878 //
7979 // application, either as a side-effect of being destroyed or
@@ -516,6 +516,41 @@ func (c *Application) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
516516 c.Ptr = ptr
517517 }
518518
519+// SetPropertyRegisterSession sets the "register-session" property.
520+// Set this property to true to register with the session manager.
521+//
522+// This will make GTK track the session state (such as the
523+// [property@Gtk.Application:screensaver-active] property).
524+func (x *Application) SetPropertyRegisterSession(value bool) {
525+ var v gobject.Value
526+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
527+ v.SetBoolean(value)
528+ x.SetProperty("register-session", &v)
529+}
530+
531+// GetPropertyRegisterSession gets the "register-session" property.
532+// Set this property to true to register with the session manager.
533+//
534+// This will make GTK track the session state (such as the
535+// [property@Gtk.Application:screensaver-active] property).
536+func (x *Application) GetPropertyRegisterSession() bool {
537+ var v gobject.Value
538+ x.GetProperty("register-session", &v)
539+ return v.GetBoolean()
540+}
541+
542+// GetPropertyScreensaverActive gets the "screensaver-active" property.
543+// This property is true if GTK believes that the screensaver
544+// is currently active.
545+//
546+// Tracking the screensaver state is currently only supported on
547+// Linux.
548+func (x *Application) GetPropertyScreensaverActive() bool {
549+ var v gobject.Value
550+ x.GetProperty("screensaver-active", &v)
551+ return v.GetBoolean()
552+}
553+
519554 // Emitted when the session manager is about to end the session.
520555 //
521556 // Applications can connect to this signal and call
@@ -810,7 +845,7 @@ func (x *Application) ListActions() []string {
810845 // fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
811846 // filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
812847 // fields may or may not have been modified.
813-func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
848+func (x *Application) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
814849
815850 cret := gio.XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
816851 return cret
M v4/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.go +32 -3
@@ -205,6 +205,35 @@ func (c *ApplicationWindow) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
205205 c.Ptr = ptr
206206 }
207207
208+// SetPropertyShowMenubar sets the "show-menubar" property.
209+// If this property is true, the window will display a menubar
210+// unless it is shown by the desktop shell.
211+//
212+// See [method@Gtk.Application.set_menubar].
213+//
214+// If false, the window will not display a menubar, regardless
215+// of whether the desktop shell is showing it or not.
216+func (x *ApplicationWindow) SetPropertyShowMenubar(value bool) {
217+ var v gobject.Value
218+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
219+ v.SetBoolean(value)
220+ x.SetProperty("show-menubar", &v)
221+}
222+
223+// GetPropertyShowMenubar gets the "show-menubar" property.
224+// If this property is true, the window will display a menubar
225+// unless it is shown by the desktop shell.
226+//
227+// See [method@Gtk.Application.set_menubar].
228+//
229+// If false, the window will not display a menubar, regardless
230+// of whether the desktop shell is showing it or not.
231+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetPropertyShowMenubar() bool {
232+ var v gobject.Value
233+ x.GetProperty("show-menubar", &v)
234+ return v.GetBoolean()
235+}
236+
208237 // Emits the [signal@Gio.ActionGroup::action-added] signal on @action_group.
209238 //
210239 // This function should only be called by [type@Gio.ActionGroup] implementations.
@@ -430,7 +459,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) ListActions() []string {
430459 // fields (as indicated by having a non-`NULL` reference passed in) are
431460 // filled. If the action doesn’t exist, `FALSE` is returned and the
432461 // fields may or may not have been modified.
433-func (x *ApplicationWindow) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
462+func (x *ApplicationWindow) QueryAction(ActionNameVar string, EnabledVar *bool, ParameterTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateTypeVar **glib.VariantType, StateHintVar **glib.Variant, StateVar **glib.Variant) bool {
434463
435464 cret := gio.XGActionGroupQueryAction(x.GoPointer(), ActionNameVar, EnabledVar, ParameterTypeVar, StateTypeVar, StateHintVar, StateVar)
436465 return cret
@@ -611,7 +640,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
611640 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
612641 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
613642 // child widget.
614-func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
643+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
615644
616645 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
617646 return cret
@@ -866,7 +895,7 @@ func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
866895 //
867896 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
868897 // @self's widget coordinates.
869-func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
898+func (x *ApplicationWindow) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
870899
871900 XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
872901
M v4/gtk/gtkaspectframe.go +75 -1
@@ -171,6 +171,80 @@ func (c *AspectFrame) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
171171 c.Ptr = ptr
172172 }
173173
174+// SetPropertyObeyChild sets the "obey-child" property.
175+// Whether the `GtkAspectFrame` should use the aspect ratio of its child.
176+func (x *AspectFrame) SetPropertyObeyChild(value bool) {
177+ var v gobject.Value
178+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
179+ v.SetBoolean(value)
180+ x.SetProperty("obey-child", &v)
181+}
182+
183+// GetPropertyObeyChild gets the "obey-child" property.
184+// Whether the `GtkAspectFrame` should use the aspect ratio of its child.
185+func (x *AspectFrame) GetPropertyObeyChild() bool {
186+ var v gobject.Value
187+ x.GetProperty("obey-child", &v)
188+ return v.GetBoolean()
189+}
190+
191+// SetPropertyRatio sets the "ratio" property.
192+// The aspect ratio to be used by the `GtkAspectFrame`.
193+//
194+// This property is only used if
195+// [property@Gtk.AspectFrame:obey-child] is set to %FALSE.
196+func (x *AspectFrame) SetPropertyRatio(value float32) {
197+ var v gobject.Value
198+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
199+ v.SetFloat(value)
200+ x.SetProperty("ratio", &v)
201+}
202+
203+// GetPropertyRatio gets the "ratio" property.
204+// The aspect ratio to be used by the `GtkAspectFrame`.
205+//
206+// This property is only used if
207+// [property@Gtk.AspectFrame:obey-child] is set to %FALSE.
208+func (x *AspectFrame) GetPropertyRatio() float32 {
209+ var v gobject.Value
210+ x.GetProperty("ratio", &v)
211+ return v.GetFloat()
212+}
213+
214+// SetPropertyXalign sets the "xalign" property.
215+// The horizontal alignment of the child.
216+func (x *AspectFrame) SetPropertyXalign(value float32) {
217+ var v gobject.Value
218+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
219+ v.SetFloat(value)
220+ x.SetProperty("xalign", &v)
221+}
222+
223+// GetPropertyXalign gets the "xalign" property.
224+// The horizontal alignment of the child.
225+func (x *AspectFrame) GetPropertyXalign() float32 {
226+ var v gobject.Value
227+ x.GetProperty("xalign", &v)
228+ return v.GetFloat()
229+}
230+
231+// SetPropertyYalign sets the "yalign" property.
232+// The vertical alignment of the child.
233+func (x *AspectFrame) SetPropertyYalign(value float32) {
234+ var v gobject.Value
235+ v.Init(gobject.TypeFloatVal)
236+ v.SetFloat(value)
237+ x.SetProperty("yalign", &v)
238+}
239+
240+// GetPropertyYalign gets the "yalign" property.
241+// The vertical alignment of the child.
242+func (x *AspectFrame) GetPropertyYalign() float32 {
243+ var v gobject.Value
244+ x.GetProperty("yalign", &v)
245+ return v.GetFloat()
246+}
247+
174248 // Requests the user's screen reader to announce the given message.
175249 //
176250 // This kind of notification is useful for messages that
@@ -228,7 +302,7 @@ func (x *AspectFrame) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
228302 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
229303 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
230304 // child widget.
231-func (x *AspectFrame) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
305+func (x *AspectFrame) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
232306
233307 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
234308 return cret
M v4/gtk/gtkassistant.go +67 -2
@@ -427,6 +427,31 @@ func (c *Assistant) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
427427 c.Ptr = ptr
428428 }
429429
430+// SetPropertyUseHeaderBar sets the "use-header-bar" property.
431+// %TRUE if the assistant uses a `GtkHeaderBar` for action buttons
432+// instead of the action-area.
433+//
434+// For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer
435+// property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE.
436+func (x *Assistant) SetPropertyUseHeaderBar(value int) {
437+ var v gobject.Value
438+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
439+ v.SetInt(value)
440+ x.SetProperty("use-header-bar", &v)
441+}
442+
443+// GetPropertyUseHeaderBar gets the "use-header-bar" property.
444+// %TRUE if the assistant uses a `GtkHeaderBar` for action buttons
445+// instead of the action-area.
446+//
447+// For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer
448+// property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE.
449+func (x *Assistant) GetPropertyUseHeaderBar() int {
450+ var v gobject.Value
451+ x.GetProperty("use-header-bar", &v)
452+ return v.GetInt()
453+}
454+
430455 // Emitted when the apply button is clicked.
431456 //
432457 // The default behavior of the `GtkAssistant` is to switch to the page
@@ -600,7 +625,7 @@ func (x *Assistant) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
600625 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
601626 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
602627 // child widget.
603-func (x *Assistant) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
628+func (x *Assistant) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
604629
605630 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
606631 return cret
@@ -855,7 +880,7 @@ func (x *Assistant) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
855880 //
856881 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
857882 // @self's widget coordinates.
858-func (x *Assistant) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
883+func (x *Assistant) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
859884
860885 XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
861886
@@ -973,6 +998,46 @@ func (c *AssistantPage) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
973998 c.Ptr = ptr
974999 }
9751000
1001+// SetPropertyComplete sets the "complete" property.
1002+// Whether all required fields are filled in.
1003+//
1004+// GTK uses this information to control the sensitivity
1005+// of the navigation buttons.
1006+func (x *AssistantPage) SetPropertyComplete(value bool) {
1007+ var v gobject.Value
1008+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1009+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1010+ x.SetProperty("complete", &v)
1011+}
1012+
1013+// GetPropertyComplete gets the "complete" property.
1014+// Whether all required fields are filled in.
1015+//
1016+// GTK uses this information to control the sensitivity
1017+// of the navigation buttons.
1018+func (x *AssistantPage) GetPropertyComplete() bool {
1019+ var v gobject.Value
1020+ x.GetProperty("complete", &v)
1021+ return v.GetBoolean()
1022+}
1023+
1024+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
1025+// The title of the page.
1026+func (x *AssistantPage) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
1027+ var v gobject.Value
1028+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1029+ v.SetString(value)
1030+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
1031+}
1032+
1033+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
1034+// The title of the page.
1035+func (x *AssistantPage) GetPropertyTitle() string {
1036+ var v gobject.Value
1037+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
1038+ return v.GetString()
1039+}
1040+
9761041 func init() {
9771042 core.SetPackageName("GTK", "gtk4")
9781043 core.SetSharedLibraries("GTK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gtk/gtkbitset.go +10 -10
@@ -54,61 +54,61 @@ func (x *BitsetIter) IsValid() bool {
5454 return cret
5555 }
5656
57-var xBitsetIterNext func(uintptr, uint) bool
57+var xBitsetIterNext func(uintptr, *uint) bool
5858
5959 // Moves @iter to the next value in the set.
6060 //
6161 // If it was already pointing to the last value in the set,
6262 // %FALSE is returned and @iter is invalidated.
63-func (x *BitsetIter) Next(ValueVar uint) bool {
63+func (x *BitsetIter) Next(ValueVar *uint) bool {
6464
6565 cret := xBitsetIterNext(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
6666 return cret
6767 }
6868
69-var xBitsetIterPrevious func(uintptr, uint) bool
69+var xBitsetIterPrevious func(uintptr, *uint) bool
7070
7171 // Moves @iter to the previous value in the set.
7272 //
7373 // If it was already pointing to the first value in the set,
7474 // %FALSE is returned and @iter is invalidated.
75-func (x *BitsetIter) Previous(ValueVar uint) bool {
75+func (x *BitsetIter) Previous(ValueVar *uint) bool {
7676
7777 cret := xBitsetIterPrevious(x.GoPointer(), ValueVar)
7878 return cret
7979 }
8080
81-var xBitsetIterInitAt func(*BitsetIter, *Bitset, uint, uint) bool
81+var xBitsetIterInitAt func(*BitsetIter, *Bitset, uint, *uint) bool
8282
8383 // Initializes @iter to point to @target.
8484 //
8585 // If @target is not found, finds the next value after it.
8686 // If no value >= @target exists in @set, this function returns %FALSE.
87-func BitsetIterInitAt(IterVar *BitsetIter, SetVar *Bitset, TargetVar uint, ValueVar uint) bool {
87+func BitsetIterInitAt(IterVar *BitsetIter, SetVar *Bitset, TargetVar uint, ValueVar *uint) bool {
8888
8989 cret := xBitsetIterInitAt(IterVar, SetVar, TargetVar, ValueVar)
9090 return cret
9191 }
9292
93-var xBitsetIterInitFirst func(*BitsetIter, *Bitset, uint) bool
93+var xBitsetIterInitFirst func(*BitsetIter, *Bitset, *uint) bool
9494
9595 // Initializes an iterator for @set and points it to the first
9696 // value in @set.
9797 //
9898 // If @set is empty, %FALSE is returned and @value is set to %G_MAXUINT.
99-func BitsetIterInitFirst(IterVar *BitsetIter, SetVar *Bitset, ValueVar uint) bool {
99+func BitsetIterInitFirst(IterVar *BitsetIter, SetVar *Bitset, ValueVar *uint) bool {
100100
101101 cret := xBitsetIterInitFirst(IterVar, SetVar, ValueVar)
102102 return cret
103103 }
104104
105-var xBitsetIterInitLast func(*BitsetIter, *Bitset, uint) bool
105+var xBitsetIterInitLast func(*BitsetIter, *Bitset, *uint) bool
106106
107107 // Initializes an iterator for @set and points it to the last
108108 // value in @set.
109109 //
110110 // If @set is empty, %FALSE is returned.
111-func BitsetIterInitLast(IterVar *BitsetIter, SetVar *Bitset, ValueVar uint) bool {
111+func BitsetIterInitLast(IterVar *BitsetIter, SetVar *Bitset, ValueVar *uint) bool {
112112
113113 cret := xBitsetIterInitLast(IterVar, SetVar, ValueVar)
114114 return cret
M v4/gtk/gtkbookmarklist.go +67 -0
@@ -137,6 +137,73 @@ func (c *BookmarkList) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
137137 c.Ptr = ptr
138138 }
139139
140+// SetPropertyAttributes sets the "attributes" property.
141+// The attributes to query.
142+func (x *BookmarkList) SetPropertyAttributes(value string) {
143+ var v gobject.Value
144+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
145+ v.SetString(value)
146+ x.SetProperty("attributes", &v)
147+}
148+
149+// GetPropertyAttributes gets the "attributes" property.
150+// The attributes to query.
151+func (x *BookmarkList) GetPropertyAttributes() string {
152+ var v gobject.Value
153+ x.GetProperty("attributes", &v)
154+ return v.GetString()
155+}
156+
157+// SetPropertyFilename sets the "filename" property.
158+// The bookmark file to load.
159+func (x *BookmarkList) SetPropertyFilename(value string) {
160+ var v gobject.Value
161+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
162+ v.SetString(value)
163+ x.SetProperty("filename", &v)
164+}
165+
166+// GetPropertyFilename gets the "filename" property.
167+// The bookmark file to load.
168+func (x *BookmarkList) GetPropertyFilename() string {
169+ var v gobject.Value
170+ x.GetProperty("filename", &v)
171+ return v.GetString()
172+}
173+
174+// SetPropertyIoPriority sets the "io-priority" property.
175+// Priority used when loading.
176+func (x *BookmarkList) SetPropertyIoPriority(value int) {
177+ var v gobject.Value
178+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
179+ v.SetInt(value)
180+ x.SetProperty("io-priority", &v)
181+}
182+
183+// GetPropertyIoPriority gets the "io-priority" property.
184+// Priority used when loading.
185+func (x *BookmarkList) GetPropertyIoPriority() int {
186+ var v gobject.Value
187+ x.GetProperty("io-priority", &v)
188+ return v.GetInt()
189+}
190+
191+// GetPropertyLoading gets the "loading" property.
192+// %TRUE if files are being loaded.
193+func (x *BookmarkList) GetPropertyLoading() bool {
194+ var v gobject.Value
195+ x.GetProperty("loading", &v)
196+ return v.GetBoolean()
197+}
198+
199+// GetPropertyNItems gets the "n-items" property.
200+// The number of items. See [method@Gio.ListModel.get_n_items].
201+func (x *BookmarkList) GetPropertyNItems() uint {
202+ var v gobject.Value
203+ x.GetProperty("n-items", &v)
204+ return v.GetUint()
205+}
206+
140207 // Get the item at @position.
141208 //
142209 // If @position is greater than the number of items in @list, %NULL is
M v4/gtk/gtkboolfilter.go +17 -0
@@ -113,6 +113,23 @@ func (c *BoolFilter) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
113113 c.Ptr = ptr
114114 }
115115
116+// SetPropertyInvert sets the "invert" property.
117+// If the expression result should be inverted.
118+func (x *BoolFilter) SetPropertyInvert(value bool) {
119+ var v gobject.Value
120+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
121+ v.SetBoolean(value)
122+ x.SetProperty("invert", &v)
123+}
124+
125+// GetPropertyInvert gets the "invert" property.
126+// If the expression result should be inverted.
127+func (x *BoolFilter) GetPropertyInvert() bool {
128+ var v gobject.Value
129+ x.GetProperty("invert", &v)
130+ return v.GetBoolean()
131+}
132+
116133 func init() {
117134 core.SetPackageName("GTK", "gtk4")
118135 core.SetSharedLibraries("GTK", []string{"libgtk-4.so.1"})
M v4/gtk/gtkbox.go +56 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkboxlayout.go +64 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuildable.go +35 -35 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilder.go +25 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.go +34 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbuilderscope.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkbutton.go +104 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcalendar.go +132 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellarea.go +70 -70 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellareabox.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.go +68 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcelleditable.go +28 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcelllayout.go +18 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.go +253 -56 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.go +38 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.go +52 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.go +19 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.go +136 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.go +34 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.go +42 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.go +602 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.go +60 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcellview.go +53 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcenterbox.go +32 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcenterlayout.go +31 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.go +87 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.go +60 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.go +71 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.go +23 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.go +22 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolordialog.go +57 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolordialogbutton.go +32 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolorutils.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnview.go +86 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcell.go +33 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.go +116 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcolumnviewrow.go +101 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcombobox.go +157 -7 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraint.go +61 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkconstraintguide.go +125 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkcustomlayout.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdialog.go +57 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdirectorylist.go +75 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdragicon.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.go +37 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.go +30 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdropdown.go +64 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdroptarget.go +86 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeditable.go +176 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeditablelabel.go +19 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkemojichooser.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentry.go +648 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.go +70 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.go +145 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.go +30 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.go +29 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkexpander.go +88 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooser.go +44 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.go +38 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.go +34 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfiledialog.go +78 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilefilter.go +53 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilelauncher.go +36 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilter.go +20 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.go +51 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfixed.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfixedlayout.go +18 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.go +9 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkflowbox.go +139 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontbutton.go +69 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooser.go +132 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontdialog.go +55 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkfontdialogbutton.go +124 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkframe.go +37 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesture.go +23 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.go +56 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgesturestylus.go +23 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkglarea.go +109 -9 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgraphicsoffload.go +18 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgrid.go +88 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgridlayout.go +156 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkgridview.go +75 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkheaderbar.go +82 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkiconpaintable.go +65 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkicontheme.go +93 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkiconview.go +273 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimage.go +106 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimcontext.go +67 -67 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkinfobar.go +35 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkinscription.go +230 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklabel.go +338 -5 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklayoutmanager.go +19 -19 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklevelbar.go +77 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklinkbutton.go +39 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistbase.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistbox.go +93 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistheader.go +24 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistitem.go +101 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkliststore.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklistview.go +52 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtklockbutton.go +86 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.go +17 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediacontrols.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediafile.go +13 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmediastream.go +171 -29 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmenubutton.go +143 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.go +82 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmountoperation.go +16 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultifilter.go +10 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultiselection.go +9 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkmultisorter.go +8 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknative.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknativedialog.go +65 -14 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknoselection.go +9 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtknotebook.go +222 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkoverlay.go +3 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.go +37 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpaned.go +158 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpasswordentry.go +55 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpicture.go +54 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopover.go +97 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.go +19 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintcontext.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintdialog.go +55 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprinter.go +123 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintjob.go +38 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintoperation.go +379 -22 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.go +26 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintsettings.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.go +70 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkprogressbar.go +104 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrange.go +108 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.go +43 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkrevealer.go +43 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscale.go +61 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscalebutton.go +92 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrollable.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrollbar.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.go +188 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksearchbar.go +35 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksearchentry.go +57 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksectionmodel.go +10 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.go +8 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkselectionmodel.go +18 -18 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkseparator.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksettings.go +1209 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcut.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutaction.go +34 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.go +8 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.go +41 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutmanager.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.go +55 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.go +105 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.go +179 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.go +54 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.go +34 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksingleselection.go +60 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.go +43 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksorter.go +20 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksortlistmodel.go +34 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkspinbutton.go +133 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkspinner.go +18 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstack.go +205 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstatusbar.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringfilter.go +34 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringlist.go +26 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstringsorter.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkstylecontext.go +10 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkswitch.go +47 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtksymbolicpaintable.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktestutils.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktext.go +259 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextbuffer.go +113 -38 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextchild.go +10 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextmark.go +42 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktexttag.go +1411 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktextview.go +366 -39 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktogglebutton.go +20 -3 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreednd.go +13 -13 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeexpander.go +62 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreelistmodel.go +83 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodel.go +42 -42 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.go +21 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeselection.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreesortable.go +20 -20 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreestore.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeview.go +308 -54 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.go +217 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkurilauncher.go +17 -0 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkvideo.go +35 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkviewport.go +26 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.go +24 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwidget.go +649 -64 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindow.go +340 -14
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GoPointer() uintptr {
3737 return uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(x))
3838 }
3939
40-// OverrideActivateFocus sets the callback function.
40+// OverrideActivateFocus sets the "activate_focus" callback function.
4141 // Activates the current focused widget within the window.
4242 func (x *WindowClass) OverrideActivateFocus(cb func(*Window)) {
4343 if cb == nil {
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) OverrideActivateFocus(cb func(*Window)) {
4949 }
5050 }
5151
52-// GetActivateFocus gets the callback function.
52+// GetActivateFocus gets the "activate_focus" callback function.
5353 // Activates the current focused widget within the window.
5454 func (x *WindowClass) GetActivateFocus() func(*Window) {
5555 if x.xActivateFocus == 0 {
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GetActivateFocus() func(*Window) {
6262 }
6363 }
6464
65-// OverrideActivateDefault sets the callback function.
65+// OverrideActivateDefault sets the "activate_default" callback function.
6666 // Activates the default widget for the window.
6767 func (x *WindowClass) OverrideActivateDefault(cb func(*Window)) {
6868 if cb == nil {
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) OverrideActivateDefault(cb func(*Window)) {
7474 }
7575 }
7676
77-// GetActivateDefault gets the callback function.
77+// GetActivateDefault gets the "activate_default" callback function.
7878 // Activates the default widget for the window.
7979 func (x *WindowClass) GetActivateDefault() func(*Window) {
8080 if x.xActivateDefault == 0 {
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GetActivateDefault() func(*Window) {
8787 }
8888 }
8989
90-// OverrideKeysChanged sets the callback function.
90+// OverrideKeysChanged sets the "keys_changed" callback function.
9191 // Signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators or
9292 //
9393 // mnemonics that are associated with window changes.
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) OverrideKeysChanged(cb func(*Window)) {
101101 }
102102 }
103103
104-// GetKeysChanged gets the callback function.
104+// GetKeysChanged gets the "keys_changed" callback function.
105105 // Signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators or
106106 //
107107 // mnemonics that are associated with window changes.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GetKeysChanged() func(*Window) {
116116 }
117117 }
118118
119-// OverrideEnableDebugging sets the callback function.
119+// OverrideEnableDebugging sets the "enable_debugging" callback function.
120120 // Class handler for the `GtkWindow::enable-debugging`
121121 //
122122 // keybinding signal.
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) OverrideEnableDebugging(cb func(*Window, bool) bool) {
130130 }
131131 }
132132
133-// GetEnableDebugging gets the callback function.
133+// GetEnableDebugging gets the "enable_debugging" callback function.
134134 // Class handler for the `GtkWindow::enable-debugging`
135135 //
136136 // keybinding signal.
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) GetEnableDebugging() func(*Window, bool) bool {
145145 }
146146 }
147147
148-// OverrideCloseRequest sets the callback function.
148+// OverrideCloseRequest sets the "close_request" callback function.
149149 func (x *WindowClass) OverrideCloseRequest(cb func(*Window) bool) {
150150 if cb == nil {
151151 x.xCloseRequest = 0
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (x *WindowClass) OverrideCloseRequest(cb func(*Window) bool) {
156156 }
157157 }
158158
159-// GetCloseRequest gets the callback function.
159+// GetCloseRequest gets the "close_request" callback function.
160160 func (x *WindowClass) GetCloseRequest() func(*Window) bool {
161161 if x.xCloseRequest == 0 {
162162 return nil
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ func (x *Window) GetDecorated() bool {
451451 return cret
452452 }
453453
454-var xWindowGetDefaultSize func(uintptr, int, int)
454+var xWindowGetDefaultSize func(uintptr, *int, *int)
455455
456456 // Gets the default size of the window.
457457 //
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ var xWindowGetDefaultSize func(uintptr, int, int)
461461 //
462462 // This function is the recommended way for [saving window state
463463 // across restarts of applications](https://developer.gnome.org/documentation/tutorials/save-state.html).
464-func (x *Window) GetDefaultSize(WidthVar int, HeightVar int) {
464+func (x *Window) GetDefaultSize(WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) {
465465
466466 xWindowGetDefaultSize(x.GoPointer(), WidthVar, HeightVar)
467467
@@ -1227,6 +1227,332 @@ func (c *Window) SetGoPointer(ptr uintptr) {
12271227 c.Ptr = ptr
12281228 }
12291229
1230+// SetPropertyDecorated sets the "decorated" property.
1231+// Whether the window should have a frame (also known as *decorations*).
1232+func (x *Window) SetPropertyDecorated(value bool) {
1233+ var v gobject.Value
1234+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1235+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1236+ x.SetProperty("decorated", &v)
1237+}
1238+
1239+// GetPropertyDecorated gets the "decorated" property.
1240+// Whether the window should have a frame (also known as *decorations*).
1241+func (x *Window) GetPropertyDecorated() bool {
1242+ var v gobject.Value
1243+ x.GetProperty("decorated", &v)
1244+ return v.GetBoolean()
1245+}
1246+
1247+// SetPropertyDefaultHeight sets the "default-height" property.
1248+// The default height of the window.
1249+func (x *Window) SetPropertyDefaultHeight(value int) {
1250+ var v gobject.Value
1251+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1252+ v.SetInt(value)
1253+ x.SetProperty("default-height", &v)
1254+}
1255+
1256+// GetPropertyDefaultHeight gets the "default-height" property.
1257+// The default height of the window.
1258+func (x *Window) GetPropertyDefaultHeight() int {
1259+ var v gobject.Value
1260+ x.GetProperty("default-height", &v)
1261+ return v.GetInt()
1262+}
1263+
1264+// SetPropertyDefaultWidth sets the "default-width" property.
1265+// The default width of the window.
1266+func (x *Window) SetPropertyDefaultWidth(value int) {
1267+ var v gobject.Value
1268+ v.Init(gobject.TypeIntVal)
1269+ v.SetInt(value)
1270+ x.SetProperty("default-width", &v)
1271+}
1272+
1273+// GetPropertyDefaultWidth gets the "default-width" property.
1274+// The default width of the window.
1275+func (x *Window) GetPropertyDefaultWidth() int {
1276+ var v gobject.Value
1277+ x.GetProperty("default-width", &v)
1278+ return v.GetInt()
1279+}
1280+
1281+// SetPropertyDeletable sets the "deletable" property.
1282+// Whether the window frame should have a close button.
1283+func (x *Window) SetPropertyDeletable(value bool) {
1284+ var v gobject.Value
1285+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1286+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1287+ x.SetProperty("deletable", &v)
1288+}
1289+
1290+// GetPropertyDeletable gets the "deletable" property.
1291+// Whether the window frame should have a close button.
1292+func (x *Window) GetPropertyDeletable() bool {
1293+ var v gobject.Value
1294+ x.GetProperty("deletable", &v)
1295+ return v.GetBoolean()
1296+}
1297+
1298+// SetPropertyDestroyWithParent sets the "destroy-with-parent" property.
1299+// If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed.
1300+func (x *Window) SetPropertyDestroyWithParent(value bool) {
1301+ var v gobject.Value
1302+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1303+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1304+ x.SetProperty("destroy-with-parent", &v)
1305+}
1306+
1307+// GetPropertyDestroyWithParent gets the "destroy-with-parent" property.
1308+// If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed.
1309+func (x *Window) GetPropertyDestroyWithParent() bool {
1310+ var v gobject.Value
1311+ x.GetProperty("destroy-with-parent", &v)
1312+ return v.GetBoolean()
1313+}
1314+
1315+// SetPropertyFocusVisible sets the "focus-visible" property.
1316+// Whether 'focus rectangles' are currently visible in this window.
1317+//
1318+// This property is maintained by GTK based on user input
1319+// and should not be set by applications.
1320+func (x *Window) SetPropertyFocusVisible(value bool) {
1321+ var v gobject.Value
1322+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1323+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1324+ x.SetProperty("focus-visible", &v)
1325+}
1326+
1327+// GetPropertyFocusVisible gets the "focus-visible" property.
1328+// Whether 'focus rectangles' are currently visible in this window.
1329+//
1330+// This property is maintained by GTK based on user input
1331+// and should not be set by applications.
1332+func (x *Window) GetPropertyFocusVisible() bool {
1333+ var v gobject.Value
1334+ x.GetProperty("focus-visible", &v)
1335+ return v.GetBoolean()
1336+}
1337+
1338+// SetPropertyFullscreened sets the "fullscreened" property.
1339+// Whether the window is fullscreen.
1340+//
1341+// Setting this property is the equivalent of calling
1342+// [method@Gtk.Window.fullscreen] or [method@Gtk.Window.unfullscreen];
1343+// either operation is asynchronous, which means you will need to
1344+// connect to the ::notify signal in order to know whether the
1345+// operation was successful.
1346+func (x *Window) SetPropertyFullscreened(value bool) {
1347+ var v gobject.Value
1348+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1349+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1350+ x.SetProperty("fullscreened", &v)
1351+}
1352+
1353+// GetPropertyFullscreened gets the "fullscreened" property.
1354+// Whether the window is fullscreen.
1355+//
1356+// Setting this property is the equivalent of calling
1357+// [method@Gtk.Window.fullscreen] or [method@Gtk.Window.unfullscreen];
1358+// either operation is asynchronous, which means you will need to
1359+// connect to the ::notify signal in order to know whether the
1360+// operation was successful.
1361+func (x *Window) GetPropertyFullscreened() bool {
1362+ var v gobject.Value
1363+ x.GetProperty("fullscreened", &v)
1364+ return v.GetBoolean()
1365+}
1366+
1367+// SetPropertyHandleMenubarAccel sets the "handle-menubar-accel" property.
1368+// Whether the window frame should handle <kbd>F10</kbd> for activating
1369+// menubars.
1370+func (x *Window) SetPropertyHandleMenubarAccel(value bool) {
1371+ var v gobject.Value
1372+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1373+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1374+ x.SetProperty("handle-menubar-accel", &v)
1375+}
1376+
1377+// GetPropertyHandleMenubarAccel gets the "handle-menubar-accel" property.
1378+// Whether the window frame should handle <kbd>F10</kbd> for activating
1379+// menubars.
1380+func (x *Window) GetPropertyHandleMenubarAccel() bool {
1381+ var v gobject.Value
1382+ x.GetProperty("handle-menubar-accel", &v)
1383+ return v.GetBoolean()
1384+}
1385+
1386+// SetPropertyHideOnClose sets the "hide-on-close" property.
1387+// If this window should be hidden instead of destroyed when the user clicks
1388+// the close button.
1389+func (x *Window) SetPropertyHideOnClose(value bool) {
1390+ var v gobject.Value
1391+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1392+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1393+ x.SetProperty("hide-on-close", &v)
1394+}
1395+
1396+// GetPropertyHideOnClose gets the "hide-on-close" property.
1397+// If this window should be hidden instead of destroyed when the user clicks
1398+// the close button.
1399+func (x *Window) GetPropertyHideOnClose() bool {
1400+ var v gobject.Value
1401+ x.GetProperty("hide-on-close", &v)
1402+ return v.GetBoolean()
1403+}
1404+
1405+// SetPropertyIconName sets the "icon-name" property.
1406+// Specifies the name of the themed icon to use as the window icon.
1407+//
1408+// See [class@Gtk.IconTheme] for more details.
1409+func (x *Window) SetPropertyIconName(value string) {
1410+ var v gobject.Value
1411+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1412+ v.SetString(value)
1413+ x.SetProperty("icon-name", &v)
1414+}
1415+
1416+// GetPropertyIconName gets the "icon-name" property.
1417+// Specifies the name of the themed icon to use as the window icon.
1418+//
1419+// See [class@Gtk.IconTheme] for more details.
1420+func (x *Window) GetPropertyIconName() string {
1421+ var v gobject.Value
1422+ x.GetProperty("icon-name", &v)
1423+ return v.GetString()
1424+}
1425+
1426+// GetPropertyIsActive gets the "is-active" property.
1427+// Whether the toplevel is the currently active window.
1428+func (x *Window) GetPropertyIsActive() bool {
1429+ var v gobject.Value
1430+ x.GetProperty("is-active", &v)
1431+ return v.GetBoolean()
1432+}
1433+
1434+// SetPropertyMaximized sets the "maximized" property.
1435+// Whether the window is maximized.
1436+//
1437+// Setting this property is the equivalent of calling
1438+// [method@Gtk.Window.maximize] or [method@Gtk.Window.unmaximize];
1439+// either operation is asynchronous, which means you will need to
1440+// connect to the ::notify signal in order to know whether the
1441+// operation was successful.
1442+func (x *Window) SetPropertyMaximized(value bool) {
1443+ var v gobject.Value
1444+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1445+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1446+ x.SetProperty("maximized", &v)
1447+}
1448+
1449+// GetPropertyMaximized gets the "maximized" property.
1450+// Whether the window is maximized.
1451+//
1452+// Setting this property is the equivalent of calling
1453+// [method@Gtk.Window.maximize] or [method@Gtk.Window.unmaximize];
1454+// either operation is asynchronous, which means you will need to
1455+// connect to the ::notify signal in order to know whether the
1456+// operation was successful.
1457+func (x *Window) GetPropertyMaximized() bool {
1458+ var v gobject.Value
1459+ x.GetProperty("maximized", &v)
1460+ return v.GetBoolean()
1461+}
1462+
1463+// SetPropertyMnemonicsVisible sets the "mnemonics-visible" property.
1464+// Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window.
1465+//
1466+// This property is maintained by GTK based on user input,
1467+// and should not be set by applications.
1468+func (x *Window) SetPropertyMnemonicsVisible(value bool) {
1469+ var v gobject.Value
1470+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1471+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1472+ x.SetProperty("mnemonics-visible", &v)
1473+}
1474+
1475+// GetPropertyMnemonicsVisible gets the "mnemonics-visible" property.
1476+// Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window.
1477+//
1478+// This property is maintained by GTK based on user input,
1479+// and should not be set by applications.
1480+func (x *Window) GetPropertyMnemonicsVisible() bool {
1481+ var v gobject.Value
1482+ x.GetProperty("mnemonics-visible", &v)
1483+ return v.GetBoolean()
1484+}
1485+
1486+// SetPropertyModal sets the "modal" property.
1487+// If true, the window is modal.
1488+func (x *Window) SetPropertyModal(value bool) {
1489+ var v gobject.Value
1490+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1491+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1492+ x.SetProperty("modal", &v)
1493+}
1494+
1495+// GetPropertyModal gets the "modal" property.
1496+// If true, the window is modal.
1497+func (x *Window) GetPropertyModal() bool {
1498+ var v gobject.Value
1499+ x.GetProperty("modal", &v)
1500+ return v.GetBoolean()
1501+}
1502+
1503+// SetPropertyResizable sets the "resizable" property.
1504+// If true, users can resize the window.
1505+func (x *Window) SetPropertyResizable(value bool) {
1506+ var v gobject.Value
1507+ v.Init(gobject.TypeBooleanVal)
1508+ v.SetBoolean(value)
1509+ x.SetProperty("resizable", &v)
1510+}
1511+
1512+// GetPropertyResizable gets the "resizable" property.
1513+// If true, users can resize the window.
1514+func (x *Window) GetPropertyResizable() bool {
1515+ var v gobject.Value
1516+ x.GetProperty("resizable", &v)
1517+ return v.GetBoolean()
1518+}
1519+
1520+// SetPropertyStartupId sets the "startup-id" property.
1521+// A write-only property for setting window's startup notification identifier.
1522+func (x *Window) SetPropertyStartupId(value string) {
1523+ var v gobject.Value
1524+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1525+ v.SetString(value)
1526+ x.SetProperty("startup-id", &v)
1527+}
1528+
1529+// GetPropertySuspended gets the "suspended" property.
1530+// Whether the window is suspended.
1531+//
1532+// See [method@Gtk.Window.is_suspended] for details about what suspended means.
1533+func (x *Window) GetPropertySuspended() bool {
1534+ var v gobject.Value
1535+ x.GetProperty("suspended", &v)
1536+ return v.GetBoolean()
1537+}
1538+
1539+// SetPropertyTitle sets the "title" property.
1540+// The title of the window.
1541+func (x *Window) SetPropertyTitle(value string) {
1542+ var v gobject.Value
1543+ v.Init(gobject.TypeStringVal)
1544+ v.SetString(value)
1545+ x.SetProperty("title", &v)
1546+}
1547+
1548+// GetPropertyTitle gets the "title" property.
1549+// The title of the window.
1550+func (x *Window) GetPropertyTitle() string {
1551+ var v gobject.Value
1552+ x.GetProperty("title", &v)
1553+ return v.GetString()
1554+}
1555+
12301556 // Emitted when the user activates the default widget.
12311557 //
12321558 // This is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
@@ -1404,7 +1730,7 @@ func (x *Window) GetAtContext() *ATContext {
14041730 // This functionality can be overridden by `GtkAccessible`
14051731 // implementations, e.g. to get the bounds from an ignored
14061732 // child widget.
1407-func (x *Window) GetBounds(XVar int, YVar int, WidthVar int, HeightVar int) bool {
1733+func (x *Window) GetBounds(XVar *int, YVar *int, WidthVar *int, HeightVar *int) bool {
14081734
14091735 cret := XGtkAccessibleGetBounds(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar, WidthVar, HeightVar)
14101736 return cret
@@ -1659,7 +1985,7 @@ func (x *Window) GetSurface() *gdk.Surface {
16591985 //
16601986 // This is the translation from @self's surface coordinates into
16611987 // @self's widget coordinates.
1662-func (x *Window) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar float64, YVar float64) {
1988+func (x *Window) GetSurfaceTransform(XVar *float64, YVar *float64) {
16631989
16641990 XGtkNativeGetSurfaceTransform(x.GoPointer(), XVar, YVar)
16651991
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.go +63 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/gtk/gtkwindowhandle.go +1 -1 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-attributes.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-bidi-type.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-break.go +10 -10 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-color.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-context.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-coverage.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-font.go +95 -63 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-fontmap.go +29 -21 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-fontset.go +16 -16 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-glyph-item.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-glyph.go +8 -8 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-layout.go +26 -26 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-markup.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-matrix.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-renderer.go +28 -28 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-script.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-tabs.go +4 -4 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-types.go +2 -2 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff
M v4/pango/pango-utils.go +6 -6 collapsed to keep the page light
load diff

Keyboard shortcuts

Single-key shortcuts are on. ctrl k and esc work whatever this says.

ctrl k :
go to a section, branch, tag, file or repository
?
this list
j k
move the row cursor down / up
enter
open the row under the cursor; on Files, a directory opens or closes in place
↑ ↓ ← → home end
in the file tree (focus on a row): previous / next row, close / open a directory or go to its parent / first entry, first / last row. They never open a file
l h
on Files: open a directory or a file / close a directory or go up to its parent, then to the parent page. Elsewhere: into the side panel (on a merge request, its files) / back to the content; there j k move between its controls
g g G
first / last row
/
filter the list; on Files, find a file anywhere in the repository (esc clears, enter opens the best match)
b
switch branch or tag
g s g f g c g b g m g i g r g a
tabs: summary, files, commits, branches & tags, merge requests, issues, releases, actions (when available)
g h
home
w
wide mode: use the whole width of the screen, or not (remembered)
y
copy a permalink pinned to the commit
d u x
diff: split / unified / collapse or expand all
e E
diff: the whole file in view / every file, with the lines the hunks hide
n
merge request: next note in the diff
esc
close a dialog, leave a field

Branches 1

Tags 102

↑↓ moveenter openesc close